Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 7, 2011

Registration No. 333-173898

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

AMENDMENT NO. 1

TO

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

DUNKIN’ BRANDS GROUP, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware   5810   20-4145825

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(Primary standard industrial

classification code number)

 

(I.R.S. employer

identification number)

130 Royall Street

Canton, Massachusetts 02021

(781) 737-3000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)

 

 

Nigel Travis

Chief Executive Officer

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc.

130 Royall Street

Canton, Massachusetts 02021

(781) 737-3000

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

 

 

Copies to:

 

Craig E. Marcus    Richard Emmett   D. Rhett Brandon
Ropes & Gray LLP    Senior Vice President and General Counsel   Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP
Prudential Tower    Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc.   425 Lexington Avenue
800 Boylston Street    130 Royall Street   New York, New York 10017
Boston, Massachusetts 02199-3600    Canton, Massachusetts 02021   Telephone: (212) 455-2000
Telephone: (617) 951-7000    Telephone: (781) 737-3360   Facsimile: (212) 455-2502
Facsimile: (617) 951-7050    Facsimile: (781) 737-4360  

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.

If any of the securities being registered on this form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.   ¨

If this form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.   ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one).

 

Large accelerated Filer   ¨    Accelerated filer   ¨   Non-accelerated filer   x     Smaller reporting company   ¨
         (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)      

 

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

 

Title of Each Class of

Securities to be Registered

 

Proposed

Maximum Aggregate
Offering Price(1)

  Amount of
Registration Fee(2)

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

  $400,000,000   $46,440
 
 

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

(2) Previously paid.

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 

 

 


Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities, and we are not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to completion, dated June 7, 2011

Prospectus

            Shares

LOGO

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc.

Common stock

This is an initial public offering of common stock of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. is selling             shares of common stock.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The estimated initial public offering price is between $             and $             per share. We have applied to have our shares of common stock listed on the The NASDAQ Global Select Market, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “DNKN.”

 

       Per share        Total  

Initial public offering price

   $                                    $                              

Underwriting discounts and commissions

   $           $     

Proceeds to us before expenses

   $           $     

Delivery of the shares of common stock is expected to be made on or about                     , 2011. We have granted the underwriters an option for a period of 30 days to purchase, on the same terms and conditions as set forth above, up to an additional             shares of our common stock to cover over-allotments.

Investing in our common stock involves substantial risk. Please read “ Risk factors ” beginning on page 12.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

J.P. Morgan   Barclays Capital   Morgan Stanley
BofA Merrill Lynch     Goldman, Sachs & Co.

 

                    , 2011


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

Table of contents

 

Prospectus summary

     1   

Risk factors

     12   

Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements

     32   

The reclassification

     34   

Use of proceeds

     35   

Dividend policy

     36   

Capitalization

     37   

Dilution

     39   

Selected consolidated financial and other data

     41   

Unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements

     45   

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations

     53   

Business

     78   

Management

     99   

Related party transactions

     136   

Description of indebtedness

     138   

Principal stockholders

     142   

Description of capital stock

     145   

Shares eligible for future sale

     149   

Material U.S. federal tax considerations for Non-U.S. Holders of common stock

     151   

Underwriting

     155   

Legal matters

     164   

Experts

     164   

Where you can find more information

     165   

Index to consolidated financial statements

     F-1   

 

 

You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus that we authorize be distributed to you. We have not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with additional or different information. This document may only be used where it is legal to sell these securities. You should assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus.

 

 

 

i


Table of Contents

Market and other industry data

In this prospectus, we rely on and refer to information regarding the restaurant industry, the quick service restaurant (“QSR”) segment of the restaurant industry and the QSR segment categories and subcategories that include coffee, donuts, muffins, bagels, breakfast sandwiches, hard serve ice cream, soft serve ice cream, frozen yogurt, shakes, malts and floats, all of which has been sourced from the industry research firms The NPD Group, Inc. (which prepares and disseminates Consumer Reported Eating Share Trends (“CREST ® data”)), Nielsen, Euromonitor International, or Technomic Information Services or compiled from market research reports, analyst reports and other publicly available information. Unless otherwise indicated in this prospectus, market data relating to the United States QSR segment and QSR segment categories and subcategories listed above, including Dunkin’ Donuts’ and Baskin-Robbins’ market positions in the QSR segment or such categories and subcategories, was prepared by, or was derived by us from, CREST ® data. CREST ® data with respect to each of Dunkin’ Donuts and Baskin-Robbins and the QSR segment and the categories and subcategories in which each of them competes, unless otherwise indicated, is for the 12 months ended February 28, 2011. In addition, we refer to customer loyalty rankings prepared by Brand Keys, Inc. (“Brand Keys”), a customer loyalty research and strategic planning consultancy. Other industry and market data included in this prospectus are from internal analyses based upon data available from known sources or other proprietary research and analysis. We believe these data to be accurate as of the date of this prospectus. However, this information may prove to be inaccurate because this information cannot always be verified with complete certainty due to the limitations on the availability and reliability of raw data, the voluntary nature of the data gathering process and other limitations and uncertainties. As a result, you should be aware that market and other similar industry data included in this prospectus, and estimates and beliefs based on that data, may not be reliable.

Trademarks, service marks and copyrights

We own or have rights to trademarks, service marks or trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business, including our corporate names, logos and website names. Other trademarks, service marks and trade names appearing in this prospectus are the property of their respective owners. Some of the trademarks we own include Dunkin’ Donuts ® and Baskin-Robbins ® . We also sell products under several licensed brands, including, but not limited to, Oreo ® and Reese’s ® . In addition, we own or have the rights to copyrights, patents, trade secrets and other proprietary rights that protect the content of our products and the formulations for such products. Solely for convenience, some of the trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights referred to in this prospectus are listed without the © , ® and ™ symbols, but we will assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights to our copyrights, trademarks, service marks and trade names.

The reclassification

In connection with this offering, on                     , 2011, we effected a             -for-             reverse split of our Class A common stock and then reclassified our Class A common stock into common stock. Immediately prior to this offering, we will convert each outstanding share of Class L common stock into              of a share of common stock plus an additional number of shares determined by dividing the per share Class L preference amount, currently estimated to be $             , by the initial public offering price of a share of our common stock in this offering net of the estimated underwriting discount and a pro rata portion, based upon the number of shares being sold in this offering, of the estimated offering related expenses incurred by us. All share data assumes a conversion of all shares of our Class L common stock into shares of our common stock based upon such estimated Class L preference amount and the estimated offering-related expenses disclosed in this prospectus. See “The reclassification.”

 

ii


Table of Contents

Prospectus summary

This summary highlights information appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. This summary is not complete and does not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in our common stock. You should carefully read the entire prospectus, including the financial data and related notes and the section entitled “Risk factors” before deciding whether to invest in our common stock. Unless otherwise indicated or the context otherwise requires, references in this prospectus to the “Company,” “Dunkin’ Brands,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. References in this prospectus to our franchisees include our international licensees. References in this prospectus to years are to our fiscal years, which end on the last Saturday in December. Data regarding number of restaurants or points of distribution are calculated as of March 26, 2011, unless otherwise indicated. All information in this prospectus assumes no exercise of the underwriters’ over-allotment option, unless otherwise noted.

Our company

We are the world’s leading franchisor of quick service restaurants (“QSRs”) serving hot and cold coffee and baked goods, as well as hard serve ice cream. We franchise restaurants under our Dunkin’ Donuts and Baskin-Robbins brands. With over 16,000 points of distribution in 57 countries, our portfolio has strong brand awareness in our key markets around the globe and has industry-leading market share in a number of growing categories of the QSR segment. QSR is a restaurant format characterized by counter or drive-thru ordering and limited or no table service. Dunkin’ Donuts operates primarily in the breakfast daypart within the QSR segment of the restaurant industry which has experienced significantly better customer traffic trends than the overall QSR segment in recent years. Dunkin’ Donuts holds the #1 position in the U.S. by servings in each of the QSR subcategories of “Hot regular coffee,” “Iced coffee,” “Donuts,” “Bagels” and “Muffins” and holds the #2 position in the U.S. by servings in each of the QSR subcategories of “Total coffee” and “Breakfast sandwiches.” Baskin-Robbins is the #1 QSR chain in the U.S. for servings of hard serve ice cream and has established leading market positions in Japan as well as in the growing ice cream QSR markets in South Korea and the Middle East.

We believe that our nearly 100% franchised business model offers strategic and financial benefits. For example, because we do not own or operate a significant number of stores, our company is able to focus on menu innovation, marketing, franchisee coaching and support, and other initiatives to drive the overall success of our brand. Financially, our franchised model allows us to grow our points of distribution and brand recognition with limited capital investment by us.

We operate our business in four segments: Dunkin’ Donuts U.S., Dunkin’ Donuts International, Baskin-Robbins International and Baskin-Robbins U.S. In 2010, our Dunkin’ Donuts segments generated revenues of $416.5 million, or 76% of our total segment revenues, of which $402.4 million was in the U.S. segment, and $14.1 million was in the international segment. In 2010, our Baskin-Robbins segments generated revenues of $134.2 million, of which $91.3 million was in the international segment and $42.9 million was in the U.S. segment. As of March 26, 2011, there were 9,805 Dunkin’ Donuts points of distribution, of which 6,799 were in the U.S. and 3,006 were international, and 6,482 Baskin-Robbins points of distribution, of which 3,959 were international and 2,523 were in the U.S. Our points of distribution consist of traditional end-cap, in-line and stand-alone restaurants, many with drive thrus, and gas and convenience locations, as well as alternative points of distribution (“APODs”), such as full- or self-service kiosks in grocery stores, hospitals, airports, offices, colleges and other smaller-footprint properties.

 

 

- 1 -


Table of Contents

For fiscal years 2008, 2009 and 2010, we generated total revenues of $544.9 million, $538.1 million and $577.1 million, respectively, operating income (loss) of $(140.9) million, $184.5 million and $193.5 million, respectively and net income (loss) of $(269.9) million, $35.0 million and $26.9 million, respectively. Our net loss in 2008 included a pre-tax impairment charge of $328.5 million related to goodwill and trade name intangible assets, and our net income for fiscal year 2010 included a $62.0 million pre-tax loss on debt extinguishment primarily associated with our November 2010 refinancing transaction.

Our history and recent accomplishments

Both of our brands have a rich heritage dating back to the 1940s. For many years, we operated as a subsidiary of Allied Domecq PLC, which was acquired in July 2005 by Pernod Ricard S.A. Pernod Ricard made the decision to divest Dunkin’ Brands in order to remain a focused global spirits company. As a result, in March of 2006, we were acquired by investment funds affiliated with Bain Capital Partners, LLC, The Carlyle Group and Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (collectively, the “Sponsors”).

We have experienced positive year-over-year growth globally for both our Dunkin’ Donuts and Baskin-Robbins brands in points of distribution and systemwide sales in each of the last ten years. During this ten-year period we have grown our global Dunkin’ Donuts points of distribution and systemwide sales by compound annual growth rates of 6.9% and 8.7%, respectively. During the same period, we have also grown our global Baskin-Robbins total points of distribution and systemwide sales by compound annual growth rates of 4.0% and 6.8%, respectively. In 2008, 2009 and 2010, our Dunkin’ Donuts global points of distribution at year end totaled 8,835, 9,186 and 9,760, respectively. Dunkin’ Donuts systemwide sales for the same three years grew 5.0%, 2.7%, and 5.6%, respectively. In 2008, 2009, 2010, our Baskin-Robbins global points of distribution at year end totaled 6,013, 6,207 and 6,433, respectively. Baskin-Robbins systemwide sales for the same three years grew 5.1%, 9.8%, and 10.6%, respectively.

Our largest operating segment, Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. had experienced 45 consecutive quarters of positive comparable store sales growth until the first quarter of 2008. During fiscal 2008, 2009 and 2010, we believe we demonstrated strong comparable store sales resilience during the recession, and invested for future growth. These investments were in three key areas—expanding menu and marketing initiatives to drive comparable store sales growth, expanding our store development team and investing in proprietary tools to assess new store opportunities and increasing management resources for our international business. During fiscal 2010, Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. experienced sequential improvement in comparable store sales growth with comparable store sales growth of (0.6)%, 1.9%, 2.7% and 4.7% in the first through the fourth quarters, respectively. Positive comparable store sales growth has continued in the first quarter of fiscal 2011 despite adverse weather conditions in the Northeast region during the quarter.

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. comparable store sales growth (1)

LOGO

 

(1)   Data for fiscal year 2001 through fiscal year 2005 represent results for the fiscal years ended August. All other fiscal years represent results for the fiscal years ended the last Saturday in December.

 

 

- 2 -


Table of Contents

Our Baskin-Robbins U.S. operating segment, which represented approximately 7.4% of our total revenues in 2010, experienced decreased comparable stores sales in 2008, 2009 and 2010 of 2.2%, 6.0% and 5.2%, respectively.

Our competitive business strengths

We attribute our success in the QSR segment to the following strengths:

Strong and established brands with leading market positions

We believe our Dunkin’ Donuts and Baskin-Robbins brands have well-established reputations for delivering high-quality beverage and food products at a good value through convenient locations with fast and friendly service. Today both brands are leaders in their respective QSR categories, with aided brand awareness (where respondents are provided with brand names and asked if they have heard of them) of approximately 95% in the U.S., and a growing presence overseas. For the fifth consecutive year, Dunkin’ Donuts was recognized in 2010 by Brand Keys, a customer satisfaction research company, as #1 in customer loyalty in the coffee category. Our customer loyalty is particularly evident in New England, where we have our highest penetration per capita in the U.S. and where, according to CREST ® data, we hold a 52% market share of breakfast daypart visits and our market share of 57% of total QSR coffee based on servings is nearly six times greater than that of our nearest competitor. Further demonstrating the strength of our brand, in 2010, the Dunkin’ Donuts 12 oz. original blend bagged coffee was the #1 grocery stock-keeping unit nationally in the premium coffee category, with double the sales of our closest competitor, according to Nielsen.

Similarly, Baskin-Robbins is the #1 QSR chain in the U.S. for servings of hard serve ice cream and has established leading market positions in Japan, South Korea and the Middle East.

Franchised business model provides an attractive platform for growth

Nearly 100% of our locations are franchised, allowing us to focus on our brand differentiation and menu innovation, while our franchisees expand our points of distribution with operational guidance from us. This expansion requires limited financial investment by us, given that new store development and substantially all of our store advertising costs are funded by franchisees. Consequently, we achieved a strong operating income margin of approximately 34% in fiscal 2010. For our domestic businesses, our revenues are largely derived from royalties based on a percentage of franchisee revenues rather than their net income, as well as contractual lease payments and other franchise fees.

Attractive store-level economics generate franchisee demand for new Dunkin’ Donuts restaurants in the U.S.

We believe that our restaurants offer an attractive investment opportunity to our franchisees. In the U.S., new traditional format Dunkin’ Donuts stores opened during fiscal 2010, excluding gas and convenience locations, generated annualized unit volumes of approximately $855,000, while the average capital expenditure required to open a new traditional restaurant site in the U.S., excluding gas and convenience locations, was approximately $474,000 in 2010. While we do not directly benefit from improvements in store-level profitability, we believe that strong store level economics is important to our ability to attract and retain successful franchisees and grow our business. Of our fiscal 2010 openings and existing commitments, approximately 90% have been made by existing franchisees.

 

 

- 3 -


Table of Contents

Highly experienced management team

Our senior management team has significant QSR, foodservice and franchise company experience. Prior to joining Dunkin’ Donuts, our CEO Nigel Travis served as the CEO of Papa John’s International Inc. and previously held numerous senior positions at Blockbuster Inc. and Burger King Corporation. Other key members of the management team have previously held senior positions at various leading QSR and public consumer and retail companies, including Starbucks Corporation, The Home Depot, McDonald’s, Procter & Gamble, Panera Bread Company and Au Bon Pain.

Our growth strategy

We believe there are significant opportunities to grow our brands globally, further support the profitability of our franchisees, expand our leadership in the coffee, baked goods and ice cream categories of the QSR segment of the restaurant industry and deliver shareholder value by executing on the following strategies:

Increase comparable store sales and profitability in Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

We intend to continue building on our comparable store sales growth momentum and improve profitability through the following initiatives:

Further increase coffee and beverage sales. Since the late 1980s, we have transformed Dunkin’ Donuts into a brand focused on coffee and other beverages, which products now represent approximately 60% of U.S. systemwide sales for fiscal 2010, and, we believe generate increased customer visits to our stores and higher unit volumes. We plan to increase our coffee and beverage revenue through continued new product innovations and related marketing, including advertising campaigns such as “America Runs on Dunkin’” and “What are you Drinkin’?” Beginning in the summer of 2011, Dunkin’ Donuts will offer Dunkin’ Donuts coffee in Keurig ® K-Cups, the leading single-serve brewing system in the U.S., exclusively at participating Dunkin’ Donuts restaurants across the U.S.

Extend leadership in breakfast daypart while growing afternoon daypart. As we maintain and expand our current leading market position in the breakfast daypart through innovative products like the Big ‘N Toasty and the Wake-Up Wrap ® , we believe that our extensive coffee- and beverage-based menu, coupled with new “hearty snack” introductions, such as Bagel Twists, position us to grow share in the afternoon daypart (between 2:00 p.m. and 5:00 p.m.).

Drive continued enhancements in restaurant operations. We will continue to maintain a highly operations-focused culture to help our franchisees maximize the quality and consistency of their customers’ in-store experience, as well as to drive franchisee profitability, particularly through training programs and new technology. As evidence of our recent success in these areas, over 162,000 respondents, representing approximately 93% of all respondents, to our Guest Satisfaction Survey program in March 2011 rated their overall experience as “Satisfied” or “Highly Satisfied,” representing an all-time high and a significant improvement over prior results.

Continue Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. contiguous store expansion

We believe there is a significant opportunity to grow our points of distribution for Dunkin’ Donuts in the U.S. given the strong potential outside of the Northeast region to increase our per-capita penetration to levels closer to those in our core markets. Our 206 net new U.S. openings in fiscal 2010 was among the largest store count increases in the QSR industry that year. During fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012, we expect our franchisees to open approximately 200 to 250 net new points of distribution per year in the U.S., principally in existing developed

 

 

- 4 -


Table of Contents

markets. We believe that our strategy of focusing on contiguous growth has the potential, over the next 15 to 20 years, to more than double our current U.S. footprint and reach a total of 15,000 points of distribution in the U.S. The following table details our per-capita penetration levels in our U.S. regions.

 

Region      Population
(in millions)
       Stores 1        Penetration  
   

New England and New York

       36.0           3,720           1:9,700   

Other Eastern U.S.

       142.5           2,943           1:48,400   

Western U.S.

       130.0           109           1:1,193,000   
   

 

1   As of December 25, 2010

The key elements of our future domestic development strategy are:

Increase penetration in existing markets. In the near term, we intend to focus our development on other existing markets east of the Mississippi River. In certain Eastern U.S. markets outside of our core markets, such as Philadelphia, Chicago and South Florida, we have already achieved per-capita penetration of greater than one Dunkin’ Donuts store for every 25,000 people.

Expand into new markets using a disciplined approach. We believe that the Western part of the U.S. represents a significant growth opportunity for Dunkin’ Donuts. Specifically, in the near-term, we intend to maintain a focus on development in contiguous markets that are adjacent to our existing base, and generally move outward to less penetrated markets in progression, providing for marketing and supply chain efficiencies within each new market.

Focus on store-level economics. In recent years, we have undertaken significant initiatives to further enhance store-level economics for our franchisees that we believe have further increased franchisee profitability. For example, we reduced the upfront capital expenditure costs to open an end-cap restaurant with a drive-thru by approximately 23% between fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2010. Additionally, between fiscal 2008 and the first quarter of fiscal 2011, we believe we have facilitated approximately $220 million in franchisee cost reductions primarily through strategic sourcing, as well as through other initiatives, such as rationalizing the number of product offerings to reduce waste and reducing costs on branded packaging by reducing the color mix in graphics. We believe that the majority of these cost savings represent sustainable improvements to our franchisees’ supply costs, with the remainder dependent upon the outcome of future supply contract re-negotiations, which typically occur every two to four years.

Drive accelerated international growth of both brands

We believe there is a significant opportunity to grow our points of distribution for both brands in international markets. Our international expansion strategy has resulted in more than 3,100 net new openings in the last 10 years. During fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012, we expect our franchisees to open approximately 450 to 500 net new points of distribution per year internationally, principally by leveraging our operational infrastructure in our existing markets.

The key elements of our future international development strategy are:

Grow in our existing core markets. For the Dunkin’ Donuts brand, we intend to focus on growth in South Korea and the Middle East. For Baskin-Robbins, we intend to focus on Japan, South Korea, and key markets in the Middle East, such as Saudi Arabia. In 2010, we had the #1 market share positions in the Fast Food Ice Cream category in all three of these markets.

 

 

- 5 -


Table of Contents

Capitalize on other markets with significant growth potential. We intend to expand in certain international focus markets where our brands do not have a significant store presence, but where we believe there is consumer demand for our products as well as strong franchisee partners with knowledge of local business practices and consumer preferences. We plan to pursue opportunities for Dunkin’ Donuts to expand its presence primarily in China, Germany, Russia and Spain, and for Baskin-Robbins primarily in Australia, China, Indonesia, Mexico and Russia, which we believe are currently underserved markets. We recently announced an agreement with an experienced QSR franchisee to enter the Indian market with our Dunkin’ Donuts brand with the development of at least 500 Dunkin’ Donuts restaurants throughout India, the first of which are expected to open by early 2012.

Further develop our franchisee support infrastructure. We plan to increase our focus on providing our international franchisees with operational tools and services such as native-language restaurant training programs and new international retail restaurant designs that can help them to efficiently operate in their markets and become more profitable.

Increase comparable store sales growth of Baskin-Robbins U.S.

In the U.S., Baskin-Robbins’ core strengths are its national brand recognition, 65 years of heritage and #1 position in the QSR industry for servings of hard serve ice cream. While the Baskin-Robbins U.S. segment has experienced decreasing comparable store sales in each of the last three years due primarily to increased competition and decreased consumer spending, and the number of Baskin-Robbins U.S. stores has decreased in each year since 2008, we believe that we can capitalize on the brand’s strengths and generate renewed excitement for the brand, including through our recently introduced “More Flavors, More Fun TM ” marketing campaign. In addition, at the restaurant level, we seek to improve sales by focusing on operational and service improvements as well as through product innovation, marketing and technology.

In August 2010, we hired Bill Mitchell to lead our Baskin-Robbins U.S. operations. Mr. Mitchell currently serves as our Senior Vice President and Brand Officer of Baskin-Robbins U.S., and prior to joining us he served in a variety of senior industry roles. Under Mr. Mitchell’s leadership, early Baskin-Robbins U.S. results include comparable store sales growth in the first quarter of fiscal 2011 of 0.5%. Further, over 6,700 respondents, representing approximately 87% of all respondents, to our Guest Satisfaction Survey program in March 2011 rated their overall experience as “Satisfied” or “Extremely Satisfied,” representing an all-time high and a significant improvement from early 2010.

Risk factors

An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Any of the factors set forth under “Risk Factors” may limit our ability to successfully execute our business strategy. You should carefully consider all of the information set forth in this prospectus and, in particular, should evaluate the specific factors set forth under “Risk Factors” in deciding whether to invest in our common stock. Among these important risks are the following:

 

 

As of March 26, 2011, on an as-adjusted basis after giving effect to this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, we would have had total indebtedness of approximately $1.5 billion and our substantial debt could limit our ability to pursue our growth strategy;

 

 

our plans depend on initiatives designed to increase sales and improve the efficiencies, costs and effectiveness of our operations, and failure to achieve or sustain these plans could affect our performance adversely;

 

 

general economic factors and changes in consumer preference may adversely affect our performance;

 

 

- 6 -


Table of Contents
 

we face competition that could limit our growth opportunities; and

 

 

our planned future growth will be impeded, which would adversely affect revenues, if our franchisees cannot open new domestic and international restaurants as anticipated.

The Sponsors

Bain Capital Partners, LLC

Bain Capital, LLC is a global private investment firm headquartered in Boston whose affiliates, including Bain Capital Partners, manage several pools of capital including private equity, venture capital, public equity, high-yield assets and mezzanine capital with approximately $67 billion in assets under management. Since its inception in 1984, funds sponsored by Bain Capital have made private equity investments and add-on acquisitions in over 300 companies in a variety of industries around the world.

The Carlyle Group

Established in 1987, The Carlyle Group is a global alternative asset manager with $106.7 billion of assets under management committed to 84 funds as of December 31, 2010. Carlyle invests across three asset classes — corporate private equity, real assets and global market strategies — in Africa, Asia, Australia, Europe, North America and South America. Since its inception through December 31, 2010, Carlyle has invested $68.7 billion of equity in 1,035 transactions.

Thomas H. Lee Partners

Thomas H. Lee Partners is one of the world’s oldest and most experienced private equity firms. THL invests in growth-oriented companies, and focuses on global businesses headquartered primarily in North America. Since the firm’s founding in 1974, Thomas H. Lee Partners has acquired more than 100 portfolio companies and have completed over 200 add-on acquisitions, representing a combined value of more than $150 billion. The firm’s two most recent private equity funds comprise more than $14 billion of aggregate committed capital.

Upon completion of this offering, the Sponsors will continue to hold a controlling interest in us and will continue to have significant influence over us and decisions made by stockholders and may have interests that differ from yours. See “Risk factors—Risks related to this offering and our common stock.”

Company information

Our principal executive offices are located at 130 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021, our telephone number at that address is (781) 737-3000 and our internet address is www.dunkinbrands.com. Our website, and the information contained on our website, is not part of this prospectus.

 

 

- 7 -


Table of Contents

The offering

 

Common stock offered by us

        shares (or          shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full)

 

Common stock to be outstanding immediately after completion of this offering

        shares (or          shares if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full)

 

Over-allotment option

We have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional          shares to cover over-allotments.

 

Use of proceeds

We expect to receive net proceeds, after deducting estimated offering expenses and underwriting discounts and commissions, of approximately $         million (or $         million if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full), based on an assumed offering price of $         per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus). We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with the net proceeds from our additional $100 million of term loan borrowings, as described under “Description of indebtedness—Senior credit facility,” to repay all amounts outstanding under the Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. 9  5 / 8 % senior notes due 2018, and to use any remaining net proceeds for working capital and for general corporate purposes. As of April 30, 2011, there was approximately $475.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. 9  5 / 8 % senior notes outstanding. See “Use of proceeds.”

 

Principal stockholders

Upon completion of this offering, investment funds affiliated with the Sponsors will indirectly beneficially own a controlling interest in us. As a result, we currently intend to avail ourselves of the controlled company exemption under the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules. For more information, see “Management—Board structure and committee composition.”

 

Risk factors

You should read carefully the “Risk factors” section of this prospectus for a discussion of factors that you should consider before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock.

 

Proposed NASDAQ Global Select Market symbol

“DNKN”

The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on the number of shares outstanding after giving effect to the reclassification (assuming an offering price of $         per share (the mid-point of the price range set forth on the cover of this prospectus)) and excludes         shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options at a weighted average exercise price equal to $         per share, of which options to purchase         shares were exercisable as of                     , 2011, and an additional                     shares of our common stock issuable under our 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan.

 

 

- 8 -


Table of Contents

Summary consolidated financial and other data

The following table sets forth our summary historical and unaudited pro forma consolidated financial and other data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The summary historical financial data as of December 26, 2009 and December 25, 2010 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 25, 2010 presented in this table have been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary historical financial data as of March 26, 2011 and for the three-month periods ended March 27, 2010 and March 26, 2011 have been derived from the unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The summary consolidated balance sheet data as of December 27, 2008 have been derived from our historical audited financial statements for such year, which are not included in this prospectus. The summary consolidated balance sheet data as of March 27, 2010 has been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements for such period, which are not included in this prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for future periods and operating results for the three-month period ended March 26, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data for the year ended December 25, 2010 and for the three-month period ended March 26, 2011 have been derived from our historical financial statements for such year and period, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus, after giving effect to the transactions specified under “Unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements.” The data in the following table related to points of distribution, comparable store sales growth, franchisee-reported sales and systemwide sales growth are unaudited for all periods presented.

This summary historical and unaudited pro forma consolidated financial and other data should be read in conjunction with the disclosures set forth under “Capitalization,” “Unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes therto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

 

- 9 -


Table of Contents
      Fiscal year ended     Three months ended  
    December 27,
2008
    December 26,
2009
    December 25,
2010
    March 27,
2010
    March 26,
2011
 
   
    ($ in thousands, except per share data or as otherwise indicated)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

         

Franchise fees and royalty income

  $ 349,047      $ 344,020      $ 359,927      $ 80,165      $ 85,959   

Rental income

    97,886        93,651        91,102        22,116        22,131   

Sales of ice cream products

    71,445        75,256        84,989        17,793        22,716   

Other revenues

    26,551        25,146        41,117        7,338        8,407   
       

Total revenues

    544,929        538,073        577,135        127,412        139,213   

Amortization of intangible assets

    37,848        35,994        32,467        8,823        7,082   

Impairment charges(1)

    331,862        8,517        7,075        1,414        653   

Other operating costs and expenses(2)(3)

    330,281        323,318        361,893        84,132        87,424   
       

Total operating costs and expenses

    699,991        367,829        401,435        94,369        95,159   

Equity in net income of joint ventures(4)

    14,169        14,301        17,825        3,642        782   
       

Operating income (loss)

    (140,893     184,545        193,525        36,685        44,836   

Interest expense, net(5)

    (115,944     (115,019     (112,532     (27,520     (33,767

Gain (loss) on debt extinguishment and refinancing transactions

           3,684        (61,955            (11,007

Other gains (losses), net

    (3,929     1,066        408        245        476   
       

Income (loss) before income taxes

    (260,766     74,276        19,446        9,410        538   

Net income (loss)

  $ (269,898   $ 35,008      $ 26,861      $ 5,938      $ (1,723

Earnings (loss) per share:

         

Class L—basic and diluted

  $ 4.17      $ 4.57      $ 4.87      $ 1.21      $ 0.85   

Class A—basic and diluted

  $ (1.96   $ (0.37   $ (0.45   $ (0.12   $ (0.11

Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Operations Data(6):

         

Pro forma net income

      $ 90,427        $ 14,856   

Pro forma earnings per share:

         

Basic

      $          $     

Diluted

      $          $     

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding:

         

Basic

         

Diluted

         

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

         

Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash(7)

  $ 251,368      $ 171,403      $ 134,504      $ 201,452      $ 120,850   

Total assets

    3,341,649        3,224,717        3,147,288        3,216,352        3,115,177   

Total debt(8)

    1,668,410        1,451,757        1,864,881        1,486,267        1,867,534   

Total liabilities

    2,614,327        2,454,109        2,841,047        2,439,924        2,802,360   

Common stock, Class L

    1,127,863        1,232,001        840,582        1,257,068        862,184   

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

    (400,541     (461,393     (534,341     (480,640     (549,367

Other Financial Data:

         

Capital expenditures

    27,518        18,012        15,358        3,465        3,734   

Points of Distribution (9) :

         

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

    6,395        6,566        6,772        6,599        6,799   

Dunkin’ Donuts International

    2,440        2,620        2,988        2,685        3,006   

Baskin-Robbins U.S.

    2,692        2,597        2,547        2,572        2,523   

Baskin-Robbins International

    3,321        3,610        3,886        3,650        3,959   
       

Total distribution points

    14,848        15,393        16,193        15,506        16,287   

Comparable Store Sales Growth (U.S. Only)(10):

         

Dunkin’ Donuts

    (0.8)%        (1.3)%        2.3%         (0.6)%        2.8%   

Baskin-Robbins

    (2.2)%        (6.0)%        (5.2)%        (7.9)%        0.5%   

Franchisee-Reported Sales ($ in millions)(11):

         

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

  $ 5,004      $ 5,174      $ 5,403      $ 1,233      $ 1,299   

Dunkin’ Donuts International

    529        508        584        139        153   

Baskin-Robbins U.S.

    560        524        494        102        102   

Baskin-Robbins International

    800        970        1,158        225        237   
       

Total Franchisee-Reported Sales

  $ 6,893      $ 7,176      $ 7,639      $ 1,699      $ 1,791   

Company-Owned Store Sales ($ in millions)(12):

         

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

  $      $ 2      $ 17      $ 2      $ 2   

Systemwide Sales Growth(13):

         

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

    4.4%         3.4%         4.7%         2.0%         5.3%   

Dunkin’ Donuts International

    11.1%         (4.0)%        15.0%         19.0%         10.0%   

Baskin-Robbins U.S.

    (2.1)%        (6.4)%        (5.5)%        (8.8)%        0.2%   

Baskin-Robbins International

    10.7%         21.3%         19.4%         28.3%         5.2%   
       

Total Systemwide Sales Growth

    5.0%         4.1%         6.7%         5.4%         5.4%   
   

 

 

- 10 -


Table of Contents
(1)    

Fiscal year 2008 includes $294.5 million of goodwill impairment charges related to Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. and Baskin-Robbins International, as well as a $34.0 million trade name impairment related to Baskin-Robbins U.S.

 

(2)    

Includes fees paid to the Sponsors of $3.0 million for each of the fiscal years 2008, 2009 and 2010 and $750,000 for each of the three months ended March 27, 2010 and March 26, 2011 under a management agreement, which will be terminated upon the consummation of this offering. See “Related party transactions—Arrangements with our investors.”

 

(3)  

Includes the following amounts:

 

     Fiscal year ended      Three months ended  
     December 27,      December 26,     December 25,      March 27,      March 26,  
     2008      2009     2010      2010      2011  
     (Unaudited, $ in thousands)                

Stock compensation expense

   $ 1,749       $ 1,745      $ 1,461       $ 612       $ 241   

Transaction costs (a)

     —           —          1,083         —           37   

Senior executive transition and severance (b)

     1,340         3,889        4,306         323         273   

Franchisee-related restructuring (c)

     —           12,180        2,748         474         —     

Legal reserves and related costs

     —           —          4,813         —           475   

Breakage income on historical gift certificates

     —           (3,166     —           —           —     

New market entry (d)

     7,239         1,735        —           —           275   

Technology and market related initiatives (e)

     —           134        2,066         430         1,509   

 

  (a)   Represents costs and expenses related to our 2010 refinancing and dividend transactions.
  (b)   Represents severance and related benefit costs associated with non-recurring reorganizations (fiscal 2010 includes the accrual of costs associated with our executive Chairman transition).
  (c)   Represents one-time costs of franchisee-related restructuring programs.
  (d)   Represents one-time costs and fees associated with entry into new markets.
  (e)   Represents costs associated with various franchisee information technology and one-time market research programs.

 

(4)    

Includes amortization expense, net of tax, related to intangible franchise rights established in purchase accounting of $907,000, $899,000, and $897,000 for fiscal years 2008, 2009 and 2010, respectively, and $219,000 for each of the three months ended March 27, 2010 and March 26, 2011, respectively.

 

(5)    

Interest expense, net, for fiscal year 2010 and the three months ended March 26, 2011 on a pro forma basis would have been approximately $71.5 million and $17.9 million, respectively. See “Unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements.”

 

(6)  

See “Unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements.”

 

(7)    

Amounts as of December 27, 2008 and December 26, 2009 include cash held in restricted accounts pursuant to the terms of the securitization indebtedness. Following the redemption and discharge of the securitization indebtedness in fiscal year 2010, such amounts are no longer restricted. The amounts also include cash held as advertising funds or reserved for gift card/certificate programs. Our cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash balance at December 27, 2008 increased primarily as a result of short-term borrowings.

 

(8)    

Includes capital lease obligations of $4.2 million, $5.4 million, $5.4 million, $5.4 million and $5.3 million as of December 27, 2008, December 26, 2009, December 25, 2010, March 27, 2010 and March 26, 2011, respectively.

 

(9)    

Represents period end points of distribution.

 

(10)    

Represents the growth in average weekly sales for franchisee- and company-owned restaurants that have been open at least 54 weeks that have reported sales in the current and comparable prior year week.

 

(11)    

Franchisee-reported sales include sales at franchisee restaurants, including joint ventures.

 

(12)    

Company-owned store sales include sales at restaurants owned and operated by Dunkin’ Brands. During all periods presented, Baskin-Robbins U.S. company-owned store sales were less than $500,000.

 

(13)  

Systemwide sales growth represents the percentage change in sales at both franchisee- and company-owned restaurants from the comparable period of the prior year. Changes in systemwide sales are driven by changes in average comparable store sales and changes in the number of restaurants.

 

 

- 11 -


Table of Contents

Risk factors

An investment in our common stock involves various risks. You should carefully consider the following risks and all of the other information contained in this prospectus before investing in our common stock. The risks described below are those which we believe are the material risks that we face. The trading price of our common stock could decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part of your investment in our common stock.

Risks related to our business and industry

Our financial results are affected by the operating results of our franchisees.

We receive a substantial majority of our revenues in the form of royalties, which are generally based on a percentage of gross sales at franchised restaurants, rent and other fees from franchisees. Accordingly, our financial results are to a large extent dependent upon the operational and financial success of our franchisees. If sales trends or economic conditions worsen for franchisees, their financial results may deteriorate and our royalty, rent and other revenues may decline and our accounts receivable and related allowance for doubtful accounts may increase. In addition, if our franchisees fail to renew their franchise agreements, our royalty revenues may decrease which in turn could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

Our franchisees could take actions that could harm our business.

Our franchisees are contractually obligated to operate their restaurants in accordance with the operations, safety and health standards set forth in our agreements with them. However, franchisees are independent third parties whom we do not control. The franchisees own, operate and oversee the daily operations of their restaurants. As a result, the ultimate success and quality of any franchised restaurant rests with the franchisee. If franchisees do not successfully operate restaurants in a manner consistent with required standards, franchise fees paid to us and royalty income will be adversely affected and brand image and reputation could be harmed, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

Although we believe we generally enjoy a positive working relationship with the vast majority of our franchisees, active and/or potential disputes with franchisees could damage our brand reputation and/or our relationships with the broader franchisee group.

Sub-franchisees could take actions that could harm our business and that of our master franchisees

In certain of our international markets, we enter into agreements with master franchisees that permit the master franchisee to develop and operate restaurants in defined geographic areas. As permitted by our master franchisee agreements, certain master franchisees elect to sub-franchise rights to develop and operate restaurants in the geographic area covered by the master franchisee agreement. Our master franchisee agreements contractually obligate our master franchisees to operate their restaurants in accordance with specified operations, safety and health standards and also require that any sub-franchise agreement contain similar requirements. However, we are not party to the agreements with the sub-franchisees and, as a result, are dependent upon our master franchisees to enforce these standards with respect to sub-franchised restaurants. As a result, the ultimate success and quality of any sub-franchised restaurant rests with the master

 

- 12 -


Table of Contents

franchisee. If sub-franchisees do not successfully operate their restaurants in a manner consistent with required standards, franchise fees and royalty income paid to the applicable master franchisee and, ultimately, to us could be adversely affected and our brand image and reputation may be harmed, which could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

Our success depends substantially on the value of our brands.

Our success is dependent in large part upon our ability to maintain and enhance the value of our brands, our customers’ connection to our brands and a positive relationship with our franchisees. Brand value can be severely damaged even by isolated incidents, particularly if the incidents receive considerable negative publicity or result in litigation. Some of these incidents may relate to the way we manage our relationship with our franchisees, our growth strategies, our development efforts in domestic and foreign markets, or the ordinary course of our, or our franchisees’, business. Other incidents may arise from events that are or may be beyond our ability to control and may damage our brands, such as actions taken (or not taken) by one or more franchisees or their employees relating to health, safety, welfare or otherwise; litigation and claims; security breaches or other fraudulent activities associated with our electronic payment systems; and illegal activity targeted at us or others. Consumer demand for our products and our brands’ value could diminish significantly if any such incidents or other matters erode consumer confidence in us or our products, which would likely result in lower sales and, ultimately, lower royalty income, which in turn could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

The quick service restaurant segment is highly competitive, and competition could lower our revenues.

The QSR segment of the restaurant industry is intensely competitive. The beverage and food products sold by our franchisees compete directly against products sold at other QSRs, local and regional beverage and food operations, specialty beverage and food retailers, supermarkets and wholesale suppliers, many bearing recognized brand names and having significant customer loyalty. In addition to the prevailing baseline level of competition, major market players in noncompeting industries may choose to enter the restaurant industry. Key competitive factors include the number and location of restaurants, quality and speed of service, attractiveness of facilities, effectiveness of advertising, marketing and operational programs, price, demographic patterns and trends, consumer preferences and spending patterns, menu diversification, health or dietary preferences and perceptions and new product development. Some of our competitors have substantially greater financial and other resources than us, which may provide them with a competitive advantage. In addition, we compete within the restaurant industry and the QSR segment not only for customers but also for qualified franchisees. We cannot guarantee the retention of any, including the top-performing, franchisees in the future, or that we will maintain the ability to attract, retain, and motivate sufficient numbers of franchisees of the same caliber, which could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results. If we are unable to maintain our competitive position, we could experience lower demand for products, downward pressure on prices, the loss of market share and the inability to attract, or loss of, qualified franchisees, which could result in lower franchise fees and royalty income, and materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

We cannot predict the impact that the following may have on our business: (i) new or improved technologies, (ii) alternative methods of delivery or (iii) changes in consumer behavior facilitated by these technologies and alternative methods of delivery.

Advances in technologies or alternative methods of delivery, including advances in vending machine technology and home coffee makers, or certain changes in consumer behavior driven by these or other technologies and methods of delivery could have a negative effect on our business. Moreover, technology and consumer offerings

 

- 13 -


Table of Contents

continue to develop, and we expect that new or enhanced technologies and consumer offerings will be available in the future. We may pursue certain of those technologies and consumer offerings if we believe they offer a sustainable customer proposition and can be successfully integrated into our business model. However, we cannot predict consumer acceptance of these delivery channels or their impact on our business. In addition, our competitors, some of whom have greater resources than us, may be able to benefit from changes in technologies or consumer acceptance of alternative methods of delivery, which could harm our competitive position. There can be no assurance that we will be able to successfully respond to changing consumer preferences, including with respect to new technologies and alternative methods of delivery, or to effectively adjust our product mix, service offerings and marketing and merchandising initiatives for products and services that address, and anticipate advances in, technology and market trends. If we are not able to successfully respond to these challenges, our business, financial condition and operating results could be harmed.

Economic conditions adversely affecting consumer discretionary spending may negatively impact our business and operating results.

We believe that our franchisees’ sales, customer traffic and profitability are strongly correlated to consumer discretionary spending, which is influenced by general economic conditions, unemployment levels and the availability of discretionary income. Recent economic developments have weakened consumer confidence and impacted spending of discretionary income. Our franchisees’ sales are dependent upon discretionary spending by consumers; any reduction in sales at franchised restaurants will result in lower royalty payments from franchisees to us and adversely impact our profitability. If the economic downturn continues for a prolonged period of time or becomes more pervasive, our business and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, the pace of new restaurant openings may be slowed and restaurants may be forced to close, reducing the restaurant base from which we derive royalty income. As long as the weak economic environment continues, our franchisees’ sales and profitability and our overall business and operating results could be adversely affected.

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial condition.

We have, and after this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, will continue to have, a significant amount of indebtedness. As of March 26, 2011, on an as adjusted basis after giving effect to the May 2011 $100 million increase in our term loan and the corresponding repayment of senior notes, this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom, we would have had total indebtedness of approximately $1.5 billion, excluding $11.2 million of undrawn letters of credit and $88.8 million of unused commitments under our senior credit facility.

Subject to the limits contained in the credit agreement governing our senior credit facility and our other debt instruments, we may be able to incur substantial additional debt from time to time to finance working capital, capital expenditures, investments or acquisitions, or for other purposes. If we do so, the risks related to our high level of debt could intensify. Specifically, our high level of debt could have important consequences, including:

 

 

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other general corporate requirements;

 

 

requiring a substantial portion of our cash flow to be dedicated to debt service payments instead of other purposes, thereby reducing the amount of cash flow available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;

 

 

increasing our vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions;

 

- 14 -


Table of Contents
 

exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates as certain of our borrowings, including borrowings under the senior credit facility, are at variable rates of interest;

 

 

limiting our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in the industry in which we compete;

 

 

placing us at a disadvantage compared to other, less leveraged competitors or competitors with comparable debt at more favorable interest rates; and

 

 

increasing our cost of borrowing.

Our variable rate debt exposes us to interest rate risk which could adversely affect our cash flow.

The borrowings under our senior credit facility bear interest at variable rates. Other debt we incur also could be variable rate debt. If market interest rates increase, variable rate debt will create higher debt service requirements, which could adversely affect our cash flow. While we may in the future enter into agreements limiting our exposure to higher interest rates, any such agreements may not offer complete protection from this risk.

The terms of our indebtedness restrict our current and future operations, particularly our ability to respond to changes or to take certain actions.

The credit agreement governing our senior credit facility contains a number of restrictive covenants that impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and may limit our ability to engage in acts that may be in our long-term best interest, including restrictions on our ability to:

 

 

incur certain liens;

 

 

incur additional indebtedness and guarantee indebtedness;

 

 

pay dividends or make other distributions in respect of, or repurchase or redeem, capital stock;

 

 

prepay, redeem or repurchase certain debt;

 

 

make investments, loans, advances and acquisitions;

 

 

sell or otherwise dispose of assets, including capital stock of our subsidiaries;

 

 

enter into transactions with affiliates;

 

 

alter the businesses we conduct;

 

 

enter into agreements restricting our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends; and

 

 

consolidate, merge or sell all or substantially all of our assets.

In addition, the restrictive covenants in the credit agreement governing our senior credit facility require us to maintain specified financial ratios and satisfy other financial condition tests. Our ability to meet those financial ratios and tests can be affected by events beyond our control.

A breach of the covenants under the credit agreement governing our senior credit facility could result in an event of default under the applicable indebtedness. Such a default may allow the creditors to accelerate the related debt and may result in the acceleration of any other debt to which a cross-acceleration or cross-default provision applies. In addition, an event of default under the credit agreement governing our senior credit facility would permit the lenders under our senior credit facility to terminate all commitments to extend further

 

- 15 -


Table of Contents

credit under that facility. Furthermore, if we were unable to repay the amounts due and payable under our senior credit facility, those lenders could proceed against the collateral granted to them to secure that indebtedness, which could force us into bankruptcy or liquidation. In the event our lenders accelerate the repayment of our borrowings, we and our subsidiaries may not have sufficient assets to repay that indebtedness.

If our operating performance declines, we may in the future need to obtain waivers from the required lenders under our senior credit facility to avoid being in default. If we breach our covenants under our senior credit facility and seek a waiver, we may not be able to obtain a waiver from the required lenders. If this occurs we would be in default under our senior credit facility, the lenders could exercise their rights, as described above, and we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation. See “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations—Liquidity and capital resources,” and “Description of indebtedness.”

Infringement, misappropriation or dilution of our intellectual property could harm our business.

We regard our Dunkin’ Donuts ® and Baskin-Robbins ® trademarks as having significant value and as being important factors in the marketing of our brands. We have also obtained trademark protection for several of our product offerings and advertising slogans, including “America Runs on Dunkin’ ® ” and “What are you Drinkin’?®” . We believe that these and other intellectual property are valuable assets that are critical to our success. We rely on a combination of protections provided by contracts, as well as copyright, patent, trademark, and other laws, such as trade secret and unfair competition laws, to protect our intellectual property from infringement, misappropriation or dilution. We have registered certain trademarks and service marks and have other trademark and service mark registration applications pending in the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions. However, not all of the trademarks or service marks that we currently use have been registered in all of the countries in which we do business, and they may never be registered in all of those countries. Although we monitor trademark portfolios both internally and through external search agents and impose an obligation on franchisees to notify us upon learning of potential infringement, there can be no assurance that we will be able to adequately maintain, enforce and protect our trademarks or other intellectual property rights. We are aware of names and marks similar to our service marks being used by other persons in certain geographic areas in which we have restaurants. Although we believe such uses will not adversely affect us, further or currently unknown unauthorized uses or other infringement of our trademarks or service marks could diminish the value of our brands and may adversely affect our business. Effective intellectual property protection may not be available in every country in which we have or intend to open or franchise a restaurant. Failure to adequately protect our intellectual property rights could damage our brands and impair our ability to compete effectively. Even where we have effectively secured statutory protection for our trade secrets and other intellectual property, our competitors may misappropriate our intellectual property and our employees, consultants and suppliers may breach their contractual obligations not to reveal our confidential information including trade secrets. Although we have taken measures to protect our intellectual property, there can be no assurance that these protections will be adequate or that third parties will not independently develop products or concepts that are substantially similar to ours. Despite our efforts, it may be possible for third-parties to reverse-engineer, otherwise obtain, copy, and use information that we regard as proprietary. Furthermore, defending or enforcing our trademark rights, branding practices and other intellectual property, and seeking an injunction and/or compensation for misappropriation of confidential information, could result in the expenditure of significant resources and divert the attention of management, which in turn may materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

Although we monitor and restrict franchisee activities through our franchise and license agreements, franchisees may refer to our brands improperly in writings or conversation, resulting in the dilution of our intellectual property. Franchisee noncompliance with the terms and conditions of our franchise or license

 

- 16 -


Table of Contents

agreements may reduce the overall goodwill of our brands, whether through the failure to meet health and safety standards, engage in quality control or maintain product consistency, or through the participation in improper or objectionable business practices. Moreover, unauthorized third parties may use our intellectual property to trade on the goodwill of our brands, resulting in consumer confusion or dilution. Any reduction of our brands’ goodwill, consumer confusion, or dilution is likely to impact sales, and could materially and adversely impact our business and operating results.

Under certain license agreements, our subsidiaries have licensed to Dunkin’ Brands the right to use certain trademarks, and in connection with those licenses, Dunkin’ Brands monitors the use of trademarks and the quality of the licensed products. While courts have generally approved the delegation of quality-control obligations by a trademark licensor to a licensee under appropriate circumstances, there can be no guarantee that these arrangements will not be deemed invalid on the ground that the trademark owner is not controlling the nature and quality of goods and services sold under the licensed trademarks.

The restaurant industry is affected by consumer preferences and perceptions. Changes in these preferences and perceptions may lessen the demand for our products, which could reduce sales by our franchisees and reduce our royalty revenues.

The restaurant industry is affected by changes in consumer tastes, national, regional and local economic conditions and demographic trends. For instance, if prevailing health or dietary preferences cause consumers to avoid donuts and other products we offer in favor of foods that are perceived as more healthy, our franchisees’ sales would suffer, resulting in lower royalty payments to us, and our business and operating results would be harmed.

If we fail to successfully implement our growth strategy, which includes opening new domestic and international restaurants, our ability to increase our revenues and operating profits could be adversely affected.

Our growth strategy relies in part upon new restaurant development by existing and new franchisees. We and our franchisees face many challenges in opening new restaurants, including:

 

 

availability of financing;

 

 

selection and availability of suitable restaurant locations;

 

 

competition for restaurant sites;

 

 

negotiation of acceptable lease and financing terms;

 

 

securing required domestic or foreign governmental permits and approvals;

 

 

consumer tastes in new geographic regions and acceptance of our products;

 

 

employment and training of qualified personnel;

 

 

impact of inclement weather, natural disasters and other acts of nature; and

 

 

general economic and business conditions.

In particular, because the majority of our new restaurant development is funded by franchisee investment, our growth strategy is dependent on our franchisees’ (or prospective franchisees’) ability to access funds to finance such development. We do not provide our franchisees with direct financing and therefore their ability to access borrowed funds generally depends on their independent relationships with various financial institutions. If our

 

- 17 -


Table of Contents

franchisees (or prospective franchisees) are not able to obtain financing at commercially reasonable rates, or at all, they may be unwilling or unable to invest in the development of new restaurants, and our future growth could be adversely affected.

To the extent our franchisees are unable to open new stores as we anticipate, our revenue growth would come primarily from growth in comparable store sales. Our failure to add a significant number of new restaurants or grow comparable store sales would adversely affect our ability to increase our revenues and operating income and could materially and adversely harm our business and operating results.

Increases in commodity prices may negatively affect payments from our franchisees and licensees.

Coffee and other commodity prices are subject to substantial price fluctuations, stemming from variations in weather patterns, shifting political or economic conditions in coffee-producing countries and delays in the supply chain. In particular, the cost of commodity inputs for a number of goods, including ice cream and coffee, rose in fiscal 2010. If commodity prices rise, franchisees may experience reduced sales, due to decreased consumer demand at retail prices that have been raised to offset increased commodity prices, which may reduce franchisee profitability. Any such decline in franchisee sales will reduce our royalty income, which in turn may materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

Through our wholly-owned subsidiary Dunkin’ Brands Canada Ltd. (“DBCL”), we manufacture ice cream at a facility located in Peterborough, Ontario, Canada (the “Peterborough Facility”). We sell such ice cream to certain international franchisees for their resale. As a result, we are subject to risks associated with dairy products and sugar, the primary ingredients used in the production of ice cream at the Peterborough Facility, including price fluctuations and interruptions in the supply chain of these commodities. If the prices of these commodities rise, we may increase the cost of ice cream sold to such international franchisees, but only after a thirty day notice period, during which our margin on such sales would decline.

Our joint ventures in Japan and South Korea (the “International JVs”), as well as our licensees in Russia and India, do not rely on the Peterborough Facility and instead manufacture ice cream products independently. Each of the International JVs owns a manufacturing facility in its country of operation. The revenues derived from the International JVs differ fundamentally from those of other types of franchise arrangements in the system because the income that we receive from the International JVs are based in part on the profitability, rather than the gross sales, of the restaurants operated by the International JVs. Accordingly, in the event that the International JVs experience staple ingredient price increases that adversely affect the profitability of the restaurants operated by the International JVs, that decrease in profitability would reduce distributions by the International JVs to us, which in turn could materially and adversely impact our business and operating results.

Shortages of coffee could adversely affect our revenues.

If coffee consumption continues to increase worldwide or there is a disruption in the supply of coffee due to natural disasters, political unrest or other calamities, the global coffee supply may fail to meet demand. If coffee demand is not met, franchisees may experience reduced sales which, in turn, would reduce our royalty income. Such a reduction in our royalty income may materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

We and our franchisees rely on computer systems to process transactions and manage our business, and a disruption or a failure of such systems or technology could harm our ability to effectively manage our business.

Network and information technology systems are integral to our business. We utilize various computer systems, including our FAST System and our EFTPay System, which are customized, web-based systems. The FAST System is the system by which our U.S. and Canadian franchisees report their weekly sales and pay their

 

- 18 -


Table of Contents

corresponding royalty fees and required advertising fund contributions. When sales are reported by a U.S. or Canadian franchisee, a withdrawal for the authorized amount is initiated from the franchisee’s bank after 12 days (from the week ending or month ending date). The FAST System is critical to our ability to accurately track sales and compute royalties due from our U.S. and Canadian franchisees. The EFTPay System is used by our U.S. and Canadian franchisees to make payments against open, non-fee invoices (i.e., all invoices except royalty and advertising funds). When a franchisee selects an invoice and submits the payment, on the following day a withdrawal for the selected amount is initiated from the franchisee’s bank. Our systems, including the FAST System and the EFTPay System, are subject to damage and/or interruption as a result of power outages, computer and network failures, computer viruses and other disruptive software, security breaches, catastrophic events and improper usage by employees. Such events could have an adverse impact on us, including a disruption in operations, a need for a costly repair, upgrade or replacement of systems, or a decrease in, or in the collection of, royalties paid to us by our franchisees.

Interruptions in the supply of product to franchisees and licensees could adversely affect our revenues.

In order to maintain quality-control standards and consistency among restaurants, we require through our franchise agreements that our franchisees obtain food and other supplies from preferred suppliers approved in advance. In this regard, we and our franchisees depend on a group of suppliers for ingredients, foodstuffs, beverages and disposable serving instruments including, but not limited to, Rich Products Corp., Dean Foods Co., PepsiCo, Inc. and Silver Pail Dairy, Ltd. as well as four primary coffee roasters and two primary donut mix suppliers. In 2010, we and our franchisees purchased products from over 450 approved domestic suppliers, with approximately 15 of such suppliers providing half, based on dollar volume, of all products purchased domestically. We look to approve multiple suppliers for most products, and require any single sourced supplier, such as PepsiCo, Inc., to have audited contingency plans in place to ensure continuity of supply. In addition we believe that, if necessary, we could obtain readily available alternative sources of supply for each product that we currently source through a single supplier. To facilitate the efficiency of our franchisees’ supply chain, we have historically entered into several preferred-supplier arrangements for particular food or beverage items.

The Dunkin’ Donuts system is supported domestically by the franchisee-owned purchasing and distribution cooperative known as the National Distributor Commitment Program. We have a long-term agreement with the National DCP, LLC (the “NDCP”) for the NDCP to provide substantially all of the goods needed to operate a Dunkin’ Donuts restaurant in the U.S. The NDCP also supplies some international markets. The NDCP aggregates the franchisee demand, sends requests for proposals to approved suppliers and negotiates contracts for approved items. The NDCP also inventories the items in its four regional distribution centers and ships products to franchisees at least one time per week. We do not control the NDCP and have only limited contractual rights under our agreement with the NDCP associated with supplier certification and quality assurance and protection of our intellectual property. While the NDCP maintains contingency plans with its approved suppliers and has a contingency plan for its own distribution function to restaurants, our franchisees bear risks associated with the timeliness, solvency, reputation, labor relations, freight costs, price of raw materials and compliance with health and safety standards of each supplier (including DBCL and those of the International JVs) including, but not limited to, risks associated with contamination to food and beverage products. We have little control over such suppliers other than DBCL, which produces ice cream for resale by us. Disruptions in these relationships may reduce franchisee sales and, in turn, our royalty income.

Overall difficulty of suppliers (including DBCL and those of the International JVs) meeting franchisee product demand, interruptions in the supply chain, obstacles or delays in the process of renegotiating or renewing agreements with preferred suppliers, financial difficulties experienced by suppliers, or the deficiency, lack, or poor quality of alternative suppliers could adversely impact franchisee sales which, in turn, would reduce our royalty income and could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

 

- 19 -


Table of Contents

We may not be able to recoup our expenditures on properties we sublease to franchisees.

Pursuant to the terms of certain prime leases we have entered into with third-party landlords, we may be required to construct or improve a property, pay taxes, maintain insurance and comply with building codes and other applicable laws. The subleases we enter into with franchisees related to such properties typically pass through such obligations, but if a franchisee fails to perform the obligations passed through to them, we will be required to perform those obligations, resulting in an increase in our leasing and operational costs and expenses. Additionally, in some locations, we may pay more rent and other amounts to third-party landlords under a prime lease than we receive from the franchisee who subleases such property. Typically, our franchisees’ rent is based in part on a percentage of gross sales at the restaurant, so a downturn in gross sales would negatively affect the level of the payments we receive.

If the international markets in which we compete are affected by changes in political, social, legal, economic or other factors, our business and operating results may be materially and adversely affected.

As of March 26, 2011, we had 6,965 restaurants located in 56 foreign countries. The international operations of our franchisees may subject us to additional risks, which differ in each country in which our franchisees operate, and such risks may negatively affect our result in a delay in or loss of royalty income to us.

The factors impacting the international markets in which restaurants are located may include:

 

 

recessionary or expansive trends in international markets;

 

 

changes in foreign currency exchange rates and hyperinflation or deflation in the foreign countries in which we or the International JVs operate;

 

 

the imposition of restrictions on currency conversion or the transfer of funds;

 

 

increases in the taxes paid and other changes in applicable tax laws;

 

 

legal and regulatory changes and the burdens and costs of local operators’ compliance with a variety of laws, including trade restrictions and tariffs;

 

 

interruptions in the supply of product;

 

 

increases in anti-American sentiment and the identification of the Dunkin’ Donuts brand and Baskin-Robbins brand as American brands;

 

 

political and economic instability; and

 

 

natural disasters and other calamities.

Any or all of these factors may reduce distributions from our International JVs or other international partners and/or royalty income, which in turn may materially and adversely impact our business and operating results.

Termination of an arrangement with a master franchisee could adversely impact our revenues.

Internationally, and in limited cases domestically, we enter into relationships with “master franchisees” to develop and operate restaurants in defined geographic areas. Master franchisees are granted exclusivity rights with respect to larger territories than the typical franchisee, and in particular cases, expansion after minimum requirements are met is subject to the discretion of the master franchisee. In fiscal 2008, 2009 and 2010, we derived approximately 12.9%, 14. 1% and 14.6%, respectively, of our total revenues from master franchisee arrangements. The termination of an arrangement with a master franchisee or a lack of expansion by certain

 

- 20 -


Table of Contents

master franchisees could result in the delay of the development of franchised restaurants, or an interruption in the operation of one of our brands in a particular market or markets. Any such delay or interruption would result in a delay in, or loss of, royalty income to us whether by way of delayed royalty income or delayed revenues from the sale of ice cream products by us to franchisees internationally, or reduced sales. Any interruption in operations due to the termination of an arrangement with a master franchisee similarly could result in lower revenues for us, particularly if we were to determine to close restaurants following the termination of an arrangement with a master franchisee.

Our contracts with the U.S. military are non-exclusive and may be terminated with little notice.

We have contracts with the U.S. military, including with the Army & Air Force Exchange Service and the Navy Exchange Service Command. These military contracts are predominantly between the U.S. military and Baskin-Robbins. We derive revenue from the arrangements provided for under these contracts mainly through the sale of ice cream to the U.S. military (rather than through royalties) for resale on base locations and in field operations. While revenues derived from arrangements with the U.S. military represented less than 2% of our total revenues and less than 6% of our international revenues for 2010, because these contracts are non-exclusive and cancellable with minimal notice and have no minimum purchase requirements, revenues attributable to these contracts may vary significantly year to year. Any changes in the U.S. military’s domestic or international needs, or a decision by the U.S. military to use a different supplier, could result in lower revenues for us.

Fluctuations in exchange rates affect our revenues.

We are subject to inherent risks attributed to operating in a global economy. Most of our revenues, costs and debts are denominated in U.S. dollars. However, sales made by franchisees outside of the U.S. are denominated in the currency of the country in which the point of distribution is located, and this currency could become less valuable prior to calculation of our royalty payments in U.S. dollars as a result of exchange rate fluctuations. As a result, currency fluctuations could reduce our royalty income. Unfavorable currency fluctuations could result in a reduction in our revenues. Cost of ice cream produced in the Peterborough Facility in Canada as well as income we earn from our joint ventures are also subject to currency fluctuations. These currency fluctuations affecting our revenues and costs could adversely affect our business and operating results.

Adverse public or medical opinions about the health effects of consuming our products, as well as reports of incidents involving food-borne illnesses or food tampering, whether or not accurate, could harm our brands and our business.

Some of our products contain caffeine, dairy products, sugar and other active compounds, the health effects of which are the subject of increasing public scrutiny, including the suggestion that excessive consumption of caffeine, dairy products, sugar and other active compounds can lead to a variety of adverse health effects. There has also been greater public awareness that sedentary lifestyles, combined with excessive consumption of high-calorie foods, have led to a rapidly rising rate of obesity. In the U.S. and certain other countries, there is increasing consumer awareness of health risks, including obesity, as well as increased consumer litigation based on alleged adverse health impacts of consumption of various food products. While we offer some healthier beverage and food items, including reduced fat items, an unfavorable report on the health effects of caffeine or other compounds present in our products, or negative publicity or litigation arising from other health risks such as obesity, could significantly reduce the demand for our beverages and food products.

Similarly, instances or reports, whether true or not, of unclean water supply, food-borne illnesses and food tampering have in the past severely injured the reputations of companies in the food processing, grocery and

 

- 21 -


Table of Contents

QSR segments and could in the future affect us as well. Any report linking us or our franchisees to the use of unclean water, food-borne illnesses or food tampering could damage our brands’ value, immediately and severely hurt sales of beverages and food products and possibly lead to product liability claims. In addition, instances of food-borne illnesses or food tampering, even those occurring solely at the restaurants of competitors, could, by resulting in negative publicity about the foodservice or restaurant industry, adversely affect our sales on a regional or global basis. A decrease in customer traffic as a result of these health concerns or negative publicity could materially and adversely affect our brands and our business.

We may not be able to enforce payment of fees under certain of our franchise arrangements.

In certain limited instances, a franchisee may be operating a restaurant pursuant to an unwritten franchise arrangement. Such circumstances may arise where a franchisee arrangement has expired and new or renewal agreements have yet to be executed or where the franchisee has developed and opened a restaurant but has failed to memorialize the franchisor-franchisee relationship in an executed agreement as of the opening date of such restaurant. In certain other limited instances, we may allow a franchisee in good standing to operate domestically pursuant to franchise arrangements which have expired in their normal course and have not yet been renewed. As of March 26, 2011, less than 2% of our stores were operating without a written agreement. There is a risk that either category of these franchise arrangements may not be enforceable under federal, state and local laws and regulations prior to correction or if left uncorrected. In these instances, the franchise arrangements may be enforceable on the basis of custom and assent of performance. If the franchisee, however, were to neglect to remit royalty payments in a timely fashion, we may be unable to enforce the payment of such fees which, in turn, may materially and adversely affect our business and operating results. While we generally require franchise arrangements in foreign jurisdictions to be entered into pursuant to written franchise arrangements, subject to certain exceptions, some expired contracts, letters of intent or oral agreements in existence may not be enforceable under local laws, which could impair our ability to collect royalty income, which in turn may materially and adversely impact our business and operating results.

Our business activities subject us to litigation risk that could affect us adversely by subjecting us to significant money damages and other remedies or by increasing our litigation expense.

In the ordinary course of business, we are the subject of complaints or litigation from franchisees, usually related to alleged breaches of contract or wrongful termination under the franchise arrangements. In addition, we are, from time to time, the subject of complaints or litigation from customers alleging illness, injury or other food-quality, health or operational concerns and from suppliers alleging breach of contract. We may also be subject to employee claims based on, among other things, discrimination, harassment or wrongful termination. Finally, litigation against a franchisee or its affiliates by third parties, whether in the ordinary course of business or otherwise, may include claims against us by virtue of our relationship with the defendant-franchisee. In addition to decreasing the ability of a defendant-franchisee to make royalty payments and diverting our management resources, adverse publicity resulting from such allegations may materially and adversely affect us and our brands, regardless of whether such allegations are valid or whether we are liable. A substantial unsatisfied judgment against us or one of our subsidiaries could result in bankruptcy, which would materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

Our business is subject to various laws and regulations and changes in such laws and regulations, and/or failure to comply with existing or future laws and regulations, could adversely affect us.

We are subject to state franchise registration requirements, the rules and regulations of the Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”), various state laws regulating the offer and sale of franchises in the U.S. through the provision of franchise disclosure documents containing certain mandatory disclosures and certain rules and

 

- 22 -


Table of Contents

requirements regulating franchising arrangements in foreign countries. Although we believe that the Franchisors’ Franchise Disclosure Documents, together with any applicable state-specific versions or supplements, and franchising procedures that we use comply in all material respects with both the FTC guidelines and all applicable state laws regulating franchising in those states in which we offer new franchise arrangements, noncompliance could reduce anticipated royalty income, which in turn may materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

Our franchisees are subject to various existing U.S. federal, state, local and foreign laws affecting the operation of the restaurants including various health, sanitation, fire and safety standards. Franchisees may in the future become subject to regulation (or further regulation) seeking to tax or regulate high-fat foods or requiring the display of detailed nutrition information, which would be costly to comply with and could result in reduced demand for our products. In connection with the continued operation or remodeling of certain restaurants, the franchisees may be required to expend funds to meet U.S. federal, state and local and foreign regulations. Difficulties in obtaining, or the failure to obtain, required licenses or approvals could delay or prevent the opening of a new restaurant in a particular area or cause an existing restaurant to cease operations. All of these situations would decrease sales of an affected restaurant and reduce royalty payments to us with respect to such restaurant.

The franchisees are also subject to the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, and various other laws in the U.S. and in foreign countries governing such matters as minimum-wage requirements, overtime and other working conditions and citizenship requirements. A significant number of our franchisees’ food-service employees are paid at rates related to the U.S. federal minimum wage, and past increases in the U.S. federal minimum wage have increased labor costs, as would future increases. Any increases in labor costs might result in franchisees inadequately staffing restaurants. Understaffed restaurants could reduce sales at such restaurants, decrease royalty payments and adversely affect our brands.

Our and our franchisees’ operations and properties are subject to extensive U.S. federal, state and local laws and regulations, including those relating to environmental, building and zoning requirements. Our development of properties for leasing or subleasing to franchisees depends to a significant extent on the selection and acquisition of suitable sites, which are subject to zoning, land use, environmental, traffic and other regulations and requirements. Failure to comply with legal requirements could result in, among other things, revocation of required licenses, administrative enforcement actions, fines and civil and criminal liability. We may incur investigation, remediation or other costs related to releases of hazardous materials or other environmental conditions at our properties, regardless of whether such environmental conditions were created by us or a third party, such as a prior owner or tenant. We have incurred costs to address soil and groundwater contamination at some sites, and continue to incur nominal remediation costs at some of our other locations. If such issues become more expensive to address, or if new issues arise, they could increase our expenses, generate negative publicity, or otherwise adversely affect us.

Our tax returns and positions are subject to review and audit by federal, state and local taxing authorities and adverse outcomes resulting from examination of our income or other tax returns could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

The federal income tax returns of the Company for fiscal years 2006, 2007 and 2008 are currently under audit by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”), and the IRS has proposed adjustments for fiscal years 2006 and 2007 to increase our taxable income as it relates to our gift card program, specifically to record taxable income upon the activation of gift cards. We have filed a protest to the IRS’ proposed adjustments, and we believe we have alternative grounds to appeal or settle on should this position be denied (see Note 14 of the notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus). As described in Note 14 of the

 

- 23 -


Table of Contents

notes to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus, if the IRS were to prevail in this matter the proposed adjustments would result in additional taxable income of approximately $58.9 million for fiscal years 2006 and 2007 and approximately $26.0 million of additional federal and state taxes and interest owed, net of federal and state benefits. If the IRS prevails, a cash payment would be required and the additional taxable income would represent temporary differences that will be deductible in future years. Therefore, the potential tax expense attributable to the IRS adjustments for 2006 and 2007 would be limited to $2.1 million, consisting of federal and state interest, net of federal and state benefits. In addition, if the IRS were to prevail in respect of fiscal years 2006 and 2007 it is likely to make similar claims for years subsequent to fiscal 2007 and the potential additional federal and state taxes and interest owed, net of federal and state benefits, for fiscal years 2008, 2009 and 2010, computed on a similar basis to the IRS method used for fiscal years 2006 and 2007, and factoring in for the timing of our gift card uses and activations, would be approximately $19.2 million. The corresponding potential tax expense impact attributable to these later fiscal years, 2008 through 2010, would be approximately $0.3 million. While we believe that the Company has properly reported taxable income and paid taxes in accordance with applicable laws and that the proposed adjustments are inconsistent with our franchisor model and the structure of our gift card program, no assurance can be made that we will prevail in the final resolution of this matter. An unfavorable outcome from any tax audit could result in higher tax costs, penalties and interest, thereby negatively and adversely impacting our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

We are subject to a variety of additional risks associated with our franchisees.

Our franchise system subjects us to a number of risks, any one of which may impact our ability to collect royalty payments from our franchisees, may harm the goodwill associated with our brands, and/or may materially and adversely impact our business and results of operations.

Bankruptcy of U.S. Franchisees. A franchisee bankruptcy could have a substantial negative impact on our ability to collect payments due under such franchisee’s franchise arrangements and, to the extent such franchisee is a lessee pursuant to a franchisee lease/sublease with us, payments due under such franchisee lease/sublease. In a franchisee bankruptcy, the bankruptcy trustee may reject its franchise arrangements and/or franchisee lease/sublease pursuant to Section 365 under the United States bankruptcy code, in which case there would be no further royalty payments and/or franchisee lease/sublease payments from such franchisee, and there can be no assurance as to the proceeds, if any, that may ultimately be recovered in a bankruptcy proceeding of such franchisee in connection with a damage claim resulting from such rejection.

Franchisee Changes in Control. The franchise arrangements prohibit “changes in control” of a franchisee without our consent as the franchisor, except in the event of the death or disability of a franchisee (if a natural person) or a principal of a franchisee entity. In such event, the executors and representatives of the franchisee are required by to transfer the relevant franchise arrangements to a successor franchisee approved by the franchisor. There is, however, no assurance that any such successor would be found or, if found, would be able to perform the former franchisee’s obligations under such franchise arrangements or successfully operate the restaurant. If a successor franchisee is not found, or if the successor franchisee that is found is not as successful in operating the restaurant as the then-deceased franchisee or franchisee principal, the sales of the restaurant could be adversely affected.

Franchisee Insurance. The franchise arrangements require each franchisee to maintain certain insurance types and levels. Certain extraordinary hazards, however, may not be covered, and insurance may not be available (or may be available only at prohibitively expensive rates) with respect to many other risks. Moreover, any loss incurred could exceed policy limits and policy payments made to franchisees may not be made on a timely basis. Any such loss or delay in payment could have a material and adverse effect on a franchisee’s ability to satisfy its obligations under its franchise arrangement, including its ability to make royalty payments.

 

- 24 -


Table of Contents

Some of our Franchisees are Operating Entities. Franchisees may be natural persons or legal entities. Our franchisees that are operating companies (as opposed to limited purpose entities) are subject to business, credit, financial and other risks, which may be unrelated to the operations of the restaurants. These unrelated risks could materially and adversely affect a franchisee that is an operating company and its ability to make its royalty payments in full or on a timely basis, which in turn may materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

Franchise Arrangement Termination; Nonrenewal. Each franchise arrangement is subject to termination by us as the franchisor in the event of a default, generally after expiration of applicable cure periods, although under certain circumstances a franchise arrangement may be terminated by us upon notice without an opportunity to cure. The default provisions under the franchise arrangements are drafted broadly and include, among other things, any failure to meet operating standards and actions that may threaten the licensed intellectual property.

In addition, each franchise agreement has an expiration date. Upon the expiration of the franchise arrangement, we or the franchisee may, or may not, elect to renew the franchise arrangements. If the franchisee arrangement is renewed, the franchisee will receive a “successor” franchise arrangement for an additional term. Such option, however, is contingent on the franchisee’s execution of the then-current form of franchise arrangements (which may include increased royalty payments, advertising fees and other costs), the satisfaction of certain conditions (including modernization of the restaurant and related operations) and the payment of a renewal fee. If a franchisee is unable or unwilling to satisfy any of the foregoing conditions, the expiring franchise arrangements will terminate upon expiration of the term of the franchise arrangements.

Product Liability Exposure. We require franchisees to maintain general liability insurance coverage to protect against the risk of product liability and other risks and demand strict franchisee compliance with health and safety regulations. However, franchisees may receive through the supply chain (from central manufacturing locations (CMLs), NDCP or otherwise), or produce defective food or beverage products, which may adversely impact our brands’ goodwill.

Americans with Disabilities Act. Restaurants located in the U.S. must comply with Title III of the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, as amended (the “ADA”). Although we believe newer restaurants meet the ADA construction standards and, further, that franchisees have historically been diligent in the remodeling of older restaurants, a finding of noncompliance with the ADA could result in the imposition of injunctive relief, fines, an award of damages to private litigants or additional capital expenditures to remedy such noncompliance. Any imposition of injunctive relief, fines, damage awards or capital expenditures could adversely affect the ability of a franchisee to make royalty payments, or could generate negative publicity, or otherwise adversely affect us.

Franchisee Litigation. Franchisees are subject to a variety of litigation risks, including, but not limited to, customer claims, personal-injury claims, environmental claims, employee allegations of improper termination and discrimination, claims related to violations of the ADA, religious freedom, the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”) and intellectual-property claims. Each of these claims may increase costs and limit the funds available to make royalty payments and reduce the execution of new franchise arrangements.

Potential conflicts with franchisee organizations . Although we believe our relationship with our franchisees is open and strong, the nature of the franchisor-franchisee relationship can give rise to conflict. In the U.S., our approach is collaborative in that we have established district advisory councils, regional advisory councils and a national brand advisory council for each of the Dunkin’ Donuts brand and the Baskin-Robbins brand. The councils are comprised of franchisees and brand employees and executives, and they meet to discuss the strengths, weaknesses, challenges and opportunities facing the brands as well as the rollout of new products and projects. Internationally, our operations are primarily conducted through joint ventures with local

 

- 25 -


Table of Contents

licensees, so our relationships are conducted directly with our licensees rather than separate advisory committees. No material disputes exist in the U.S. or internationally at this time.

Failure to retain our existing senior management team or the inability to attract and retain new qualified personnel could hurt our business and inhibit our ability to operate and grow successfully.

Our success will continue to depend to a significant extent on our executive management team and the ability of other key management personnel to replace executives who retire or resign. We may not be able to retain our executive officers and key personnel or attract additional qualified management personnel to replace executives who retire or resign. Failure to retain our leadership team and attract and retain other important personnel could lead to ineffective management and operations, which could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

If we or our franchisees or licensees are unable to protect our customers’ credit card data, we or our franchisees could be exposed to data loss, litigation, and liability, and our reputation could be significantly harmed.

Privacy protection is increasingly demanding and the introduction of electronic payment methods exposes us and our franchisees to increased risk of privacy and/or security breaches as well as other risks. In connection with credit card sales, our franchisees (and we from our company-operated restaurants) transmit confidential credit card information by way of secure private retail networks. Although we use private networks, third parties may have the technology or know-how to breach the security of the customer information transmitted in connection with credit card sales, and our franchisees’ and our security measures and those of our technology vendors may not effectively prohibit others from obtaining improper access to this information. If a person is able to circumvent these security measures, he or she could destroy or steal valuable information or disrupt our operations. Any security breach could expose us to risks of data loss, litigation, and liability, and could seriously disrupt our operations. Any resulting negative publicity could significantly harm our reputation and could materially and adversely affect our business and operating results.

Catastrophic events may disrupt our business.

Unforeseen events, including war, terrorism and other international, regional or local instability or conflicts (including labor issues), embargos, public health issues (including tainted food, food-borne illnesses, food tampering, or water supply or widespread/pandemic illness such as the avian or H1N1 flu), and natural disasters such as earthquakes, tsunamis, hurricanes, or other adverse weather and climate conditions, whether occurring in the U.S. or abroad, could disrupt our operations or that of our franchisees, or suppliers; or result in political or economic instability. For example, the recent earthquake and tsunami in Japan resulted in the temporary closing of a number of Baskin-Robbins restaurants, seven of which remain closed. These events could reduce traffic in our restaurants and demand for our products; make it difficult or impossible for our franchisees to receive products from their suppliers; disrupt or prevent our ability to perform functions at the corporate level; and/or otherwise impede our or our franchisees’ ability to continue business operations in a continuous manner consistent with the level and extent of business activities prior to the occurrence of the unexpected event or events, which in turn may materially and adversely impact our business and operating results.

Risks related to this offering and our common stock

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules and, as a result, we will qualify for, and intend to rely on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

After completion of this offering, the Sponsors will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate

 

- 26 -


Table of Contents

governance standards of The NASDAQ Global Select Market. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including:

 

 

the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consist of independent directors;

 

 

the requirement that we have a nominating/corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities, or otherwise have director nominees selected by vote of a majority of the independent directors;

 

 

the requirement that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

 

 

the requirement for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating/corporate governance and compensation committees.

Following this offering, we intend to utilize these exemptions. As a result, we will not have a majority of independent directors, our nominating and corporate governance committee and compensation committee will not consist entirely of independent directors and such committees will not be subject to annual performance evaluations. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of The NASDAQ Global Select Market.

The Sponsors, however, are not subject to any contractual obligation to retain their controlling interest, except that they have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to sell or otherwise dispose of any shares of our common stock or other capital stock or other securities exercisable or convertible therefor for a period of at least 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC. Except for this brief period, there can be no assurance as to the period of time during which any of the Sponsors will maintain their ownership of our common stock following the offering.

Our stock price could be extremely volatile and, as a result, you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the price you paid for them.

Since the time that we were acquired by Allied Domecq PLC in 1989, there has not been a public market for our common stock, and an active public market for our common stock may not develop or be sustained after this offering. In addition, the stock market in general has been highly volatile. As a result, the market price of our common stock is likely to be similarly volatile, and investors in our common stock may experience a decrease, which could be substantial, in the value of their stock, including decreases unrelated to our operating performance or prospects, and could lose part or all of their investment. The price of our common stock could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to a number of factors, including those described elsewhere in this prospectus and others such as:

 

 

variations in our operating performance and the performance of our competitors;

 

 

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly or annual operating results;

 

 

publication of research reports by securities analysts about us or our competitors or our industry;

 

 

our failure or the failure of our competitors to meet analysts’ projections or guidance that we or our competitors may give to the market;

 

 

additions and departures of key personnel;

 

- 27 -


Table of Contents
 

strategic decisions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions, divestitures, spin-offs, joint ventures, strategic investments or changes in business strategy;

 

 

the passage of legislation or other regulatory developments affecting us or our industry;

 

 

speculation in the press or investment community;

 

 

changes in accounting principles;

 

 

terrorist acts, acts of war or periods of widespread civil unrest;

 

 

natural disasters and other calamities; and

 

 

changes in general market and economic conditions.

As we operate in a single industry, we are especially vulnerable to these factors to the extent that they affect our industry or our products, or to a lesser extent our markets. In the past, securities class action litigation has often been initiated against companies following periods of volatility in their stock price. This type of litigation could result in substantial costs and divert our management’s attention and resources, and could also require us to make substantial payments to satisfy judgments or to settle litigation.

Your percentage ownership in us may be diluted by future issuances of capital stock, which could reduce your influence over matters on which stockholders vote.

Following the closing of this offering, our board of directors has the authority, without action or vote of our stockholders, to issue all or any part of our authorized but unissued shares of common stock, including shares issuable upon the exercise of options, or shares of our authorized but unissued preferred stock. Issuances of common stock or voting preferred stock would reduce your influence over matters on which our stockholders vote, and, in the case of issuances of preferred stock, would likely result in your interest in us being subject to the prior rights of holders of that preferred stock.

There may be sales of a substantial amount of our common stock after this offering by our current stockholders, and these sales could cause the price of our common stock to fall.

After this offering, there will be         shares of common stock outstanding. There will be         shares issued and outstanding if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares. Of our issued and outstanding shares, all the common stock sold in this offering will be freely transferable, except for any shares held by our “affiliates,” as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”). Following completion of this offering, approximately     % of our outstanding common stock (or     % if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares from us) will be held by investment funds affiliated with the Sponsors and members of our management and employees.

Each of our directors, executive officers and significant equity holders (including affiliates of the Sponsors) have entered into a lock-up agreement with J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC on behalf of the underwriters which regulates their sales of our common stock for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions and automatic extensions in certain circumstances. See “Shares eligible for future sale– Lock-up agreements.”

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that such sales will occur, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and make it difficult for us to raise funds through securities offerings in the future. Of the shares to be outstanding after the offering, the shares offered by this prospectus will be eligible for immediate sale in the public market without restriction

 

- 28 -


Table of Contents

by persons other than our affiliates. Our remaining outstanding shares will become available for resale in the public market as shown in the chart below.

 

Number of Shares   Date Available for Resale
                                                               180 days after this offering (             ,             ), subject to certain exceptions and                                                                automatic extensions in certain circumstances.

Beginning 180 days after this offering, subject to certain exceptions and automatic extensions in certain circumstances, holders of shares of our common stock may require us to register their shares for resale under the federal securities laws, and holders of additional shares of our common stock would be entitled to have their shares included in any such registration statement, all subject to reduction upon the request of the underwriter of the offering, if any. See “Related party transactions—Arrangements with our investors.” Registration of those shares would allow the holders to immediately resell their shares in the public market. Any such sales or anticipation thereof could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

In addition, after this offering, we intend to register shares of common stock that are reserved for issuance under our 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan. For more information, see “Shares eligible for future sale—Registration statements on form S-8.”

Certain participants in our directed share program must hold their shares for a minimum of 180 days following the date of the final prospectus related to this offering and accordingly will be subject to market risks not imposed on other investors in the offering.

At our request, the underwriters have reserved up to             shares of the common stock offered hereby for sale to our employees and franchisees. Purchasers of these shares who have entered into a lockup agreement with the underwriters in connection with this offering, which generally includes our officers, directors and significant stockholders, will be required to agree that they will not, subject to exceptions, offer, sell, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of or hedge any such shares for a period of 180 days after the date of the final prospectus relating to this offering, subject to certain specified extensions. As a result of such restriction, such purchasers may face risks not faced by other investors who have the right to sell their shares at any time following the offering. These risks include the market risk of holding our shares during the period that such restrictions are in effect.

Provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law may deter takeover efforts that you feel would be beneficial to stockholder value.

In addition to the Sponsors’ beneficial ownership of a controlling percentage of our common stock, our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and Delaware law contain provisions which could make it harder for a third party to acquire us, even if doing so might be beneficial to our stockholders. These provisions include a classified board of directors and limitations on actions by our stockholders. In addition, our board of directors has the right to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval that could be used to dilute a potential hostile acquiror. Our certificate of incorporation also imposes some restrictions on mergers and other business combinations between us and any holder of 15% or more of our outstanding common stock other than the Sponsors. As a result, you may lose your ability to sell your stock for a price in excess of the prevailing market price due to these protective measures and efforts by stockholders to change the direction or management of the company may be unsuccessful. See “Description of capital stock.”

 

- 29 -


Table of Contents

If you purchase shares in this offering, you will suffer immediate and substantial dilution.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will incur immediate and substantial dilution in the pro forma book value of your stock, which would have been $         per share as of March 26, 2011 based on an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share (the mid-point of the offering range shown on the cover of this prospectus), because the price that you pay will be substantially greater than the net tangible book value per share of the shares you acquire. You will experience additional dilution upon the exercise of options and warrants to purchase our common stock, including those options currently outstanding and those granted in the future, and the issuance of restricted stock or other equity awards under our stock incentive plans. To the extent we raise additional capital by issuing equity securities, our stockholders will experience substantial additional dilution. See “Dilution.”

Because certain of our officers hold restricted stock or option awards that will vest upon a change of control if the Sponsors achieve certain minimum rates of return on their initial investment in us, these officers may have interests in us that conflict with yours.

Certain of our officers hold, in the aggregate,              shares of restricted stock and options to purchase              shares that are subject to vesting upon a change of control if the Sponsors achieve certain minimum rates of return on their initial investment in us. As a result, these officers may view certain change of control transactions more favorably than an investor in this offering due to the vesting opportunities available to them and, as a result, may have an economic incentive to support a transaction that you may not believe to be favorable to stockholders who purchased shares in this offering.

The Sponsors will continue to have significant influence over us after this offering, including control over decisions that require the approval of stockholders, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of key transactions, including a change of control.

We are currently controlled, and after this offering is completed will continue to be controlled, by the Sponsors. Upon completion of this offering, investment funds affiliated with the Sponsors will beneficially own     % of our outstanding common stock (    % if the underwriters exercise in full the option to purchase additional shares from us). For as long as the Sponsors continue to beneficially own shares of common stock representing more than 50% of the voting power of our common stock, they will be able to direct the election of all of the members of our board of directors and could exercise a controlling influence over our business and affairs, including any determinations with respect to mergers or other business combinations, the acquisition or disposition of assets, the incurrence of indebtedness, the issuance of any additional common stock or other equity securities, the repurchase or redemption of common stock and the payment of dividends. Similarly, these entities will have the power to determine matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders without the consent of our other stockholders, will have the power to prevent a change in our control and could take other actions that might be favorable to them. Even if their ownership falls below 50%, the Sponsors will continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions. In addition, each of the Sponsors will have a contractual right to nominate two directors to our board for as long as such Sponsor owns at least 10% of our outstanding common stock (and one director for so long as such Sponsor owns at least 3% of our outstanding common stock) and the Sponsors will have certain contractual rights to have their nominees serve on our compensation committee and our nominating and governance committee. See “Related party transactions–Arrangements with our investors.”

Additionally, the Sponsors are in the business of making investments in companies and may acquire and hold interests in businesses that compete directly or indirectly with us. One or more of the Sponsors may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us.

 

- 30 -


Table of Contents

Because we have no current plans to pay cash dividends on our common stock for the foreseeable future, you may not receive any return on investment unless you sell your common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

We may retain future earnings, if any, for future operation, expansion and debt repayment and have no current plans to pay any cash dividends for the foreseeable future. Any decision to declare and pay dividends in the future will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, cash requirements, contractual restrictions and other factors that our board of directors may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends may be limited by covenants of any existing and future outstanding indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur, including our senior credit facility. As a result, you may not receive any return on an investment in our common stock unless you sell our common stock for a price greater than that which you paid for it.

 

- 31 -


Table of Contents

Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements

This prospectus includes statements that express our opinions, expectations, beliefs, plans, objectives, assumptions or projections regarding future events or future results and therefore are, or may be deemed to be, “forward-looking statements.” These forward-looking statements can generally be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, including the terms “believes,” “estimates,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “seeks,” “projects,” “intends,” “plans,” “may,” “will” or “should” or, in each case, their negative or other variations or comparable terminology. These forward-looking statements include all matters that are not historical facts. They appear in a number of places throughout this prospectus and include statements regarding our intentions, beliefs or current expectations concerning, among other things, our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, prospects, growth, strategies and the industry in which we operate.

By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that may or may not occur in the future. We believe that these risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those described in the “Risk factors” section of this prospectus, which include, but are not limited to, the following:

 

 

the ongoing level of profitability of our franchisees and licensees;

 

 

changes in working relationships with our franchisees and licensees and the actions of our franchisees and licensees;

 

 

the strength of our brand in the markets in which we compete;

 

 

changes in competition within the quick service restaurant segment of the food service industry;

 

 

our master franchisees’ relationships with sub-franchisees;

 

 

changes in consumer behavior resulting from changes in technologies or alternative methods of delivery;

 

 

economic and political conditions in the countries where we operate;

 

 

our substantial indebtedness;

 

 

our ability to protect our intellectual property rights;

 

 

consumer preferences, spending patterns and demographic trends;

 

 

the success of our growth strategy and international development;

 

 

changes in commodity and food prices, particularly coffee, dairy products and sugar, and other operating costs;

 

 

shortages of coffee;

 

 

failure of our network and information technology systems;

 

 

interruptions or shortages in the supply of products to our franchisees and licensees;

 

 

inability to recover our capital costs;

 

 

changes in political, legal, economic or other factors in international markets;

 

 

termination of master franchisee agreement or contracts with the U.S. military;

 

 

currency exchange rates;

 

- 32 -


Table of Contents
 

the impact of food borne-illness or food safety issues or adverse public or medical opinions regarding the health effects of consuming our products;

 

 

our ability to collect royalty payments from our franchisees and licensees;

 

 

uncertainties relating to litigation;

 

 

changes in regulatory requirements or our and our franchisees and licensees ability to comply with current or future regulatory requirements;

 

 

review and audit of certain of our tax returns;

 

 

the ability of our franchisees and licensees to open new restaurants and keep existing restaurants in operation;

 

 

our ability to retain key personnel;

 

 

our inability to protect customer credit card data; and

 

 

catastrophic events.

Those factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read with the other cautionary statements in this prospectus.

Although we base these forward-looking statements on assumptions that we believe are reasonable when made, we caution you that forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and that our actual results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the industry in which we operate may differ materially from those made in or suggested by the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus. In addition, even if our results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and the development of the industry in which we operate, are consistent with the forward-looking statements contained in this prospectus, those results or developments may not be indicative of results or developments in subsequent periods.

Given these risks and uncertainties, you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement that we make in this prospectus speaks only as of the date of such statement, and we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statements or to publicly announce the results of any revisions to any of those statements to reflect future events or developments. Comparisons of results for current and any prior periods are not intended to express any future trends or indications of future performance, unless specifically expressed as such, and should only be viewed as historical data.

 

- 33 -


Table of Contents

The reclassification

In connection with this offering, on                     , 2011, we effected a     -for-     reverse split of our Class A common stock and then reclassified our Class A common stock into common stock. Immediately prior to this offering, we had two classes of common stock outstanding, common stock and Class L common stock. The Class L common stock was identical to the common stock, except that the Class L common stock was convertible into shares of our common stock as described below, and each share of Class L common stock was entitled to a preferential payment upon any distribution by us to holders of our capital stock, whether by dividend, liquidating distribution or otherwise, equal to the base amount for such share ($41.7516) plus an amount that accrued from March 1, 2006, the date that we were acquired by investment funds affiliated with the Sponsors, on the outstanding preference amount at a rate of 9% per annum, compounded quarterly. After payment of this preference amount, each share of common stock and Class L common stock shared equally in all distributions by us to holders of our common stock.

Immediately prior to this offering, we will convert each outstanding share of Class L common stock into [            ] of a share of common stock plus an additional number of shares of common stock determined by dividing the Class L preference amount, currently estimated to be $         , by the initial public offering price of a share of our common stock in this offering net of the estimated underwriting discount and a pro rata portion, based upon the number of shares being sold in this offering, of the estimated offering-related expenses incurred by us. The estimated Class L preference amount is based upon an assumed pricing date for this offering of                     , 2011. To the extent that the pricing date for this offering occurs before or after such date, the Class L preference amount per share will be less or more, as applicable, than such estimated amount by approximately $0.01 per day.

References to the “reclassification” throughout this prospectus refer to the     -for-     reverse stock split of our Class A common stock, the reclassification of our Class A common stock into our common stock and the conversion of our Class L common stock into our common stock.

Assuming an initial public offering price of $         per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, offering-related expenses incurred by us as specified under “Underwriting” of             , and the Class L preference amount specified above,             shares of common stock will be outstanding immediately after the reclassification but before this offering. The actual number of shares of common stock that will be issued as a result of the reclassification is subject to change based on the actual initial public offering price, the offering-related expenses incurred by us and the closing date of this offering. See “Description of capital stock.”

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share of our common stock would decrease (increase) our pro forma number of shares outstanding after giving effect to the offering by              shares, assuming the offering-related expenses and the Class L preference amount specified above.

 

- 34 -


Table of Contents

Use of proceeds

We estimate that the net proceeds we will receive from the sale of         shares of our common stock in this offering, after deducting underwriter discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us, will be approximately $         million (or $         million, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full). This estimate assumes an initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share would increase (decrease) the net proceeds to us from this offering by $         million, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with the net proceeds from our additional $100 million of term loan borrowings, as described under “Description of indebtedness—Senior credit facility,” to repay all amounts outstanding under the Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. 9  5 / 8 % senior notes due December 1, 2018, and to use any remaining net proceeds for working capital and for general corporate purposes. As of April 30, 2011, there was approximately $475.0 million in aggregate principal amount of the Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. 9  5 / 8 % senior notes outstanding. The senior notes were issued on November 23, 2010, and the proceeds of the senior notes (together with borrowings under Dunkin’ Brands, Inc.’s senior credit facility and cash on hand) were used to repay indebtedness of certain of our indirect subsidiaries, to pay a cash dividend of $500.0 million on the outstanding shares of our Class L common stock and to pay related fees and expenses.

 

- 35 -


Table of Contents

Dividend policy

On December 3, 2010, we paid a cash dividend of $500.0 million on the outstanding shares of our Class L common stock. Our board of directors does not currently intend to pay regular dividends on our common stock. However, we expect to reevaluate our dividend policy on a regular basis following this offering and may, subject to compliance with the covenants contained in our senior credit facility and other considerations, determine to pay dividends in the future.

 

- 36 -


Table of Contents

Capitalization

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our consolidated capitalization as of March 26, 2011 on (1) an actual basis and (2) an as adjusted basis to give effect to (w) the reclassification that will be effectuated prior to the closing of this offering as if it had occurred on March 26, 2011, (x) the issuance of common stock in this offering and the application of the net proceeds there from as described in “Use of proceeds” (y) our additional $100 million in term loan borrowings and corresponding repayment of senior notes, and (z) the payment of approximately $14 million out of general funds in fees under our management agreement with the Sponsors in connection with this offering and the termination of the management agreement. See “Description of indebtedness—Senior credit facility” and “Related party transactions.”

This table should be read in conjunction with “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected consolidated financial and other data,” “Unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and our consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

         As of
March 26, 2011
 
       Actual        As
adjusted
 
   
       (Dollars in thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents(1)(2)

     $ 120,508         $     
          

Long-term debt, including current portion;

         

Revolving credit facility(3)

     $         $     

Term loan facility

       1,394,146        

Capital leases

       5,316        
          

Total secured debt

       1,399,462        

9  5 / 8 % senior notes

       468,072        
          

Total long-term debt

       1,867,534        
          

Class L common stock $0.001 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized and 23,060,006 shares issued and outstanding on an actual basis; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding on an as adjusted basis

       862,184        

Stockholders’ equity (deficit) :

         

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; no shares authorized, issued and outstanding on an actual basis;          shares authorized and no shares issued and outstanding on an as adjusted basis

         

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 400,000,000 shares authorized and 192,219,311 shares issued and outstanding on an actual basis;                  shares authorized and                  shares issued and outstanding on an as adjusted basis

       192        

Additional paid-in capital

       196,245        

Treasury stock, at cost

       (1,919     

Accumulated deficit(4)

       (762,469     

Accumulated other comprehensive income

       18,584        
          

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

       (549,367     
          

Total capitalization

     $ 2,180,351         $                
   

 

- 37 -


Table of Contents
(1)   Amount includes an aggregate of $69.3 million of cash held for advertising funds or reserved for gift card/certificate programs.

 

(2)   A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share of our common stock would increase (decrease) our as adjusted cash and cash equivalents by $         million, after deducting the estimated underwriters’ discounts and commissions and estimated expenses payable by us.

 

(3)   Excludes $11.2 million of undrawn letters of credit.

 

(4)  

The as adjusted amount reflects the loss on debt extinguishment to be recorded in connection with the repayment of the senior notes, fees expensed in connection with the additional $100.0 million term loan borrowings, and the termination fee related to the management agreement with the Sponsors, all of which are net of tax benefits. See “Unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements.”

 

- 38 -


Table of Contents

Dilution

If you invest in our common stock, your ownership interest will be immediately diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. Dilution results from the fact the initial public offering price per share of the common stock is substantially in excess of the book value per share of common stock attributable to the existing stockholders for the presently outstanding shares of common stock. We calculate net tangible book value per share of our common stock by dividing the net tangible book value (total consolidated tangible assets less total consolidated liabilities) by the number of outstanding shares of our common stock.

Our net tangible book value at March 26, 2011 was approximately $        million, or $        per share of our common stock pro forma for the reclassification but before giving effect to this offering. Pro forma net tangible book value per share before the offering has been determined by dividing net tangible book value (total book value of tangible assets less total liabilities) by the number of shares of common stock outstanding at March 26, 2011, assuming that the reclassification had taken place on March 26, 2011. Dilution in net tangible book value per share represents the difference between the amount per share that you pay in this offering and the net tangible book value per share immediately after this offering.

After giving effect to the receipt of the estimated net proceeds from our sale of shares in this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $        per share (the mid-point of the offering range shown on the cover of this prospectus), and the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom as described under “Use of proceeds,” our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value at March 26, 2011 would have been approximately $        , or $         per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value per share of $         to existing stockholders and an immediate decrease in net tangible book value per share of $         to you. The following table illustrates this dilution per share.

 

                     

Assumed initial public offering price per share of common stock

      $                

Pro forma net tangible book value per share at March 26, 2011

   $                   

Increase per share attributable to new investors in this offering

     
           

Pro forma net tangible book value per share of common stock after this offering

      $     
           

Dilution per share to new investors

      $     
   

If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full to purchase additional shares, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock after giving effect to this offering would be $         per share of our common stock. This represents an increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $         per share of our common stock to existing stockholders and dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value of $         per share of our common stock to you.

A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed initial public offering price of $         per share of our common stock would increase (decrease) our pro forma net tangible book value after giving effect to the offering by $         million, or by $         per share of our common stock, assuming no change to the number of shares of our common stock offered by us as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and estimated expenses payable by us.

 

- 39 -


Table of Contents

The following table sets forth, as of March 26, 2011, the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid by existing stockholders and to be paid by new investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering, before deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.

 

       Shares purchased      Total consideration     

Average

price Per
share

 
     Number      Percent      Amount      Percent     
   

Existing stockholders

                    %       $                                  %       $                

New investors

              
        

Total

        100%       $                      100%      
   

If the underwriters were to fully exercise their over-allotment option to purchase additional shares of our common stock from us, the percentage of shares of our common stock held by existing stockholders would be     %, and the percentage of shares of our common stock held by new investors would be     %.

To the extent any outstanding options or other equity awards are exercised or become vested or any additional options or other equity awards are granted and exercised or become vested or other issuances of shares of our common stock are made, there may be further economic dilution to new investors.

 

- 40 -


Table of Contents

Selected consolidated financial and other data

The following table sets forth our selected historical and unaudited pro forma consolidated financial and other data as of the dates and for the periods indicated. The selected historical financial data as of December 26, 2009 and December 25, 2010 and for each of the three years in the period ended December 25, 2010 presented in this table have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected historical financial data as of March 26, 2011 and for the three-month periods ended March 27, 2010 and March 26, 2011 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated balance sheet data as of March 27, 2010 has been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements as of such date, which are not included in this prospectus. The selected historical financial data as of December 30, 2006, December 29, 2007 and December 27, 2008 and for the ten month period ended December 30, 2006 and the year ended December 29, 2007 have been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements for such years and periods, which are not included in this prospectus. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for future periods and operating results for the three-month period ended March 26, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011. The unaudited pro forma consolidated financial data for the year ended December 25, 2010 and for the three-month period ended March 26, 2011 have been derived from our historical financial statements for such year and period, which are included elsewhere in this prospectus, after giving effect to the transactions specified under “Unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements.” The data in the following table related to points of distribution, comparable store sales growth, franchisee-reported sales, and systemwide sales growth are unaudited for all periods presented.

This selected historical and unaudited pro forma consolidated financial and other data should be read in conjunction with the disclosure set forth under “Capitalization,” “Unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements,” “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations” and the consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

- 41 -


Table of Contents
      Ten months
ended
December 30,
2006(1)
    Fiscal year ended     Three months ended  
      December 29,
2007
    December 27,
2008
    December 26,
2009
    December 25,
2010
    March 27,
2010
    March 26,
2011
 
   
    ($ in thousands, except per share data or as otherwise noted)  

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

             

Franchise fees and royalty income

  $ 255,654      $ 325,441      $ 349,047      $ 344,020      $ 359,927      $ 80,165      $ 85,959   

Rental income

    80,016        98,860        97,886        93,651        91,102        22,116        22,131   

Sales of ice cream products

    49,064        63,777        71,445        75,256        84,989        17,793        22,716   

Other revenues

    26,612        28,857        26,551        25,146        41,117        7,338        8,407   
       

Total revenues

    411,346        516,935        544,929        538,073        577,135        127,412        139,213   

Amortization of intangible assets

    33,050        39,387        37,848        35,994        32,467        8,823        7,082   

Impairment charges(2)

    1,525        4,483        331,862        8,517        7,075        1,414        653   

Other operating costs and expenses(3)(4)

    281,428        311,005        330,281        323,318        361,893        84,132        87,424   
       

Total operating costs and expenses

    316,003        354,875        699,991        367,829        401,435        94,369        95,159   

Equity in net income of joint ventures(5)

    11,219        12,439        14,169        14,301        17,825        3,642        782   
       

Operating income (loss)

    106,562        174,499        (140,893     184,545        193,525        36,685        44,836   

Interest expense, net(6)

    (131,827     (111,677     (115,944     (115,019     (112,532     (27,520     (33,767

Gain (loss) on debt extinguishment and refinancing transactions

                         3,684        (61,955            (11,007

Other gains (losses), net

    162        3,462        (3,929     1,066        408        245        476   
       

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

    (25,103     66,284        (260,766     74,276        19,446        9,410        538   

Income (loss) from continuing operations

    (14,354     39,331        (269,898     35,008        26,861        5,938        (1,723

Net income (loss)(7)

  $ (13,400   $ 34,699      $ (269,898   $ 35,008      $ 26,861      $ 5,938      $ (1,723

Earnings (loss) per share:

           

Class L—basic and diluted

  $ 6.50      $ 4.12      $ 4.17      $ 4.57      $ 4.87      $ 1.21      $ 0.85   

Class A—basic and diluted

  $ (0.89   $ (0.32   $ (1.96   $ (0.37   $ (0.45   $ (0.12   $ (0.11

Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Operations Data(8):

             

Pro forma net income

          $ 90,427        $ 14,856   

Pro forma earnings per share:

             

Basic

          $          $     

Diluted

          $          $     

Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding:

             

Basic

             

Diluted

             

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

             

Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash(9)

  $ 127,558      $ 147,968      $ 251,368      $ 171,403      $ 134,504      $ 201,452      $ 120,850   

Total assets

    3,622,084        3,608,753        3,341,649        3,224,717        3,147,288        3,216,352        3,115,177   

Total debt(10)

    1,603,636        1,603,561        1,668,410        1,451,757        1,864,881        1,486,267        1,867,534   

Total liabilities

    2,569,294        2,606,011        2,614,327        2,454,109        2,841,047        2,439,924        2,802,360   

Common stock, Class L

    1,029,488        1,033,450        1,127,863        1,232,001        840,582        1,257,068        862,184   

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

    23,302        (30,708     (400,541     (461,393     (534,341     (480,640     (549,367

Other Financial Data:

             

Capital expenditures

    29,706        37,542        27,518        18,012        15,358        3,465        3,734   

Points of Distribution(11):

             

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

    5,368        5,769        6,395        6,566        6,772        6,599        6,799   

Dunkin’ Donuts International

    1,925        2,219        2,440        2,620        2,988        2,685        3,006   

Baskin-Robbins U.S.

    2,872        2,763        2,692        2,597        2,547        2,572        2,523   

Baskin-Robbins International

    3,021        3,111        3,321        3,610        3,886        3,650        3,959   
       

Total distribution points

    13,186        13,862        14,848        15,393        16,193        15,506        16,287   
   

 

- 42 -


Table of Contents
     

Ten months
ended
December 30,
2006(1)

    Fiscal year ended     Three months ended  
      December 29,
2007
    December 27,
2008
    December 26,
2009
    December 25,
2010
    March 27,
2010
    March 26,
2011
 
   
    ($ in thousands, except as otherwise noted)  

Comparable Store Sales Growth (U.S. Only)(12):

             

Dunkin’ Donuts

    4.1%        1.3%         (0.8)%        (1.3)%        2.3%         (0.6)%        2.8%   

Baskin-Robbins

    (2.2)%        0.3%         (2.2)%        (6.0)%        (5.2)%        (7.9)%        0.5%   

Franchisee-Reported Sales ($ in millions)(13):

             

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

  $ 3,842      $ 4,792      $ 5,004      $ 5,174      $ 5,403      $ 1,233      $ 1,299   

Dunkin’ Donuts International

    364        476        529        508        584        139        153   

Baskin-Robbins U.S.

    503        572        560        524        494        102        102   

Baskin-Robbins International

    575        723        800        970        1,158        225        237   
       

Total Franchisee-Reported Sales

  $ 5,284      $ 6,563      $ 6,893      $ 7,176      $ 7,639      $ 1,699      $ 1,791   

Company-Owned Store Sales ($ in millions)(14):

             

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

  $      $      $      $ 2      $ 17      $ 2      $ 2   

Systemwide Sales Growth(15):

             

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

      5.7%         4.4%         3.4%         4.7%         2.0%         5.3%   

Dunkin’ Donuts International

      8.5%         11.1%         (4.0)%        15.0%         19.0%         10.0%   

Baskin-Robbins U.S.

      (1.3)%        (2.1)%        (6.4)%        (5.5)%        (8.8)%        0.2%   

Baskin-Robbins International

      9.7%         10.7%         21.3%         19.4%         28.3%         5.2%   
       

Total Systemwide Sales Growth

      5.6%         5.0%         4.1%         6.7%         5.4%         5.4%   
   

 

(1)   Results relate to the ten months ended December 30, 2006 and do not represent a full fiscal year. We were acquired on March 1, 2006. The results reflect the period from March 1, 2006 through December 30, 2006.

 

(2)   Fiscal year 2008 includes $294.5 million of goodwill impairment charges related to Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. and Baskin-Robbins International, as well as a $34.0 million trade name impairment charge related to Baskin-Robbins U.S.

 

(3)   Includes fees paid to the Sponsors of $2.5 million for the ten months ended December 30, 2006, $3.0 million for each of fiscal 2007, 2008, 2009 and 2010 and $750,000 for each of the three months ended March 27, 2010 and March 26, 2011, under a management agreement, which will be terminated upon the consummation of this offering. See “Related party transactions—Arrangements with our investors.”

 

(4)   Includes the following amounts:

 

   

Ten months

ended

December 30,

2006

    Fiscal year ended     Three months ended  
      December 29,     December 27,     December 26,     December 25,     March 27,      March 26,  
      2007     2008     2009     2010     2010      2011  
                                                        
    (Unaudited, $ in thousands)   

Stock compensation expense

  $ 3,086      $ 2,782      $ 1,749      $ 1,745      $ 1,461      $ 612       $ 241   

Transaction costs (a)

    18,466        1,323        —          —          1,083        —           37   

Senior executive transition and severance (b)

    740        —          1,340        3,889        4,306        323         273   

Franchisee-related restructuring (c)

    —          —          —          12,180        2,748        474         —     

Legal reserves and related costs

    —          —          —          —          4,813        —           475   

Breakage income on historical gift certificates

    —          —          —          (3,166     —          —           —     

New market entry (d)

    —          —          7,239        1,735        —          —           275   

Technology and market related initiatives (e)

    —          —          —          134        2,066        430         1,509   

 

  (a)   Represents costs and expenses related to our fiscal year end change, the securitization and other debt transactions, and our 2010 refinancing and dividend transactions.
  (b)   Represents severance and related benefit costs associated with non-recurring reorganizations (fiscal 2010 includes the accrual of costs associated with our executive Chairman transition).
  (c)   Represents one-time costs of franchisee-related restructuring programs.
  (d)   Represents one-time costs and fees associated with entry into new markets.
  (e)   Represents costs associated with various franchisee information technology and one-time market research programs.

 

- 43 -


Table of Contents
(5)   Includes amortization expense, net of tax, related to intangible franchise rights established in purchase accounting of $1.8 million, $907 thousand, $899,000, and $897,000 for fiscal years 2007, 2008, 2009, and 2010, respectively, and $219,000 for each of the three months ended March 27, 2010 and March 26, 2011, respectively.

 

(6)   Interest expense, net, for fiscal year 2010 and the three months ended March 26, 2011 on a pro forma basis would have been approximately $71.5 million and $17.9 million, respectively. See “Unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements.”

 

(7)   We completed the sale of our Togo’s brand on November 30, 2007. Net income for the ten months ended December 30, 2006 and the fiscal year ended December 29, 2007 includes income from discontinued operations of $1.0 million and a loss from discontinued operations of $4.6 million, respectively, related to the Togo’s operations and sale.

 

(8)   See “Unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements.”

 

(9)   Amounts as of December 30, 2006, December 29, 2007, December 27, 2008, and December 26, 2009 include cash held in restricted accounts pursuant to the terms of the securitization indebtedness. Following the redemption and discharge of the securitization indebtedness in fiscal year 2010, such amounts are no longer restricted. The amounts also include cash held for advertising funds or reserved for gift card/certificate programs. Our cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash balances at December 27, 2008 increased primarily as a result of short-term borrowings.

 

(10)   Includes capital lease obligations of $3.7 million, $3.6 million, $4.2 million, $5.4 million, $5.4 million, $5.4 million and $5.3 million as of December 30, 2006, December 29, 2007, December 27, 2008, December 26, 2009, December 25, 2010, March 27, 2010 and March 26, 2011, respectively.

 

(11)   Represents period end distribution points.

 

(12)   Represents the growth in average weekly sales for franchisee- and company-owned restaurants that have been open at least 54 weeks that have reported sales in the current and comparable prior year week.

 

(13)   Franchisee-reported sales include sales at franchisee restaurants, including joint ventures.

 

(14)   Company-owned store sales include sales at restaurants owned and operated by Dunkin’ Brands. During all periods presented, Baskin-Robbins U.S. company-owned store sales were less than $500,000.

 

(15)   Systemwide sales growth represents the percentage change in sales at both franchisee- and company-owned restaurants from the comparable period of the prior year. Changes in systemwide sales are driven by changes in average comparable store sales and changes in the number of restaurants.

 

- 44 -


Table of Contents

Unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements

The following unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. at March 26, 2011, for the fiscal year ended December 25, 2010, and for the three months ended March 26, 2011, are based on historical consolidated financial statements of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc., which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheet at March 26, 2011 gives effect to (a) the issuance of common stock in this offering and the application of the net proceeds therefrom as described in “Use of proceeds,” (b) the reclassification of our Class A common stock and the conversion of our Class L common stock, both into our common stock, as described in “The reclassification,” (c) the termination of our management agreement with the Sponsors in connection with this offering, and (d) the additional $100.0 million in term loan borrowings received by us in May 2011 and the corresponding anticipated repayment of an equal amount of senior notes, as if each had occurred on March 26, 2011.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the fiscal year ended December 25, 2010 gives effect to (a) adjustments to interest expense as a result of the November 2010 refinancing, the February 2011 re-pricing transaction, a $100.0 million increase in term loans outstanding and the corresponding repayment of an equal amount of senior notes, and the repayment of the remaining outstanding amount of senior notes from the proceeds of this offering and (b) the termination of our management agreement with the Sponsors in connection with this offering, as if each had occurred on the first day of fiscal year 2010.

The unaudited pro forma consolidated statement of operations for the three months ended March 26, 2011 gives effect to (a) adjustments to interest expense as a result of the February 2011 re-pricing transaction, a $100.0 million increase in term loans outstanding and the corresponding repayment of an equal amount of senior notes, and the repayment of the remaining outstanding amount of senior notes from the proceeds of this offering and (b) the termination of our management agreement with the Sponsors in connection with this offering, as if each had occurred on the first day of the first fiscal quarter of 2011.

The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements are presented for informational purposes only and do not purport to represent what the actual financial condition or results of operations of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. would have been if such transactions had been completed as of the dates or for the periods indicated above or that may be achieved as of any future date or for any future period. The unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the accompanying notes, “Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations,” and the historical consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc., included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

- 45 -


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

March 26, 2011

(In thousands)

 

                              Adjustments for Other Transactions          
                               
    Historical
As Reported
March 26, 2011
    Adjustments
Related to
the Offering
   

Pro Forma for
the Offering

March 26, 2011

    Reclassification
of Common
Stock
    Termination
of Sponsor
Management
Agreement
    $100M
Term Loan
Borrowing
   

Pro Forma for

the Offering and

Other Transactions

March 26, 2011

 
                                                         

Assets

             

Current assets:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 120,508                     (1)                       (9)                   (13)   

Prepaid income taxes

    11,767                     (2)                       (10)                   (14)   

Other current assets

    115,905                           (11)     
                                                       

Total current assets

    248,180               

Goodwill

    888,675               

Other intangible assets, net

    1,528,752               

Other assets

    449,570                     (3)                         (15)   
                                                       

Total assets

  $ 3,115,177               
                                                       

Liabilities, Common Stock, and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

             

Current liabilities:

             

Current portion of long-term debt

  $ 14,000                             (16)   

Other current liabilities

    225,394                     (4)                         (17)   
                                                       

Total current liabilities

    239,394               
                                                       

Long-term debt, net

    1,848,218                     (5)                         (18)   

Deferred income taxes, net

    587,124               

Other long-term liabilities

    127,624               
                                                       

Total long-term liabilities

    2,562,966               
                                                       

Common stock, Class L

    862,184                         (8)       

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

             

Common stock, Class A

    192                         (8)       

Common stock

                        (6)                     (8)       

Additional paid-in capital

    196,245                     (6)                     (8)       

Treasury stock, at cost

    (1,919                      (8)       

Accumulated deficit

    (762,469                  (7)                       (12)                   (19)   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    18,584               
                                                       

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

    (549,367            
                                                       

Total liabilities, common stock, and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

  $ 3,115,177               
                                                       

 

- 46 -


Table of Contents

Adjustments Related to the Offering

 

(1)   To reflect adjustments made to cash for the following:

 

Proceeds from this offering

   $                

Less: estimated fees and expenses related to this offering

  

Less: repayment of Senior Notes

  

Less: payment of accrued interest on $375.0 million of Senior Notes as of March 26, 2011

  

Less: prepayment premium due upon repayment of $375.0 million of Senior Notes

  
        
   $ —     
        

 

(2)   To adjust prepaid income taxes to reflect the recording of a tax benefit related to the loss on debt extinguishment, as calculated in note 7 below.

 

(3)   To reflect the write-off of deferred financing costs in connection with the repayment of the Senior Notes.

 

(4)   To reflect the payment of accrued interest of $12.3 million related to $375.0 million of Senior Notes as of March 26, 2011.

 

(5)   To reflect the repayment of Senior Notes with a face amount of $375.0 million, net of unamortized original issue discount of $5.5 million.

 

(6)   To reflect the issuance of              shares of the Company's common stock offered hereby at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share (the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus), net of estimated offering expenses of $             million.

 

(7)   To reflect the loss on debt extinguishment to be recorded in connection with the repayment of $375.0 million of Senior Notes, which consists of the following:

 

Write-off of deferred financing costs related to the Senior Notes

   $ (9,110

Write-off of original issue discount related to the Senior Notes

     (5,469

Prepayment premium due upon repayment of the Senior Notes

     (1,875
        

Loss on debt extinguishment before income taxes

     (16,454

Tax benefit

     6,582   
        

Loss on debt extinguishment after income taxes

   $ (9,872
        

Reclassification of Common Stock

 

(8)   To reflect the reclassification of Class A common stock into common stock, the conversion of Class L common stock to common stock based on its preferential distribution amount as of March 26, 2011 of $             million, and an approximate __-to-   reverse stock split. The conversion of Class L common stock to common stock includes the conversion of Class L common treasury stock into common treasury stock of $             million representing historical Class L common stock held in treasury at the shares’ reacquisition cost.

Termination of Sponsor Management Agreement

 

(9)   To reflect cash that will be paid to terminate the management agreement with the Sponsors in connection with this offering of approximately $14.0 million, which is equal to the net present value of the aggregate amount of the $3.0 million annual management fee that would have been payable in each of the five years following such termination less amounts prepaid at March 26, 2011.

 

(10)   To adjust prepaid income taxes to reflect a tax benefit of $5.8 million related to the recognition of the termination fee for the management agreement with the Sponsors.

 

(11)   To reflect a reduction in prepaid expenses of $500 thousand for prepaid Sponsor management fees as of March 26, 2011.

 

(12)   To reflect the expense for the $14.5 million termination fee related to the management agreement with the Sponsors, net of a tax benefit of $5.8 million.

$100 Million Term Loan Borrowing

 

(13)   To reflect the net decrease in cash as a result of the repayment of $100.0 million of Senior Notes, offset by an increase in cash as a result of the additional term loan borrowing. The adjustments made to cash are as follows:

 

Proceeds from the additional term loan borrowing

   $ 100,000   

Less: payment of accrued interest on the term loan as of March 26, 2011

     (1,487

Less: estimated fees associated with the additional term loan borrowing

     (3,814

Less: repayment of Senior Notes

     (100,000

Less: payment of accrued interest on $100.0 million of Senior Notes as of March 26, 2011

     (3,280

Less: prepayment premium due upon repayment of $100.0 million of Senior Notes

     (500
        
   $ (9,081
        

 

(14)   To adjust prepaid income taxes to reflect the recording of a tax benefit related to the loss on debt extinguishment, as calculated in note 19 below.

 

(15)   To reflect the write-off of deferred financing costs in connection with the repayment of the Senior Notes.

 

(16)   To reflect the current portion of long-term debt related to the additional term loan borrowing as the term loan requires the Company to make annual principal payments of 1% of the original principal amount.

 

- 47 -


Table of Contents
(17)   To reflect the payment of accrued interest related to the term loan and accrued interest related to $100.0 million of the Senior Notes as of March 26, 2011.

 

(18)   To reflect the $100.0 million of additional term loan borrowings, net of $1.0 million classified within the current portion of long-term debt, offset by the repayment of Senior Notes with a face amount of $100.0 million, net of original issue discount of $1.5 million.

 

(19)   To reflect the loss on debt extinguishment to be recorded in connection with the repayment of the Senior Notes and the fees expensed in connection with the additional term loan borrowings. The adjustments consist of the following:

 

Write-off of deferred financing costs related to the Senior Notes

   $ (2,430

Write-off of original issue discount related to $100.0 million of Senior Notes

     (1,458

Prepayment premium due upon repayment of $100.0 million of Senior Notes

     (500

Estimated fees associated with the additional term loan borrowings

     (3,814
        

Loss on debt extinguishment and refinancing transaction before income taxes

     (8,202

Tax benefit

     3,281   
        

Loss on debt extinguishment and refinancing transaction after income taxes

   $ (4,921
        

 

- 48 -


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations

Fiscal Year Ended December 25, 2010

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

       Historical
As Reported
Fiscal Year
Ended
December 25,
2010
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Pro Forma
Fiscal Year
Ended
December 25,
2010
 
                          

Revenues:

      

Franchise fees and royalty income

   $ 359,927               359,927   

Rental income

     91,102               91,102   

Sales of ice cream products

     84,989               84,989   

Other revenues

     41,117               41,117   
                        

Total revenues

     577,135               577,135   
                        

Operating costs and expenses:

      

Occupancy expenses – franchised restaurants

     53,739               53,739   

Cost of ice cream products

     59,175               59,175   

General and administrative expenses, net

     223,620        (3,000 )(1)      220,620   

Depreciation and amortization

     57,826               57,826   

Other impairment charges

     7,075               7,075   
                        

Total operating costs and expenses

     401,435        (3,000     398,435   

Equity in net income of joint ventures

     17,825               17,825   
                        

Operating income

     193,525        3,000        196,525   
                        

Other income (expense):

      

Interest income

     305               305   

Interest expense

     (112,837     40,989 (2)      (71,848

Loss on debt extinguishment

     (61,955     61,955 (3)        

Other income, net

     408               408   
                        

Total other expense

     (174,079     102,944        (71,135
                        

Income before income taxes

     19,446        105,944        125,390   

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     (7,415     42,378 (4)      34,963   
                        

Net income

   $ 26,861        63,566        90,427   
                        

Pro forma earnings per share:

      

Basic

       $          (5) 

Diluted

       $          (5) 

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding:

      

Basic

                  (5) 

Diluted

                  (5) 
                          

 

- 49 -


Table of Contents
(1)   To reflect a reduction of $3.0 million annually as a result of the termination of the management agreement with the Sponsors. Upon completion of this offering, we expect to incur an expense of approximately $14.5 million within general and administrative expenses and a corresponding tax benefit of $5.8 million related to the termination of the Sponsor management agreement, which have been excluded from the pro forma statement of operations. Additionally, the Company expects to record additional share-based compensation expense of approximately $4 million upon completion of this offering, related to restricted shares granted to employees that were not eligible to vest until completion of an initial public offering or change of control. See “Management-Compensation discussion and analysis-Change in control.”

 

(2)   To adjust interest expense to reflect $1.5 billion of term loan borrowings under the senior credit facility as if such amount was outstanding during all of fiscal year 2010. The pro forma adjustments to historical interest expense result from the following debt transactions:

 

  (a)   Elimination of historical interest expense on the securitization debt that was incurred from the beginning of fiscal year 2010 through the date of repayment of the securitization debt as part of the debt refinancing in November 2010.

 

  (b)   Elimination of historical interest expense on the Senior Notes that was incurred from the date of issuance in November 2010 through the end of fiscal year 2010. A portion of the Senior Notes was repaid as part of the February 2011 re-pricing and additional term loan borrowings, and the remaining amount will be repaid as part of the May 2011 additional term loan borrowings and from the net proceeds of this offering.

 

  (c)   Increase in interest expense on the term loan borrowings to reflect the term loans outstanding for the entire year. Interest expense on the term loan is calculated based on an initial term loan outstanding of $1.5 billion at an annual rate of 4.25%, reduced by principal payments of $3.75 million paid at the end of each calendar quarter. Upon completion of this offering and reaching a certain leverage ratio in the future, the annual interest rate floor may be permanently reduced by 0.25%, resulting in an annual rate of 4.0% for term loan borrowings.

 

  (d)   Increase in interest expense on the revolving credit facility to reflect the revolving credit facility being outstanding for the entire year. Interest expense on the revolving credit facility is calculated based on $11.2 million utilized under the revolving credit facility for letters of credit at an annual rate of 3.125%, and a rate of 0.5% on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility.

 

  (e)   Reduce amortization of deferred financing costs and original issue discount due to (i) the elimination of $6.0 million of amortization related to the securitization debt, (ii) the elimination of $182 thousand of amortization related to the Senior Notes, and (iii) additional amortization related to the senior credit facility of $5.4 million.

 

Interest Expense:    Historical
As Reported
Fiscal Year
Ended
December 25,
2010
     Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Pro Forma
Fiscal Year
Ended
December 25,
2010
 
                           

Securitization indebtedness

   $ 92,988         (92,988 )(a)        

Senior Notes

     5,456         (5,456 )(b)        

Term loan borrowings

     6,589         57,628 (c)      64,217   

Revolving credit facility

     74         720 (d)      794   

Deferred financing fees and original issue discount

     6,523         (893 )(e)      5,630   

Capital leases

     505                505   

Other

     702                702   
                         
   $ 112,837         (40,989     71,848   
                         

 

(3)   To eliminate the loss on debt extinguishment as the refinancing transaction that occurred during the year ended December 25, 2010 would not have occurred if this offering and related transactions had been consumated at the beginning of fiscal year 2010. We expect to incur losses on debt extinguishment related to the repayment of the Senior Notes and fees related to the additional term loan borrowings in the periods in which these events occur, which have been excluded from the pro forma statement of operations.

 

(4)   To reflect the tax effect of the pro forma adjustments at an estimated statutory tax rate of 40.0%.

 

(5)   Gives effect to the assumed conversion of all outstanding shares of Class L common stock at a conversion factor of approximately              common shares for each Class L share, and the assumed reclassification of all outstanding Class A common stock at a factor of one share of common stock for each Class A share, as if the initial public offering was completed at the beginning of fiscal year 2010. The conversion factor for the Class L common stock is estimated based on an offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the preliminary offering range of $             to $             per share. Shares to be sold in the offering are excluded from the pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share calculations. The following table sets forth the computation of pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share:

 

       Basic      Diluted  
                   

Pro forma net income (in thousands)

   $                   

Pro forma weighted average number of common shares:

     

Weighted average number of Class L shares

     

Class L conversion factor

     
                 

Weighted average number of converted Class L shares

     

Weighted average number of Class A shares

     
                 

Pro forma weighted average number of common shares

     
                 

Pro forma earnings per common share

   $                   

 

       As the Class L conversion factor is determined based on the initial public offering price, the pro forma weighted average number of common shares, and therefore pro forma basic and diluted earnings per common share, would change if the offering price is not $             per share. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed offering price per share would increase (decrease) our basic and diluted pro forma earnings per share for fiscal year 2010 by approximately $             per share.

 

- 50 -


Table of Contents

Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Statement of Operations

Three Months Ended March 26, 2011

(In thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 

       Historical
As Reported
Three Months
Ended
March 26,
2011
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Pro Forma
Three Months
Ended
March 26,
2011
 
                          

Revenues:

      

Franchise fees and royalty income

   $ 85,959               85,959   

Rental income

     22,131               22,131   

Sales of ice cream products

     22,716               22,716   

Other revenues

     8,407               8,407   
                        

Total revenues

     139,213               139,213   
                        

Operating costs and expenses:

      

Occupancy expenses—franchised restaurants

     12,288               12,288   

Cost of ice cream products

     15,124               15,124   

General and administrative expenses, net

     53,886        (750 )(1)      53,136   

Depreciation and amortization

     13,208               13,208   

Impairment charges

     653               653   
                        

Total operating costs and expenses

     95,159        (750     94,409   

Equity in net income of joint ventures

     782               782   
                        

Operating income

     44,836        750        45,586   
                        

Other income (expense):

      

Interest income

     115               115   

Interest expense

     (33,882     15,874 (2)      (18,008

Loss on debt extinguishment and refinancing transaction

     (11,007     11,007 (3)        

Other income, net

     476               476   
                        

Total other expense

     (44,298     26,881        (17,417
                        

Income before income taxes

     538        27,631        28,169   

Provision for income taxes

     2,261        11,052 (4)      13,313   
                        

Net income (loss)

   $ (1,723     16,579        14,856   
                        

Pro forma earnings per share:

      

Basic

       $          (5) 

Diluted

       $          (5) 

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding:

      

Basic

                  (5) 

Diluted

                  (5) 

 

- 51 -


Table of Contents
(1)   To reflect a reduction of $750 thousand quarterly as a result of the termination of the management agreement with the Sponsors. Upon completion of this offering, we expect to incur an expense of approximately $14.5 million within general and administrative expenses and a corresponding tax benefit of $5.8 million related to the termination of the Sponsor management agreement, which have been excluded from the pro forma statement of operations. Additionally, the Company expects to record additional share-based compensation expense of approximately $4 million upon completion of this offering, related to restricted shares granted to employees that were not eligible to vest until completion of an initial public offering or change of control. See “Management-Compensation discussion and analysis-Change in control.”

 

(2)   To adjust interest expense to reflect $1.5 billion of term loan borrowings under the senior credit facility as if such amount was outstanding during all of the first fiscal quarter of 2011. The pro forma adjustments to historical interest expense result from the following debt transactions:

 

  (a)   Elimination of historical interest expense on the Senior Notes that was incurred during the three months ended March 26, 2011. A portion of the Senior Notes was repaid as part of the February 2011 re-pricing and additional term loan borrowings, and the remaining amount will be repaid as part of the May 2011 additional term loan borrowings and from the net proceeds of this offering.

 

  (b)   Decrease in interest expense on the term loan borrowings. Interest expense on the term loan is calculated based on an initial term loan outstanding of $1.5 billion at an annual rate of 4.25%. Upon completion of this offering and reaching a certain leverage ratio in the future, the annual interest rate floor may be permanently reduced by 0.25%, resulting in an annual rate of 4.0% for term loan borrowings.

 

  (c)   Decrease in interest expense on the revolving credit facility. Interest expense on the revolving credit facility is calculated based on $11.2 million utilized under the revolving credit facility for letters of credit at an annual rate of 3.125%, and a rate of 0.5% on the unused portion of the revolving credit facility.

 

  (d)   Reduce amortization of deferred financing costs and original issue discount due to the elimination of $503 thousand of amortization related to the Senior Notes, offset by additional amortization related to the senior credit facility of $306 thousand.

 

Interest Expense:    Historical
As Reported
Three Months
Ended
March 26,
2011
     Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Pro Forma
Three Months
Ended
March 26,
2011
 
                           

Senior Notes

   $ 14,858         (14,858 )(a)        

Term loan borrowings

     16,897         (782 )(b)      16,115   

Revolving credit facility

     236         (37 )(c)      199   

Deferred financing fees and original issue discount

     1,582         (197 )(d)      1,385   

Capital leases

     122                122   

Other

     187                187   
                         
   $ 33,882         (15,874     18,008   
                         

 

(3)   To eliminate the loss on debt extinguishment as the February 2011 repricing transaction that occurred during the quarter ended March 26, 2011 would not have occurred if this offering and related transactions had been consumated at the beginning of the first fiscal quarter of 2011. We expect to incur losses on debt extinguishment related to the repayment of the Senior Notes and fees related to the additional term loan borrowings in the periods in which these events occur, which have been excluded from the pro forma statement of operations.

 

(4)   To reflect the tax effect of the pro forma adjustments at an estimated statutory tax rate of 40.0%.

 

(5)   Gives effect to the assumed conversion of all outstanding shares of Class L common stock at a conversion factor of approximately              common shares for each Class L share, and the assumed reclassification of all outstanding Class A common stock at a factor of one share of common stock for each Class A share, as if the initial public offering was completed at the beginning of the fiscal quarter. The conversion factor for the Class L common stock is estimated based on an offering price of $             per share, the midpoint of the preliminary offering range of $             to $             per share. Shares to be sold in the offering are excluded from the pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share calculations. The following table sets forth the computation of pro forma basic and diluted earnings per share:

 

       Basic      Diluted  
                   

Pro forma net income (in thousands)

   $                   

Pro forma weighted average number of common shares:

     

Weighted average number of Class L shares

     

Class L conversion factor

     
                 

Weighted average number of converted Class L shares

     

Weighted average number of Class A shares

     
                 

Pro forma weighted average number of common shares

     
                 

Pro forma earnings per common share

   $        

 

       As the Class L conversion factor is determined based on the initial public offering price, the pro forma weighted average number of common shares, and therefore pro forma basic and diluted earnings per common share, would change if the offering price is not $             per share. A $1.00 increase (decrease) in the assumed offering price per share would increase (decrease) our basic and diluted pro forma earnings per share for the three months ended March 26, 2011 by less than $             per share.

 

- 52 -


Table of Contents

Management’s discussion and analysis of

financial condition and results of operations

The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the “Selected historical consolidated financial data” and the audited and unaudited historical consolidated financial statements and related notes. This discussion contains forward-looking statements about our markets, the demand for our products and services and our future results and involves numerous risks and uncertainties. Forward-looking statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts and generally contain words such as “believes,” expects,” “may,” “will,” “should,” “seeks,” “approximately,” “intends,” “plans,” “estimates,” or “anticipates” or similar expressions. Our forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, which may cause actual results to differ materially from those projected or implied by the forward-looking statement. Forward-looking statements are based on current expectations and assumptions and currently available data and are neither predictions nor guarantees of future events or performance. You should not place undue reliance on forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date hereof. See “Risk factors” and “Cautionary note regarding forward-looking statements” for a discussion of factors that could cause our actual results to differ from those expressed or implied by forward-looking statements.

Introduction and overview

We are the world’s leading franchisor of quick service restaurants (“QSRs”) serving hot and cold coffee and baked goods, as well as hard serve ice cream. We franchise restaurants under our Dunkin’ Donuts and Baskin-Robbins brands. With over 16,000 points of distribution in 57 countries, our portfolio has strong brand awareness in our key markets around the globe and has industry-leading market share in a number of growing categories of the QSR segment. QSR is a restaurant format characterized by counter or drive-thru ordering and limited or no table service. Dunkin’ Donuts has 9,805 global points of distribution with restaurants in 36 U.S. states and the District of Columbia and in 31 foreign countries. Baskin-Robbins has 6,482 global points of distribution with restaurants in 45 U.S. states and the District of Columbia and in 46 foreign countries.

We are organized into four reporting segments: Dunkin’ Donuts U.S., Dunkin’ Donuts International, Baskin-Robbins U.S., and Baskin-Robbins International. We generate revenue from four primary sources: (i) royalty income and franchise fees associated with franchised restaurants, (ii) rental income from restaurant properties that we lease or sublease to franchisees, (iii) sales of ice cream products to franchisees in certain international markets, and (iv) other income including fees for the licensing of our brands for products sold in non-franchised outlets, the licensing of the right to manufacture Baskin-Robbins ice cream sold to U.S. franchisees, refranchising gains, transfer fees from franchisees, revenue from our company-owned restaurants, and online training fees.

Approximately 62% of our revenue for fiscal year 2010 was derived from royalty income and franchise fees. An additional 16% of our revenue for fiscal year 2010 was generated from rental income from franchisees that lease or sublease their properties from us. The balance of our revenue for fiscal year 2010 consisted of sales of ice cream products to Baskin-Robbins franchisees in certain international markets, license fees on sales of ice cream products to Baskin-Robbins franchisees in the U.S., refranchising gains, transfer fees from franchisees, revenue from our company-owned restaurants, and online training fees.

Franchisees fund the vast majority of the cost of new restaurant development. As a result, we are able to grow our system with lower capital requirements than many of our competitors. With only 17 company-owned restaurants as of March 26, 2011, we are less affected by store-level costs and profitability and fluctuations in commodity costs than other QSR operators.

 

- 53 -


Table of Contents

Our franchisees fund substantially all of the advertising that supports both brands. Those advertising funds also fund the cost of our marketing personnel. Royalty payments and advertising fund contributions typically are made on a weekly basis for restaurants in the U.S., which limits our working capital needs. For fiscal year 2010, franchisee contributions to the U.S. advertising funds were $289.5 million.

We operate and report financial information on a 52- or 53-week year on a 13-week quarter (or 14-week fourth quarter, when applicable) basis with the fiscal year ending on the last Saturday in December and fiscal quarters ending on the 13 th Saturday of each quarter (or 14 th Saturday of the fourth quarter, when applicable). The data periods contained within fiscal years 2010, 2009, and 2008 reflect the results of operations for the 52-week periods ending on December 25, 2010, December 26, 2009, and December 27, 2008, respectively. The data periods contained within the three months ended March 26, 2011 and March 27, 2010 reflect the results of operations for the 13-week periods ending on those dates. Operating results for the three months ended March 26, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011.

Critical accounting policies

Our significant accounting policies are more fully described under the heading “Summary of significant accounting policies” in Note 2 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements. However, we believe the accounting policies described below are particularly important to the portrayal and understanding of our financial position and results of operations and require application of significant judgment by our management. In applying these policies, management uses its judgment in making certain assumptions and estimates. These judgments involve estimations of the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain and may have a significant impact on our quarterly and annual results of operations or financial condition. Changes in estimates and judgments could significantly affect our result of operations, financial condition, and cash flow in future years. The following is a description of what we consider to be our most significant critical accounting policies.

Revenue recognition

Initial franchise fee revenue is recognized upon substantial completion of the services required of us as stated in the franchise agreement, which is generally upon opening of the respective restaurant. Fees collected in advance are deferred until earned. Royalty income is based on a percentage of franchisee gross sales and is recognized when earned, which occurs at the franchisees’ point of sale. Renewal fees are recognized when a renewal agreement with a franchisee becomes effective. Rental income for base rentals is recorded on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Contingent rent is recognized as earned, and any amounts received from lessees in advance of achieving stipulated thresholds are deferred until such threshold is actually achieved. Revenue from the sale of ice cream is recognized when title and risk of loss transfers to the buyer, which is generally upon shipment. Licensing fees are recognized when earned, which is generally upon sale of the underlying products by the licensees. Retail store revenues at company-owned restaurants are recognized when payment is tendered at the point of sale, net of sales tax and other sales-related taxes. Gains on the refranchise or sale of a restaurant are recognized when the sale transaction closes, the franchisee has a minimum amount of the purchase price in at risk equity, and we are satisfied that the buyer can meet its financial obligations to us.

Allowances for franchise, license and lease receivables / guaranteed financing

We reserve all or a portion of a franchisee’s receivable balance when deemed necessary based upon detailed review of such balances, and apply a pre-defined reserve percentage based on an aging criteria to other

 

- 54 -


Table of Contents

balances. We perform our reserve analysis during each fiscal quarter or when events or circumstances indicate that we may not collect the balance due. While we use the best information available in making our determination, the ultimate recovery of recorded receivables is also dependent upon future economic events and other conditions that may be beyond our control.

In limited instances, we issue guarantees to financial institutions so that our franchisees can obtain financing with terms of approximately five to ten years for various business purposes. We recognize a liability and offsetting asset for the fair value of such guarantees. The fair value of a guarantee is based on historical default rates of our total guaranteed loan pool. We monitor the financial condition of our franchisees and record provisions for estimated losses on guaranteed liabilities of our franchisees if we believe that our franchisees are unable to make their required payments. As of March 26, 2011, if all of our outstanding guarantees of franchisee financing obligations came due simultaneously, we would be liable for approximately $7.7 million. As of March 26, 2011, there were no amounts under such guarantees that were contingently due. We generally have cross-default provisions with these franchisees that would put the franchisee in default of its franchise agreement in the event of non-payment under such loans. We believe these cross-default provisions significantly reduce the risk that we would not be able to recover the amount of required payments under these guarantees and, historically, we have not incurred significant losses under these guarantees due to defaults by our franchisees.

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

Goodwill and trade names (indefinite lived intangibles) have been assigned to our reporting units, which are also our operating segments, for purposes of impairment testing. Our reporting units, which have indefinite lived intangible assets associated with them, are Dunkin’ Donuts U.S., Dunkin’ Donuts International, Baskin-Robbins U.S., and Baskin-Robbins International.

We evaluate the remaining useful life of our trade names to determine whether current events and circumstances continue to support an indefinite useful life. In addition, all of our indefinite lived intangible assets are tested for impairment annually. The trade name intangible asset impairment test consists of a comparison of the fair value of each trade name with its carrying value, with any excess of carrying value over fair value being recognized as an impairment loss. The fair value of trade names is estimated using the relief from royalty method, an income approach to valuation, which includes projecting future systemwide sales and other estimates. The goodwill impairment test consists of a comparison of each reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying value. The fair value of a reporting unit is an estimate of the amount for which the unit as a whole could be sold in a current transaction between willing parties. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, goodwill is written down to its implied fair value. Fair value of a reporting unit is estimated based on a combination of comparative market multiples and discounted cash flow valuation approaches. Currently, we have selected the first day of our fiscal third quarter as the date on which to perform our annual impairment tests for all indefinite lived intangible assets. We also test for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the fair value of such indefinite lived intangibles has been impaired. We recorded a $294.5 million goodwill impairment charge related to Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. and Baskin-Robbins International, as well as a $34.0 million trade name impairment related to Baskin-Robbins U.S., during fiscal 2008. No impairment of indefinite lived intangible assets was recorded during fiscal 2009, fiscal 2010, or the three months ended March 26, 2011.

We have intangible assets other than goodwill and trade names that are amortized on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives or terms of their related agreements. Other intangible assets consist primarily of franchise and international license rights (franchise rights), ice cream manufacturing and territorial franchise agreement license rights (license rights) and operating lease interests acquired related to our prime leases and

 

- 55 -


Table of Contents

subleases (operating leases acquired). Franchise rights recorded in the consolidated balance sheets were valued using an excess earnings approach. The valuation of franchise rights was calculated using an estimation of future royalty income and related expenses associated with existing franchise contracts at the acquisition date. Our valuation included assumptions related to the projected attrition and renewal rates on those existing franchise arrangements being valued. License rights recorded in the consolidated balance sheets were valued based on an estimate of future revenues and costs related to the ongoing management of the contracts over the remaining useful lives. Favorable and unfavorable operating leases acquired were recorded on purchased leases based on differences between contractual rents under the respective lease agreements and prevailing market rents at the lease acquisition date. Favorable operating leases acquired are included as a component of other intangible assets in the consolidated balance sheets. Due to the high level of lease renewals made by our Dunkin’ Donuts franchisees, all lease renewal options for the Dunkin’ Donuts leases were included in the valuation of the favorable operating leases acquired. Amortization of franchise rights, license rights, and favorable operating leases acquired is recorded as amortization expense in the consolidated statements of operations and amortized over the respective franchise, license, and lease terms using the straight-line method. Unfavorable operating leases acquired related to our prime leases and subleases are recorded in the liability section of the consolidated balance sheets and are amortized into rental expense and rental income, respectively, over the base lease term of the respective leases using the straight-line method. Our amortizable intangible assets are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the intangible asset may not be recoverable. An intangible asset that is deemed impaired is written down to its estimated fair value, which is based on discounted cash flow.

Income tax valuation and tax reserves

Our major tax jurisdictions are the U.S. and Canada. The majority of our legal entities were converted to limited liability companies (“LLCs”) on March 1, 2006 and a number of new LLCs were created on or about March 15, 2006. All of these LLCs are single member entities which are treated as disregarded entities and included as part of us in the consolidated federal income tax return. Dunkin’ Brands Canada Ltd. (DBCL) files separate Canadian and provincial tax returns and Dunkin Brands (UK) Limited files separate tax returns in the United Kingdom. The current income tax liability for DBCL and Dunkin Brands (UK) Limited is calculated on a stand-alone basis. The current federal tax liability for each entity included in our consolidated federal income tax return is calculated on a stand-alone basis, including foreign taxes, for which a separate company foreign tax credit is calculated in lieu of a deduction for foreign withholding taxes paid. As a matter of course, we are regularly audited by federal, state, and foreign tax authorities.

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for the expected future tax consequences of items that have been included in our consolidated financial statements or tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and the respective tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates that are expected to apply in years in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse. The effects of changes in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations in the year in which the law is enacted. Valuation allowances are provided when we do not believe it is more likely than not that we will realize the benefit of identified tax assets.

A tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return is recognized in the financial statements when it is more likely than not that the position would be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. A recognized tax position is then measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Estimates of interest and penalties on unrecognized tax benefits are recorded in the provision for income taxes.

 

- 56 -


Table of Contents

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment.

Selected operating and financial highlights

 

       Three months ended     Fiscal year  
    

March 27,

2010

    

March 26,

2011

   
          2008     2009      2010  
   
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Systemwide sales growth:

     5.4%         5.4%        5.0%        4.1%         6.7%    

Comparable store sales growth (U.S. only):

            

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

     (0.6)%         2.8%        (0.8)%        (1.3)%         2.3%    

Baskin-Robbins U.S.

     (7.9)%         0.5%        (2.2)%        (6.0)%         (5.2)%   

Total revenues

   $ 127,412       $ 139,213      $ 544,929      $ 538,073       $ 577,135   

Operating income (loss)

     36,685         44,836        (140,893     184,545         193,525   

Net income (loss)

     5,938         (1,723     (269,898     35,008         26,861   
   

Three months ended March 26, 2011 compared to the three months ended March 27, 2010

Our financial results are largely driven by changes in systemwide sales, which include sales by all points of distribution, whether owned by Dunkin’ Brands or by its franchisees and licensees. While we do not record sales by franchisees or licensees as revenue, we believe that this information is important in obtaining an understanding of our financial performance. We believe systemwide sales information aids in understanding how we derive royalty revenue, assists readers in evaluating our performance relative to competitors, and indicates the strength of our franchised brands. Comparable store sales growth represents the growth in average weekly sales for restaurants that have been open at least 54 weeks that have reported sales in the current and comparable prior year week.

Overall growth in systemwide sales of 5.4% for the three months ended March 26, 2011 resulted from the following:

 

 

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. systemwide sales growth of 5.3%, as the result of 200 net new restaurants opened since March 27, 2010 and comparable store sales growth of 2.8% driven by increased average ticket;

 

 

Baskin-Robbins International systemwide sales growth of 5.2% as a result of increased sales in South Korea and Japan, which resulted primarily from favorable foreign exchange, as well as Australia;

 

 

Dunkin’ Donuts International systemwide sales growth of 10.0%, which was driven by results in South Korea and Southeast Asia, as well as Russia and the Middle East; and

 

 

Baskin-Robbins U.S. systemwide sales growth of 0.2% resulting from comparable store sales growth of 0.5%, offset by a slightly reduced restaurant base.

The increase in total revenues of $11.8 million, or 9.3%, for the three months ended March 26, 2011 primarily resulted from increased franchise fees and royalty income of $5.8 million and sales of ice cream products of $4.9 million, both of which were driven by the overall increase in systemwide sales.

 

- 57 -


Table of Contents

Operating income increased $8.2 million, or 22.2%, for the three months ended March 26, 2011, driven by the revenue increases noted above, offset by a $2.9 million decline in equity in net income of joint ventures. Increases in costs of ice cream and general and administrative expenses were offset by reduced occupancy expenses for franchised restaurants and depreciation and amortization, resulting in relatively flat total operating costs and expenses as compared to the prior year comparable period.

The net loss for the three months ended March 26, 2011 was driven by an $11.0 million pre-tax loss related to the debt re-pricing transaction completed in the first quarter of 2011, as well as $6.2 million of additional net interest expense resulting from additional long-term debt obtained since the prior year. Offsetting these additional costs was an increase in operating income of $8.2 million.

Fiscal year 2010 compared to fiscal year 2009

Overall growth in systemwide sales of 6.7% for fiscal 2010 resulted from the following:

 

 

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. systemwide sales growth of 4.7%, which was the result of net restaurant development of 206 restaurants in 2010 and comparable store sales growth of 2.3% driven by both increased transaction counts and average ticket;

 

 

Baskin-Robbins International systemwide sales growth of 19.4% as a result of increased sales in South Korea and Japan, which resulted from both strong sales growth and favorable foreign exchange, as well as the Middle East;

 

 

Dunkin’ Donuts International systemwide sales growth of 15.0%, which resulted from results in South Korea and Southeast Asia driven by a combination of new restaurant development and comparable store sales growth; and

 

 

Baskin-Robbins U.S. systemwide sales decline of 5.5% resulting from a comparable store sales decline of 5.2% in addition to a slightly reduced restaurant base.

The increase in total revenues of $39.1 million, or 7.3%, for fiscal 2010 primarily resulted from increased franchise fees and royalty income of $15.9 million, driven primarily by the increase in Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. systemwide sales, as well as a $16.0 million increase in other revenues resulting from additional company-owned restaurants held during the year.

Operating income increased $9.0 million, or 4.9%, for fiscal 2010 driven by the increase in franchise fees and royalty income noted above, as well as a $3.5 million increase in equity in net income of joint ventures. Increases in general and administrative expenses, excluding cost of sales for company-owned restaurants, offset the additional revenues and joint venture income.

Net income decreased $8.1 million for fiscal 2010 driven by a $62.0 million pre-tax loss on debt extinguishment, offset by a $46.7 million decrease in tax expense due to reduced profit before tax, as well as a $9.0 million increase in operating income.

Fiscal year 2009 compared to fiscal year 2008

Overall growth in systemwide sales of 4.1% for fiscal year 2009 resulted from the following:

 

 

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. systemwide sales growth of 3.4%, which was the result of net restaurant development of 171 restaurants in 2009, offset by a decrease in comparable store sales of 1.3% driven by increased discounting, which we believe was successful in driving traffic to our restaurants during the difficult economic climate;

 

- 58 -


Table of Contents
 

Baskin-Robbins International systemwide sales growth of 21.3% as a result of a combination of strong sales in South Korea, Japan, and the Middle East, partially offset by negative foreign exchange impact;

 

 

Dunkin’ Donuts International systemwide sales decline of 4.0% driven by negative foreign exchange related to the Korean won and lower sales in Colombia and the Philippines, partially offset by higher sales in the Middle East; and

 

 

Baskin-Robbins U.S. systemwide sales decline of 6.4% resulting from a comparable store sales decline of 6.0% in addition to a slightly reduced restaurant base.

The decline in total revenues of $6.9 million, or 1.3%, for fiscal 2009 primarily resulted from reduced franchise fees of $14.0 million due to fewer restaurant openings domestically as compared to the prior year. The decline in franchise fees was offset by an increase in royalty income of $9.0 million driven by the increase in Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. systemwide sales.

Operating income increased $325.4 million for fiscal 2009 primarily as a result of fiscal 2008 including $328.5 million of impairment charges related to goodwill and trade name intangible asset. The $6.9 million reduction in revenues was offset by a $3.6 million reduction in occupancy expenses for franchised restaurants and a $3.4 million reduction in depreciation and amortization.

Net income increased $304.9 million for fiscal 2009 driven by the $325.4 million increase in operating income resulting from the goodwill and trade name impairment charges recorded in fiscal 2008. Offsetting the operating income decline was a $30.0 million increase in tax expense primarily resulting from 2008 including tax benefits related to the trade name impairment charge and changes in future state tax rates.

Results of operations

Three months ended March 26, 2011 compared to the three months ended March 27, 2010

Consolidated results of operations

 

       Three months ended                    
     March 27,
2010
     March 26,
2011
    

Increase (Decrease)

 
         $      %  
   
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Franchise fees and royalty income

   $ 80,165         85,959           5,794         7.2%   

Rental income

     22,116         22,131         15         0.1%   

Sales of ice cream products

     17,793         22,716         4,923           27.7%   

Other revenues

     7,338         8,407         1,069         14.6%   
        

Total revenues

   $ 127,412         139,213         11,801         9.3%   
   

Total revenues for the three months ended March 26, 2011 as compared to the corresponding period in the prior year increased by $11.8 million, or 9.3%. Royalty income increased $4.2 million, or 5.6%, mainly as the result of Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. systemwide sales growth. Sales of ice cream products also contributed to the increase in total revenues, which were primarily driven by strong sales in the Middle East and Australia, as well as a December 2010 price increase that was implemented to offset higher commodity costs. Other revenues

 

- 59 -


Table of Contents

also increased $1.1 million primarily as a result of increases in licensing income and refranchising gains, as well as a decline in subsidies paid to franchisees that are recorded as reductions in revenue.

 

       Three months ended                   
    

March 27,

2010

    

March 26,

2011

    

Increase (Decrease)

 
         $     %  
   
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Occupancy expenses—franchised restaurants

   $ 14,156         12,288         (1,868     (13.2)%   

Cost of ice cream products

     12,222         15,124         2,902        23.7%    

General and administrative expenses, net

     51,245         53,886         2,641        5.2%    

Depreciation and amortization

     15,332         13,208         (2,124     (13.9)%   

Impairment charges

     1,414         653         (761     (53.8)%   
        

Total operating costs and expenses

   $ 94,369         95,159         790        0.8%    
        

Equity in net income of joint ventures

   $ 3,642         782         (2,860     (78.5)%   

Operating income

     36,685         44,836         8,151        22.2%    
   

Occupancy expenses for franchised restaurants for the three months ended March 26, 2011 decreased $1.9 million from the prior year comparable period primarily as a result of lease reserves recorded in the prior year, as well as a decline in the number of leased properties.

Cost of ice cream products increased 23.7% from the corresponding period in the prior year, as compared to a 27.7% increase in sales of ice cream products. The higher percentage increase in sales of ice cream products was primarily the result of increases in selling prices.

The increase in general and administrative expenses of $2.6 million from the corresponding period in the prior year was driven by an increase in payroll and related benefit costs of $2.3 million, or 7.9%, as a result of merit increases, increased headcount, and higher projected incentive compensation payouts. General and administrative expenses for the three months ended March 26, 2011 also included $1.0 million related to the roll-out of a new point-of-sale system for Baskin-Robbins franchisees. Offsetting these increases was a $0.9 million decline in bad debt and other reserves. Upon completion of this offering, we expect to incur an expense of approximately $14 million within general and administrative expenses related to the termination of the Sponsor management agreement. Additionally, the Company expects to record additional share-based compensation expense within general and administrative expenses of approximately $4 million upon completion of this offering, related to restricted shares granted to employees that were not eligible to vest until completion of an initial public offering or change of control (performance condition). See “Management—Compensation discussion and analysis—Change in control.”

Depreciation and amortization declined a total of $2.1 million from the corresponding period in the prior year, primarily as a result of a license right intangible asset becoming fully amortized, as well as terminations of lease agreements in the normal course of business resulting in the write-off of favorable lease intangible assets, which thereby reduced future amortization. Additionally, depreciation declined from the prior year due to assets becoming fully depreciated and the write-off of leasehold improvements upon terminations of lease agreements.

The decrease in impairment charges resulted primarily from a $0.7 million impairment charge recorded in the corresponding period in the prior year related to corporate assets.

 

- 60 -


Table of Contents

Equity in net income of joint ventures decreased as a result of decreases in income from both our Japan and South Korea joint ventures. Joint venture income from Japan was negatively impacted by the March 2011 earthquake and tsunami. Additionally, South Korea joint venture income declined as a result of increased operating expenses.

 

       Three months ended                  
    

March 27,

2010

   

March 26,

2011

   

Increase (Decrease)

 
       $     %  
   
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Interest expense, net

   $ (27,520     (33,767     (6,247     22.7%   

Loss on debt extinguishment and refinancing transaction

            (11,007     (11,007     n/m   

Other gains, net

     245        476        231        94.3%   
        

Total other expense

   $ (27,275     (44,298     (17,023     62.4%   
   

Net interest expense increased from the corresponding period in the prior year due to incremental interest expense related to net additional long-term debt of $429 million obtained since the corresponding period in the prior year, offset by a reduction in the average cost of borrowing.

The loss on debt extinguishment and refinancing for the three months ended March 26, 2011 resulted from the term loan re-pricing transaction completed in the first quarter of 2011. As the re-pricing transaction included the repayment of $150.0 million of senior notes utilizing the proceeds from the corresponding increase in the term loan, a $6.6 million loss on debt extinguishment was recorded related to the senior notes, which included the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs and original issue discount of $5.8 million and transaction related fees of $0.8 million. Additionally, a $4.4 million loss was recorded related to the re-pricing of the term loan, which consisted of $3.7 million of third-party fees incurred, the write-off of $0.5 million of unamortized debt issuance costs and original issue discount, and $0.2 million of call premiums paid to lenders that exited the term loan syndicate.

The increase in other gains resulted from $0.1 million of additional gains on investments sold, as well as $0.1 million of additional foreign exchange gains primarily as a result of additional weakening of the U.S. dollar against the Canadian dollar as compared to the corresponding period in the prior year.

 

       Three months ended  
     March 27, 2010      March 26, 2011  
   
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Income before income taxes

   $ 9,410         538   

Provision for income taxes

     3,472         2,261   

Effective tax rate

     36.9%         420.3%   
   

The increased effective tax rate of 420.3% for the three months ended March 26, 2011 was primarily attributable to enacted increases in state tax rates, which resulted in additional deferred tax expense of approximately $1.9 million in the three months ended March 26, 2011. The effective tax rate for the three months ended March 26, 2011 was also impacted by a reduced income before income taxes, driven by the loss on debt extinguishment and refinancing transaction, which magnified the impact of permanent and other tax differences.

 

- 61 -


Table of Contents

Operating segments

We operate four reportable operating segments: Dunkin’ Donuts U.S., Dunkin’ Donuts International, Baskin-Robbins U.S., and Baskin-Robbins International. We evaluate the performance of our segments and allocate resources to them based on earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, impairment charges, foreign currency gains and losses, other gains and losses, and unallocated corporate charges, referred to as segment profit. Segment profit for the Dunkin’ Donuts International and Baskin-Robbins International segments include equity in net income from joint ventures. For a reconciliation to total revenues and net income, see the notes to our consolidated financial statements. Revenues for Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. include royalties and rental income earned from company-owned restaurants. For purposes of evaluating segment profit, Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. includes the net operating income earned from company-owned restaurants. Revenues for all other segments include only transactions with unaffiliated customers and include no intersegment revenues. Revenues not included in segment revenues include retail sales from company-owned restaurants, as well as revenue earned through arrangements with third parties in which our brand names are used and revenue generated from online training programs for franchisees that are not allocated to a specific segment.

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

 

       Three Months Ended      Increase (Decrease)  
    

March 27,

2010

    

March 26,

2011

    
         $      %  
   
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Revenues

   $ 91,403         96,512         5,109         5.6%   

Segment profit

     63,563         70,707         7,144         11.2%   
   

The increase in Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. revenue for the three months ended March 26, 2011 was primarily driven by an increase in royalty income of $3.3 million as a result of an increase in systemwide sales, as well as an increase in franchise fees of $1.1 million. Other revenues also increased $0.6 million due to an increase in refranchising gains and a decline in subsidies paid to franchisees that are recorded as reductions in revenue.

The increase in Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. segment profit for the three months ended March 26, 2011 was primarily driven by the $5.1 million increase in total revenues. The increase in segment profit also resulted from a decline in total occupancy expenses of $1.8 million driven by additional lease reserves recorded in the prior year and a decline in the number of leased locations. The remaining increase in segment profit resulted from a $0.4 million decline in general and administrative expenses due to declines in bad debt provisions and legal settlements, offset by an increase in payroll-related costs due to merit increases, increased headcount, and higher projected incentive compensation.

Dunkin’ Donuts International

 

       Three months ended           
    

March 27,

2010

    

March 26,

2011

     Increase (Decrease)  
         $     %  
   
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Revenues

   $ 3,321         3,869         548        16.5%    

Segment profit

     3,712         3,181         (531     (14.3)%   
   

 

- 62 -


Table of Contents

The increase in Dunkin’ Donuts International revenue for the three months ended March 26, 2011 resulted primarily from an increase in royalty income of $0.3 million driven by the increase in systemwide sales. Also contributing to the increased revenue from the prior year was an increase of $0.3 million in franchise fees driven by a deposit retained from a former licensee in Mexico.

The decrease in Dunkin’ Donuts International segment profit for the three months ended March 26, 2011 was primarily driven by a decline in income from the South Korea joint venture of $0.7 million. The decrease in segment profit also resulted from a $0.3 million increase in general and administrative expenses primarily as a result of an increase in payroll-related costs due to increased headcount and merit increases. These declines in segment profit were offset by the $0.5 million increase in revenues.

Baskin-Robbins U.S.

 

       Three months ended           
    

March 27,

2010

    

March 26,

2011

     Increase (Decrease)  
         $     %  
   
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Revenues

   $ 9,032         9,045         13        0.1%    

Segment profit

     5,224         4,300         (924     (17.7)%   
   

Baskin-Robbins U.S. revenue for the three months ended March 26, 2011 remained flat to the prior year comparable period, which is consistent with the change in systemwide sales.

Baskin-Robbins U.S. segment profit declined as a result of increased general and administrative expenses for the three months ended March 26, 2011 including $1.0 million related to the roll-out of a new point-of-sale system for Baskin-Robbins franchisees.

Baskin-Robbins International

 

       Three months ended           
    

March 27,

2010

    

March 26,

2011

     Increase (Decrease)  
           $     %  
   
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Revenues

   $ 19,043         24,662         5,619        29.5%    

Segment profit

     8,527         8,164         (363     (4.3)%   
   

The growth in Baskin-Robbins International revenue for the three months ended March 26, 2011 resulted from an increase in sales of ice cream products of $5.0 million, which was primarily driven by strong sales in the Middle East and Australia. Royalty income also increased $0.6 million mainly as a result of higher sales and additional royalties earned in Australia due to the termination of a master license agreement.

The decline in Baskin-Robbins International segment profit resulted primarily from a decrease in joint venture income of $2.1 million for the Baskin-Robbins businesses in South Korea and Japan. The decline in joint venture income for Japan primarily resulted from the March 2011 earthquake and tsunami, while South Korea joint venture income declined as a result of increased operating expenses. Additionally, general and administrative expenses increased $0.9 million as a result of an increase in payroll-related costs due to additional headcount and merit increases, additional travel costs, and increased professional fees. Offsetting these declines in segment profit was a $2.1 million increase in net margin on ice cream sales driven by strong sales and price increases, as well as the increase in royalty income of $0.6 million.

 

- 63 -


Table of Contents

Fiscal year 2010 compared to fiscal year 2009

Consolidated results of operations

 

      

Fiscal year

2009

    

Fiscal year

2010

     Increase (Decrease)  
         $     %  
   
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Franchise fees and royalty income

   $ 344,020         359,927         15,907        4.6%    

Rental income

     93,651         91,102         (2,549     (2.7)%   

Sales of ice cream products

     75,256         84,989         9,733        12.9%    

Other revenues

     25,146         41,117         15,971        63.5%    
        

Total revenues

   $ 538,073         577,135         39,062        7.3%    
   

The increase in total revenues from fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2010 was primarily driven by an increase in royalty income of $15.1 million, or 4.7%, from the prior year as the result of Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. systemwide sales growth. Other revenues also increased $16.0 million primarily as a result of the acquisition of company-owned restaurants, which contributed an additional $15.2 million of revenue in fiscal 2010. Sales of ice cream products also contributed to the increase in total revenues from fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2010, which were primarily driven by strong sales to the Middle East. These increases in revenue were offset by a decline in rental income of $2.5 million primarily as a result of a decline in the number of leased properties.

 

      

Fiscal year

2009

    

Fiscal year

2010

     Increase (Decrease)  
         $     %  
   
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Occupancy expenses—franchised restaurants

   $ 51,964         53,739         1,775        3.4%    

Cost of ice cream products

     47,432         59,175         11,743        24.8%    

General and administrative expenses, net

     197,005         223,620         26,615        13.5%    

Depreciation and amortization

     62,911         57,826         (5,085     (8.1)%   

Impairment charges

     8,517         7,075         (1,442     (16.9)%   
        

Total operating costs and expenses

   $ 367,829         401,435         33,606        9.1%    
        

Equity in net income of joint ventures

     14,301         17,825         3,524        24.6%    

Operating income

   $ 184,545         193,525         8,980        4.9%    
   

Occupancy expenses for franchised restaurants increased $1.8 million from fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2010 resulting primarily from the impact of lease reserves, offset by a decline in the number of leased properties. Cost of ice cream products increased 24.8% from the prior year, as compared to a 12.9% increase in sales of ice cream products, primarily as the result of unfavorable commodity prices and foreign exchange.

The increase in other general and administrative expenses from fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2010 was driven by increased cost of sales for company-owned restaurants acquired during 2010 of $15.0 million. Also contributing to the increase in general and administrative expenses was an increase in payroll and related benefit costs of $6.8 million, or 6.0%, as a result of higher incentive compensation payouts and 401(k) matching contributions. Increased professional fees and legal costs driven by information technology enhancements and legal settlement reserves also contributed approximately $10.6 million to the increase in general administrative expenses. These increased expenses were offset by a decrease in bad debt and other reserves of $6.7 million.

Depreciation and amortization declined a total of $5.1 million from fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2010. The decrease is due primarily to a license right intangible asset becoming fully amortized, as well as terminations of lease agreements in the normal course of business resulting in the write-off of favorable lease intangible assets,

 

- 64 -


Table of Contents

which thereby reduced future amortization. Additionally, depreciation declined from the prior year due to assets becoming fully depreciated, sales of corporate assets, and the write-off of leasehold improvements upon terminations of lease agreements.

The decrease in impairment charges from fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2010 resulted from an impairment charge recorded in 2009 related to corporate assets, offset by additional impairment charges recorded in 2010 on favorable operating leases due to terminations of lease agreements.

Equity in net income of joint ventures increased from fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2010 as a result of increases in income from both our Japan and South Korea joint ventures. The increases in Japan and South Korea joint venture income from 2009 were primarily driven by sales growth, as well as favorable impact of foreign exchange.

 

      

Fiscal year

2009

   

Fiscal year

2010

    Increase (Decrease)  
       $     %  
   
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Interest expense, net

   $ (115,019     (112,532     2,487        (2.2)%   

Gain (loss) on debt extinguishment

     3,684        (61,955     (65,639     (1,781.7)%   

Other gains, net

     1,066        408        (658     (61.7)%   
        

Total other expense (loss)

   $ (110,269     (174,079     (63,810     57.9%    
   

Net interest expense declined from fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2010 due to the voluntary retirement of long-term debt with a face value of $99.8 million in the second quarter of 2010, reducing interest paid, insurer premiums, and the amortization of deferred financing costs. These decreases were slightly offset by incremental interest expense on approximately $528 million of additional long-term debt obtained in the fourth quarter of 2010.

The fluctuation in gains and losses on debt extinguishment resulted from the refinancing of existing long-term debt in the fourth quarter of 2010, which yielded a $58.3 million loss, as well as the voluntary retirement of long-term debt in the second quarter of 2010, which resulted in a $3.7 million loss. The gain on debt extinguishment of $3.7 million recorded in 2009 resulted from the voluntary retirement of long-term debt in the third quarter of 2009.

The decline in other gains from fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2010 resulted from reduced net foreign exchange gains, primarily as a result of significant weakening of the U.S. dollar against the Canadian dollar in 2009.

 

      

Fiscal year

2009

    

Fiscal year

2010

 
     
   
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Income before income taxes

   $ 74,276         19,446   

Provision for income taxes

     39,268         (7,415

Effective tax rate

     52.9%         (38.1)%   
   

The negative effective tax rate of 38.1% in fiscal 2010 was primarily attributable to changes in state tax rates, which resulted in a deferred tax benefit of approximately $5.7 million in fiscal 2010. The effective tax rate for both years was also impacted by changes in reserves for uncertain tax positions, which are not driven by changes in income before income taxes. Reserves for uncertain tax positions were $9.1 million in fiscal 2009, as compared to a benefit of $3.1 million in fiscal 2010. The effective tax rate for fiscal 2010 was also impacted by a reduced income before income taxes, driven by the loss on debt extinguishment, which magnified the impact of permanent and other tax differences. Additionally, the higher effective tax rate in fiscal 2009 resulted from a $5.8 million additional valuation allowance recorded on capital loss carryforwards.

 

- 65 -


Table of Contents

Operating segments

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

 

      

Fiscal year

2009

    

Fiscal year

2010

     Increase (Decrease)  
         $      %  
   
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Revenues

   $ 387,595         402,394         14,799         3.8%   

Segment profit

     275,961         293,132         17,171         6.2%   
   

The increase in Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. revenue from fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2010 was driven by an increase in royalty income of $14.9 million as a result of an increase in systemwide sales.

The increase in Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. segment profit from fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2010 was primarily driven by the $14.9 million increase in royalty income. The increase in segment profit from fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2010 also resulted from a decline in general and administrative expenses of $5.1 million primarily attributable to decreases in both bad debt provisions and franchisee-related restructuring activities, offset by an increase in legal settlements and payroll-related costs due primarily to increased incentive compensation. Additionally, higher total occupancy expenses of $2.9 million from fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2010 resulted primarily from lease reserves recorded.

Dunkin’ Donuts International

 

      

Fiscal year

2009

    

Fiscal year

2010

     Increase (Decrease)  
         $      %  
   
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Revenues

   $ 12,326         14,128         1,802         14.6%   

Segment profit

     12,628         14,573         1,945         15.4%   
   

The increase in Dunkin’ Donuts International revenue from fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2010 resulted primarily from an increase in royalty income of $1.2 million driven by the increase in systemwide sales. Also contributing to the increased revenue from the prior year was an increase of $0.9 million in franchise fees driven by development in China and Russia.

The increase in Dunkin’ Donuts International segment profit from fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2010 was primarily driven by the increases in revenues of $1.8 million, as noted above.

Baskin-Robbins U.S.

 

      

Fiscal year

2009

    

Fiscal year

2010

     Increase (Decrease)  
         $      %  
   
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Revenues

   $ 46,293         42,920         (3,373)         (7.3)%   

Segment profit

     33,459         27,607         (5,852)         (17.5)%   
   

The decline in Baskin-Robbins U.S. revenue from fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2010 was driven by the decline in systemwide sales, which impacted both royalty income, which declined $1.7 million, and licensing income earned through the sale of ice cream to franchisees by a third-party, which declined $0.6 million. Rental income also decreased $0.6 million in fiscal 2010 driven by a decline in the number of subleases, as well as revised sublease terms which resulted in adjustments of straight-line rental income.

 

- 66 -


Table of Contents

Baskin-Robbins U.S. segment profit declined from fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2010 primarily as a result of the declines in royalty, licensing, and rental income. Also contributing to the decline in segment profit from 2009 was additional gift certificate breakage income recorded in 2009 of $2.6 million, as the Company determined during fiscal year 2009 that sufficient historical patterns existed to estimate breakage and therefore recognized a cumulative adjustment for all gift certificates outstanding.

Baskin-Robbins International

 

      

Fiscal year

2009

    

Fiscal year

2010

     Increase (Decrease)  
         $      %  
   
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Revenues

   $ 80,764         91,285         10,521         13.0%   

Segment profit

     41,212         41,596         384         0.9%   
   

The growth in Baskin-Robbins International revenue from fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2010 resulted primarily from an increase in ice cream sales of $9.8 million, which was driven by higher sales in the Middle East. Royalty income also increased $1.2 million in fiscal 2010 due to growth in systemwide sales, specifically in Japan, South Korea, and Russia.

Baskin-Robbins International segment profit remained relatively flat from fiscal 2009 to fiscal 2010. Joint venture income from the Baskin-Robbins businesses in South Korea and Japan increased $3.3 million from 2009, driven by systemwide sales growth in both countries. Royalty income also increased $1.2 million, as noted above. Offsetting these increases in segment profit was a decline in net margin on ice cream sales of $1.9 million, primarily as the result of unfavorable commodity prices and foreign exchange. Also offsetting the increases in segment profit were increases in travel, professional fees, and other general and administrative costs totaling $1.8 million.

Fiscal year 2009 compared to fiscal year 2008

Consolidated results of operations

 

      

Fiscal year

2008

    

Fiscal year

2009

     Increase (Decrease)  
         $      %  
   
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Franchise fees and royalty income

   $ 349,047         344,020         (5,027)         (1.4)%   

Rental income

     97,886         93,651         (4,235)         (4.3)%   

Sales of ice cream products

     71,445         75,256         3,811          5.3%   

Other revenues

     26,551         25,146         (1,405)         (5.3)%   
        

Total revenues

   $ 544,929         538,073         (6,856)         (1.3)%   
   

The decline in total revenues from fiscal 2008 to fiscal 2009 was primarily driven by reduced franchise fees of $14.0 million, resulting from the opening of 431 fewer restaurants domestically. Rental and sublease income decreased $4.2 million, or 4.3%, from the prior year, driven by declines in comparable store sales in locations where rent is earned based on a percentage of sales, as well as a reduction in the amortization of unfavorable operating leases acquired due to lease terminations in the prior year. Other revenues declined $1.4 million from fiscal 2008 primarily as a result of fewer refranchising transactions in fiscal 2009, offset by increased licensing fees. Offsetting these decreases was an increase in royalty income of $9.0 million, or 2.9%, from the prior year

 

- 67 -


Table of Contents

driven by Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. systemwide sales growth. Sales of ice cream products also increased $3.8 million, or 5.3%, from the prior year driven primarily by Baskin-Robbins store development internationally.

 

      

Fiscal year

2008

   

Fiscal year

2009

     Increase (Decrease)  
        $      %  
   
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Occupancy expenses—franchised restaurants

   $ 55,581        51,964         (3,617)         (6.5)%   

Cost of ice cream products

     49,407        47,432         (1,975)         (4.0)%   

General and administrative expenses, net

     196,841        197,005         164          0.1%   

Depreciation and amortization

     66,300        62,911         (3,389)         (5.1)%   

Impairment charges

     331,862        8,517         (323,345)         (97.4)%   
        

Total operating costs and expenses

   $ 699,991        367,829         (332,162)         (47.5)%   
        

Equity in net income of joint ventures

     14,169        14,301         132          0.9%    

Operating income

   $ (140,893     184,545         325,438          n/m    
   

Occupancy expenses for franchised restaurants declined $3.6 million from fiscal 2008 to fiscal 2009 resulting primarily from the reversal of a lease reserve in 2009. Cost of ice cream and ice cream products decreased in fiscal 2009 despite higher sales volume primarily as the result of favorable commodity prices and foreign exchange.

General and administrative expenses, net, were flat from 2008 to 2009. Professional and legal costs declined primarily as a result of consulting fees incurred in 2008 related to entry into new markets that did not recur in 2009. Payroll and related benefit costs also declined from fiscal 2008 to fiscal 2009 due primarily to the temporary suspension of 401(k) matching contributions in fiscal 2009. Additionally, income of $3.2 million related to cumulative breakage of historical gift certificate balances was recorded in 2009. A focus on cost reductions during fiscal 2009 resulted in lower travel, meeting, and other controllable expenses. Partially offsetting these decreases in expenses in fiscal 2009 were increases in franchisee-related restructuring activities and a decline in legal settlement income.

Depreciation and amortization declined a total of $3.4 million from fiscal 2008 to fiscal 2009 due to terminations of lease agreements in the normal course of business, resulting in the write-off of favorable lease intangible assets which thereby reduced future amortization. Additionally, corporate assets were held for sale beginning in the third quarter of 2009, for which no depreciation was subsequently recorded.

The decrease in impairment charges from fiscal 2008 to fiscal 2009 was driven by a goodwill impairment charge recorded in 2008 of $294.5 million related to the Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. and Baskin-Robbins International businesses, as well as a 2008 charge of $34.0 million related to the Baskin-Robbins trade name. These impairment charges were triggered by declines in fair value of the intangible assets due to the overall economic environment and declines in peer company market values. Partially offsetting these declines in impairment charges from fiscal 2008 to fiscal 2009 was an impairment charge recorded in 2009 related to corporate assets.

Equity in net income of joint ventures increased slightly from fiscal 2008 to fiscal 2009 as a result of an increase in income from our Japan joint venture, offset by a decrease in income from our South Korea joint venture. The increase in Japan joint venture income in fiscal 2009 resulted from an increase in the joint venture’s net income driven by sales growth, as well as a favorable impact of foreign exchange. The decrease in South Korea joint venture income in fiscal 2009 resulted from an unfavorable impact of foreign exchange, partially offset by an increase in the joint venture’s net income due to growth in sales.

 

- 68 -


Table of Contents
      

Fiscal year

2008

    

Fiscal year

2009

    Increase (Decrease)  
        $      %  
   
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Interest expense, net

   $ (115,944)         (115,019     925         (0.8)%   

Gain (loss) on debt extinguishment

     —          3,684        3,684         n/a   

Other gains, net

     (3,929)         1,066        4,995         (127.1)%   
        

Total other expense (loss)

   $ (119,873)         (110,269     9,604         (8.0)%   
   

Net interest expense declined from fiscal 2008 to fiscal 2009 due to the voluntary retirement of long-term debt with a face value of $153.7 million in the third quarter of 2009, reducing interest paid, insurer premiums, and the amortization of deferred financing costs, partially offset by a decrease in interest income due to declining interest rates.

During fiscal 2009, gains on debt extinguishment of $3.7 million were recorded as a result of the voluntary retirement of long-term debt in the third quarter of 2009. No such gains or losses were recorded in fiscal 2008.

The fluctuation in other gains and losses resulted from additional net foreign exchange gains of $4.6 million recorded in 2009 as compared to 2008 as a result of the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the Canadian dollar in 2008, whereas the U.S. dollar weakened against the Canadian dollar in 2009. The remaining fluctuation resulted from gains and losses recorded on sales of available-for-sale securities.

 

      

Fiscal year

2008

   

Fiscal year

2009

 
    
   
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Income (loss) before income taxes

   $ (260,766     74,276   

Provision for income taxes

     9,132        39,268   

Effective tax rate

     (3.5 )%      52.9%   
   

The negative effective tax rate of 3.5% in fiscal 2008 resulted from the goodwill impairment charge of $294.5 million, which was not deductible for tax purposes and therefore no tax benefit was recorded. Excluding the goodwill impairment charge, the effective tax rate for fiscal 2008 would have been 27.1%. Contributing to the reduced effective tax rate in fiscal 2008 was a $4.4 million tax benefit related to changes in future tax rates in Massachusetts that were enacted in 2008. The effective tax rate for both years was also impacted by reserves recorded for uncertain tax positions, which were not driven by changes in income before income taxes. These reserves for uncertain tax positions were $3.5 million and $9.1 million in fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2009, respectively. Additionally, the higher effective tax rate in fiscal 2009 resulted from an additional valuation allowance of approximately $5.8 million recorded on capital loss carryforwards.

Operating segments

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

 

      

Fiscal year

2008

    

Fiscal year

2009

    Increase (Decrease)  
            $          %  
   
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Revenues

   $ 397,176         387,595        (9,581)         (2.4)%   

Segment profit

     288,009         275,961        (12,048)         (4.2)%   
   

The decline in Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. revenue from fiscal 2008 to fiscal 2009 was driven by a $12.4 million decline in franchise fees, resulting from the opening of 370 fewer restaurants compared to the prior year. Additionally,

 

- 69 -


Table of Contents

rental income decreased $3.4 million primarily as a result of the impact of negative comparable store sales on rent that is earned based on a percentage of sales. Also negatively impacting rental income were write-offs of unfavorable operating leases in fiscal 2008, which result in additional rental income at the time of write-off and reduce amortization to rental income in future periods. Other revenues declined $3.7 million from fiscal 2008 due to fewer refranchising transactions, as well as increased franchisee-related restructuring activities, which were recorded as reductions of revenue. Offsetting these declines in fiscal 2009 was an increase in royalty income of $9.9 million, or 3.7%, consistent with the increase in systemwide sales.

The decline in Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. segment profit from fiscal 2008 to fiscal 2009 was primarily driven by the declines in franchise fees and refranchising gains. Additionally, net rent margin declined $1.9 million from fiscal 2008 to fiscal 2009 driven by a decline in net rental income that is earned based on a percentage of sales due to negative comparable store sales and prior year write-offs of unfavorable operating leases acquired, partially offset by the reversal of a lease reserve. The decrease in segment profit from fiscal 2008 to fiscal 2009 also resulted from increases in both bad debt provisions and franchisee-related restructuring activities. Partially offsetting these declines in segment profit was an increase in royalty income of $9.9 million as noted above, as well as a decline in payroll-related costs of $4.5 million due to lower headcount and lower incentive compensation. Travel expenses and professional fees also declined $1.9 million in fiscal 2009 resulting from increased focus on cost management.

Dunkin’ Donuts International

 

      

Fiscal year

2008

    

Fiscal year

2009

    Increase (Decrease)  
              $          %  
   
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Revenues

   $ 13,241         12,326        (915)         (6.9)%   

Segment profit

     14,534         12,628        (1,906)         (13.1)%   
   

The decrease in Dunkin’ Donuts International revenue from fiscal 2008 to fiscal 2009 resulted primarily from a $0.7 million decline in franchise fees due to fewer restaurant openings in fiscal 2009 as compared to the prior year. Additionally, other revenues declined $0.5 million in fiscal 2009 due to income generated in the prior year from company-owned operations in Spain, which were sold in fiscal 2009.

The decrease in Dunkin’ Donuts International segment profit from fiscal 2008 to fiscal 2009 was driven by the declines in franchise fees and other revenues, as discussed above. In addition, income from the South Korea joint venture declined $0.7 million from fiscal 2008 to fiscal 2009, which was driven primarily by an unfavorable impact of foreign exchange.

Baskin-Robbins U.S.

 

      

Fiscal year

2008

    

Fiscal year

2009

    Increase (Decrease)  
              $          %  
   
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Revenues

   $ 50,499         46,293        (4,206)         (8.3)%   

Segment profit

     33,925         33,459        (466)         (1.4)%   
   

The decline in Baskin-Robbins U.S. revenue from fiscal 2008 to fiscal 2009 was driven by the decline in systemwide sales due to negative comparable store sales in addition to a slightly smaller restaurant base, which impacted both royalty income and licensing income earned through the sale of ice cream to franchisees by a third-party. Franchise fees declined $1.6 million in fiscal 2009 due to 61 fewer restaurant openings. Rental income also declined $0.4 million in fiscal 2009 as the number of subleases declined.

 

- 70 -


Table of Contents

Baskin-Robbins U.S. segment profit declined from fiscal 2008 to fiscal 2009 primarily as a result of the declines in royalty income, franchise fees, and licensing income. Partially offsetting these declines was gift certificate breakage income recorded in 2009 of $3.2 million. All other general and administrative expenses included in segment profit for Baskin-Robbins U.S. declined in fiscal 2009 by approximately $0.6 million.

Baskin-Robbins International

 

      

Fiscal year

2008

    

Fiscal year

2009

    Increase (Decrease)  
              $          %  
   
     (In thousands, except percentages)  

Revenues

   $ 76,066         80,764        4,698         6.2%   

Segment profit

     33,257         41,212        7,955         23.9%   
   

The growth in Baskin-Robbins International revenue from fiscal 2008 to fiscal 2009 resulted primarily from an increase of ice cream sales of $3.9 million, which was driven by higher sales in the Middle East, partially offset by unfavorable impacts of foreign exchange. Additionally, increased restaurant openings in China and Indonesia in fiscal 2009 resulted in higher franchise fees. Royalty income also increased $0.5 million in fiscal 2009 due to the growth in systemwide sales.

Baskin-Robbins International segment profit growth from fiscal 2008 to fiscal 2009 was primarily driven by an increase in net margin on sales of ice cream and ice cream related products of $5.9 million. This increase was driven by higher sales volumes in the Middle East, as well as significant commodity price declines during 2009. Also contributing to the increase in segment profit was an increase in franchise fees and royalty income of approximately $1.1 million. Additionally, joint venture income in Japan in fiscal 2009 increased $1.7 million driven by an increase in the joint venture’s net income driven by sales growth, and a favorable impact of foreign exchange. Partially offsetting these increases in segment profit in fiscal 2009 was a decrease in joint venture income in South Korea of $0.9 million as a result of unfavorable impact of foreign exchange, partially offset by an increase in the joint venture’s net income due to growth in sales.

Liquidity and capital resources

As of March 26, 2011, we held $120.5 million of cash and cash equivalents, which included $69.3 million of cash held for advertising funds and reserved for gift card/certificate programs. In addition, as of March 26, 2011, we had a borrowing capacity of $88.8 million under our $100.0 million revolving credit facility. During the three months ended March 26, 2011, net cash provided by operating activities was $3.6 million, as compared to $24.6 million for the three months ended March 27, 2010. During fiscal years 2010, 2009, and 2008, net cash provided by operating activities was $229.0 million, $116.1 million, and $74.7 million, respectively.

Net cash provided by operating activities of $3.6 million during the three months ended March 26, 2011 was primarily driven by a net loss of $1.7 million (increased by depreciation and amortization of $13.2 million and $13.1 million of other net non-cash reconciling adjustments), offset by $21.0 million of changes in operating assets and liabilities. During the three months ended March 26, 2011, we invested $3.7 million in capital additions to property and equipment. Net cash used in financing activities was $13.8 million during the three months ended March 26, 2011, driven primarily by costs associated with the February 2011 re-pricing transaction of $17.0 million, offset by proceeds from the issuance of common stock of $3.2 million.

Net cash provided by operating activities of $229.0 million during fiscal 2010 was primarily driven by net income of $26.9 million (increased by depreciation and amortization of $57.8 million and $26.7 million of other net non-cash reconciling adjustments), $6.6 million of dividends received from international joint ventures, and $111.0 million of changes in operating assets and liabilities, including the release of approximately $101.7

 

- 71 -


Table of Contents

million of restricted cash as a result of the November 2010 debt refinancing. During fiscal 2010, we invested $15.4 million in capital additions to property and equipment. Net cash used in financing activities was $132.6 million during fiscal 2010, which includes proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt, net of repayment and voluntary retirement of debt and debt issuance costs, of $353.4 million and a $16.1 million decrease in debt-related restricted cash balances, offset by dividends paid on common stock of approximately $500.0 million.

On November 23, 2010, we consummated a refinancing transaction whereby Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. (i) issued and sold $625.0 million aggregate principal amount of 9  5 / 8 % senior notes due 2018 and (ii) borrowed $1.25 billion in term loans and secured a $100.0 million revolving credit facility from a consortium of banks. The senior secured credit facility was amended on February 18, 2011, primarily to obtain more favorable interest rate margins and to increase the term loan borrowings under the senior secured credit facility to $1.40 billion. The full $150.0 million increase in term loan borrowings under the senior secured credit facility was used to redeem an equal principal amount of the senior notes at a price of 100.5% of par on March 21, 2011. On May 24, 2011 we further increased the size of the term loan facility by an additional $100.0 million to approximately $1.50 billion, which will be used to repay $100.0 million of senior notes. Interest expense, net, for fiscal 2010 and the three months ended March 26, 2011 on a pro forma basis would have been approximately $71.5 million and $17.9 million, respectively, after giving effect to the November 2010 refinancing, the February 2011 re-pricing and increase in the term loan facility by $150.0 million, and the May 2011 increase in the term loan facility by $100.0 million and the repayment of the senior notes, as if these transactions had occurred on the first day of the respective periods.

The senior notes require semi-annual interest payments, beginning June 1, 2011. We may redeem some or all of the senior notes at fixed redemption prices of 100.5% of par through November 30, 2011, 102.5% of par from December 1, 2011 through November 30, 2012, 102.0% of par from December 1, 2012 through November 30, 2013, and 100% of par commencing December 1, 2013 through maturity. In the event of a change in control, as defined in the indenture governing the senior notes, or certain asset sales we will be obligated to repurchase the senior notes tendered at the option of the holders at a fixed price. We expect to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with the net proceeds from our $100.0 million of additional term loan borrowings, to redeem approximately $475.0 million in principal amount of the senior notes. The senior notes are guaranteed by certain of Dunkin’ Brands, Inc.’s wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries. The senior notes are unsecured and are effectively subordinated to the senior secured credit facility to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt.

The senior credit facility is guaranteed by certain of Dunkin’ Brands, Inc.’s wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries and includes a term loan facility and a revolving credit facility. Following the May 2011 amendment, the aggregate borrowings available under the senior secured credit facility are approximately $1.6 billion, consisting of a full-drawn approximately $1.5 billion term loan facility and a $100.0 million revolving credit facility under which $11.2 million of letters of credit were outstanding as of March 26, 2011. Borrowings under the term loan bear interest, payable at least quarterly. The senior secured credit facility requires principal amortization repayments to be made on term loan borrowings equal to approximately $15.0 million per calendar year, payable in quarterly installments through September 2017. The final scheduled principal payment on the outstanding borrowings under the term loan is due in November 2017.

The senior credit facility also provides for borrowings of up to $100.0 million under the revolving credit facility, of which up to $50.0 million is available for letter of credit advances. Borrowings under the revolving credit facility (excluding letters of credit) bear interest, payable at least quarterly. We also pay a 0.50% commitment fee per annum on the unused portion of the revolver. The fee for letter of credit amounts outstanding ranges from 3.75% to 4.25%. At March 26, 2011, the fee for letter of credit amounts outstanding was 4.25%. At March 26, 2011, there was $88.8 million in available borrowings under the revolving credit facility, with $11.2 million of letters of credit outstanding. The revolving credit facility expires in November 2015.

 

- 72 -


Table of Contents

The senior credit facility requires us to comply on a quarterly basis, with certain financial covenants, including a maximum ratio of debt to adjusted EBITDA (the “leverage ratio”) and a minimum ratio of adjusted EBITDA to interest expense (the “coverage ratio”), each of which becomes more restrictive over time. For fiscal year 2011, the terms of the senior credit facility require that we maintain a leverage ratio of no more than 8.60 to 1.00 and a minimum interest coverage ratio of 1.45 to 1.00. The leverage ratio financial covenant will become more restrictive over time and will require us to maintain a leverage ratio of no more than 6.25 to 1.00 by the second quarter of fiscal year 2017. The interest coverage ratio covenant will also become more restrictive over time and will require us to maintain an interest coverage ratio of no less than 1.95 to 1.00 by the second quarter of fiscal year 2017. Failure to comply with either of these covenants would result in an event of default under our senior credit facility unless waived by our senior credit facility lenders. An event of default under our senior credit facility can result in the acceleration of our indebtedness under the facility, which in turn can result in an event of default and possible acceleration of our other indebtedness. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure used to determine our compliance with certain covenants contained in our senior credit facility, including our leverage ratio. Adjusted EBITDA is defined in our senior credit facility as net income/(loss) before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization and impairment of long-lived assets, as adjusted, with respect to the twelve months ended March 26, 2011, for the items summarized in the table below. Adjusted EBITDA is not a presentation made in accordance with GAAP, and our use of the term adjusted EBITDA varies from others in our industry due to the potential inconsistencies in the method of calculation and differences due to items subject to interpretation. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to net income/(loss), operating income or any other performance measures derived in accordance with GAAP, as a measure of operating performance or as an alternative to cash flows as a measure of liquidity. Adjusted EBITDA has important limitations as an analytical tool and should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Because of these limitations we rely primarily on our GAAP results. However, we believe that presenting adjusted EBITDA is appropriate to provide additional information to investors to demonstrate compliance with our financing covenants. As of March 26, 2011, we were in compliance with our senior credit facility financial covenants, including a leverage ratio of 6.3 to 1 and an interest coverage ratio of 2.2 to 1, which were calculated for the twelve months ended March 26, 2011 based upon the adjustments to EBITDA, as provided for under the terms of our senior credit facility. The following is a reconciliation of our net income to such adjusted EBITDA for the twelve months ended March 26, 2011 (in thousands):

 

       Twelve months ended
March 26, 2011
 
   

Net income

   $ 19,200   

Interest expense

     119,128   

Income tax expense (benefit)

     (8,626

Depreciation and amortization

     55,702   

Impairment of long-lived assets

     6,314   
        

EBITDA

   $ 191,718   

Adjustments:

  

Non-cash adjustments(a)

   $ 6,636   

Transaction costs(b)

     1,120   

Sponsor management fees(c)

     3,000   

Loss on debt extinguishment and refinancing transaction(d)

     72,962   

Senior executive transition and severance(e)

     4,256   

New market entry(f)

     275   

Franchisee-related restructuring(g)

     2,274   

Technology and market related initiatives(h)

     3,145   

Other(i)

     1,888   
        

Total adjustments

   $ 95,556   
        

Adjusted EBITDA

   $ 287,274   
   

 

- 73 -


Table of Contents
(a)   Represents non-cash adjustments, including stock compensation expense, legal reserves, and other non-cash gains and losses.

 

(b)   Represents cost and expenses related to the Company’s refinancing and dividend transactions.

 

(c)   Represents annual fees paid to the Sponsors under a management agreement, which will be terminated upon the consummation of this offering. See “Related party transactions – Arrangements with our investors.”

 

(d)   Represents gains/losses recorded and related transaction costs associated with the refinancing of long-term debt, including the write-off of deferred financing costs and original issue discount, as well as pre-payment premiums.

 

(e)   Represents severance and related benefits costs associated with non-recurring reorganizations (includes the accrual of costs associated with Executive Chairman transition).

 

(f)   Represents one-time costs and fees associated with entry into new markets.

 

(g)   Represents one-time costs of franchisee-related restructuring programs.

 

(h)   Represents costs associated with various franchisee information technology and one-time market research programs.

 

(i)   Represents the net impact of other non-recurring and individually insignificant adjustments.

Based upon our current level of operations and anticipated growth, we believe that the cash generated from our operations and amounts available under our revolving credit facility will be adequate to meet our anticipated debt service requirements, capital expenditures and working capital needs for at least the next twelve months. We believe that we will be able to meet these obligations even if we experience no growth in sales or profits. Our ability to continue to fund these items and continue to reduce debt could be adversely affected by the occurrence of any of the events described under “Risk factors.” There can be no assurances, however, that our business will generate sufficient cash flows from operations or that future borrowings will be available under our revolving credit facility or otherwise to enable us to service our indebtedness, including our senior secured credit facility, or to make anticipated capital expenditures. Our future operating performance and our ability to service, extend or refinance the senior secured credit facility will be subject to future economic conditions and to financial, business and other factors, many of which are beyond our control.

Off balance sheet obligations

We have entered into a third-party guarantee with a distribution facility of franchisee products that ensures franchisees will purchase a certain volume of product. As product is purchased by our franchisees over the term of the agreement, the amount of the guarantee is reduced. As of March 26, 2011, we were contingently liable for $8.4 million, under this guarantee. Based on current internal forecasts, we believe the franchisees will achieve the required volume of purchases, and therefore, we would not be required to make payments under this agreement. Additionally, the Company has various supply chain contracts that provide for purchase commitments or exclusivity, the majority of which result in the Company being contingently liable upon early termination of the agreement or engaging with another supplier. Based on prior history and the Company’s ability to extend contract terms, we have not recorded any liabilities related to these commitments. As of March 26, 2011, we were contingently liable under such supply chain agreements for approximately $20.3 million.

As a result of assigning our interest in obligations under property leases as a condition of the refranchising of certain restaurants and the guarantee of certain other leases, we are contingently liable on certain lease agreements. These leases have varying terms, the latest of which expires in 2024. As of March 26, 2011, the potential amount of undiscounted payments we could be required to make in the event of nonpayment by the primary lessee was $7.8 million. Our franchisees are the primary lessees under the majority of these leases. We generally have cross-default provisions with these franchisees that would put them in default of their franchise agreement in the event of nonpayment under the lease. We believe these cross-default provisions significantly reduce the risk that we will be required to make payments under these leases, and we have not recorded a liability for such contingent liabilities.

We do not have any other material off balance sheet obligations other than the guaranteed financing arrangements discussed above in “Critical accounting policies.”

 

- 74 -


Table of Contents

Inflation

Historically, inflation has not had a material effect on our results of operations. Severe increases in inflation, however, could affect the global and U.S. economies and could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Seasonality

Our revenues are subject to fluctuations based on seasonality, primarily with respect to Baskin-Robbins. The ice cream industry generally experiences an increase during the spring and summer months, whereas Dunkin’ Donuts hot beverage sales generally increase during the fall and winter months and iced beverage sales generally increase during the spring and summer months.

Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk

Foreign exchange risk

We are subject to inherent risks attributed to operating in a global economy. Most of our revenues, costs and debts are denominated in U.S. dollars. Our investments in, and equity income from, joint ventures are denominated in foreign currencies, and are therefore subject to foreign currency fluctuations. For fiscal year 2010, a 5% change in foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar would have had a $0.9 million impact on equity in net income of joint ventures. Additionally, a 5% change in foreign currencies as of March 26, 2011 would have had an $8.8 million impact on the carrying value of our investments in joint ventures. In the future, we may consider the use of derivative financial instruments, such as forward contracts, to manage foreign currency exchange rate risks.

Interest rate risk

We are subject to interest rate risk in connection with our long-term debt. Our principal interest rate exposure mainly relates to the term loan outstanding under our new senior credit facility. We have a $1.50 billion term loan facility bearing interest at variable rates. Each eighth of a percentage point change in interest rates would result in a $1.9 million change in annual interest expense on our new term loan facility. We also have a revolving credit facility, which provides for borrowings of up to $100.0 million and bears interest at variable rates. Assuming the revolver is fully drawn, each eighth of a percentage point change in interest rates would result in a $0.1 million change in annual interest expense on our revolving loan facility.

In the future, we may enter into hedging instruments, involving the exchange of floating for fixed rate interest payments, to reduce interest rate volatility.

 

- 75 -


Table of Contents

Contractual obligations

The following table sets forth our contractual obligations as of December 25, 2010, and additionally reflects the impact of the February 2011 re-pricing transaction. Long-term debt amounts below do not reflect the additional $100.0 million of term loan borrowings in May 2011 and anticipated repayment of an equal amount of senior notes. There have been no other significant changes to our contractual obligations since December 25, 2010.

 

(In millions)   

Total

    

Less than

1 year

    

1-3

years

    

3-5

years

    

More than

5 years

 
              
   

Long-term debt(1)(2)

   $ 2,835.7         129.3         254.9         304.4         2,147.1   

Capital lease obligations

     9.7         0.7         1.4         1.5         6.1   

Operating lease obligations

     652.6         51.4         100.6         94.1         406.5   

Purchase obligations(3)(4)

                                       

Short and long-term obligations(5)

     19.5         3.9         6.6         6.0         3.0   
        

Total(6)

   $ 3,517.5         185.3         363.5         406.0         2,562.7   
   

 

(1)   Amounts include mandatory principal payments on long-term debt, as well as estimated interest of $115.3 million, $226.9 million, $276.4 million, and $342.1 million for less than 1 year, 1-3 years, 3-5 years, and more than 5 years, respectively. Amounts reflect the impact of the repricing and increase of our term loans completed in February 2011, and the corresponding redemption of senior notes. Interest on the $1.4 billion of term loans under our senior credit facility is variable, subject to an interest rate floor, and have been estimated based on a LIBOR yield curve. Our term loans also require us to prepay an amount equal to 50% of excess cash flow (as defined in the senior credit facility) for the preceding fiscal year beginning in the first quarter of fiscal 2012, if our leverage ratio exceeds 5.25x at the end of such fiscal year. If the leverage ratio is less than 5.25x, then 25% of excess cash flow is required to be prepaid, and if the leverage ratio is less than 4.00x, then no excess cash flow prepayment is required. Excess cash flow prepayments have not been reflected in the contractual obligation amounts above.

 

(2)   We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering, together with the net proceeds from our additional $100.0 million of term loan borrowings, to repay all amounts outstanding under the senior notes. See “Use of proceeds.”

 

(3)   We entered into a third-party guarantee with a distribution facility of franchisee products that ensures franchisees will purchase a certain volume of product. As of December 25, 2010, we were contingently liable for $8.6 million under this guarantee. We have various supply chain contracts that provide for purchase commitments or exclusivity, the majority of which result in our being contingently liable upon early termination of the agreement or engaging with another supplier. Based on prior history and our ability to extend contract terms, we have not recorded any liabilities related to these commitments. As of December 25, 2010, we were contingently liable under such supply chain agreements for approximately $16 million.

 

(4)   We are guarantors of and are contingently liable for certain lease arrangements primarily as the result of our assigning our interest. As of December 25, 2010, we were contingently liable for $7.2 million under these guarantees, which are discussed further above in “Off Balance Sheet Obligations.” Additionally, in certain cases, we issue guarantees to financial institutions so that franchisees can obtain financing. If all outstanding guarantees, which are discussed further above in “Critical accounting policies,” came due as of December 25, 2010, we would be liable for approximately $7.7 million.

 

(5)   Amounts include obligations to former employees, as well as Sponsor management fees, which are currently payable at $3.0 million per year. In connection with this offering and the termination of our agreement with the Sponsors, the contractual payments will be accelerated and we will be required to pay approximately $14 million to the Sponsors upon the consummation of this offering in lieu of future payments. See “Related party transactions – Arrangements with our investors.”

 

(6)   As of December 25, 2010, the Company has a liability for uncertain tax positions of $29.6 million for which the timing of payment, if any, for $28.5 million is unknown at this time. The Company expects to pay approximately $1.1 million related to these uncertain tax positions during fiscal 2011.

 

- 76 -


Table of Contents

Recently issued accounting standards

In December 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued new guidance to amend the criteria for performing the second step of the goodwill impairment test for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts and requires performing the second step if qualitative factors indicate that it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. This new guidance is effective for the Company beginning in fiscal year 2011. We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our goodwill assessment or our consolidated financial statements.

In January 2010, the FASB issued new guidance and clarifications for improving disclosures about fair value measurements. This guidance requires enhanced disclosures regarding transfers in and out of the levels within the fair value hierarchy. Separate disclosures are required for transfers in and out of Levels 1 and 2 fair value measurements, and the reasons for the transfers must be disclosed. In the reconciliation for Level 3 fair value measurements, separate disclosures are required for purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements on a gross basis. The new disclosures and clarifications of existing disclosures were effective for the Company in fiscal year 2010, except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the roll forward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements, which were effective for the Company in fiscal year 2011. The adoption of this guidance did not have any impact on our financial position or results of operations, as it only relates to disclosures.

 

- 77 -


Table of Contents

Business

Our company

We are the world’s leading franchisor of quick service restaurants (“QSRs”) serving hot and cold coffee and baked goods, as well as hard serve ice cream. We franchise restaurants under our Dunkin’ Donuts and Baskin-Robbins brands. With over 16,000 points of distribution in 57 countries, our portfolio has strong brand awareness in our key markets around the globe and has industry-leading market share in a number of growing categories of the QSR segment. QSR is a restaurant format characterized by counter or drive-thru ordering and limited or no table service. Dunkin’ Donuts operates primarily in the breakfast daypart within the QSR segment of the restaurant industry which has experienced significantly better customer traffic trends than the overall QSR segment in recent years. Dunkin’ Donuts holds the #1 position in the U.S. by servings in each of the QSR subcategories of “Hot regular coffee,” “Iced coffee,” “Donuts,” “Bagels,” and “Muffins,” and holds the #2 position in the U.S. by servings in each of the QSR subcategories of “Total coffee” and “Breakfast sandwiches.” Baskin-Robbins is the #1 QSR chain in the U.S. for servings of hard serve ice cream and has established leading market positions in Japan as well as in the growing ice cream QSR markets in South Korea and the Middle East.

We believe that our nearly 100% franchised business model offers strategic and financial benefits. For example, because we do not own or operate a significant number of stores, our company is able to focus on menu innovation, marketing, franchisee coaching and support, and other initiatives to drive the overall success of our brand. Financially, our franchised model allows us to grow our points of distribution and brand recognition with limited capital investment by us.

We operate our business in four segments: Dunkin’ Donuts U.S., Dunkin’ Donuts International, Baskin-Robbins International and Baskin-Robbins U.S. In 2010, our Dunkin’ Donuts segments generated revenues of $416.5 million, or 76% of our total segment revenues, of which $402.4 million was in the U.S. segment and $14.1 million was in the international segment. In 2010, our Baskin-Robbins segments generated revenues of $134.2 million, of which $91.3 million was in the international segment and $42.9 million was in the U.S. segment. As of March 26, 2011, there were 9,805 Dunkin’ Donuts points of distribution, of which 6,799 were in the U.S. and 3,006 were international, and 6,482 Baskin-Robbins points of distribution, of which 3,959 were international and 2,523 were in the U.S. Our points of distribution consist of traditional end-cap, in-line and stand-alone restaurants, many with drive thrus, and gas and convenience locations, as well as alternative points of distribution (“APODs”), such as full- or self-service kiosks in grocery stores, hospitals, airports, offices, colleges and other smaller-footprint properties.

We generate revenue from four primary sources: (i) royalties and fees associated with franchised restaurants; (ii) rental income from restaurant properties that we lease or sublease to franchisees; (iii) sales of ice cream and ice cream products to franchisees in certain international markets; and (iv) other income including fees for the licensing of the Dunkin’ Donuts brand for products sold in on-franchised outlets (such as retail packaged coffee) and the licensing of the rights to manufacture Baskin-Robbins ice cream to a third party for ice cream and related products sold to U.S. franchisees; as well as refranchising gains, transfer fees from franchisees, revenue from our company-owned restaurants and online training fees.

For fiscal years 2008, 2009 and 2010, we generated total revenues of $544.9 million, $538.1 million and $577.1 million, respectively, operating income (loss) of $(140.9) million, $184.5 million and $193.5 million, respectively and net income (loss) of $(269.9) million, $35.0 million and $26.9 million, respectively. Our net loss in 2008 included a pre-tax impairment charge of $328.5 million related to goodwill and trade name intangible assets, and our net income for fiscal year 2010 included a $62.0 million pre-tax loss on debt extinguishment primarily associated with our November 2010 refinancing transaction.

 

- 78 -


Table of Contents

Our history and recent accomplishments

Both of our brands have a rich heritage dating back to the 1940s, when Bill Rosenberg founded his first restaurant, subsequently renamed Dunkin’ Donuts, and Burt Baskin and Irv Robbins each founded a chain of ice cream shops that eventually combined to form Baskin-Robbins. Baskin-Robbins and Dunkin’ Donuts were individually acquired by Allied Domecq PLC in 1973 and 1989, respectively. The brands were organized under the Allied Domecq Quick Service Restaurants subsidiary, which was renamed Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. in 2004. Allied Domecq was acquired in July 2005 by Pernod Ricard S.A. Pernod Ricard made the decision to divest Dunkin’ Brands in order to remain a focused global spirits company. As a result, in March of 2006, we were acquired by investment funds affiliated with Bain Capital Partners, LLC, The Carlyle Group and Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (collectively, the “Sponsors”).

We have experienced positive year-over-year growth globally for both our Dunkin’ Donuts and our Baskin-Robbins brands in points of distribution and systemwide sales in each of the last ten years. During this ten-year period, we have grown our global Dunkin’ Donuts points of distribution and systemwide sales by compound annual growth rates of 6.9% and 8.7%, respectively. During the same period, we have also grown our global Baskin-Robbins total points of distribution and systemwide sales by compound annual growth rates of 4.0% and 6.8%, respectively. In 2008, 2009 and 2010, our Dunkin’ Donuts global points of distribution at year end totaled 8,835, 9,186 and 9,760, respectively. Dunkin’ Donuts systemwide sales for the same three years grew 5.0%, 2.7%, and 5.6%, respectively. In 2008, 2009 and 2010, our Baskin-Robbins global points of distribution at year end totaled 6,013, 6,207 and 6,433, respectively. Baskin-Robbins systemwide sales for the same three years grew 5.1%, 9.8%, and 10.6%, respectively.

Our largest operating segment, Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. had experienced 45 consecutive quarters of positive comparable store sales growth until the first quarter of 2008. During fiscal 2008, 2009 and 2010, we believe we demonstrated strong comparable store sales resilience during the recession and invested for future growth. These investments were in three key areas—expanding menu and marketing initiatives to drive comparable store sales growth, expanding our store development team and investing in proprietary tools to assess new store opportunities and increasing management resources for our international businesses. During fiscal 2010, Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. experienced sequential improvement in comparable store sales growth with comparable store sales growth of (0.6)%, 1.9%, 2.7% and 4.7% in the first through fourth quarters, respectively. Positive comparable store sales growth has continued in the first quarter of fiscal 2011 despite adverse weather conditions in the Northeast region during the quarter.

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. comparable store sales growth (1)

LOGO

 

  (1)   Data for fiscal year 2001 through fiscal year 2005 represent results for the fiscal years ended August. All other fiscal years represent results for the fiscal years ended the last Saturday in December.  

Our Baskin-Robbins U.S. operating segment, which represented approximately 7.4% of our total revenues in 2010, experienced decreased comparable stores sales in 2008, 2009 and 2010 of 2.2%, 6.0% and 5.2%, respectively.

 

- 79 -


Table of Contents

Our competitive business strengths

We attribute our success in the QSR segment to the following strengths:

Strong and established brands with leading market positions

Our Dunkin’ Donuts and Baskin-Robbins brands have histories dating back more than 60 years, and we believe our brands have well-established reputations for delivering high-quality beverage and food products at a good value through convenient locations with fast and friendly service. Today both brands are leaders in their respective QSR categories, with aided brand awareness (where respondents are provided with brand names and asked if they have heard of them) of approximately 95% in the U.S., and a growing presence overseas.

In addition to our leading U.S. market positions, for the fifth consecutive year, Dunkin’ Donuts was recognized in 2010 by Brand Keys, a customer satisfaction research company, as #1 in customer loyalty in the coffee category. Our customer loyalty is particularly evident in New England, where we have our highest penetration per capita in the U.S. and where, according to CREST ® data, we hold a 52% market share of breakfast daypart visits and our market share of 57% of total QSR coffee based on servings is nearly six times greater than that of our nearest competitor. Further demonstrating the strength of our brand, in 2010 the Dunkin’ Donuts 12 oz. original blend bagged coffee was the #1 grocery stock-keeping unit nationally in the premium coffee category, with double the sales of our closest competitor, according to Nielsen.

Similarly, Baskin-Robbins is the #1 QSR chain in the U.S. for servings of hard serve ice cream and has established leading market positions in Japan, South Korea and the Middle East.

Franchised business model provides an attractive platform for growth

Nearly 100% of our locations are franchised, allowing us to focus on our brand differentiation and menu innovation, while our franchisees expand our points of distribution with operational guidance from us. Gross store openings in fiscal 2010 were 336, 715, 493 and 75 in Dunkin’ Donuts U.S., Dunkin’ Donuts International, Baskin-Robbins International and Baskin-Robbins U.S., respectively. This expansion requires limited financial investment by us, given that new store development and substantially all of our store advertising costs are funded by franchisees. Consequently, we achieved a strong operating income margin of approximately 34% in fiscal 2010. For our domestic businesses, our revenues are largely derived from royalties based on a percentage of franchisee revenues rather than their net income, as well as contractual lease payments and other franchise fees. We seek to mitigate the challenges of a franchised business model, including a lack of direct control over day-to-day operations in our stores and over restaurant development, through our team of more than 350 operational employees who support our franchisees and restaurant managers along with our training and monitoring programs.” See “—Franchisee relationships—Franchise agreement terms.”

Attractive store level economics generate franchisee demand for new Dunkin’ Donuts restaurants in the U.S.

We believe that our restaurants offer an attractive investment opportunity to our franchisees, which in turn generates franchisee demand for additional restaurants. In the U.S., new traditional format Dunkin’ Donuts stores opened during fiscal 2010, excluding gas and convenience locations, generated average weekly sales of approximately $16,400, or annualized unit volumes of approximately $855,000, while the average capital expenditure required to open a new traditional restaurant site in the U.S., excluding gas and convenience locations, was approximately $474,000 in 2010. In addition, we offer our franchisees significant operational support by aiming to continuously improve restaurant profitability. One example is supporting their supply chain, where we believe we have facilitated approximately $220 million in franchisee cost reductions between

 

- 80 -


Table of Contents

2008 and the first quarter of fiscal 2011 primarily through strategic sourcing, as well as other initiatives, such as rationalizing the number of product offerings to reduce waste and reducing costs on branded packaging by reducing the color mix in graphics. We believe that the majority of these cost savings represent sustainable improvements to our franchisees’ supply costs, with the remainder dependent upon the outcome of future supply contract re-negotiations, which typically occur every two to four years. While we do not directly benefit from improvements in store-level profitability, we believe that strong store-level economics is important to our ability to attract and retain successful franchisees and grow our business. Of our fiscal 2010 openings and existing commitments, approximately 90% have been made by existing franchisees that are able, in many cases, to use cash flow generated from their existing restaurants to fund a portion of their expansion costs.

As a result of Dunkin’ Donuts’ attractive franchisee store-level economics and strong brand appeal, we are able to maintain a new restaurant pipeline. During 2010, our franchisees opened 206 net new Dunkin’ Donuts points of distribution in the U.S. Based on the commitments we have secured or expect to secure, we anticipate the opening of approximately 200 to 250 net new points of distribution in the U.S. in 2011. Consistent with our overall points of distribution mix, we expect that approximately 80% of our Dunkin’ Donuts openings in the U.S. will be traditional format restaurants; however, this percentage may be higher or lower in any given year as a result of specific development initiatives or other factors.

We believe our strong store-level economics and our track record of performance through economic cycles has resulted in a diverse and stable franchisee base, with the largest franchisee in the U.S. owning less than 3.5% of the U.S. Dunkin’ Donuts points of distribution and domestic franchisees operating, on average, 5.9 points of distribution in the U.S. Similarly, no Baskin-Robbins franchisee in the U.S. owns more than 1% of the U.S. Baskin-Robbins points of distribution, and domestic franchisees operate, on average, 1.85 points of distribution in the U.S. In addition, we believe the transfer rate of less than 4% per year in each of 2008, 2009 and 2010 for both our Dunkin’ Donuts franchisees and our Baskin-Robbins franchisees reflects the stability of our U.S. franchisee base.

Highly experienced management team

Our senior management team has significant QSR, foodservice and franchise company experience. Prior to joining Dunkin’ Donuts, our CEO Nigel Travis served as the CEO of Papa John’s International Inc. and previously held numerous senior positions at Blockbuster Inc. and Burger King Corporation. John Costello, our Chief Global Marketing & Innovation Officer, joined Dunkin’ Brands in 2009 having previously held leadership roles at The Home Depot, Sears, Yahoo!, Nielsen Marketing Research and Procter & Gamble. Paul Twohig, our Chief Operating Officer, joined Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. in October 2009 having previously held senior positions at Starbucks Corporation and Panera Bread Company. Neal Yanofsky, our new President of International, joined us in May 2011 after holding senior positions at Generation Mobile, Panera Bread Company, Fidelity Ventures and Au Bon Pain. Our CFO Neil Moses joined in November 2010, having previously held numerous senior positions with public companies, including, most recently, CFO of Parametric Technology Corporation.

Our growth strategy

We believe there are significant opportunities to grow our brands globally, further support the profitability of our franchisees, expand our leadership in the coffee, baked goods and ice cream categories of the QSR segment of the restaurant industry and deliver shareholder value by executing on the following strategies:

 

- 81 -


Table of Contents

Increase comparable store sales and profitability in Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

We intend to continue building on our comparable store sales growth momentum and improve profitability through the following initiatives:

Further increase coffee and beverage sales. Since the late 1980s, we have transformed Dunkin’ Donuts into a coffee-focused brand and have developed a significantly enhanced menu of beverage products, including Coolattas ® , espressos, iced lattes and flavored coffees. Approximately 60% of U.S. systemwide sales for fiscal 2010 were generated from coffee and other beverages, which we believe generate increased customer visits to our stores and higher unit volumes. We plan to increase our coffee and beverage revenue through continued new product innovations and related marketing, including advertising campaigns such as “America Runs on Dunkin’” and “What are you Drinkin’?”

Beginning in the summer of 2011, Dunkin’ Donuts will offer 14-count boxes of authentic Dunkin’ Donuts coffee in Keurig ® K-Cups, the leading single-serve brewing system in the U.S., exclusively at participating Dunkin’ Donuts restaurants across the U.S. Using coffee sourced and roasted to Dunkin’ Donuts’ exacting specifications, Dunkin’ K-Cup portion packs will be available in five popular Dunkin’ Donuts flavors, including Original Blend, Dunkin’ Decaf, French Vanilla, Hazelnut and Dunkin’ Dark ® . In addition, participating Dunkin’ Donuts restaurants will, on occasion, offer Keurig Single-Cup Brewers for sale. Brewers with Keurig Brewed ® technology were the top five selling coffee makers in the U.S. on a dollar basis for the period of October through December 2010 and represented an estimated 49% of total coffee maker dollar sales for that period. We believe this alliance is a significant long-term growth opportunity that will generate incremental sales and profits for our Dunkin’ Donuts franchisees.

Extend leadership in breakfast daypart while growing afternoon daypart. As we maintain and expand our current leading market position in the breakfast daypart through innovative bakery and breakfast sandwich products like the Big ‘N Toasty and the Wake-Up Wrap ® , we plan to expand Dunkin’ Donuts’ position in the afternoon daypart (between 2:00 p.m. and 5:00 p.m.), which currently represents only approximately 12% of our franchisee-reported sales. We believe that our extensive coffee- and beverage-based menu coupled with new “hearty snack” introductions, such as Bagel Twists, position us to grow share in this daypart. We believe this will require minimal additional capital investment by our franchisees.

Drive continued enhancements in restaurant operations. We will continue to maintain a highly operations-focused culture to help our franchisees maximize the quality and consistency of their customers’ in-store experience, as well as to drive franchisee profitability. To accomplish this, we have enhanced initial and ongoing restaurant manager and crew training programs and developed new in-store planning and tracking technology tools to assist our franchisees. As evidence of our recent success in these areas, over 162,000 respondents, representing approximately 93% of all respondents, to our Guest Satisfaction Survey program in March 2011 rated their overall experience as “Satisfied” or “Highly Satisfied,” representing an all-time high and a significant improvement over prior results.

Continue Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. contiguous store expansion

We believe there is a significant opportunity to grow our points of distribution for Dunkin’ Donuts in the U.S. given the strong potential outside of the Northeast region to increase our per-capita penetration to levels closer to those in our core markets. Our development strategy resulted in more than 200 net new U.S. openings in fiscal 2010, which was among the largest store count increases in the QSR industry that year. During fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012, we expect our franchisees to open approximately 200 to 250 net new points of distribution per year in the U.S., principally in existing developed markets. We believe that our strategy of focusing on contiguous growth has the potential to, over the next 15 to 20 years, more than double our current U.S.

 

- 82 -


Table of Contents

footprint and reach a total of 15,000 points of distribution in the U.S. The following table details our per-capita penetration levels in our U.S. regions.

 

Region    Population (in millions)      Stores 1      Penetration  
   

New England and New York

     36.0         3,720         1:9,700   

Other Eastern U.S.

     142.5         2,943         1:48,400   

Western U.S.

     130.0         109         1:1,193,000   
   

 

1   As of December 25, 2010

The key elements of our future domestic development strategy are:

Increase penetration in existing markets. In our traditional core markets of New England and New York, we now have one Dunkin’ Donuts store for every 9,700 people. In the near term, we intend to focus our development on other existing markets east of the Mississippi River, where we currently have only approximately one Dunkin’ Donuts store for every 48,400 people. In certain Eastern U.S. markets outside of our core markets, such as Philadelphia, Chicago and South Florida we have already achieved per-capita penetration of greater than one Dunkin’ Donuts store for every 25,000 people.

Expand into new markets using a disciplined approach . We believe that the Western part of the U.S. represents a significant growth opportunity for Dunkin’ Donuts. However, we believe that a disciplined approach to development is the best one for our brand and franchisees. Specifically, in the near term, we intend to focus on development in contiguous markets that are adjacent to our existing base, and generally move outward to less penetrated markets in progression, providing for marketing and supply chain efficiencies within each new market.

Focus on store-level economics. We believe our strong store-level economics have driven unit growth throughout our history. In recent years, we have undertaken significant initiatives to further enhance store-level economics for our franchisees, including reducing the cash investment for new stores, increasing beverage sales, lowering supply chain costs and implementing more efficient store management systems. We believe these initiatives have further increased franchisee profitability. For example, we reduced the upfront capital expenditure costs to open an end-cap restaurant with a drive-thru by approximately 23% between fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2010. Additionally, between fiscal 2008 and the first quarter of fiscal 2011 we believe we have facilitated approximately $220 million in franchisee cost reductions primarily through strategic sourcing, as well as through other initiatives, such as rationalizing the number of product offerings to reduce waste and reducing costs on branded packaging by reducing the color mix in graphics. We will continue to focus on these initiatives to further enhance operating efficiencies.

Drive accelerated international growth of both brands

We believe there is a significant opportunity to grow our points of distribution for both brands in international markets. Our international expansion strategy has resulted in more than 3,100 net new openings in the last 10 years. During fiscal 2011 and fiscal 2012, we expect our franchisees to open approximately 450 to 500 net new points of distribution per year internationally, principally in our existing markets.

The key elements of our future international development strategy are:

Grow in our existing core markets. Our international development strategy for both brands includes growth in our existing core markets. For the Dunkin’ Donuts brand, we intend to focus on growth in South Korea and the Middle East, where we currently have 875 and 204 points of distribution, respectively. For Baskin-Robbins, we intend to focus on Japan, South Korea, and the Middle East where, in 2010, we had the #1 market share positions in the Fast Food Ice Cream category in those markets. We intend to leverage our operational infrastructure to grow our existing store base of 2,499 Baskin-Robbins points of distribution in these markets.

 

- 83 -


Table of Contents

Capitalize on other markets with significant growth potential. We intend to expand in certain international focus markets where our brands do not have a significant store presence, but where we believe there is consumer demand for our products as well as strong franchisee partners. Over the next several years, we plan to pursue opportunities for Dunkin’ Donuts to expand its presence primarily in China, Germany, Russia and Spain, and for Baskin-Robbins primarily in Australia, China, Indonesia, Mexico and Russia, which we believe are currently underserved markets. We recently announced an agreement with an experienced QSR franchisee to enter the Indian market with our Dunkin’ Donuts brand. The agreement calls for the development of at least 500 Dunkin’ Donuts restaurants throughout India, the first of which are expected to open by early 2012. By teaming with local operators, we believe we are better able to adapt our brands to local business practices and consumer preferences.

Further develop our franchisee support infrastructure. We plan to increase our focus on providing our international franchisees with operational tools and services that can help them to efficiently operate in their markets and become more profitable. For each of our brands, we plan to focus on improving our native-language restaurant training programs and updating existing restaurants for our new international retail restaurant designs. To accomplish this, we are dedicating additional resources to our restaurant operations support teams in key geographies in order to assist international franchisees in improving their store-level operations.

Increase comparable store sales growth of Baskin-Robbins U.S.

In the U.S., Baskin-Robbins’ core strengths are its national brand recognition, 65 years of heritage and #1 position in the QSR industry for servings of hard serve ice cream. While the Baskin-Robbins U.S. segment has experienced decreasing comparable store sales in each of the last three years due primarily to increased competition and decreased consumer spending in each year, and the number of Baskin-Robbins U.S. stores has decreased since 2008, we believe that we can capitalize on the brand’s strengths and generate renewed excitement for the brand, including through our recently introduced “More Flavors, More Fun TM ” marketing campaign. In addition, at the restaurant level, we seek to improve sales by focusing on operational and service improvements as well as by increasing cake and beverage sales through product innovation, marketing and technology.

In August 2010 we hired Bill Mitchell to lead our Baskin-Robbins U.S. operations. Mr. Mitchell currently serves as our Senior Vice President and Brand Officer of Baskin-Robbins U.S., and prior to joining us he served in a variety of management roles over a 10-year period at Papa John’s International, and before that at Popeyes, a division of AFC Enterprises. Since joining Dunkin’ Brands, Mr. Mitchell has led the introduction of technology improvements across the Baskin-Robbins system, which we believe will aid our franchisees in operating their restaurants more efficiently and profitably. Under Mr. Mitchell’s leadership, early Baskin-Robbins U.S. results include comparable store sales growth in the first quarter of fiscal 2011 of 0.5%. Further, over 6,700 respondents, representing approximately 87% of all respondents, to our Guest Satisfaction Survey program in March 2011 rated their overall experience as “Satisfied” or “Extremely Satisfied,” representing an all-time high and a significant point improvement from early 2010.

Industry overview

According to Technomic, the QSR segment of the U.S. restaurant industry accounted for approximately $174 billion of the total $361 billion restaurant industry sales in the U.S. in 2010. The U.S. restaurant industry is generally categorized into segments by price point ranges, the types of food and beverages offered and service available to consumers. QSR is a restaurant format characterized by counter or drive-thru ordering and limited or no table service. QSRs generally seek to capitalize on consumer desires for quality and convenient food at

 

- 84 -


Table of Contents

economical prices. Technomic reports that, in 2010, QSRs comprised nine of the top ten chain restaurants by U.S. systemwide sales and ten of the top ten chain restaurants by number of units.

Our Dunkin’ Donuts brand competes in the QSR segment categories and subcategories that include coffee, donuts, muffins, bagels and breakfast sandwiches. In addition, in the U.S., our Dunkin’ Donuts brand has historically focused on the breakfast daypart, which we define to include the portion of each day from 5:00 a.m. until 11:00 a.m. While, according to CREST ® data, the compound annual growth rate for total QSR daypart visits in the U.S. have been flat or negative over the five-year period ended February 28, 2011, the compound annual growth rate for QSR visits in the U.S. during the breakfast daypart averaged 2.0% over the same five-year period. There can be no assurances that such growth rates will be sustained in the future.

In 2010, there were sales of more than 7.0 billion restaurant servings of coffee in the U.S., 80% of which were attributable to the QSR segment according to CREST ® data. Over the years, our Dunkin’ Donuts brand has evolved into a predominantly coffee-based concept, with approximately 60% of Dunkin’ Donuts’ U.S. systemwide sales for the fiscal year ended December 25, 2010 generated from coffee and other beverages. We believe QSRs, including Dunkin’ Donuts, are attractively positioned to capture additional coffee market share through an increased focus on coffee offerings.

Our Baskin-Robbins brand competes primarily in QSR segment categories and subcategories that include hard serve ice cream as well as those that include soft serve ice cream, frozen yogurt, shakes, malts and floats. While both of our brands compete internationally, over 60% of Baskin-Robbins restaurants are located outside of the U.S. and represent the majority of our total international sales and points of distribution.

Our brands

Our brands date back to the 1940s when Bill Rosenberg founded his first restaurant, subsequently renamed Dunkin’ Donuts, and Burt Baskin and Irv Robbins each founded a chain of ice cream shops that eventually combined to form Baskin-Robbins. Dunkin’ Donuts and Baskin-Robbins share the same vision of delivering high-quality beverage and food products at a good value through convenient locations.

Dunkin’ Donuts—U.S.

Dunkin’ Donuts is a leading U.S. QSR concept, with leading market positions in each of the coffee, donut, bagel, muffin and breakfast sandwich categories. Since the late 1980s, Dunkin’ Donuts has transformed itself into a coffee and beverage-based concept and is the national leader in hot regular coffee, with sales of over 1 billion servings of coffee. From the fiscal year ended August 31, 2001 to the twelve months ended March 26, 2011 Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. systemwide sales have grown at an 8.6% compound annual growth rate. There can be no assurances that such growth rates will be sustained in the future. Total U.S. Dunkin’ Donuts points of distribution grew from the beginning of that period from 3,583 to 6,799 as of March 26, 2011. Approximately 86% of these points of distribution are traditional restaurants consisting of end-cap, in-line and stand-alone restaurants, many with drive-thrus, and gas and convenience locations. In addition, we have alternative points of distribution (“APODs”), such as full- or self-service kiosks in grocery stores, hospitals, airports, offices and other smaller-footprint properties. We believe that Dunkin’ Donuts continues to have significant growth potential in the U.S. given its strong brand awareness and variety of restaurant formats. For the fiscal year ended December 25, 2010, the Dunkin’ Donuts franchise system generated U.S. franchisee-reported sales of $5.4 billion, which accounted for approximately 70.7% of our global franchisee-reported sales, and had 6,772 U.S. points of distribution (including more than 2,900 restaurants with drive-thrus) at period end.

 

- 85 -


Table of Contents

Baskin-Robbins—U.S.

Baskin-Robbins is the #1 QSR chain in the U.S. for servings of hard serve ice cream and develops and sells a full range of frozen ice cream treats such as cones, cakes, sundaes and frozen beverages. While our Baskin-Robbins U.S. segment has experienced decreasing comparable store sales in each of the last three fiscal years and the number of Baskin-Robbins stores in the U.S. has decreased in each year since 2008, Baskin-Robbins enjoys 95% aided brand awareness in the U.S. and we believe the brand is known for its innovative flavors, popular “Birthday Club” program and ice cream flavor library of over 1,000 different offerings. We believe we can capitalize on the brand’s strengths and generate renewed excitement for the brand. Baskin-Robbins’ “31 flavors”, offering consumers a different flavor for each day of the month, is recognized by ice cream consumers nationwide. For the fiscal year ended December 25, 2010, the Baskin-Robbins franchise system generated U.S. franchisee-reported sales of $494 million, which accounted for approximately 6.5% of our global franchisee-reported sales, and had 2,547 U.S. points of distribution at period end.

International operations

Our international business is primarily conducted via joint ventures and country or territorial license arrangements with “master franchisees”, who both operate and sub-franchise the brand within their licensed area. Our international franchise system of 6,874 restaurants, predominantly located across Asia and the Middle East, generated systemwide sales of $1.7 billion for the fiscal year ended December 25, 2010, which represented 23% of Dunkin’ Brands’ global systemwide sales. Dunkin’ Donuts had 2,988 restaurants in 30 countries (excluding the U.S.), accounting for $584 million of international systemwide sales for the fiscal year ended December 25, 2010, and Baskin-Robbins had 3,866 restaurants in 46 countries (excluding the U.S.), accounting for approximately $1.2 billion of international systemwide sales for the same period. From August 31, 2000 to March 26, 2011, total international Dunkin’ Donuts points of distribution grew from 1,517 to 3,006 and total international Baskin-Robbins points of distribution grew from 2,109 to 3,959. We believe that we have opportunities to continue to grow our Dunkin’ Donuts and Baskin-Robbins concepts internationally in new and existing markets through brand and menu differentiation.

Overview of franchising

Franchising is a business arrangement whereby a service organization, the franchisor, grants an operator, the franchisee, a license to sell the franchisor’s products and services and use its system and trademarks in a given area, with or without exclusivity. In the context of the restaurant industry, a franchisee pays the franchisor for its concept, strategy, marketing, operating system, training, purchasing power and brand recognition.

Franchisee relationships

One of the ways by which we seek to maximize the alignment of our interests with those of our franchisees is by not deriving additional income through serving as the supplier to our domestic franchisees. In addition because the ability to execute our strategy is dependent upon the strength of our relationships with our franchisees, we maintain a multi-tiered advisory council system to foster an active dialogue with franchisees. The advisory council system provides feedback and input on all major brand initiatives and is a source of timely information on evolving consumer preferences, which assists new product introductions and advertising campaigns.

Unlike certain other QSR franchise systems, we generally do not guarantee our franchisees’ financing obligations. As of March 26, 2011, if all of our outstanding guarantees of franchisee financing obligations came due, we would be liable for $7.7 million. We intend to continue our past practice of limiting our guarantee of financing for franchisees.

 

- 86 -


Table of Contents

Franchise agreement terms

For each franchised restaurant, we enter into a franchise agreement covering a standard set of terms and conditions. A prospective franchisee may elect to open either a single-branded distribution point or a multi-branded distribution point. In addition, and depending upon the market, a franchisee may purchase the right to open a franchised restaurant at one or multiple locations (via a store development agreement, or “SDA”). When granting the right to operate a restaurant to a potential franchisee, we will generally evaluate the potential franchisee’s prior food-service experience, history in managing profit and loss operations, financial history and available capital and financing. We also evaluate potential new franchisees based on financial measures, including (for the smallest restaurant development commitment) a liquid asset minimum of $125,000 for the Baskin-Robbins brand, a liquid asset minimum of $250,000 for the Dunkin’ Donuts brand, a net worth minimum of $250,000 for the Baskin-Robbins brand and a net worth minimum of $500,000 for the Dunkin’ Donuts brand.

The typical franchise agreement in the U.S. has a 20-year term. The majority of our franchisees have entered into a prime lease with a third-party landlord. When we sublease properties to franchisees, the sublease generally follows the prime lease term structure. Our leases to franchisees are typically structured to provide a ten-year term and two five-year options to renew.

We help domestic franchisees select sites and develop restaurants that conform to the physical specifications of a typical restaurant. Each domestic franchisee is responsible for selecting a site, but must obtain site approval from us based on accessibility, visibility, proximity to other restaurants and targeted demographic factors including population density and traffic patterns. Additionally, the franchisee must also refurbish and remodel each restaurant periodically (typically every five and ten years, respectively).

We currently require each domestic franchisee’s managing owner and designated manager to complete initial and ongoing training programs provided by us, including minimum periods of classroom and on-the-job training. We monitor quality and endeavor to ensure compliance with our standards for restaurant operations through restaurant visits in the U.S. In addition, a formal restaurant review is conducted throughout our domestic operations at least once per year and comprises two separate restaurant visits. To complement these procedures, we use “Guest Satisfaction Surveys” in the U.S. to assess customer satisfaction with restaurant operations, such as product quality, restaurant cleanliness and customer service. Within each of our master franchisee and joint venture organizations, training facilities have been established by the master franchisee or joint venture based on our specifications. From those training facilities, the master franchisee or joint venture trains future staff members of the international restaurants. Our master franchisees and joint venture entities also periodically send their primary training managers to the U.S. for re-certification.

Store development agreements

We grant domestic franchisees the right to open one or more restaurants within a specified geographic area pursuant to the terms of SDAs. An SDA specifies the number of restaurants and the mix of the brands represented by such restaurants that a franchisee is obligated to open. Each SDA also requires the franchisee to meet certain milestones in the development and opening of the restaurant and, if the franchisee meets those obligations, we agree, during the term of such SDA, not to operate or franchise new restaurants in the designated geographic area covered by such SDA. In addition to an SDA, a franchisee signs a separate franchise agreement for each restaurant developed under such SDA.

 

- 87 -


Table of Contents

Master franchise model and international arrangements

Master franchise arrangements are used on a limited basis domestically (the Baskin-Robbins brand has five “territory” franchise agreements for certain Midwestern and Northwestern markets) but more widely internationally for both the Baskin-Robbins brand and the Dunkin’ Donuts brand. In addition, international arrangements include single unit franchises in Canada (both brands), the United Kingdom and Australia (Baskin-Robbins brand) as well as joint venture agreements in Korea (both brands) and Japan (Baskin-Robbins).

Master franchise agreements are the most prevalent international relationships for both brands. Under these agreements, the applicable brand grants the master franchisee the exclusive right to develop and operate a certain number of restaurants within a particular geographic area, such as selected cities, one or more provinces or an entire country, pursuant to a development schedule that defines the number of restaurants that the master franchisee must open annually. Those development schedules customarily extend for five to ten years. If the master franchisee fails to perform its obligations, the exclusivity provision of the agreement terminates and additional franchisee agreements may be put in place to develop restaurants.

The master franchisee is required to pay an upfront initial franchise fee for each developed restaurant and, for the Dunkin’ Donuts brand, royalties. For the Baskin-Robbins brand, the master franchisee is typically required to purchase ice cream from Baskin-Robbins or an approved supplier. In most countries, the master franchisee is also required to spend a certain percentage of gross sales on advertising in such foreign country in order to promote the brand. Generally, the master franchise agreement serves as the franchise agreement for the underlying restaurants operating pursuant to such model. Depending on the individual agreement, we may permit the master franchisee to subfranchise with its territory.

 

- 88 -


Table of Contents

Our brands have presence in the following countries:

 

Country    Dunkin’ Donuts    Baskin-Robbins
 

Aruba

   ü    ü

Australia

      ü

Azerbaijan

      ü

Bahamas

   ü   

Bahrain

      ü

Bangladesh

      ü

Bulgaria

   ü   

Canada

   ü    ü

Cayman Islands

   ü   

Chile

   ü   

China

   ü    ü

Colombia

   ü    ü

Curacao

      ü

Denmark

      ü

Dominican Republic

      ü

Ecuador

   ü    ü

Egypt

      ü

England

      ü

Georgia

      ü

Germany

   ü   

Honduras

   ü    ü

India

   ü    ü

Indonesia

   ü    ü

Jamaica

      ü

Japan

      ü

Kazakhstan

      ü

Korea

   ü    ü

Kuwait

   ü    ü

Latvia

      ü

Lebanon

   ü    ü

Malaysia

   ü    ü

Maldives

      ü

Mauritius

      ü

Mexico

      ü

Nepal

      ü

New Zealand

   ü   

Oman

   ü    ü

Pakistan

   ü   

Panama

   ü    ü

Peru

   ü   

Philippines

   ü   

Portugal

      ü

Qatar

   ü    ü

Russia

   ü    ü

Saudi Arabia

   ü    ü

Scotland

      ü

Singapore

   ü   

Sri Lanka

      ü

St. Maarten

      ü

Spain

   ü    ü

Taiwan

   ü    ü

Thailand

   ü    ü

United Arab Emirates

   ü    ü

Ukraine

      ü

United States

   ü    ü

Wales

      ü

Yemen

      ü
 

 

- 89 -


Table of Contents

Franchise fees

In the U.S., once a franchisee is approved, a restaurant site is approved and a franchise agreement is signed, the franchisee will begin to develop the restaurant. Franchisees pay us an initial franchise fee for the right to operate a restaurant for one or more franchised brands. The franchisee is required to pay all or part of the initial franchise fee upfront upon execution of the franchise agreement, regardless of when the restaurant is actually opened. Initial franchise fees vary by brand, type of development agreement and geographic area of development, but generally range from $10,000 to $90,000, as shown in the table below.

Dunkin’ Brands initial franchise fees as of March 26, 2011

 

Restaurant type    Initial franchise
fee*
 
   

Dunkin’ Donuts Single-Branded Restaurant

   $ 40,000-80,000   

Baskin-Robbins Single-Branded Restaurant

   $ 25,000   

Baskin-Robbins Express Single-Branded Restaurant

   $ 10,000   

Dunkin’ Donuts/Baskin-Robbins Multi-Branded Restaurant

   $ 50,000-90,000   
   

 

*   Excludes alternative points of distribution

In addition to the payment of initial franchise fees, our U.S. Dunkin’ Donuts brand franchisees and U.S. Baskin-Robbins brand franchisees and our international Dunkin’ Donuts brand franchisees pay us royalties on a percentage of the gross sales made from each restaurant. In the U.S., the majority of our franchise agreement renewals and the vast majority of our new franchise agreements require our franchisees to pay us a royalty of 5.9% of gross sales. During 2010, our effective royalty rate in the Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. segment was approximately 5.4% and in the Baskin-Robbins U.S. segment was approximately 5.1%. The majority of our Dunkin’ Donuts international arrangements require royalty payments to us of 5.0% of gross sales. However, many of our larger international partners and our Korean joint venture partner have agreements at a lower rate, resulting in an effective royalty rate in the Dunkin’ Donuts international segment in 2010 of approximately 2.0%. We typically collect royalty payments on a weekly basis from our domestic franchisees. For the Baskin-Robbins brand in international markets, we do not generally receive royalty payments from our franchisees; instead we receive revenue from such franchisees as a result of our sale of ice cream products to them, and in 2010 our effective royalty rate in this segment was approximately 0.5%. In 2010, we supplemented and modified certain SDAs, and franchise agreements entered into pursuant to such SDAs, for restaurants located in certain new or developing markets, by (i) reducing the royalties for any one or more of the first four years of the term of the franchise agreements depending on the details related to each specific incentive program; (ii) reimbursing the franchisee for certain local marketing activities in excess of the minimum required; and (iii) providing certain development incentives. To qualify for any or all of these incentives, the franchisee must meet certain requirements, each of which are set forth in an addendum to the SDA and the franchise agreement. We believe these incentives will lead to accelerated development in our less mature markets.

Franchisees in the U.S. also pay advertising fees to the brand-specific advertising funds administered by us. Franchisees make weekly contributions, generally 5% of gross sales, to the advertising funds. Franchisees may elect to increase the contribution to support general brand-building efforts or specific initiatives. The advertising funds for the U.S., which received $289.5 million in contributions from franchisees in fiscal 2010, are almost exclusively franchisee-funded and cover all expenses related to marketing, advertising and promotion, including market research, production, advertising costs, public relations and sales promotions. We use no more than 20% of the advertising funds to cover the administrative expenses of the advertising funds and for other strategic initiatives designed to increase sales and to enhance the reputation of the brands. As the

 

- 90 -


Table of Contents

administrator of the advertising funds, we determine the content and placement of advertising, which is done through print, radio, television, the internet, billboards and other media, all of which is sourced by agencies. Under certain circumstances, franchisees are permitted to conduct their own local advertising, but must obtain our prior approval of content and promotional plans.

Other franchise related fees

We lease and sublease properties to franchisees in the U.S. and in Canada, generating net rental fees when the cost charged to the franchisee exceeds the cost charged to us. For the fiscal year ended December 25, 2010, we generated 15.8%, or $91.1 million, of our total revenue from rental fees from franchisees.

We also receive a license fee from Dean Foods Co. (“Dean Foods”) as part of an arrangement whereby Dean Foods manufactures and distributes ice cream products to Baskin-Robbins franchisees in the U.S. In connection with our Dean Foods Alliance Agreement, Dunkin’ Brands receives a license fee based on total gallons of ice cream sold. For the fiscal year ended December 25, 2010, we generated 1.3%, or $7.6 million, of our total revenue from license fees from Dean Foods.

We manufacture and supply ice cream products to a majority of the Baskin-Robbins franchisees who operate Baskin-Robbins restaurants located in certain foreign countries and receive revenue associated with those sales. For the fiscal year ended December 25, 2010, we generated 14.7%, or $85.0 million, of our total revenue from the sale of ice cream and ice cream products to franchisees in certain foreign countries.

Other revenue sources include income from restaurants owned by us, fees from the e-learning program, licensing fees earned from the sale of retail packaged coffee, net refranchising gains and other one-time fees such as transfer fees and late fees. For the fiscal year ended December 25, 2010, we generated 7.1%, or $41.1 million, of our total revenue from these other sources.

International operations

Our international business is organized by brand and by country and/or region. Operations are primarily conducted through master franchise agreements with local operators. In certain instances, the master franchisee may have the right to sub-franchise. In addition, in Japan and South Korea we have joint ventures with local companies for the Baskin-Robbins brand, and in the case of South Korea, for the Dunkin’ Donuts brand as well. By teaming with local operators, we believe we are better able to adapt our concepts to local business practices and consumer preferences. We have had an international presence since 1961 when the first Dunkin’ Donuts restaurant opened in Canada. As of March 26, 2011, there were 3,959 Baskin-Robbins restaurants in 46 countries outside the U.S. and 3,006 Dunkin’ Donuts restaurants in 30 countries outside the U.S. Baskin-Robbins points of distribution represent the majority of our international presence and accounted for 67% of international franchisee reported sales and 87% of our international revenues for the fiscal year ended December 25, 2010.

Our key markets for both brands are predominantly based in Asia and the Middle East, which accounted for approximately 72.1% and 14.0%, respectively, of international franchisee-reported sales for the same period. For the fiscal year ended December 25, 2010, $1.7 billion of total franchisee-reported sales was generated by restaurants located in international markets, which represented 23% of total franchisee-reported sales, with the Dunkin’ Donuts brand accounting for $584 million and the Baskin-Robbins brand accounting for $1.2 billion of our international franchisee-reported sales. For the same period, our revenues from international operations totaled $105.4 million, with the Baskin-Robbins brand generating approximately 87% of such revenues.

 

- 91 -


Table of Contents

Overview of key markets

As of March 26, 2011, the top foreign countries and regions in which the Dunkin’ Donuts brand and/or the Baskin-Robbins brand operated were:

 

Country    Type    Franchised brand(s)    Number of restaurants  
   

South Korea

   Joint Venture    Dunkin’ Donuts      875   
      Baskin-Robbins      927   

Japan

   Joint Venture    Baskin-Robbins      1,052   

Middle East

   Master Franchise Agreements    Dunkin’ Donuts      204   
      Baskin-Robbins      520   
   

South Korea

Restaurants in South Korea accounted for approximately 37% of total franchisee-reported sales from international operations for the fiscal year ended December 25, 2010. Baskin-Robbins accounted for 55% of such sales. In South Korea, we conduct business through a 33.3% ownership stake in a combination Dunkin’ Donuts brand/Baskin-Robbins brand joint venture, with South Korean shareholders owning the remaining 66.7% of the joint venture. The joint venture acts as the master franchisee for South Korea, sub-franchising the Dunkin’ Donuts and Baskin-Robbins brands to franchisees. There are 927 Baskin-Robbins restaurants and 875 Dunkin’ Donuts restaurants as of March 26, 2011. The joint venture also manufactures and supplies the Baskin-Robbins franchisees operating restaurants located in South Korea with ice cream products.

Japan

Restaurants in Japan accounted for approximately 26% of total franchisee-reported sales from international operations for the fiscal year ended December 25, 2010, 100% of which came from Baskin-Robbins. We conduct business in Japan through a 43.3% ownership stake in a Baskin-Robbins brand joint venture. Fujiya Co. Ltd. also owns a 43.3% interest in the joint venture, with the remaining 13.4% owned by public shareholders. There were 1,052 Baskin-Robbins restaurants located in Japan as of March 26, 2011, with the joint venture manufacturing and selling ice cream to franchisees operating restaurants in Japan and acting as master franchisee for the country.

Middle East

The Middle East represents another key region for us. Restaurants in the Middle East accounted for approximately 14.0% of total franchisee-reported sales from international operations for the fiscal year ended December 25, 2010. Baskin-Robbins accounted for approximately 80% of such sales. We conduct operations in the Middle East through master franchise arrangements.

Competition

We compete primarily in the QSR segment of the restaurant industry and face significant competition from a wide variety of restaurants, convenience stores and other outlets that provide consumers with coffee, baked goods, sandwiches and ice cream on an international, national, regional and local level. We believe that we compete based on, among other things, product quality, restaurant concept, service, convenience, value perception and price. Our competition continues to intensify as competitors increase the breadth and depth of their product offerings, particularly during the breakfast daypart, and open new units. Although new

 

- 92 -


Table of Contents

competitors may emerge at any time due to the low barriers to entry, our competitors include: 7-Eleven, Burger King, Cold Stone Creamery, Dairy Queen, McDonald’s, Quick Trip, Starbucks, Subway, Tim Hortons, WaWa and Wendy’s, among others. Additionally, we compete with QSRs, specialty restaurants and other retail concepts for prime restaurant locations and qualified franchisees.

Licensing

We derive licensing revenue from agreements with Dean Foods for domestic ice cream sales, with The J.M. Smucker Co. (“Smuckers”) for the sale of packaged coffee in non-franchised outlets (primarily grocery retail) as well as from other licensees. Dean Foods manufactures and sells ice cream to U.S. Baskin-Robbins brand franchisees and pays us a royalty on each gallon sold. The Dunkin’ Donuts branded 12 oz. original blend coffee, which is distributed by Smuckers, is the #1 stock-keeping unit nationally in the premium coffee category for 12 oz. original blend coffee. According to Nielsen, for the 52 weeks ending December 31, 2010, sales of our 12 oz. original blend, as expressed in total equivalent units, were double that of the next closest competitor.

Marketing

We coordinate domestic advertising and marketing at the national and local levels. The goals of our marketing strategy include driving comparable store sales and brand differentiation, protecting and growing our morning daypart sales, growing our afternoon daypart sales and increasing our total coffee and beverage sales. Generally, our domestic franchisees contribute 5% of weekly gross retail sales to fund brand specific advertising funds. The funds are used for various national and local advertising campaigns including television, radio, print, online and sponsorships. Over the past ten years, our U.S. franchisees have invested approximately $1.9 billion on advertising to increase brand awareness and restaurant performance across both brands. Additionally, we have various pricing strategies, so that our products appeal to a broad range of customers.

The supply chain

Domestic

We do not typically supply products to our domestic franchisees. With the exception of licensing fees paid by Dean Foods on domestic ice cream sales, we do not typically derive revenues from product distribution. We periodically review our relationships with licensees and approved suppliers and evaluate whether those relationships continue to be on competitive or advantageous terms for us and our franchisees.

Purchasing

Purchasing for the Dunkin’ Donuts brand is facilitated by National DCP, LLC (the “NDCP”), which is a Delaware limited liability company owned by four franchisee-owned regional distribution centers. Each of the four members operates as a cooperative owned by their franchisee members. The NDCP is managed by a staff of supply chain professionals who report directly to the NDCP’s Executive Management Team, members of which in turn report directly to the NDCP’s Board of Directors. The NDCP and the regional DCPs have over 1,000 employees including executive leadership, sourcing professionals, warehouse staff, and drivers. The NDCP Board has three franchisee members and an alternate from each Regional Board. In addition, the Vice President of Supply & Manufacturing from Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. is a non-voting member of the NDCP board. The NDCP engages in purchasing, warehousing and distribution of food and supplies on behalf of participating restaurants and some international markets. The NDCP program provides franchisee members nationwide the benefits of scale while fostering consistent product quality across the Dunkin’ Donuts brand. We do not control the NDCP and have only limited contractual rights associated with supplier certification, quality assurance and protection of our intellectual property.

 

- 93 -


Table of Contents

Manufacturing of Dunkin’ Donuts bakery goods

Centralized production is another element of our supply chain that is designed to support growth for the Dunkin’ Donuts brand. Centralized Manufacturing Locations (CMLs) are franchisee owned and operated facilities for the centralized production of donuts and bakery goods. The CMLs deliver freshly baked products to Dunkin’ Donuts restaurants on a daily basis and are designed to provide consistent quality products while simplifying restaurant level operations. As of March 26, 2011, there were 103 CMLs (of varying size and capacity) in the U.S. CMLs are an important part of franchise economics and we believe the brand is supportive of profit building initiatives as well as protecting brand quality standards and consistency.

Certain of our Dunkin’ Donuts brand restaurants produce donuts and bakery goods on-site rather than relying upon CMLs. Many of such restaurants, known as full producers, also supply other local Dunkin’ Donuts restaurants that do not have access to CMLs. In addition, in newer markets, Dunkin’ Donuts brand restaurants rely on donuts and bakery goods that are finished in restaurants. We believe that this “just baked on demand” donut manufacturing platform enables the Dunkin’ Donuts brand to more efficiently expand its restaurant base in newer markets where franchisees may not have access to a CML.

Baskin-Robbins ice cream

Prior to 2000, we manufactured and sold ice cream products to substantially all of our Baskin-Robbins brand franchisees. Beginning in 2000, we made the strategic decision to outsource the manufacturing and distribution of ice cream products for the domestic Baskin-Robbins brand franchisees to Dean Foods. The transition to this outsourcing arrangement was completed in 2003. We believe that this outsourcing arrangement was an important strategic shift and served the dual purpose of further strengthening our relationships with franchisees and allowing us to focus on our core franchising operations.

International

Dunkin’ Donuts

International Dunkin’ Donuts franchisees are responsible for sourcing their own supplies, subject to compliance with our standards. They also produce their own donuts following the Dunkin’ Donuts brand’s approved processes. In certain countries, our international franchisees source virtually everything locally within their market while in others our international franchisees may source virtually everything from the NDCP. Where supplies are sourced locally, we help identify and approve those suppliers. Supplies that cannot be sourced locally are sourced through the NDCP. In addition, we assist our international franchisees in identifying regional and global suppliers with the goal of leveraging the purchasing volume for pricing and product continuity advantages.

Baskin-Robbins

The Baskin-Robbins global manufacturing network is comprised of 15 facilities (one of which, the Peterborough Facility, is owned and operated by us). These facilities supply both our international and our domestic markets with ice cream products. The Peterborough Facility serves many of our international markets, including the Middle East, Australia, China, Southeast Asia and Latin America. Certain international franchisees rely on third party owned facilities to supply ice cream and ice cream products to them, including a facility near Cork, Ireland, which supplies restaurants in Europe and the Middle East. The Baskin-Robbins brand restaurants in India and Russia are supported by master franchisee-owned facilities in those respective countries while the restaurants in Japan and South Korea are supported by the joint venture owned facilities located within each country.

 

- 94 -


Table of Contents

Research and development

New product innovation is a critical component of our success. We believe the development of successful new products for both Brands attracts new customers, increases comparable store sales and allows franchisees to expand into other dayparts. New product research and development is located in a state-of-the-art facility at our headquarters in Canton, Massachusetts. The facility includes a sensory lab, a quality assurance lab and a demonstration test kitchen. We rely on our internal culinary team, which uses consumer research, to develop and test new products.

Operational support

Substantially all of our executive management, finance, marketing, legal, technology, human resources and operations support functions are conducted from our global headquarters in Canton, Massachusetts. In the U.S. and Canada, our franchise operations for both brands are organized into regions, each of which is headed by a regional vice president and directors of operations supported by field personnel who interact directly with the franchisees. Our international businesses, excluding Canada, are organized by brand, and each brand has dedicated marketing and restaurant operations support teams. These teams, which are organized by geographic regions, work with our master licensees and joint venture partners to improve restaurant operations and restaurant-level economics. Management of a franchise restaurant is the responsibility of the franchisee, who is trained in our techniques and is responsible for ensuring that the day-to-day operations of the restaurant are in compliance with our operating standards. We have implemented a computer-based disaster recovery program to address the possibility that a natural (or other form of) disaster may impact the IT systems located at our Canton, Massachusetts headquarters.

Regulatory matters

Domestic

We and our franchisees are subject to various federal, state and local laws affecting the operation of our respective businesses, including various health, sanitation, fire and safety standards. In some jurisdictions our restaurants are required by law to display nutritional information about our products. Each restaurant is subject to licensing and regulation by a number of governmental authorities, which include zoning, health, safety, sanitation, building and fire agencies in the jurisdiction in which the restaurant is located. Franchisee-owned NDCP and CMLs are licensed and subject to similar regulations by federal, state and local governments.

We and our franchisees are also subject to the Fair Labor Standards Act and various other laws governing such matters as minimum wage requirements, overtime and other working conditions and citizenship requirements. A significant number of food-service personnel employed by franchisees are paid at rates related to the federal minimum wage.

Our franchising activities are subject to the rules and regulations of the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) and various state laws regulating the offer and sale of franchises. The FTC’s franchise rule and various state laws require that we furnish a franchise disclosure document (“FDD”) containing certain information to prospective franchisees and a number of states require registration of the FDD with state authorities. We are operating under exemptions from registration in several states based on our experience and aggregate net worth. Substantive state laws that regulate the franchisor-franchisee relationship exist in a substantial number of states, and bills have been introduced in Congress from time to time that would provide for federal regulation of the franchisor-franchisee relationship. The state laws often limit, among other things, the duration and scope of non-competition provisions, the ability of a franchisor to terminate or refuse to renew a franchise and the ability of a franchisor to designate sources of supply. We believe that our FDDs for each of our Dunkin’ Donuts

 

- 95 -


Table of Contents

brand and our Baskin-Robbins brand together with any applicable state versions or supplements, and franchising procedures comply in all material respects with both the FTC franchise rule and all applicable state laws regulating franchising in those states in which we have offered franchises.

International

Internationally, we and our franchisees are subject to national and local laws and regulations that often are similar to those affecting us and our franchisees in the U.S., including laws and regulations concerning franchises, labor, health, sanitation and safety. International Baskin-Robbins brand and Dunkin’ Donuts brand restaurants are also often subject to tariffs and regulations on imported commodities and equipment, and laws regulating foreign investment. We believe that the international disclosure statements, franchise offering documents and franchising procedures for our Baskin-Robbins brand and Dunkin’ Donuts brand comply in all material respects with the laws of the applicable countries.

Environmental

Our operations, including the selection and development of the properties we lease and sublease to our franchisees and any construction or improvements we make at those locations, are subject to a variety of federal, state and local laws and regulations, including environmental, zoning and land use requirements. Our properties are sometimes located in developed commercial or industrial areas, and might previously have been occupied by more environmentally significant operations, such as gasoline stations and dry cleaners. Environmental laws sometimes require owners or operators of contaminated property to remediate that property, regardless of fault. While we have been required to, and are continuing to, clean up contamination at a limited number of our locations, we have no known material environmental liabilities.

Employees

As of March 26, 2011, we employed 1,075 people, 995 of whom were based in the U.S. and 80 of whom were based in other countries. Of our domestic employees, 414 worked in the field and 581 worked at our corporate headquarters or our satellite office in California. 153 employees, who are almost exclusively in marketing positions, were paid by certain of our advertising funds. In addition, our Peterborough Facility employed 55 full-time employees as of March 26, 2011. Other than the 28 employees in our Peterborough Facility, who are represented by the National Automobile, Aerospace, Transportation & General Workers Union of Canada, Local 462, none of our employees is represented by a labor union, and we believe our relationships with our employees are healthy.

Our franchisees are independent business owners, so they and their employees are not included in our employee count.

Properties

Our corporate headquarters, located in Canton, Massachusetts, houses substantially all of our executive management and employees who provide our primary corporate support functions: legal, marketing, technology, human resources, financial and research and development.

Our Peterborough Facility manufactures ice cream products for sale in certain international markets.

As of March 26, 2011, we owned 95 properties and leased 977 locations across the U.S. and Canada, a majority of which we leased or subleased to franchisees. For the fiscal year ended December 25, 2010, we generated 15.8%, or $91.1 million, of our total revenue from rental fees from franchisees who lease or sublease their properties from us.

 

- 96 -


Table of Contents

The remaining balance of restaurants selling our products are situated on real property owned by franchisees or leased directly by franchisees from third-party landlords. All international restaurants (other than 20 located in Canada) are owned by licensees and their sub-franchisees or leased by licensees and their sub-franchisees directly from a third-party landlord.

Nearly 100% of Dunkin’ Donuts and Baskin-Robbins restaurants are owned and operated by franchisees. We have construction and site management personnel who oversee the construction of restaurants by outside contractors. The restaurants are built to our specifications as to exterior style and interior decor. As of March 26, 2011, the number of Dunkin’ Donuts restaurants totaled 9,805, operating in 36 states and the District of Columbia in the U.S. and 30 foreign countries. Baskin-Robbins restaurants totaled 6,482, operating in 45 states and the District of Columbia in the U.S. and 46 foreign countries. All but 17 of the Dunkin’ Donuts and Baskin-Robbins restaurants were franchisee-operated. The following table illustrates restaurant locations by brand and whether they are operated by the Company or our franchisees.

 

       Franchisee-owned restaurants      Company-owned restaurants  
   

Dunkin’ Donuts—US*

     6,783         16   

Dunkin’ Donuts—International

     3,006         0   
        

Total Dunkin’ Donuts*

     9,789         16   
        

Baskin-Robbins—US*

     2,522         1   

Baskin-Robbins—International

     3,959         0   
        

Total Baskin-Robbins*

     6,481         1   
        

Total US

     9,305         17   

Total International

     6,965         0   
   

 

*   Combination restaurants, as more fully described below, count as both a Dunkin’ Donuts and a Baskin-Robbins restaurant.

Dunkin’ Donuts and Baskin-Robbins restaurants operate in a variety of formats. Dunkin’ Donuts traditional restaurant formats include free standing restaurants, end-caps (i.e., end location of a larger multi-store building) and gas and convenience locations. A free-standing building typically ranges in size from 1,200 to 2,500 square feet, and may include a drive-thru window. An end-cap typically ranges in size from 1,000 to 2,000 square feet and may include a drive-thru window. Dunkin’ Donuts also has other restaurants designed to fit anywhere, consisting of small full-service restaurants and/or self-serve kiosks in offices, hospitals, colleges, airports, grocery stores and drive-thru-only units on smaller pieces of property (collectively referred to as alternative points of distributions or APODs). APODs typically range in size between 400 to 1,800 square feet. The majority of our Dunkin’ Donuts restaurants have their fresh baked goods delivered to them from franchisee owned and operated CMLs. Approximately 1,000 Dunkin’ Donuts restaurants may have bakery production facilities on site.

Baskin-Robbins traditional restaurant formats include free standing restaurants and end-caps. A free-standing building typically ranges in size from 600 to 1,200 square feet, and may include a drive-thru window. An end-cap typically ranges in size from 800 to 1,800 square feet and may include a drive-thru window. We also have other restaurants, consisting of small full-service restaurants and/or self-serve kiosks (collectively referred to as alternative points of distributions or APODs). APODs typically range in size between 400 to 1,000 square feet.

In the U.S., Baskin-Robbins can also be found in 1,177 combination restaurants (combos) that also include a Dunkin’ Donuts restaurant in either a free-standing or end-cap. These combos, which we count as both a Dunkin’ Donuts and a Baskin-Robbins point of distribution, typically range from 1,400 to 3,500 square feet.

Of the 9,305 U.S. franchised restaurants, 89 were sites owned by the Company and leased to franchisees, 933 were leased by us, and in turn, subleased to franchisees, with the remainder either owned or leased directly

 

- 97 -


Table of Contents

by the franchisee. Our land or land and building leases are generally for terms of 10 to 20 years, and often have one or more five-year or ten-year renewal options. In certain lease agreements, we have the option to purchase or right of first refusal to purchase the real estate. Certain leases require the payment of additional rent equal to a percentage (ranging from 2.0% to 13.5%) of annual sales in excess of specified amounts.

Of the sites owned or leased by the Company in the U.S., 34 are locations that no longer have a Dunkin’ Donuts or Baskin-Robbins restaurant (surplus properties). Some of these surplus properties have been sublet to other parties while the remaining are currently vacant.

We have 16 leased franchised restaurant properties and 4 surplus leased properties in Canada. We also have leased office space in Australia, China, Spain and the United Kingdom.

The following table sets forth the Company’s owned and leased office, warehouse, manufacturing and distribution facilities, including the approximate square footage of each facility. None of these owned properties, or the Company’s leasehold interest in leased property, is encumbered by a mortgage.

 

Location    Type    Owned/Leased    Approximate Sq. Ft.  
   

Peterborough, Ontario, Canada (ice cream facility)

   Manufacturing    Owned      52,000   

Canton, MA

   Office    Leased      175,000   

Braintree, MA (training facility)

   Office    Owned      15,000   

Burbank, CA (training facility)

   Office    Leased      19,000   

Various (regional sales offices)

   Office    Leased      Range of 150 to 300   
   

Legal proceedings

We are engaged in several matters of litigation arising in the ordinary course of our business as a franchisor. Such matters include disputes related to compliance with the terms of franchise and development agreements, including claims or threats of claims of breach of contract, negligence, and other alleged violations by us. At March 26, 2011 and December 25, 2010, contingent liabilities totaling $4.3 million and $4.2 million, respectively, were included in other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets to reflect our estimate of the potential loss which may be incurred in connection with these matters. While we intend to vigorously defend our positions against all claims in these lawsuits and disputes, it is reasonably possible that the losses in connection with these matters could increase by up to an additional $8.0 million based on the outcome of ongoing litigation or negotiations.

Intellectual property

We own many registered trademarks and service marks (“Marks”) in the U.S. and in other countries throughout the world, including Japan, Canada and South Korea. We believe that our Dunkin’ Donuts and Baskin-Robbins names and logos, in particular, have significant value and are important to our business. Our policy is to pursue registration of our Marks in the U.S. and selected international jurisdictions, monitor our Marks portfolio both internally and externally through external search agents and vigorously oppose the infringement of any of our Marks. We license the use of our registered Marks to franchisees and third parties through franchise arrangements and licenses. The franchise and license arrangements restrict franchisees’ and licensees’ activities with respect to the use of our Marks, and impose quality control standards in connection with goods and services offered in connection with the Marks and an affirmative obligation on the franchisees to notify us upon learning of potential infringement. In addition, we maintain a limited patent portfolio in the U.S. for bakery and serving-related methods, designs and articles of manufacture. We generally rely on common law protection for our copyrighted works. Neither the patents nor the copyrighted works are material to the operation of our business. We also license some intellectual property from third parties for use in certain of our products. Such licenses are not individually, or in the aggregate, material to our business.

 

- 98 -


Table of Contents

Management

Below is a list of the names, ages as of June 5, 2011, and positions, and a brief account of the business experience, of the individuals who serve as our executive officers and directors as of the date of this prospectus.

 

Name    Age    Position
 

Nigel Travis

   61    Chief Executive Officer, Dunkin’ Brands and President, Dunkin’ Donuts and Director

Neil Moses

   52    Chief Financial Officer

Paul Carbone

   45    Vice President, Financial Management

John Costello

   64    Chief Global Marketing & Innovation Officer

John Dawson

   47    Chief Development Officer

Christine Deputy

   45    Senior Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer

Richard Emmett

   55    Senior Vice President and General Counsel

Srinivas Kumar

   48    President and Chief Operating Officer, Baskin-Robbins International

Bill Mitchell

   45    Senior Vice President and Brand Officer, Baskin-Robbins U.S.

Tony Pavese

   52    Chief Operating Officer, Dunkin’ Donuts International

Karen Raskopf

   56    Senior Vice President, Chief Communications Officer

Daniel Sheehan

   48    Senior Vice President, Chief Information Officer

Paul Twohig

   57    Chief Operating Officer, Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

Neal Yanofsky

   54    President-International, Dunkin’ Brands

Jon Luther

   67    Non-executive Chairman of the Board

Todd Abbrecht

   42    Director

Anita Balaji

   33    Director

Andrew Balson

   44    Director

Anthony DiNovi

   48    Director

Sandra Horbach

   50    Director

Mark Nunnelly

   51    Director
 

We anticipate that at least one additional director who is not affiliated with us or any of our stockholders will be appointed to the board of directors prior to the consummation of this offering, and additional directors who are not affiliated with us or any of our stockholders will be appointed to the board of directors within twelve months of the closing of this offering resulting in a board that includes at least three independent directors.

Nigel Travis has served as Chief Executive Officer of Dunkin’ Brands since January 2009 and assumed the role of President of Dunkin’ Donuts in October 2009. From 2005 through 2008, Mr. Travis served as President and Chief Executive Officer, and on the board of directors of Papa John’s International, Inc., a publicly-traded

 

- 99 -


Table of Contents

international pizza chain. Prior to Papa John’s, Mr. Travis was with Blockbuster, Inc. from 1994 to 2004, where he served in increasing roles of responsibility, including President and Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Travis previously held numerous senior positions at Burger King Corporation. Mr. Travis currently serves on the board of directors of Lorillard, Inc. and formerly served on the board of Bombay Company, Inc. As our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Travis brings a deep understanding of the Company, as well as domestic and international experience with franchised businesses in the QSR and retail industries, to the board.

Neil Moses joined Dunkin’ Brands as Chief Financial Officer in November 2010. Mr. Moses joined Dunkin’ Brands from Parametric Technology Corporation (PTC), a software company, where he had served as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer since 2003. Prior to PTC, he served as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, at Axcelis Technologies, a semiconductor capital equipment manufacturer, and as Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer of Bradlees, Inc.

Paul Carbone was appointed to the role of Vice President, Financial Management of Dunkin’ Brands in 2008. Prior to joining Dunkin’ Brands, he most recently served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer for Tween Brands, Inc. Before Tween Brands, Mr. Carbone spent seven years with Limited Brands, Inc., where his roles included Vice President, Finance, for Victoria’s Secret.

John Costello joined Dunkin’ Brands in 2009 and currently serves as our Chief Global Marketing & Innovation Officer. Prior to joining Dunkin’ Brands, Mr. Costello was an independent consultant and served as President and CEO of Zounds, Inc., an early stage developer and hearing aid retailer, from September 2007 to January 2009. Following his departure, Zounds filed for bankruptcy in March 2009. From October 2006 to August 2007, he served as President of Consumer and Retail for Solidus Networks, Inc. (d/b/a Pay By Touch), which filed for bankruptcy in March 2008. Mr. Costello previously served as the Executive Vice President of Merchandising and Marketing at The Home Depot, Senior Executive Vice President of Sears, and Chief Global Marketing Officer of Yahoo!. He has also held leadership roles at several companies, including serving as President of Nielsen Marketing Research U.S.

John Dawson has served as Chief Development Officer of Dunkin’ Brands since April 2005. Prior to joining Dunkin’ Brands, he spent 17 years at McDonald’s Corporation, most recently as Vice President of Worldwide Restaurant Development.

Christine Deputy joined Dunkin’ Brands in 2009 and currently serves as Senior Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer. Previously, she served as Vice President, Partner Resources, Asia Pacific Region for Starbucks Corporation. Prior to Starbucks, Ms. Deputy spent eight years with Thomas Cook based in Canada, the U.S. and England. Ms. Deputy currently serves on the board of directors of McCormick and Schmick’s Seafood Restaurants, Inc.

Richard Emmett was named Senior Vice President and General Counsel in December 2009. Mr. Emmett joined Dunkin’ Brands from QCE HOLDING LLC (Quiznos) where he served as Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary. Prior to Quiznos, Mr. Emmett served in various roles including as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary for Papa John’s International. Mr. Emmett currently serves on the board of directors of Francesca’s Holdings Corporation.

Srinivas Kumar joined Dunkin’ Brands in 1998 and was appointed to the position of President and Chief Operating Officer of Baskin-Robbins International, in August 2010. He previously served in various roles for Dunkin’ Brands, including Vice President of the Middle East, Vice President of Europe and Middle East, Interim Chief Operating Officer, Vice President International and Chief Brand Officer, Baskin-Robbins International. Prior to joining Dunkin’ Brands, Mr. Kumar was General Manager for the Galadari Group—the master licensee for Baskin-Robbins.

 

- 100 -


Table of Contents

Bill Mitchell joined Dunkin’ Brands in August 2010. Mr. Mitchell joined Dunkin’ Brands from Papa John’s International, where he had served in a variety of roles since 2000, including President of Global Operations, President of Domestic Operations, Operations VP, Division VP and Senior VP of Domestic Operations. Prior to Papa John’s, Mr. Mitchell was with Popeyes, a division of AFC Enterprises where he served in various capacities including Senior Director of Franchise Operations.

Tony Pavese was appointed Chief Operating Officer of Dunkin’ Donuts International in January 2008. Mr. Pavese joined Dunkin’ Brands in 2004 as Vice President of International Asia-Pacific for Baskin-Robbins and Dunkin’ Donuts. Prior to joining Dunkin’ Brands, he spent 20 years with AFC Enterprises, which culminated in his serving as Chief Operating Officer for Popeyes. Mr. Pavese also served as Vice-President of Operations for Black Angus Steak House.

Karen Raskopf joined Dunkin’ Brands in 2009 and currently serves as Senior Vice President and Chief Communications Officer. Prior to joining Dunkin’ Brands, she spent 12 years as Senior Vice President, Corporate Communications for Blockbuster, Inc. She also served as head of communications for 7-Eleven, Inc.

Dan Sheehan was named Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer of Dunkin’ Brands in March 2006. Prior to joining Dunkin’ Brands, Mr. Sheehan served as Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer for ADVO Inc., a full-service direct mail marketing services company, from 2000 to 2006.

Paul Twohig joined Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. in October 2009 and currently serves as Chief Operating Officer. Prior to joining Dunkin’ Brands, Mr. Twohig served as a Division Senior Vice President for Starbucks Corporation from December 2004 to March 2009. Mr. Twohig also previously served as Chief Operating Officer for Panera Bread Company.

Neal Yanofsky was appointed President-International of Dunkin’ Brands in May 2011. Prior to joining Dunkin’ Brands, Mr. Yanofsky served as the Chief Executive Officer of Generation Mobile, a retailer of wireless products and services. From 2003 through 2008, Mr. Yanofsky was with Panera Bread Company, culminating in his service as President of Panera Bread from 2006 through 2008. Mr. Yanofsky also previously served as the senior marketing officer for Au Bon Pain.

Jon Luther has served as non-executive Chairman of the Board since July 2010 and prior to that as Chairman from January 2009. He previously served as Chief Executive Officer of Dunkin’ Brands from January 2003 to March 2006 and was appointed to the additional role of Chairman in March 2006. Prior to joining Dunkin’ Brands, Mr. Luther was President of Popeyes, a division of AFC Enterprises, from February 1997 to December 2002. Prior to Popeyes, Mr. Luther was President of CA One Services, a subsidiary of Delaware North Companies, Inc. Mr. Luther is also a director of Six Flags Entertainment Corporation and a director-elect of Brinker International, Inc. As our current non-executive Chairman of the Board and our former Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Luther brings unique current and historical perspective and insights into our operations to our board of directors.

Todd Abbrecht is a Managing Director at Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. Prior to joining Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. in 1992, Mr. Abbrecht worked in the Mergers and Acquisitions department of Credit Suisse First Boston. Mr. Abbrecht is currently a Director of Aramark Corporation, Intermedix Corporation, inVentiv Health, Inc., and Warner Chilcott plc. Mr. Abbrecht has also served on the boards of Michael Foods, Inc. and Simmons Bedding Company.

Anita Balaji is a Vice President at The Carlyle Group, where she focuses on buyout opportunities in the consumer and retail sector. Prior to joining Carlyle in 2006, Ms. Balaji worked at Behrman Capital, a private equity firm based in New York. Previously, she was with the mergers and acquisitions group at Goldman, Sachs & Co., focusing on consumer and retail transactions.

 

- 101 -


Table of Contents

Andrew Balson is a Managing Director at Bain Capital Partners, LLC. Prior to joining Bain Capital Partners, LLC in 1996, Mr. Balson was a consultant at Bain & Company, where he worked in the technology, telecommunications, financial services and consumer goods industries. Previously, Mr. Balson worked in the Merchant Banking Group at Morgan Stanley & Co. and in the leveraged buyout group at SBC Australia. Mr. Balson serves on the Boards of Directors of OSI Restaurant Partners, LLC, Fleetcor Technologies, Inc. and Domino’s Pizza Inc. as well as a number of other private companies. Mr. Balson formerly served on the board of Burger King Holdings, Inc.

Anthony DiNovi is the Co-President of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. Prior to joining Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. in 1988, Mr. DiNovi was in the corporate finance departments of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Wertheim Schroder & Co., Inc. Mr. DiNovi is a member of the board of directors of West Corporation, and formerly served on the boards of American Media Operations, Inc., Nortek, Inc., Michael Foods Group, Inc., US LEC, LLC and Vertis, Inc.

Sandra Horbach is a Managing Director of The Carlyle Group, where she serves as head of the Global Consumer and Retail team. Prior to joining Carlyle, Ms. Horbach was a General Partner at Forstmann Little, a private investment firm, and an Associate at Morgan Stanley. Ms. Horbach currently serves as a director of NBTY, Inc. and CVC Brasil Operadora e Agência de Viagens S.A., as well as a number of not-for-profit organizations. She has also served on the boards of Citadel Broadcasting Corporation and the Yankee Candle Company, Inc.

Mark Nunnelly is a Managing Director at Bain Capital Partners, LLC. Prior to joining Bain Capital Partners, LLC in 1990, Mr. Nunnelly was a Partner at Bain & Company, with experience in the U.S., Asian and European strategy practices. Mr. Nunnelly managed client relationships in a number of areas, including manufacturing, consumer goods and information services. Previously, Mr. Nunnelly worked at Procter & Gamble in product management. He has also founded and had operating responsibility for several new ventures. Mr. Nunnelly is a member of the board of directors of Warner Music Group Corp. and OSI Restaurant Partners, LLC (Outback Steakhouse), as well as a number of private companies and not-for-profit corporations, and formerly served on the board of Domino’s Pizza, Inc.

In connection with our acquisition in 2006, we entered into an investor agreement with the Sponsors that grants each of the Sponsors the contractual right to name up to three individuals to our board of directors. In connection with this offering, the investor agreement will be amended and restated, effective upon the closing of this offering. Under the investor agreement, as amended, each of the Sponsors will have the contractual right to name up to two individuals to our board of directors. The members of our board of directors affiliated with the Sponsors represent, in the judgment of each Sponsor, the individuals within their respective organizations that have the most relevant experience in the consumer and restaurant industries in general, and with us in particular. See “Related party transactions—Arrangements with our investors—Investor Agreement.”

Code of business ethics and conduct

We have adopted a written code of business ethics and conduct that applies to our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. Following this offering, a current copy of the code will be posted on our website, which is located at www.dunkinbrands.com .

Board structure and committee composition

Upon the completion of this offering, we will have an audit committee and a compensation committee with the composition and responsibilities described below. Each committee will operate under a charter that will be approved by our board of directors. The composition of each committee will be effective upon the closing of this offering. The members of each committee are appointed by the board of directors and serve until their successor is elected and qualified, unless they are earlier removed or resign. In addition, each of the Sponsors

 

- 102 -


Table of Contents

will have a contractual right to nominate two directors to our board for as long as such Sponsor owns at least 10% of our outstanding common stock (and one director for so long as such Sponsor owns at least 3% of our outstanding common stock) and the Sponsors will have certain contractual rights to have their nominees serve on our compensation committee and our nominating and governance committee. See “Related party transactions—Arrangements with our investors.” In addition, from time to time, special committees may be established under the direction of the board of directors when necessary to address specific issues.

Since we intend to avail ourselves of the “controlled company” exception under the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules, we will not have a majority of independent directors, we will not have a nominating committee, and our compensation committee will not be composed entirely of independent directors as defined under the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules. The responsibilities that would otherwise be undertaken by a nominating committee will be undertaken by the full board of directors or at its discretion, by a special committee established under the direction of the board of directors. The controlled company exception does not modify the independence requirements for the audit committee, and we intend to comply with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the NASDAQ Marketplace Rules. These rules require that our audit committee be composed of at least three members, a majority of whom will be independent within 90 days of the date of this prospectus, and all of whom will be independent within one year of the date of this prospectus.

Audit Committee

The purpose of the audit committee will be set forth in the audit committee charter. The audit committee’s primary duties and responsibilities will be to:

 

 

Appoint, compensate, retain and oversee the work of any registered public accounting firm engaged for the purpose of preparing or issuing an audit report or performing other audit, review or attest services and review and appraise the audit efforts of our independent accountants;

 

 

Establish procedures for (i) the receipt, retention and treatment of complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters and (ii) confidential and anonymous submissions by our employees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters;

 

 

Engage independent counsel and other advisers, as necessary;

 

 

Determine funding of various services provided by accountants or advisers retained by the committee;

 

 

Review our financial reporting processes and internal controls;

 

 

Review and approve related-party transactions or recommend related-party transactions for review by independent members of our board of directors; and

 

 

Provide an open avenue of communication among the independent accountants, financial and senior management and the board.

Upon completion of this offering, the audit committee will consist of                     ,                     and                     , and will have at least one independent director and at least one audit committee financial expert. Prior to the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a written charter under which the audit committee will operate. A copy of the charter, which will satisfy the applicable standards of the SEC and The NASDAQ Global Select Market, will be available on our website.

 

- 103 -


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee

The purpose of the compensation committee is to assist the board of directors in fulfilling responsibilities relating to oversight of the compensation of our directors, executive officers and other employees and the Company’s benefit and equity-based compensation programs. The compensation committee reviews and recommends to our board of directors compensation plans, policies and programs and approves specific compensation levels for all executive officers. Upon completion of this offering, the compensation committee will consist of                     ,                     and                     . Prior to the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a written charter under which the compensation committee will operate. A copy of the charter, which will satisfy the applicable standards of the SEC and The NASDAQ Global Select Market, will be available on our website.

Compensation committee interlocks and insider participation

None of our executive officers serves as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee, or other committee serving an equivalent function, of any other entity that has one or more of its executive officers serving as a member of our board of directors or compensation committee.

Compensation discussion and analysis

This section discusses the principles underlying our policies and decisions with respect to the compensation of our executive officers who are named in the “2010 Summary Compensation Table” and the most important factors relevant to an analysis of these policies and decisions. Our “named executive officers” for fiscal 2010 are:

 

 

Nigel Travis, Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Neil Moses, Chief Financial Officer (1)

 

 

John Costello, Chief Global Marketing & Innovation Officer

 

 

Paul Twohig, Chief Operating Officer, Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

 

 

Richard Emmett, Senior Vice President and General Counsel

 

 

Kate Lavelle, Former Chief Financial Officer, currently on special assignment to the office of the Chief Executive Officer

Overview of compensation and fiscal 2010 performance

Our compensation strategy focuses on providing a total compensation package that will attract and retain high-caliber executive officers and employees, incentivize them to achieve company and individual performance goals and align management, employee and shareholder interests over both the short-term and long-term. Our approach to executive compensation reflects our focus on long-term value creation. We believe that by placing a significant equity opportunity in the hands of executives who are capable of driving and sustaining growth, our shareholders will benefit along with the executives who helped create this value.

 

(1)     Mr. Moses joined Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. on November 16, 2010 replacing Ms. Lavelle, who resigned from her position as Chief Financial Officer on July 23, 2010.

 

- 104 -


Table of Contents

Compensation philosophy

Our compensation philosophy centers upon:

 

 

attracting and retaining industry-leading talent by targeting compensation levels that are competitive when measured against other companies within our industry;

 

 

linking compensation actually paid to achievement of our financial, operating, and strategic goals;

 

 

rewarding individual performance and contribution to our success; and

 

 

aligning the interests of our executive officers with those of our shareholders by delivering a substantial portion of an executive officer’s compensation through equity-based awards with a long-term value horizon.

Each of the key elements of our executive compensation program is discussed in more detail below. Our executive compensation program is designed to be complementary and to collectively serve the compensation objectives described above. We have not adopted any formal policies or guidelines for allocating compensation between short-term and long-term compensation, between cash and non-cash compensation or among different forms of cash and non-cash compensation. The compensation levels of our named executive officers reflect to a significant degree the varying roles and responsibilities of such executives.

Highlights of 2010 performance

We achieved strong financial performance in fiscal 2010, and we believe that our named executive officers were instrumental in helping us to achieve these results. Highlights of our fiscal 2010 performance include the following:

 

 

Drove profitable comparable store sales in Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. for our franchisees: Comparable store sales growth for Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. increased 2.3% for fiscal 2010 compared to fiscal 2009. This increase was due, in large part, to product and marketing innovation and an increased operational focus on the customer’s experience. This positive trend increased throughout the year, with fourth quarter comparable store sales increasing 4.7%, as compared to the prior year’s fourth quarter.

 

 

Expanded our presence in the United States: In 2010, Dunkin’ Donuts franchisees opened 206 net new restaurants in the U.S. alone, including in new markets such as St. Louis and Kansas City. Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. also signed agreements that provide for an additional 226 new domestic development commitments, representing a nearly 50% increase in commitments over 2009.

 

 

Drove accelerated international growth across brands : Baskin-Robbins International saw a systemwide sales increase of 19% year-over-year, driven primarily by results in South Korea, Japan and the Middle East. Dunkin’ Donuts International saw a systemwide sales increase of 15% year-over-year, driven primarily by results in South Korea and Southeast Asia. Dunkin’ Donuts also entered the Russia market, which at year’s end had seven newly-opened locations.

 

 

Improved trends in Baskin-Robbins U.S.: Baskin-Robbins U.S. ended the year with improved trends in the fourth quarter. This improvement was as a result of operational and marketing efforts that we made in 2010, including introducing a value menu and renewing our focus on cakes, which is a key growth category for the brand.

In the context of the restaurant industry and taking into account the effects of a still-lagging economy at the start of 2010, we believe this was a good year. This performance translated into financial results that exceeded our budgeted expectations. As a result of the performance achieved during fiscal 2010, our Compensation Committee approved funding under our Dunkin’ Brands Short-Term Incentive Plan at 75% of target.

 

- 105 -


Table of Contents

Compensation framework: policies and process

Roles of compensation committee and chief executive officer in compensation decisions

Our Compensation Committee oversees our executive compensation program and is responsible for approving the nature and amount of the compensation paid to, and any employment and related agreements entered into with, our executive officers, and, for all of our employees, administering our equity compensation plans and awards. Our Chief Executive Officer provides recommendations to our Compensation Committee with respect to salary adjustments, annual cash incentive bonus targets and awards and equity incentive awards for the named executive officers, excluding himself, and the other executive officers that report to him. Our Compensation Committee meets with our Chief Executive Officer at least annually to discuss and review his recommendations for compensation of our executive officers, excluding himself. When making individual compensation decisions for our named executive officers, the Compensation Committee takes many factors into account, including the officer’s experience, responsibilities, management abilities and job performance, our performance as a whole, current market conditions and competitive pay levels for similar positions at comparable companies. These factors are considered by the Compensation Committee in a subjective manner without any specific formula or weighting. Our Compensation Committee has, and it has exercised, the ability to increase or decrease amounts of compensation recommended by our Chief Executive Officer.

Competitive market data and use of compensation consultants

As part of our preparation to become a public company, management and our human resources department provided the Compensation Committee with survey data on our executive compensation levels and general information regarding executive compensation practices in our industry. This data included a review of total cash compensation of our Chief Executive Officer and other executive officers in light of amounts paid and compensation targets at comparable companies gathered from published executive compensation surveys. While our Compensation Committee reviewed this data in 2010, it did not formally benchmark total executive compensation or individual compensation elements against a peer group, and it did not aim to set total compensation, or any compensation element, at a specified level as compared to the survey data that the Compensation Committee reviewed. In evaluating the compensation of our executive officers, the Compensation Committee considered the significant value opportunity created by equity grants in a non-public company. As we transition to a publicly-traded company, the Compensation Committee expects to use market data, and may decide to use the services of an independent compensation consultant, to provide input in establishing the level and types of certain elements of our compensation program. See “Changes to compensation approach post-IPO” below.

In addition, in connection with the hiring of Messrs. Travis, Costello, Emmett and Twohig in 2009 and Mr. Moses in 2010, the Compensation Committee considered the prior compensation level of each candidate and survey compensation data provided by management and our human resources department to obtain a general understanding of compensation trends when negotiating and ultimately setting the initial compensation levels of these individuals.

 

- 106 -


Table of Contents

Elements of named executive officer compensation

The following is a discussion of the primary elements of the compensation for each of our named executive officers. Compensation for our named executive officers consists of the following elements for fiscal 2010:

 

Element   Description   Primary objectives
 

Base Salary

 

• Fixed cash payment

 

• Attract and retain talented individuals

• Recognize career experience and individual performance

• Provide competitive compensation

Short-Term Incentives

 

• Performance-based annual cash incentive

 

• Promote and reward achievement of the Company’s annual financial and strategic objectives and individualized personal goals

Long-Term Incentives

 

• Time and performance-based stock options

 

• Align executive interests with shareholder interests by tying value to long-term stock performance

• Attract and retain talented individuals

Retirement and Welfare Benefits

 

• Medical, dental, vision, life insurance and disability insurance (STD & LTD)

 

• Provide competitive benefits

 

• Retirement Savings / 401(k) Plan

 

• Provide tax efficient retirement savings vehicle

 

• Non-qualified deferred compensation plan

 

• Provide tax efficient opportunity to supplement retirement savings

Executive Perquisites

 

• Flexible allowance

• Executive physical for Vice Presidents and above

 

• Provide competitive benefits

• Promote health and well being of senior executives

 

Base salary

Base salaries of our named executive officers are reviewed periodically by our Chief Executive Officer (other than for himself) and are approved by our Compensation Committee. They are intended to be competitive in light of the level and scope of the executive’s position and responsibilities. Adjustments to base salaries are based on the level of an executive’s responsibilities and his or her individual contributions, prior experience and sustained performance. Decisions regarding salary increases may take into account the named executive officer’s current salary, equity holdings, including stock options, and the amounts paid to individuals in comparable positions as determined through the use of executive compensation surveys. No formulaic base salary increases are provided to our named executive officers, in line with our strategy of offering total compensation that is cost-effective, competitive and based on the achievement of performance objectives.

 

- 107 -


Table of Contents

Short-term incentive plan

In addition to receiving base salaries, executives participate in the Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. Short-Term Incentive Plan (STI Plan), our annual management incentive plan. We believe that annual incentives should be based upon actual performance against specific business objectives. The funding of the STI Plan is based on the level of achievement of our global earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA). EBITDA was selected as the funding mechanism for the plan in order to ensure that payments under the STI Plan are affordable and are linked to shareholder value creation. The Compensation Committee sets the EBITDA target at a level it believes is both challenging and achievable. By establishing a target that is challenging, the Compensation Committee believes that performance of our employees, and therefore our performance, is maximized. By setting a target that is also achievable, the Compensation Committee believes that employees remain motivated to perform at the high level required to achieve the target. The potential STI Plan payout for each eligible employee (based on the employee’s target bonus) is aggregated to create a STI Plan pool at target. The level of funding under the STI Plan ranges from 0% to 200% of that target pool based on performance relative to the global EBITDA goal, with a threshold funding level established by the Compensation Committee based on the minimum level of global EBITDA performance that would result in any funding under the STI Plan.

Once global EBITDA performance is determined after the close of the fiscal year, the funding level is established. This incentive plan funding is then allocated based on the achievement of relevant financial or operational business goals such as revenue, comparable store sales and systemwide sales. These specific goals are chosen due to their impact on our profitability. These goals are categorized into three categories: Primary, Secondary and Personal. Primary business goals are key financial goals which are most relevant to the executive based on his or her role within the Company and ability to impact certain aspects of our business. Secondary business goals are financial goals which are influenced or impacted by the activities of a broader organization/group. This team goal is often shared among executives in order to create more cross-functional collaboration. Personal goals are measurable operational or business goals that relate directly to the duties and responsibilities of the executive. Performance against each goal category is measured separately. The goals are generally weighted as follows: Primary (35%), Secondary (30%) and Personal (35%). The achievement of personal goals is taken into account solely on a discretionary basis. During the year, regular communication takes place within the Company to ensure that all executives are aware of progress against the goals established.

 

- 108 -


Table of Contents

The table below lists the 2010 Primary and Secondary Business goals for each named executive officer. The Compensation Committee establishes these goals for Mr. Travis although, under the terms of his employment agreement, he is entitled to a bonus based on achievement of EBITDA. See “Narrative disclosure to summary compensation table and grants of plan-based awards table” for more information about the terms of Mr. Travis’ bonus entitlement.

 

Named executive officer

title

   Goal type    Metric
 

Nigel Travis

   Primary    Dunkin’ Brands Inc. Global Total Revenue

Chief Executive Officer

   Secondary    Dunkin’ Donuts Global Total Revenue

Neil Moses

  

Primary

   Dunkin’ Brands Inc. Global Total Revenue

Chief Financial Officer

  

Secondary

   Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. Comp Sales (70%)
      Baskin Robbins U.S. Comp Sales (30%)

Paul Twohig

  

Primary

   Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. Comp Sales

Chief Operating Officer

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

  

Secondary

   Dunkin’ Brands Inc. Global Total Revenue
     

John Costello

  

Primary

   Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. Comp Sales (70%)
Chief Global Marketing and Innovation Officer       Baskin Robbins U.S. Comp Sales (30%)
  

Secondary

   Dunkin’ Brands Inc. Global Total Revenue

Richard Emmett

  

Primary

   Dunkin’ Brands Inc. Global Total Revenue
Senior Vice President, General Counsel   

Secondary

   Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. Comp Sales (70%)
      Baskin Robbins U.S. Comp Sales (30%)

Kate Lavelle

  

Primary

   Dunkin’ Brands Inc. Global Total Revenue
Former Chief Financial Officer   

Secondary

   Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. Comp Sales (70%)
      Baskin Robbins U.S. Comp Sales (30%)
 

2010 personal goals included relevant strategic and operational goals for the respective named executive officer, including:

 

 

increasing customer satisfaction scores;

 

successful enrollment of Dunkin’ Donuts franchisees into our new retail technology platform;

 

increasing average transaction size; and

 

effective succession planning.

The achievement of personal goals under the STI Plan is reviewed after the close of the relevant fiscal year and is taken into account by the Compensation Committee on a discretionary basis.

At the conclusion of the fiscal year, EBITDA results are determined by our finance department based on audited financial results. These results are presented to the Compensation Committee for consideration and approval. The Compensation Committee retains the discretion to adjust (upwards or downwards) EBITDA results for the occurrence of extraordinary events affecting EBITDA performance. In addition, in setting the EBITDA thresholds and determining our achievement of such thresholds, our Compensation Committee may exclude revenue and expenses related to our business as it deems appropriate. After the Compensation Committee sets the bonus pool under the STI Plan based on its determination of the level of EBITDA achieved, the Chief Executive Officer then recommends amounts payable to each named executive officer under the incentive plan based on that individual’s performance against his or her Primary, Secondary and Personal business goals. These awards may

 

- 109 -


Table of Contents

be adjusted based on considerations deemed appropriate by our Compensation Committee, including personal performance.

Long-term equity incentive program

Our long-term equity program for executive officers in fiscal 2010 consisted of stock options that are more heavily weighted towards stock options with performance-based vesting requirements. Previously, from 2006 to 2008, we had used a combination of time- and performance-based restricted shares as our equity compensation vehicle. Of the named executive officers, only Kate Lavelle was granted restricted stock under this program. After July 2008, the Compensation Committee ceased to grant restricted stock, and instead developed a time- and performance-based stock option program for executives as a means of incentivizing the achievement of our long-term strategy and goals. The first grants under this executive stock option program were made in February 2010. The primary goals of our executive stock option program are to align the interests of our named executive officers with the interests of our shareholders and to encourage executive retention through the use of service-based vesting requirements. Stock option grants are divided so that 30% are time-vested options (tranche 4) and 70% are performance options that vest based on time and investment returns to the Sponsors (tranche 5). The combination of time- and performance-vesting of these awards is designed to compensate executives for their long-term commitment to the Company, while incentivizing sustained increases in our financial performance and helping to ensure that the Sponsors have received an appropriate return on their invested capital before executives receive significant value from these grants.

The tranche 4 options generally vest in equal installments of 20% on each of the first five anniversaries of the vesting commencement date, which is typically the date the option grants are approved by the Compensation Committee.

The tranche 5 options generally become eligible to vest in tandem with the vesting of tranche 4 options, but do not actually vest unless a pre-established performance condition is also achieved. The performance condition is satisfied by the Sponsors’ receipt of a targeted return on their initial investment in the Company, measured at the time of a sale or disposition by the Sponsors of all or a portion of the Company. If the Sponsors receive a specified level of investment return on such sale or disposition, the performance condition is met for a percentage of tranche 5 options equal to the percentage of shares sold by the Sponsors to that point. If the performance condition is achieved, but the service condition is not, the tranche remains subject to the time-based vesting schedule described above. We believe this vesting schedule appropriately supports our retention objective while allowing our executives to realize compensation in line with the value they have created for our shareholders.

Our named executive officers received grants of stock options in connection with the commencement of their employment. In determining the size of the long-term equity grant to be awarded to our executive officers, the Compensation Committee takes into account a number of factors such as long-term incentive values typically awarded to executives holding positions in similarly-situated companies and internal factors such as the individual’s responsibilities, position and the size and value of the long-term incentive awards of currently employed executives. To date, there has been no program for awarding annual grants, and our Compensation Committee retains discretion to make stock option awards to employees at any time, including in connection with promotion to reward an employee, for retention purposes or in other circumstances.

The exercise price of each stock option is set at the fair market value of our common stock on the grant date. For fiscal 2010, the determination of the appropriate fair market value was made by our Board in accordance with the 2006 Executive Incentive Plan. In the absence of a public trading market, our Board determined fair market value based on an independent, third-party valuation of our common stock.

 

- 110 -


Table of Contents

Equity purchase program

In addition to our long-term equity incentive program, our current named executive officers have further increased their ownership stakes in the Company by electing to purchase our shares pursuant to our management equity investment program in 2009, 2010 or 2011, as illustrated in the table below. For more information, please see “Principal stockholders.”

 

Named Executive Officer   

Personal investment in equity purchase

Program

 
  
   

Nigel Travis

   $ 2,900,000   

Neil Moses

   $ 250,000   

Paul Twohig

   $ 315,195   

John Costello

   $ 250,000   

Richard Emmett

   $ 150,000   
   

Retirement and welfare benefits

We provide our executive officers with access to the same benefits we provide all of our full-time employees. In addition to the standard company Long-Term Disability policy, we offer executives the opportunity to participate in a supplemental Long-Term Disability policy at no additional cost to them except for taxes on the imputed income associated with this benefit.

In addition to our standard 401(k) retirement savings plan available to all employees, we have established a non-qualified deferred compensation plan for senior employees, including our named executive officers. The plan allows participants to defer certain elements of their compensation with the potential to receive earnings on deferred amounts. We believe this plan is an important retention and recruitment tool because it helps facilitate retirement savings and financial flexibility for our key employees, and because many of the companies with which we compete for executive talent provide a similar plan to their key employees.

Executive perquisites

Perquisites are generally provided to help us attract and retain top performing employees for key positions. Our primary perquisite for current named executive officers is a flexible allowance in the amount of $20,000 per annum. While generally identified as a car allowance, this benefit is paid in cash and its utilization is at the discretion of the executive. In addition, executives are offered the opportunity to have a Company-paid annual physical examination, as a means of maintaining the health and well-being of our executives. We have also provided named executive officers with relocation benefits to facilitate their relocation, including loss on home sale protection and short-term cash supplements. We also provide our executives a limited number of sporting event tickets. The costs associated with all perquisites are included in the Summary Compensation table.

Fiscal 2010 compensation

Base salaries

None of our named executive officers, other than Ms. Lavelle, received an increase in base salary during 2010, after a joint determination by our Chief Executive Officer, the other named executive officers and our Compensation Committee that, in view of the uncertain direction of the economy and its effect on the business in 2009, there should be no general increases in base salaries for executives. Effective March 29, 2010, Ms. Lavelle received an adjustment in her annual base salary from $400,000 to $430,000, after an analysis of CFO compensation performed by the Company based on a review of available salary information revealed that her salary was below market. This increase was approved by the Compensation Committee.

 

- 111 -


Table of Contents

The actual base salaries paid to all of our named executive officers during 2010 are set forth in the “2010 Summary compensation table” below.

Short-term incentive awards

The target incentive (as a percentage of base salary) established under the STI Plan and payable to each named executive officer if achievement relative to the 2010 global EBITDA target resulted in a fully funded plan and, if applicable, the named executive officer achieved each of his or her Primary, Secondary and Personal business goals was:

 

       Target STI as a % of base salary  
Named executive officer    Minimum %      Target %      Maximum %(1)  
   

Nigel Travis

     0%         100%         150%   

Neil Moses(2)

     0%         75%         150%   

Paul Twohig(3)

     0%         50%         100%   

John Costello

     0%         50%         100%   

Richard Emmett

     0%         50%         100%   

Kate Lavelle(4)

     0%         75%         125%   
   

 

(1)   Each of Mr. Travis’ and Ms. Lavelle’s maximum percentage is established by the terms of his or her respective employment agreement. For the other named executive officers, the maximum percentage is equal to 200% of the individual’s target incentive.

 

(2)   Mr. Moses joined the Company on November 16, 2010. The fiscal 2010 earnings on which his 2010 STI Plan was based were $43,698.

 

(3)   Mr. Twohig’s incentive target was increased from 40% to 50% effective October 1, 2010 in connection with his promotion to Chief Operating Officer, Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. His effective target percentage, used to calculate his 2010 STI Plan award, was pro-rated at 42.5%.

 

(4)   Ms. Lavelle became ineligible for a 2010 STI Plan award after she resigned from her position as Chief Financial Officer. Under her Transition Services Agreement, she was eligible for a pro-rated bonus at the time she transitioned to a non-executive role.

Full funding (100% of target) for the STI Plan was contingent on achievement of our global EBITDA target of $280.8 million, although our STI Plan budget assumptions for 2010 were based on a lower level of funding due to the recessionary economic climate. The funding threshold level (30% of target) was contingent on achievement of 95.75% of the global EBITDA target, meaning that if EBITDA performance achievement fell below $268.9 million, no funding would be achieved under the plan.

Our 2010 global EBITDA performance per our STI Plan before adjustment was $269.6 million. After considering and excluding certain one-time or unusual items, both positive and negative, from the EBITDA calculation, including certain legal reserves and related costs and revenue relating to franchisee term renewal programs, the Compensation Committee agreed to an adjusted EBITDA performance level of $275.5 million, or 98.1% of target EBITDA. This translated to an STI Plan funding level of 71.6% of target funding. The items that were excluded from the EBITDA calculation were excluded because they were not anticipated and therefore not budgeted. Considering our strong finish in fiscal 2010, management requested consideration by the Compensation Committee for a discretionary pool to bring total STI Plan funding to 75% of target funding. The Compensation Committee approved the request to bring total STI Plan funding for fiscal 2010 to 75% of target.

Once the level of funding was established, the Chief Executive Officer then recommended amounts payable to each named executive officer (other than himself) under the incentive plan based on that individual’s performance against his or her Primary, Secondary and Personal business goals, as described below. The table below lists the payouts to each named executive officer as a percentage of eligible base salary earnings and as a percentage of the target award. Awards were based on the achievement against Primary and Secondary business goals for the respective named executive officer, taking into account the addition of the discretionary pool to the STI Plan funding level. Although the Chief Executive Officer and the Compensation Committee

 

- 112 -


Table of Contents

reviewed performance against Personal Business Goals, the Compensation Committee determined bonus amounts for fiscal 2010 solely based on the achievement of Primary and Secondary business goals and total STI Plan funding.

 

Named executive officer   

Target STI plan % payout

(% of base salary)

    

Actual award %

(% of base salary)

    

Actual award %

(% of target award)

 
   

Nigel Travis

     100%         75.0%         75.0%   

Neil Moses

     75%         52.6%         70.1%   

Paul Twohig

     42.5%         40.6%         95.5%   

John Costello

     50%         36.4%         72.8%   

Richard Emmett

     50%         35.8%         71.6%   
   

For Mr. Travis, the award payout of 75% of his target bonus was the result of a 75% STI Plan funding level. For the other named executive officers, the award payout was determined as follows.

 

Primary and Secondary Business Goals (1)    Target
Performance
     Actual
Performance
     %
Earned
 
                            

Dunkin’ Brands Inc. Global Total Revenue

   $ 510,030,000       $ 503,310,000         77.5%   

Dunkin’ Donuts Global Total Revenue

   $ 415,770,000       $ 416,870,000         100%   

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. Comp Sales

     2.73%         2.22%         85%   

Baskin Robbins U.S. Comp Sales

     2.50%         -5.21%         0%   
                            

 

(1)   Each metric is as defined under the STI Plan.

 

       Weighted Contribution Toward STI Plan Payout  
                            
Named executive officer    Primary and
Secondary
Business Goals
(65% of total
opportunity) (1)
     EBITDA and
STI Plan funding
(35% of total
opportunity) (2)
     Actual award %
(% of target award)
 
                            

Neil Moses

     45.0%         25.1%         70.1%   

Paul Twohig

     53.0%         42.5%         95.5%   

John Costello

     44.1%         28.7%         72.8%   

Richard Emmett

     45.0%         26.6%         71.6%   
                            

 

(1)   Represents the earned portion of the award with respect to each executive’s Primary and Secondary Business Goals based on performance results described in the preceding table and the applicable weightings described above under “Short-term incentive plan”.

 

(2)   Represents the preliminary EBITDA-based funding level of 71.6% multiplied by the remaining portion of the award (35%), plus, for Messrs. Twohig, Costello and Emmett, the executive’s share of the additional STI Plan discretionary pool described above as recommended by the Chief Executive Officer.

Long-term equity incentive awards

With the exception of Mr. Moses who joined the Company in late 2010, long-term incentive awards were made on February 23, 2010 to named executive officers as part of the new executive performance stock option program that was adopted by the Board in February 2010 under the 2006 Executive Incentive Plan. The Compensation Committee determined that this new stock option program would incentivize eligible participants to increase shareholder value, which the Committee believed was an important goal for the Company, given the Company’s position and the possibility of strategic opportunities, such as this offering, in the future.

In determining the size of each named executive officer’s stock option grant, the Committee made a subjective judgment, taking into consideration a multitude of factors, including the scope and impact of the role of the respective named executive officer, the estimated value of the total grant based on share price projections, the vesting schedule under the program, competitive practice, the long-term incentive award values that had been

 

- 113 -


Table of Contents

delivered to similarly situated executive officers since 2006 and other elements of compensation as part of the total compensation package.

As described above, the stock option grants are apportioned into two “tranches” with the tranche 4 consisting of time-based options, and tranche 5 consisting of stock options containing both time- and performance-vesting criteria. The performance-based stock options are not scheduled to vest unless both the time and performance conditions have been satisfied.

The stock option awards granted on February 23, 2010 have an exercise price of $0.66 per share. This exercise price was determined in accordance with the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and was based on the most recent valuation of the Company as prepared by an independent, third-party valuation firm taking into consideration events that occurred and market conditions between the valuation date and the grant date. These stock options have a ten year maximum term.

Grant values for the named executive officers are detailed below:

 

Named executive officer    Total stock options
granted
    

Tranche 4:

“time-based”

options

(30% of award)

    

Tranche 5:

“time and performance-based”
options

(70% of award)

 
   

Nigel Travis(1)

     12,500,000         3,750,000         8,750,000   

Neil Moses(2)

                       

Paul Twohig

     850,000         255,000         595,000   

John Costello

     1,000,000         300,000         700,000   

Richard Emmett

     750,000         225,000         525,000   

Kate Lavelle(3)

     900,000         270,000         630,000   
   

 

(1)   The Committee approved for Mr. Travis accelerated vesting of 20% of his tranche 4 stock options and accelerated eligibility for vesting of 20% of his tranche 5 stock options to reflect the time that had passed (over one year) between his hire date and the stock option grant date.

 

(2)   Mr. Moses joined the Company on November 16, 2010 and received a grant of 1,100,000 tranche 4 and tranche 5 stock options in March 2011.

 

(3)   Ms. Lavelle forfeited her stock option award upon her voluntary resignation from her position as Chief Financial Officer on July 23, 2010.

No long-term incentive awards, other than those included in the table above, were made to the named executive officers in fiscal 2010.

Employment and termination agreements

Employment agreements and letters

Each named executive officer (other than Ms. Lavelle) is entitled to certain payments and benefits upon a qualifying termination, including salary continuation, as more fully described under “Potential payments upon termination or change in control”. These severance benefits are provided pursuant to employment agreements or offer letters. Ms. Lavelle does not have an entitlement to severance payments under her Transition Services Agreement.

Prior to the offering, we provided substantially similar benefits under our Executive Severance Pay Plan, in which Messrs. Moses, Twohig, Costello and Emmett participated. To give us greater flexibility, we decided to terminate this plan and to provide, in our discretion or pursuant to individual offer letters or employment agreements, individual entitlements to severance, if any.

Equity compensation

As more fully described below in the section entitled “Potential payments upon termination or change in control,” certain executive stock option and restricted stock agreements also provide for accelerated vesting upon a change in control. Vesting of stock options does not accelerate solely upon an initial public offering.

 

- 114 -


Table of Contents

Employment agreements with named executive officers

We have entered into employment contracts with Mr. Travis and Ms. Lavelle and offer letters with each of our other named executive officers. The material terms of these employment contracts and letters are summarized below.

Employment Agreement with Mr. Travis. In connection with this offering, we amended and restated Mr. Travis’ employment agreement to, among other things, extend the term to a five-year term commencing in May 2011. Under his amended and restated employment agreement, Mr. Travis receives an annual base salary of $861,000 and is eligible for a target annual incentive bonus of 100% of his base salary, which can be increased up to 150% if we achieve certain EBITDA goals. The amended and restated agreement also provides for certain payments and benefits to be provided upon a qualifying termination of Mr. Travis’ employment, as described below under “Potential payments upon termination or change of control.”

Letter Agreements with Messrs. Moses, Twohig, Costello and Emmett. Messrs. Moses, Twohig, Costello and Emmett are parties to offer letter agreements with the Company that provide for a certain level of base salary, eligibility to participate in the Company’s STI Plan with specified target bonus opportunities under such plan, a flexible allowance, and, for certain executive officers, reimbursement for relocation expenses incurred in connection with the executive’s relocation to Massachusetts. The offer letters also provide for certain payments to be provided upon a termination of the named executive officer’s employment other than for cause, as described below under “Potential payments upon termination or change of control.”

Employment Agreement and Transition Agreement with Ms. Lavelle. Ms. Lavelle was party to an employment agreement with the Company that governed the terms and conditions of her employment as our Chief Financial Officer. This agreement entitled her to a base salary of at least $375,000 and annual incentives, the payment of which would be based on the achievement of performance goals. She was also entitled to certain payments and benefits upon a qualifying termination. This employment agreement terminated when Ms. Lavelle voluntarily resigned from her position as Chief Financial Officer. We entered into a Transition Services Agreement with Ms. Lavelle in connection with her transition to a part-time, non-executive employee role in July 2010. This agreement provides her with a reduced base salary of $100,000 per year. She is not entitled to any annual bonus or incentive-based compensation and does not receive any special termination pay or benefits under this agreement. The term of this Transition Services Agreement is one year, unless mutually extended by the parties.

Restrictive Covenants. Under the terms of their respective agreements, each named executive officer has agreed to confidentiality obligations during and after employment. Under his employment agreement, Mr. Travis has agreed to non-competition and non-solicitation obligations during and for two years following employment termination. Under her Transition Services Agreement, Ms. Lavelle has agreed to non-competition and non-solicitation obligations during and for two years following employment termination (which period will be reduced to one year if her employment terminates after July 23, 2011). Each other named executive officer has agreed to non-competition and non-solicitation obligations during and for one year following employment termination.

Employee benefits and perquisites

All of our full-time employees in the United States, including our named executive officers, are eligible to participate in our 401(k) plan. Pursuant to our 401(k) plan, employees, including our named executive officers, may elect to defer a portion of their salary and receive a Company match of up to 4% of salary for fiscal 2010, subject to Internal Revenue Code limits.

 

- 115 -


Table of Contents

All of our full-time employees in the United States, including our named executive officers, are eligible to participate in our health and welfare plans. Generally, we share the costs for such plans with the employee. The Company cost of executive-level health and welfare benefits as well as the flexible allowance and other benefits and perquisites for our named executive officers for fiscal 2010 is reflected under the “All other compensation” column in the “2010 Summary compensation table.”

Changes to compensation approach post-IPO

Use of compensation consultant

The Company retained Frederic W. Cook & Co., or Cook, an independent compensation consulting firm, to advise on executive compensation as part of our IPO planning. Cook developed and the Compensation Committee approved a peer group of companies against which to assess the three key components comprising our named executive officers’ compensation: base salary, cash bonus and equity incentives. This peer group consists of the following 14 publicly-traded restaurant companies:

 

Brinker International

   Darden Restaurants    Panera Bread    Wendy’s/Arby’s Group

Cheesecake Factory

   DineEquity    Ruby Tuesday    Yum! Brands

Chipotle Mexican Grill

   Domino’s Pizza    Starbucks   

Cracker Barrel

   Jack In The Box    Tim Horton’s   

In terms of size, our enterprise value as of February 2011 approximates the median of the peer companies and our 2010 EBITDA is between the 25 th percentile and the median.

The Company may determine to have the compensation consultant provide market data on this peer group of companies in the restaurant industry on an annual basis. Our Compensation Committee intends to review this peer group at least annually to ensure that it is appropriate, reflective of our company size and includes the companies against which we compete for executive talent. Our Compensation Committee intends to review market data and other information in light of the compensation we offer to help ensure that our compensation program is competitive. Our Compensation Committee may make adjustments in executive compensation levels in the future as a result of this more formal market comparison process. While we anticipate that we will take a more systematic approach to reviewing competitive data on executive compensation levels and practices, we expect to continue to apply compensation philosophies and strategies that we believe are appropriate for our business, and that focus executives more on long-term and performance-based incentive compensation than on fixed compensation.

Long-term incentives

It is our policy that stock options granted after the completion of this offering, when our common stock becomes publicly traded, will have a per share exercise price that is not less than the closing price of a share of our common stock on the date of grant.

Flexible allowance

Management has recommended and the Compensation Committee has approved the elimination of the $20,000 flexible allowance for our named executive officers and other direct reports of Mr. Travis. This allowance has been replaced with an increase in base salary of $11,000 for Mr. Travis (which is reflected in his amended and restated employment agreement), $13,000 for Mr. Moses and $15,000 for Messrs. Twohig, Costello and Emmett.

 

- 116 -


Table of Contents

Compensation risk assessment

In consultation with the Compensation Committee, members of human resources, finance, legal, and internal audit management will conduct an assessment of whether the Company’s compensation policies and practices encourage excessive or inappropriate risk taking by our employees, including employees other than our named executive officers. This assessment will include a review of the risk characteristics of our business and the design of our incentive plans and policies. Although a significant portion of our executive compensation program is performance-based, the Compensation Committee will focus on further aligning the Company’s compensation policies with the long-term interests of the Company and avoiding rewards or incentive structures that could create unnecessary risks to the Company. The Compensation Committee intends to adopt a “clawback” policy once the SEC rules are finalized and to adopt an insider trading policy that will prohibit insiders from hedging their ownership of our common stock or pledging shares of common stock.

Tax and accounting considerations

Section 162(m) disallows a tax deduction for any publicly held corporation for individual compensation exceeding $1 million in any taxable year for a company’s named executive officers, other than its chief financial officer, unless compensation qualifies as performance-based under such section. As we are not currently publicly traded, our Compensation Committee has not previously taken the deductibility limit imposed by Section 162(m) into consideration in setting compensation. Following this offering, at such time as we are subject to the deduction limitations of Section 162(m), we expect that our Compensation Committee will seek to qualify the variable compensation paid to our named executive officers for an exemption from the deductibility limitations of Section 162(m). However, our Compensation Committee may, in its judgment, authorize compensation payments that do not comply with the exemptions in Section 162(m) when it believes that such payments are appropriate to attract and retain executive talent.

Our Compensation Committee regularly considers the accounting implications of significant compensation decisions, especially in connection with decisions that relate to our equity incentive award plans and programs. As accounting standards change, we may revise certain programs to appropriately align accounting expenses of our equity awards with our overall executive compensation philosophy and objectives.

 

- 117 -


Table of Contents

2010 Summary compensation table

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation paid to or earned by our named executive officers for fiscal 2010:

 

Name and principal position   Year    

Salary

($)(1)

   

Bonus

($)(2)

   

Option

awards

($)(3)

   

Non-equity

incentive plan

compensation

($)(4)

   

All other

compensation

($)(7)

   

Total

($)

 
   

Nigel Travis

Chief Executive Officer

    2010      $ 850,000      $      $ 4,012,500      $ 637,500      $ 37,250      $ 5,537,250   

Neil Moses(5) 

Chief Financial Officer

    2010      $ 43,698      $      $      $ 22,978      $ 1,846      $ 68,522   

Paul Twohig

Chief Operating Officer,

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

    2010      $ 375,000      $      $ 275,400      $ 152,144      $ 926,129      $ 1,728,673   

John Costello

Chief Global Marketing &

Innovation Officer

    2010      $ 500,000      $      $ 324,000      $ 182,000      $ 152,795      $ 1,158,795   

Richard Emmett

Senior Vice President, General Counsel

    2010      $ 400,000      $      $ 243,000      $ 143,220      $ 72,669      $ 858,889   

Kate Lavelle(6)

Former Chief Financial Officer

    2010      $ 288,654      $ 122,500      $ 291,600      $      $ 44,245      $ 746,999   
   
(1)   Amounts shown in this column are not reduced to reflect any deferrals under the Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan or 401(k) Plan.

 

(2)   The amount shown in this column reflects a pro-rata bonus payment to Ms. Lavelle pursuant to her Transition Services Agreement, as described in note (6) below, and is not reduced to reflect any deferrals under the 401(k) Plan.

 

(3)   Amounts shown in this column reflect the fair value of option awards on the grant date. These amounts do not reflect actual amounts paid to or realized by the named executive officers and exclude the effect of estimated forfeitures. The underlying valuation assumptions for option awards are further discussed in Note 13 to our consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 25, 2010 (the “2010 Financials”).

 

(4)   Amounts shown in this column represent the named executive officer’s bonus payment pursuant to the STI Plan (and, for Mr. Travis, his employment agreement) and are not reduced to reflect any deferrals under the Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan or 401(k) Plan. See “Compensation discussion & analysis – Elements of named executive officer compensation – Short-term incentive plan”.

 

(5)   Mr. Moses joined the Company as Chief Financial Officer on November 16, 2010. The amounts shown for Mr. Moses reflects his compensation for the portion of fiscal 2010 in which he was employed by the Company.

 

(6)   Ms. Lavelle voluntarily resigned as Chief Financial Officer on July 23, 2010. The amount shown as salary for Ms. Lavelle includes $248,269 for services as an executive officer during fiscal 2010 and $40,385 for services as a non-executive employee during fiscal 2010 following such resignation. The amount shown in the “Bonus” column reflects the pro-rata incentive Ms. Lavelle received under her Transition Services Agreement, and the amount shown in the “Option Awards” column reflects an option award that was granted to Ms. Lavelle during fiscal 2010. This option award was subsequently forfeited upon her resignation as Chief Financial Officer.

 

- 118 -


Table of Contents
(7)   Amounts shown in the “All Other Compensation” column include the following items, as applicable to each named executive officer, for fiscal 2010:

 

Name and principal position    Year     

Flexible

allowance

and event

tickets

($) (i)

    

Company-

Paid

premiums for

LTD coverage

($)

    

Relocation

expenses

($)

   

Executive

physicals

($)

    

401(k) company

match

contributions

($)

    

Other

($)

 
   

Nigel Travis

Chief Executive Officer

     2010       $ 24,000                      $ 3,450       $ 9,800           

Neil Moses

Chief Financial Officer

     2010       $ 1,846                                          

Paul Twohig

Chief Operating Officer,

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

     2010       $ 15,858       $ 3,564       $ 518,966 (ii)            $ 4,615       $ 383,126 (iii) 

John Costello

Chief Global Marketing & Innovation Officer

     2010       $ 22,000       $ 3,225       $ 119,263 (iv)            $ 8,307           

Richard Emmett

Senior Vice President, General

Counsel

     2010       $ 22,621       $ 2,570       $ 40,305 (v)    $ 3,450       $ 3,723           

Kate Lavelle

Former Chief Financial Officer

     2010       $ 13,920       $ 1,163                      $ 4,354       $ 24,808 (vi) 
   

 

  (i)   Amount shown consists of a cash allowance paid to each named executive officer at the rate of $20,000 per annum to be used at his or her discretion as a car allowance or otherwise (the flexible allowance) (Messrs. Travis and Costello, each $20,000; Mr. Moses, $1,846; Mr. Twohig, $13,858; Mr. Emmett, $20,621; and Ms. Lavelle, $11,920), plus the face value of sporting event tickets provided to the executives (Mr. Travis, $4,000; and Messrs. Twohig, Costello and Emmett and Ms. Lavelle, each $2,000). Mr. Emmett’s flexible allowance includes a retroactive payment made in 2010 as a result of an incorrect benefit paid at the end of 2009. As we transition to a public company, the flexible allowance will be eliminated.

 

  (ii)   Amount shown reflects costs associated with Mr. Twohig’s relocation to Massachusetts, consisting of $250,000 relating to his capital loss on the sale of his home, $516 for pre-move house hunting, $33,572 for temporary living, $5,827 for home purchase costs, $10,985 for loan origination fees, $10,000 for miscellaneous allowance, and a “gross-up” of $208,066 to cover taxes on his relocation benefits.

 

  (iii)   Amount shown reflects the forgiveness during fiscal 2010 of principal and interest on a loan extended to Mr. Twohig in connection with his settlement of a lawsuit regarding his alleged violation of a non-compete agreement with Starbucks Coffee.

 

  (iv)   Amount shown reflects costs associated with Mr. Costello’s relocation to Massachusetts, consisting of $100,000 relating to the reimbursement of the costs of rental housing in Boston, $2,585 for pre-move house hunting, $7,628 for temporary living, $48 for trips between locations, $960 for property management/rental assistance and a “gross-up” of $8,042 to cover taxes on his relocation benefits. The reimbursement of rental housing is scheduled to terminate on April 23, 2011.

 

  (v)   Amount shown reflects costs associated with Mr. Emmett’s relocation to Massachusetts, consisting of $1,725 for pre-move house hunting, $614 for mileage reimbursement, $528 for household goods storage, $5,500 for temporary living, $5,286 for trips between locations, $10,000 for miscellaneous relocation allowance, $4,000 for property management/rental assistance and a “gross-up” of $12,652 to cover taxes on his relocation benefits.

 

  (vi)   Amount shown reflects a payout of accrued vacation upon Ms. Lavelle’s resignation as Chief Financial Officer on July 23, 2010.

 

- 119 -


Table of Contents

Grants of plan-based awards in 2010

The following table sets forth information regarding grants of plan-based awards made to our executive officers during fiscal 2010:

 

        Estimated future
payouts under
non-equity

incentive plan
awards
    Estimated
future

payouts
under

equity
incentive
plans(3)
   

All other
option
awards:
number of
securities
underlying
options

(4)

   

Exercise
or base
price of
option
awards
($/Sh)

(5)

   

Grant date
fair value
of stock and
option
awards

($)(6)

 
Name   Type of award   Grant date     Target
($)(2)
   

Maxi-

mum
($)(2)

   

Target

(#)

       
   

Nigel Travis

  Annual Incentive(1)     2/23/2010        850,000        1,275,000           
  Stock Options           8,750,000        3,750,000      $ 0.66        4,012,500   

Neil Moses

  STI Plan       32,774        65,547                     

Paul Twohig

  STI Plan     2/23/2010        159,375        318,750           
  Stock Options           595,000        255,000      $ 0.66        275,400   

John Costello

  STI Plan     2/23/2010        250,000        500,000           
  Stock Options           700,000        300,000      $ 0.66        324,000   

Richard Emmett

  STI Plan     2/23/2010        200,000        400,000           
  Stock Options           525,000        225,000      $ 0.66        243,000   

Kate Lavelle

  Annual Incentive(1)(8)     2/23/2010        300,000        500,000           
  Stock Options(7)           630,000        270,000      $ 0.66        291,600   
   
(1)   Non-equity incentive plan compensation for Mr. Travis and Ms. Lavelle is paid according to the terms of his or her respective employment agreement, but is based on achievement against the performance targets established under the STI Plan.

 

(2)   Except for Mr. Travis and Ms. Lavelle as noted in (1) above, these figures represent target and maximum bonus opportunities under the STI Plan. For Mr. Travis, his target and maximum bonus opportunities are provided in his employment agreement. The actual amount of the bonus earned by each named executive officer for fiscal 2010 is reported in the summary compensation table. For a description of the performance targets relating to the STI Plan for fiscal 2010, please refer to the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis—Elements of named executive officer compensation—Short-term incentive plan” above.

 

(3)   All stock option awards are granted under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and are options to purchase shares of Class A common stock. Stock options shown in this column are tranche 5 options subject to performance-based and service-based vesting conditions, and will only vest upon satisfaction of applicable performance criteria, as described below.

 

(4)   All stock option awards are granted under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and are options to purchase shares of Class A common stock. Stock options shown in this column are tranche 4 options subject to service-based vesting conditions, as described below.

 

(5)   The exercise price of stock options is the fair market value of a share of Class A Common Stock on the grant date, determined by our Board under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and based on a valuation provided by an independent valuation firm.

 

(6)   Amounts shown reflect the fair value of stock option awards on the grant date. These amounts do not reflect actual amounts paid to or realized by the named executive officers and exclude the effect of estimated forfeitures. The underlying valuation assumptions for option awards are further discussed in Note 13 to the 2010 Financials (attached as an exhibit to this prospectus).

 

(7)   Ms. Lavelle forfeited her stock option award upon her voluntary resignation as Chief Financial Officer on July 23, 2010.

 

(8)   Ms. Lavelle was granted a bonus opportunity under the STI Plan during fiscal 2010. Ms. Lavelle voluntarily resigned as Chief Financial Officer on July 23, 2010 and received a pro-rata bonus payment in connection with her Transition Services Agreement. At such time, her opportunity under the STI Plan was forfeited.

 

- 120 -


Table of Contents

Narrative disclosure to summary compensation table and grants of plan-based awards table

Each of our named executive officers is party to an employment agreement (in the case of Mr. Travis) or an offer letter (in the case of all other named executive officers other than Ms. Lavelle) that provides for a base salary and other benefits, as described above in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis. All of our named executive officers were eligible to participate in our Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan, the STI Plan, our 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and our benefit plans and programs for all or a portion of fiscal 2010. Mr. Travis’ annual incentive entitlement is set forth in his employment agreement. Under Mr. Travis’ employment agreement, he is entitled to receive a bonus based on an EBITDA target set by the Board, which has delegated this authority to the Compensation Committee for each year during the term of the agreement. If targeted EBITDA is achieved, he will be entitled to receive a bonus equal to 100% of base salary. If EBITDA for the year exceeds target by at least 5% or more, he will be entitled to receive a bonus of up to 150% of base salary. If target EBITDA is not achieved, but EBITDA for the year is greater than 95% of target, he may receive a bonus at the discretion of the Compensation Committee. The EBITDA targets for Mr. Travis’ bonus are established by the Compensation Committee under the STI Plan. All other named executive officers’ bonuses are established and determined under the STI Plan, as more fully described in the Compensation Discussion and Analysis above. Ms. Lavelle is party to a Transition Services Agreement that governs the terms and conditions of her employment as a non-executive employee and pursuant to which she is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $100,000. This agreement provides that, as a non-executive employee, Ms. Lavelle is no longer entitled to participate in any of the Company’s equity and incentive compensation plans other than vesting of existing awards, but remains able to participate in other benefit plans in accordance with the terms of such plans.

All option awards are granted under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and have a 10-year term. Options that are subject only to service-based vesting conditions (tranche 4 options) vest in equal annual installments over five years, beginning on the vesting commencement date (typically, the first anniversary of the grant date) or, if earlier, upon or following a change of control (as described below under “Potential payments upon termination or change of control”). Options that are subject to both performance-based and service-based vesting conditions (tranche 5 options) generally become eligible to vest in equal installments over five years, beginning on the vesting commencement date or, if earlier, upon or following a change of control (as described below under “Potential payments upon termination or change of control”), but will vest and become exercisable only if and when the applicable performance condition is satisfied. The performance condition is satisfied by the Sponsors’ receipt of a targeted return on their initial investment in the Company, measured at the time of a sale or disposition by the Sponsors of all or a portion of the Company. If the Sponsors receive a specified level of investment return on such sale or disposition, the performance condition is met for a percentage of tranche 5 options equal to the percentage of shares sold by the Sponsors to that point. If the performance condition is achieved, but the service condition is not, the tranche remains subject to the time-based vesting schedule described above. Mr. Travis was given vesting credit for both his time-based options and performance-based options for the period of time that elapsed between the date he commenced employment with us and the date his stock options were granted to him, which resulted in 20% of his tranche 4 stock options being fully vested and 20% of his tranche 5 stock options being fully eligible to vest on the date granted.

 

- 121 -


Table of Contents

Outstanding equity awards at fiscal-year end

The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock underlying outstanding equity incentive plan awards for each named executive officer as of December 25, 2010:

 

      Option awards     Stock awards  
Name   Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
exercise-able
(1)
    Number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
options (#)
unexercise-able
(1)
   

Equity
incentive
plan
awards:
number of
securities
underlying
unexercised
unearned
options

(#)(2)

    Option
exercise
price
($)(3)
    Option
expiration
date (4)
    Number of
shares or
units of
stock that
have not
vested (#)(5)
    Market
value of
shares or
units of
stock that
have not
vested
($)(6)
    Equity
incentive
plan
awards:
number of
unearned
shares,
units or
other
rights
that
have not
vested
(#)(7)
    Equity
incentive
plan
awards:
market
or
payout
value of
unearned
shares,
units or
other
rights
that have
not
vested
($)(6)
 
   

Nigel Travis

    750,000        3,000,000        8,750,000      $ 0.66        2/23/2020                               

Neil Moses

                                

Paul Twohig

           255,000        595,000      $ 0.66        2/23/2020                               

John Costello

           300,000        700,000      $ 0.66        2/23/2020                               

Richard Emmett

           225,000        525,000      $ 0.66        2/23/2020                               

Kate Lavelle

                             183,194      $ 201,513        686,977      $ 755,675   
   

 

(1)   Reflects tranche 4 options subject to service-based vesting conditions that vest in accordance with the schedule described above. All options were granted on February 23, 2010.

 

(2)   Reflects tranche 5 options subject to performance-based and service-based vesting conditions for which the performance conditions had not been satisfied as of the end of fiscal 2010, and that will become eligible to vest in accordance with the schedule described above.

 

(3)   The exercise price of stock options is the fair market value of a share of Class A common stock on the grant date, determined by the Board under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan and based on a valuation provided by an independent valuation firm.

 

(4)   All options have a ten-year term.

 

(5)   Reflects restricted shares granted to Ms. Lavelle that are subject to time-based vesting and that vested on March 1, 2011. Ms. Lavelle’s stock award remained outstanding after her resignation as Chief Financial Officer, as she remained employed by the Company in a part-time capacity.

 

(6)   Market values reflect the fair market value of a share of Class A common stock on December 25, 2010, the last day of our fiscal year ($1.10), as determined by the Board based on a valuation provided by an independent valuation firm.

 

(7)   Reflects restricted shares granted to Ms. Lavelle that are no longer subject to time-based vesting conditions but that remain subject to performance-based vesting conditions. These shares will only vest if the Sponsors receive a certain internal rate of return on their initial investment in the Company.

 

- 122 -


Table of Contents

Option exercises and stock vested

The following table provides information relating to vesting of restricted stock for our named executive officers during fiscal 2010. None of our named executive officers exercised stock options during fiscal 2010.

 

Name    Option awards      Stock awards  
   Number of shares
acquired on exercise
(#)
     Value realized
on exercise
($)
    

Number of shares

acquired on
vesting (#) (1)

     Value realized on
vesting ($) (2)
 
   

Nigel Travis

                               

Neil Moses

                               

Paul Twohig

                               

John Costello

                               

Richard Emmett

                               

Kate Lavelle

                     183,194       $ 120,908   
   
(1)   Reflects time-based restricted shares that vested on March 1, 2010.

 

(2)   Value is based on the fair market value of a share of Class A common stock on the vesting date as determined by the Board based on a valuation provided by an independent valuation firm.

Nonqualified deferred compensation

The following table shows the amounts held by our named executive officers under the Company’s 2005 Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”).

 

2010 NON-QUALIFIED DEFERRED COMPENSATION  
Name    Executive
contributions in last
fiscal year (1)
    

Registrant

contributions
in last fiscal
year (2)

    

Aggregate

earnings in
last fiscal year (3)

     Aggregate
withdrawals /
distributions
    

Aggregate

balance at
last fiscal
year end

 
   

Nigel Travis

   $ 106,000               $ 7,491               $ 207,248   

Neil Moses

                                       

Paul Twohig

                                       

John Costello

                                       

Richard Emmett

   $ 90,000               $ 10,994               $ 100,994   

Kate Lavelle

                                       
   

 

(1)   All amounts deferred by the named executive officers for fiscal 2010 have also been reported in the Summary Compensation Table.

 

(2)   No company contributions or credits were made into this plan for fiscal 2010.

 

(3)   Reflects market-based earnings on amounts credited to participants under the plan.

The Deferred Compensation Plan is an unfunded, nonqualified deferred compensation plan that is available to executives and key employees of the Company. Under the Deferred Compensation Plan, our named executive officers and other eligible employees can elect to defer each year up to 50% of base salary and up to 100% of the flexible allowance and annual cash incentive awards (with a minimum deferral amount of $5,000). Although the Company has the discretion to provide matching credits under the plan, no matching credits were provided for fiscal 2010. All amounts credited to a participant’s account under the plan are notionally invested in mutual funds or other investments available in the market. The Company does not provide above-market or preferential earnings on deferred compensation. Amounts under the plan are generally distributed in a lump sum upon a participant’s separation from service, disability or a date selected by the participant (at least three years after the year of deferral). A participant who separates from service at or after age 50 may elect to receive distributions in a lump sum or in installments and may defer commencement of distributions following

 

- 123 -


Table of Contents

separation up to age 65. The Company has established a rabbi trust to assist in meeting a portion of its obligations under the plan. Upon a change in control, the Company will appoint an independent trustee to administer the trust and will fund the trust in an amount sufficient to satisfy all obligations under the plan. In addition, during the 12-month period following a change in control, the Company will continue to maintain the notional investment options available under the plan including, if applicable, any fixed rate fund (using an annual interest equivalent factor equal to the highest factor in effect during the 24 months prior to the change in control).

Potential payments upon termination or change in control

Each of our named executive officers, other than Ms. Lavelle, is entitled to receive certain benefits upon a qualifying termination of employment. Ms. Lavelle is not entitled to any severance pay or benefits under her Transition Services Agreement and is only entitled to accrued but unpaid base salary and benefits upon a termination of employment.

Employment Agreement with Mr. Travis. Mr. Travis’ employment agreement was amended and restated effective May 3, 2011. Under his prior agreement in effect on December 24, 2010, the last business day of our fiscal year, if Mr. Travis’ employment was terminated for performance-based cause, he would have been entitled to receive a lump sum cash payment equal to one year of his annual base salary as of the date of termination. Performance-based cause was defined in Mr. Travis’ agreement generally as a failure by Mr. Travis to perform his duties to the reasonable standards set by the Board, which failure did not rise to the level of “cause.” If Mr. Travis’ employment was terminated other than for cause or performance-based cause or if he resigned for good reason, he would have been entitled to an amount equal to his average salary and performance-based cash bonus during the two years preceding the date his employment terminated and, if such termination or resignation occurred prior to January 20, 2012, the lump sum payment would have been multiplied by two. He was also entitled to a pro-rata bonus for the year in which such termination occurred, determined based on actual performance. In addition, we agreed to contribute to Mr. Travis’ premium costs for participation in our medical and dental plans for eighteen months following employment termination. Mr. Travis’ receipt of these severance benefits was conditioned on his signing and not revoking a full release of claims in favor of the Company.

Under Mr. Travis’ amended and restated employment agreement, if his employment is terminated other than for cause or performance-based cause (as defined above) or if he resigns for good reason, he is entitled to two times the average annual base salary paid to him during the two years preceding the date his employment terminates. If such termination occurs prior to January 6, 2012, he is also entitled to two times the average performance-based cash bonuses paid to him during the two years preceding such termination of employment. All other severance-related terms remain the same as under his original agreement described above.

Ms. Lavelle. As noted above, under Ms. Lavelle’s Transition Services Agreement, she is only entitled to accrued but unpaid base salary and benefits and unreimbursed business expenses upon a termination of employment for any reason.

All Other Named Executive Officers. Messrs. Moses, Twohig, Costello and Emmett had participated in our Executive Severance Pay Plan, which has been terminated and is no longer in effect. Under the terms of this plan as in effect on December 24, 2010, the last business day of our fiscal year, eligible participants were entitled to receive six months of base salary, payable in the same manner and at the same time as the Company’s payroll, upon an involuntary separation from service with the Company. As part of their employment letters, Messrs. Moses, Costello and Emmett were granted 12 months of base salary as a severance benefit under this plan upon a termination of employment other than for cause. In April 2011, we increased

 

- 124 -


Table of Contents

Mr. Twohig’s severance benefit from six months to twelve months of base salary upon a termination of employment other than for cause. In addition, if a participant under this plan made a timely election to receive COBRA health care continuation coverage, the individual’s monthly COBRA premium for the first three months following the date of termination would equal the premiums paid by an active employee for such coverage immediately prior to the termination date. A participant in the Executive Severance Pay Plan was also entitled to twelve months of outplacement services following separation from service.

Following the termination of the Executive Severance Pay Plan, Messrs. Moses, Twohig, Costello and Emmett are entitled to substantially the same severance benefits upon a termination of employment other than for cause under the terms of each executive’s amended offer letter. Instead of twelve months of outplacement services, they are entitled to six months and the Company may extend these services for an additional six months, in its discretion.

Each named executive officer, upon his or her separation, is also entitled to receive any accrued but unpaid salary and vacation, as well as any earned but unpaid annual bonus for the preceding fiscal year.

The executive officer’s right to receive severance payments and benefits is conditioned upon his or her signing and not revoking a full release of claims in favor of the Company.

Restrictive Covenants. Under the terms of their respective agreements, each named executive officer has agreed to confidentiality obligations during and after employment. Under his employment agreement, Mr. Travis has agreed to non-competition and non-solicitation obligations during and for two years following employment termination. Under her Transition Services Agreement, Ms. Lavelle has agreed to non-competition and non-solicitation obligations during and for two years following employment termination (which period will be reduced to one year if her employment terminates after July 23, 2011). Each other named executive officer has agreed to non-competition and non-solicitation obligations during and for one year following employment termination.

Change in control

All outstanding stock options, including those held by our named executive officers, have change in control vesting provisions. According to the terms of each option grant, eligible participants are entitled to accelerated vesting, immediately upon a change in control, of 50% of their then-unvested time-based (tranche 4) stock options. Any remaining unvested time-based (tranche 4) stock options will vest on the first anniversary of the change in control (so long as the participant remains employed through that date). Similarly, up to 50% of the then-unvested performance-based (tranche 5) stock options would become eligible to vest immediately prior to the change in control, and the remaining performance-based (tranche 5) stock options would become eligible to vest on the first anniversary of the change in control (so long as the participant remains employed through that date). However, performance-based (tranche 5) stock options will only vest upon or following a change in control if the Sponsors realize a specified level of investment return on their initial investment in the Company. Ms. Lavelle’s time-based restricted shares would vest in full upon a change in control, and her performance-based restricted shares will only vest upon a change in control if the Sponsors realize a specified internal rate of return of between 20% and 24% on their initial investment in the Company.

As described above under “Nonqualified deferred compensation”, a change in control will have certain consequences under our Deferred Compensation Plan, including a requirement that the Company contribute additional amounts to the rabbi trust established to satisfy its obligations under this plan.

The Company does not provide tax “gross-ups” on amounts payable in connection with a change of control that are subject to an excise tax on golden parachute payments.

 

- 125 -


Table of Contents

Summary of potential payments

The following tables summarize the payments that would have been made to our named executive officers upon the occurrence of a qualifying termination of employment or change in control, assuming that each named executive officer’s termination of employment with our Company or a change in control of the Company occurred on December 24, 2010 (the last business day of our fiscal year). If a termination of employment had occurred on this date, severance payments and benefits would have been determined, for Mr. Travis, under his employment agreement in effect on such date (prior to its amendment and restatement) and, for the other named executive officers, under their respective offer letters, as in effect on such date, and our Executive Severance Pay Plan, which is no longer in effect. Should a change in control occur following this offering, there is a possibility of significant payouts of long-term equity incentives as described above and illustrated below. Amounts shown do not include (i) accrued but unpaid salary or bonus and vested benefits, and (ii) other benefits earned or accrued by the named executive officer during his or her employment that are available to all salaried employees and that do not discriminate in scope, terms or operations in favor of executive officers.

None of our named executive officers was entitled to receive any severance payments or benefits upon a voluntary termination (including retirement) or a termination due to death, disability or cause on December 24, 2010, except for earned by unpaid salary, accrued and vested benefits and benefits under any applicable insurance policies.

 

Termination of Mr. Travis’ employment    Cash severance
(salary continuation)
     Cash incentive plan      Health benefit      Total  
   

Voluntary Termination for Good Reason or Involuntary Termination (other than for Cause or Performance-Based Cause)

   $ 1,700,000       $ 600,000       $ 23,864       $ 2,323,864   

Involuntary Termination (for Performance-Based Cause)

   $ 850,000                       $ 850,000   
   

 

Termination by the company other than for cause    Cash severance
(Salary continuation)
     Health benefit      Outplacement
benefit(1)
     Total  
   

Neil Moses

   $ 475,000       $ 4,094       $ 20,000       $ 499,094   

John Costello

   $ 500,000       $ 2,724       $ 20,000       $ 522,724   

Paul Twohig

   $ 187,500       $ 2,724       $ 20,000       $ 210,224   

Richard Emmett

   $ 400,000       $ 1,394       $ 20,000       $ 421,394   
   

 

Change in control   

Acceleration of

unvested stock
options(2)

     Acceleration of
unvested restricted
stock(2)
     Total  
   

Nigel Travis

   $ 660,000               $ 660,000   

Neil Moses

                       

John Costello

   $ 66,000               $ 66,000   

Paul Twohig

   $ 56,100               $ 56,100   

Richard Emmett

   $ 49,500               $ 49,500   

Kate Lavelle

           $ 201,513       $ 201,513   
   

 

(1)   Represents the maximum amount payable to each named executive officer for outplacement services under the Executive Severance Pay Plan, which has been terminated.

 

(2)   Includes outstanding time-based options and time-based restricted shares that would immediately vest upon a change in control. Amounts shown in respect of options assume that the options are cashed out for a payment equal to the difference between the fair market value of a share of Class A common stock ($1.10 per share) and the per share exercise price of the respective options, and that the restricted shares are cashed out at fair market value ($1.10 per share). Although a portion of the performance-based options and restricted shares would have become eligible to vest immediately upon a change in control, the performance conditions associated with such options and restricted shares would not have been satisfied if a change in control had occurred on December 24, 2010.

 

- 126 -


Table of Contents

2010 director compensation

The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation earned by our directors during 2010. Directors who are employees of the Company or the Sponsors do not receive any fees for their services as directors. Mr. Travis’ compensation is included above with that of our other named executive officers.

 

Name    Fees earned or paid
in cash($)(1)
     Total ($)  
   

Jon Luther

     525,000         525,000   
   

 

(1)  

Represents quarterly payments earned in fiscal 2010 under Mr. Luther’s Transition Agreement for services as an outside director and as non-executive Chairman in the amounts of $25,000 and $500,000, respectively.

Mr. Luther is a party to a Transition Agreement with the Company pursuant to which he is entitled to receive compensation in respect of his service as a member and non-executive Chairman of the Board. The term of this agreement began on July 1, 2010 and ends on June 30, 2013. This agreement entitles him to an outside director’s fee at the rate of $50,000 per year and a fee for serving as Chairman. The Chairman’s fee is equal to $1,000,000 for the period from July 1, 2010 to June 30, 2011, $500,000 for the period from July 1, 2011 to June 30, 2012 and $250,000 for the period from July 1, 2012 to June 30, 2013. The Company accrued in 2010 for the entire amount of fees under this agreement except for the outside director’s fee and each fee is paid quarterly in arrears. The Company has also agreed to reimburse Mr. Luther for certain insurance-related costs during the term of the agreement, including the cost of a Medicare supplemental insurance policy for Mr. Luther and his wife, monthly premium costs for dental insurance and premium costs for basic term life insurance, executive life insurance and whole life insurance. The Company has also agreed to provide him with reimbursement of all reasonable business expenses and administrative support in his role as Chairman. If we terminate Mr. Luther’s service without cause or he ceases to serve as a director due to his death or a failure to be re-elected to the Board and no circumstances exist which would constitute cause, we are obligated to pay the balance of the Board and Chairman fees that would otherwise have been payable through the end of the term. Our obligation to pay such severance benefit is expressly conditioned upon the execution (without revocation) of a timely and effective release of claims. Mr. Luther has agreed not to compete with us and not to solicit our employees and franchisees during his service and for two years following a termination of such service and to not disclose confidential information during and after his service with the Company.

Our board of directors intends to adopt a director compensation program to be effective upon the completion of this offering. Pursuant to this program, each member of our board of directors who is not an employee of the Company will be eligible to receive compensation for his or her service as a director as follows. Each director will receive an annual retainer of $60,000 for Board services. The chair of the Audit Committee will receive an additional annual retainer of $15,000, the chair of the Compensation Committee will receive an additional annual retainer of $12,500, and the Chair of the Nominating/Governance Committee will receive an additional retainer of $7,500. Directors may elect to take deferred stock units in lieu of cash retainers. In addition, directors will receive an annual grant of restricted stock units with a fair market value equal to $85,000. While we are a “controlled company” for purposes of the NASDAQ Global Select Market, none of the directors affiliated with the Sponsors will be compensated for board service.

Equity incentive plans

2006 Executive Incentive Plan

The following is a description of the material terms of our 2006 Executive Incentive Plan, which we refer to in this summary as the “Plan”. This summary is not a complete description of all provisions of the Plan and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Plan, which is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of

 

- 127 -


Table of Contents

which this prospectus is a part. In connection with the closing of this offering, we expect to grant to 15 employees options to purchase approximately 940,000 shares of common stock in the aggregate, at an exercise price equal to the public offering price, and approximately 300,000 restricted shares in the aggregate. These grants will be made in respect of new hires and promotions. Following this offering, we will no longer make awards under the Plan and will instead make awards under the 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan (described below).

Purpose . The purpose of the Plan is to advance the Company’s interests by providing for the grant to participants of equity and other incentive awards. The awards are intended to align the incentives of our executives and investors and to improve Company performance.

Plan Administration . The Plan is administered by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee has the authority, among other things, to interpret the Plan, to determine eligibility for awards under the Plan, to determine the terms of and grant awards under the Plan, and to do all things necessary to carry out the purposes of the Plan. The Compensation Committee’s determinations under the Plan are conclusive and binding.

Authorized Shares . Subject to adjustment, the maximum number of shares of Class A common stock that may be delivered in satisfaction of awards under the Plan is 55,689,151 (with up to 22,899,228 shares of Class A common stock awarded as restricted stock and up to 32,789,923 shares of Class A common stock delivered in satisfaction of stock options). Shares of common stock to be issued under the Plan may be authorized but unissued shares of common stock or previously-issued shares acquired by the Company or its subsidiaries. Any shares of Class A common stock that do not vest and are forfeited, or that are withheld by the Company in payment of the exercise price of an award or in satisfaction of tax withholding, will again be available for issuance under the Plan.

Eligibility . The Compensation Committee selects participants from among the key employees, directors, consultants and advisors of the Company or its affiliates who are in a position to make a significant contribution to our success. Eligibility for stock options intended to be incentive stock options (ISOs) is limited to employees of the Company or certain affiliates.

Types of Awards . The Plan provides for grants of stock options, restricted and unrestricted stock and stock units, performance awards, and other awards.

 

 

Stock options: The exercise price of an option is not permitted to be less than the fair market value (or, in the case of an ISO granted to a 10% shareholder, 110% of the fair market value) of a share of common stock on the date of grant. The Compensation Committee determines the time or times at which stock options become exercisable and the terms on which stock options remain exercisable.

 

 

Restricted and unrestricted stock: A restricted stock award is an award of common stock subject to forfeiture restrictions, while an unrestricted stock award is not subject to restrictions under the Plan.

 

 

Stock units: A stock unit award is denominated in shares of common stock and entitles the participant to receive stock or cash measured by the value of the shares in the future. The delivery of stock or cash under a stock unit may be subject to the satisfaction of performance conditions or other vesting conditions.

 

 

Performance awards: The granting, exercise or vesting of an award may be conditioned on the satisfaction of specified performance criteria.

 

 

Other awards: Other awards that may be settled in stock and cash awards may be granted under the Plan.

Vesting . The Compensation Committee has the authority to determine the vesting schedule applicable to each award, and to accelerate the vesting or exercisability of any award.

 

- 128 -


Table of Contents

Termination of Employment . Unless otherwise provided by the Compensation Committee or an award agreement, upon a termination of employment all unvested options and other awards requiring exercise will terminate and all other unvested awards will be forfeited. Vested options remain exercisable for one year following death or disability and three months following any other termination except a termination for cause (or, if shorter, for the remaining term of the option). If a participant’s service is terminated for cause, all options and other awards requiring exercise, whether or not vested, will terminate upon such termination of service.

Transferability . Awards under the Plan may not be transferred except through will or by the laws of descent and distribution, unless (for awards other than ISOs) otherwise provided by the Compensation Committee.

Additional Restrictions . All awards under the Plan and all shares of common stock issued under the plan are subject to the Stockholders Agreement, described below.

Corporate Transactions . In the event of certain corporate transactions (including the sale of substantially all of the assets or change in ownership of the stock of the Company, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, exchange, or other restructuring), the Compensation Committee may provide for continuation or assumption of outstanding awards, for new grants in substitution of outstanding awards, or for the accelerated vesting or delivery of shares under awards, in each case on such terms and with such restrictions as it deems appropriate. Except as otherwise provided in an award agreement, awards not assumed will terminate upon the consummation of such corporate transaction.

Adjustment . The Compensation Committee will adjust the maximum number of shares that may be delivered under the Plan in order to prevent enlargement or dilution of benefits as a result of a stock dividend or similar distribution, stock split or combination, recapitalization, conversion, reorganization, consolidation, split-up, spin-off, combination, merger, exchange, redemption, repurchase, any change in capital structure, or other transaction or event. The Compensation Committee will also make proportionate adjustments to the number and kind of shares of stock or securities subject to awards and any exercise prices or other affected provisions, and may make similar adjustments to take into account distributions or other events to avoid distortion and preserve the value of awards.

In addition, a performance award may provide that performance criteria will be subject to appropriate adjustments reflecting the effect of significant corporate transactions and similar events for the purpose of maintaining the probability that the criteria will be satisfied. Any such adjustment will be made only in the amount deemed reasonably necessary, after consultation with the Company’s accountants, to reflect the direct and measurable effect of such event.

Amendment and Termination . The Compensation Committee may amend the Plan or outstanding awards, or terminate the Plan as to future grants of awards, except that the Compensation Committee may not alter the terms of an award if it would affect adversely a participant’s rights under the award without the participant’s consent (unless expressly provided in the Plan or reserved by the Compensation Committee).

2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan

Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt an incentive plan to be named the Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “Omnibus Plan”). The Omnibus Plan will replace our current Plan, described above under “2006 Executive Incentive Plan” and following this offering, all equity-based awards will be granted under the Omnibus Plan. As of the date of this prospectus, no awards have been made under the Omnibus Plan. The following summary describes what we anticipate to be the material terms of the Omnibus Plan. This summary is not a complete description of all provisions of the Omnibus Plan and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Omnibus Plan, which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

 

- 129 -


Table of Contents

Purpose . The purpose of the Omnibus Plan is to advance the Company’s interests by providing for the grant to participants of equity and other incentive awards.

Plan Administration . The Omnibus Plan will be administered by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee will have the authority, among other things, to interpret the Omnibus Plan, to determine eligibility for, grant and determine the terms of awards under the Omnibus Plan, and to do all things necessary to carry out the purposes of the Omnibus Plan. The Compensation Committee’s determinations under the Omnibus Plan will be conclusive and binding.

Authorized Shares . Subject to adjustment, the maximum number of shares of common stock that may be delivered in satisfaction of awards under the Omnibus Plan will be                  shares. Shares of common stock to be issued under the Omnibus Plan may be authorized but unissued shares of common stock or previously-issued shares acquired by the Company. Any shares of common stock underlying awards that are settled in cash or otherwise expire or become unexercisable without having been exercised or are forfeited to or repurchased by the Company as a result of not having vested, or that are withheld by the Company in payment of the exercise price of an award or in satisfaction of tax withholding, will again be available for issuance under the Omnibus Plan.

Individual Limits . The maximum number of shares for which stock options may be granted and the maximum number of shares of stock subject to stock appreciation rights to any person in any calendar year will each be                  shares. The maximum number of shares subject to other awards granted to any person in any calendar year will be                  shares. The maximum amount payable to any person in any twelve-month period under cash awards will be $            .

Eligibility . The Compensation Committee will select participants from among the key employees, directors, consultants and advisors of the Company or its affiliates who are in a position to make a significant contribution to our success. Eligibility for stock options intended to be incentive stock options (ISOs) is limited to employees of the Company or certain affiliates.

Types of Awards . The Omnibus Plan will provide for grants of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted and unrestricted stock and stock units, performance awards and cash awards. Dividend equivalents may also be provided in connection with an award under the Omnibus Plan.

 

   

Stock options: The exercise price of an option is not permitted to be less than the fair market value (or, in the case of an ISO granted to a ten-percent shareholder, 110% of the fair market value) of a share of common stock on the date of grant. The Compensation Committee will determine the time or times at which stock options become exercisable and the terms on which they remain exercisable.

 

   

Stock appreciation rights: A stock appreciation right is an award that entitles the participant to receive stock or cash upon exercise equal to the excess of the value of the shares subject to the right over the base price. The base price of a stock appreciation right is not permitted to be less than the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of grant. The Compensation Committee will determine the time or times at which stock appreciation rights become exercisable and the terms on which they remain exercisable.

 

   

Restricted and unrestricted stock: A restricted stock award is an award of common stock subject to forfeiture restrictions, while an unrestricted stock award is not subject to restrictions under the Omnibus Plan.

 

   

Stock units: A stock unit award is denominated in shares of common stock and entitles the participant to receive stock or cash measured by the value of the shares in the future. The delivery of stock or cash under a stock unit may be subject to the satisfaction of performance conditions or other vesting conditions.

 

- 130 -


Table of Contents
   

Performance awards: A performance award is an award the vesting, settlement or exercisability of which is subject to specified performance criteria. Performance awards may be stock-based or cash-based.

 

   

Cash awards: An award that is settled in cash.

Vesting . The Compensation Committee will have the authority to determine the vesting schedule applicable to each award, and to accelerate the vesting or exercisability of any award.

Termination of Employment . The Compensation Committee will determine the effect of termination of employment or service on an award. Unless otherwise provided by the Compensation Committee or in an award agreement, upon a termination of employment all unvested options and other awards requiring exercise will terminate and all other unvested awards will be forfeited.

Recovery of Compensation; Other Terms . Awards granted under the Omnibus Plan are subject to forfeiture, termination and rescission, and a participant will be obligated to return to the Company the value received with respect to awards, to the extent provided by the Compensation Committee in an award agreement, pursuant to Company policy relating to the recovery of erroneously-paid incentive compensation, or as otherwise required by law or applicable listing standards.

Performance Criteria. The Omnibus Plan will provide that grants of performance awards, including cash-denominated awards and stock-based awards, will be made based upon, and subject to achieving, “performance criteria” over a performance period, which may be one or more periods as established by the Compensation Committee (provided that cash awards will have a performance period of longer than one year). Performance criteria with respect to those awards that are intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code are limited to an objectively determinable measure of performance relating to any or any combination of the following (measured either absolutely or by reference to an index or indices and determined either on a consolidated basis or, as the context permits, on a divisional, subsidiary, line of business, project or geographical basis or in combinations thereof): net sales; systemwide sales; revenue; revenue growth or product revenue growth; operating income (before or after taxes); pre- or after-tax income or loss (before or after allocation of corporate overhead and bonus); earnings or loss per share; net income or loss (before or after taxes); return on equity; total stockholder return; return on assets or net assets; appreciation in and/or maintenance of the price of the shares or any other publicly-traded securities of the Company; market share; gross profits; earnings or losses (including earnings or losses before taxes, before interest and taxes, or before interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization); economic value-added models or equivalent metrics; comparisons with various stock market indices; reductions in costs; cash flow or cash flow per share (before or after dividends); return on capital (including return on total capital or return on invested capital); cash flow return on investment; improvement in or attainment of expense levels or working capital levels, including cash, inventory and accounts receivable; operating margin; gross margin; year-end cash; cash margin; debt reduction; stockholders’ equity; operating efficiencies; market share; customer satisfaction; customer growth; employee satisfaction; supply chain achievements (including establishing relationships with manufacturers or suppliers of component materials and manufacturers of the Company’s products); points of distribution; co-development, co-marketing, profit sharing, joint venture or other similar arrangements; financial ratios, including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage; cost of capital or assets under management; financing and other capital raising transactions (including sales of the Company’s equity or debt securities; factoring transactions; sales or licenses of the Company’s assets, including its intellectual property, whether in a particular jurisdiction or territory or globally; or through partnering transactions); implementation, completion or attainment of measurable objectives with respect to research, development, manufacturing, commercialization, products or projects, production volume levels, acquisitions and divestitures; factoring transactions; and recruiting and maintaining personnel.

 

- 131 -


Table of Contents

To the extent consistent with the requirements for satisfying the performance-based compensation exception under Section 162(m), the Compensation Committee may provide in the case of any award intended to qualify for such exception that one or more of the performance criteria applicable to an award will be adjusted in an objectively determinable manner to reflect events (for example, the impact of charges for restructurings, discontinued operations, mergers, acquisitions, extraordinary items, and other unusual or non-recurring items, and the cumulative effects of tax or accounting changes, each as defined by generally accepted accounting principles) occurring during the performance period of such award that affect the applicable performance criteria.

Transferability . Awards under the plan may not be transferred except through will or by the laws of descent and distribution, unless (for awards other than ISOs) otherwise provided by the Compensation Committee.

Corporate Transactions . In the event of a consolidation, merger or similar transaction, a sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets or a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Compensation Committee may, among other things, provide for continuation or assumption of outstanding awards, for new grants in substitution of outstanding awards, or for the accelerated vesting or delivery of shares under awards, in each case on such terms and with such restrictions as it deems appropriate. Except as otherwise provided in an award agreement, awards not assumed will terminate upon the consummation of such corporate transaction.

Adjustment . In the event of certain corporate transactions (including a stock split, stock dividend, recapitalization or other change in the Company’s capital structure that constitutes an equity restructuring within the meaning of FASB ASC Topic 718), the Compensation Committee will make appropriate adjustments to the maximum number of shares that may be delivered under the Omnibus Plan and the individual limits included in the Omnibus Plan, and will also make appropriate adjustments to the number and kind of shares of stock or securities subject to awards, the exercise prices of such awards or any other terms of awards affected by such change. The Compensation Committee will also make the types of adjustments described above to take into account distributions and other events other than those listed above if it determines that such adjustments are appropriate to avoid distortion and preserve the value of awards.

Amendment and Termination . The Compensation Committee will be able to amend the plan or outstanding awards, or terminate the plan as to future grants of awards, except that the Compensation Committee will not be able alter the terms of an award if it would affect materially and adversely a participant’s rights under the award without the participant’s consent (unless expressly provided in the plan or reserved by the Compensation Committee). Shareholder approval will be required for any amendment that would reduce the exercise price of any outstanding option or constitute a repricing that requires shareholder approval under the rules of The NASDAQ Global Select Market and, without such approval, the Compensation Committee will not be permitted to approve a repurchase by the Company for cash or other property of stock options or stock appreciation rights for which the exercise price or base price, as applicable, exceeds the fair market value of a share of common stock on the date of such repurchase.

Short-term incentive plan

We have established the Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. Short-Term Incentive Plan (the “STI Plan”) for certain of our employees, including our named executive officers, under which performance-based annual bonuses are granted. Annual bonuses under this plan are expressed as a percentage of base salary. Although this plan by its terms will terminate on December 31, 2015, starting with our 2012 fiscal year, annual bonuses to our named executive officers and other key employees will be granted under the Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. Executive Annual Incentive Plan described below.

 

- 132 -


Table of Contents

The Compensation Committee administers the STI Plan, as it relates to our executive officers, and the Senior Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer administers the STI Plan for all other eligible employee participants. Although the STI Plan does not mandate the use of any particular performance goal, the funding of the bonus pool under this plan has been based on achievement of Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. global EBITDA for the relevant fiscal year. The Compensation Committee establishes the EBITDA targets under the STI Plan at the beginning of the fiscal year and determines the size of the pool available for bonuses to be paid under this plan. The Compensation Committee then determines the amounts of the bonuses payable to our executive officers based on the achievement of the EBITDA goal, together with other pre-established financial or operational business goals as well as each executive officer’s achievement of his or her personal goals. The Senior Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer, has the authority to do the same for the other participants.

An individual must generally be employed by us on the payment date for the relevant performance period to be entitled to incentive compensation under the STI Plan. If an executive’s employment is terminated prior to such date as a result of death, retirement or extended disability, a pro-rata amount of the bonus may be paid.

As noted above in the discussion following the “Grants of plan-based awards in 2010” table, Mr. Travis’ bonus is determined in connection with the terms of his employment agreement.

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. Executive Annual Incentive Plan

Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors intends to adopt the Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. Executive Annual Incentive Plan (the “Annual Plan”). Starting with our 2012 fiscal year, annual award opportunities for certain key employees, including our named executive officers, will be granted under the Annual Plan. The Annual Plan is intended to enable the Company to comply with the requirements for tax deductibility imposed by Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, to the extent applicable. The following summary describes what we anticipate to be the material terms of the Annual Plan. This summary is not a complete description of all provisions of the Annual Plan and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Annual Plan, which will be filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

Administration . The Annual Plan will be administered by the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee has authority to interpret the Annual Plan, and any interpretation or decision by the Compensation Committee with regard to any questions arising under the Annual Plan is final and conclusive on all participants.

Eligibility . Key employees will be selected from time to time by the Compensation Committee to participate in the Annual Plan.

Awards . Award opportunities under the Annual Plan will be granted by the Compensation Committee prior to, or within a specified period of time following the beginning of, the fiscal year of the Company (or other performance period selected by the Compensation Committee). The Compensation Committee will establish the performance goals applicable to the award, the amount or amounts payable if the performance goals are achieved, and such other terms and conditions as the Compensation Committee deems appropriate.

Performance Criteria . Awards under the Annual Plan will be made based on, and subject to achieving, “performance criteria” established by the Compensation Committee. Performance criteria for awards intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code are limited to the objectively determinable measures of performance relating to any or any combination of the following (measured either absolutely or by reference to an index or indices and determined either on a consolidated basis or, as the context permits, on a divisional, subsidiary, line of business, project or geographical basis or in combinations thereof): net sales; systemwide sales; revenue; revenue growth or product revenue growth; operating income (before or after taxes); pre- or after-tax income or loss (before or

 

- 133 -


Table of Contents

after allocation of corporate overhead and bonus); earnings or loss per share; net income or loss (before or after taxes); return on equity; total stockholder return; return on assets or net assets; appreciation in and/or maintenance of the price of the shares or any other publicly-traded securities of the Company; market share; gross profits; earnings or losses (including earnings or losses before taxes, before interest and taxes, or before interest, taxes, depreciation and/or amortization); economic value-added models or equivalent metrics; comparisons with various stock market indices; reductions in costs; cash flow or cash flow per share (before or after dividends); return on capital (including return on total capital or return on invested capital); cash flow return on investment; improvement in or attainment of expense levels or working capital levels, including cash, inventory and accounts receivable; operating margin; gross margin; year-end cash; cash margin; debt reduction; stockholders’ equity; operating efficiencies; market share; customer satisfaction; customer growth; employee satisfaction; supply chain achievements (including establishing relationships with manufacturers or suppliers of component materials and manufacturers of the Company’s products); points of distribution; co-development, co-marketing, profit sharing, joint venture or other similar arrangements; financial ratios, including those measuring liquidity, activity, profitability or leverage; cost of capital or assets under management; financing and other capital raising transactions (including sales of the Company’s equity or debt securities; factoring transactions; sales or licenses of the Company’s assets, including its intellectual property, whether in a particular jurisdiction or territory or globally; or through partnering transactions); implementation, completion or attainment of measurable objectives with respect to research, development, manufacturing, commercialization, products or projects, production volume levels, acquisitions and divestitures; factoring transactions; and recruiting and maintaining personnel.

To the extent consistent with the requirements for satisfying the performance-based compensation exception under Section 162(m), the Compensation Committee may provide in the case of any award intended to qualify for such exception that one or more of the performance criteria applicable to an award will be adjusted in an objectively determinable manner to reflect events (for example, the impact of charges for restructurings, discontinued operations, mergers, acquisitions, extraordinary items, and other unusual or non-recurring items, and the cumulative effects of tax on accounting changes, each as defined by generally accepted accounting principles) occurring during the performance period of such award that affect the applicable performance criteria.

Payment . A participant will be entitled to payment under an award only if all conditions to payment have been satisfied in accordance with the Annual Plan and the terms of the award. Following the close of the performance period, the Compensation Committee will determine (and, to the extent required by Section 162(m), certify) whether and to what extent the applicable performance goals have been satisfied. The Compensation Committee will then determine the actual payment, if any, under each award. The Compensation Committee has the sole and absolute discretion to reduce (including to zero) the actual payment to be made under any award. No payment will be made under an award unless the participant remains employed by the Company on the payment date, except as otherwise provided by the Compensation Committee. Payments under the Annual Plan will be made no later than March 15 th following the close of the applicable fiscal year, except that, under certain circumstances, payment may be made on a different payment date or schedule or may be deferred by a participant under the Company’s Deferred Compensation Plan or otherwise.

Payment Limits . The maximum payment to any participant under the Annual Plan for any fiscal year will in no event exceed $            .

Recovery of Compensation . Awards under the Annual Plan will be subject to forfeiture, termination and rescission, and a participant who receives a payment pursuant to the Annual Plan will be obligated to return to the Company such payment, to the extent provided by the Compensation Committee in an award agreement, pursuant to Company policy relating to the recovery of erroneously-paid incentive compensation, or as otherwise required by law or applicable stock exchange listing standards.

 

- 134 -


Table of Contents

Amendment and Termination. The Compensation Committee may amend the Annual Plan at any time, provided that any amendment will be approved by the Company’s stockholders if required by Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. The Compensation Committee may terminate the Annual Plan at any time.

 

- 135 -


Table of Contents

Related party transactions

Arrangements with our investors

In 2006, in connection with the consummation of our acquisition by investment funds affiliated with the Sponsors (the “Acquisition”), we entered into a stockholder agreement, an investor agreement and a registration rights and coordination agreement with certain of the stockholders of the Company. These agreements contained agreements among the parties with respect to election of directors, participation rights, restrictions on transfer of shares, tag along rights, drag along rights, a call right exercisable by us upon departure of a manager, a right of first offer upon disposition of shares, registration rights and other actions requiring the approval of stockholders. In addition, we entered into a management agreement with certain affiliates of each of the Sponsors for the provision of certain consulting and management advisory services to us .

Investor agreement

In connection with the Acquisition, we entered into an investor agreement with the Sponsors. In connection with the consummation of this offering, the investor agreement will be amended and restated, effective upon the closing of this offering. The investor agreement as amended will grant each of the Sponsors the right, subject to certain conditions, to name representatives to our board of directors and committees of our board of directors. Each Sponsor will have the right to designate two nominees for election to our board of directors until such time as that Sponsor owns less than 10% of our outstanding common stock, and then may designate one nominee for election to our board of directors until such time as that Sponsor’s ownership level falls below 3% of our outstanding common stock. In addition, the Sponsors will have certain contractual rights to have their nominees serve on our compensation committee and our nominating and governance committee. Subject to the terms of the investor agreement, each Sponsor agrees to vote its shares in favor of the election of the director nominees designated by the other Sponsors pursuant to the investor agreement. In addition, the investor agreement will provide each of the Sponsors with certain tag along rights in the event of certain transfers by any of the Sponsors of shares of our common stock held by them.

Stockholders agreement

In connection with the Acquisition, we entered into a stockholder agreement with the Sponsors and certain other investors, stockholders and executive officers. In connection with the consummation of this offering, all of the provisions of the stockholder agreement, other than those relating to lock-up obligations in connection with registered offerings of our securities, will have been terminated in accordance with the terms of the stockholder agreement and the agreement will be amended and restated to eliminate the terminated provisions.

Registration rights and coordination agreement

In connection with the Acquisition, we entered into a registration rights and coordination agreement with the Sponsors and certain other stockholders. In connection with the consummation of this offering, the registration rights and coordination agreement will be amended, effective upon the closing of this offering. The registration rights and coordination agreement, as amended, will provide the Sponsors with certain demand registration rights following the expiration of the 180-day lockup period in respect of the shares of our common stock held by them. In addition, in the event that we register additional shares of common stock for sale to the public following the consummation of this offering, we will be required to give notice of such registration to the Sponsors and the other stockholders party to the agreement of our intention to effect such a registration, and,

 

- 136 -


Table of Contents

subject to certain limitations, the Sponsors and such holders will have piggyback registration rights providing them with the right to require us to include shares of common stock held by them in such registration. We will be required to bear the registration expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions and transfer taxes, associated with any registration of shares by the Sponsors or other holders described above. The registration rights and coordination agreement will also contain certain restrictions on the sale of shares by the Sponsors. Following this offering, each of the Sponsors has agreed to coordinate with the other Sponsors with respect to the transfer of shares of our common stock pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act or by block sale to a financial institution. This coordination will provide each Sponsor with the right to participate in any such sale or transfer pro rata based on its percentage ownership at the time of such event. The registration rights and coordination agreement includes customary indemnification provisions in favor of any person who is or might be deemed a controlling person within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act, who we refer to as controlling persons, and related parties against liabilities under the Securities Act incurred in connection with the registration of any of our debt or equity securities. These provisions provide indemnification against certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act and certain liabilities resulting from violations of other applicable laws in connection with any filing or other disclosure made by us under the securities laws relating to any such registrations. We have agreed to reimburse such persons for any legal or other expenses incurred in connection with investigating or defending any such liability, action or proceeding, except that we will not be required to indemnify any such person or reimburse related legal or other expenses if such loss or expense arises out of or is based on any untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information provided by such person.

Management agreement

In connection with the Acquisition, we entered into a management agreement with certain affiliates of each of the Sponsors (the “Management Companies”), pursuant to which the Management Companies provide us with certain consulting and management advisory services. In exchange for these services, we pay the Management Companies an aggregate annual management fee equal to $3.0 million, and we reimburse the Management Companies for out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them, their members, or their respective affiliates in connection with the provision of services pursuant to the management agreement. In addition, the Management Companies are entitled to a transaction fee in connection with any financing, acquisition, disposition or change of control transaction equal to 1% of the gross transaction value, including assumed liabilities, for such transaction. In connection with the termination of the management agreement, the Management Companies will waive any right to receive a transaction fee under the management agreement in connection with this offering. The management agreement includes customary exculpation and indemnification provisions in favor of the Management Companies, the Sponsors and their respective affiliates. The management agreement may be terminated by any two of the Management Companies at any time and will terminate immediately prior to an initial public offering or a change of control, in any such case unless two of the Management Companies determine otherwise. In connection with this offering, the management agreement will be terminated in exchange for a payment to the Management Companies of approximately $14 million, which amount is approximately equal to the net present value of the aggregate amount of the annual management fees that would have been payable in the five years following such termination. The indemnification and exculpation provisions in favor of the Management Companies will survive such termination.

 

- 137 -


Table of Contents

Description of indebtedness

We and our subsidiaries have debt outstanding under a senior credit facility and the senior notes.

Senior credit facility

General

On November 23, 2010, Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. (“DBI”) entered into a $1.35 billion senior credit facility with Barclays Bank PLC as administrative agent and the other lenders party thereto. The senior credit facility originally consisted of a $1.25 billion term loan facility and a $100.0 million revolving credit facility. On February 18, 2011, we amended the senior credit facility to increase the size of the term loan facility to $1.40 billion and to make certain other changes to the pricing terms and certain covenants. On May 24, 2011, we further amended the senior credit facility to increase the size of the term loan facility by an additional $100 million to approximately $1.50 billion and to provide for a reduction to certain revolving credit facility pricing terms contingent upon the consummation of a qualifying initial public offering and a further reduction on the entire senior credit facility upon satisfying a maximum leverage ratio of 5.10 to 1.00.

The senior credit facility provides that DBI has the right at any time to request additional loans and commitments, and to the extent that the aggregate amount of such additional loans and commitments exceeds $350 million, the incurrence thereof is subject to a first lien leverage ratio being no greater than 3.75 to 1.00 or, in the case of loans secured by junior liens, a senior secured leverage ratio being no greater than 4.00 to 1.00. The lenders under these facilities are not under any obligation to provide any such additional term loans or commitments, and any additional term loans or increase in commitments are subject to several conditions precedent and limitations.

Interest rates and fees

Borrowings under the senior credit facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to an applicable margin plus, at our option, either (1) a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds rate plus  1 / 2 of 1%, (b) the prime rate of Barclays Bank PLC (c) the LIBOR rate plus 1% and (d) 2.25% in the case of term loans or 2.50% in the case of swing line or revolving credit loans or (2) a LIBOR rate determined by reference to the costs of funds for U.S. dollar deposits for the interest period relevant to such borrowing adjusted for certain additional costs provided that LIBOR shall not be lower than 1.25% in the case of term loans or 1.50% in the case of revolving credit loans. The applicable margin under the term loan facility is 2.00% for loans based upon the base rate and 3.00% for loans based upon the LIBOR rate. The applicable margin under the revolving credit facility ranges from 2.75% to 3.25% for loans based upon the base rate and ranges from 3.75% to 4.25% for loans based upon the LIBOR rate, in each case based upon on specified leverage ratios. Upon the consummation of this offering, (a) the applicable margin under the revolving credit facility will be reduced to match the term loans, which is 2.00% for loans based upon the base rate, and 3.00% for loans based upon the LIBOR rate, (b) the minimum base rate under the revolving credit facility will be reduced from 2.50% to 2.25%, to match the term loan facility and (c) the minimum LIBOR rate under the revolving credit facility will be reduced from 1.50% to 1.25%, to match the term loan facility. In addition, following the consummation of this offering, if the leverage ratio is less than or equal to 5.10 to 1.00, the minimum base rate and minimum LIBOR rate for borrowings under the term loan facility and revolving credit facility will be permanently reduced by 0.25% to 2.00% in the case of base rate loans and 1.00% in the case of LIBOR rate loans.

In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the senior credit facility, we are required to pay a commitment fee to the lenders under the revolving credit facility in respect of the unutilized commitments thereunder at a rate of 0.50% per annum. We also pay customary letter of credit and agency fees.

 

- 138 -


Table of Contents

Mandatory repayments

The credit agreement governing the senior credit facility requires DBI to prepay outstanding term loans, subject to certain exceptions, with: (1) 100% of the net cash proceeds of any incurrence of indebtedness by DBI or its restricted subsidiaries other than certain indebtedness permitted under the senior credit facility, (2) commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011, 50% (which percentage will be reduced to 25% if our total leverage ratio is less than 5.25 to 1.00 and to 0% if our total leverage ratio is less than 4.00 to 1.00) of annual excess cash flow (as defined in the credit agreement governing the senior credit facility), and (3) 100% of the net cash proceeds of non-ordinary course asset sales or other dispositions of assets (including casualty events) by DBI or its restricted subsidiaries, subject to reinvestment rights and certain other exceptions.

In general, the mandatory prepayments described above are applied first, in direct order of maturities, to scheduled principal amortization payments due in the next twelve months, second, pro rata to the remaining scheduled principal amortization payments, and third, to the principal payment due on the final maturity date in November 2017.

Voluntary repayments

We may voluntarily repay outstanding loans under the senior credit facility at any time subject to customary “breakage” costs with respect to LIBOR loans and a prepayment premium on the senior credit facility equal to 1% in connection with a refinancing of all or a portion of the term loan facility prior to February 18, 2012 or the revolving credit loans prior to November 23, 2011, in each case with loans bearing a lower effective interest cost or weighted average yield or a similar repricing transaction; provided that no such prepayment premium shall be required with respect to a refinancing or similar transaction that is consummated substantially concurrently with or after an underwritten registered primary public offering of our common stock.

Amortization and final maturity

The term loan facility amortizes each year in an amount equal to 1% per annum in equal quarterly installments for the first six and three quarter years, with the balance payable on the seventh anniversary of the closing date of the senior credit facility. The principal amount outstanding of the loans under the revolving credit facility becomes due and payable on the fifth anniversary of the closing date of the senior credit facility.

Guarantees and security

The senior credit facility is guaranteed by Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc. (“DBHI”) and certain of DBI’s direct and indirect wholly owned domestic subsidiaries (excluding certain immaterial subsidiaries and subject to certain other exceptions), and is required to be guaranteed by certain of DBI’s future domestic wholly owned subsidiaries. All obligations under the senior credit facility and the guarantees of those obligations, subject to certain exceptions, including that mortgages will be limited to owned real property with a fair market value above a specified threshold, are secured by substantially all of the assets of DBHI, DBI and the subsidiary guarantors, including a first-priority pledge of 100% of certain of the capital stock or equity interests held by DBHI, DBI or any subsidiary guarantor (which pledge, in the case of the stock of any foreign subsidiary (each such entity, a “Pledged Foreign Sub”) (with certain agreed-upon exceptions) and the equity interests of certain U.S. subsidiaries that hold capital stock of foreign subsidiaries and are disregarded entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes (each such entity, a “Pledged U.S. DE”) (with certain agreed-upon exceptions), is limited to 65% of the stock or equity interests of such Pledged Foreign Sub or Pledged U.S. DE, as the case may be), in each case excluding any interests in non-wholly owned restricted subsidiaries (including joint ventures) to the extent such a pledge would violate the governing documents thereof and certain other exceptions; and a first-priority security interest in substantially all other tangible and intangible assets of DBHI, DBI and each subsidiary guarantor.

 

- 139 -


Table of Contents

Covenants and other matters

The senior credit facility contains a number of covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict the ability of DBI and its restricted subsidiaries to:

 

 

incur certain liens;

 

 

make investments, loans, advances and acquisitions;

 

 

incur additional indebtedness;

 

 

pay dividends on capital stock or redeem, repurchase or retire capital stock or certain other indebtedness;

 

 

engage in transactions with affiliates;

 

 

sell assets, including capital stock of its subsidiaries;

 

 

alter the business we conduct;

 

 

enter into agreements restricting our restricted subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends; and

 

 

consolidate or merge.

In addition, the credit agreement governing the senior credit facility requires DBI and its restricted subsidiaries to comply on a quarterly basis with the following financial covenants:

 

 

a maximum total leverage ratio; and

 

 

a minimum interest coverage ratio.

These financial covenants become more restrictive over time.

The credit agreement governing the senior credit facility contains certain customary affirmative covenants and events of default.

This summary describes the material provisions of the senior credit facility, but may not contain all information that is important to you. We urge you to read the provisions of the credit agreement governing the senior credit facility, which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. See “Where you can find more information.”

Senior notes

General

On November 23, 2010, DBI issued $625.0 million face amount of 9  5 / 8 % senior notes that mature on December 1, 2018. On February 18, 2011, DBI increased its term loan facility by $150.0 million and used the proceeds to redeem an equal amount of senior notes. On May 24, 2011, DBI further increased its term loan facility by $100.0 million and will use the proceeds to redeem an equal amount of senior notes. Interest on the outstanding senior notes is payable semi-annually at a rate of 9  5 / 8 % in arrears on June 1 and December 1 of each year, commencing on June 1, 2011. The outstanding senior notes are guaranteed, jointly and severally, on an unsecured basis by certain of the existing and future wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries of DBI.

Covenants

The indenture governing the outstanding senior notes contain a number of covenants that, among other things and subject to certain exceptions, restrict DBI’s ability and the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to:

 

 

incur certain liens;

 

 

make investments, loans, advances and acquisitions;

 

- 140 -


Table of Contents
 

incur additional indebtedness;

 

 

pay dividends on capital stock or redeem, repurchase or retire capital stock or any subordinated indebtedness;

 

 

engage in transactions with affiliates;

 

 

sell assets, including capital stock of DBI’s subsidiaries;

 

 

enter into agreements restricting DBI’s restricted subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends; and

 

 

consolidate, merge or transfer all or substantially all of DBI’s assets and the assets of its subsidiaries.

The senior notes were originally issued in a private placement. DBI has agreed to file a registration statement with the SEC to permit either the exchange of the original notes for registered notes having substantially the same terms, or the registered resale of the original notes. The exchange of notes or registration covering resales of the original notes must be completed by November 2011 or additional interest may accrue, not to exceed 1.0% per annum.

Optional redemption

DBI may redeem the outstanding senior notes, in whole or in part, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount of senior notes to be redeemed) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to the redemption date, if redeemed on or after any of the dates below until the subsequent date below:

 

Year    Percentage  
   

November 23, 2010

     100.50%   

December 1, 2011

     102.50%   

December 1, 2012

     102.00%   

December 1, 2013 and thereafter

     100.00%   
   

If DBI experiences certain kinds of changes in control, DBI must offer to purchase the outstanding senior notes at 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

Asset sales

If DBI or its restricted subsidiaries engage in certain asset sales, DBI generally must either invest the net cash proceeds from such sales in its business within a period of time, prepay certain debt or make an offer to purchase a principal amount of the outstanding senior notes equal to the excess net cash proceeds, subject to certain exceptions. The purchase price of the outstanding senior notes will be 100% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest.

This summary describes the material provisions of the senior notes but may not contain all information that is important to you. We urge you to read the provisions of the indenture governing these senior notes, which has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part. See “Where you can find more information.”

 

- 141 -


Table of Contents

Principal stockholders

The following table sets forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of             , 2011 by (i) such persons known to us to be beneficial owners of more than 5% of our common stock, (ii) each of our directors and named executive officers, and (iii) all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

Prior to this offering, our stockholders agreements provided that significant corporate decisions, including the election of directors, were required to be taken in accordance with the direction of investment funds affiliated with the Sponsors. In connection with this offering, many of these provisions of the stockholders agreements will terminate. See “Related party transactions – Arrangements with our investors.”

Unless otherwise indicated below, the address for each listed director, officer and stockholder is c/o Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. 130 Royall Street, Canton, Massachusetts 02021. Beneficial ownership has been determined in accordance with the applicable rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act. The information is not necessarily indicative of beneficial ownership for any other purpose. Under these rules, beneficial ownership includes any shares as to which the individual or entity has sole or shared voting or investment power and any shares as to which the individual or entity has the right to acquire beneficial ownership within 60 days after             , 2011 through the exercise of any stock option, warrant or other right. For purposes of calculating each person’s or group’s percentage ownership, shares of common stock issuable pursuant to stock options exercisable within 60 days after                 , 2011 are included as outstanding and beneficially owned for that person or group but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person or group. The inclusion in the following table of those shares, however, does not constitute an admission that the named stockholder is a direct or indirect beneficial owner. To our knowledge, except under applicable community property laws or as otherwise indicated, the persons named in the table have sole voting and sole investment control with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned. For more information regarding the terms of our common stock, see “Description of capital stock.” For more information regarding our relationship with certain of the persons named below, see “Related party transactions.”

 

- 142 -


Table of Contents

The numbers listed below are based on             shares of our common stock outstanding as of                     , 2011 after giving effect to the reclassification as if it occurred on that date. The actual number of shares of common stock to be issued to each holder of Class L common stock in the reclassification is subject to change based on any changes to the initial public offering price and the date of the pricing of this offering. See “The reclassification.”

 

Name and address of
beneficial owner
   Shares owned
before the offering
     Shares owned
after the offering
 
   Number      Percentage      Number      Percentage  
                                     

Beneficial owners of 5% or more of our common stock:

           

Bain Capital Integral Investors 2006, LLC
and Related Funds (1)

           

Carlyle Partners IV, L.P.
and Related Funds (2)

           

Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund V, L.P.
and Related Funds (3)

           

Directors and Named Executive Officers:

           

Nigel Travis (4)

           

Neil Moses (5)

           

John Costello (6)

           

Richard Emmett (7)

           

Kate Lavelle (8)

           

Paul Twohig (9)

           

Jon Luther (10)

           

Todd Abbrecht (11)

           

Andrew Balson (12)

           

Anita Balaji (13)

           

Anthony DiNovi (11)

           

Sandra Horbach (13)

           

Mark Nunnelly (12)

           

All executive officers and directors as a group (23 persons) (4)(5)(6)(7)(8)(9)(10)

           
   

 

*   Indicated less than 1%

 

(1)   The shares included in the table consist of: (i)              shares of common stock owned by Bain Capital Integral Investors 2006, LLC, whose administrative member is Bain Capital Investors, LLC (“BCI”); (ii)              shares of common stock owned by BCIP TCV, LLC, whose administrative member is BCI; and (iii)              shares of common stock held by BCIP Associates-G, whose managing general partner is BCI. As a result of the relationships described above, BCI may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by each of Bain Capital Integral Investors 2006, LLC, BCIP TCV, LLC and BCIP Associates-G (collectively, the “Bain Capital Entities”). Voting and investment determinations with respect to the shares held by the Bain Capital Entities are made by an investment committee comprised of the following managing directors of BCI: Andrew Balson, Steven Barnes, Joshua Bekenstein, John Connaughton, Todd Cook, Paul Edgerley, Christopher Gordon, Blair Hendrix, Jordan Hitch, Matthew Levin, Ian Loring, Philip Loughlin, Mark Nunnelly, Stephen Pagliuca, Ian Reynolds, Mark Verdi, Michael Ward and Stephen Zide. As a result, and by virtue of the relationships described in this footnote, the investment committee of BCI may be deemed to exercise voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the Bain Capital Entities. Each of the members of the investment committee of BCI disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares. Each of the Bain Capital Entities has an address c/o Bain Capital Partners, LLC, 111 Huntington Avenue, Boston, MA 02199.

 

(2)   The shares included in the table consist of: (i)              shares of common stock owned by Carlyle Partners IV, L.P.; and (ii)              shares of common stock owned by CP IV Coinvestment, L.P. (collectively, the “Carlyle Funds”). TC Group IV, L.P. is the sole general partner of Carlyle Partners IV, L.P. and CP IV Coinvestment, L.P. TC Group IV Managing GP, L.L.C. is the sole general partner of TC Group IV, L.P. TC Group, L.L.C. is the sole managing member of TC Group IV Managing GP, L.L.C. TCG Holdings, L.L.C. is the managing member of TC Group, L.L.C. Accordingly, TC Group IV, L.P., TC Group IV Managing GP, L.L.C., TC Group, L.L.C. and TCG Holdings, L.L.C. each may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares of our common stock owned of record by each of the Carlyle Funds, William E. Conway, Jr., Daniel A. D’Aniello and David M. Rubenstein are managing members of TCG Holdings, L.L.C. and, in such capacity, may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock beneficially owned by TCG Holdings, L.L.C. Such individuals expressly disclaim any such beneficial ownership. Each of the Carlyle Funds has an address c/o The Carlyle Group, 1001 Pennsylvania Avenue, N.W., Suite 200 South, Washington, D.C. 20004-2505.

 

- 143 -


Table of Contents
(3)   The shares included in the table consist of: (A)(i)              shares of common stock owned by Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund V, L.P.; (ii)              shares of common stock owned by Thomas H. Lee Parallel Fund V, L.P.; and (iii)              shares of common stock owned by Thomas H. Lee Equity (Cayman) Fund V, L.P. (collectively, the “THL Funds”), (B)              shares of common stock owned by Thomas H. Lee Investors Limited Partnership (the “THL Co-Invest Fund”), and (C)(i)              shares of common stock owned by Putnam Investments Employees’ Securities Company I, LLC; (ii)              shares of common stock owned by Putnam Investments Employees’ Securities Company II, LLC; and (iii)              shares of common stock owned by Putnam Investment Holdings, LLC (collectively, the “Putnam Funds”). The THL Funds’ general partner is THL Equity Advisors V, LLC, whose sole member is Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., whose general partner is Thomas H. Lee Advisors, LLC (collectively, the “THL Advisors”). Shares held by the THL Funds may be deemed to be beneficially owned by the THL Advisors. The THL Advisors disclaim any beneficial ownership of any shares held by the THL Funds. The general partner of the THL Co-Invest Fund is THL Investment Management Corp. The Putnam Funds are co-investment entities of the THL Funds. Putnam Investment Holdings, LLC (“Holdings”) is the managing member of Putnam Investments Employees’ Securities Company I, LLC (“ESC I”) and Putnam Investments Employees’ Securities Company II, LLC (“ESC II”). Holdings disclaims any beneficial ownership of any shares held by ESC I or ESC II. Putnam Investments LLC, the managing member of Holdings, disclaims beneficial ownership of any shares held by the Putnam Funds. The Putnam Funds and the THL Co-Invest Fund are contractually obligated to co-invest (and dispose of securities) alongside the THL Funds on a pro rata basis. Voting and investment control over securities that the THL Funds own are acted upon by majority vote of the members of a ten-member committee, the members of which are Todd M. Abbrecht, Charles A. Brizius, Anthony J. DiNovi, Thomas M. Hagerty, Scott L. Jaeckel, Seth W. Lawry, Soren L. Oberg, Scott A. Schoen, Scott M. Sperling and Kent R. Weldon, each of whom disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares of common stock included in the table. Each of the THL Funds and the THL Co-Invest Fund has an address c/o Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., 100 Federal Street, 35th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02110. Each of the Putnam Funds has an address c/o Putnam Investment, Inc., 1 Post Office Square, Boston, Massachusetts 02109.

 

(4)   Includes              shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of outstanding options and              shares of restricted common stock subject to vesting conditions.

 

(5)   Includes              shares of restricted common stock subject to vesting conditions.

 

(6)   Includes              shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of outstanding options and              shares of restricted common stock subject to vesting conditions.

 

(7)   Includes              shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of outstanding options and              shares of restricted common stock subject to vesting conditions.

 

(8)   Includes              shares of restricted common stock subject to vesting conditions.

 

(9)   Includes              shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of outstanding options and              shares of restricted common stock subject to vesting conditions.

 

(10) Includes              shares of restricted common stock subject to vesting conditions.

 

(11)   Does not include shares of common stock held by the THL Funds, the THL Co-Invest Fund or the Putnam Funds. Each of Messrs. Abbrecht and DiNovi is a Managing Director of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. and Mr. DiNovi is the Co-President of Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. In addition, each of Messrs. Abbrecht and DiNovi serves on the ten-member committee that determines voting and investment control decisions over securities that the THL Funds own and as a result, and by virtue of the relationships described in footnote (3) above, may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by the THL Funds. Each of Messrs. Abbrecht and DiNovi disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares referred to in footnote (3) above. The address for Messrs. Abbrecht and DiNovi is c/o Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., 100 Federal Street, 35th Floor, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

 

(12) Does not include shares of common stock held by the Bain Capital Entities. Each of Messrs. Balson and Nunnelly is a Managing Director and serves on the investment committee of BCI and as a result, and by virtue of the relationships described in footnote (1) above, may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Bain Capital Entities. Each of Messrs. Balson and Nunnelly disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Bain Capital Entities. The address for Messrs. Balson and Nunnelly is c/o Bain Capital Partners, LLC, 111 Huntington Avenue, Boston, Massachusetts 02199.

 

(13) Does not include shares of common stock held by the Carlyle Funds, each of which is an affiliate of The Carlyle Group. Ms. Horbach is a Managing Director, and Ms. Balaji is a Vice President, of The Carlyle Group. Each of Ms. Horbach and Ms. Balaji disclaims beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Carlyle Funds. The address for Ms. Horbach and Ms. Balaji is c/o The Carlyle Group, 520 Madison Avenue, Floor 43, New York, NY 10022.

 

- 144 -


Table of Contents

Description of capital stock

General

Upon the closing of this offering, the total amount of our authorized capital stock will consist of             shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share and             shares of undesignated preferred stock. As of March 26, 2011, we had outstanding 192,219,311 shares of Class A common stock and 23,060,006 shares of Class L common stock. In connection with the reclassification, all of the outstanding Class A common stock and Class L common stock was reclassified into             shares of common stock. See “The reclassification.” As of March 26, 2011, we had 55 stockholders of record of Class A common stock and 52 stockholders of record of Class L common stock and had outstanding options to purchase 24,959,750 shares of Class A common stock, which options were exercisable at a weighted average exercise price of $0.81 per share.

After giving effect to this offering, we will have             shares of common stock and no shares of preferred stock outstanding. The following summary describes all material provisions of our capital stock. We urge you to read our certificate of incorporation and our by-laws, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws will contain provisions that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the board of directors and which may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a future takeover or change in control of our company unless such takeover or change in control is approved by our board of directors. These provisions include a classified board of directors, elimination of stockholder action by written consents (except in limited circumstances), elimination of the ability of stockholders to call special meetings (except in limited circumstances), advance notice procedures for stockholder proposals and supermajority vote requirements for amendments to our certificate of incorporation and by-laws.

Common stock

Dividend Rights. Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, holders of outstanding shares of common stock will be entitled to receive dividends out of assets legally available at the times and in the amounts as the board of directors may from time to time determine.

Voting Rights. Each outstanding share of common stock will be entitled to one vote on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Holders of shares of our common stock shall have no cumulative voting rights.

Preemptive Rights. Our common stock will not be entitled to preemptive or other similar subscription rights to purchase any of our securities.

Conversion or Redemption Rights. Our common stock will be neither convertible nor redeemable.

Liquidation Rights. Upon our liquidation, the holders of our common stock will be entitled to receive pro rata our assets which are legally available for distribution, after payment of all debts and other liabilities and subject to the prior rights of any holders of preferred stock then outstanding.

Nasdaq Listing. We intend to list our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “DNKN.”

 

- 145 -


Table of Contents

Preferred stock

Our board of directors may, without further action by our stockholders, from time to time, direct the issuance of shares of preferred stock in series and may, at the time of issuance, determine the designations, powers, preferences, privileges, and relative participating, optional or special rights as well as the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption and liquidation preferences, any or all of which may be greater than the rights of the common stock. Satisfaction of any dividend preferences of outstanding shares of preferred stock would reduce the amount of funds available for the payment of dividends on shares of our common stock. Holders of shares of preferred stock may be entitled to receive a preference payment in the event of our liquidation before any payment is made to the holders of shares of our common stock. Under specified circumstances, the issuance of shares of preferred stock may render more difficult or tend to discourage a merger, tender offer or proxy contest, the assumption of control by a holder of a large block of our securities or the removal of incumbent management. Upon the affirmative vote of a majority of the total number of directors then in office, our board of directors, without stockholder approval, may issue shares of preferred stock with voting and conversion rights which could adversely affect the holders of shares of our common stock and the market value of our common stock. Upon consummation of this offering, there will be no shares of preferred stock outstanding, and we have no present intention to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Anti-takeover effects of our certificate of incorporation and by-laws

Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws will contain certain provisions that are intended to enhance the likelihood of continuity and stability in the composition of the board of directors and which may have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a future takeover or change in control of the company unless such takeover or change in control is approved by the board of directors.

These provisions include:

Classified Board. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that our board of directors will be divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible. As a result, approximately one-third of our board of directors will be elected each year. The classification of directors will have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board. Our certificate of incorporation will also provide that, subject to any rights of holders of preferred stock to elect additional directors under specified circumstances, the number of directors will be fixed exclusively pursuant to a resolution adopted by our board of directors. Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will have             members.

Action by Written Consent; Special Meetings of Stockholders. Our certificate of incorporation will provide that stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and cannot be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting once investment funds affiliated with the Sponsors cease to beneficially own more than 50% of our outstanding shares. Our certificate of incorporation and the by-laws will also provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of the stockholders can only be called by the chairman or vice-chairman of the board, the chief executive officer, or pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the board of directors or, until the date that investment funds affiliated with the Sponsors cease to beneficially own more than 50% of our outstanding shares, at the request of holders of 50% or more of our outstanding shares. Except as described above, stockholders will not be permitted to call a special meeting or to require the board of directors to call a special meeting.

Advance Notice Procedures. Our by-laws will establish an advance notice procedure for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of our stockholders, including proposed nominations of persons for election to the board of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting will only be able to consider proposals or

 

- 146 -


Table of Contents

nominations specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the board of directors or by a stockholder who was a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has given our Secretary timely written notice, in proper form, of the stockholder’s intention to bring that business before the meeting. Although the by-laws will not give the board of directors the power to approve or disapprove stockholder nominations of candidates or proposals regarding other business to be conducted at a special or annual meeting, the by-laws may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the proper procedures are not followed or may discourage or deter a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect its own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of the company.

Super Majority Approval Requirements. The Delaware General Corporation Law generally provides that the affirmative vote of a majority of the shares entitled to vote on any matter is required to amend a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or by-laws, unless either a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or by-laws require a greater percentage. Our certificate of incorporation and by-laws will provide that the affirmative vote of holders of at least 75% of the total votes eligible to be cast in the election of directors will be required to amend, alter, change or repeal specified provisions once investment funds affiliated with the Sponsors cease to beneficially own more than 50% of our outstanding shares. This requirement of a supermajority vote to approve amendments to our certificate of incorporation and by-laws could enable a minority of our stockholders to exercise veto power over any such amendments.

Authorized but Unissued Shares. Our authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock will be available for future issuance without stockholder approval. These additional shares may be utilized for a variety of corporate purposes, including future public offerings to raise additional capital, corporate acquisitions and employee benefit plans. The existence of authorized but unissued shares of common stock and preferred stock could render more difficult or discourage an attempt to obtain control of a majority of our common stock by means of a proxy contest, tender offer, merger or otherwise.

Business Combinations with Interested Stockholders . We have elected in our certificate of incorporation not to be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, an antitakeover law. In general, Section 203 prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a business combination, such as a merger, with a person or group owning 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock for a period of three years following the date the person became an interested stockholder, unless (with certain exceptions) the business combination or the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder is approved in a prescribed manner. Accordingly, we are not subject to any anti-takeover effects of Section 203. However, our certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that have the same effect as Section 203, except that they provide that our Sponsors and their respective affiliates will not be deemed to be “interested stockholders,” regardless of the percentage of our voting stock owned by them, and accordingly will not be subject to such restrictions.

Corporate opportunities

Our restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we renounce any interest or expectancy of the Company in the business opportunities of the Sponsors and of their officers, directors, agents, shareholders, members, partners, affiliates and subsidiaries and each such party shall not have any obligation to offer us those opportunities unless presented to a director or officer of the Company in his or her capacity as a director or officer of the Company.

 

- 147 -


Table of Contents

Limitations on liability and indemnification of officers and directors

Our restated certificate of incorporation will limit the liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law and provides that we will indemnify them to the fullest extent permitted by such law. We expect to enter into indemnification agreements with our current directors and executive officers prior to the completion of this offering and expect to enter into a similar agreement with any new directors or executive officers. We expect to increase our directors’ and officers’ liability insurance coverage prior to the completion of this offering.

Transfer agent and registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock will be American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. Its address is 6201 15 th Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11219. Its telephone number is (718) 921-8200.

 

- 148 -


Table of Contents

Shares eligible for future sale

Immediately prior to this offering, there was no public market for our common stock, and we cannot predict what effect, if any, market sales of shares of common stock or the availability of shares of common stock for sale will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless, sales of substantial amounts of common stock, including shares issued upon the exercise of outstanding options and warrants, in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock and could impair our future ability to raise capital through the sale of our equity or equity-related securities at a time and price that we deem appropriate.

Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding an aggregate of approximately             shares of common stock. In addition, options to purchase an aggregate of approximately             shares of our common stock will be outstanding as of the closing of this offering. Of the outstanding shares, the shares sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction or further registration under the Securities Act, except any shares purchased by our “affiliates”, as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, may be sold only in compliance with the limitations described below. The remaining outstanding shares of common stock will be deemed restricted securities, as defined under Rule 144. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration, generally under Rules 144 or 701 under the Securities Act, which we summarize below. All of these shares will be subject to lock-up agreements described below.

Taking into account the lock-up agreements described below and assuming J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC do not release stockholders from these agreements, the following shares will be eligible for sale in the public market at the following times:

 

Date available for resale    Shares eligible
for sale
   Comment
 

180 days (            ,            ), as such period may be extended as described below

      Lock-up released, shares eligible for sale under Rule 144 (subject, in some instances, to volume limitations) and Rule 701
 

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding three months will be entitled to sell any shares of our common stock that such person has beneficially owned for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, without regard to volume limitations. Sales of our common stock by any such person would be subject to the availability of current public information about us if the shares to be sold were beneficially owned by such person for less than one year.

Approximately             shares of our common stock that are not subject to the lock-up agreements described above will be eligible for sale under Rule 144 immediately upon the closing of this offering.

Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, our affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common stock for at least six months, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

 

 

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately             shares immediately after this offering, assuming an initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus; and

 

- 149 -


Table of Contents
 

the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on The NASDAQ Global Select Market during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of filing of a Notice of Proposed Sale of Securities Pursuant to Rule 144 with respect to the sale.

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

In general, under Rule 701 as currently in effect, any of our employees, directors, officers, consultants or advisors who purchase shares from us in connection with a compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of this offering is entitled to sell such shares 90 days after the effective date of this offering in reliance on Rule 144, in the case of affiliates, without having to comply with the holding period requirements of Rule 144 and, in the case of non-affiliates, without having to comply with the public information, holding period, volume limitation or notice filing requirements of Rule 144.

Lock-up agreements

Our officers, directors and other stockholders owning an aggregate of             shares of our common stock, will be subject to lock-up agreements with the underwriters that will restrict the sale of the shares of our common stock held by them for 180 days, subject to certain exceptions. See “Underwriting” for a description of these lock-up agreements.

Registration statements on Form S-8

Immediately after the completion of this offering, we intend to file a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register all of the shares of common stock issued or reserved for future issuance under our 2006 Executive Incentive Plan and our 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan. This registration statement would cover approximately             shares. Shares registered under the registration statement will generally be available for sale in the open market after the 180-day lock-up period immediately following the date of this prospectus (as such period may be extended in certain circumstances).

Registration rights

Beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions and automatic extensions in certain circumstances, holders of             shares of our common stock will be entitled to the rights described under “Related party transactions—Arrangements with our investors.” Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon effectiveness of the registration.

 

- 150 -


Table of Contents

Material U.S. federal tax considerations for Non-U.S. Holders of common stock

The following is a summary of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations relating to the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock by Non-U.S. Holders (defined below). This summary does not purport to be a complete analysis of all the potential tax considerations relevant to Non-U.S. Holders of our common stock. This summary is based upon the Internal Revenue Code, the Treasury regulations promulgated or proposed thereunder and administrative and judicial interpretations thereof, all as of the date hereof and all of which are subject to change at any time, possibly on a retroactive basis.

This summary assumes that shares of our common stock are held as “capital assets” within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Internal Revenue Code. This summary does not purport to deal with all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that might be relevant to particular Non-U.S. Holders in light of their particular investment circumstances or status, nor does it address specific tax considerations that may be relevant to particular persons (including, for example, financial institutions, broker-dealers, insurance companies, partnerships or other pass-through entities, certain U.S. expatriates, tax-exempt organizations, pension plans, “controlled foreign corporations”, “passive foreign investment companies”, corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, persons in special situations, such as those who have elected to mark securities to market or those who hold common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction, synthetic security or other integrated investment, or holders subject to the alternative minimum tax). In addition, except as explicitly addressed herein with respect to estate tax, this summary does not address estate and gift tax considerations or considerations under the tax laws of any state, local or non-U.S. jurisdiction.

For purposes of this summary, a “Non-U.S. Holder” means a beneficial owner of common stock that for U.S. federal income tax purposes is not treated as a partnership and is not:

 

 

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

 

a corporation or any other organization taxable as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

 

an estate, the income of which is included in gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes regardless of its source; or

 

 

a trust, if (1) a U.S. court is able to exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all of the trust’s substantial decisions or (2) the trust has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person.

If an entity that is classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds our common stock, the tax treatment of persons treated as its partners for U.S. federal income tax purposes will generally depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partnerships and other entities that are classified as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and persons holding our common stock through a partnership or other entity classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes are urged to consult their own tax advisors.

There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described herein, and we have not obtained, nor do we intend to obtain, a ruling from the IRS with respect to the U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences to a Non-U.S. Holder of the purchase, ownership or disposition of our common stock.

 

- 151 -


Table of Contents

THIS SUMMARY IS NOT INTENDED TO BE TAX ADVICE. NON-U.S. HOLDERS ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS CONCERNING THE U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAXATION, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-U.S. TAXATION AND OTHER TAX CONSEQUENCES TO THEM OF THE PURCHASE, OWNERSHIP AND DISPOSITION OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

Distributions on our common stock

As discussed under “Dividend policy” above, we do not currently expect to pay regular dividends on our common stock. In the event that we do make a distribution of cash or property with respect to our common stock, any such distributions generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will constitute a return of capital and will first reduce the holder’s basis in our common stock, but not below zero. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain, subject to the tax treatment described below in “Gain on sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock.” Any such distribution would also be subject to the discussion below under the section titled “Additional withholding requirements.”

Dividends paid to a Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to a 30% U.S. federal withholding tax unless such Non-U.S. Holder provides us or our agent, as the case may be, with the appropriate IRS Form W-8, such as:

• IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form) certifying, under penalties of perjury, a reduction in withholding under an applicable income tax treaty, or

• IRS Form W-8ECI (or successor form) certifying that a dividend paid on common stock is not subject to withholding tax because it is effectively connected with a trade or business in the United States of the Non-U.S. Holder (in which case such dividend generally will be subject to regular graduated U.S. tax rates as described below).

The certification requirement described above also may require a Non-U.S. Holder that provides an IRS form or that claims treaty benefits to provide its U.S. taxpayer identification number. Special certification and other requirements apply in the case of certain Non-U.S. Holders that are intermediaries or pass-through entities for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Each Non-U.S. Holder is urged to consult its own tax advisor about the specific methods for satisfying these requirements. A claim for exemption will not be valid if the person receiving the applicable form has actual knowledge or reason to know that the statements on the form are false.

If dividends are effectively connected with a trade or business in the United States of a Non-U.S. Holder (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment), the Non-U.S. Holder, although exempt from the withholding tax described above (provided that the certifications described above are satisfied), generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on such dividends on a net income basis in the same manner as if it were a resident of the United States. In addition, if a Non-U.S. Holder is treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Non-U.S. Holder may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” equal to 30% (unless reduced by an applicable income treaty) of its earnings and profits in respect of such effectively connected dividend income.

If a Non-U.S. Holder is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. federal withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty, the holder may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amount withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

 

- 152 -


Table of Contents

Gain on sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock

Subject to the discussion below under the section titled “Additional withholding requirements”, in general, a Non-U.S. Holder will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax or withholding tax on gain realized upon such holder’s sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of shares of our common stock unless (i) such Non-U.S. Holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition, and certain other conditions are met, (ii) we are or have been a “United States real property holding corporation”, as defined in the Internal Revenue Code (a “USRPHC”), at any time within the shorter of the five-year period preceding the disposition and the Non-U.S. Holder’s holding period in the shares of our common stock, and certain other requirements are met, or (iii) such gain is effectively connected with the conduct by such Non-U.S. Holder of a trade or business in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by such Non-U.S. Holder in the United States).

If the first exception applies, the Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or at a reduced rate under an applicable income tax treaty) on the amount by which such Non-U.S. Holder’s capital gains allocable to U.S. sources (including gain, if any, realized on a disposition of our common stock) exceed capital losses allocable to U.S. sources during the taxable year of the disposition. If the third exception applies, the Non-U.S. Holder generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax with respect to such gain on a net income basis in the same manner as if it were a resident of the United States and a Non-U.S. Holder that is a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes may also be subject to a branch profits tax with respect any earnings and profits attributable to such gain at a rate of 30% (or at a reduced rate under an applicable income tax treaty).

Generally, a corporation is a USRPHC only if the fair market value of its U.S. real property interests (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code) equals or exceeds 50% of the sum of the fair market value of its worldwide real property interests plus its other assets used or held for use in a trade or business. Although there can be no assurance in this regard, we believe that we are not, and do not anticipate becoming, a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of other business assets, there can be no assurance that we will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we became a USRPHC, a Non-U.S. Holder would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of our common stock by reason of our status as a USRPHC so long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market at any time during the calendar year in which the disposition occurs and such Non-U.S. Holder does not own and is not deemed to own (directly, indirectly or constructively) more than 5% of our common stock at any time during the shorter of the five year period ending on the date of disposition and the holder’s holding period. However, no assurance can be provided that our common stock will be regularly traded on an established securities market for purposes of the rules described above. Prospective investors are encouraged to consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible consequences to them if we are, or were to become, a USRPHC.

Additional withholding requirements

Recently enacted legislation generally will impose a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds from a sale or other disposition of our common stock paid after December 31, 2012 to (i) a “foreign financial institution” (as defined under these rules), unless the institution meets certain requirements, including entering into an agreement with the United States government to collect and report information regarding United States account holders of the institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of the institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners), or (ii) a “non-financial foreign entity” that is the beneficial owner of the payment (or that holds the stock on behalf of another

 

- 153 -


Table of Contents

non-financial foreign entity that is the beneficial owner) unless the entity (or the beneficial owner) meets certain requirements, including certifying that it does not have any “substantial United States owner” (as defined under these rules) or providing the name, address and taxpayer identification number of each substantial United States owner. The scope of these rules remains unclear and potentially subject to material changes resulting from any future guidance. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the possible impact of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

Backup withholding and information reporting

We must report annually to the IRS and to each Non-U.S. Holder the gross amount of the distributions on our common stock paid to the holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to the distributions.

Non-U.S. Holders may have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a United States person (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code) in order to avoid backup withholding at the applicable rate, currently 28% and scheduled to increase to 31% for taxable years 2013 and thereafter, with respect to dividends on our common stock. Dividends paid to Non-U.S. Holders subject to the U.S. withholding tax, as described above under the section titled “Distributions on our common stock,” generally will be exempt from U.S. backup withholding.

Information reporting and backup withholding will generally apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock by a Non-U.S. Holder effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, unless the holder certifies its status as a Non-U.S. Holder and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a Non-U.S. Holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, for information reporting purposes, dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a U.S. broker or a non-U.S. broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker. Prospective investors should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the Non-U.S. Holder resides or in which the Non-U.S. Holder is incorporated under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a Non-U.S. Holder can be refunded or credited against the Non-U.S. Holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that an appropriate claim is timely filed with the IRS.

Federal estate tax

Common stock owned (or treated as owned) by an individual who is not a citizen or a resident of the United States (as defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death will be included in the individual’s gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate or other tax treaty provides otherwise, and, therefore, may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax.

 

- 154 -


Table of Contents

Underwriting

We are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Goldman, Sachs & Co. are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Goldman, Sachs & Co. are acting as representatives of the underwriters. We have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, we have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Name    Number of
shares
 
   

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

  

Barclays Capital Inc.

  

Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC

  

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith 
               Incorporated

  

Goldman, Sachs & Co.

  
        

Total

  
   

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the common shares offered by us if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The underwriters propose to offer the common shares directly to the public at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $            per share. After the initial public offering of the shares, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part. The underwriters have informed us that they do not intend to confirm sales to discretionary accounts that exceed 5% of the total number of shares offered by them.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to             additional shares of common stock from us to cover sales of shares by the underwriters which exceed the number of shares specified in the table above. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this over-allotment option. If any shares are purchased with this over-allotment option, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

 

- 155 -


Table of Contents

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $            per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

       Without
over-allotment
exercise
    

With
full over-allotment
exercise

 
   

Per Share

   $                    $                

Total

   $         $     
   

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $            .

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

At our request, the underwriters have reserved for sale, at the initial public offering price, up to 6% of the shares offered by this prospectus for sale to some of our directors, officers, employees, franchisees and certain other persons who are otherwise associated with us through a directed share program. If these persons purchase reserved shares, this will reduce the number of shares available for sale to the general public. Any reserved shares that are not so purchased will be offered by the underwriters to the general public on the same terms as the other shares offered by this prospectus.

We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing (other than filings on Form S-8 relating to our employee benefit plans), or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event relating to our company; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event unless J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC waive, in writing, such extension.

 

- 156 -


Table of Contents

Our directors and executive officers, and the Sponsors have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially owned by such directors, executive officers, managers and members in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) or (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 180-day restricted period, we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event relating to our company; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 180-day restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 180-day period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event unless J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC waive, in writing, such extension.

We have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.

We have applied to have our common stock approved for listing/quotation on The NASDAQ Global Select Market, subject to notice of official issuance, under the symbol “DNKN.”

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ over-allotment option referred to above, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their over-allotment option, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

 

- 157 -


Table of Contents

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act of 1933, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the NASDAQ Global Select Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price will be determined by negotiations between us and the representatives of the underwriters. In determining the initial public offering price, we and the representatives of the underwriters expect to consider a number of factors including:

 

 

the information set forth in this prospectus and otherwise available to the representatives;

 

 

our prospects and the history and prospects for the industry in which we compete;

 

 

an assessment of our management;

 

 

our prospects for future earnings;

 

 

the general condition of the securities markets at the time of this offering;

 

 

the recent market prices of, and demand for, publicly traded common stock of generally comparable companies; and

 

 

other factors deemed relevant by the underwriters and us.

Neither we nor the underwriters can assure investors that an active trading market will develop for our common shares, or that the shares will trade in the public market at or above the initial public offering price.

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

 

- 158 -


Table of Contents

Notice to prospective investors in United Kingdom

This document is only being distributed to and is only directed at (i) persons who are outside the United Kingdom or (ii) to investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005 (the “Order”) or (iii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling with Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). The securities are only available to, and any invitation, offer or agreement to subscribe, purchase or otherwise acquire such securities will be engaged in only with, relevant persons. Any person who is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

Each underwriter has agreed that:

(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity (within the meaning of Section 21 of the FSMA) received by it in connection with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Company; and

(b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the United Kingdom.

European Economic Area

In relation to each member state of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), including each Relevant Member State that has implemented the 2010 PD Amending Directive with regard to persons to whom an offer of securities is addressed and the denomination per unit of the offer of securities (each, an “Early Implementing Member State”), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”), no offer of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated by this prospectus will be made to the public in that Relevant Member State (other than offers (the “Permitted Public Offers”) where a prospectus will be published in relation to the shares that has been approved by the competent authority in a Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive), except that with effect from and including that Relevant Implementation Date, offers of shares may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

(a) to “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive, including:

(i) (in the case of Relevant Member States other than Early Implementing Member States), legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities, or any legal entity which has two or more of (A) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (B) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (C) an annual turnover of more than €50,000,000 as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or

(ii) (in the case of Early Implementing Member States), persons or entities that are described in points (1) to (4) of Section I of Annex II to Directive 2004/39/EC, and those who are treated on request as professional clients in accordance with Annex II to Directive 2004/39/EC, or recognized as eligible counterparties in accordance with Article 24 of Directive 2004/39/EC unless they have requested that they be treated as non-professional clients; or

 

- 159 -


Table of Contents

(b) to fewer than 100 (or, in the case of Early Implementing Member States, 150) natural or legal persons (other than “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive), as permitted in the Prospectus Directive, subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives for any such offer; or

(c) in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of shares shall result in a requirement for the publication by the Company or any underwriter of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive or of a supplement to a prospectus pursuant to Article 16 of the Prospectus Directive.

Any person making or intending to make any offer within the European Economic Area of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus should only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for the Company or any of the underwriters to produce a prospectus for such offer. Neither the Company nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares through any financial intermediary, other than offers made by the underwriters which constitute the final offering of shares contemplated in this prospectus.

Each person in a Relevant Member State (other than a Relevant Member State where there is a Permitted Public Offer) who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, warranted and agreed to and with each underwriter and the Company that: (a) it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive and (b) in the case of any shares acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, (i) the shares acquired by it in the offering have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State other than “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive, or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been given to the offer or resale or (ii) where shares have been acquired by it on behalf of persons in any Relevant Member State other than qualified investors, the offer of those shares to it is not treated under the Prospectus Directive as having been made to such persons.

For the purpose of the above provisions, the expression “an offer to the public” in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer of any shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase any shares, as the same may be varied in the Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in the Relevant Member State and the expression “Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71 EC (including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, in the case of Early Implementing Member States) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Notice to prospective investors in Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

 

- 160 -


Table of Contents

Notice to prospective investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Notice to prospective investors in Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Notice to prospective investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, the Company, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (FINMA), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

 

- 161 -


Table of Contents

Notice to prospective investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Notice to prospective investors in the United Arab Emirates

This offering has not been approved or licensed by the Central Bank of the United Arab Emirates (“UAE”), Securities and Commodities Authority of the UAE and/or any other relevant licensing authority in the UAE including any licensing authority incorporated under the laws and regulations of any of the free zones established and operating in the territory of the UAE, in particular the DFSA, a regulatory authority of the Dubai International Financial Centre (DIFC). This offering does not constitute a public offer of securities in the UAE, DIFC and/or any other free zone in accordance with the Commercial Companies Law, Federal Law No 8 of 1984 (as amended), DFSA Offered Securities Rules and NASDAQ Dubai Listing Rules, accordingly, or otherwise. The shares may not be offered to the public in the UAE and/or any of the free zones.

The shares may be offered and issued only to a limited number of investors in the UAE or any of its free zones who qualify as sophisticated investors under the relevant laws and regulations of the UAE or the free zone concerned.

Other relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities.

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC acted as initial purchasers in connection with the offering of senior notes. In addition, the underwriters and their affiliates act in various capacities under our senior credit facility. Barclays Bank PLC, an affiliate of Barclays Capital Inc., acts as administrative agent; Barclays Capital Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co., act as lead arrangers and joint bookrunners and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC acts as syndication agent; Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, an affiliate of Goldman, Sachs & Co., act as co-documentation agents. Affiliates of each of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC also act as lenders under our senior credit facility. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future.

 

- 162 -


Table of Contents

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire, long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

 

- 163 -


Table of Contents

Legal matters

The validity of the issuance of the shares of common stock to be sold in this offering will be passed upon for us by Ropes & Gray LLP, Boston, Massachusetts. Some attorneys of Ropes & Gray LLP are members in RGIP, LLC, which is a direct investor in Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and is also an investor in certain investment funds affiliated with Bain Capital Partners, LLC and Thomas H. Lee Partners L.P. RGIP, LLC directly and indirectly owns less than 1% of our common stock. The validity of the common stock offered hereby will be passed upon on behalf of the underwriters by Simpson Thacher & Bartlett LLP, New York, New York.

Experts

The consolidated financial statements of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. as of December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009, and for the years ended December 25, 2010, December 26, 2009 and December 27, 2008, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing. The audit report covering the December 25, 2010 consolidated financial statements refers to a change in the method of accounting for contingent rental income.

The financial statements of BR Korea Co., Ltd. (our joint venture entity in Korea) as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, and for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended December 31, 2010, including the reconciliation of such financials required by Regulation S-X, included in this prospectus have been audited by Deloitte Anjin LLC, an independent auditor, as stated in their report appearing herein and elsewhere in the registration statement (which report expresses an unqualified opinion on the financial statements and includes an explanatory paragraph referring to the nature and effect of difference between accounting principles generally accepted in the Republic of Korea from those in the United States of America). Such financial statements have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

The financial statements of B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd. (our joint venture entity in Japan) as of and for the year ended December 31, 2010 included in this registration statement have been so included in reliance on the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers Aarata, independent accountants, given on the authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

The financial statements of BR Korea Co., Ltd. and B-R Ice Cream Co., Ltd. referred to above are included herein in accordance with the requirements of Rule 3-09 of Regulation S-X.

 

- 164 -


Table of Contents

Where you can find more information

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus, which forms a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information with respect to us and the shares of our common stock, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as a part thereof. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document are not necessarily complete. We are not currently subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. As a result of the offering of the shares of our common stock, we will become subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act and, in accordance therewith, will file reports and other information with the SEC. The registration statement, such reports and other information can be inspected and copied at the Public Reference Room of the SEC located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of such materials, including copies of all or any portion of the registration statement, can be obtained from the Public Reference Room of the SEC at prescribed rates. You can call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 to obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room. Such materials may also be accessed electronically by means of the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov .

 

- 165 -


Table of Contents

Index to consolidated financial statements

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc.

     Page  

Audited financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 25, 2010, December 26, 2009 and December 27, 2008

  

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

     F—2   

Consolidated balance sheets as of December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

     F—3   

Consolidated statements of operations for the fiscal years ended December 25, 2010, December  26, 2009 and December 27, 2008

     F—4   

Consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity (deficit) and comprehensive income (loss) for the fiscal years ended December 25, 2010, December 26, 2009 and December 27, 2008

     F—5   

Consolidated statements of cash flows for the fiscal years ended December 25, 2010, December  26, 2009 and December 27, 2008

     F—6   

Notes to consolidated financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 25, 2010, December  26, 2009 and December 27, 2008

     F—7   

Unaudited financial statements for the three months ended March 26, 2011 and March 27, 2010

  

Consolidated balance sheets as of March 26, 2011 and December 25, 2010 (unaudited)

     F—51   

Consolidated statements of operations for the three months ended March 26, 2011 and March  27, 2010 (unaudited)

     F—52   

Consolidated statements of cash flows for the three months ended March 26, 2011 and March  27, 2010 (unaudited)

     F—53   

Notes to consolidated financial statements for the three months ended March 26, 2011 and March  27, 2010 (unaudited)

     F—54   
BR Korea Co., Ltd.   
        

Audited financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008

  

Report of Independent Auditors

     F—69   

Statements of financial position as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009

     F—70   

Statements of income for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, December  31, 2009 and December 31, 2008

     F—71   

Statements of appropriations of retained earnings for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

     F—72   

Statements of changes in shareholders’ equity for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and
2008

     F—73   

Statements of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

     F—74   

Notes to financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009

     F—76   

Reconciliation as of and for the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009

     F—94   
B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.   
        

Financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009 and December 31, 2008

  

Report of Independent Auditors

     F—98   

Balance sheets as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009

     F—99   

Statements of income for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, December  31, 2009 and December 31, 2008

     F—101   

Statements of changes in net assets for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

     F—102   

Statements of cash flows for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

     F—104   

Notes to the financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

     F—105   

Reconciliation for the years ended December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009

     F—121   

 

F-1


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit) and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for the years ended December 25, 2010, December 26, 2009 and December 27, 2008. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years ended December 25, 2010, December 26, 2009 and December 27, 2008, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

As discussed in note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has elected to change its method of accounting for contingent rental income in 2010 and has applied the change retrospectively to all prior periods presented.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

May 2, 2011

 

F-2


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Consolidated balance sheets

(In thousands)

 

       December 25,
2010
    December 26,
2009
 
   
           (As adjusted)  

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 134,100       53,210  

Restricted cash

            109,799  

Accounts receivable, net

     35,239       32,893  

Notes and other receivables, net

     44,704       38,030  

Assets held for sale

     4,328       9,425  

Deferred income taxes, net

     12,570       14,707  

Restricted assets of advertising funds

     25,113       24,482  

Prepaid income taxes

     7,641       19,786  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     20,682       19,773  
        

Total current assets

     284,377       322,105  

Property and equipment, net

     193,273       209,659  

Investments in joint ventures

     169,276       147,902  

Goodwill

     888,655       887,850  

Other intangible assets, net

     1,535,657       1,570,176  

Restricted cash

     404       8,394  

Other assets

     75,646       78,631  
        

Total assets

   $ 3,147,288       3,224,717  
        

Liabilities, Common Stock, and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

    

Current liabilities:

    

Current portion of long-term debt

   $ 12,500         

Capital lease obligations

     205       221  

Accounts payable

     9,822       10,716  

Liabilities of advertising funds

     48,213       47,815  

Deferred income

     26,221       26,547  

Other current liabilities

     183,594       159,272  
        

Total current liabilities

     280,555       244,571  
        

Long-term debt, net

     1,847,016       1,446,319  

Capital lease obligations

     5,160       5,217  

Unfavorable operating leases acquired

     24,744       29,085  

Deferred income

     21,326       35,129  

Deferred income taxes, net

     586,337       618,324  

Other long-term liabilities

     75,909       75,464  
        

Total long-term liabilities

     2,560,492       2,209,538  
        

Commitments and contingencies (note 15)

    

Common stock, Class L, $0.001 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 22,994,523 and 22,980,333 shares issued and outstanding at December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009, respectively

     840,582       1,232,001  

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

    

Common stock, Class A, $0.001 par value; 400,000,000 shares authorized; 196,146,998 and 198,936,101 shares issued and outstanding at December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009, respectively

     191       190  

Additional paid-in capital

     195,063       192,352  

Treasury stock, at cost

     (1,807     (1,114

Accumulated deficit

     (741,415     (657,250

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     13,627       4,429  
        

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (534,341     (461,393 )
        

Total liabilities, common stock, and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ 3,147,288       3,224,717  
   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-3


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Consolidated statements of operations

(In thousands)

 

       Fiscal year ended  
     December 25,
2010
    December 26,
2009
    December 27,
2008
 
   
           (As adjusted)     (As adjusted)  

Revenues:

      

Franchise fees and royalty income

   $ 359,927       344,020       349,047  

Rental income

     91,102       93,651       97,886  

Sales of ice cream products

     84,989       75,256       71,445  

Other revenues

     41,117       25,146       26,551  
        

Total revenues

     577,135       538,073       544,929  
        

Operating costs and expenses:

      

Occupancy expenses—franchised restaurants

     53,739       51,964       55,581  

Cost of ice cream products

     59,175       47,432       49,407  

General and administrative expenses, net

     223,620       197,005       196,841  

Depreciation and amortization

     57,826       62,911       66,300  

Goodwill impairment

                   294,478  

Other impairment charges

     7,075       8,517       37,384  
        

Total operating costs and expenses

     401,435       367,829       699,991  
        

Equity in net income of joint ventures

     17,825       14,301       14,169  
                        

Operating income (loss)

     193,525        184,545       (140,893
        

Other income (expense):

      

Interest income

     305       386       3,512  

Interest expense

     (112,837     (115,405     (119,456

Gain (loss) on debt extinguishment

     (61,955     3,684         

Other gains (losses), net

     408       1,066       (3,929
        

Total other expense

     (174,079     (110,269     (119,873
        

Income (loss) before income taxes

     19,446       74,276       (260,766

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

     (7,415     39,268       9,132  
        

Net income (loss)

   $ 26,861       35,008       (269,898

Earnings (loss) per share:

      

Class L-basic and diluted

   $ 4.87        4.57        4.17   

Class A-basic and diluted

   $ (0.45     (0.37     (1.96
   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity (deficit) and comprehensive income (loss)

(In thousands)

 

      Common stock,
Class A
     Additional
paid-in
capital
     Treasury
stock, at cost
    Accumulated
deficit
    Accumulated
other
comprehensive
income (loss)
    Total  
               
   

Shares

    

Amount

             
   

Balance at December 29, 2007 (as adjusted)

    185,387      $ 185        187,027         (299     (222,348     4,727       (30,708

Net loss (as adjusted)

                                   (269,898            (269,898

Effect of foreign currency translation, net of deferred

taxes of $5,356

                                          (6,110     (6,110

Other

                                          (181     (181
                      

Comprehensive loss (as adjusted)

                   (276,189

Accretion of Class L preferred return

                                   (95,452            (95,452

Share-based compensation expense

    1,795        2        1,747                             1,749  

Repurchases of common stock

                            (428                   (428

Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation

                    487                             487  
       

Balance at December 27, 2008 (as adjusted)

    187,182        187        189,261         (727     (587,698     (1,564     (400,541

Net income (as adjusted)

                                   35,008              35,008  

Effect of foreign currency translation, net of deferred

taxes of $411

                                          5,986       5,986  

Other

                                          7       7  
                      

Comprehensive income (as adjusted)

                   41,001  

Accretion of Class L preferred return

                                   (104,560            (104,560

Issuance of common stock

    565        1        236                              237   

Share-based compensation expense

    1,970        2        1,743                             1,745  

Repurchases of common stock

                            (387                   (387

Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation

                    1,112                             1,112  
       

Balance at December 26, 2009 (as adjusted)

    189,717        190        192,352         (1,114     (657,250     4,429       (461,393

Net income

                                   26,861              26,861  

Effect of foreign currency translation, net of deferred

taxes of $390

                                          9,624       9,624  

Other

                                          (426     (426
                      

Comprehensive income

                   36,059  

Accretion of Class L preferred return

                                   (111,026            (111,026

Issuance of common stock

    128                141                              141   

Share-based compensation expense

    1,341        1        1,460                             1,461  

Repurchases of common stock

                            (693                   (693

Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation

                    1,110                             1,110  
       

Balance at December 25, 2010

    191,186      $ 191        195,063         (1,807     (741,415     13,627       (534,341
   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Consolidated statements of cash flows

(In thousands)

 

      Fiscal year ended  
    December 25,
2010
    December 26,
2009
    December 27,
2008
 
   
          (As adjusted)     (As adjusted)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

     

Net income (loss)

  $ 26,861       35,008       (269,898

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

     

Depreciation and amortization

    57,826       62,911       66,300  

Amortization of deferred financing costs and original issue discount

    6,523       7,394       7,051  

Loss (gain) on debt extinguishment

    61,955       (3,684       

Impact of unfavorable operating leases acquired

    (4,320     (5,027     (5,995

Deferred income taxes

    (28,389     18,301       (24,147

Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation

    (1,110              

Goodwill impairment

                  294,478  

Other impairment charges

    7,075       8,517       37,384  

Provision for bad debt

    1,505       7,363       5,891  

Share-based compensation expense

    1,461       1,745       1,749  

Equity in net income of joint ventures

    (17,825     (14,301     (14,169

Dividends received from joint ventures, net

    6,603       5,010       5,457  

Other

    (137     123       504  

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

     

Restricted cash

    101,675       (32,520     6,003  

Accounts, notes, and other receivables, net

    (11,815     (17,509     (25,765

Other current assets

    6,701       1,832       7,388  

Accounts payable

    (1,115     3,008       (815

Other current liabilities

    29,384       16,698       357  

Liabilities of advertising funds, net

    (346     19,681       (5,477

Income taxes payable, net

    1,341       5,737       (18,650

Deferred income

    (12,809     (4,190     2,665  

Other, net

    (2,040     (18     4,370  
       

Net cash provided by operating activities

    229,004       116,079       74,681  
       

Cash flows from investing activities:

     

Additions to property and equipment

    (15,358     (18,012     (27,518

Other, net

    (249            90  
       

Net cash used in investing activities

    (15,607     (18,012     (27,428
       

Cash flows from financing activities:

     

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

    1,859,375                

Repayment and repurchases of long-term debt

    (1,470,985     (145,183       

Proceeds from (repayment of) short-term debt

           (64,190     64,190  

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

    895       2,885         

Repurchases of common stock

    (3,890     (3,457     (1,467

Dividends paid on Class L common stock

    (500,002              

Payments on capital lease obligations

    (251     (183     (203

Deferred financing costs

    (34,979     (613     (6

Change in restricted cash

    16,144       2,276       1,756  

Excess tax benefits from share-based compensation

    1,110              487  
       

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

    (132,583     (208,465     64,757  
       

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

    76       (29     (451
       

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

    80,890       (110,427     111,559  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

    53,210       163,637       52,078  
       

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

  $ 134,100       53,210       163,637  
       

Supplemental cash flow information:

     

Cash paid for:

     

Income taxes

  $ 19,206       15,920       51,609  

Interest

    100,629       107,038       112,785  

Noncash investing activities:

     

Property and equipment included in accounts payable and accrued expenses

    1,822       1,596       1,323  

Purchase of leaseholds in exchange for capital lease obligation

    178       1,381       860  
   

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

(1) Description of business and organization

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. (DBGI) and subsidiaries (collectively, the Company), through its brand companies, is one of the world’s largest franchisors of restaurants serving coffee and baked goods as well as ice cream within the quick service restaurant segment of the restaurant industry. We develop, franchise, and license a system of both traditional and nontraditional quick service restaurants and, in limited circumstances, own and operate individual locations. Through our Dunkin’ Donuts brand, we develop and franchise restaurants featuring coffee, donuts, bagels, and related products. Through our Baskin-Robbins brand, we develop and franchise restaurants featuring ice cream, frozen beverages, and related products. Additionally, our subsidiaries located in Canada and the United Kingdom (UK) manufacture and/or distribute Baskin-Robbins ice cream products to Baskin-Robbins franchisees and licensees in various international markets.

DBGI is owned by funds controlled by Bain Capital Partners, LLC, The Carlyle Group, and Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (collectively, the Sponsors or BCT).

Throughout these financial statements, “the Company,” “we,” “us,” “our,” and “management” refer to DBGI and subsidiaries taken as a whole.

(2) Summary of significant accounting policies

(a) Fiscal year

The Company operates and reports financial information on a 52 or 53-week year on a 13-week quarter basis with the fiscal year ending on the last Saturday in December and fiscal quarters ending on the 13th Saturday of each quarter. The data periods contained within fiscal years 2010, 2009, and 2008 reflect the results of operations for the 52-week periods ended December 25, 2010, December 26, 2009, and December 27, 2008, respectively.

(b) Basis of presentation and consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of DBGI and subsidiaries and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP). All significant transactions and balances between subsidiaries and affiliates listed above have been eliminated in consolidation.

We consolidate entities in which we have a controlling financial interest, the usual condition of which is ownership of a majority voting interest. We also consider for consolidation an entity, in which we have certain interests, where the controlling financial interest may be achieved through arrangements that do not involve voting interests. Such an entity, known as a variable interest entity (VIE), is required to be consolidated by its primary beneficiary. The primary beneficiary is the entity that possesses the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact its economic performance and has the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that are significant to it. The principal entities in which we possess a variable interest include franchise entities, the advertising funds (see note 5), and our investments in joint ventures. We do not possess any ownership interests in franchise entities, except for our investments in various joint ventures that are accounted for under the equity method. Additionally, we generally do not provide financial

 

  F-7   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

support to franchise entities in a typical franchise relationship. As our franchise and license arrangements provide our franchisee and licensee entities the power to direct the activities that most significantly impact their economic performance, we do not consider ourselves the primary beneficiary of any such entity that might be a VIE. Based on the results of our analysis of potential VIEs, we have not consolidated any franchise or other entities. The Company’s maximum exposure to loss resulting from involvement with potential VIEs is attributable to aged trade and notes receivable balances, outstanding loan guarantees (see note 15(b)), and future lease payments due from franchisees (see note 11).

(c) Accounting estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires the use of estimates, judgments, and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and for the period then ended. Significant estimates are made in the calculations and assessments of the following: (a) allowance for doubtful accounts and notes receivables, (b) impairment of tangible and intangible assets, (c) income taxes, (d) real estate reserves, (e) lease accounting estimates, (f) gift certificate breakage, and (g) contingencies. Estimates are based on historical experience, current conditions, and various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. These estimates form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities when they are not readily apparent from other sources. We adjust such estimates and assumptions when facts and circumstances dictate. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. Illiquid credit markets, volatile equity and foreign currency markets, and declines in consumer spending have combined to increase the uncertainty inherent in such estimates and assumptions.

(d) Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash

The Company continually monitors its positions with, and the credit quality of, the financial institutions in which it maintains its deposits and investments. As of December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009, we maintained balances in various cash accounts in excess of federally insured limits. All highly liquid instruments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less are considered cash equivalents.

As part of the securitization transaction (see note 9), certain cash accounts were established in the name of Citibank, N.A. (the Trustee) for the benefit of Ambac Assurance Corporation (Ambac), the Trustee, and the holders of our ABS Notes, and were restricted in their use. The Company held restricted cash of $118.2 million as of December 26, 2009, which primarily represented (i) cash collections held by the Trustee, (ii) interest, insurer premiums, and commitment fee reserves held by the Trustee related to our ABS Notes (see note 9), (iii) product sourcing and real estate reserves used to pay ice cream product obligations to affiliates and real estate obligations, respectively, (iv) cash collections related to the advertising funds and gift card/certificate programs, and (v) cash collateral requirements associated with our Canadian guaranteed financing arrangements (see note 15(b)). Changes in restricted cash held for interest, insurer premiums, commitment fee reserves, or other financing arrangements are presented as a component of cash flows from financing activities in the accompanying consolidated statements of cash flows. Other changes in restricted cash are presented as a component of operating activities. In connection with the repayment of the ABS Notes in December 2010 (see

 

  F-8   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

note 9), the cash restrictions associated with the ABS Notes were released. Cash held related to the advertising funds and the Company’s gift card/certificate programs are classified as unrestricted cash as of December 25, 2010 as there are no legal restrictions on the use of these funds; however, the Company intends to use these funds solely to support the advertising funds and gift card/certificate programs rather than to fund operations. Total cash balances related to the advertising funds and gift card/certificate programs as of December 25, 2010 were $82.3 million. The Company held restricted cash of $404 thousand as of December 25, 2010, which represents cash collateral requirements associated with our Canadian guaranteed financing arrangements (see note 15(b)).

(e) Fair value of financial instruments

The carrying amounts of accounts receivable, notes and other receivables, assets and liabilities related to the advertising funds, accounts payable, other payables, and accrued expenses approximate fair value because of their short-term nature. For long-term receivables, we review the creditworthiness of the counterparty on a quarterly basis, and adjust the carrying value as necessary. We believe the carrying value of long-term receivables of $4.8 million and $1.4 million as of December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009, respectively, approximates fair value.

Financial assets and liabilities are categorized, based on the inputs to the valuation technique, into a three-level fair value hierarchy. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to the quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities and lowest priority to unobservable inputs. Observable market data, when available, is required to be used in making fair value measurements. When inputs used to measure fair value fall within different levels of the hierarchy, the level within which the fair value measurement is categorized is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 25, 2010 are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

       Quoted prices
in active
markets for
identical assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
 
   

Assets:

     

Mutual funds

   $ 2,283          
        

Total assets

   $ 2,283          
        

Liabilities:

     

Deferred compensation liabilities

   $         7,397  
        

Total liabilities

   $         7,397  
   

The mutual funds and deferred compensation liabilities relate to the Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (DCP Plan), which allows for pre-tax salary deferrals for certain qualifying employees (see note 16). Changes in the fair value of the deferred compensation liabilities are derived using quoted prices in active markets of the asset selections made by the participants. The deferred compensation

 

  F-9   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

liabilities are classified within Level 2, as defined under U.S. GAAP, because their inputs are derived principally from observable market data by correlation to the hypothetical investments. The Company holds mutual funds, as well as money market funds, to partially offset the Company’s liabilities under the DCP Plan. The changes in the fair value of the mutual funds are derived using quoted prices in active markets for the specific funds. As such, the mutual funds are classified within Level 1, as defined under U.S. GAAP.

The carrying value and estimated fair value of long-term debt at December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009 was as follows (in thousands):

 

       December 25, 2010      December 26, 2009  
Financial liabilities    Carrying
value
     Estimated
fair value
     Carrying
value
     Estimated
fair value
 
   

Term B Loans

   $ 1,243,823         1,266,250                   

Senior Notes

     615,693         631,250                   

Series 2006-1 Class A-2 Notes

                     1,346,320         1,279,018   

Series 2006-1 Class M-1 Notes

                     99,999         84,000   
        
   $ 1,859,516         1,897,500         1,446,319         1,363,018   
   

The estimated fair values of our Term B Loans and Senior Notes are estimated based on bid and offer prices for the same or similar instruments. The estimated fair values of our A-2 and M-1 Notes are based on current market rates for debt with similar terms and remaining maturities, and do not consider the third-party guarantee of our principal and interest payments. The estimated fair value of our A-2 Notes is also based on executed transactions. Considerable judgment is required to develop these estimates.

(f) Inventories

Inventories consist of ice cream and ice cream products. Cost is determined by the first-in, first-out method. Finished products are valued at the lower of cost or estimated net realizable value. Raw materials are valued at the lower of actual or replacement cost. Inventories are included within prepaid expenses and other current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

(g) Assets held for sale

Assets held for sale primarily represent costs incurred by the Company for store equipment and leasehold improvements constructed for sale to franchisees, as well as restaurants formerly operated by franchisees waiting to be resold. The value of such restaurants and related assets is reduced to reflect net recoverable values, with such reductions recorded to general and administrative expenses, net in the consolidated statements of operations. Internal specialists estimate the amount to be recovered from the sale of such assets based on their knowledge of the (a) market in which the store is located, (b) results of the Company’s previous efforts to dispose of similar assets, and (c) current economic conditions. The actual cost of such assets held for sale is affected by specific factors such as the nature, age, location, and condition of the assets, as well as the economic environment and inflation. At December 26, 2009, assets held for sale also included $3.9 million of corporate assets, which were sold during fiscal year 2010.

 

  F-10   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

We classify restaurants and their related assets as held for sale and suspend depreciation and amortization when (a) we make a decision to refranchise or sell the property, (b) the stores are available for immediate sale, (c) we have begun an active program to locate a buyer, (d) significant changes to the plan of sale are not likely, and (e) the sale is probable within one year.

(h) Property and equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated useful life or the remaining lease term of the related asset. Estimated useful lives are as follows:

 

       Years  
   

Buildings

     20 – 35   

Leasehold improvements

     5 – 25   

Store, production, and other equipment

     3 – 12   
   

Routine maintenance and repair costs are charged to expense as incurred. Major improvements, additions, or replacements that extend the life, increase capacity, or improve the safety or the efficiency of property are capitalized at cost and depreciated. Major improvements to leased property are capitalized as leasehold improvements and depreciated.

(i) Leases

When determining lease terms, we begin with the point at which the Company obtains control and possession of the leased properties and we include option periods for which failure to renew the lease imposes a penalty on the Company in such an amount that the renewal appears, at the inception of the lease, to be reasonably assured, which generally includes option periods through the end of the related franchise agreement term. We also include any rent holidays in the determination of the lease term.

We record rent expense and rent income for leases and subleases, respectively, that contain scheduled rent increases on a straight-line basis over the lease term as defined above. In certain cases, contingent rentals are based on sales levels of our franchisees, in excess of stipulated amounts. Contingent rentals are included in rent income and rent expense as they are earned or accrued, respectively.

We occasionally provide to our sublessees, or receive from our landlords, tenant improvement dollars. Tenant improvement dollars paid to our sublessees are recorded as a deferred rent asset. For fixed asset and/or leasehold purchases for which we receive tenant improvement dollars from our landlords, we record the property and equipment and/or leasehold improvements gross and establish a deferred rent obligation. The deferred lease assets and obligations are amortized on a straight-line basis over the determined sublease and lease terms, respectively.

Management regularly reviews sublease arrangements, where we are the lessor, for losses on sublease arrangements. We recognize a loss, discounted using risk-free credit rates, when costs expected to be incurred under an operating prime lease exceed the anticipated future revenue stream of the operating sublease.

 

  F-11   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

Furthermore, for properties where we do not currently have an operational franchise or other third-party sublessee and are under long-term lease agreements, the present value of any remaining liability under the lease, discounted using risk-free credit rates and net of estimated sublease recovery, is recognized as a liability and charged to operations at the time we cease use of the property. The value of any equipment and leasehold improvements related to a closed store is assessed for potential impairment (see note 2(j)).

(j) Impairment of long-lived assets

Long-lived assets that are used in operations are tested for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable through undiscounted future cash flows. Recognition and measurement of a potential impairment is performed on assets grouped with other assets and liabilities at the lowest level where identifiable cash flows are largely independent of the cash flows of other assets and liabilities. An impairment loss is the amount by which the carrying amount of a long-lived asset or asset group exceeds its estimated fair value. Fair value is generally estimated by internal specialists based on the present value of anticipated future cash flows or, if required, by independent third-party valuation specialists, depending on the nature of the assets or asset group.

(k) Investments in joint ventures

The Company accounts for its joint venture interests in B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd. (BR Japan) and BR-Korea Co., Ltd. (BR Korea) in accordance with the equity method. As a result of the acquisition of the Company by BCT on March 1, 2006 (BCT Acquisition), the Company recorded a step-up in the basis of our investments in BR Japan and BR Korea. The basis difference is comprised of amortizable franchise rights and related tax liabilities and nonamortizable goodwill. The franchise rights and related tax liabilities are amortized in a manner that reflects the estimated benefits from the use of the intangible asset over a period of 14 years. The franchise rights were valued based on an estimate of future cash flows to be generated from the ongoing management of the contracts over their remaining useful lives.

(l) Goodwill and other intangible assets

Goodwill and trade names (indefinite lived intangibles) have been assigned to our reporting units, which are also our operating segments, for purposes of impairment testing. All of our reporting units have indefinite lived intangibles associated with them.

We evaluate the remaining useful life of our trade names to determine whether current events and circumstances continue to support an indefinite useful life. In addition, all of our indefinite lived intangible assets are tested for impairment annually. The trade name intangible asset impairment test consists of a comparison of the fair value of each trade name with its carrying value, with any excess of carrying value over fair value being recognized as an impairment loss. The goodwill impairment test consists of a comparison of each reporting unit’s fair value to its carrying value. The fair value of a reporting unit is an estimate of the amount for which the unit as a whole could be sold in a current transaction between willing parties. If the carrying value of a reporting unit exceeds its fair value, goodwill is written down to its implied fair value. We have selected the first day of our July fiscal month as the date on which to perform our annual impairment test for all indefinite lived intangible assets. We also test for impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the fair value of such indefinite lived intangibles has been impaired.

 

  F-12   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

Other intangible assets consist primarily of franchise and international license rights (franchise rights), ice cream manufacturing and territorial franchise agreement license rights (license rights), and operating lease interests acquired related to our prime leases and subleases (operating leases acquired). Franchise rights recorded in the consolidated balance sheets were valued using an excess earnings approach. The valuation of franchise rights was calculated using an estimation of future royalty income and related expenses associated with existing franchise contracts at the acquisition date. Our valuation included assumptions related to the projected attrition and renewal rates on those existing franchise arrangements being valued. License rights recorded in the consolidated balance sheets were valued based on an estimate of future revenues and costs related to the ongoing management of the contracts over the remaining useful lives. Favorable and unfavorable operating leases acquired were recorded on purchased leases based on differences between contractual rents under the respective lease agreements and prevailing market rents at the lease acquisition date. Favorable operating leases acquired are included as a component of other intangible assets in the consolidated balance sheets. Due to the high level of lease renewals made by Dunkin’ Donuts’ franchisees, all lease renewal options for the Dunkin’ Donuts leases were included in the valuation of the favorable operating leases acquired. Amortization of franchise rights, license rights, and favorable operating leases acquired is recorded as amortization expense in the consolidated statements of operations and amortized over the respective franchise, license, and lease terms using the straight-line method.

Unfavorable operating leases acquired related to our prime and subleases are recorded in the liability section of the consolidated balance sheets and are amortized into rental expense and rental income, respectively, over the base lease term of the respective leases using the straight-line method. The weighted average amortization period for all unfavorable operating leases acquired is 13 years.

Management makes adjustments to the carrying amount of such intangible assets and unfavorable operating leases acquired if they are deemed to be impaired using the methodology for long-lived assets (see note 2(j)), or when such license or lease agreements are reduced or terminated.

(m) Contingencies

The Company records reserves for legal and other contingencies when information available to the Company indicates that it is probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Predicting the outcomes of claims and litigation and estimating the related costs and exposures involve substantial uncertainties that could cause actual costs to vary materially from estimates.

(n) Foreign currency translation

We translate assets and liabilities of non-U.S. operations into U.S. dollars at rates of exchange in effect at the balance sheet date and revenues and expenses at the average exchange rates prevailing during the period. Resulting translation adjustments are recorded as a separate component of comprehensive income (loss) and stockholders’ equity, net of deferred taxes. Foreign currency translation adjustments primarily result from subsidiaries located in Canada, the UK, Australia, and Spain, as well as our joint ventures. Business transactions resulting in foreign exchange gains and losses are included in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

  F-13   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

(o) Revenue recognition

Franchise fees and royalty income

Domestically, the Company sells individual franchises as well as territory agreements in the form of store development agreements (SDA agreements) that grant the right to develop restaurants in designated areas. Our franchise and SDA agreements typically require the franchisee to pay an initial nonrefundable fee and continuing fees (royalty income) based upon a percentage of sales. The franchisee will typically pay us a renewal fee if we approve a renewal of the franchise agreement. Such fees are paid by franchisees to obtain the rights associated with these franchise or SDA agreements. Initial franchise fee revenue is recognized upon substantial completion of the services required of the Company as stated in the franchise agreement, which is generally upon opening of the respective restaurant. Fees collected in advance are deferred until earned, with deferred amounts expected to be recognized as revenue within one year classified as current deferred income in the consolidated balance sheets. Royalty income is based on a percentage of franchisee gross sales and is recognized when earned, which occurs at the franchisees’ point of sale. Renewal fees are recognized when a renewal agreement with a franchisee becomes effective. Occasionally, the Company offers incentive programs to franchisees in conjunction with a franchise, SDA, or renewal agreement and, when appropriate, records the costs of such programs as reductions of revenue.

For our international business, we sell master territory and/or license agreements that typically allow the master licensee to either act as the franchisee or to sub-franchise to other operators. Master license and territory fees are generally recognized over the term of the development agreement or as stores are opened, depending on the specific terms of the agreement. Royalty income is based on a percentage of franchisee gross sales and is recognized when earned, which generally occurs at the franchisees’ point of sale. Renewal fees are recognized when a renewal agreement with a franchisee or licensee becomes effective.

Rental income

Rental income for base rentals is recorded on a straight-line basis over the lease term, including the amortization of any tenant improvement dollars paid (see note 2(i)). The difference between the straight-line rent amounts and amounts receivable under the leases are recorded as deferred rent assets in current or long-term assets, as appropriate. Contingent rental income is recognized as earned, and any amounts received from lessees in advance of achieving stipulated thresholds are deferred until such threshold is actually achieved. Deferred contingent rentals are recorded as deferred income in current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

Sales of ice cream products

Our subsidiaries in Canada and the UK manufacture and/or distribute Baskin-Robbins ice cream products to Baskin-Robbins franchisees and licensees in Canada and other international locations. Revenue from the sale of ice cream is recognized when title and risk of loss transfers to the buyer, which is generally upon shipment.

Other revenues

Other revenues include fees generated by licensing our brand names and other intellectual property, retail stores sales at company-owned restaurants, and gains, net of losses and transactions costs, from the sales of

 

  F-14   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

our restaurants to new or existing franchisees. Licensing fees are recognized when earned, which is generally upon sale of the underlying products by the licensees. Retail store revenues at company-owned restaurants are recognized when payment is tendered at the point of sale, net of sales tax and other sales-related taxes. Gains on the refranchise or sale of a restaurant are recognized when the sale transaction closes, the franchisee has a minimum amount of the purchase price in at-risk equity, and we are satisfied that the buyer can meet its financial obligations to us. If the criteria for gain recognition are not met, we defer the gain to the extent we have any remaining financial exposure in connection with the sale transaction. Deferred gains are recognized when the gain recognition criteria are met.

(p) Allowance for doubtful accounts

We monitor the financial condition of our franchisees and licensees and record provisions for estimated losses on receivables when we believe that our franchisees or licensees are unable to make their required payments. While we use the best information available in making our determination, the ultimate recovery of recorded receivables is also dependent upon future economic events and other conditions that may be beyond our control. Included in the allowance for doubtful notes and accounts receivables is a provision for uncollectible royalty, lease, and licensing fee receivables.

(q) Share-based payment

We measure compensation cost at fair value on the date of grant for all stock-based awards and recognize compensation expense over the service period that the awards are expected to vest. The Company has elected to recognize compensation cost for graded-vesting awards subject only to a service condition over the requisite service period of the entire award.

(r) Income taxes

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recorded for the expected future tax consequences of items that have been included in our consolidated financial statements or tax returns. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of assets and liabilities and the respective tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates that are expected to apply in years in which the temporary differences are expected to reverse. The effects of changes in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized in the consolidated statements of operations in the year in which the law is enacted. Valuation allowances are provided when the Company does not believe it is more likely than not that it will realize the benefit of identified tax assets.

A tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return is recognized in the financial statements when it is more likely than not that the position would be sustained upon examination by tax authorities. A recognized tax position is then measured at the largest amount of benefit that is greater than fifty percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement. Estimates of interest and penalties on unrecognized tax benefits are recorded in the provision for income taxes.

 

  F-15   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

(s) Comprehensive income (loss)

Comprehensive income (loss) is primarily comprised of net income, foreign currency translation adjustments, unrealized gains and losses on investments, and pension adjustments for changes in funded status, and is reported in the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income (loss), net of taxes, for all periods presented.

(t) Deferred financing costs

Deferred financing costs primarily represent capitalizable costs incurred related to the issuance of the Company’s long-term debt (see note 9). Deferred financing costs are being amortized over a weighted average period of approximately 7 years, based on projected required repayments, using the effective interest rate method.

(u) Concentration of credit risk

The Company is subject to credit risk through its accounts receivable consisting primarily of amounts due from franchisees and licensees for franchise fees and royalty income. In addition, we have note and lease receivables from certain of our franchisees and licensees. The financial condition of these franchisees and licensees is largely dependent upon the underlying business trends of our brands and market conditions within the quick service restaurant industry. This concentration of credit risk is mitigated, in part, by the large number of franchisees and licensees of each brand and the short-term nature of the franchise and license fee and lease receivables. No individual franchisee or master licensee accounts for more than 10% of total revenues or accounts and notes receivable.

(v) Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share is computed on the basis of the weighted average number of common shares that were outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share includes the dilutive effect of common stock equivalents consisting of restricted stock and stock options, using the treasury stock method. Performance-based restricted stock and stock options are considered dilutive when the related performance criterion has been met. As the Company has both Class L and Class A common stock outstanding and Class L has preference with respect to all distributions, earnings per share is calculated using the two-class method, which requires the allocation of earnings to each class of common stock.

The numerator in calculating Class L basic and diluted earnings per share is the Class L preference amount accrued during the year presented plus, if positive, a pro rata share of an amount equal to consolidated net income less the Class L preference amount. The Class L preferential distribution amounts accrued during fiscal years 2010, 2009, and 2008 were $111.0 million, $104.6 million, and $95.5 million, respectively.

The numerator in calculating Class A basic and diluted earnings per share is an amount equal to consolidated net income less the Class L preference amount and Class L pro rata share amount, if any.

 

  F-16   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

The computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share is as follows (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

       Fiscal year ended  
     December 25,
2010
    December 26,
2009
    December 27,
2008
 
                          

Net income (loss) - basic and diluted

   $ 26,861        35,008        (269,898

Allocation of net income (loss) to common stockholders - basic and diluted:

      

Class L

   $ 111,026        104,560        95,452   

Class A

     (84,165     (69,552     (365,350

Weighted average number of common shares - basic and diluted:

      

Class L

     22,806,796        22,859,274        22,879,304   

Class A

     188,639,517        187,728,324        186,395,629   

Earnings (loss) per common share - basic and diluted:

      

Class L

   $ 4.87        4.57        4.17   

Class A

     (0.45     (0.37     (1.96
                          

The weighted average number of common shares in the Class A diluted earnings per share calculation excludes all restricted stock and stock options outstanding during the respective periods, as they would be antidilutive. As of December 25, 2010, there were 4,960,059 unvested Class A restricted stock awards and 22,084,970 options to purchase Class A common stock outstanding that may be dilutive in the future. Of those amounts, there were 4,405,590 Class A restricted stock awards and 14,308,000 options to purchase Class A common stock that were performance-based and for which the performance criteria have not yet been met. There were no Class L common stock equivalents outstanding during fiscal years 2010, 2009, or 2008.

(w) Recent accounting pronouncements

In January 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued new guidance and clarifications for improving disclosures about fair value measurements. This guidance requires enhanced disclosures regarding transfers in and out of the levels within the fair value hierarchy. Separate disclosures are required for transfers in and out of Level 1 and 2 fair value measurements, and the reasons for the transfers must be disclosed. In the reconciliation for Level 3 fair value measurements, separate disclosures are required for purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements on a gross basis. The new disclosures and clarifications of existing disclosures were effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the roll forward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements, which are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2010. The adoption of this guidance did not have any impact on our financial position or results of operations, as it only relates to disclosures.

In June 2009, the FASB amended the consolidation guidance applicable to VIEs by eliminating exceptions to consolidating qualifying special-purpose entities, changing the approach to determining a VIE’s primary beneficiary, and requiring a company to more frequently reassess whether VIEs must be consolidated. This amended guidance was effective for the Company beginning in fiscal year 2010. The adoption of this guidance did not have any impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 

  F-17   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

(X) Reclassifications

In fiscal year 2010, the Company revised the presentation of certain captions within the consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of operations and cash flows to provide a more concise presentation. Prior period financial statements have been revised to conform to the current year presentation.

Consolidated balance sheets

The Company has combined inventories and prepaid income taxes into the prepaid and other current assets caption. Additionally, the Company combined notes and other long-term receivables, deferred rent receivables, and deferred financing costs, net into the other assets caption.

The current portion of deferred income was historically classified within deferred income and other current liabilities. Deferred income, which also reflects the impact of the change in accounting for contingent rent (see note 3), is now separated from other current liabilities. Additionally, accrued expenses have been combined with other current liabilities.

Within long-term liabilities, the Company has combined deferred rent obligations into other long-term liabilities. The revised presentation of the balance sheet captions had no impact on total current assets, total assets, total current liabilities, or total long-term liabilities.

Consolidated statements of operations

Licensing fees and refranchising gains have been combined with the other revenues caption. Additionally, the Company combined depreciation and amortization into one caption. The changes made to other captions within operating costs and expenses were as follows:

 

 

Payroll and related benefit costs, professional services, travel expenses, and other operating costs and expenses, net were combined into a new caption, general and administrative expenses, net;

 

 

Rental expense related to general and administrative locations of $5.7 million and $5.6 million for fiscal years 2009 and 2008, respectively, was reclassified to general and administrative expenses, net; and

 

 

Non-rent occupancy costs of $2.1 million and $3.0 million for fiscal years 2009 and 2008, respectively, related to franchised locations was reclassified from general and administrative expenses, net to rental expense, which was renamed occupancy expenses—franchised restaurants.

Equity in net income of joint ventures has been reclassified within the consolidated statements of operations from other income (expense) to operating income (loss), as these investments in joint ventures represent our business model for operating our brands in Japan and Korea and are our primary source of income generation from restaurants operating in these markets. The Company also combined foreign currency gain (loss), net with gain (loss) on sale of available-for-sale securities to form a new caption, other gains (losses).

The reclassification of equity in net income of joint ventures resulted in an increase in operating income and a corresponding increase in total other expense of $14.3 million and $14.2 million for the fiscal years ended December 26, 2009 and December 27, 2008, respectively. All other revisions to the presentation of the consolidated statements of operations had no impact on total revenues, operating income (loss), income (loss) before income taxes, or net income (loss).

 

  F-18   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

Consolidated statements of cash flows

The Company reclassified certain activity within the operating section of the consolidated statements of cash flows to correspond to the changes in presentation made to the consolidated balance sheets. The reclassifications had no impact on net cash provided by (used in) operating, investing, or financing activities.

(y) Subsequent events

Subsequent events have been evaluated up through the date that these consolidated financial statements were filed (see note 19).

(3) Change in accounting for contingent rental income

In certain cases, rental income is contingent on a franchisee’s sales level, in excess of a stipulated amount. Historically, the Company recognized contingent rental income prior to achieving the stipulated threshold based on the probability of achieving the threshold, which is permissible for private companies that are not subject to the guidance prescribed by the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). For companies subject to SEC interpretations, contingent rental income should not be recognized until the stated threshold is achieved, at which point the revenue is actually earned. As the Company is now required under its senior credit facility and Senior Notes agreements to provide financial statements that comply with SEC regulations, we elected to change our method of accounting for contingent rental income to comply with the SEC requirements. This change in accounting does not have a significant impact on our results of operations or financial position, as it only impacts the timing of revenue recognition over, typically, a one-year period within each lease agreement. Cash flows were not impacted by this change in accounting.

This change in accounting principle has been applied retrospectively to all prior periods presented. The following financial statement line items for fiscal years 2009 and 2008 were impacted by this accounting change (in thousands):

 

       December 26, 2009  
     As originally
reported
    As
adjusted
 
   

Accounts receivable, net

   $ 34,435       32,893  

Deferred income taxes, net (current)

     12,598       14,707  

Total current assets

     321,538       322,105  

Goodwill

     884,673       887,850  

Total assets

     3,220,973       3,224,717  

Deferred income(a)

     33,161       26,547  

Total current liabilities

     240,886       244,571  

Accumulated deficit

     (657,309     (657,250

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (461,452     (461,393

Total liabilities, common stock, and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     3,220,973       3,224,717  
   

 

(a)   Deferred income, as originally reported, of $22.9 million was combined with $14.0 million of other current liabilities in the fiscal year 2009 issued financial statements, under one caption titled deferred income and other current liabilities, which totaled $36.9 million (see note 2(x)).

 

  F-19   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

 

       December 26, 2009      December 27, 2008  
     As originally
reported
     As
adjusted
     As originally
reported
    As
adjusted
 
   

Rental income

   $ 93,182        93,651        97,662       97,886  

Total revenues

     537,604        538,073        544,705       544,929  

Operating income (loss)

     184,076         184,545         (141,117     (140,893

Income (loss) before income taxes

     73,807        74,276        (260,990     (260,766

Provision for income taxes

     39,070        39,268        9,042       9,132  

Net income (loss)

     34,737        35,008        (270,032     (269,898
   

Goodwill was increased by $3.2 million, which represents the cumulative deferral of income, net of deferred taxes, as of March 1, 2006 (the date of the BCT Acquisition). As a result of the accounting change, retained earnings as of December 29, 2007 was reduced by $346 thousand, reflecting the cumulative impact on net income through that date since the BCT Acquisition.

(4) Franchise fees and royalty income

Franchise fees and royalty income consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

       Fiscal year ended  
     December 25,
2010
     December 26,
2009
     December 27,
2008
 
   

Royalty income

   $ 332,770         317,692         308,742   

Initial franchise fees, including renewal income

     27,157         26,328         40,305   
        

Total franchise fees and royalty income

   $ 359,927         344,020         349,047   
   

The changes in franchised and company-owned points of distribution were as follows:

 

       Fiscal year ended  
     December 25,
2010
    December 26,
2009
    December 27,
2008
 
   

Systemwide Points of Distribution

      

Franchised points of distribution in operation - beginning of year

     15,377        14,846        13,860   

Franchises opened

     1,618        1,601        2,026   

Franchises closed

     (815     (1,055     (1,040

Net transfers to company-owned points of distribution

     (14     (15       
        

Franchised points of distribution in operation - end of year

     16,166        15,377        14,846   

Company-owned points of distribution

     27        16        2   
        

Total systemwide points of distribution - end of year

     16,193        15,393        14,848   
   

(5) Advertising funds

On behalf of certain Dunkin’ Donuts and Baskin-Robbins advertising funds, the Company collects a percentage, which typically ranges from 1.0% to 6.0%, of gross retail sales from Dunkin’ Donuts and Baskin-Robbins

 

  F-20   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

franchisees, to be used for various forms of advertising for each brand. In most of our international markets, franchisees manage their own advertising expenditures, which are not included in the advertising fund results.

The Company administers and directs the development of all advertising and promotion programs in the advertising funds for which it collects advertising fees, in accordance with the provisions of our franchise agreements. The Company acts as, in substance, an agent with regard to these advertising contributions. We consolidate and report all assets and liabilities held by these advertising funds as restricted assets of advertising funds and liabilities of advertising funds within current assets and current liabilities, respectively, in the consolidated balance sheets. The assets and liabilities held by these advertising funds consist primarily of receivables, accrued expenses, and other liabilities related specifically to the advertising funds. The revenues, expenses, and cash flows of the advertising funds are not included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations or consolidated statements of cash flows because the Company does not have complete discretion over the usage of the funds. Contributions to these advertising funds are restricted to advertising, product development, public relations, merchandising, and administrative expenses and programs to increase sales and further enhance the public reputation of each of the brands.

At December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009, the Company had a net payable of $23.1 million and $23.3 million, respectively, to the various advertising funds.

To cover administrative expenses of the advertising funds, the Company charges each advertising fund a management fee for such items as rent, accounting services, information technology, data processing, product development, legal, administrative support services, and other operating expenses, which amounted to $5.6 million, $6.2 million, and $6.0 million for fiscal years 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. Such management fees are included in the consolidated statements of operations as a reduction in general and administrative expenses, net.

The Company also made discretionary contributions to certain advertising funds, which amounted to $1.2 million, $1.2 million, and $698 thousand for fiscal years 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively, for the purpose of supplementing national and regional advertising in certain markets.

(6) Property and equipment

Property and equipment at December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

       December 25,
2010
    December 26,
2009
 
   

Land

   $ 30,485       30,738  

Buildings

     40,093       43,105  

Leasehold improvements

     160,369       159,208  

Store, production, and other equipment

     49,072       51,260  

Construction in progress

     3,917       4,062  
        
     283,936       288,373  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (90,663     (78,714
        
   $ 193,273       209,659  
   

 

  F-21   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

Total depreciation expense was $25.3 million, $26.9 million, and $28.5 million for fiscal years 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. The Company recognized impairment charges on leasehold improvements, typically due to termination of the underlying lease agreement, and other corporately-held assets of $4.8 million, $6.8 million, and $2.0 million during fiscal years 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively, which are included in other impairment charges in the consolidated statements of operations.

(7) Investments in joint ventures

The Company’s ownership interests in its joint ventures as of December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009 were as follows:

 

       Ownership  
Entity    December 25,
2010
     December 26,
2009
 
   

BR Japan

     43.3%         43.3%   

BR Korea

     33.3         33.3   
   

Summary financial information for the joint venture operations on an aggregated basis was as follows (in thousands):

 

       December 25,
2010
     December 26,
2009
 
   

Current assets

   $ 184,608        151,863  

Current liabilities

     86,969        78,977  
        

Working capital

     97,639        72,886  

Property, plant, and equipment, net

     102,405        81,919  

Other assets

     141,574        125,119  

Long-term liabilities

     19,084        14,814  
        

Joint venture equity

   $ 322,534        265,110  
   

 

       Fiscal year ended  
     December 25,
2010
     December 26,
2009
     December 27,
2008
 
   

Revenues

   $ 580,671         495,146         463,140   

Net income

     47,664         41,577         40,130   
   

The comparison between the carrying value of our investments and the underlying equity in net assets of investments is presented in the table below (in thousands):

 

       BR Japan      BR Korea  
     December 25,
2010
     December 26,
2009
     December 25,
2010
     December 26,
2009
 
   

Carrying value of investment

   $ 94,326         82,812         74,950         65,090   

Underlying equity in net assets of investment

     49,854         39,994         69,037         57,503   
        

Carrying value in excess of the underlying equity in net assets(a)

   $ 44,472         42,818         5,913         7,587   
   

 

(a)   The excess carrying values over the underlying equity in net assets of our joint ventures is primarily comprised of amortizable franchise rights and related tax liabilities and nonamortizable goodwill, all of which were established in the BCT Acquisition.

 

  F-22   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

Equity in net income of joint ventures in the consolidated statements of operations for fiscal years 2010, 2009, and 2008 includes $897 thousand, $899 thousand, and $907 thousand, respectively, of net expense related to the amortization of intangible franchise rights and related deferred tax liabilities noted above. As required under the equity method of accounting, such net expense is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations directly to equity in net income of joint ventures and not shown as a component of amortization expense.

Total estimated amortization expense, net of deferred tax benefits, to be included in equity in net income of joint ventures for fiscal years 2011 through 2015 is as follows (in thousands):

 

Fiscal year:         

2011

   $ 867  

2012

     789  

2013

     705  

2014

     615  

2015

     519  
   

(8) Goodwill and other intangible assets

The changes and carrying amounts of goodwill by reporting unit were as follows (in thousands):

 

Goodwill    Dunkin’
Donuts U.S.
    Dunkin’
Donuts
International
     Baskin-
Robbins
International
    Total  
   

Balance at December 27, 2008

(as adjusted):

         

Goodwill

   $ 1,148,016       10,186        24,037       1,182,239  

Accumulated impairment charges

     (270,441             (24,037     (294,478
        

Balance at December 27, 2008

     877,575       10,186               887,761  

Effects of foreign currency adjustments

            89               89  
        

Balance at December 26, 2009

(as adjusted):

         

Goodwill

     1,148,016       10,275        24,037       1,182,328  

Accumulated impairment charges

     (270,441             (24,037     (294,478
        

Balance at December 26, 2009

     877,575       10,275               887,850  

Goodwill acquired

     780                      780  

Effects of foreign currency adjustments

            25               25  
        

Balance at December 25, 2010:

         

Goodwill

     1,148,796       10,300        24,037       1,183,133  

Accumulated impairment charges

     (270,441             (24,037     (294,478
        

Balance at December 25, 2010

   $ 878,355       10,300               888,655  
   

 

  F-23   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

Other intangible assets at December 25, 2010 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

       Weighted
average
amortization
period
(years)
     Gross
carrying
amount
     Accumulated
amortization
    Net
carrying
amount
 
   

Definite lived intangibles:

          

Franchise rights

     20       $ 385,309        (100,296     285,013  

Favorable operating leases acquired

     13         90,406        (33,965     56,441  

License rights

     10         6,230        (2,997     3,233  

Indefinite lived intangible:

          

Trade names

     N/A         1,190,970               1,190,970  
           
      $ 1,672,915        (137,258     1,535,657  
   

Other intangible assets at December 26, 2009 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

       Weighted
average
amortization
period
(years)
     Gross
carrying
amount
     Accumulated
amortization
    Net
carrying
amount
 
   

Definite lived intangibles:

          

Franchise rights

     20       $ 385,088        (79,496     305,592  

Favorable operating leases acquired

     12         98,696        (32,201     66,495  

License rights

     6         31,190        (24,071     7,119  

Indefinite lived intangible:

          

Trade names

     N/A         1,190,970               1,190,970  
           
      $ 1,705,944        (135,768     1,570,176  
   

During the fourth quarter of 2008, management concluded that indicators of potential impairment were present and that an evaluation of the carrying value of goodwill and trade names was therefore required. The indicators that triggered the interim impairment tests included the economic environment and declines in peer company market values. Accordingly, the Company performed an interim test for impairment as of December 27, 2008.

The impairment test of the Baskin-Robbins trade name resulted in an impairment charge of $34.0 million, which was recorded during fiscal year 2008 to the Baskin-Robbins U.S. reporting unit, and is included in other impairment charges in the consolidated statements of operations. Fair value of the Baskin-Robbins trade name was estimated using the relief from royalty method, an income approach to valuation. As the estimated fair value of the Dunkin’ Donuts trade name exceeded its carrying value, the Company did not record any impairment on the Dunkin’ Donuts trade name.

For goodwill, an indication of impairment existed for the Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. and Baskin-Robbins International reporting units. Based on the interim results of the goodwill impairment test, a total goodwill impairment charge of $294.5 million was recorded during fiscal year 2008. Fair value of the reporting units was estimated based on a combination of market multiples and discounted cash flows to determine the implied fair value of goodwill.

 

  F-24   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

In connection with the recognition of the fiscal year 2008 noncash impairment charge for trade name intangible assets of $34.0 million, the Company recorded a deferred tax benefit of approximately $13.8 million to reduce a previously established deferred tax liability related to the above-noted intangible assets. There was no deferred tax impact as a result of the goodwill impairment charge as the goodwill is not deductible for tax purposes.

The changes in the gross carrying amount of other intangible assets from December 26, 2009 to December 25, 2010 is due to the impact of foreign currency fluctuations and the impairment of favorable operating leases acquired resulting from lease terminations. Impairment of favorable operating leases acquired totaled $2.3 million, $1.7 million, and $1.4 million for fiscal years 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively, and is included in other impairment charges in the consolidated statements of operations. Additionally, during fiscal year 2010, the Company wrote off a fully amortized license right intangible asset with a gross carrying amount of $25.0 million.

Total amortization expense was $32.5 million, $36.0 million, and $37.8 million for fiscal years 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. Total estimated amortization expense for other intangible assets for fiscal years 2011 through 2015 is as follows (in thousands):

 

Fiscal year:         

2011

   $ 27,984  

2012

     26,911  

2013

     26,321  

2014

     25,778  

2015

     25,422  
   

(9) Debt

Debt at December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

       December 25,
2010
     December 26,
2009
 
   

Term B Loans

   $ 1,243,823          

Senior Notes

     615,693          

Series 2006-1 Class A-2 Notes

             1,346,320  

Series 2006-1 Class M-1 Notes

             99,999  
        

Total debt

     1,859,516        1,446,319  

Less current portion of long-term debt

     12,500          
        

Total long-term debt

   $ 1,847,016        1,446,319  
   

Senior credit facility

The Company’s senior credit facility consists of $1.25 billion aggregate principal amount Term B Loans and a $100.0 million revolving credit facility, which were entered into by DBGI’s subsidiary, Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. (DBI) in November 2010. The Term B Loans and revolving credit facility mature in November 2017 and November 2015, respectively. As of December 25, 2010, $11.2 million of letters of credit were outstanding against the revolving credit facility.

 

  F-25   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

Borrowings under our senior credit facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at our option, either a base rate or a Eurodollar rate. The base rate is equal to an applicable rate ranging from 2.75% to 3.25% based on a leverage ratio plus the highest of (a) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50%, (b) a prime rate, (c) one-month LIBOR rate plus 1.00%, and (d) 2.50%. The Eurodollar rate is equal to an applicable rate ranging from 3.75% to 4.25% based on a leverage ratio plus the higher of (a) a LIBOR rate and (b) 1.50%. In addition, we are required to pay a commitment fee on our revolving credit facility for unutilized commitments at a rate of 0.50% per annum. The effective interest rate for Term B Loans, including the amortization of original issue discount and deferred financing costs, is 6.1% at December 25, 2010.

Repayments are required to be made under the Term B Loans equal to $12.5 million per calendar year, payable in quarterly installments through September 2017, with the remaining principal balance due in November 2017. Additionally, following the end of each fiscal year, if the Company’s leverage ratio, which is a measure of the Company’s cash income to outstanding debt, exceeds 5.25x, the Company is required to prepay an amount equal to 50% of excess cash flow (as defined in the senior credit facility) for such fiscal year. The first excess cash flow payment would be due in the first quarter of fiscal year 2012 based on fiscal year 2011 excess cash flow and leverage ratio. Other events and transactions, such as certain asset sales and incurrence of debt, may trigger additional mandatory prepayments. The senior credit facility requires a 1.0% prepayment premium in the event the Term B Loans or revolving credit facility is voluntarily refinanced by the Company at a reduced interest rate prior to November 2011.

The senior credit facility contains certain financial and nonfinancial covenants, which include restrictions on liens, investments, additional indebtedness, asset sales, certain dividend payments, and certain transactions with affiliates. At December 25, 2010, the Company was in compliance with all of its covenants under the senior credit facility.

Certain of the Company’s wholly owned domestic subsidiaries guarantee the senior credit facility. All obligations under the senior credit facility, and the guarantees of those obligations, are secured, subject to certain exceptions, by substantially all assets of DBI and the subsidiary guarantors.

The Term B Loans were issued with an original issue discount of $6.3 million, resulting in cash proceeds upon issuance of $1.24 billion. Total debt issuance costs incurred and capitalized in relation to the senior credit facility were $20.4 million. Total amortization of original issue discount and debt issuance costs related to the senior credit facility was $323 thousand for fiscal year 2010, which is included in interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

Subsequent to fiscal year 2010, the Company re-priced its senior credit facility and increased the amount of term loans outstanding to $1.40 billion (see note 19).

Senior notes

DBI issued $625.0 million face amount Senior Notes in November 2010 that mature in December 2018. Interest is payable semi-annually at a rate of 9.625% per annum. The effective interest rate for the Senior Notes, including the amortization of original issue discount and deferred financing costs, is 10.2%.

Certain of DBI’s subsidiaries have jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally guaranteed the payment of the amounts due under the Senior Notes. The Senior Notes are unsecured and are effectively subordinated to the senior credit facility to the extent of the value of the assets securing such debt.

 

  F-26   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

The Senior Notes contain certain covenants, which include restrictions on liens, investments, additional indebtedness, asset sales, certain dividend payments, and certain transactions with affiliates. Optional redemptions may be made at 100.0% to 102.5% of par, depending upon the timing of such redemptions. Upon a change of control, the Company must offer to purchase the Senior Notes at 101% of par. At December 25, 2010, the Company was in compliance with all of its covenants under the Senior Notes.

The Senior Notes were originally issued through a private transaction. The Company has agreed to file a registration statement with the SEC to permit either the exchange of the original notes for registered notes having substantially the same term, or the registered resale of the original notes. The exchange of notes or registration covering resales of the original notes must be completed by November 2011 or additional interest may accrue, not to exceed 1.0% per annum.

The Senior Notes were issued with an original issue discount of $9.4 million, resulting in cash proceeds upon issuance of $615.6 million. Total debt issuance costs incurred and capitalized in relation to the Senior Notes were $15.6 million. Total amortization of original issue discount and debt issuance costs related to the Senior Notes was $182 thousand for fiscal year 2010, which is included in interest expense in the consolidated statements of operations.

Subsequent to fiscal year 2010, the Company will repay $150.0 million of the Senior Notes utilizing the proceeds from the increased term loans under the senior credit facility (see note 19).

ABS Notes

On May 26, 2006, certain of the Company’s subsidiaries (the Co-Issuers) entered into a securitization transaction. In connection with this securitization transaction, the Co-Issuers issued 5.779% Fixed Rate Series 2006-1 Senior Notes, Class A-2 (Class A-2 Notes) with an initial principal amount of $1.5 billion and 8.285% Fixed Rate Series 2006-1 Subordinated Notes, Class M-1 (Class M-1 Notes) with an initial principal amount of $100.0 million. In addition, the Company also issued Class A-1 Notes (the Class A-1 Notes, together with the Class A-2 Notes and the Class M-1 Notes, the ABS Notes), which permitted the Co-Issuers to draw up to a maximum of $100.0 million on a revolving basis. As of December 26, 2009, $34.3 million of letters of credit were outstanding related to the Class A-1 Notes.

Total debt issuance costs incurred and capitalized in relation to the ABS Notes were $72.9 million, of which $6.0 million, $7.4 million, and $7.0 million was amortized to interest expense during fiscal years 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.

The ABS Notes were secured by a pledge of substantially all of the assets of the Co-Issuers. In addition, certain subsidiaries unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed the obligations of the Co-Issuers under the ABS Notes, and such guarantee was secured by a pledge of substantially all of the assets of those subsidiaries. In addition, the payment of interest payable on the Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes on each payment date (subject to certain limitations) and the outstanding principal amount of the Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes on the legal final maturity date (June 20, 2031) was unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by Ambac.

During fiscal year 2009, the Company repurchased and retired outstanding Class A-2 Notes with a total face value of $153.7 million. The Class A-2 Notes were repurchased using available cash for a total repurchase price

 

  F-27   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

of $142.7 million. As a result of these repurchases, the Company recorded a net gain on debt extinguishment of $3.7 million, which includes the write-off of deferred financing costs of $4.8 million and pre-payment premiums paid to Ambac of $2.5 million.

In June 2010, the Company repurchased and retired outstanding Class A-2 Notes with a total face value of $99.8 million. The Class A-2 Notes were repurchased at par using available cash. As a result of this repurchase, the Company recorded a net loss on debt extinguishment of $3.7 million, which includes the write-off of deferred financing costs of $2.7 million and pre-payment premiums paid to Ambac of $1.0 million.

In December 2010, all outstanding ABS Notes were repaid in full with proceeds from the Term B Loans and Senior Notes. As a result, a net loss on debt extinguishment of $58.3 million was recorded, which includes the write-off of deferred financing costs of $34.7 million, make whole payments of $22.6 million, and other professional and legal costs.

Maturities of long-term debt

The aggregate maturities of long-term debt for each of the next five calendar years are $14.0 million per year, based on the amended senior credit facility (see note 19).

(10) Other current liabilities

Other current liabilities at December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

       December 25,
2010
     December 26,
2009
 
   

Gift card/certificate liability

   $ 123,078        101,949  

Accrued salary and benefits

     21,307        18,753  

Accrued professional and legal costs

     9,839        6,590  

Accrued interest

     6,129        1,652  

Other

     23,241        30,328  
        

Total other current liabilities

   $ 183,594        159,272  
   

During fiscal year 2010 and 2009, the Company recognized $521 thousand and $3.2 million, respectively, of income related to gift certificate breakage within general and administrative expenses, net. The gift certificate breakage amount recognized was based upon historical redemption patterns and represents the remaining balance of gift certificates for which the Company believes the likelihood of redemption by the customer is remote. The Company determined during fiscal year 2009 that sufficient historical patterns existed to estimate breakage and therefore recognized a cumulative adjustment for all gift certificates outstanding as of December 26, 2009.

(11) Leases

The Company is the lessee on certain land leases (the Company leases the land and erects a building) or improved leases (lessor owns the land and building) covering restaurants and other properties. In addition, the Company has leased and subleased land and buildings to others. Many of these leases and subleases provide for

 

  F-28   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

future rent escalation and renewal options. In addition, contingent rentals, determined as a percentage of annual sales by our franchisees, are stipulated in certain prime lease and sublease agreements. The Company is generally obligated for the cost of property taxes, insurance, and maintenance relating to these leases. Such costs are typically charged to the sublessee based on the terms of the sublease agreements. The Company also leases certain office equipment and a fleet of automobiles under noncancelable operating leases.

Included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets are the following amounts related to capital leases (in thousands):

 

       December 25,
2010
    December 26,
2009
 
   

Leased property under capital leases (included in property and equipment)

   $ 5,303       5,150  

Less accumulated depreciation

     (1,379     (1,020
        
   $ 3,924       4,130  
        

Capital lease obligations:

    

Current

   $ 205       221  

Long-term

     5,160       5,217  
        
   $ 5,365       5,438  
   

Capital lease obligations exclude that portion of the minimum lease payments attributable to land, which is classified separately as operating leases. Interest expense associated with the capital lease obligations is computed using the incremental borrowing rate at the time the lease is entered into and is based on the amount of the outstanding lease obligation. Depreciation on capital lease assets is included in depreciation expense in the consolidated statements of operations. Interest expense related to capital leases for fiscal years 2010, 2009, and 2008, was $505 thousand, $493 thousand, and $418 thousand, respectively.

Included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets are the following amounts related to assets leased to others under operating leases, where the Company is the lessor (in thousands):

 

       December 25,
2010
    December 26,
2009
 
   

Land

   $ 26,914       27,750  

Buildings

     37,680       40,727  

Leasehold improvements

     147,139       143,823  

Store, production, and other equipment

     245       2,650  

Construction in progress

     1,403       677  
        
     213,381       215,627  

Accumulated depreciation and amortization

     (58,341     (51,836
        
   $ 155,040       163,791  
   

 

  F-29   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

Future minimum rental commitments to be paid and received by the Company at December 25, 2010 for all noncancelable leases and subleases are as follows (in thousands):

 

       Payments      Receipts
Subleases
    Net
leases
 
     Capital
leases
     Operating
leases
      
   

Fiscal year:

          

2011

   $ 686        51,363        (59,822     (7,773

2012

     691        50,812        (58,740     (7,237

2013

     702        49,757        (57,325     (6,866

2014

     721        49,200        (56,232     (6,311

2015

     754        44,878        (55,150     (9,518

Thereafter

     6,186        406,549        (425,408     (12,673
        

Total minimum rental commitments

     9,740      $ 652,559        (712,677     (50,378
           

Less amount representing interest

     4,375          
                

Present value of minimum capital lease obligations

   $ 5,365          
   

Rental expense under operating leases associated with franchised locations is included in occupancy expenses—franchised restaurants in the consolidated statements of operations. Rental expense under operating leases for all other locations, including corporate facilities and company-owned restaurants, is included in general and administrative expenses, net, in the consolidated statements of operations. Total rental expense for all operating leases consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

       Fiscal year ended  
     December 25,
2010
     December 26,
2009
     December 27,
2008
 
   

Base rentals

   $ 53,704         51,819         54,038   

Contingent rentals

     4,093         3,711         4,127   
        
   $ 57,797         55,530         58,165   
   

Total rental income for all subleases consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

       Fiscal year ended  
     December 25,
2010
     December 26,
2009
     December 27,
2008
 
   
            (As adjusted)      (As adjusted)  

Base rentals

   $ 66,630         67,825         69,459   

Contingent rentals

     24,472         25,826         28,427   
        
   $ 91,102         93,651         97,886   
   

 

  F-30   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

The impact of the amortization of our unfavorable operating leases acquired resulted in an increase in rental income and a decrease in rental expense as follows (in thousands):

 

       Fiscal year ended  
     December 25,
2010
     December 26,
2009
     December 27,
2008
 
   

Increase in rental income

   $ 1,806         2,157         3,271   

Decrease in rental expense

     2,514         2,870         2,724   
        

Total increase in operating income

   $ 4,320         5,027         5,995   
   

Following is the estimated impact of the amortization of our unfavorable operating leases acquired for each of the next five years (in thousands):

 

       Decrease in
rental expense
     Increase in
rental income
     Total increase
in operating
income
 
   

Fiscal year:

        

2011

   $ 1,603        1,208        2,811  

2012

     1,325        1,056        2,381  

2013

     1,141        957        2,098  

2014

     1,084        871        1,955  

2015

     980        813        1,793  
   

(12) Segment information

The Company is strategically aligned into two global brands, Dunkin’ Donuts and Baskin-Robbins, which are further segregated between U.S. operations and international operations. As such, the Company has determined that it has four operating segments, which are its reportable segments: Dunkin’ Donuts U.S., Dunkin’ Donuts International, Baskin-Robbins U.S., and Baskin-Robbins International. Dunkin’ Donuts U.S., Baskin-Robbins U.S., and Dunkin’ Donuts International primarily derive their revenues through royalty income, franchise fees, and rental income. Baskin-Robbins U.S. also derives revenue through license fees from a third-party license agreement. Baskin-Robbins International primarily derives its revenues from the manufacturing and sales of ice cream products, as well as royalty income, franchise fees, and license fees. The operating results of each segment are regularly reviewed and evaluated separately by the Company’s senior management, which includes, but is not limited to, the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, and worldwide brand officers. Senior management primarily evaluates the performance of its segments and allocates resources to them based on earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, impairment charges, foreign currency gains and losses, other gains and losses, and unallocated corporate charges, referred to as segment profit. When senior management reviews a balance sheet, it is at a consolidated level. The accounting policies applicable to each segment are consistent with those used in the consolidated financial statements.

Revenues for Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. include royalties and rental income earned from company-owned restaurants. Revenues for all other segments include only transactions with unaffiliated customers and include no intersegment revenues. Revenues reported as “Other” include retail sales for company-owned restaurants,

 

  F-31   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

as well as revenue earned through arrangements with third parties in which our brand names are used and revenue generated from online training programs for franchisees that are not allocated to a specific segment. Revenues by segment were as follows (in thousands):

 

       Revenues  
     Fiscal year ended  
     December 25,
2010
    December 26,
2009
    December 27,
2008
 
   
           (As adjusted)     (As adjusted)  

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

   $ 402,394        387,595        397,176   

Dunkin’ Donuts International

     14,128        12,326        13,241   

Baskin-Robbins U.S.

     42,920        46,293        50,499   

Baskin-Robbins International

     91,285        80,764        76,066   
        

Total reportable segments

     550,727        526,978        536,982   

Other

     28,465        11,428        7,947   

Elimination of company-owned restaurants’ royalties and rental income

     (2,057     (333       
        

Total revenues

   $ 577,135        538,073        544,929   
   

Revenues for foreign countries are represented by the Dunkin’ Donuts International and Baskin-Robbins International segments above. No individual foreign country accounted for more than 10% of total revenues for any fiscal year presented.

For purposes of evaluating segment profit, Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. includes the net operating income earned from company-owned restaurants. Expenses included in “Corporate and other” in the segment profit table below include corporate overhead costs, such as payroll and related benefit costs and professional services. Segment profit by segment was as follows (in thousands):

 

       Segment profit  
     Fiscal year ended  
     December 25,
2010
    December 26,
2009
    December 27,
2008
 
   
           (As adjusted)     (As adjusted)  

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

   $ 293,132        275,961        288,009   

Dunkin’ Donuts International

     14,573        12,628        14,534   

Baskin-Robbins U.S.

     27,607        33,459        33,925   

Baskin-Robbins International

     41,596        41,212        33,257   
        

Total reportable segments

     376,908        363,260        369,725   

Corporate and other

     (118,482     (107,287     (112,456

Interest expense, net

     (112,532     (115,019     (115,944

Depreciation and amortization

     (57,826     (62,911     (66,300

Goodwill impairment

                   (294,478

Other impairment charges

     (7,075     (8,517     (37,384

Gain (loss) on debt extinguishment

     (61,955     3,684          

Other gains (losses), net

     408        1,066        (3,929
        

Income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 19,446        74,276        (260,766
   

 

  F-32   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

Equity in net income of joint ventures, including amortization on intangibles resulting from the BCT Acquisition, is included in segment profit for the Dunkin’ Donuts International and Baskin-Robbins International reportable segments. Equity in net income of joint ventures by reportable segment was as follows (in thousands):

 

       Equity in net income of joint ventures  
     Fiscal year ended  
     December 25,
2010
     December 26,
2009
     December 27,
2008
 
   

Dunkin’ Donuts International

   $ 3,913         3,718         4,385   

Baskin-Robbins International

     13,912         10,583         9,784   
        

Total equity in net income of joint ventures

   $ 17,825         14,301         14,169   
   

Depreciation and amortization is not included in segment profit for each reportable segment. However, depreciation and amortization is included in the financial results regularly provided to the Company’s senior management. Depreciation and amortization by reportable segments was as follows (in thousands):

 

       Depreciation and amortization  
     Fiscal year ended  
     December 25,
2010
     December 26,
2009
     December 27,
2008
 
   

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

   $ 21,802         24,035         25,475   

Dunkin’ Donuts International

     129         143         222   

Baskin-Robbins U.S.

     760         1,079         1,590   

Baskin-Robbins International

     1,183         1,173         1,294   
        

Total reportable segments

     23,874         26,430         28,581   

Corporate and other

     33,952         36,481         37,719   
        

Total depreciation and amortization

   $ 57,826         62,911         66,300   
   

Property and equipment, net by geographic region as of December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009 are based on the physical locations within the indicated geographic regions and are as follows (in thousands):

 

       December 25,
2010
     December 26,
2009
 
   

United States

   $ 187,862        204,708  

International

     5,411        4,951  
        
   $ 193,273        209,659  
   

(13) Stockholders’ equity

(a) Common Stock

Our charter authorizes the Company to issue two classes of common stock, Class A and Class L. The rights of the holders of Class A and Class L common stock are identical, except with respect to priority in the event of a distribution, as defined. The Class L common stock is entitled to a preference with respect to all distributions by

 

  F-33   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

the Company until the holders of Class L common stock have received an amount equal to the Class L base amount of approximately forty-one dollars and seventy-five cents per share, plus an amount sufficient to generate an internal rate of return of 9% per annum on the Class L base amount, compounded quarterly. Thereafter, the Class A common stock and Class L common stock share ratably in all distributions by the Company. In the event of a change of control or an initial public offering of the Company, each share of Class L common stock is convertible into a number of shares of Class A common stock based on the fair market value of a Class A share at such time. Class L common stock is classified outside of permanent equity in the consolidated balance sheets at its preferential distribution amount, as the Class L stockholders control the timing and amount of distributions. The Class L preferred return of 9% per annum, compounded quarterly, is added to the Class L preferential distribution amount each period and recorded as an increase to accumulated deficit. Dividends paid on the Class L common stock reduce the Class L preferential distribution amount.

The changes in Class L common stock were as follows (in thousands):

 

       Fiscal year ended  
     December 25, 2010     December 26, 2009     December 27, 2008  
     Shares      Amount     Shares      Amount     Shares      Amount  
   

Common stock, Class L, beginning of year

     22,981       $ 1,232,001        22,918       $ 1,127,863        22,918       $ 1,033,450   

Issuance of Class L common stock

     14         754        63         2,648                  

Repurchases of Class L common stock

             (3,197             (3,070             (1,039

Cash dividends paid

             (500,002                              

Accretion of Class L preferred return

             111,026                104,560                95,452   
                                                   

Common stock, Class L, end of year

     22,995       $ 840,582        22,981       $ 1,232,001        22,918       $ 1,127,863   
   

On December 3, 2010, the board of directors declared an aggregate dividend in the amount of $500.0 million, or $21.93 per share, payable on that date in accordance with the Company’s charter to the holders of Class L common stock as of that date. The dividend was recorded as a reduction to Class L common stock.

Class A shares issued and outstanding included in the consolidated balance sheets include vested and unvested restricted shares. Class A shares of common stock in the consolidated statement of stockholders’ equity and comprehensive income (loss) exclude unvested restricted shares.

(b) Treasury stock

During fiscal years 2010, 2009, and 2008, the Company repurchased a total of 885,280 shares, 919,869 shares, and 359,836 shares, respectively, of Class A common stock and 65,414 shares, 72,859 shares, and 24,789 shares, respectively, of Class L common stock that were originally sold and granted to former employees of the Company. The Company accounts for treasury stock under the cost method, and as such has recorded a total of $1.8 million in Class A treasury stock as of December 25, 2010 based on the fair market value of the shares on the respective dates of repurchase. Repurchases of Class L common stock are recorded as reductions to Class L common stock.

(c) Equity incentive plans

The Company’s 2006 Executive Incentive Plan, as amended, (the 2006 Plan), provides for the grant of stock-based and other incentive awards. A maximum of 55,689,151 shares of Class A common stock may be

 

  F-34   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

delivered in satisfaction of awards under the 2006 Plan, of which a maximum of 22,899,228 shares may be awarded as nonvested (restricted) shares and a maximum of 32,789,923 may be delivered in satisfaction of stock options.

Total share-based compensation expense, which is included in general and administrative expenses, net, consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

       Fiscal year ended  
     December 25,
2010
     December 26,
2009
     December 27,
2008
 
   

Restricted shares

   $ 639         1,684         1,700   

Stock options—executive

     703                   

Stock options—nonexecutive

     119         61         49   
        

Total share-based compensation

   $ 1,461         1,745         1,749   
        

Total related tax benefit

   $ 619         676         699   
   

Nonvested (restricted) shares

The Company has issued restricted shares of Class A common stock to certain executive officers of the Company. The restricted shares generally vest in three separate tranches with different vesting conditions. In addition to the vesting conditions described below, all three tranches of the restricted shares provide for partial or full accelerated vesting upon change in control. Restricted shares that do not vest are forfeited to the Company.

Tranche 1 shares generally vest in four or five equal annual installments based on a service condition. The weighted average requisite service period for the Tranche 1 shares is approximately 4.4 years, and compensation cost is recognized ratably over this requisite service period.

For the restricted shares granted in May 2006, the Tranche 2 shares generally vest in installments on August 31, 2006, December 29, 2007, and continuing annually through December 25, 2010 based on a service condition and performance conditions linked to annual EBITDA targets, which were not achieved for fiscal years 2008, 2009, and 2010. As the Tranche 2 shares vest in installments and contain a performance condition, these shares are treated as five separate awards with five separate vesting dates and requisite service periods. The requisite service periods for the Tranche 2 shares are approximately 0.3 years for the shares that vested on August 31, 2006, 1.3 years for the shares that vested on December 29, 2007, and approximately 1.0 year for the remaining vesting periods. Total compensation cost for the Tranche 2 shares is determined based on the most likely outcome of the performance conditions and the number of awards expected to vest based on those outcomes.

For all other restricted shares granted, the Tranche 2 shares generally vest in five annual installments beginning on the last day of the fiscal year of grant based on a service condition and performance conditions linked to annual EBITDA targets, which were not achieved for fiscal years 2008, 2009, and 2010 and are not expected to be achieved in future years. These shares are also treated as five separate awards with five separate vesting dates and requisite service periods. The requisite service periods for these Tranche 2 shares range from 0.2 to 0.5 years for the shares that vest in the year of grant and approximately 1.0 year for the remaining vesting periods.

 

  F-35   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

Tranche 3 shares generally vest in four annual installments based on a service condition, a performance condition, and market conditions. The Tranche 3 shares do not become eligible to vest until the achievement of the performance condition, which is defined as an initial public offering or change in control. These events are not yet considered probable of occurring. The market condition relates to the achievement of a minimum investor rate of return on the Sponsor’s shares ranging from 20% to 24% as of specified measurement dates, which occur on the six month anniversary of an initial public offering and every three months thereafter, or on the date of a change in control. Once the occurrence of the performance condition is deemed probable, the derived service period of the market condition will be determined based on a valuation model. As the Tranche 3 shares require the satisfaction of multiple vesting conditions, the requisite service period will be the longest of the explicit, implicit, and derived service periods of the service, performance, and market conditions. As the performance condition cannot be deemed probable of occurring until an initial public offering or change of control event is completed, no compensation cost has been recognized related to the Tranche 3 shares. If an initial public offering or change of control event does occur, the cumulative compensation cost based on the portion of the service period that has elapsed since the grant date would be recorded in the period that such event occurs.

A summary of the changes in the Company’s restricted shares during fiscal year 2010 is presented below:

 

       Number of
shares
    Weighted
average
grant-date
fair value
 
   

Restricted shares at December 26, 2009

     9,218,019     $ 0.95   

Granted

              

Vested

     (1,341,142     1.00   

Forfeited

     (2,916,818     1.00   
          

Restricted shares at December 25, 2010

     4,960,059       0.94   
   

The fair value of each restricted share was estimated on the date of grant based on recent transactions and third-party valuations of the Company’s common stock. As of December 25, 2010, there was $184 thousand of total unrecognized compensation cost related to the Tranche 1 restricted shares granted under the 2006 Plan. Unrecognized compensation cost related to the Tranche 1 shares is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 1.3 years. The total potential unrecognized compensation cost related to the Tranche 2 shares is $170 thousand. As the performance condition for Tranche 2 shares is not deemed probable of occurring, it is unlikely the compensation cost will be recognized. The total potential unrecognized compensation cost related to the Tranche 3 shares is $3.9 million, and no compensation cost will be recognized until the related performance condition is deemed probable of occurring. The total grant-date fair value of shares vested during fiscal years 2010, 2009, and 2008 was $1.3 million, $1.9 million, and $1.8 million, respectively.

Stock options—executive

During fiscal year 2010, the Company granted options to executives to purchase 21,700,000 shares of Class A common stock under the 2006 Plan. The executive options vest in two separate tranches, 30% allocated as Tranche 4 and 70% allocated as Tranche 5, each with different vesting conditions. In addition to the vesting

 

  F-36   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

conditions described below, both tranches provide for partial accelerated vesting upon change in control. The maximum contractual term of the executive options is ten years.

The Tranche 4 executive options generally vest in equal annual amounts over a five-year period subsequent to the grant date, and as such are subject to a service condition. Certain options provide for accelerated vesting at the date of grant, with 20% of the Tranche 4 options vesting on each subsequent anniversary of the grant date over a three or four-year period. The requisite service periods over which compensation cost is being recognized ranges from three to five years.

The Tranche 5 executive options become eligible to vest based on continued service periods of three to five years that are aligned with the Tranche 4 executive options. Vesting does not actually occur until the achievement of a performance condition, which is the sale of shares by the Sponsors. Additionally, the options are subject to a market condition related to the achievement of specified investor returns to the Sponsors upon a sale of shares. Upon a sale of shares by the Sponsors and assuming the requisite service has been provided, Tranche 5 options will vest in proportion to the percentage of the Sponsors’ shares sold by them, but only if the aggregate return on those shares sold is two times the Sponsors’ original purchase price. Additionally, 100% of the Tranche 5 options will vest, assuming the requisite service has been provided, if the aggregate amount of cash received by the Sponsors through sales, distributions, or dividends is two times the original purchase price of all shares purchased by the Sponsors. As the Tranche 5 options require the satisfaction of multiple vesting conditions, the requisite service period will be the longest of the explicit, implicit, and derived service periods of the service, performance, and market conditions. As the performance condition cannot be deemed probable of occurring until a Sponsor liquidity event occurs, no compensation cost has been recognized related to the Tranche 5 options.

The fair value of the Tranche 4 options was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair value of the Tranche 5 options was estimated on the date of grant using a combination of lattice models and Monte Carlo simulations. These models are impacted by the Company’s stock price and certain assumptions related to the Company’s stock and employees’ exercise behavior. Additionally, the value of the Tranche 5 options is impacted by the probability of achievement of the market condition. The following weighted average assumptions were utilized in determining the fair value of executive options granted during fiscal years 2010:

 

       Fiscal year
ended
December 25,
2010
 

Weighted average grant-date fair value of share options granted

   $0.33

Significant assumptions:

  

Tranche 4 options:

  

Risk-free interest rate

   2.0%–2.8%

Expected volatility

   58.0%

Dividend yield

  

Expected term (years)

   5.6–6.5

Tranche 5 options:

  

Risk-free interest rate

   2.3%–3.4%

Expected volatility

   43.1%–66.4%

Dividend yield

  
 

 

  F-37   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

The expected term of the Tranche 4 options was estimated utilizing the simplified method. We utilized the simplified method because the Company does not have sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate expected term. The simplified method was used for all stock options that require only a service vesting condition, including all Tranche 4 options, for all periods presented. The risk-free interest rate assumption was based on yields of U.S. Treasury securities in effect at the date of grant with terms similar to the expected term. Expected volatility was estimated based on historical volatility of peer companies over a period equivalent to the expected term. Additionally, the Company does not currently anticipate paying dividends on the underlying Class A common stock.

As share-based compensation expense recognized is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for estimated forfeitures of generally 10% per year. Forfeitures are required to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Forfeitures were estimated based on historical and forecasted turnover.

A summary of the status of the Company’s executive stock options as of December 25, 2010 and changes during fiscal year 2010 are presented below:

 

       Number of
shares
    Weighted
average
exercise
price
     Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term (years)
     Aggregate
intrinsic
value
(in thousands)
 
            

Share options outstanding at December 26, 2009

          $              

Granted

     21,700,000       0.68         

Exercised

                    

Forfeited or expired

     (1,260,000     0.66         
                

Share options outstanding at December 25, 2010

     20,440,000       0.68         9.2       $ 18,862   
                

Share options exercisable at December 25, 2010

     819,000       0.66         9.2         770   
            

Executive stock options granted during fiscal year 2010 consisted of the following:

 

Grant Date    Number of
awards
granted
     Option
exercise
price
     Fair value of
underlying
common stock
 
   

2/23/2010

     20,900,000       $ 0.66       $ 0.66   

7/26/2010

     775,000       $ 1.10       $ 1.10   

8/6/2010

     25,000       $ 1.10       $ 1.10   
   

The fair value of the Class A common stock underlying the options granted during fiscal year 2010 was determined based on a contemporaneous valuation performed by an independent third-party valuation specialist in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation .

As of December 25, 2010, there was $1.7 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to executive stock options granted under the 2006 Plan. Unrecognized compensation cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 3.7 years.

Stock options—nonexecutive

During fiscal years 2010, 2009, and 2008, the Company granted options to nonexecutives to purchase 1,015,000 shares, 68,100 shares, and 318,000 shares, respectively, of Class A common stock under the 2006

 

  F-38   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

Plan. The nonexecutive options vest in equal annual amounts over a five-year period subsequent to the grant date, and as such are subject to a service condition, and also fully vest upon a change of control. The requisite service period over which compensation cost is being recognized is five years. The maximum contractual term of the nonexecutive options is ten years.

The fair value of nonexecutive options was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. This model is impacted by the Company’s stock price and certain assumptions related to the Company’s stock and employees’ exercise behavior. The following weighted average assumptions were utilized in determining the fair value of nonexecutive options granted during fiscal years 2010, 2009, and 2008:

 

       Fiscal year ended  
     December 25,
2010
     December 26,
2009
     December 27,
2008
 
   

Weighted average grant-date fair value of share options granted

   $ 0.63         0.17         0.45   

Weighted average assumptions:

        

Risk-free interest rate

     2.1%         2.3%         3.6%   

Expected volatility

     58.0         37.0         30.0   

Dividend yield

                       

Expected term (years)

     6.5         6.5         6.5   
   

The expected term was estimated utilizing the simplified method. We utilized the simplified method because the Company does not have sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to estimate expected term. The simplified method was used for all stock options that require only a service vesting condition, including all non-executive options for all periods presented. The risk-free interest rate assumption was based on yields of U.S. Treasury securities in effect at the date of grant with terms similar to the expected term. Expected volatility was estimated based on historical volatility of peer companies over a period equivalent to the expected term. Additionally, the Company does not currently anticipate paying dividends on the underlying Class A common stock.

As share-based compensation expense recognized is based on awards ultimately expected to vest, it has been reduced for annualized estimated forfeitures of 13%. Forfeitures are required to be estimated at the time of grant and revised, if necessary, in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ from those estimates. Forfeitures were estimated based on historical and forecasted turnover.

A summary of the status of the Company’s nonexecutive stock options as of December 25, 2010 and changes during fiscal year 2010 is presented below:

 

       Number of
shares
    Weighted
average
exercise
price
     Weighted
average
remaining
contractual
term (years)
     Aggregate
intrinsic
value
(in thousands)
 
            

Share options outstanding at December 26, 2009

     786,850     $ 1.03         7.6      

Granted

     1,015,000       1.10         

Exercised

                    

Forfeited or expired

     (156,880     1.04         
                

Share options outstanding at December 25, 2010

     1,644,970       1.07         8.5       $ 870   
                

Share options exercisable at December 25, 2010

     374,080       1.04         6.3         209   
            

 

  F-39   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

Nonexecutive stock options granted during fiscal year 2010 consisted of the following:

 

Grant Date    Number of
awards
granted
     Option
exercise price
     Fair value of
underlying
common stock
 
   

7/26/2010

     90,000       $ 1.10       $ 1.10   

8/6/2010

     925,000       $ 1.10       $ 1.10   
   

The fair value of the Class A common stock underlying the options granted during fiscal year 2010 was determined based on a contemporaneous valuation performed by an independent third-party valuation specialist in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation .

As of December 25, 2010, there was $452 thousand of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonexecutive stock options granted under the 2006 Plan. Unrecognized compensation cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 4.2 years.

(d) Accumulated other comprehensive income

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income were as follows (in thousands):

 

       December 25,
2010
    December 26,
2009
 
   
           (As adjusted)  

Effect of foreign currency translation

   $ 14,350        4,726   

Other

     (723     (297
        

Total accumulated other comprehensive income

   $ 13,627        4,429   
   

(14) Income taxes

Income (loss) before income taxes was attributed to domestic and foreign taxing jurisdictions as follows (in thousands):

 

       Fiscal year ended  
     December 25,
2010
     December 26,
2009
     December 27,
2008
 
   
            (As adjusted)      (As adjusted)  

Domestic operations

   $ 2,270         54,804         (269,867

Foreign operations

     17,176         19,472         9,101   
        

Income (loss) before income taxes

   $ 19,446         74,276         (260,766
   

 

  F-40   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

The components of the provision (benefit) for income taxes were as follows (in thousands):

 

       Fiscal year ended  
     December 25,
2010
    December 26,
2009
     December 27,
2008
 
   
           (As adjusted)      (As adjusted)  

Current:

       

Federal

   $ 11,497        8,575         22,606   

State

     5,339        8,585         7,498   

Foreign

     4,138        3,807         3,175   
        

Current tax provision

     20,974        20,967         33,279   
        
     December 25,
2010
    December 26,
2009
     December 27,
2008
 
   

Deferred:

       

Federal

   $ (16,916     15,773         (15,656

State

     (10,397     2,239         (8,461

Foreign

     (1,076     289         (30
        

Deferred tax provision (benefit)

     (28,389     18,301         (24,147
        

Provision (benefit) for income taxes

   $ (7,415     39,268         9,132   
   

The provision for income taxes from continuing operations differed from the expense computed using the statutory federal income tax rate of 35% due to the following:

 

       Fiscal year ended  
     December 25,
2010
     December 26,
2009
     December 27,
2008
 
   
            (As adjusted)      (As adjusted)  

Computed federal income tax expense, at statutory rate

     35.0%          35.0%         35.0%    

Permanent differences:

        

Goodwill impairment

     —              —              (39.5)       

Other permanent differences

     1.7              0.5              (0.2)       

State income taxes

     (25.4)             4.8              0.9        

Benefits and taxes related to foreign operations

     (33.4)             (6.9)             1.6        

Change in valuation allowance

     —              7.8              —       

Uncertain tax positions

     (16.1)             12.3              (1.3)       

Other

     0.1              (0.6)             —       
        
     (38.1)%         52.9%          (3.5)%   
   

During the year ended December 25, 2010, the Company recognized a deferred tax benefit of $5.7 million, due to changes in the estimated apportionment of income among the states in which the Company earns income and enacted changes in future state income tax rates. During the year ended December 27, 2008, the Company recognized a deferred tax benefit of $4.4 million, due to enacted changes in future state income tax rates. These changes in estimates and enacted tax rates affect the tax rate expected to be in effect in future periods when the deferred tax assets and liabilities reverse.

 

  F-41   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

The components of deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows (in thousands):

 

      December 25, 2010     December 26, 2009  
    Deferred tax
assets
    Deferred tax
liabilities
    Deferred tax
assets
    Deferred tax
liabilities
 
   
                (As adjusted)        

Current:

       

Allowance for doubtful accounts

  $ 1,774              2,238         

Deferred gift certificates

    2,544              2,644         

Rent

    2,147              2,111         

Deferred revenue

    7,757              8,248         

Accrued expenses

    3,142              3,875         

Other

    998              2,117         
       
    18,362              21,233         

Valuation allowance

    (5,792            (6,526       
       

Total current

    12,570              14,707         
       

Noncurrent:

       

Capital leases

    492              438         

Rent

    1,465              855         

Property and equipment

           11,992              14,936  

Deferred compensation and long-term incentive accrual

    1,825              171         

Deferred revenue

    7,833              13,221         

Real estate reserves

    1,669              1,565         

Franchise rights and other intangibles

           600,481              619,509  

Capital loss

    18,876              18,876         

Other

    7,060                     6,655  
       
    39,220       612,473       35,126       641,100  

Valuation allowance

    (13,084            (12,350       
       

Total noncurrent

    26,136       612,473       22,776       641,100  
       
  $ 38,706       612,473       37,483       641,100  
   

In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical taxable income, and projections for future taxable income over the periods for which the deferred tax assets are deductible, management believes, as of December 25, 2010, it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefits of the deferred tax assets.

 

  F-42   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

As of December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009, the valuation allowance for deferred tax assets was $18.9 million. These valuation allowance amounts relate to deferred tax assets for capital loss carryforwards. During fiscal year 2009, the Company recognized no change in this specific deferred tax asset and an increase to the related valuation allowance of $5.8 million, which represents a full valuation allowance against the asset. The Company recorded the valuation allowance at December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009 because it is more likely than not that there will not be sufficient capital gain income in future periods to utilize the remaining capital loss carryforwards. Any future reversal of the valuation allowance related to these capital loss carryforwards will be recorded to the provision for income taxes in the consolidated statements of operations. The capital loss carryforwards will expire in 2012.

The Company has not recognized a deferred tax liability of $8.7 million for the undistributed earnings of foreign operations, net of foreign tax credits, relating to our foreign joint ventures that arose in 2010 and prior years because the Company currently does not expect those unremitted earnings to reverse and become taxable to the Company in the foreseeable future. A deferred tax liability will be recognized when the Company is no longer able to demonstrate that it plans to permanently reinvest undistributed earnings. As of December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009, the undistributed earnings of these joint ventures were approximately $97.9 million and $80.0 million, respectively.

At December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits related to uncertain tax positions was $17.5 million and $27.1 million, respectively. Of the total unrecognized tax benefits at December 25, 2010, $13.5 million would impact the effective tax rate if recognized. At December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009, the Company had approximately $12.1 million and $12.0 million, respectively, of accrued interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions. During fiscal years 2010, 2009, and 2008, the Company recorded $0.6 million, $6.2 million, and $0.9 million, respectively, in income tax expense to accrue for potential interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions.

The Company’s major tax jurisdictions are the United States and Canada. For Canada, the Company has open tax years dating back to tax years ended August 2001. In the United States, the Company is currently under audit in certain state jurisdictions for tax periods after August 2003 and has agreed to statute extensions in certain jurisdictions, including New York State and New York City. It is uncertain that these audits will conclude in 2011 and quantification of an estimated impact on the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits cannot be made at this time. For U.S. federal taxes, the Company has open tax years dating back to 2006. In addition, the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) is conducting an examination of certain tax positions related to the utilization of capital losses. During 2010, the Company made a payment of approximately $6.0 million to the IRS for this issue. The payment did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial position.

On August 12, 2010, the Company received a Revenue Agent Report (RAR) from the IRS relating to its field examination of our U.S. federal income tax returns for fiscal years 2006 and 2007. The IRS has proposed adjustments for these periods to increase our taxable income as it relates to our gift card program, specifically to record taxable income upon the activation of gift cards. The proposed adjustment would result in additional taxable income of approximately $58.9 million for these years and approximately $26.0 million of additional federal and state taxes and interest owed, net of federal and state benefits. If the IRS prevails, a cash payment would be required and the additional taxable income would represent temporary differences that will be deductible in future years. Therefore, the potential tax expense impact attributable to the IRS adjustments for

 

  F-43   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

2006 and 2007 would be limited to $2.1 million, consisting of federal and state interest, net of federal and state benefits. Furthermore, if the IRS prevails it is likely to make similar claims for years subsequent to fiscal 2007 and our fiscal 2008 U.S. federal income tax return is currently being reviewed by the IRS. The potential additional federal and state taxes and interest owed, net of federal and state benefits, for these later years, through 2010, computed on a similar basis to the IRS method used for 2006 and 2007, and factoring in for the timing of our gift card uses and activations, would be approximately $19.2 million. The corresponding potential tax expense impact attributable to these later fiscal years, 2008 through 2010, would be $0.3 million, consisting of federal and state interest, net of federal and state benefits.

We believe that the Company has properly reported taxable income and paid taxes in accordance with applicable laws and that the proposed adjustment is inconsistent with our franchisor model and the structure of our gift card program. Since the inception of our gift card program, the Company and its franchisees have understood that gift card funds would be utilized specifically for the gift card program and cash related to the program has been segregated and treated as a bona fide liability due to franchisees for such use. We have filed a protest to the IRS’ proposed adjustments on such basis; in addition, we believe we have alternative grounds to appeal on should this position be denied. We intend to vigorously defend our position. At December 25, 2010, we have not recorded additional tax liability within our consolidated balance sheets for the proposed adjustments, as we believe it is more likely than not that we will prevail in our appeal. However, no assurance can be made that we will prevail in the final resolution. The Company does not expect resolution of this matter within the next fiscal year and cannot predict with certainty the timing of such resolution.

A summary of the changes in the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits is as follows (in thousands):

 

       Fiscal year ended  
     December 25,
2010
    December 26,
2009
    December 27,
2008
 
   

Balance at beginning of year

   $ 27,092        16,861        16,757   

Increases related to prior year tax positions

     792        8,580        1,112   

Increases related to current year tax positions

     1,373        1,823        1,721   

Decreases related to prior year tax positions

     (4,721            (84

Decreases related to settlements

     (6,622            (127

Lapses of statutes of limitations

     (534     (828     (1,612

Effect of foreign currency adjustments

     169        656        (906
        

Balance at end of year

   $ 17,549        27,092        16,861   
   

(15) Commitments and contingencies

(a) Lease commitments

The Company is party to various leases for property, including land and buildings, leased automobiles and office equipment under noncancelable operating and capital lease arrangements (see note 11).

(b) Guarantees

The Company has established agreements with certain financial institutions whereby the Company’s franchisees can obtain financing with terms of approximately five to ten years for various business purposes. Substantially

 

  F-44   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

all loan proceeds are used by the franchisees to finance store improvements, new store development, new central production locations, equipment purchases, related business acquisition costs, working capital, and other costs. In limited instances, the Company guarantees a portion of the payments and commitments of the franchisees, which is collateralized by the store equipment owned by the franchisee. Under the terms of the agreements, in the event that all outstanding borrowings come due simultaneously, the Company would be contingently liable for $7.7 million and $8.8 million at December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009, respectively. At December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009, there were no amounts under such guarantees that were due. The fair value of the guarantee liability and corresponding asset recorded on the consolidated balance sheets was $1.0 million and $1.5 million, respectively, at December 25, 2010 and $1.5 million and $2.6 million, respectively, at December 26, 2009. The Company assesses the risk of performing under these guarantees for each franchisee relationship on a quarterly basis. As of December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009, the Company had recorded reserves for such guarantees of $1.2 million and $790 thousand, respectively.

The Company has entered into a third-party guarantee with a distribution facility of franchisee products that ensures franchisees will purchase a certain volume of product over a ten-year period. As product is purchased by the Company’s franchisees over the term of the agreement, the amount of the guarantee is reduced. As of December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009, the Company was contingently liable for $8.6 million and $9.3 million, respectively, under this guarantee. Based on current internal forecasts, the Company believes the franchisees will achieve the required volume of purchases, and therefore, the Company would not be required to make payments under this agreement. Additionally, the Company has various supply chain contracts that provide for purchase commitments or exclusivity, the majority of which result in the Company being contingently liable upon early termination of the agreement or engaging with another supplier. Based on prior history and the Company’s ability to extend contract terms, we have not recorded any liabilities related to these commitments. As of December 25, 2010, we were contingently liable under such supply chain agreements for approximately $16 million.

As a result of assigning our interest in obligations under property leases as a condition of the refranchising of certain restaurants and the guarantee of certain other leases, we are contingently liable on certain lease agreements. These leases have varying terms, the latest of which expires in 2024. As of December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009, the potential amount of undiscounted payments the Company could be required to make in the event of nonpayment by the primary lessee was $7.2 million and $6.9 million, respectively. Our franchisees are the primary lessees under the majority of these leases. The Company generally has cross-default provisions with these franchisees that would put them in default of their franchise agreement in the event of nonpayment under the lease. We believe these cross-default provisions significantly reduce the risk that we will be required to make payments under these leases. Accordingly, we do not believe it is probable that the Company will be required to make payments under such leases, and we have not recorded a liability for such contingent liabilities.

(c) Letters of credit

At December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009, the Company had standby letters of credit outstanding for a total of $11.2 million and $34.3 million, respectively. There were no amounts drawn down on these letters of credit.

 

  F-45   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

(d) Legal matters

The Company is engaged in several matters of litigation arising in the ordinary course of its business as a franchisor. Such matters include disputes related to compliance with the terms of franchise and development agreements, including claims or threats of claims of breach of contract, negligence, and other alleged violations by the Company. At December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009, contingent liabilities totaling $4.2 million and $810 thousand, respectively, were included in other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets to reflect the Company’s estimate of the potential loss which may be incurred in connection with these matters. While the Company intends to vigorously defend its positions against all claims in these lawsuits and disputes, it is reasonably possible that the losses in connection with these matters could increase by up to an additional $8.0 million based on the outcome of ongoing litigation or negotiations.

(16) Retirement plans

401(k) Plan

Employees of the Company, excluding employees of certain international subsidiaries, participate in a defined contribution retirement plan, the Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. 401(k) Retirement Plan (401(k) Plan), under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (IRC). Under the 401(k) Plan, employees may contribute up to 50% of their base salary as a pre-tax deduction, not to exceed the annual limits set by the IRS. The 401(k) Plan allows the Company to match participants’ contributions in an amount determined in the sole discretion of the Company. The Company matched participants’ contributions during fiscal year 2010, January through February 2009, and fiscal year 2008, up to a maximum of 4% of the employee’s salary. The Company provided a 1% match for participants’ contributions that were made between March and December 2009. Employer contributions for fiscal years 2010, 2009, and 2008 amounted to $2.1 million, $1.1 million, and $2.6 million, respectively. The 401(k) Plan also provides for an additional discretionary contribution of up to 2% of eligible wages for eligible participants based on the achievement of specified performance targets. Based on the level of achievement of such performance targets, the Company recorded no expense for fiscal years 2010 and 2009, and $656 thousand for fiscal year 2008 related to such additional matching contributions.

Deferred compensation plan

The Company, excluding employees of certain international subsidiaries, also offers to a limited group of management and highly compensated employees, as defined by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act (ERISA), the ability to participate in the DCP Plan. The DCP Plan allows for pre-tax contributions of up to 50% of a participant’s base annual salary and other forms of compensation, as defined. The Company credits the amounts deferred with earnings based on the investment options selected by the participants and holds investments to partially offset the Company’s liabilities under the DCP Plan. The DCP Plan liability, included in other long-term liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets, was $7.4 million and $7.3 million at December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009, respectively. As of December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009, total investments held for the DCP Plan were $4.3 million and $4.8 million, respectively, and have been recorded in other assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

Canadian pension plan

The Company sponsors a contributory defined benefit pension plan in Canada, The Baskin-Robbins Employees’ Pension Plan (Canadian Pension Plan), which provides retirement benefits for the majority of its employees.

 

  F-46   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

The components of net pension expense are as follows (in thousands):

 

       Fiscal year ended  
     December 25,
2010
    December 26,
2009
    December 27,
2008
 
   

Service cost

   $ 155        99        174   

Interest cost

     316        276        272   

Expected return on plan assets

     (287     (242     (319

Amortization of net actuarial loss

     26                 
        

Net pension expense

   $ 210        133        127   
   

The table below summarizes other balances for fiscal years 2010 and 2009 (in thousands):

 

       Fiscal year ended  
     December 25,
2010
    December 26,
2009
 
   

Change in benefit obligation:

    

Benefit obligation, beginning of year

   $ 5,087       3,532  

Service cost

     155       99  

Interest cost

     316       276  

Employee contributions

     69       51  

Benefits paid

     (218     (196

Actuarial loss

     417       675  

Foreign currency loss, net

     216       650  
        

Benefit obligation, end of year

   $ 6,042       5,087  
        

Change in plan assets:

    

Fair value of plan assets, beginning of year

   $ 4,247       3,162  

Actual return on plan assets

     287       395  

Employer contribution

     310       278  

Employee contributions

     69       51  

Benefits paid

     (218     (196

Actuarial loss

     (74       

Foreign currency gain, net

     176       557  
        

Fair value of plan assets, end of year

   $ 4,797       4,247  
        

Reconciliation of funded status:

    

Funded status

   $ (1,245     (840
        

Net amount recognized at end of period

   $ (1,245     (840
        

Amounts recognized in the balance sheet consist of:

    

Accrued benefit cost

   $ (1,245     (840
        

Net amount recognized at end of period

   $ (1,245     (840
   

 

  F-47   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

The investments of the Canadian Pension Plan consisted of one pooled investment fund (pooled fund) at December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009. The pooled fund is comprised of numerous underlying investments and is valued at the unit fair values supplied by the fund’s administrator, which represents the fund’s proportionate share of underlying net assets at market value determined using closing market prices. The pooled fund is considered Level 2, as defined by U.S. GAAP, because the inputs used to calculate the fair value are derived principally from observable market data. The objective of the pooled fund is to generate both capital growth and income, while maintaining a relatively low level of risk. To achieve its objectives, the pooled investment invests in a number of underlying funds that have holdings in a number of different asset classes while also investing directly in equities and fixed instruments issued from around the world. The Canadian Pension Plan assumes a concentration of risk as it is invested in only one investment. The risk is mitigated as the pooled investment consists of a diverse range of underlying investments. The allocation of the assets within the pooled fund consisted of the following:

 

       December 25,
2010
     December 26,
2009
 
   

Equity securities

     59%         58%   

Debt securities

     40         38   

Other

     1         4   
   

The actuarial assumptions used in determining the present value of accrued pension benefits at December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009 were as follows:

 

       December 25,
2010
     December 26,
2009
 
   

Discount rate

     5.50%         6.00%   

Average salary increase for pensionable earnings

     3.25         3.25   
   

The actuarial assumptions used in determining the present value of our net periodic benefit cost were as follows:

 

       December 25,
2010
     December 26,
2009
 
   

Discount rate

     6.00%         7.25%   

Average salary increase for pensionable earnings

     3.25         3.25   

Expected return on plan assets

     6.50         7.00   
   

The accumulated benefit obligation was $5.0 million and $4.3 million at December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009, respectively. We recognize a net liability or asset and an offsetting adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income to report the funded status of the Canadian Pension Plan.

 

  F-48   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

We anticipate contributing approximately $317 thousand to this plan in 2011. Expected benefit payments for the next five years and thereafter are as follows (in thousands):

 

Fiscal year:         

2011

   $ 222  

2012

     231  

2013

     244  

2014

     259  

2015

     278  

Thereafter

     1,785  
        
   $ 3,019  
   

Baskin-Robbins SERP

In 1991, we established a supplemental executive retirement plan (SERP) for a select group of Baskin-Robbins executives who constitute a “top hat” group as defined by ERISA. Assets of the SERP are held in a Rabbi Trust (Trust). The SERP assets are invested in money market funds and are included in our consolidated balance sheets within other assets since the Trust permits our creditors to access our SERP assets in the event of our insolvency. The SERP assets of $909 thousand and $1.0 million, and corresponding liabilities of $1.6 million and $1.6 million, at December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009, respectively, are included in other assets, and other long-term liabilities, in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

(17) Related-party transactions

(a) Sponsors

The Company is charged an annual management fee by the Sponsors of $1.0 million per Sponsor, payable in quarterly installments. The Company recognized $3.0 million of expense per year during fiscal years 2010, 2009, and 2008 related to Sponsor management fees, which is included in general and administrative expenses, net in the consolidated statements of operations. At December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009, the Company had $500 thousand of prepaid management fees to the Sponsors, which were recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

At December 25, 2010, certain affiliates of the Sponsors held $70.6 million of term loans, net of original issue discount, issued under the Company’s senior credit facility. The terms of these loans are identical to all other term loans issued to lenders in the senior credit facility.

Our Sponsors have a controlling interest in our Company as well as several other entities. The existence of such common ownership and management control within business and other transactions could result in differences within our operating results or financial position than if the entities were autonomous. There have been no significant transactions with companies under common control during the periods presented.

In March 2006, we entered into an investor agreement with the Sponsors and also entered into a registration rights and coordination agreement with certain shareholders, including the Sponsors. Pursuant to these agreements, subject to certain exceptions and conditions, our Sponsors may require us to register their shares of common stock under the Securities Act, and they will have the right to participate in certain future registrations of securities by us.

 

  F-49   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to consolidated financial statements—(continued)

December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009

 

(b) Joint ventures

The Company received royalties from its joint ventures as follows (in thousands):

 

       Fiscal year ended  
     December 25,
2010
     December 26,
2009
     December 27,
2008
 
   

BR Japan

   $ 2,110         1,786         1,387   

BR Korea

     2,990         2,637         2,471   
        
   $ 5,100         4,423         3,858   
   

The Company made payments to BR Korea and BR Japan totaling approximately $1.5 million, $409 thousand, and $221 thousand in fiscal years 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively, primarily for the purchase of ice cream products.

(18) Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts were as follows (in thousands):

 

       Accounts
Receivable
    Notes and Other
Receivable
 
   

Balance at December 29, 2007

   $ 2,215       302  

Provision for doubtful accounts, net

     4,682       1,209  

Write-offs and other

     (1,520     (1,257
                

Balance at December 27, 2008

     5,377       254  

Provision for doubtful accounts, net

     3,792       3,571  

Write-offs and other

     (3,401     (2,480
                

Balance at December 26, 2009

     5,768       1,345  

Provision for doubtful accounts, net

     13       1,492  

Write-offs and other

     (263     (394
                

Balance at December 25, 2010

   $ 5,518       2,443  
   

(19) Subsequent event

On February 18, 2011, the Company completed a re-pricing of its senior credit facility, as well as increased the size of the term loans from $1.25 billion to $1.40 billion. The incremental proceeds of the term loans were used to repay $150.0 million of the Company’s Senior Notes. As a result of this transaction, the Company recorded a loss on debt extinguishment and refinancing transaction in the first quarter of 2011 of $11.0 million, including partial write-offs of original issue discounts and deferred financing costs, as well as related transaction costs.

Term loan borrowings under the amended senior credit facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at our option, either a base rate or a Eurodollar rate. The base rate is equal to an applicable rate of 2.00% plus the highest of (a) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50%, (b) a prime rate, (c) one-month LIBOR rate plus 1.00%, and (d) 2.25%. The Eurodollar rate is equal to an applicable rate of 3.00% plus the higher of (a) a LIBOR rate and (b) 1.25%. The interest rate on the revolving credit facility remained unchanged. Repayments are required to be made on term loan borrowings equal to $14.0 million per calendar year, payable in quarterly installments through September 2017.

 

  F-50  


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Consolidated balance sheets

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

       March 26,
2011
    December 25,
2010
 
   
Assets     

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   $ 120,508       134,100  

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $5,170 and $5,518 as of March 26, 2011 and December 25, 2010, respectively

     38,141       35,239  

Notes and other receivables, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $3,237 and $2,443 as of March 26, 2011 and December 25, 2010, respectively

     9,780       44,704  

Assets held for sale

     1,473       4,328  

Deferred income taxes, net

     12,613       12,570  

Restricted assets of advertising funds

     32,787       25,113  

Prepaid income taxes

     11,767       7,641  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

     21,111       20,682  
        

Total current assets

     248,180       284,377  

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of $95,024 and $90,663 as of March 26, 2011 and December 25, 2010, respectively

     189,693       193,273  

Investments in joint ventures

     175,107       169,276  

Goodwill

     888,675       888,655  

Other intangible assets, net

     1,528,752       1,535,657  

Restricted cash

     342       404  

Other assets

     84,428       75,646  
        

Total assets

   $ 3,115,177       3,147,288  
        

Liabilities, Common Stock, and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit)

  

Current liabilities:

    

Current portion of long-term debt

   $ 14,000       12,500  

Capital lease obligations

     212       205  

Accounts payable

     9,478       9,822  

Liabilities of advertising funds

     48,965       48,213  

Deferred income

     24,492       26,221  

Other current liabilities

     142,247       183,594  
        

Total current liabilities

     239,394       280,555  
        

Long-term debt, net

     1,848,218       1,847,016  

Capital lease obligations

     5,104       5,160  

Unfavorable operating leases acquired

     23,866       24,744  

Deferred income

     21,543       21,326  

Deferred income taxes, net

     587,124       586,337  

Other long-term liabilities

     77,111       75,909  
        

Total long-term liabilities

     2,562,966       2,560,492  
        

Commitments and contingencies (note 12)

    

Common stock, Class L, $0.001 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 23,060,006 and 22,994,523 shares issued and outstanding at March 26, 2011 and December 25, 2010, respectively

     862,184       840,582  

Stockholders’ equity (deficit):

    

Common stock, Class A, $0.001 par value; 400,000,000 shares authorized; 192,219,311 and 196,146,998 shares issued and outstanding at March 26, 2011 and December 25, 2010, respectively

     192        191   

Additional paid-in capital

     196,245       195,063  

Treasury stock, at cost

     (1,919     (1,807

Accumulated deficit

     (762,469     (741,415

Accumulated other comprehensive income

     18,584       13,627  
        

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

     (549,367     (534,341
        

Total liabilities, common stock, and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   $ 3,115,177       3,147,288  
                  

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-51


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Consolidated statements of operations

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

       Three months ended  
     March 26,
2011
    March 27,
2010
 
                  
           (As adjusted)  

Revenues:

    

Franchise fees and royalty income

   $ 85,959       80,165  

Rental income

     22,131       22,116  

Sales of ice cream products

     22,716       17,793  

Other revenues

     8,407       7,338  
                

Total revenues

     139,213       127,412  
                

Operating costs and expenses:

    

Occupancy expenses—franchised restaurants

     12,288       14,156  

Cost of ice cream products

     15,124       12,222  

General and administrative expenses, net

     53,886       51,245  

Depreciation and amortization

     13,208       15,332  

Impairment charges

     653       1,414  
                

Total operating costs and expenses

     95,159       94,369  

Equity in net income of joint ventures

     782       3,642  
                

Operating income

     44,836       36,685  
                

Other income (expense):

    

Interest income

     115       71  

Interest expense

     (33,882     (27,591

Loss on debt extinguishment and refinancing transaction

     (11,007      

Other gains, net

     476       245  
                

Total other expense

     (44,298     (27,275
                

Income before income taxes

     538       9,410  

Provision for income taxes

     2,261       3,472  
                

Net income (loss)

   $ (1,723     5,938  
        

Earnings (loss) per share:

    

Class L—basic and diluted

   $ 0.85       1.21  

Class A—basic and diluted

   $ (0.11     (0.12
                  

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-52


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Consolidated statements of cash flows

(In thousands)

(Unaudited)

 

       Three months ended  
     March 26,
2011
    March 27,
2010
 
                  
           (As adjusted)  

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income (loss)

   $ (1,723     5,938  

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

     13,208       15,332  

Amortization of deferred financing costs and original issue discount

     1,582       1,797  

Loss on debt extinguishment and refinancing transaction

     11,007        

Impact of unfavorable operating leases acquired

     (852     (972

Deferred income taxes

     726       (1,887

Impairment charges

     653       1,414  

Provision for bad debt

     602       1,183  

Share-based compensation expense

     241       612  

Equity in net income of joint ventures

     (782     (3,642

Other, net

     (118     5  

Change in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Restricted cash

           22,661  

Accounts, notes, and other receivables, net

     31,480       25,594  

Other current assets

     2,679       1,430  

Accounts payable

     381       (3,169

Other current liabilities

     (41,696     (41,117

Restricted liabilities of advertising funds, net

     (6,926     (3,783

Income taxes payable, net

     (3,819     4,447  

Deferred income

     (1,520     (1,737

Other, net

     (1,529     487  
                

Net cash provided by operating activities

     3,594       24,593  
                

Cash flows from investing activities:

    

Additions to property and equipment

     (3,734     (3,465

Other, net

     301        
                

Net cash used in investing activities

     (3,433     (3,465
                

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

     150,000        

Repayment of long-term debt

     (150,750      

Proceeds from short-term debt

           34,564  

Proceeds from issuance of common stock

     3,213        

Repurchases of common stock

     (112     (2,959

Payments on capital lease obligations

     (49     (54

Deferred financing and other debt-related costs

     (16,209      

Change in restricted cash

     73       420  
                

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

     (13,834     31,971  
                

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

     81       9  
                

Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

     (13,592     53,108  

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

     134,100       53,210  
                

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

   $ 120,508       106,318  
                

Supplemental cash flow information:

    

Cash paid for:

    

Income taxes

   $ 5,303       899  

Interest

     20,827       25,467  

Noncash investing activity:

    

Property and equipment included in accounts payable and accrued expenses

     1,130       842  
                  

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

F-53


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

March 26, 2011 and March 27, 2010

(Unaudited)

 

(1) Description of Business and Organization

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. (DBGI) and subsidiaries (collectively, the Company), through its brand companies, is one of the world’s largest franchisors of restaurants serving coffee and baked goods as well as ice cream within the quick service restaurant segment of the restaurant industry. We develop, franchise, and license a system of both traditional and nontraditional quick service restaurants and, in limited circumstances, own and operate individual locations. Through our Dunkin’ Donuts brand, we develop and franchise restaurants featuring coffee, donuts, bagels, and related products. Through our Baskin-Robbins brand, we develop and franchise restaurants featuring ice cream, frozen beverages, and related products. Additionally, our subsidiaries located in Canada and the United Kingdom manufacture and/or distribute Baskin-Robbins ice cream products to Baskin-Robbins franchisees and licensees in various international markets.

DBGI is owned by funds controlled by Bain Capital Partners, LLC, The Carlyle Group, and Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. (collectively, the Sponsors or BCT).

Throughout these financial statements, “the Company,” “we,” “us,” “our,” and “management” refer to DBGI and subsidiaries taken as a whole.

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

(a) Unaudited Financial Statements

The consolidated balance sheet as of March 26, 2011 and the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows for the three months ended March 26, 2011 and March 27, 2010 are unaudited.

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of DBGI and subsidiaries and have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP). All significant transactions and balances between subsidiaries and affiliates have been eliminated in consolidation. In the opinion of management, all adjustments necessary for a fair presentation of such financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP have been recorded. Such adjustments consisted only of normal recurring items. The accompanying consolidated financial statements should be read in conjunction with the Company’s most recently issued consolidated financial statements as of and for the fiscal year ended December 25, 2010.

(b) Fiscal Year

The Company operates and reports financial information on a 52 or 53-week year on a 13-week quarter basis with the fiscal year ending on the last Saturday in December and fiscal quarters ending on the 13 th Saturday of each quarter. The data periods contained within our three months ended March 26, 2011 and March 27, 2010 reflect the results of operations for the 13-week periods ending on those dates. Operating results for the three months ended March 26, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2011.

 

  F-54   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

March 26, 2011 and March 27, 2010

(Unaudited)

 

(c) Accounting Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires the use of estimates, judgments, and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and for the period then ended.

(d) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying amounts of accounts receivable, notes and other receivables, assets and liabilities related to the advertising funds, accounts payable, other payables, and accrued expenses approximate fair value because of their short-term nature. For long-term receivables, we review the creditworthiness of the counterparty on a quarterly basis, and adjust the carrying value as necessary. We believe the carrying value of long-term receivables of $5.6 million and $4.8 million as of March 26, 2011 and December 25, 2010, respectively, approximates fair value.

Financial assets and liabilities are categorized, based on the inputs to the valuation technique, into a three-level fair value hierarchy. The fair value hierarchy gives the highest priority to the quoted prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities and lowest priority to unobservable inputs. Observable market data, when available, is required to be used in making fair value measurements. When inputs used to measure fair value fall within different levels of the hierarchy, the level within which the fair value measurement is categorized is based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

Financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of March 26, 2011 are summarized as follows (in thousands):

 

       Quoted prices
in active
markets for
identical assets
(Level 1)
     Significant
other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)
 
   

Assets:

     

Mutual funds

   $ 3,030     
                 

Total assets

   $ 3,030          
                 

Liabilities:

     

Deferred compensation liabilities

   $           7,764  
                 

Total liabilities

   $         7,764  
   

The mutual funds and deferred compensation liabilities primarily relate to the Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (DCP Plan), which allows for pre-tax salary deferrals for certain qualifying employees. Changes in the fair value of the deferred compensation liabilities are derived using quoted prices in active markets of the asset selections made by the participants. The deferred compensation liabilities are classified within Level 2, as defined under U.S. GAAP, because their inputs are derived principally

 

  F-55   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

March 26, 2011 and March 27, 2010

(Unaudited)

 

from observable market data by correlation to the hypothetical investments. The Company holds mutual funds, as well as money market funds, to partially offset the Company’s liabilities under the DCP Plan as well as other benefit plans. The changes in the fair value of the mutual funds are derived using quoted prices in active markets for the specific funds. As such, the mutual funds are classified within Level 1, as defined under U.S. GAAP.

The carrying value and fair value of long-term debt were as follows (in thousands):

 

       March 26, 2011  
Financial liabilities    Carrying
value
     Fair value  
   

Term B-1 Loans

   $ 1,394,146         1,403,500   

Senior Notes

     468,072         484,500   
                 
   $ 1,862,218         1,888,000   
   

The fair values of our Term B-1 Loans and Senior Notes are estimated based on bid and offer prices for the same or similar instruments. Considerable judgment is required to develop these estimates.

(e) Concentration of Credit Risk

The Company is subject to credit risk through its accounts receivable consisting primarily of amounts due from franchisees and licensees for franchise fees and royalty income. In addition, we have note and lease receivables from certain of our franchisees and licensees. The financial condition of these franchisees and licensees is largely dependent upon the underlying business trends of our brands and market conditions within the quick service restaurant industry. This concentration of credit risk is mitigated, in part, by the large number of franchisees and licensees of each brand and the short-term nature of the franchise and license fee and lease receivables. No individual franchisee or master licensee accounts for more than 10% of total revenues or accounts and notes receivable.

 

  F-56   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

March 26, 2011 and March 27, 2010

(Unaudited)

 

(f) Earnings per Share

The computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share is as follows (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 

       Three months ended  
     March 26,
2011
    March 27,
2010
 
   

Net income (loss)—basic and diluted

   $ (1,723     5,938   

Allocation of net income (loss) to common stockholders—basic and diluted:

    

Class L

     19,331        27,657   

Class A

     (21,054     (21,719

Weighted average number of common shares—basic and diluted:

    

Class L

     22,817,115        22,821,102   

Class A

     188,979,719        188,224,884   

Earnings (loss) per common share—basic and diluted:

    

Class L

     0.85        1.21   

Class A

     (0.11     (0.12
   

The weighted average number of common shares in the Class A diluted earnings per share calculation excludes all restricted stock and stock options outstanding during the respective periods, as they would be antidilutive. As of March 26, 2011, there were 4,407,689 unvested Class A restricted stock awards and 24,959,750 options to purchase Class A common stock outstanding that may be dilutive in the future. Of those amounts, there were 4,323,689 Class A restricted stock awards and 16,275,000 options to purchase Class A common stock that were performance-based and for which the performance criteria have not yet been met. There were no Class L common stock equivalents outstanding during the three months ended March 26, 2011 or March 27, 2010.

(g) Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In December 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued new guidance to amend the criteria for performing the second step of the goodwill impairment test for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts and requires performing the second step if qualitative factors indicate that it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. This new guidance is effective for the Company beginning in fiscal year 2011. We do not expect the adoption of this guidance to have a material impact on our goodwill assessment or our consolidated financial statements.

 

  F-57   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

March 26, 2011 and March 27, 2010

(Unaudited)

 

In January 2010, the FASB issued new guidance and clarifications for improving disclosures about fair value measurements. This guidance requires enhanced disclosures regarding transfers in and out of the levels within the fair value hierarchy. Separate disclosures are required for transfers in and out of Levels 1 and 2 fair value measurements, and the reasons for the transfers must be disclosed. In the reconciliation for Level 3 fair value measurements, separate disclosures are required for purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements on a gross basis. The new disclosures and clarifications of existing disclosures were effective for the Company in fiscal year 2010, except for the disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements in the roll forward of activity in Level 3 fair value measurements, which were effective for the Company in fiscal year 2011. The adoption of this guidance did not have any impact on our financial position or results of operations, as it only relates to disclosures.

(h) Reclassifications

The Company has revised the presentation of certain captions within the consolidated statements of operations and cash flows to provide a more concise presentation. Additionally, the Company reclassified equity in net income of joint ventures within the consolidated statements of operations from other income (expense) to operating income, as these investments in joint ventures represent our business model for operating our brands in Japan and Korea and are our primary source of income generation from restaurants operating in these markets. Prior period financial statements have been revised to conform to the current period presentation. The revisions to the presentation of the consolidated statements of operations resulted in an increase in operating income and a corresponding increase in other expenses of $3.6 million for the three months ended March 26, 2010. The revisions had no impact on total revenues, income before income taxes, or net income. The revisions to the consolidated statements of cash flows had no impact on net cash provided by (used in) operating, investing, or financing activities.

(i) Subsequent Events

Subsequent events have been evaluated through the date these consolidated financial statements were filed.

 

  F-58   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

March 26, 2011 and March 27, 2010

(Unaudited)

 

(3) Change in Accounting for Contingent Rental Income

In fiscal year 2010, we elected to change our method of accounting for contingent rental income to comply with the guidance prescribed by the Securities and Exchange Commission. This change in accounting principle has been applied retrospectively to the prior period presented. The following financial statement line items for the three months ended March 27, 2010 were impacted by this accounting change (in thousands):

 

       March 27, 2010  
     As originally
reported
    

As

adjusted

 
   

Rental income

   $ 22,287        22,116  

Total revenues

     127,583        127,412  

Operating income

     36,856         36,685   

Income before income taxes

     9,581        9,410  

Provision for income taxes

     3,532        3,472  

(4) Franchise Fees and Royalty Income

Franchise fees and royalty income consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

       Three months ended  
     March 26,
2011
     March 27,
2010
 
   

Royalty income

   $ 79,355         75,147   

Initial franchise fees, including renewal income

     6,604         5,018   
                 

Total franchise fees and royalty income

   $ 85,959         80,165   
   

The changes in franchised and company-owned points of distribution were as follows:

 

       Three months ended  
Systemwide Points of Distribution    March 26,
2011
    March 27,
2010
 
   

Franchised points of distribution—beginning of period

     16,166        15,377   

Franchises opened

     280        323   

Franchises closed

     (187     (209

Net transfers from company-owned points of distribution

     11          
                

Franchised points of distribution in operation—end of period

     16,270        15,491   

Company-owned points of distribution

     17        15   
                

Total systemwide points of distribution—end of period

     16,287        15,506   
   

 

  F-59   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

March 26, 2011 and March 27, 2010

(Unaudited)

 

(5) Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The changes in the gross carrying amount of goodwill from December 25, 2010 to March 26, 2011 are due to the impact of foreign currency fluctuations.

Other intangible assets at March 26, 2011 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

       Weighted
average
amortization
period
(years)
     Gross
carrying
amount
     Accumulated
amortization
    Net carrying
amount
 
   

Definite-lived intangibles:

          

Franchise rights

     20         $383,942        (103,946     279,996  

Favorable operating leases acquired

     13         90,101        (35,391     54,710  

License rights

     6         6,230        (3,154     3,076  

Indefinite-lived intangible:

          

Trade names

     N/A         1,190,970               1,190,970  
                            
      $ 1,671,243        (142,491     1,528,752  
   

Other intangible assets at December 25, 2010 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

       Weighted
average
amortization
period
(years)
     Gross
carrying
amount
     Accumulated
amortization
    Net
carrying
amount
 
   

Definite lived intangibles:

          

Franchise rights

     20       $ 385,309        (100,296     285,013  

Favorable operating leases acquired

     13         90,406        (33,965     56,441  

License rights

     10         6,230        (2,997     3,233  

Indefinite lived intangible:

          

Trade names

     N/A         1,190,970               1,190,970  
                            
      $ 1,672,915        (137,258     1,535,657  
   

The changes in the gross carrying amount of other intangible assets from December 25, 2010 to March 26, 2011 are due to the impact of foreign currency fluctuations and the impairment of favorable operating leases acquired resulting from lease terminations. Impairment of favorable operating leases acquired totaled $12 thousand and $700 thousand for the three months ended March 26, 2011 and March 27, 2010, respectively, and is included within impairment charges in the consolidated statements of operations.

 

  F-60   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

March 26, 2011 and March 27, 2010

(Unaudited)

 

Total estimated amortization expense for fiscal years ending December 2011 through 2015 is presented below (in thousands). The amount reflected below for the fiscal year ending December 2011 includes year-to-date amortization.

 

Fiscal year:         

2011

   $ 28,012  

2012

     26,943  

2013

     26,350  

2014

     25,806  

2015

     25,450  
   

The impact of our unfavorable leases acquired resulted in an increase in rental income and a decrease in rental expense as follows (in thousands):

 

       Three months ended  
     March 26,
2011
     March 27,
2010
 
   

Increase in rental income

   $ 374        461  

Decrease in rental expense

     478        511  
                 

Total increase in operating income

   $ 852        972  
   

(6) Debt

On February 18, 2011, the Company completed a re-pricing of its term loans under the senior credit facility, as well as increased the size of the term loans from $1.25 billion to $1.40 billion. The incremental proceeds of the term loans were used to repay $150.0 million of the Company’s Senior Notes.

As a result of the re-pricing of the term loans, the Company recorded a loss on debt extinguishment and refinancing transaction of $4.4 million, which includes a debt extinguishment of $465 thousand related to the write-off of original issuance discount and deferred financing costs, and $3.9 million of costs related to the refinancing, including a prepayment premium and fees paid to third-party creditors. In conjunction with the repurchase of Senior Notes, the Company recorded a loss on debt extinguishment of $6.6 million, which includes the write-off of original issuance discount and deferred financing costs totaling $5.8 million, as well as a prepayment premium and third-party costs of $758 thousand.

Term loan borrowings under the amended senior credit facility bear interest at a rate per annum equal to, at our option, either a base rate or a Eurodollar rate. The base rate is equal to an applicable rate of 2.00% plus the highest of (a) the Federal Funds rate plus 0.50%, (b) a prime rate, (c) one-month LIBOR rate plus 1.00%, and (d) 2.25%. The Eurodollar rate is equal to an applicable rate of 3.00% plus the higher of (a) a LIBOR rate and (b) 1.25%. The interest rate on the revolving credit facility remained unchanged. Repayments are required to be made on term loan borrowings equal to $14.0 million per calendar year, payable in quarterly installments through September 2017.

 

  F-61   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

March 26, 2011 and March 27, 2010

(Unaudited)

 

(7) Other Current Liabilities

Other current liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

       March 26,
2011
     December 25,
2010
 
   

Gift card/certificate liability

   $ 80,898        123,078  

Accrued salary and benefits

     16,173        21,307  

Accrued professional and legal costs

     9,257        9,839  

Accrued interest

     17,292        6,129  

Other

     18,627        23,241  
                 

Total other current liabilities

   $ 142,247        183,594  
   

(8) Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income for the three months ended March 26, 2011 and March 27, 2010 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

       Three months ended  
     March 26,
2011
    March 27,
2010
 
   

Net income (loss)

   $ (1,723     5,938  

Effect of foreign currency translation

     5,033       2,148  

Other

     (76     81  
                

Total comprehensive income

   $ 3,234       8,167  
   

The components of accumulated other comprehensive income were as follows (in thousands):

 

       March 26,
2011
    December 25,
2010
 
   

Effect of foreign currency translation

   $ 19,383        14,350   

Other

     (799     (723
                

Total accumulated other comprehensive income

   $ 18,584        13,627   
   

(9) Segment Information

The Company is strategically aligned into two global brands, Dunkin’ Donuts and Baskin-Robbins, which are further segregated between U.S. operations and international operations. As such, the Company has determined that it has four operating segments, which are its reportable segments: Dunkin’ Donuts U.S., Dunkin’ Donuts International, Baskin-Robbins U.S., and Baskin-Robbins International. Dunkin’ Donuts U.S., Baskin-Robbins U.S., and Dunkin’ Donuts International primarily derive their revenues through royalty income, franchise fees, and rental income. Baskin-Robbins U.S. also derives revenue through license fees from a third-party license agreement. Baskin-Robbins International primarily derives its revenues from the

 

  F-62   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

March 26, 2011 and March 27, 2010

(Unaudited)

 

manufacturing and sales of ice cream products, as well as royalty income, franchise fees, and license fees. The operating results of each segment are regularly reviewed and evaluated separately by the Company’s senior management, which includes, but is not limited to, the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, and worldwide brand officers. Senior management primarily evaluates the performance of its segments and allocates resources to them based on earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, impairment charges, foreign currency gains and losses, other gains, and unallocated corporate charges referred to as segment profit. When senior management reviews a balance sheet, it is at a consolidated level. The accounting policies applicable to each segment are consistent with those used in the consolidated financial statements.

Revenues for Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. include royalties and rental income earned from company-owned restaurants. Revenues for all other segments include only transactions with unaffiliated customers and include no intersegment revenues. Revenues reported as “Other” include retail sales for company-owned restaurants, as well as revenue earned through arrangements with third parties in which our brand names are used and revenue generated from online training programs for franchisees that are not allocated to a specific segment. Revenues by segment were as follows (in thousands):

 

       Revenues  
     Three months ended  
     March 26,
2011
    March 27,
2010
 
   
           (As adjusted)  

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

   $ 96,512       91,403  

Dunkin’ Donuts International

     3,869       3,321  

Baskin-Robbins U.S.

     9,045       9,032  

Baskin-Robbins International

     24,662       19,043  
                

Total reportable segment revenues

     134,088       122,799  

Other

     5,412       4,837  

Elimination of company-owned restaurants’ royalties and rental income

     (287     (224
                

Total revenues

   $ 139,213       127,412  
   

 

  F-63   (Continued)


Table of Contents

DUNKIN’ BRANDS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

March 26, 2011 and March 27, 2010

(Unaudited)

 

For purposes of evaluating segment profit, Dunkin’ Donuts U.S. includes the net operating income earned from company-owned restaurants. Expenses included in “Corporate and other” in the segment profit table below include corporate overhead costs, such as payroll and related benefit costs and professional services. Segment profit by segment was as follows (in thousands):

 

       Segment profit  
     Three months ended  
     March 26,
2011
    March 27,
2010
 
   
           (As adjusted)  

Dunkin’ Donuts U.S.

   $ 70,707       63,563  

Dunkin’ Donuts International

     3,181       3,712  

Baskin-Robbins U.S.

     4,300       5,224  

Baskin-Robbins International

     8,164       8,527  
                

Total reportable segment profit

     86,352       81,026  

Corporate and other

     (27,655     (27,595

Interest expense, net

     (33,767     (27,520

Depreciation and amortization

     (13,208     (15,332

Impairment charges

     (653     (1,414

Loss on debt extinguishment and refinancing transaction

     (11,007       

Other gains, net

     476       245  
                

Income before income taxes

   $ 538       9,410  
   

Equity in net income of joint ventures is included in segment profit for the Dunkin’ Donuts International and Baskin-Robbins International reportable segments. Equity in net income of joint ventures by reportable segment was as follows (in thousands):

 

       Three months ended  
     March 26,
2011
     March 27,
2010
 
   

Dunkin’ Donuts International

   $ 388        1,136  

Baskin-Robbins International

     394        2,506  
                 

Total equity in net income of joint ventures

   $ 782        3,642  
   

(10) Stockholders’ Equity

(a) Treasury Stock

During the three months ended March 26, 2011, the Company repurchased a total of 69,720 shares of Class A common stock that was originally sold and/or granted to former employees of the Company. There were no repurchases of Class L common stock during the three months ended March 26, 2011. The Company accounts for treasury stock under the cost method, and as such recorded $112 thousand in treasury stock during the three months ended March 26, 2011 based on the cost of the shares on the respective dates of repurchase.

 

  F-64   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

March 26, 2011 and March 27, 2010

(Unaudited)

 

(b) Equity Incentive Plans

The Company’s 2006 Executive Incentive Plan, as amended, (the 2006 Plan) provides for the grant of stock-based and other incentive awards. A maximum of 55,689,151 shares of Class A common stock may be delivered in satisfaction of awards under the 2006 Plan, of which a maximum of 22,899,228 shares may be awarded as nonvested (restricted) shares and a maximum of 32,789,923 may be delivered in satisfaction of stock options.

During the three months ended March 26, 2011, the Company granted the following stock-based awards:

 

Grant Date    Type of award      Number of
awards
granted
     Option
exercise price
    

Fair value of
underlying

common stock

 
   

3/9/2011

     Executive options         2,910,000       $ 1.60       $ 1.60   

3/9/2011

     Nonexecutive options         100,000       $ 1.60       $ 1.60   
   

The executive stock options vest in two separate tranches, which have been designated as Tranche 4 and Tranche 5. Tranche 4 options vest in equal annual amounts over a five-year period subsequent to the grant date. Tranche 5 options vest based on continued service over a five-year period and achievement of specified investor returns upon a sale, distribution, or dividend. Both Tranche 4 and Tranche 5 options provide for partial accelerated vesting upon change in control. The nonexecutive stock options vest in equal annual amounts over a five-year period subsequent to the grant date, and also fully vest upon a change of control. The maximum contractual term of both executive and nonexecutive options is ten years.

The Company estimated the fair value of the Tranche 4 options and the nonexecutive options on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair value of the Tranche 5 options was estimated on the date of grant using a combination of lattice models and Monte Carlo simulations. The estimated fair value of awards granted is based upon certain assumptions, including probability of achievement of performance and market conditions for certain awards, stock price, expected term, expected volatility, dividend yield, and a risk-free interest rate. The fair value of the Class A common stock underlying the options granted was determined based on a contemporaneous valuation performed by an independent third-party valuation specialist in accordance with the guidelines outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, Valuation of Privately-Held-Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation .

Total compensation expense related to all share-based awards was $241 thousand and $612 thousand for the three months ended March 26, 2011 and March 27, 2010, respectively, and is included in general and administrative expenses, net in the consolidated statements of operations.

(11) Income Taxes

During the three months ended March 26, 2011, the Company recognized deferred tax expense of $1.9 million, due to enacted changes in future state income tax rates. This change in enacted tax rates affects the tax rate expected to be in effect in future periods when the deferred tax assets and liabilities reverse.

 

  F-65   (Continued)


Table of Contents

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

March 26, 2011 and March 27, 2010

(Unaudited)

 

(12) Commitments and Contingencies

(a) Lease Commitments

The Company is party to various leases for property, including land and buildings, leased automobiles, and office equipment under noncancelable operating and capital lease arrangements.

(b) Guarantees

The Company has established agreements with certain financial institutions whereby the Company’s franchisees can obtain financing with terms of approximately five to ten years for various business purposes. Substantially all loan proceeds are used by the franchisees to finance store improvements, new store development, new central production locations, equipment purchases, related business acquisition costs, working capital, and other costs. In limited instances, the Company guarantees a portion of the payments and commitments of the franchisees, which is collateralized by the store equipment owned by the franchisee. Under the terms of the agreements, in the event that all outstanding borrowings come due simultaneously, the Company would be contingently liable for $7.7 million at March 26, 2011 and December 25, 2010. At March 26, 2011 and December 25, 2010, there were no amounts under such guarantees that were due. The fair value of the guarantee liability and corresponding asset recorded on the consolidated balance sheets was $966 thousand and $1.4 million, respectively, at March 26, 2011 and $1.0 million and $1.5 million, respectively, at December 25, 2010. The Company assesses the risk of performing under these guarantees for each franchisee relationship on a quarterly basis. As of March 26, 2011 and December 25, 2010, the Company had recorded reserves for such guarantees of $837 thousand and $1.2 million, respectively.

The Company has entered into a third-party guarantee with a distribution facility of franchisee products that ensures franchisees will purchase a certain volume of product over a ten-year period. As product is purchased by the Company’s franchisees over the term of the agreement, the amount of the guarantee is reduced. As of March 26, 2011 and December 25, 2010, the Company was contingently liable for $8.4 million and $8.6 million, respectively, under this guarantee. Based on current internal forecasts, the Company believes the franchisees will achieve the required volume of purchases, and therefore, the Company would not be required to make payments under this agreement. Additionally, the Company has various supply chain contracts that provide for purchase commitments or exclusivity, the majority of which result in the Company being contingently liable upon early termination of the agreement or engaging with another supplier. Based on prior history and the Company’s ability to extend contract terms, we have not recorded any liabilities related to these commitments. As of March 26, 2011, we were contingently liable under such supply chain agreements for approximately $20.3 million.

As a result of assigning our interest in obligations under property leases as a condition of the refranchising of certain restaurants and the guarantee of certain other leases, we are contingently liable on certain lease agreements. These leases have varying terms, the latest of which expires in 2024. As of March 26, 2011 and December 25, 2010, the potential amount of undiscounted payments the Company could be required to make in the event of nonpayment by the primary lessee was $7.8 million and $7.2 million, respectively. Our franchisees are the primary lessees under the majority of these leases. The Company generally has cross-default provisions with these franchisees that would put them in default of their franchise agreement in the event of nonpayment

 

  F-66  

(Continued)


Table of Contents

DUNKIN’ BRANDS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

March 26, 2011 and March 27, 2010

(Unaudited)

 

under the lease. We believe these cross-default provisions significantly reduce the risk that we will be required to make payments under these leases. Accordingly, we do not believe it is probable that the Company will be required to make payments under such leases, and we have not recorded a liability for such contingent liabilities.

(c) Letters of Credit

At March 26, 2011 and December 25, 2010, the Company had standby letters of credit outstanding for a total of $11.2 million. There were no amounts drawn down on these letters of credit.

(d) Legal Matters

The Company is engaged in several matters of litigation arising in the ordinary course of its business as a franchisor. Such matters include disputes related to compliance with the terms of franchise and development agreements, including claims or threats of claims of breach of contract, negligence, and other alleged violations by the Company. At March 26, 2011 and December 25, 2010, contingent liabilities totaling $4.3 million and $4.2 million, respectively, were included in other current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets to reflect the Company’s estimate of the potential loss which may be incurred in connection with these matters. While the Company intends to vigorously defend its positions against all claims in these lawsuits and disputes, it is reasonably possible that the losses in connection with these matters could increase by up to an additional $8.0 million based on the outcome of ongoing litigation or negotiations.

(13) Related-Party Transactions

(a) Advertising Funds

At March 26, 2011 and December 25, 2010, the Company had a net payable of $16.2 million and $23.1 million, respectively, to the various advertising funds.

To cover administrative expenses of the advertising funds, the Company charges each advertising fund a management fee for items such as facilities, accounting services, information technology, data processing, product development, legal, administrative support services, and other operating expenses, which amounted to $1.5 million and $1.4 million for the three months ended March 26, 2011 and March 27, 2010, respectively. Such management fees are reflected in the consolidated statements of operations as a reduction in general and administrative expenses, net.

(b) Sponsors

The Company is charged an annual management fee by the Sponsors of $1.0 million per Sponsor, payable in quarterly installments. The Company recognized $750 thousand of expense related to Sponsor management fees during the three months ended March 26, 2011 and March 27, 2010, which is included in general and administrative expenses, net in the consolidated statements of operations. At March 26, 2011 and December 25, 2010, the Company had $500 thousand of prepaid management fees to the Sponsors, which were recorded in prepaid expenses and other current assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

 

  F-67   (Continued)


Table of Contents

DUNKIN’ BRANDS GROUP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements—(continued)

March 26, 2011 and March 27, 2010

(Unaudited)

 

At March 26, 2011 and December 25, 2010, certain affiliates of the Sponsors held $65.7 million and $70.6 million, respectively, of term loans, net of original issue discount, issued under the Company’s senior credit facility. The terms of these loans are identical to all other term loans issued to lenders in the senior credit facility.

Our Sponsors have a controlling interest in our Company as well as several other entities. The existence of such common ownership and management control within business and other transactions could result in differences within our operating results or financial position than if the entities were autonomous. There have been no significant transactions with companies under common control during the periods presented.

In March 2006, we entered into an investor agreement with the Sponsors and also entered into a registration rights and coordination agreement with certain shareholders, including the Sponsors. Pursuant to these agreements, subject to certain exceptions and conditions, our Sponsors may require us to register their shares of common stock under the Securities Act, and they will have the right to participate in certain future registrations of securities by us.

(c) Joint Ventures

The Company received royalties from its joint ventures as follows (in thousands):

 

       Three months ended  
     March 26,
2011
     March 27,
2010
 
   

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd (BR Japan)

   $ 348        305  

Baskin-Robbins Co., Ltd Korea (BR Korea)

     869        840  
                 
   $ 1,217        1,145  
   

At March 26, 2011 and December 25, 2010, the Company had $1.2 million and $962 thousand, respectively, of royalties receivable from its joint ventures which were recorded in accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts, in the consolidated balance sheets.

The Company made payments to its joint ventures totaling approximately $109 thousand and $455 thousand during the three months ended March 26, 2011 and March 27, 2010, respectively, primarily for the purchase of ice cream products and incentive payments.

(14) Subsequent Event

On May 24, 2011, the Company increased its term loans by $100.0 million to approximately $1.50 billion. The proceeds will be used to repay an equal amount of the Company’s Senior Notes. Additionally, the Company amended the senior credit facility to reduce (a) the interest rate on the revolving credit facility to align with the term loans and (b) the LIBOR floor from 1.25% to 1.00% for both the revolving credit facility and the term loans. The interest rate reduction on the revolving credit facility occurs only if the Company completes an initial public offering, and the additional LIBOR floor reduction occurs only if the Company completes an initial public offering and reduces its leverage ratio to 5.10x or less.

 

  F-68  


Table of Contents

Independent Auditors’ Report

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of

BR KOREA CO., LTD.:

We have audited the accompanying statements of financial position of BR KOREA CO., LTD. (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related statements of income, appropriations of retained earnings, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, all expressed in Korean won. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of BR KOREA CO., LTD. as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of its operations, changes in its retained earnings and its shareholders’ equity, and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2010, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the Republic of Korea (See Note 2).

Accounting principles generally accepted in the Republic of Korea vary in certain significant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Information relating to the nature and effect of such differences is presented in Notes 25 to the financial statements.

April 29, 2011

/s/ Deloitte Anjin LLC

Notice to Readers

This report is effective as of April 29, 2011, the auditors’ report date. Certain subsequent events or circumstances may have occurred between the auditors’ report date and the time the auditors’ report is read. Such events or circumstances could significantly affect the accompanying financial statements and may result in modifications to the auditors’ report.

 

F-69


Table of Contents

BR KOREA CO., LTD.

STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL POSITION

AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

 

ASSETS    2010      2009  
   
CURRENT ASSETS:    (In thousands)  

Cash and cash equivalents (Notes 8 and 13)

   (Won) 10,435,234       (Won) 6,403,088   

Short-term financial instruments

     40,500,000         35,000,000   

Trade accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of (Won) 170,149 thousand for 2010 and (Won) 165,518 thousand for 2009 (Note 14)

     16,844,763         16,386,253   

Inventories (Notes 3 and 8)

     28,308,117         29,750,658   

Securities (Notes 5,8 and 24)

     5,600         4,390   

Other current assets (Note 4)

     6,541,307         6,194,658   
        
     102,635,021         93,739,047   
        

NON CURRENT ASSETS:

     

Securities under the equity method (Note 6)

     677,340           

Securities (Notes 5 and 8)

     62,985         68,585   

Other investments

     184,085         411,007   

Tangible assets, net (Notes 7 and 8)

     62,200,625         64,259,915   

Intangible assets (Note 9)

     9,338,876         11,031,813   

Guarantee deposits paid (Note 10)

     112,647,141         97,554,090   

Membership certificates

     2,277,527         1,687,980   

Deferred income tax assets (Note 17)

     1,310,229         1,094,695   
        
     188,698,808         176,108,085   
        

Total Assets

   (Won) 291,333,829       (Won) 269,847,132   
        

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

     

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

     

Trade accounts payable (Note 14)

   (Won) 15,308,691       (Won) 14,441,821   

Accounts payable-other (Note 14)

     8,843,013         7,182,563   

Income tax payable

     5,912,523         7,821,942   

Advances from customers

     2,068,757         1,892,870   

Guarantee deposits received

     17,373,276         15,188,989   

Deferred income tax liabilities (Note 17)

     108,745         107,070   

Other current liabilities (Notes 11 and 14)

     6,964,772         10,698,956   
        
     56,579,777         57,334,211   
        

NON- CURRENT LIABILITIES:

     

Accrued severance indemnities, net of deposits of (Won) 11,572,261 thousand for 2010 and (Won) 8,955,686 thousand for 2009 (Note 12)

     3,995,292         3,817,228   

Allowance for unused points (Note 22)

     1,428,034         2,163,071   
        
     5,423,326         5,980,299   
        

TOTAL LIABILITIES

     62,003,103         63,314,510   
        

SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

     

Common stock (Note 15)

     6,000,000         6,000,000   

Appropriated retained earnings (Note 15)

     24,234,977         24,234,977   

Retained earnings before appropriations

     199,095,749         176,297,645   
        

Total Shareholders’ Equity

     229,330,726         206,532,622   
        

Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

   (Won) 291,333,829       (Won) 269,847,132   
   

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

  F-70  


Table of Contents

BR KOREA CO., LTD.

STATEMENTS OF INCOME

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008

 

 

       2010     2009     2008  
                          
     (In thousands, except per share amounts)  

SALES (Notes 14 and 23)

   (Won) 426,063,145      (Won) 406,214,174      (Won) 351,667,723   

COST OF SALES (Note 14)

     205,865,736        206,622,944        173,886,013   
        

GROSS PROFIT

     220,197,409        199,591,230        177,781,710   

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE

      

EXPENSES

      

(Notes 20 and 21)

     181,504,761        155,286,246        138,606,261   
        

OPERATING INCOME

     38,692,648        44,304,984        39,175,449   
        

NON OPERATING INCOME (EXPENSES):

      

Interest income

     2,112,109        1,353,475        2,883,872   

Gain (Loss) on foreign currency translation, net

      

(Note 13)

     (17,252     (74,007     8,532   

Gain (Loss) on foreign currency transactions, net

     4,310        (5,061     23,777   

Commission income

     5,199,869        5,685,017        2,949,689   

Gain (Loss) on disposal of tangible assets, net

     17,414        (598,839     (54,916

Gain on disposal of intangible assets

     309,350        177,975        528,706   

Donations (Note 16)

     (1,983,239     (2,261,554     (1,484,498

Miscellaneous, net (Note 16)

     (336,130     (1,168,736     767,170   
        
     5,306,431        3,108,270        5,622,332   
        

INCOME BEFORE INCOME TAX

     43,999,079        47,413,254        44,797,781   

INCOME TAX EXPENSE (Note 17)

     10,586,975        12,050,772        11,911,138   
        

NET INCOME

   (Won) 33,412,104      (Won) 35,362,482      (Won) 32,886,643   
        

NET INCOME PER SHARE (Note 18)

   (Won) 55,687      (Won) 58,937      (Won) 54,811   
   

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

  F-71  


Table of Contents

BR KOREA CO., LTD.

STATEMENTS OF APPROPRIATIONS OF RETAINED EARNINGS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008

 

       2010      2009      2008  
   
     (In thousands)         

RETAINED EARNINGS BEFORE APPROPRIATIONS:

        

Unappropriated retained earnings brought forward from prior year

   (Won) 165,683,645       (Won) 140,935,163       (Won) 117,936,520   

Net income

     33,412,104         35,362,482         32,886,643   
        
     199,095,749         176,297,645         150,823,163   
        

APPROPRIATIONS:

        

Dividends (Note 19)

     10,032,000         10,614,000         9,888,000   
        

UNAPPROPRIATED RETAINED EARNINGS TO BE CARRIED FORWARD TO SUBSEQUENT YEAR

   (Won) 189,063,749       (Won) 165,683,645       (Won) 140,935,163   
   

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

  F-72  


Table of Contents

BR KOREA CO., LTD.

STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008

 

 

       Korean Won  
     Common Stock        

 

(In thousands

Retained Earnings


  

 

 
Total   
   

Balance at January 1, 2008

   (Won) 6,000,000       (Won) 150,193,497      (Won) 156,193,497   

Annual dividends

        (8,022,000     (8,022,000

Balance after appropriations

        142,171,497        148,171,497   

Net income

        32,886,643        32,886,643   
        

Balance at December 31, 2008

   (Won) 6,000,000       (Won) 175,058,140      (Won) 181,058,140   
        

Balance at January 1, 2009

   (Won) 6,000,000       (Won) 175,058,140      (Won) 181,058,140   

Annual dividends

        (9,888,000     (9,888,000
           

Balance after appropriations

        165,170,140        171,170,140   

Net income

        35,362,482        35,362,482   
        

Balance at December 31, 2009

   (Won) 6,000,000       (Won) 200,532,622      (Won) 206,532,622   
        

Balance at January 1, 2010

   (Won) 6,000,000       (Won) 200,532,622      (Won) 206,532,622   

Annual dividends

        (10,614,000     (10,614,000
           

Balance after appropriations

        189,918,622        195,918,622   

Net income

        33,412,104        33,412,104   
        

Balance at December 31, 2010

   (Won) 6,000,000       (Won) 223,330,726      (Won) 229,330,726   
   

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

  F-73  


Table of Contents

BR KOREA CO., LTD

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008

 

       2010     2009     2008  
   
     (In thousands)  
   

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

      

Net income

   (Won) 33,412,104      (Won) 35,362,482      (Won) 32,886,643   

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation

     18,899,166        19,914,400        14,587,093   

Provision for severance indemnities

     6,695,012        4,015,539        4,062,087   

Amortization of lease premium

     3,604,761        3,229,923        2,779,148   

Provision for doubtful accounts

     31,982        21,800        43,845   

Disposal of tangible assets, net

     (17,414     598,839        54,916   

Disposal of intangible assets, net

     (309,350     (177,975     (528,706

Payment of severance indemnities

     (4,074,977     (2,299,625     (1,614,433

Transfer of severance indemnities from related parties

     174,604        176,542        120,889   

Change in trade accounts receivable

     (463,142     (137,154     (3,845,630

Change in accounts receivable-other

     537,197        (2,091,922     (538,878

Change in accrued income

     17,600        166,021        977,050   

Change in advanced payments

     (1,030,369     1,152,192        (1,691,811

Change in prepaid expenses

     101,573        (69,533     (117,813

Change in inventories

     1,442,542        1,944,500        (18,632,710

Change in deferred income tax assets

     (215,534     (612,949     (481,746

Change in trade accounts payable

     866,869        487,801        5,827,758   

Change in accounts payable-other

     1,660,450        (7,837,644     7,211,259   

Change in withholdings

     (752,033     2,638,929        (1,333,912

Change in accrued expenses

     (2,982,152     3,563,367        814,065   

Change in income tax payable

     (1,909,418     (140,325     2,098,945   

Change in deferred income tax liabilities

     1,675        (60,151     (392,269

Change in advances from customers

     188,042        (983,082     (45,404

Change in allowance for unused points

     (735,036     (69,893     793,218   

Change in gift certificate discounts

     (12,156     (3,629     (10,843

Transferred to the national pension fund

     7,208            

Severance indemnities

     (2,623,783     (3,269,803     301,186   
        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     52,515,421        55,518,650        43,323,947   
   

 

  F-74   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR KOREA CO., LTD.

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS—(CONTINUED)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010, 2009 AND 2008

 

 

       2010     2009     2008  
   
     (In thousands)  

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

      

Withdrawal of short-term financial instruments

   (Won) 157,000,000      (Won) 78,678,865      (Won) 69,000,000   

Proceeds from disposal of securities

     4,390        16,945        39,290   

Disposal of tangible assets

     327,457        3,923,898        437,449   

Refund of guarantee deposits paid

     4,752,250        7,684,153        7,464,884   

Collection of long-term loans

     226,922        167,330        184,805   

Disposal of lease premium

     352,600        190,454        772,320   

Disposal of membership certificates

            362,810     

Acquisition of short-term financial instruments

     (162,500,000     (96,678,865     (23,000,000

Purchase of securities under the equity method

     (677,340            (3,950

Purchase of securities

            (2,370     (5,600

Payment of guarantee deposits paid

     (19,845,301     (17,863,614     (32,423,544

Acquisition of tangible assets

     (17,149,920     (25,082,537     (46,746,940

Purchase of membership certificates

     (589,546     (157,081     (311,711

Payment of lease premium

     (1,955,074     (2,056,515     (7,860,587
        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (40,053,562     (50,816,527     (32,453,584
        

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

      

Refund of guarantee deposits received

     5,074,855        5,978,607        3,671,219   

Dividends paid

     (10,614,000     (9,888,000     (8,022,000

Payment of guarantee deposits received

     (2,890,568     (4,340,270     (2,169,275
        

Net cash used in financing activities

     (8,429,713     (8,249,663     (6,520,056
        

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

     4,032,146     

 
(3,547,540

    4,350,307   

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR

     6,403,088        9,950,628        5,600,322   
        

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR (Note 23)

   (Won) 10,435,234      (Won) 6,403,088      (Won) 9,950,629   
   

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

  F-75  


Table of Contents

BR KOREA CO., LTD.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

1. GENERAL:

BR KOREA CO., LTD. (the “Company”) was incorporated under the laws of the Republic of Korea on June 10, 1985 in accordance with the joint venture agreement dated April 19, 1985 between three Korean shareholders represented by Mr. Young In Hur and Dunkin’ Brands Inc. Under such agreement, the Company engages in the production, distribution and sale of ice cream, ice cream treats and donuts and other related activities. Sales are made through the Company’s distribution network under its direct management and franchise stores under the brand names of Baskin-Robbins and Dunkin’ Donuts.

As of December 31, 2010, the Company’s common stock amounts to (Won) 6,000 million, and the issued and outstanding shares of the Company are owned 66.67% by those Korean shareholders and 33.33% by Dunkin’ Brands Inc.

2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

Basis of Financial Statement Presentation

The Company maintains its official accounting records in Korean won and prepares its statutory financial statements in the Korean language (Hangul) in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the Republic of Korea. Certain accounting principles applied by the Company that conform with the financial accounting standards and accounting principles in the Republic of Korea may not conform with generally accepted accounting principles in other countries. Accordingly, the accompanying financial statements are intended for use by those who are informed about Korean accounting principles and practices. The accompanying financial statements have been condensed, restructured and translated into English (with certain expanded descriptions) from the Korean language financial statements. Certain information included in the Korean language financial statements, but not required for a fair presentation of the Company’s financial position, result of operations, changes in shareholders’ equity or cash flows, is not presented in the accompanying financial statements.

The accompanying financial statements to be presented at the annual shareholders’ meeting were approved by the board of directors on March 3, 2011.

Significant accounting policies followed by the Company in the preparation of its financial statements are summarized below.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents includes cash, checks issued by others, checking accounts, ordinary deposits and financial instruments, which can be easily converted into cash and whose value changes due to changes in interest rates are not material, with maturities (or date of redemption) of three months or less from acquisition.

Revenue Recognition

The Company revenue consists of an initial franchise fee, sales of ice cream and donuts to franchisees and to customers (for its retail stores) and other.

 

  F-76   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR KOREA CO., LTD.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(CONTINUED)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

 

The Company sells individual franchise agreements, under which a franchisee pays an initial nonrefundable fee and subsequently purchases ice cream and donuts from the Company. The initial franchise fee is recognized as Commission income, upon substantial completion of the services required of the Company as stated in the franchise agreement, which is generally upon the opening of the respective franchise. Subsequently, once the franchise begins operations, the Company recognizes revenue from the sale of ice cream and donuts to a franchise as Sales during the period. Revenue generated from the sale of ice cream and donuts to franchisees is recognized upon delivery; however, revenue is recognized when the sales terms have been fully met if there are sales terms related with post-delivery. Retail store revenues at company-owned stores are recognized at the point of sale, net of sales tax and other sales-related taxes.

The Company offers customer loyalty programs – bonus points, under which customers can earn from 1.5% ~ 5% of any purchase amount above (Won) 1,000, as points to use in the future. Such points expire within one year from the date the customer earns them. When a customer earns bonus points under the program, the Company recognizes selling, general and administrative expense in the same amount and a corresponding liability under Allowance for unused points. When points are used, the Company reduces Allowance for unused points and recognizes revenue. At the end of the period, 100% of the unused points are recognized as Allowance for unused points (Note 22), in the Company’s statements of financial position.

Gift Certificates

Gift certificates are stated at face value, net of any discounts given, at the time of issuance and accounted for as Advances from Customers. The gift certificates generally expire within 5 years of issuance. The redemption of gift certificates is reflected as sales at the time the certificates are redeemed at stores by the portion of advances, net of discounts for the relative amount of redemption. Any expired gift certificates are recognized as Non-operating income.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company provides an allowance for doubtful accounts to cover estimated losses on receivables, based on collection experience and analysis of the collectibility of individual outstanding receivables.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at cost which is determined by using the moving average method. The Company maintains perpetual inventory, which is adjusted to physical inventory counts performed at year end. When the market value of inventories (net realizable value for finished goods or merchandise and current replacement cost for raw materials) is less than the carrying value, carrying value is stated at the lower of cost or market. The Company applies the lower of cost or market method by each group of inventories and loss on inventory valuation is presented as a deduction from inventories and charged to cost of sales.

Classification of Securities

At acquisition, the Company classifies securities into one of the following categories: trading, available-for-sale, held-to-maturity and securities accounted for under the equity method, depending on marketability, purpose of

 

  F-77   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR KOREA CO., LTD.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(CONTINUED)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

 

acquisition and ability to hold. Debt and equity securities that are bought and held for the purpose of selling them in the near term and actively traded are classified as trading securities. Debt securities with fixed and determinable payments and fixed maturity that the Company has the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held-to-maturity securities. Investments in equity securities over which the Company exercises significant influence, are accounted for under the equity method. Securities accounted for under the equity method are presented as securities accounted for using the equity method in the statement of financial position. Debt and equity securities not classified as the above are categorized as available-for-sale securities. The average method is used to determine the cost of debt and equity securities for the calculation of gain (loss) on disposal of those securities.

Valuation of Securities

Debt securities that have fixed or determinable payments with a fixed maturity are classified as held-to-maturity securities only if the Company has both the positive intent and ability to hold those securities to maturity. However, debt securities, whose maturity dates are due within one year from the period end date, are classified as current assets.

After initial recognition, held-to-maturity securities are stated at amortized cost in the statements of financial position. When held-to-maturity securities are measured at amortized costs, the difference between their acquisition cost and face value is amortized using the effective interest rate method and the amortization is included in the cost and interest income.

When the possibility of not being able to collect the principal and interest of held-to-maturity securities according to the terms of the contracts is highly likely, the difference between the recoverable amount (the present value of expected cash flows using the effective interest rate upon acquisition of the securities) and book value is recorded as loss on impairment of held-to-maturity securities included in the non-operating expense and the held-to-maturity securities are stated at the recoverable amount after impairment loss. If the value of impaired securities subsequently recovers and the recovery can be objectively related to an event occurring after the impairment loss was recognized, the reversal of impairment loss is recorded as reversal of impairment loss on held-to-maturity securities included in non-operating income. However, the resulting carrying amount after the reversal of impairment loss shall not exceed the amortized cost that would have been measured, at the date of the reversal, if no impairment loss was recognized.

Tangible Assets

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost (acquisition cost or manufacturing cost plus expenditures directly related to preparing the assets ready for use). Assets acquired from investment-in-kind, received through donations or acquired free of charge in other ways are stated at the market value of the item which is considered as the fair value. However, certain assets, for which the revaluation method in accordance with the Asset Revaluation Act of Korea or the amended Statement of Korea Accounting Standards No. 5, Property, Plant and Equipment is elected, are recorded at revalued amounts, up to December 31, 2000 (last allowable revaluation date), net of accumulated depreciation to date.

 

  F-78   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR KOREA CO., LTD.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(CONTINUED)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

 

Expenditures after acquisition or completion that increase future economic benefit in excess of the most recently assessed capability level of the asset are capitalized and other expenditures are charged to expense as incurred.

In accordance with the Company’s policy, borrowing costs in relation to the manufacture, purchase, construction or development of assets are capitalized as part of the cost of those assets.

When the expected future cash flow from use or disposal of the property, plant and equipment is lower than the carrying amount due to obsolescence, physical damage or other causes, the carrying amount is adjusted to the recoverable amount (the higher of net sales price or value in use) and the difference is recognized as an impairment loss. When the recoverable amount subsequently exceeds the carrying amount of the impaired asset, the excess is recorded as a reversal of impairment loss to the extent that the reversed asset does not exceed the carrying amount before previous impairment as adjusted by depreciation.

Depreciation is computed using the declining-balance method, except for buildings and structures using straight-line method, over the estimated useful lives of the assets as follows:

 

Assets    Useful lives (Years)
 
Buildings    30
Structures    15
Machinery and equipment    8
Vehicles    4
Others    4

Intangible Assets

Intangible asset amount represents lease premiums paid, which is amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of 5 years. A lease premium is an amount a lessee pays to the previous lessee related to the property. A long-term lease contract with a contract period of 5 years or more is amortized over the actual contract years. When the leasing right is transferred to a sub-lessee before the end of the lease period, the gain or loss on disposal of the lease premium is recognized in the amount of the difference between the lease premium previously paid and the lease premium received from the sub-lessee.

Accrued Severance Indemnities

In accordance with the Company’s policy, all employees with more than one year of service are entitled to receive a lump-sum severance payment upon termination of their employment, based on their current salary rate and length of service. The accrual for severance indemnities is computed as if all employees were to terminate at the period end dates and amounted to (Won) 15,568 million and (Won) 12,773 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. In accordance with the National Pension Law of Korea, a portion of its severance indemnities which has been transferred in cash to the National Pension Fund through March 1999 is presented as a deduction from accrued severance indemnities. Additionally, the Company has insured a portion of its obligations for severance indemnities by making deposits that will be directly paid to employees with Shinhan Bank Co. and others, and records them as severance insurance deposits which are directly deducted from accrued severance indemnities. Actual payments for severance indemnities amounted to (Won) 4,075 million and (Won) 2,300 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

 

  F-79   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR KOREA CO., LTD.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(CONTINUED)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

 

Income Tax Expense

The Company recognizes deferred income tax assets or liabilities for the temporary differences between the carrying amount of an asset and liability and tax base. A deferred tax liability is generally recognized for all taxable temporary differences with some exceptions and a deferred tax asset is recognized to the extent when it is probable that taxable income will be available against which the deductible temporary difference can be utilized in the future. Deferred income tax asset (liability) is classified as current or non-current asset (liability) depending on the classification of related asset (liability) in the statements of financial position. Deferred income tax asset (liability), which does not relate to specific asset (liability) account in the statements of financial position such as deferred income tax asset recognized for tax loss carryforwards, is classified as current or non-current asset (liability) depending on the expected reversal period. Deferred income tax assets and liabilities in the same tax jurisdiction and in the same current or non-current classification are presented on a net basis. Current and deferred income tax expense are included in income tax expense in the statements of income and additional income tax or tax refunds for the prior periods are included in income tax expense for the current period when recognized. However, income tax resulting from transactions or events, which was directly recognized in shareholders’ equity in current or prior periods, or business combinations, is directly adjusted to equity account or goodwill (or negative goodwill).

Accounting for Foreign Currency Translation

The Company maintains its accounts in Korean won. Monetary accounts with balances denominated in foreign currencies are recorded and reported in the accompanying financial statements at the exchange rates prevailing at the period end dates. The balances have been translated using the market exchange rate announced by Seoul Money Brokerage Services Ltd., which is (Won) 1,138.90 and (Won) 1,167.60 to US $1.00 at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The translation gains or losses are reflected in non operating income (expense).

Reclassification

Initial franchise fee was recognized as Miscellaneous income in prior year which has been reclassified to Commission income. In addition, the liability related to unused points was recorded as net of Advance for customers in previous year, which has been reclassified and is presented separately under Allowance for unused point. These reclassifications of the prior period are to conform to the current period’s presentation for comparative purposes; however, such reclassifications have no effect on the previously prior period’s net income or shareholders’ equity of the Company.

3. INVENTORIES:

Inventories as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 consist of the following:

 

       Korean Won (In thousands)  
     2010      2009  
   

Merchandise

   (Won) 8,116,884       (Won) 9,099,921   

Finished goods

     4,941,342         3,710,784   

Semi finished goods

     219,911         306,626   

Raw materials

     10,693,639         11,912,133   

Materials in transit

     4,336,341         4,721,194   
                 

Total

   (Won) 28,308,117       (Won) 29,750,658   
   

 

  F-80   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR KOREA CO., LTD.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(CONTINUED)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

 

4. OTHER CURRENT ASSETS:

Other current assets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 consist of the following:

 

       Korean Won (In thousands)  
     2010      2009  
   

Accounts receivable–other

   (Won) 3,503,628       (Won) 4,068,176   

Accrued income

     498,843         516,444   

Advanced payments

     2,267,233         1,236,864   

Prepaid expenses

     271,603         373,174   
        

Total

   (Won) 6,541,307       (Won) 6,194,658   
          

5. SECURITIES:

Securities as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 are all classified as held-to-maturities securities and consist of following:

 

       Korean Won (In thousands)  
     2010      2009  
   

Held-to-maturity securities Government & public bonds

   (Won) 68,585       (Won) 72,975   
   

Held-to-maturity securities whose maturity are within one year from the period end date in the amount of (Won) 5,600 thousand and (Won) 4,390 thousand as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, are classified as securities in the current assets.

In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 no impairment loss or reversal of any previously recognized impairment loss on securities occurred.

6. SECURITIES UNDER THE EQUITY METHOD:

Details of securities accounted for under the equity method as of December 31, 2010 are as follow:

 

       Korean Won (In thousands)  
    

Number of

shares

     Ownership     

Acquisition

cost

    

Net asset

value

     Book value  
   

NEXGEN FOOD RESEARCH(NFR)

     6,000         100%       (Won) 677,340       (Won) 677,340       (Won) 677,340   
   

As of December 31, 2010, the Company does not reflect its proportionate share of operational results or equity adjustments of NFR as the monetary impact on the Company’s financial statements are insignificant. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 no impairment loss or reversal of any previously recognized impairment loss on securities under the equity method occurred.

 

  F-81   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR KOREA CO., LTD.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(CONTINUED)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

 

7. TANGIBLE ASSETS:

(1) Tangible assets as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 consist of the following:

 

       Korean Won (In thousands)  
     2010      2009  
   

Land

   (Won) 11,103,689       (Won) 11,103,689   

Buildings

     21,571,820         22,532,797   

Structures

     752,500         748,657   

Machinery

     8,080,418         11,214,919   

Vehicles

     113,898         46,327   

Other

     20,578,300         18,613,526   
        

Total

   (Won) 62,200,625       (Won) 64,259,915   
   

(2) Disclosure of Land Price and Valuation of Land

The Korean government annually announces the public price of domestic land by address and type of purpose pursuant to the laws on Disclosure of Land Price and Valuation of Land. This is determined based on the comprehensive consideration including market price, surrounding road condition, possibility of future development and others. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, the public price of Company-owned land is (Won) 8,960,541 thousand and (Won) 8,806,694 thousand, respectively.

(3) Changes in book values of tangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 consist of the following:

 

       Korean Won (In thousands)  
     2010  
    

January 1,

2010

     Acquisition      Disposal      Transfer      Depreciation     

December 31,

2010

 
                                                       

Land

   (Won) 11,103,689       (Won)       (Won)       (Won)       (Won)       (Won) 11,103,689   

Buildings

     22,532,797                                 960,977         21,571,820   

Structures

     748,657         101,200                         97,357         752,500   

Machinery

     11,214,919         529,247                         3,663,748         8,080,418   

Vehicles

     46,327         129,632         8                 62,053         113,898   

Others

     18,613,526         16,389,840         310,035                 14,115,031         20,578,300   
                                            

Total

   (Won) 64,259,915       (Won) 17,149,919       (Won) 310,043       (Won)       (Won) 18,899,166       (Won) 62,200,625   
   

 

  F-82   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR KOREA CO., LTD.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(CONTINUED)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

 

       Korean Won (In thousands)  
     2009  
    

January 1,

2009

     Acquisition      Disposal      Transfer     Depreciation     

December 31,

2009

 
                                                      

Land

   (Won) 11,004,631       (Won) 99,058       (Won)       (Won)      (Won)       (Won) 11,103,689   

Buildings

     10,251,203         2,211,290         210,085         11,211,800        931,411         22,532,797   

Structures

     705,393         131,000                        87,736         748,657   

Machinery

     9,324,879         9,478,153         3,390,510                4,197,603         11,214,919   

Vehicles

     98,141                 7                51,807         46,327   

Others

     21,018,468         13,163,035         922,134                14,645,843         18,613,526   

Construction in progress

     11,211,800                         (11,211,800               
        

Total

   (Won) 63,614,515       (Won) 25,082,536       (Won) 4,522,736       (Won)      (Won) 19,914,400       (Won) 64,259,915   
   

During the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 no impairment loss or reversal of any previously recognized impairment loss on property, plant and equipment occurred.

8. INSURED ASSETS:

As of December 31, 2010, the Company’s buildings and structures, machinery, equipment and inventories are insured up to (Won) 94,613,388 thousand for fire and (Won) 2,280,000 thousand for gas casualty insurance, and (Won) 200,000 thousand for the theft of securities and cash. In addition, the Company carries general insurance for vehicles, product liability insurance, business liability insurance and workers’ compensation and casualty insurance for employees.

9. INTANGIBLE ASSETS:

Change in intangible asset which consists of lease premiums for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

 

       Korean Won (In thousands)  
     2010      2009  
   

Beginning balance

   (Won) 11,031,813       (Won) 12,217,700   

Increase

     1,955,074         2,056,515   

Amortization

     3,604,761         3,229,922   

Disposal

     43,250         12,480   
                 

Ending balance

   (Won) 9,338,876       (Won) 11,031,813   
   

10. GUARANTEE DEPOSITS:

Guarantee deposits paid as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

 

       Korean Won (In thousands)  
     2010      2009  
   

Rental deposits

   (Won) 112,622,634       (Won) 97,529,235   

Other

     24,507         24,855   
                 

Total

   (Won) 112,647,141       (Won) 97,554,090   
   

 

  F-83   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR KOREA CO., LTD.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(CONTINUED)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

 

The Company obtained lien rights for the amount of (Won) 77,995 million related to its guarantee deposits as of December 31, 2010.

11. OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES:

Other current liabilities as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 consist of the following:

 

       Korean Won (In thousands)  
     2010      2009  
   

Withholdings

   (Won) 3,279,270       (Won) 4,031,303   

Accrued expenses

     3,685,502         6,667,653   
        
   (Won) 6,964,772       (Won) 10,698,956   
   

12. ACCRUED SEVERANCE INDEMNITIES:

(1) Employees with more than one year of service are entitled to receive severance indemnities, based on their length of service and salary rate upon termination of their employment. The severance indemnities that would be payable assuming all eligible employees were to resign amount to (Won) 15,567,553 thousand and (Won) 12,772,914 thousand as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The changes in accrued severance indemnities for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

 

       Korean Won (In thousands)  
     2010     2009  
   

Beginning accrued severance indemnities

   (Won) 12,772,914      (Won) 10,880,458   

Provision for severance indemnities for the period

     6,695,012        4,015,539   

Transferred-in from affiliates

     174,604        176,542   

Actual payment

     (4,074,977     (2,299,625
        

Ending accrued severance indemnities

   (Won) 15,567,553      (Won) 12,772,914   
        

Deposits in National Pension Fund

   (Won) (26,810     (34,018

Deposits in financial institutions

     (11,545,451     (8,921,668
        

Total severance deposits

   (Won) (11,572,261   (Won) (8,955,686
        

Accrued severance indemnities, net of deposits

   (Won) 3,995,292      (Won) 3,817,228   
   

(2) The Company has insured a portion of its obligations for severance indemnities, in order to obtain the related tax benefits, by making deposits with Shinhan Bank Co. and others. Withdrawal of these deposits, in the amount of (Won) 11,545,451 thousand and (Won) 8,921,668 thousand as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, is restricted to the payment of severance indemnities. In addition, a part of severance liabilities has been transferred to the national pension fund under the relevant regulation, which is no longer effective. The amounts of the national pension fund benefit transferred are (Won) 26,810 thousand and (Won) 34,018 thousand as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The severance insurance deposits and the national pension fund benefit transferred and outstanding are presented as a deduction from accrued severance indemnities.

 

  F-84   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR KOREA CO., LTD.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(CONTINUED)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

 

13. ASSETS IN FOREIGN CURRENCY:

Assets denominated in foreign currency as of December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:

 

       Korean Won (In thousands)  
     2010      2009      2008  
   
     Foreign
currency
     Korean
Won
     Foreign
currency
     Korean
Won
     Foreign
currency
     Korean
Won
 
   

Cash and cash equivalents

     USD 715,149       (Won) 814,483         USD 314,460       (Won) 367,163         USD 32,893       (Won) 41,362   
   

The Company recorded (Won) (17,252) thousand, (Won) (74,007) thousand and (Won) 8,532 thousand of Gain(Loss) on foreign currency translation in Non-operating incomes(expenses) for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively.

14. TRANSACTIONS WITH RELATED PARTIES:

(1) Transactions with affiliated companies and other related parties in 2010, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:

 

       Korean Won (In thousands)  
     2010      2009      2008  
   
     Revenues     

Purchases

and others

     Revenues     

Purchases

and others

     Revenues     

Purchases

and others

 
   

Shany Co., Ltd.

   (Won) 1,083,848       (Won) 11,853,327       (Won) 1,150,848       (Won) 8,382,872       (Won) 1,524,853       (Won) 9,205,397   

Honam Shany Co., Ltd.

     —           79,844         —           75,770         —           72,651   

Paris Croissant Co., Ltd.

     322,424         6,969,578         175,654         4,586,953         364,698         4,702,673   

Samlip General Food Co., Ltd.

     1,250,728         3,493,164         980,148         4,071,503         1,064,070         3,589,294   

SPC Co., Ltd.

     2,050,502         4,409,849         —           2,674,935         114         1,644,123   

Dunkin’ Brands, Inc.

     —           3,448,705         —           3,193,370         —           2,754,578   

Paris Baguette Bon Doux, Inc.

     —           23,482,273         —           33,281,213         —           34,917,510   
        
   (Won) 4,707,502       (Won) 53,736,740       (Won) 2,306,650       (Won) 56,266,616       (Won) 2,953,735       (Won) 56,886,226   
   

 

  F-85   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR KOREA CO., LTD.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(CONTINUED)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

 

(2) Related balances of receivables and payables with related parties as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 are summarized below.

 

      Korean Won (In thousands)  
    2010      2009  
   

Receivables

    

Shany Co., Ltd.

  (Won) 786       (Won)   

Paris Croissant Co., Ltd.

    27,215           

Samlip General Food Co., Ltd.

    209,348           

SPC Co., Ltd.

    154,120           
       
  (Won) 391,469       (Won)   
       

Allowance for doubtful accounts

         

Payables (*1)

    

Shany Co., Ltd.

  (Won) 167,480       (Won) 190,175   

Honam Shany Co., Ltd.

    14,529         6,477   

Paris Croissant Co., Ltd.

    478,588         248,177   

Samlip General Food Co., Ltd.

    271,371         303,091   

SPC Co., Ltd.

    497,234         266,025   

Dunkin’ Brands, Inc.

    1,126,000         1,049,036   
       
  (Won) 2,555,202       (Won) 2,062,981   
   

 

(*1)   Payables consists of trade accounts payable, accrued expenses and accounts payable—other.

15. SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY:

Capital Stock

As of December 31, 2010, the Company has 3,000,000 authorized shares of common stock with a (Won) 10,000 par value, of which 600,000 shares were issued and outstanding as of December 30, 2010.

Appropriated Retained Earnings

Appropriated retained earnings as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, which are maintained by the Company in accordance with tax and other relevant regulations, consist of the following:

 

       Korean Won (In thousands)  
     2010      2009  
   

Legal reserve (*1)

   (Won) 3,000,000       (Won) 3,000,000   

Reserve for business rationalization (*2)

     3,493,977         3,493,977   

Reserve for business development (*3)

     17,741,000         17,741,000   
        
   (Won) 24,234,977       (Won) 24,234,977   
   

 

(*1)   The Korean Business Law requires the Company to appropriate at least 10 percent of cash dividends paid to legal reserve until such reserve equals 50 percent of its paid-in capital. This reserve is not available for cash dividends and can only be transferred to capital or can be used to reduce deficit.

 

  F-86   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR KOREA CO., LTD.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(CONTINUED)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

 

 

(*2)   In accordance with the Tax Exemption and Reduction Control Law, the amount of tax benefit associated with certain tax credits are appropriated as a reserve for business rationalization.

 

(*3)   In order to obtain a tax credit on excess retained earnings’ tax, the Company previously accrued for a reserve for business development. However, as the relevant tax regulation concerning excess retained earnings’ tax was repealed in early 2002, the Company has not accrued for any additional reserve for business development since 2002. The remaining reserve can be used to offset deficit or transferred to paid-in capital. However, if this reserve is used for other purposes, the amount used is subject to additional corporate tax.

16. DONATIONS AND MISCELLENEOUS EXPENSE

The Company donates donuts to the Food Bank on a daily basis as part of its Corporate social responsibility.

The Company recognized miscellaneous income and expense related to various types of other income offset by mainly inventory scrap expenses. Gross presentation of miscellaneous income and expense is as follows:

 

       Korean Won (In thousands)  
     2010     2009     2008  
   

Miscellaneous income

   (Won) 864,534      (Won) 848,083      (Won) 1,365,637   

Miscellaneous (expense)

     (1,200,664     (2,016,819     (598,467
        

Miscellaneous, net

   (Won) (336,130   (Won) (1,168,736   (Won) 7,67,170   
   

17. INCOME TAX EXPENSE AND DEFERRED TAXES:

(1) Income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 is as follows:

 

       Korean Won (In thousands)  
     2010     2009     2008  
   

Income tax currently payable

   (Won) 10,800,834      (Won) 12,723,873      (Won) 12,785,153   

Changes in deferred income tax assets due to temporary differences:

      

End of year

     1,201,484        987,625        314,525   

Beginning of year

     987,625        314,526        (559,490
        
     (213,859     (673,101     (874,015
        

Income tax expense

   (Won) 10,586,975      (Won) 12,050,772      (Won) 11,911,138   
   

If the amount in the actual tax return differs from the amount used for the calculation of tax expenses for financial reporting purposes above, the Company reflects such difference in the following fiscal period.

Income tax currently payable as of December 31, 2009 includes additional payment arising from a tax assessment for prior years’ corporate income taxes amounting to (Won) 2,133,542 thousand.

 

  F-87   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR KOREA CO., LTD.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(CONTINUED)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

 

(2) The reconciliations between income before income tax and income tax expense for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

 

       Korean Won (In thousands)  
     2010     2009     2008  
        

Income before income tax

   (Won) 43,999,079      (Won) 47,413,254      (Won) 44,797,781   

Income tax payable by statutory income tax rate

     10,623,577        11,449,808        12,288,590   

Tax reconciliations:

       (377,452

Non-deductible expense

     55,479        193,957        85,310   

Special tax

     9,294        170,405        112,020   

Tax credit (a)

     (152,850     (1,015,551     (672,629

Additional payment from the tax assessment (b)

            2,133,542          

Adjustment in beginning balance of deferred tax assets from the tax assessment (b)

            (902,429       

Other (c)

     51,475        21,040        97,847   
        

Income tax expense

   (Won) 10,586,975      (Won) 12,050,772      (Won) 11,911,138   
        

Effective tax rate

     24.06%        25.42%        26.59%   
   

 

(a)   Tax credit consists of research and human resource development tax credit, temporarily investment tax credit, and other tax credits applicable under the special tax control laws of Korea.
(b)   Adjustment to the temporary differences arising from the prior period tax returns and the final tax assessment and the amount reported in the financial statements are included within the increase or decrease columns.
(c)   Other represents the effect from change in the applied corporate tax rate.

 

  F-88   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR KOREA CO., LTD.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(CONTINUED)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

 

(3) Details of changes in accumulated temporary differences for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

 

      Korean Won (In thousands)  
    2010  
Descriptions   Beginning
Balance
    Decrease     Increase    

Ending

Balance

 
   

Temporary differences to be deducted :

       

Accrued severance indemnities

  (Won) 9,611,773      (Won) 1,177,583      (Won) 5,252,798      (Won) 13,686,988   

Foreign currency translation

    74,007        74,007        17,252        17,252   

Amortization of lease premium

    304,709        11,364        132,214        425,559   

Advertising

    614,883        434,392               180,491   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

                  32,232        32,232   

Accumulated depreciation—Structures

    3,985,468        511,419        510,001        3,984,050   

Accumulated depreciation

    81,032        12,006               69,026   
       

Total

    14,671,872        2,220,771        5,944,497        18,395,598   
       

Tax rate (*1)

    22.0%,24.2%            22.0%,24.2%   
                   

Deferred income tax assets

    3,229,440            4,048,120   
                   

Temporary differences to be added :

       

Severance insurance deposits

    (8,921,668     (1,177,583     (3,801,367     (11,545,452

Accrued income

    (516,444     (516,444     (498,843     (498,843

Lease premium

    (304,709     (11,364     (132,214     (425,559

Special accumulated depreciation

    (395,604     (26,435     (50,348     (419,517
       

Total

    (10,138,425     (1,731,826     (4,482,772     (12,889,371
       

Tax rate

    22.0%,24.2%            22.0%,24.2%   
                   

Deferred income tax liabilities

    (2,241,815         (2,846,636
                   

Deferred income tax assets, net

  (Won) 987,625          (Won) 1,201,484   
   

 

  F-89   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR KOREA CO., LTD.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(CONTINUED)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

 

      Korean Won (In thousands)  
    2009  
Descriptions   Beginning
Balance
    Decrease     Increase    

Ending

Balance

 
   

Temporary differences to be deducted :

       

Accrued severance indemnities

  (Won) 8,132,534      (Won) 940,692      (Won) 2,419,932      (Won) 9,611,773   

Foreign currency translation

    (8,532     (8,532     74,007        74,007   

Amortization of lease premium

    219,782        64,182        149,109        304,709   

Advertising

    683,455        68,572               614,883   

Accumulated depreciation- Structures

    3,418,496        194,522        761,494        3,985,468   

Accumulated depreciation

    86,086        9,471        4,417        81,032   
       

Total

    12,531,821        1,268,907        3,408,959        14,671,872   
       

Tax rate

    22.0%,24.2%            22.0%,24.2%   
                   

Deferred income tax assets

    2,756,813            3,229,440   
                   

Temporary differences to be added :

       

Severance insurance deposits

    (5,651,865     (940,692     (4,210,495     (8,921,668

Accrued income

    (682,464     (682,464     (516,444     (516,444

Lease premium

    (219,782     (64,182     (149,109     (304,709

Special accumulated depreciation

    (377,001     (32,768     (51,371     (395,604
       

Total

    (6,931,112     (1,720,106     (4,927,419     (10,138,425
       

Tax rate (*1)

    22.0%,24.2%            22.0%,24.2%   
                   

Deferred income tax liabilities

    (1,539,859         (2,241,815
                   

Deferred income tax assets, net

  (Won) 1,216,954          (Won) 987,625   
   

 

(*1)   Based on tax rates announced in 2010, the tax rates expected to be applicable to the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are 24.2 % in 2011 and 22% after 2012 and thereafter.

(4) Balances of income tax payable and prepaid income tax before offsetting as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

 

Description    Korean Won (In thousands)  
   2010      2009  
   

Before offsetting

     

Prepaid income tax

   (Won) 4,888,309       (Won) 4,952,082   

Income tax payable

     10,800,834         12,774,024   
        

Income tax payable after offsetting

   (Won) 5,912,523       (Won) 7,821,942   
   

 

  F-90   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR KOREA CO., LTD.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(CONTINUED)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

 

18. NET INCOME PER SHARE:

Net income per share for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 are computed as follows (In thousands except per share amounts and number of shares):

 

       2010      2009      2008  
   

Net income

   (Won) 33,412,104       (Won) 35,362,482       (Won) 32,886,643   

Weighted average number of outstanding shares(*)

     600,000         600,000         600,000   
        

Net income per share

   (Won) 55,687       (Won) 58,937       (Won) 54,811   
   

 

(*)   The number of outstanding shares did not change for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008.

19. DIVIDENDS:

(1) Dividends for the years December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:

 

       Korean Won  
     2010      2009      2008  
   

Dividend per share

   (Won) 16,720       (Won) 17,690       (Won) 16,480   

Number of shares

     600,000         600,000         600,000   
        

Dividends

   (Won) 10,032,000,000       (Won) 10,614,000,000       (Won) 9,888,000,000   
   

(2) The calculation of dividend to net income ratio for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 is as follows:

 

       Korean Won  
     2010      2009      2008  
   

Dividend

   (Won) 10,032,000,000       (Won) 10,614,000,000       (Won) 9,888,000,000   

Net income

     33,412,104,480         35,362,481,645         32,886,642,641   
        

Dividend ratio

     30.03%         30.01%         30.07%   
   

20. SUMMARY OF INFORMATION FOR COMPUTATION OF VALUE ADDED:

The accounts and amounts needed for calculation of value added for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:

 

       Korean won (In thousands)  
     2010  
     SG & A
expenses
    

Manufacturing

cost

     Total
expenses
 
   

Salaries

   (Won) 34,303,927       (Won) 3,543,584       (Won) 37,847,511   

Provision for severance indemnities

     6,209,530         485,482         6,695,012   

Employee benefits

     5,850,725         795,384         6,646,109   

Rent

     22,564,643         964,233         23,528,876   

Depreciation

     11,659,293         7,239,873         18,899,166   

Amortization of lease premium

     3,604,761                 3,604,761   

Taxes and dues

     1,736,351         194,801         1,931,152   
        

Total

   (Won) 85,929,230       (Won) 13,223,357       (Won) 99,152,587   
   

 

  F-91   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR KOREA CO., LTD.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(CONTINUED)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

 

 

       Korean won (In thousands)  
     2009  
     SG & A
expenses
    

Manufacturing

cost

     Total
expenses
 
   

Salaries

   (Won) 30,876,952       (Won) 3,380,604       (Won) 34,257,556   

Provision for severance indemnities

     3,514,136         501,403         4,015,539   

Employee benefits

     5,403,641         748,302         6,151,943   

Rent

     18,163,520         1,042,299         19,205,819   

Depreciation

     12,128,425         7,786,368         19,914,793   

Amortization of lease premium

     3,229,923                 3,229,923   

Taxes and dues

     1,542,840         180,437         1,723,277   
        

Total

   (Won) 74,859,437       (Won) 13,639,413       (Won) 88,498,850   
   

 

       Korean won (In thousands)  
     2008  
     SG & A
expenses
    

Manufacturing

cost

     Total
expenses
 
   

Salaries

   (Won) 27,429,905       (Won) 2,953,351       (Won) 30,383,256   

Provision for severance indemnities

     3,671,679         390,407         4,062,086   

Employee benefits

     5,702,784         678,002         6,380,786   

Rent

     16,648,373         883,007         17,531,380   

Depreciation

     11,552,897         3,034,196         14,587,093   

Amortization of lease premium

     2,779,148                 2,779,148   

Taxes and dues

     1,667,408         145,664         1,813,072   
        

Total

   (Won) 69,452,194       (Won) 8,084,627       (Won) 77,536,821   
   

21. SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES:

Selling, general and administrative expenses for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 consist of the following:

 

       Korean Won (In thousands)  
     2010      2009      2008  
   

Salaries (*1)

   (Won) 34,303,927       (Won) 30,876,952       (Won) 27,429,905   

Provision for severance indemnities (*1)

     6,209,531         3,514,136         3,671,679   

Other salaries

     3,847,903         3,867,808         3,602,118   

Employee benefits (*1)

     5,850,725         5,403,641         5,702,784   

Rent (*1)

     22,564,643         18,163,520         16,648,373   

Depreciation (*1)

     11,659,293         12,128,425         11,552,897   

Amortization of lease premium (*1)

     3,604,760         3,229,923         2,779,148   

Taxes and dues (*1)

     1,736,351         1,542,840         1,667,408   

Advertising

     30,235,596         26,201,518         20,619,359   

Research

     550,848         402,720         320,529   

Provision for doubtful accounts

     31,982         21,800         43,845   

Commission

     32,672,470         25,861,672         22,027,088   

Others

     28,236,732         24,071,291         22,541,128   
                          
   (Won) 181,504,761       (Won) 155,286,246       (Won) 138,606,261   
   

 

  F-92   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR KOREA CO., LTD.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(CONTINUED)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

 

 

(*1)   Other amounts of expenses under the same categorization are considered as manufacturing costs and recognized as Cost of Sales in the statements of income. See Note 20 for the breakout between selling, general and administrative expenses and manufacturing costs for the above categories of expenses.

22. COMMITMENTS AND LITIGATIONS:

(1) Commitments

The Company established an import documentary letter of credit up to US $3 million with two commercial banks of Korea as of December 31, 2010. In addition, as of December 31, 2010, the Company is provided with a line of credit of (Won) 10 billion under a factoring agreement with Shinhan Bank.

(2) Litigation

Seoul Metro filed two lawsuits against the Company both in relation to sublease from Seoul Express Bus & Central City (2 cases with aggregate claims of (Won) 264 million). Seoul Metro is a building owner and subleased a part of the building with a rent free period to Seoul Express Bus & Central City, which subsequently subleased the property to the Company. The Company’s lease payments made to Seoul Express Bus & Central City after the end of the rent free period to the present has been deposited with the courts. The litigations are currently pending in the second round decision at the Supreme Courts. However, the Seoul Express Bus & Central City will be liable for the lease payments made by the Company if the court rules in favor of the plaintiff. Thus, the Company believes that the likelihood of loss is remote. The Company believes the outcome of the lawsuits will likely not adversely affect the Company’s financial statements and therefore no amounts for litigation uncertainties are accrued for as of December 31, 2010.

(3) Allowance for unused points

Customer loyalty programs are operated by the Company to provide customers with incentives to buy their goods and services. Under the programs, customers can earn from 1.5% ~ 5% of any purchase amount above (Won) 1,000, as points to use in the future. Such points expire within one year from the date the customer earns them. As the Company’s obligation to provide such awards are in the future, any unused program points as of the period end date, are recognized as Allowance for unused points and amounts to (Won) 1,428,034 thousand and (Won) 2,163,071 thousand as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 respectively.

23. SEGMENT INFORMATION:

The Company has two operating divisions, ice cream and donut, in which sales are made through the Company’s distribution network consisting of stores under the Company’s direct management and under the franchise agreement.

The divisions’ sales for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

 

       Korean Won (In millions)  
     2010      2009      2008  
   

Ice Cream

   (Won) 209,367       (Won) 197,608       (Won) 168,792   

Donut

     216,696         208,606         182,876   
        
   (Won) 426,063       (Won) 406,214       (Won) 351,668   
   

 

  F-93   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR KOREA CO., LTD.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(CONTINUED)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

 

24. CASH FLOW STATEMENTS:

Significant transactions not involving cash flows are as follows:

 

       Korean Won (In thousands)  
     2010      2009      2008  
   

Transfer to current assets from held-to-maturity securities

   (Won) 5,600       (Won) 4,390       (Won) 16,945   

Transfer from construction in progress to buildings

             11,211,800           
   

25. RECONCILIATION TO UNITED STATES GENERALLY ACCEPTED ACCOUNTING PRINCIPLES:

The financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in Korea (“Korean GAAP”), which differ in certain respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The significant differences are described in the reconciliation tables below. Other differences do not have a significant effect on either net income or shareholders’ equity.

The effects of the significant adjustments to net income for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 which would be required if U.S. GAAP were to be applied instead of Korean GAAP are summarized as follows :

 

       Korean Won  
     (In thousands except earnings per share)  
     Note
reference
     2010     2009  
   

Net income based on Korean GAAP

      (Won) 33,412,104      (Won) 35,362,482   

Adjustments:

       

Retirement and severance benefits

     25.a         3,003,808        1,063,693   

Compensated absences

     25.b         (116,766     (5,797

FIN 48 effect

     25.c         (8,766     (10,099

Tax effect of the reconciling items

     25.e         (632,580     (232,610
           

Net income based on U.S. GAAP

      (Won) 35,657,800      (Won) 36,177,669   
           

Weighted average number of common shares outstanding

        600,000        600,000   

Basic and Diluted Earnings per share based on US GAAP

      (Won) 59,430      (Won) 60,296   
   

The effects of the significant adjustments to shareholders’ equity for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 which would be required if U.S. GAAP were to be applied instead of Korean GAAP are summarized as follows :

 

       Korean Won (In thousands)  
     Note
reference
     2010     2009  
   

Shareholders’ equity based on Korean GAAP

      (Won) 229,330,726      (Won) 206,532,622   

Adjustments:

       

Retirement and severance benefits

     25.a         (1,710,408     (568,374

Compensated absences

     25.b         (643,345     (526,579

FIN 48 effect

     25.c         (18,865     (10,099

Tax effect of the reconciling items

     25.e         531,979        252,475   
           

Shareholder’s equity based on U.S. GAAP

      (Won) 227,490,087      (Won) 205,680,045   
           

 

  F-94   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR KOREA CO., LTD.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(CONTINUED)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

 

a. Retirement and Severance Benefits

Under the Korean labor law, employees with more than one year of service are entitled to receive a lump sum payment upon voluntary or involuntary termination of their employment. The amount of the benefit is based on the terminated employee’s length of employment and rate of pay prior to termination. Korean GAAP requires that a company record the vested benefit obligation at the balance sheet date assuming all employees were to terminate their employment as of that date. The change in the vested benefit obligation during the year is recorded as the current year’s severance expense.

U.S. GAAP generally requires the use of actuarial methods for measuring annual employee benefit costs including the use of assumptions as to the rate of salary progression and discount rate, the amortization of prior service costs over the remaining service period of active employees and the immediate recognition of a liability when the accumulated benefit obligation exceeds the fair value of plan assets. Under U.S. GAAP, actuarial gains or losses, which result from a change in the value of either the projected benefit obligation or the plan assets resulting from experience different from that assumed or from a change in an actuarial assumption, that are not recognized as a component of net income or loss are recognized as increases or decreases to other comprehensive income, net of tax, in the period they arise. As a minimum, amortization of a net actuarial gain or loss included in accumulated other comprehensive income is included as a component of net pension cost for a year if, as of the beginning of the year, that net actuarial gain or loss exceeds 10 percent of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the market-related value of plan assets. If amortization is required, the minimum amortization shall be that excess divided by the average remaining service period of active employees expected to receive benefits under the plan.

b. Compensated absences

Under U.S. GAAP, a liability for amounts to be paid as a result of employee’s rights to compensated absences shall be accrued in the year in which earned. Under Korean GAAP, while there is no specific provision for the accounting treatment of accruing the compensated absences, the Company accrues such liability in the following year pursuant to industry practice.

c. Income Taxes

Under U.S. GAAP, effective January 1, 2009, the Company adopted accounting guidance which clarifies the accounting guidance for uncertainties in income taxes. The guidance requires that the tax effect(s) of a position be recognized only if it is “more-likely-than-not” to be sustained based solely on its technical merits as of the reporting date. The more-likely-than-not threshold represents a positive assertion by management that a company is entitled to the economic benefits of a tax position. If a tax position is not considered more-likely-than-not to be sustained based solely on its technical merits, no benefits of the tax position are to be recognized. The more-likely-than-not threshold must continue to be met in each reporting period to support continued recognition of a benefit. With the adoption of the accounting guidance, companies are required to adjust their financial statements to reflect only those tax positions that are more-likely-than-not to be sustained. Any necessary adjustment would be recorded directly to retained earnings and reported as a change in accounting principle.

Under Korean corporation tax law, the cost of executive bonuses which is paid without related executive bonuses payment policy is not recognized as a tax deduction. The Company paid (Won) 30,084 thousand in 2010

 

  F-95   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR KOREA CO., LTD.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(CONTINUED)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

 

and (Won) 37,939 thousand in 2009 as executive bonuses without the bonus payment policy and the income tax expenses for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 increased by (Won) 8,766 thousand and (Won) 10,099 thousand, respectively.

d. Scope of consolidation

Under Korean GAAP, majority-owned subsidiaries with total assets below (Won) 10 billion at prior year end are not consolidated. Under U.S. GAAP, a company is required to consolidate all majority-owned subsidiaries regardless of total asset size if it has control of the subsidiary. However, the reconciliation to US GAAP does not include the consolidate of a majority-owned subsidiary with total assets below (Won) 10 billion as the Company believes such amounts are immaterial.

e. Tax effect of the reconciling items

The applicable statutory tax rate used to calculate the tax effect of the reconciling items on the net income reconciliation between Korean GAAP and U.S. GAAP for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 was 24.2%. Such tax rates are inclusive of resident surtax of 2.2%. The following is a reconciliation of the tax effect of the reconciling items on net income:

 

       Korean Won (In thousands)  
     2010      2009  
   

Net income based on U.S.GAAP

   (Won) 35,657,800       (Won) 36,177,669   

Net income based on Korean GAAP

     33,412,104         35,362,482   
        

Total GAAP adjustments on net income

     2,245,696         815,187   

Adjustments related to tax items:

     

FIN 48 effect

     8,766         10,099   

Tax effect of the reconciling items

     632,580         232,610   
        

Taxable GAAP adjustment

     2,887,042         1,057,896   

Applicable tax rate(*)

     24.2%, 22%         24.2%, 22.0%   
        

Tax effect of the reconciling items

   (Won) 632,580       (Won) 232,610   
   

 

(*)   The Company applied tax rates that are expected to apply in the period in which the liability is expected to settled, based on tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period. Hence, since the adjustment in compensated absences for the year ended December 31, 2010 amounting to (Won) (116,766) thousands is expected to be settled in 2011, the Company applied 24.2% which is an enacted tax rate for fiscal year 2011. In addition, since the adjustment in retirement and severance benefits for the year ended December 31, 2010 amounting to (Won) 3,003,808 thousands is expected to be settled in 2012 and thereafter, the Company applied 22.0% which is an enacted tax rate for fiscal year 2012 and thereafter. The same rule was applied to fiscal year 2009.

 

  F-96   (Continued)


Table of Contents

BR KOREA CO., LTD.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—(CONTINUED)

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2010 AND 2009

 

The following is a reconciliation of the tax effect of the reconciling items on shareholders’ equity:

 

       Korean Won (In thousands)  
     2010     2009  
   

Shareholders’equity based on U.S.GAAP

   (Won) 227,490,087      (Won) 205,680,045   

Shareholders’equity based on Korean GAAP

     229,330,726        206,532,622   
        

Total GAAP adjustments on net income

     (1,840,639     (852,577

Adjustments related to tax items:

    

FIN 48 effect

     18,865        10,099   

Tax effect of the reconciling items

     (531,979     (252,475
        

Taxable GAAP adjustment

     (2,353,753     (1,094,953

Applicable tax rate (*)

     24.2%, 22.0%        24.2%, 22.0%   
        

Tax effect of the reconciling items

   (Won) (531,979   (Won) (252,475
   

 

(*)   The Company applied tax rates that are expected to apply in the period in which the liability is expected to be settled, based on tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the end of the reporting period. Hence, since the adjustment in compensated absences as of December 31, 2010 amounting to (Won) (643,345) thousands is expected to be settled in 2011, the Company applied 24.2% which is an enacted tax rate for fiscal year 2011. In addition, since the adjustment in retirement and severance benefits as of December 31, 2010 amounting to (Won)  (1,710,408) thousands is expected to be settled in 2012 and thereafter, the Company applied 22.0% which is an enacted tax rate for fiscal year 2012 and thereafter. The same rule was applied to fiscal year 2009.

f. Subsequent event

ASC 855 (formerly, SFAS Statement No. 165), Subsequent Events, was issued in May 2009 and is effective for interim or annual financial periods ending after June 15, 2009. ASC 855 establishes principles and requirements for subsequent events by setting forth the period after the balance sheet date during which management of a reporting entity shall evaluate events or transactions that may occur for potential recognition or disclosure in the financial statements, the circumstances under which an entity shall recognize events or transactions occurring after the balance sheet date in its financial statements, and the disclosures that an entity shall make about events or transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date. The Company has adopted ASC 855 and management has performed its evaluation of subsequent events through April 29, 2011, the date these financial statements are issued and has determined that there are no subsequent events requiring adjustment or disclosure in the financial statements.

 

  F-97  


Table of Contents

LOGO

Report of Independent Auditors

To the board of Directors and Shareholders of

B-R 31 ICE CREAM CO., LTD.:

In our opinion, the accompanying balance sheet and the related statement of income, changes in net assets and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of B-R31 ICE CREAM CO., LTD. at December 31, 2010, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in Japan. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit of these statements in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audit provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Accounting principles generally accepted in Japan vary in certain significant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Information relating to the nature and effect of such differences is presented in Note 18 to the financial statements.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers Aarata

Tokyo, Japan

April 29, 2011

 

F-98


Table of Contents

B-R 31 ICE CREAM CO., LTD.

Balance Sheets

(In thousands)

 

       December 31,
2010
    (Not covered
by Auditors’
Report)
December 31,
2009
 
   

Assets

    

Current assets:

    

Cash and cash equivalents

   ¥ 3,912,939      ¥ 3,233,199   

Accounts receivable-trade

     2,797,245        2,434,001   

Finished products

     528,830        365,758   

Raw materials

     254,757        244,487   

Supplies

     200,306        125,914   

Advance payments

     56,987        113,307   

Prepaid expenses

     82,720        69,513   

Deferred tax assets

     131,590        95,643   

Accounts receivable-other

     20,038        24,408   

Other current assets

     19,689        35,678   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (23,873     (19,169
        

Total current assets

     7,981,228        6,722,739   
        

Non-current assets:

    

Tangible fixed assets

    

Buildings

     1,495,756        1,492,807   

Accumulated depreciation

     (1,057,432     (1,045,581
        

Buildings, net

     438,324        447,226   

Structures

     195,248        195,248   

Accumulated depreciation

     (154,183     (151,395
        

Structures, net

     41,065        43,853   

Machinery and equipment

     2,042,838        1,939,585   

Accumulated depreciation

     (1,578,672     (1,520,706
        

Machinery and equipment, net

     464,166        418,879   

Store leasehold improvements

     2,612,281        2,382,675   

Accumulated depreciation

     (1,397,189     (1,293,535
        

Store leasehold improvements, net

     1,215,092        1,089,140   

Retail store equipment

     188,127        173,601   

Accumulated depreciation

     (60,558     (40,936
        

Retail store equipment, net

     127,569        132,665   

Vehicles and transportation equipment

     18,627        18,627   

Accumulated depreciation

     (16,544     (15,405
        

Vehicles and transportation equipment, net

     2,083        3,222   

Tools, furniture and fixtures

     582,697        540,933   

Accumulated depreciation

     (388,598     (325,441
        

Tools, furniture and fixtures, net

     194,099        215,492   

Land

     226,363        226,363   

Construction in progress

     117,682        2,148   
        

Total tangible fixed assets

     2,826,443        2,578,988   

Intangible assets

    

Software

     216,138        315,154   

Telephone subscription rights

     17,065        17,065   
        

Total intangible assets

     233,203        332,219   

Investments and other assets

    

Investment securities

     25,672        20,766   

Loans receivable

     11,206        22,330   

Loans receivable from employees

     20,000        22,005   

Other receivables

     117,449        128,986   

Prepaid expenses

     517,068        514,946   

Deferred tax assets

     116,808        138,171   

Lease deposits

     1,943,612        1,802,716   

Other non-current assets

     19,685        3,220   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (83,933     (94,289
        

Investments and other assets

     2,687,567        2,558,851   
        

Total non-current assets

     5,747,213        5,470,058   
        

Total assets

   ¥ 13,728,441      ¥ 12,192,797   
   

 

F-99


Table of Contents

B-R 31 ICE CREAM CO., LTD.

Balance Sheets (Continued)

(In thousands)

 

       December 31,
2010
    (Not covered
by Auditors’
Report)
December 31,
2009
 
   

Liabilities and Net assets

    

Current liabilities:

    

Accounts payable-trade

   ¥ 494,760      ¥ 494,143   

Accounts payable-other

     1,226,993        1,015,360   

Accrued expenses

     25,427        23,579   

Provision for income taxes

     812,790        640,381   

Accrued consumption taxes

     41,718        80,085   

Gift card liability

     295,528        255,538   

Deposits received

     139,794        93,694   

Employees’ bonuses

     34,352        30,168   

Directors’ bonuses

     17,000        14,000   

Other current liabilities

     83,404        27,126   
        

Total current liabilities

     3,171,766        2,674,074   
        

Non-current liabilities:

    

Employees’ retirement benefits

     132,108        119,600   

Directors’ retirement benefits

     54,000        43,900   

Long-term deposits received

     1,009,692        899,686   
        

Total non-current liabilities

     1,195,800        1,063,186   
        

Total liabilities

     4,367,566        3,737,260   
        

Net Assets:

    

Stockholders’ equity:

    

Common stock

     735,286        735,286   

Capital surplus

    

Legal capital surplus

     241,079        241,079   
        

Total capital surplus

     241,079        241,079   
        

Retained earnings

    

Legal reserve

     168,677        168,677   

Other

    

Other reserves

     4,140,000        4,140,000   

Retained earnings

     4,122,041        3,192,893   
        

Total retained earnings

     8,430,718        7,501,570   
        

Treasury stock

     (16,793     (16,793
        

Total stockholders’ equity

     9,390,290        8,461,142   

Valuation and translation adjustments:

    

Net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, net of tax

     1,144        (229

Net gains (losses) on deferred hedges, net of tax

     (30,559     (5,376
        

Total valuation and translation adjustments

     (29,415     (5,605
        

Total net assets

     9,360,875        8,455,537   
        

Total liabilities and net assets

   ¥ 13,728,441      ¥ 12,192,797   
   

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-100


Table of Contents

B-R 31 ICE CREAM CO., LTD.

Statements of Income

(In thousands)

 

       Year ended
December 31, 2010
    (Not covered by
Auditors’ Report)
Year ended
December 31, 2009
    (Not covered by
Auditors’ Report)
Year ended
December 31, 2008
 
   

Revenues:

      

Sales of finished products

   ¥ 14,696,644      ¥ 12,939,121      ¥ 11,438,062   

Royalty income

     3,150,990        2,826,902        2,578,475   

Rental income of store equipment

     930,737        893,773        843,316   
        

Total revenues

     18,778,371        16,659,796        14,859,853   
        

Cost of sales:

      

Finished products at the beginning of the year

     365,758        367,260        296,507   

Cost of products manufactured during the year

     7,006,948        6,135,411        5,688,374   
        

Total

     7,372,706        6,502,671        5,984,881   
        

Transfers to other accounts

     (45,364     (32,440     (48,204

Finished products at the end of the year

     (528,830     (365,758     (367,260
        

Cost of finished products sold

     6,798,512        6,104,473        5,569,417   
        

Cost of store equipment

     439,665        422,465        421,348   
        

Total cost of sales

     7,238,177        6,526,938        5,990,765   
        

Gross profit

     11,540,194        10,132,858        8,869,088   
        

Selling, general and administrative expenses:

      

Delivery and storage charges

     1,255,453        1,125,538        1,049,239   

Advertising expenses

     2,306,586        2,099,743        1,949,924   

Royalties

     184,387        163,255        141,650   

Rental expenses

     352,524        363,083        288,427   

Salaries, allowances and bonuses

     980,201        905,626        796,477   

Provision for bonuses

     28,966        25,418        62,931   

Employees’ retirement benefits

     59,880        55,094        47,092   

Directors’ retirement benefits

     10,100        10,100        22,100   

Other wages

     187,517        163,264        144,967   

Sales promotion expenses

     673,778        573,540        494,141   

Franchise general expenses

     490,461                 

Depreciation

     562,282        586,890        460,226   

Inventory write-off

            31,293          

Other

     1,551,556        1,692,952        1,538,155   
        

Total selling, general and administrative expenses

     8,643,691        7,795,796        6,995,329   
        

Operating income

     2,896,503        2,337,062        1,873,759   
        

Non-operating income:

      

Interest income

     1,082        1,549        1,535   

Gain on sales of fixed assets

     45,342        33,897        39,566   

Gain on unused gift card

     15,208        15,595        11,868   

Other

     6,339        8,493        15,436   
        

Total non-operating income

     67,971        59,534        68,405   
        

Non-operating expenses:

      

Inventory write-off

                   30,179   

Loss on disposals of fixed assets

     20,710        19,900        22,390   

Other

     2,654        803        5,240   
        

Total non-operating expenses

     23,364        20,703        57,809   
        

Ordinary income

     2,941,110        2,375,893        1,884,355   
        

Extraordinary gains:

      

Gain on reversal of allowance for doubtful accounts

     5,249                 

Compensation on lease termination

     20,029                 

Refund of consumption taxes

     4,203                 

Other

     1,154                 
        

Total extraordinary income

     30,635                 
        

Extraordinary losses :

      

Loss on disposals of other fixed assets

     24,137        34,720        38,246   
        

Total extraordinary losses

     24,137        34,720        38,246   
        

Income before income taxes

     2,947,608        2,341,173        1,846,109   
        

Income taxes-current

     1,294,000        1,048,000        808,060   

Income taxes-deferred

     1,758        (14,127     (21,844

Total income taxes

     1,295,758        1,033,873        786,216   
        

Net income

   ¥ 1,651,850      ¥ 1,307,300      ¥ 1,059,893   
                        

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-101


Table of Contents

B-R 31 ICE CREAM CO., LTD.

Statements of Changes in Net Assets

(In thousands)

 

       December 31,
2010
    (Not covered
by Auditors’
report)
December 31,
2009
    (Not covered
by Auditors’
report)
December 31,
2008
 
   

Shareholders’ equity

      

Common stock

      

Balance at the beginning of the year

   ¥ 735,286        735,286        735,286   

Changes during the year

      

Total changes during the year

                     
        

Balance at the end of the year

     735,286        735,286        735,286   
        

Capital surplus

      

Legal capital surplus

      

Balance at the beginning of the year

     241,079        241,079        241,079   

Changes during the year

      

Total changes during the year

                     
        

Balance at the end of the year

     241,079        241,079        241,079   
        

Total capital surplus

      

Balance at the beginning of the year

     241,079        241,079        241,079   

Changes during the year

      

Total changes during the year

                     
        

Balance at the end of the year

     241,079        241,079        241,079   
        

Retained earnings

      

Legal Reserve

      

Balance at the beginning of the year

     168,677        168,677        168,677   

Changes during the year

      

Total changes during the year

                     
        

Balance at the end of the year

     168,677        168,677        168,677   
        

Other retained earnings

      

Reserve for special depreciation

      

Balance at the beginning of the year

                   223   

Changes during the year

      

Reversal of reserve for special depreciation

                   (223
        

Total changes during the year

                   (223
        

Balance at the end of the year

                     
        

General reserves

      

Balance at the beginning of the year

     4,140,000        4,140,000        4,140,000   

Changes during the year

      

Total changes during the year

                     
        

Balance at the end of the year

     4,140,000        4,140,000        4,140,000   
        

Retained earnings brought forward

      

Balance at the beginning of the year

     3,192,893        2,463,754        2,078,160   

Changes during the year

      

Reversal of reserve for special depreciation

                   223   

Dividends

     (722,702     (578,161     (674,522

Net income

     1,651,850        1,307,300        1,059,893   
        

Total changes during the year

     929,148        729,139        385,594   
        

Balance at the end of the year

     4,122,041        3,192,893        2,463,754   
        

Total retained earnings

      

Balance at the beginning of the year

     7,501,570        6,772,431        6,387,060   

Changes during the year

      

Dividends

     (722,702     (578,161     (674,522

Net income

     1,651,850        1,307,300        1,059,893   
        

Total changes during the year

     929,148        729,139        385,371   
        

Balance at the end of the year

     8,430,718        7,501,570        6,772,431   

 

F-102


Table of Contents

B-R 31 ICE CREAM CO., LTD.

Statements of Changes in Net Assets (Continued)

(In thousands)

 

       December 31,
2010
    (Not covered
by Auditors’
report)
December 31,
2009
    (Not covered
by Auditors’
report)
December 31,
2008
 
   

Treasury stock

      

Balance at the beginning of the year

     (16,793     (16,793     (16,793

Changes during the year

      

Total changes during the year

                     
        

Balance at the end of the year

     (16,793     (16,793     (16,793
        

Total shareholders’ equity

      

Balance at the beginning of the year

     8,461,142        7,732,003        7,346,632   

Changes during the year

      

Dividends

     (722,702     (578,161     (674,522

Net income

     1,651,850        1,307,300        1,059,893   
        

Total changes during the year

     929,148        729,139        385,371   
        

Balance at the end of the year

     9,390,290        8,461,142        7,732,003   
        

Valuation and translation adjustments

      

Net unrealized gains(losses) on available-for-sale securities, net of tax

      

Balance at the beginning of the year

     (229     834        1,448   

Changes during the year

      

Net changes of items other than shareholders’ equity

     1,373        (1,063     (614
        

Total changes during the year

     1,373        (1,063     (614
        

Balance at the end of the year

     1,144        (229     834   
        

Deferred gains or losses on hedges

      

Balance at the beginning of the year

     (5,376     (34,949     19,504   

Changes during the year

      

Net changes of items other than shareholders’ equity

     (25,183     29,573        (54,453
        

Total changes during the year

     (25,183     29,573        (54,453
        

Balance at the end of the year

     (30,559     (5,376     (34,949
        

Total valuation and translation adjustments

      

Balance at the beginning of the year

     (5,605     (34,115     20,952   

Changes during the year

      

Net changes of items other than shareholders’ equity

     (23,810     28,510        (55,067
        

Total changes during the year

     (23,810     28,510        (55,067
        

Balance at the end of the year

     (29,415     (5,605     (34,115
        

Total net asset

      

Balance at the beginning of the year

     8,455,537        7,697,888        7,367,584   

Changes during the year

      

Dividends

     (722,702     (578,161     (674,522

Net income

     1,651,850        1,307,300        1,059,893   

Net changes of items other than shareholders’ equity

     (23,810     28,510        (55,067
        

Total changes during the year

     905,338        757,649        330,304   
        

Balance at the end of the year

   ¥ 9,360,875        8,455,537        7,697,888   
        

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-103


Table of Contents

B-R 31 ICE CREAM CO., LTD.

Statements of Cash Flows

(In thousands)

 

       Fiscal year ended  
     December 31,
2010
    (Not covered
by Auditors’
Report)
December 31,
2009
    (Not covered
by Auditors’
Report)
December 31,
2008
 
   

Cash flows from operating activities

      

Income before income taxes

   ¥ 2,947,608      ¥ 2,341,173      ¥ 1,846,109   

Adjustments to reconcile income before income taxes to net cash provided by operating activities:

      

Depreciation and amortization

     953,594        942,221        746,526   

Compensation on lease termination

     (20,029              

Refund of consumption taxes

     (4,203              

Loss on disposals of fixed assets

     20,710        19,900        22,390   

Loss on devaluation of supplies

            31,293        30,179   

Loss on disposals of other fixed assets

     24,137        34,720        38,246   

Increase (decrease) in allowance for doubtful accounts

     (5,651     27,714        37,008   

Increase (decrease) in provision for bonuses

     4,183        (43,356     2,049   

Increase (decrease) in provision for retirement benefits

     12,508        19,723        5,545   

Increase (decrease) in provision for directors’ retirement benefits

     10,100        (67,400     22,100   

Interest income

     (1,081     (1,549     (1,535

Decrease (increase) in accounts receivable-trade

     (363,244     (27,226     (291,724

Decrease (increase) in other receivables

     11,537        (59,825       

Decrease (increase) in inventories

     (242,658     (5,198     46,834   

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable-trade

     617        10,961        20,749   

Decrease (increase) in advance payments

     48,291               (50,600

Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses

     (13,206              

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable

     132,622        97,468        114,723   

Increase (decrease) in gift card liability

     39,991               93,542   

Increase (decrease) in provision for directors’ bonuses

     3,000        4,000        (2,000

Increase (decrease) in deposits received

     46,099                 

Increase (decrease) in accrued consumption taxes

     (38,366     50,124          

Payments for officers’ bonuses

                   (12,000

Other

     (844     (20,869     (44,338
        

Subtotal

     3,565,715        3,353,874        2,623,803   

Interest and dividends income

     1,289        1,731        1,702   

Proceeds from compensation on lease termination

     20,029                 

Income taxes paid

     (1,159,831     (871,402     (831,213
        

Net cash provided by operating activities

     2,427,202        2,484,203        1,794,292   
        

Cash flows from investing activities:

      

Payments for investments in securities

     (2,590     (2,562     (2,551

Payments for tangible fixed assets

     (626,402     (431,877     (558,551

Proceeds from sales of tangible fixed assets

     16,777                 

Payments for intangible fixed assets

     (29,269     (112,953     (147,084

Payments for long-term prepaid expenses

     (370,929     (306,154     (285,330

Payments for lease deposits

     (200,990     (113,025     (222,066

Proceeds from lease deposits

     31,273        21,791        26,312   

Proceeds from loans receivable

     9,889        15,065        14,994   

Proceeds from long-term deposits

     135,713        110,012        114,412   

Other

     (9,670     (33,849     (66,265
        

Net cash used in investing activities

     (1,046,198     (853,552     (1,126,129
        

Cash flows from financing activities

      

Cash dividends paid

     (701,264     (577,468     (673,287
        

Net cash used in financing activities

     (701,264     (577,468     (673,287
        

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

     679,740        1,053,183        (5,124
        

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

     3,233,199        2,180,016        2,185,140   
        

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

   ¥ 3,912,939      ¥ 3,233,199      ¥ 2,180,016   
                        

See accompanying notes to financial statements.

 

F-104


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the Financial Statements

Years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(Information as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and

2008, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

(1) Organization and Description of Business

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd. (the “Company”) was incorporated in 1978 under the laws of Japan. The Company is engaged in the manufacture and sale of ice cream products mainly through franchise stores under the Baskin-Robbins brand.

(2) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

(a) Financial Statements Basis and Presentation

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in Japan (“Japanese GAAP”). Japanese GAAP vary in certain significant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”). Information relating to the nature and effect of such differences is presented in Note 18 to the financial statements.

In preparing these financial statements, certain reclassifications and rearrangements, including additions of narrative footnote disclosures, have been made to the financial statements issued domestically in order to present them in a form which is more familiar to readers outside Japan. The financial statements are stated in Japanese yen.

The accompanying financial statements as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 and for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 have been prepared on the assumption that the Company is a going concern.

(b) Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents is comprised of cash on hand, bank deposits on demand, and highly liquid short-term investments, generally with original maturities of three months or less, that are readily convertible to cash for which risk of changes in value is insignificant.

(c) Inventories

Inventories consist of finished products, raw materials and supplies. Supplies consist of stand-by store equipment and advertising goods.

Until December 31, 2008, inventories were stated at acquisition cost, principally determined by the first-in, first-out method. Effective for fiscal year 2009, inventories are stated at the lower of acquisition cost or net selling value. Cost is principally determined by the first-in, first-out method, except for stand-by store equipment which is determined by the specific identification method.

In July 2006, the Accounting Standard Board of Japan (“ASBJ”) issued ASBJ Statement No. 9 “Accounting Standard for Measurement of Inventories”. This Standard requires that inventories held for sale in the ordinary course of business be measured at the lower of cost or net selling value, which is defined as the selling price less additional estimated manufacturing costs and estimated direct selling expenses. The replacement cost may be used in place of the net selling value, if appropriate.

 

  F-105   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the Financial Statements—(Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(Information as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and

2008, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

The standard was effective for fiscal years beginning on or after April 1, 2008. The adoption of ASBJ Statement No.9 did not have an impact on the Company’s financial position and results of operations.

(d) Tangible Fixed Assets

Tangible fixed assets are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed by using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the corresponding asset. Estimated useful lives for major assets are as follows:

Buildings: 15—35 years

Machinery and equipment: 9 years

Store leasehold improvements: 6—10 years

Through December 31, 2007, the Company used the double-declining method to depreciate tangible fixed assets (excluding buildings other than the accompanying facilities, that were acquired on and after April 1, 1998). Effective for fiscal year 2008, the straight-line method was applied prospectively for all tangible fixed assets.

The declining-balance method was applied to accelerate depreciation in light of the following:

 

(i)   uncertainties surrounding expected production levels and revenues in future periods and

 

(ii)   expected accelerated economic obsolescence of tangible fixed assets primarily due to technological obsolescence.

In fiscal year 2007, the Company re-assessed the application of the reasonableness of the double-declining depreciation method when developing its mid-term business plan and concluded that the straight-line method more appropriately reflects the Company’s use of its fixed tangible assets, and the change would be applied prospectively effective fiscal year 2008.

As a result of this change, for fiscal year 2008 depreciation expenses decreased by ¥272,058 thousand while gross profit increased by ¥43,598 thousand and operating income, ordinary income, and income before income taxes increased by ¥272,058 thousand, comparing to the previous depreciation method.

(e) Leased Assets

In March 2007, the ASBJ issued ASBJ No.13 “Revised Accounting Standard for Lease Transactions” and ASBJ Guidance No.16 “Revised Implementation Guidance on Accounting Standard for Lease Transactions”. The new standard and related implementation guidance eliminated a transitional rule where companies were allowed to account for finance leases that do not transfer ownership of the leased property to the lessee as operating lease transactions and instead required that such transactions be recorded as finance leases on the balance sheet effective for fiscal years beginning on or after April 1, 2008. In accordance with this new standard, starting fiscal year 2009 the Company capitalized all finance leases on its balance sheet and depreciates the lease assets using the straight-line method, assuming a residual value of zero, over the lease term. However, finance leases that do not transfer ownership which were entered into before December 31, 2008 are accounted for as operating leases with required disclosures in footnotes.

 

  F-106   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the Financial Statements—(Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(Information as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and

2008, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

The effect of the change did not have a material impact on operating income, ordinary income, and income before income taxes for fiscal year 2009.

(f) Software for Internal Use

Software for internal use is stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over an estimated useful life of 5 years.

(g) Long-term Prepaid Expenses

Long-term prepaid expenses mainly consist of store signage used for advertising purposes. These assets are depreciated using the straight-line method.

(h) Investment Securities

 

  i)   Marketable available-for-sale securities

Marketable available-for-sale securities are stated at fair value, primarily based on market prices at the balance sheet date. Unrealized gains or losses, net of applicable taxes, are recorded as a component in “Net Assets”. Cost of marketable securities sold is determined using the moving-average cost method.

 

  ii)   Non-marketable available-for-sale securities

Non-marketable available-for-sale securities are stated at cost. Cost of non-marketable securities sold is determined using the moving-average cost method.

(i) Derivatives and hedges

Derivatives are carried at fair value. The Company utilizes derivative instruments to reduce its exposures to the fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rate associated with purchases denominated in foreign currencies. The Company enters into foreign exchange forward contracts on forecasted import transactions, mainly for the purchase of raw materials.

The Company applies hedge accounting to account for its foreign exchange forward contracts because of high correlation and effectiveness. The Company does not perform a detailed effectiveness test as all of foreign currency forward transactions are based on forecasted transactions which are probable, and variability of the hedged items and hedging instruments is perfectly matched during the period that the hedges is designated.

Gains and losses on hedging instruments are deferred until maturity of the hedged transactions.

(j) Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

The Company records an allowance for doubtful accounts on accounts receivable to cover probable credit losses, based on specific cases and past write-off experience.

 

  F-107   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the Financial Statements—(Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(Information as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and

2008, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

(k) Employees’ Bonuses

Employees’ bonuses are accrued at the end of the year to which such bonuses are attributable.

During fiscal year 2009, the Company changed its bonus payment policy. The periods for which bonus payments relates were changed as follow:

 

       Summer bonus    Winter bonus

Until fiscal year 2008

   Previous year October through March    April through September

Effective fiscal year 2009

   January through June    July through December
 

Furthermore, under the new policy, approximately 80% of annual bonuses are paid in June and December and the remaining portion is paid in February in the following fiscal year. The change in policy did not have any impact to results of operations.

(l) Directors’ Bonuses

Directors’ bonuses are accrued at the end of the year to which such bonuses are attributable.

(m) Employees’ Retirement Benefits

The Company accounts for a pension liability based on the pension obligations and the fair value of the plan assets at the balance sheet date. Pension benefit obligations are determined to be the total amount payable if all eligible employees voluntarily retired at the balance sheet date less the amounts that the Company would be entitled to under the “Gaishoku Sangyo JF Fund” to pay such obligations. See Note 7. Plan assets in the Company’s cash balance fund are stated at fair value.

(n) Directors’ Retirement Benefits

The Company records a liability for directors’ retirement benefits which is determined to be the total amount payable if all directors retired at the balance sheet date.

(o) Consumption Taxes

Consumption tax and local consumption tax on goods and services paid or collected are not included in revenue or expense accounts subject to such taxes in the accompanying statements of income.

(3) Changes in Presentations

The Company made the following changes in presentation. Prior year financial statements are not reclassified to conform to the current presentation.

 

  F-108   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the Financial Statements—(Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(Information as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and

2008, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

(a) Statement of Income

For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, franchise general expenses were included in “Other” within selling, general and administrative expenses. Due to materiality for the year ended December 31, 2010, franchise general expenses were presented as a separate line item within selling, general and administrative expenses. Such expense amounted to ¥237,370 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2009.

For the year ended December 31,2009 inventory write-off was presented in a separate line item within selling, general and administrative expenses . For the year ended December 31, 2010 inventory write-off of ¥1,868 thousand is included in advertising expenses in selling, general and administrative expenses.

(b) Statements of Cash Flows

For the year ended December 31, 2008 increase or decrease in allowance for other receivables was included in increase or decrease in accounts receivable-trade. Due to materiality for the year ended December 31, 2009, it is presented as a separate line item in “Cash flows from operating activities”. Increase in allowance for other receivables amounted to ¥6,539 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2008.

Increase or decrease in advance payments and advances received was presented as a separate line item in “Cash flows from operating activities” for the year ended December 31, 2008. Due to materiality for the year ended December 31, 2009, it is included in “Other” within “Cash flows from operating activities” . Decrease in advance payments and gift card liability amounted to ¥910 thousand and ¥8,974 thousand, respectively, for the year ended December 31, 2009.

For the year ended December 31, 2008 increase or decrease in accrued consumption taxes was included in “Other” within “Cash flows from operating activities”. Due to materiality for the year ended December 31, 2009, it is separately presented as a line item. Decrease in accrued consumption taxes amounted to ¥3,885 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2008.

For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, inventory write-off was presented as a separate line item in “Cash flows from operating activities”. For the year ended December 31, 2010, inventory write-off of ¥1,868 thousand is included in “Other” of “Cash flows from operating activities”.

For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, increase or decrease in advance payments and advances received was included in “Other” of “Cash flows from operating activities”. For the year ended December 31, 2010, it is presented as a separate line item. Decrease in advance payments and advances received amounted to ¥910 thousand and ¥8,974 thousand, respectively for the year ended December 31, 2009.

For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, increase or decrease in prepaid expenses was included in “Other” within “Cash flows from operating activities”. Due to immateriality, for the year ended December 31, 2010, it is presented as a separate line item. Decrease in prepaid expenses amounted to ¥697 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2009.

For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, increase or decrease in gift card liability was included in “Other” within “Cash flows from operating activities”. Due to materiality, for the year ended December 31,

 

  F-109   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the Financial Statements—(Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(Information as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and

2008, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

2010, it is presented as a separate line item. Increase in gift card liability amounted to ¥8,644 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2009.

For the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, proceeds from sales of tangible fixed assets were included in “Other” within “Cash flows from investing activities”. Due to materiality, for the year ended December 31, 2010, it is presented as a separate line item. Proceeds from sales of tangible fixed assets amounted to ¥772 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2009.

(4) Financial instruments

(a) Company’s Policy for Financial Instruments

The Company invests in short-term deposits only and generates financing through operating cash flows. Derivatives are used for foreign exchange forward contracts with the purpose of hedging the exposure to exchange rate fluctuation risks in relation to the import of raw materials.

(b) Nature and Extent of Risks Arising from Financial Instruments and Risk Management

Accounts receivable are subject to credit risks of customers. Their collection periods are generally one month. The Company manages these risks through periodic review of due dates and outstanding balances for each customer.

Investments in securities are subject to market volatility risks. These investments are related to capital and/or operating alliances with business partners, and are subject to market value volatility risk. The Company periodically monitors their fair values.

Lease deposits primarily relate to security deposits paid to the lessor for the lease of ice-cream stores. The Company periodically assesses the financial condition of the counterparties as appropriate.

“Long-term deposits received” are security deposit received from franchisees of ice-cream stores for the sublease of the property where the store is located.

Most of trade payables such as accounts payable-trade, accounts payable-other and deposits received are settled within one month.

(c) Supplemental Information on Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair values of financial instruments are based on quoted market prices. When quoted market prices are not available, other rational valuation techniques are used instead. Such rational valuation techniques contain certain assumptions. Results may differ if different assumptions are used in the valuation.

(d) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Effective fiscal 2010, the Company applied the ASBJ Statement No. 10 “Accounting Standard for Financial Instruments” which was issued on March 10, 2008 and the ASBJ Guidance No. 19 “Guidance on Accounting Standard for Financial Instruments and Related Disclosures” which was issued on March 10, 2008.

 

  F-110   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the Financial Statements—(Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(Information as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and

2008, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

The carrying amounts, fair values and unrealized gains (losses) of financial instruments whose fair value is readily determinable as of December 31, 2010 are as follows:

 

       Thousands of Yen  
     December 31, 2010  
     Carrying
Amount
    Fair Value     Unrealized
Gain (Loss)
 
   

Assets:

      

(1) Cash and cash equivalent

   ¥ 3,912,939        3,912,939          

(2) Accounts receivable-trade

     2,797,245       

Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts

     (23,873    
        
     2,773,372        2,773,372          

(3) Investment securities

     25,672        25,672          

(4) Lease deposits

     1,698,903        1,532,000        (166,903
        

Total

   ¥ 8,410,886        8,243,983        (166,903
        

Liabilities:

      

(1) Accounts payable-trade

   ¥ (494,760     (494,760       

(2) Accounts payable-other

     (1,226,993     (1,226,993       

(3) Provision for income taxes

     (812,790     (812,790       

(4) Deposits received

     (139,794     (139,794       

(5) Long-term deposits received

     (983,362     (909,533     73,829   
        

Total

   ¥ (3,657,699     (3,583,870     73,829   
        

Derivative instruments under hedge accounting

   ¥ (51,533     (51,533       
                        

The methods and assumptions used to estimate the fair value are as follows:

Assets:

(1) Cash and cash equivalent and (2) Accounts receivable-trade

Because of their short maturities, the fair value of these items approximate their carrying amounts, therefore, they are measured at their carrying amounts.

(3) Investment securities

The fair value of equity securities is based on quoted market prices.

(5) Lease deposits

The fair value of lease deposits is calculated by grouping the deposits by maturity and calculating their present value using the yield of government bonds adjusted for credit risk.

 

  F-111   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the Financial Statements—(Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(Information as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and

2008, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

Carrying amounts in the above table do not include unamortized balance of lease deposits not required to be returned. Furthermore, lease deposits totaling ¥232,000 thousand are not included in the table above since these lease deposits do not have quoted market prices and their fair value cannot be determined as their future cash flows cannot be estimated.

Liabilities:

(1) Accounts payable-trade, (2) Accounts payable-other, (3) Accrued income taxes, and (4) Deposits received

Because of their short maturities, the fair values of these items approximate their carrying amounts, therefore, they are measured at their carrying amounts.

(5) Long-term deposits received

The fair value of long-term deposits received is calculated by grouping the deposits by maturity and calculating their present value using the yield of government bonds adjusted for credit risk. Carrying amounts shown in the above table do not include unamortized balance of long-term lease deposits not required to be returned.

Derivative Transactions:

Fair value of derivatives is obtained from financial institutions. All the derivative transactions are foreign exchange forward contracts entered into by the Company with the purpose of hedging the exposure to exchange rate fluctuation risks in relation to the import of raw materials.

The contract amount does not represent the Company’s exposure to market risk associated with the derivative transactions.

 

       Thousands of Yen  
     December 31, 2010  
     Contract
Amount
     Contract
Amount due
after one year
     Fair
Value
 
   

Foreign exchange forward contracts—to buy U.S. dollars

   ¥ 539,088                 (51,533
   

 

  F-112   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the Financial Statements—(Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(Information as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and

2008, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

(5) Investment Securities

Marketable available-for-sale securities are stated at fair value based on quoted market prices at the balance sheet date. Unrealized gains or losses, net of applicable taxes, are recorded as a component of “Net assets”. Investment securities are summarized as follow:

December 31, 2010

 

              Thousands of Yen  
         

Carrying

Amount

     Acquisition
Cost
     Unrealized
Gain(Loss)
 
   

Securities with carrying amounts in excess of acquisition costs

   Equity securities      15,140         12,721         2,419   
  

Other securities

                       
                             
   Subtotal      15,140         12,721         2,419   
                             

Securities with carrying amounts below acquisition costs

   Equity securities      10,532         11,021         (489
  

Other securities

                       
                             
  

Subtotal

     10,532         11,021         (489
                             
  

Total

     25,672         23,742         1,930   
                             

December 31, 2009

 

              Thousands of Yen  
         

Carrying

Amount

     Acquisition
Cost
     Unrealized
Gain(Loss)
 
   

Securities with carrying amounts in excess of acquisition costs

   Equity securities      12,009         13,867         1,858   
  

Other securities

                       
                             
  

Subtotal

     12,009         13,867         1,858   
                             

Securities with carrying amounts below acquisition costs

   Equity securities      9,143         6,899         (2,244
  

Other securities

                       
                             
  

Subtotal

     9,143         6,899         (2,244
                             
  

Total

     21,152         20,766         (386
                             

 

  F-113   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the Financial Statements—(Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(Information as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and

2008, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

(6) Leases

Leases entered into on or before December 31, 2008 that do not transfer ownership of the leased property to the lessee are accounted for as operating lease transactions. Pro forma information on an “as if capitalized” basis for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:

 

       Thousands of Yen  
     December 31, 2010      December 31, 2009  
     Acquisition
cost
     Accumulated
depreciation
    

Balance at

end of year

     Acquisition
cost
     Accumulated
depreciation
     Balance at end
of year
 
   

Vehicles, transportation equipment

   ¥ 37,719         30,708         7,011                           

Tools, furniture and fixtures

     27,667         16,667         10,999         64,064         40,595         23,468   

Software

     3,363         2,794         568         25,452         22,378         3,074   
        

Total

   ¥ 68,750         50,171         18,579         89,517         62,974         26,542   
                                                     

Future minimum lease payments outstanding at the end of the year are as follow:

 

       Thousands of Yen  
     December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009
 
   

Due within one year

   ¥ 11,143         15,314   

Due after one year

     8,520         12,196   
        

Total

   ¥ 19,664         27,510   
                 

Lease payments, depreciation expense and interest expense are as follow:

 

       Thousands of Yen  
     Fiscal year ended  
     December 31,
2010
    

December 31,

2009

     December 31,
2008
 
   

Lease payments

   ¥ 25,865         30,080         33,957   

Depreciation expense (*1)

     23,824         27,922         31,592   

Interest expense (*2)

     1,154         1,575         1,988   
                          

 

(*1)   Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the lease term assuming a residual value of zero.

 

(*2)   Interest expense is computed and allocated to each period using the interest method assuming interest expense to be the excess of total lease payments over the acquisition cost.

 

  F-114   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the Financial Statements—(Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(Information as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and

2008, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

(7) Employees’ Retirement Benefits

The Company has a defined benefit plan under which the amount of pension benefit that an employee will receive on retirement, is determined based on various factors such as age, years of service and individual performance.

The Company is responsible for the fulfillment of the pension obligations.

The pension benefits are payable at the option of the retiring employee either in a lump-sum amount or annuity payments.

The funded status of the Company’s benefit plan as of December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

 

       Thousands of Yen  
     December 31,
2010
    December 31,
2009
 
   

Retirement benefit obligations

   ¥ (565,309     (517,603

Fair value of plan assets

     433,201        398,003   
        

Employees’ retirement benefits

   ¥ (132,108     (119,600
                

The Company accounts for a pension liability based on the pension obligations and the fair value of the plan assets at the balance sheet date. Pension obligations are determined to be the total amount payable if all eligible employees voluntarily retired at the balance sheet date less the amounts that the Company would be entitled to under the “Gaishoku Sangyo JF Pension Fund” to pay such obligations.

The Company’s retirement benefit expenses for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 amounted to ¥76,897 thousand, ¥70,832 thousand, and ¥59,906 thousand, respectively.

In October 2009 the Company transferred its Japanese tax-qualified pension plan to a cash balance plan, due to changes in the Japanese Corporate Tax law. This transfer was accounted for in accordance with ASBJ Guidance No.1, “Accounting for Transfer of Retirement Benefit Plans” and did not have a material impact in the Company’s results of operations.

In addition, the Company makes contributions to a “Gaishoku Sangyo JF Pension Fund” under which the assets contributed by the Company are not segregated in a separate account or restricted to provide benefits only to employees of the Company. For the 12 month period ended March 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 contributions to such plan amounted to ¥32,581 thousand, ¥29,070 thousand and ¥21,880 thousand, respectively. Such contributions are recorded as net pension cost. The amounts that Company would be entitled to under the “Gaishoku Sangyo JF Pension Fund” to pay retirement benefit obligations is all eligible employees voluntarily retired at the balance sheet date.

The proportionate amount of plan assets of the welfare pension fund corresponding to the number of participants was ¥399,778 thousand, ¥298,139 thousand and ¥338,663 thousand as of March 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008, respectively. The Company’s contribution to the welfare pension fund for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 was ¥32,581 thousand, ¥29,070 thousand and ¥21,880 thousand, respectively.

 

  F-115   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the Financial Statements—(Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(Information as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and

2008, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

The estimated fund status of the total “Gaishoku Sangyo JF Pension Fund” is as follow:

 

       Millions of Yen  
     March 31,
2010
     March 31,
2009
     March 31,
2008
 
   

Plan assets

   ¥ 112,959         92,971         111,833   

Estimated benefit obligations

     123,946         123,473         118,217   
                          

Fund status

   ¥ (10,987)         (30,501)         (6,383)   
                          

As of March 31, 2010, the “Gaishoku Sangyo JF Pension Fund” had ¥842 million of unrecognized past service. As of March 31, 2009, the “Gaishoku Sangyo JF Pension Fund” had ¥990 million of unrecognized past service liability and ¥16,921 million of deficits. As of March 31, 2008, the “Gaishoku Sangyo JF Pension Fund” had ¥1,111 million of unrecognized past service liability and ¥6,892 million of deficits.

The Company’s fund contribution ratio to the “Gaishoku Sangyo JF Pension Fund” for the years ended March 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 was 0.57%, 0.47%, and 0.45%, respectively.

(8) Stock Options

The Company did not grant any stock options for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008 and there were no outstanding option as of December 31, 2010, 2009, and 2008.

(9) Production Cost

The breakdown of production cost is as follows:

 

       Thousands of Yen  
     Fiscal 2010      (Not covered
by Auditors’
Report)
Fiscal 2009
     (Not covered
by Auditors’
Report)
Fiscal 2008
 
   

Cost of raw materials

   ¥ 6,212,453         5,507,902         5,119,972   

Labor cost

     418,249         337,772         296,727   

Other production costs

     376,245         289,736         271,674   
        

Total production cost during the year

   ¥ 7,006,948         6,135,411         5,688,374   
                          

Production cost is determined through process costing based on actual costs.

 

  F-116   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the Financial Statements—(Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(Information as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and

2008, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

The breakdown of other production cost is as follows:

Breakdown of other production cost

 

       Thousands of Yen  
     Fiscal
2010
     (Not
covered
by
Auditors’
Report)
Fiscal
2009
     (Not
covered
by
Auditors’
Report)
Fiscal
2008
 
   

Depreciation

   ¥ 49,416         44,819         45,727   

Utilities

     28,880         28,219         62,729   

Factory supplies cost

     54,591         44,116         33,814   

Machinery maintenance and repair cost

     46,160         39,919         24,859   

Other

     197,195         132,661         104,543   
        

Total

   ¥ 376,245         289,736         271,674   
   

(10) Transfer to other account

“Transfer to other account” include amounts initially charged to cost of sales but reclassified to selling, general and administrative expenses as they represent the cost of sample products for sales promotion and finish goods used for training of store employees.

(11) Cost of store equipment

Cost of store equipment is mainly comprised of the following:

 

       Thousands of Yen  
     Fiscal year ended  
     December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009
     December 31,
2008
 
   

Depreciation

   ¥ 212,720         181,879         138,593   

Maintenance and repair cost of store equipment

     108,371         112,953         130,132   

Rental expense

     27,337         30,029         33,030   

Supplies

     31,646         31,724         51,121   

Transportation

     13,889         18,890         23,111   

Storage charges

     18,703         21,304         21,151   
   

 

  F-117   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the Financial Statements—(Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(Information as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and

2008, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

(12) Extraordinary Gain

“Other” included in extraordinary income represents gains on sales of fixed assets of ¥1,154 thousand for the year ended December 31, 2010.

(13) Loss on Disposal of Fixed Assets

Loss on disposal of fixed assets is comprised of the following:

 

       Thousands of Yen  
     For the year ended  
     December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009
     December 31,
2008
 
   

Loss on disposals of store equipment arising from store closing and related restoration

   ¥ 23,814         30,512         32,433   

Loss on disposals of factory equipment

     323         4,208         5,813   
        

Total

   ¥ 24,137         34,720         38,246   
   

(14) Income Taxes

The components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities at December 31, 2010 and 2009 are as follows:

 

       Thousands of Yen  
     December 31, 2010      December 31, 2009  
     Deferred
tax assets
     Deferred
tax
liabilities
     Deferred
tax
assets
     Deferred
tax
liabilities
 
   

Allowance for doubtful accounts

   ¥ 37,338                 44,659           

Directors’ retirement benefits

     21,978                 17,867           

Employees’ retirement benefits

     53,768                 48,677           

Accrued enterprise tax

     61,409                 49,982           

Accrued employees’ bonuses

     13,981                 12,278           

Deferred loss on hedges

     20,973                 3,689           

Impairment loss on investment property

     9,737                 9,737           

Amortization of software

                     2,341           

Amortization of long-term prepaid expenses

     3,806                 23,290           

Inventory write-down

     11,253                 18,146           

Other

     14,155                 3,148           
                                   

Total

   ¥ 248,398                 233,814           
   

 

  F-118   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the Financial Statements—(Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(Information as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and

2008, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

Reconciliations between the Japanese statutory income tax rate and the Company’s effective income tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008 are as follows:

 

       Fiscal year ended  
     December 31,
2010
    December 31,
2009
    December 31,
2008
 
   

Japanese statutory income tax rate

     40.7     40.7     40.7

Permanent differences, including entertainment expenses

     3.2        3.4        3.2   

Corporate inhabitant tax

     0.1        0.1        0.2   

Other

     (0.1     (0.1     (1.5
        

Effective income tax rate

     44.0     44.2     42.6
                        

(15) Changes in Net Assets

Number of shares issued and treasury stock is as follow:

 

       Common Stock  
     Shares
issued
     Treasury
Stock
 
   

Number of shares at December 31, 2008

     9,644,554         8,524   

Increase in shares during the year

               

Decrease in shares during the year

               
        

Number of shares at December 31, 2009

     9,644,554         8,524   

Increase in shares during the year

               

Decrease in shares during the year

               
                 

Number of shares at December 31, 2010

     9,644,554         8,524   
   

(16) Per Share Information

The Company has no outstanding potentially dilutive stock.

 

       December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009
     December 31,
2008
 
   

Net book value per share

   ¥ 971.45         877.49         798.87   
                          

 

       Fiscal year ended  
     December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009
     December 31,
2008
 
   

Net income per share

   ¥ 171.42         135.67         109.99   
                          

 

  F-119   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the Financial Statements—(Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(Information as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and

2008, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

The information to compute net income per share is as follow:

 

       Fiscal year ended  
     December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009
     December 31,
2008
 
   

Net income per share

        

Net income (in thousands)

   ¥ 1,651,850         1,307,300         1,059,893   

Amount not attributable to common shareholders (in thousands)

                       
                          

Net income attributable to common stock (in thousands)

     1,651,850         1,307,300         1,059,893   
                          

Average number of shares

     9,636,030         9,636,030         9,636,030   
   

(17) Subsequent Events

Due to the Great Eastern Japan Earthquake on March 11, 2011, certain finished products and raw materials stored in the Company’s Fuji Oyama Factory and external warehouses as well as part of the store equipment leased to franchisees have been damaged. While the amount of damage is currently being assessed, the Company estimates the loss on inventory and equipment to be approximately ¥37 million and ¥64 million, respectively.

 

  F-120   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the Financial Statements—(Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(Information as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and

2008, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

(18) Summary of Certain Significant Differences between Japanese GAAP and U.S. GAAP

The Company maintains its books and records in conformity with Japanese GAAP, which differs in certain respects from generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). Reconciliations of net income and equity under Japanese GAAP with the corresponding amounts under U.S. GAAP, along with a description of those significant differences, statements of comprehensive income, related balance sheet and cash flow effects are summarized below.

Net income reconciliation

 

                Thousands of Yen  
     Note      December 31,
2010
    December 31,
2009
 
   

Net income under Japanese GAAP

      ¥ 1,651,850        1,307,300   

U.S. GAAP adjustments:

       

Asset retirement obligations

     a         (81,226     (77,579

Capitalized lease assets

     c         (118     911   

Compensated absence

     b         (2,400     (3,600

Lease obligation

     c         (2,449     (20,109

Employees’ retirement benefit

     d         (7,146     (23,175

Hedge accounting

     e         (25,183     29,573   

Tax effect on adjustments

     f         37,989        50,286   
                   

Net income under U.S. GAAP

      ¥ 1,571,317        1,263,607   
   

Net income per share under U.S. GAAP

 

       December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009
 
   

Net income attributable to the Company’s common shareholders–basic undiluted

   ¥ 163.06         131.13   

Weighted average shares outstanding—basic undiluted

     9,636,030         9,636,030   
   

 

  F-121   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the Financial Statements—(Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(Information as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and

2008, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

Statements of comprehensive income

 

       Thousands of Yen  
     December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009
 
   

Net income under U.S. GAAP

   ¥ 1,571,317         1,263,607   

Other comprehensive income, net of tax:

     

Unrealized gain (loss) on available for sale securities, net of tax

     1,372         (1,062
                 

Comprehensive income under U.S. GAAP

   ¥ 1,572,689         1,262,545   
                 

Equity reconciliation

 

                Thousands of Yen  
     Note      December 31,
2010
    December 31,
2009
 
   

Equity under Japanese GAAP

      ¥ 9,360,875        8,455,537   

U.S. GAAP adjustments:

       

Asset retirement obligations

     a         (478,805     (397,580

Capitalized lease assets

     c         (1,085     (967

Compensated absence

     b         (24,200     (21,800

Lease obligation

     c         233,644        236,093   

Employees’ retirement benefit

     d         76,554        83,700   

Hedge accounting

     e                  

Other

        (17,065     (17,065

Tax effect on adjustments

     f         85,859        47,871   
                   

Equity under U.S. GAAP

      ¥ 9,235,777        8,385,789   
                   

Balance sheet items according to J GAAP and US GAAP

 

       Thousands of Yen  
     JGAAP     US GAAP  
     2010     2009     2010     2009  
   

Current assets

     7,981,228        6,722,739        7,981,228        6,722,739   

Non-current assets

     5,747,213        5,470,058        7,775,685        7,481,787   
                                

Total Assets

     13,728,441        12,192,797        15,756,913        14,204,526   
                                

Current liabilities

     (3,171,766     (2,674,074     (3,195,966     (2,695,874

Non-current liabilities

     (1,195,800     (1,063,186     (3,325,170     (3,122,862

Total equity

     (9,360,875     (8,455,537     (9,235,777     (8,385,790
                                

Total liabilities and equity

     (13,728,441     (12,192,797     (15,756,913     (14,204,526
                                

 

  F-122   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the Financial Statements—(Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(Information as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and

2008, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

(a) Asset retirement obligations

On March 31, 2008, the Accounting Standard Board of Japan (“ASBJ”) issued a new accounting standard for asset retirement obligations, ASBJ Statement No. 18 “Accounting Standard for Asset-Retirement Obligations” which is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after April 1, 2010. This new accounting standard requires all entities to recognize legal obligations associated with the retirement of a tangible fixed assets that result from the acquisition, construction or development and (or) the normal operation of a long-lived asset. A legal obligation is an obligation that an entity is required to settle as a result of an existing or enacted law, statute, ordinance, or written or oral contract or by legal construction of a contract. The Company will adopt this new accounting standard from the fiscal year beginning on January 1, 2011. Prior to the adoption of the standard, the Company did not recognize any asset retirement cost until the tangible fixed asset was retired and the Company was required to settle such cost.

Under U.S. GAAP, obligations associated with the retirement of tangible fixed assets and the associated asset retirement costs are accounted and reported under FASB ASC Subtopic 410-20, “Asset Retirement Obligations”. Generally, there are no material differences between the new Japanese Standard and current U.S. GAAP, except that under Japanese GAAP asset retirement obligations are not recognized in situations where the entity can provide assurance that another party will ultimately reimburse the entity for the asset retirement cost. Under U.S. GAAP an asset retirement obligation would need to be recognized as such assurance would not extinguish the entity’s legal obligation.

The Company leases several properties in which leasehold improvements, such as counters, partitions, telephone and air conditioning systems have been installed. Most lease agreements in Japan require the lessee to restore the lease property to its original condition, including removal of the leasehold improvements that the lessee has installed, when the lessee moves out of the leased property. As a result, the Company will incur certain future costs for the restoration that is required under the lease arrangements.

 

  F-123   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the Financial Statements—(Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(Information as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and

2008, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

The following table summarizes the activities for asset retirement obligations for the years ended December, 2010 and 2009 under U.S. GAAP:

 

       Thousands of Yen  
     December 31,
2010
    December 31,
2009
 
   

i) Asset retirement obligation

    

Balance under Japanese GAAP

   ¥          

U.S. GAAP adjustments:

    

Beginning balance adjustments

     (771,388     (707,368

Changes for the year

     (64,951     (64,020
                

Total U.S. GAAP adjustments

     (836,339     (771,388
                

Balance under U.S. GAAP

   ¥ (836,339     (771,388
                

ii) Asset retirement costs capitalized in tangible fixed assets

    

Balance under Japanese GAAP

   ¥          

U.S. GAAP adjustments:

    

Beginning balance adjustments

     373,808        387,367   

Changes for the year

     (16,274     (13,559
                

Total U.S. GAAP adjustments

     357,534        373,808   
                

Balance under U.S. GAAP

   ¥ 357,534        373,808   
   

(b) Compensated absences

Under Japanese GAAP, there is no specific accounting standard that requires an entity to accrue a liability for future compensated absences. Under U.S. GAAP, FASB ASC Topic 710, “Compensation—General” requires the accrual of a liability for employees’ future compensated absences.

The following table summarizes the balance of accrued compensated absences and the changes during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 under U.S. GAAP:

 

       Thousands of Yen  
     December 31,
2010
    December 31,
2009
 
   

Balance at under Japanese GAAP

   ¥          

U.S. GAAP adjustments:

    

Beginning balance adjustments

     (21,800     (18,200

Adjustments for the year

     (2,400     (3,600
                

Total U.S. GAAP adjustments

     (24,200     (21,800
                

Balance at under U.S. GAAP

   ¥ (24,200     (21,800
   

 

  F-124   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the Financial Statements—(Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(Information as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and

2008, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

(c) Leases

In March 2007, the ASBJ issued ASBJ Statement No.13, “Accounting Standard for Lease Transactions,” which replaced the previous accounting standard for lease transactions issued in June 1993. The revised accounting standard requires that all finance lease transactions be capitalized. It also permits leases which existed at the transition date and do not transfer ownership of the leased property to the lessee to continue to be accounted for as operating lease transactions. The Company adopted this revised accounting standard as of January 1, 2009, and capitalizes in the balance sheet all finance lease transactions in which the Company is the lessee, except for those that existed at the transition date and do not transfer ownership, which continue to be accounted for as operating leases with require disclosure in the notes to the financial statements. As of December 31, 2010 and 2009, there were no leased assets to be capitalized under Japanese GAAP.

Under U.S. GAAP, FASB ASC Topic 840, “Leases” is applied in order to determine whether the lessee should account for a lease transaction as an operating or a capital lease and whether the lessor should account for a lease transaction as an operating lease, a direct financing lease, a sales type lease or a leverage lease. ASC Topic 840 requires the lessee to record a capital lease as an asset and an obligation and the lessor to record a direct financing lease as a receivable representing the minimum lease payments along with the derecognition of the lease property from the balance sheet. The Company analyzed its leases in accordance with the criteria specified in ASC 840 and determined that certain leases in which the Company is the lessee should be capitalized, and certain leases in which the Company is the lessor should be classified as direct financing leases.

In addition, the statement of cash flows prepared under Japanese GAAP present cash flows from capital lease and direct finance lease transactions, which are accounted for as operating lease transactions in accordance with Japanese GAAP, as operating cash flows. Such lease cash flows are included in operating activities whereas such transactions qualify as capital lease transactions or a direct financing lease transaction and deemed repayments of lease obligation or cash received from lease receivables are presented as financing activities under U.S. GAAP.

 

  F-125   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the Financial Statements—(Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(Information as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and

2008, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

The following table summarizes the differences between Japanese GAAP and U.S. GAAP for capital leases and direct finance leases as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the changes for the years then ended:

Capital leases

 

       Thousands of Yen  
     December 31,
2010
    December 31,
2009
 
   

i) Capitalized lease assets

    

Balance under Japanese GAAP

   ¥          

U.S. GAAP adjustments:

    

Beginning balance adjustments

     26,543        55,948   

Changes for the year

     (7,964     (29,405
        

Total U.S. GAAP adjustments

     18,579        26,543   
        

Balance under U.S. GAAP

   ¥ 18,579        26,543   
        

ii) Lease obligation

    

Balance under Japanese GAAP

   ¥          

U.S. GAAP adjustments:

    

Beginning balance adjustments

     (27,510     (57,826

Changes for the year

     7,846        30,316   
        

Total U.S. GAAP adjustments

     (19,664     (27,510
        

Balance under U.S. GAAP

   ¥ (19,664     (27,510
   

 

  F-126   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the Financial Statements—(Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(Information as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and

2008, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

Direct finance leases

 

       Thousands of Yen  
     December 31,
2010
    December 31,
2009
 
   

i) Lease accounts receivable

    

Balance under Japanese GAAP

   ¥          

U.S. GAAP adjustments:

    

Beginning balance adjustments

     2,025,729        2,055,234   

Changes for the year

     64,068        (29,505
        

Total U.S. GAAP adjustments

     2,089,797        2,025,729   
        

Balance under U.S. GAAP

   ¥ 2,089,797        2,025,729   
        

ii) Tangible fixed assets under direct finance leases

    

Balance under Japanese GAAP

   ¥ 506,233        445,159   

U.S. GAAP adjustments:

    

Beginning balance adjustments

     (445,159     (409,904

Changes for the year

     (61,074     (35,255
        

Total U.S. GAAP adjustments

     (506,233     (445,159
        

Balance under U.S. GAAP

   ¥          
        

iii) Unearned interest

    

Balance under Japanese GAAP

   ¥          

U.S. GAAP adjustments:

    

Beginning balance adjustments

     (1,344,478     (1,389,128

Changes for the year

     (5,443     44,650   
        

Total U.S. GAAP adjustments

     (1,349,921     (1,344,478
        

Balance under U.S. GAAP

   ¥ (1,349,921     (1,344,478
   

(d) Pension

Under Japanese GAAP, the Company accounts for a pension liability based on the pension obligations and the fair value of the plan assets at the balance sheet date. Pension obligations are determined to be the total amount payable if all eligible employees voluntarily retired at the balance sheet date, minus the amounts that the Company would be entitled to under the “Japanese Multiemployer plan” to pay such obligations. See Note 7.

Under U.S. GAAP, FASB ASC Topic 715, “Compensation-Retirement Benefits” is applied to employees retirement benefits. If the projected benefit obligation exceeds the fair value of plan assets, the employer shall recognize in its balance sheet a liability that equals the unfunded projected benefit obligation. If the fair value of plan assets exceeds the projected benefit obligation, the employer shall recognize in its statement of financial position an asset that equals the overfunded projected benefit obligation.

 

  F-127   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the Financial Statements—(Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(Information as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and

2008, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

The projected benefit obligation as of a date is the actuarial present value of all benefits attributed by the plan’s benefit formula to employee service rendered before that date. Recognizing the funded status of an entity’s benefit plans as a net liability or asset requires an offsetting adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) in shareholders’ equity. The amounts to be recognized in AOCI representing unrecognized gains/losses, prior service costs/credits, and transition assets/obligations are amortized over certain period. Those amortized amounts are reported as net periodic pension cost in the income statement.

The following table summarizes the differences between Japanese GAAP and U.S. GAAP for accrued pension and severance liabilities as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the changes for the years then ended:

 

       Thousands of Yen  
     December 31,
2010
    December 31,
2009
 
   

Accrued pension and severance liabilities

    

Balance under Japanese GAAP

   ¥ (132,108     (119,600

U.S. GAAP adjustments:

    

Beginning balance adjustments

     83,700        106,875   

Changes for the year

     (7,146     (23,175
        

Total U.S. GAAP adjustments

     76,554        83,700   
        

Balance under U.S. GAAP

   ¥ (55,554     (35,900
   

(e) Hedge accounting

The Company utilizes foreign exchange forward contracts in order to hedge foreign exchange risk for forecasted import transactions denominated in foreign currencies. Under Japanese GAAP, the Company records the foreign exchange forward contracts at fair value at a balance sheet date. The resulting foreign exchange forward contracts’ gain or loss is initially reported as a component of valuation and translation adjustments in net assets and subsequently reclassified into earnings when the forecasted transaction affects earnings. The accounting treatment is similar to the cash flow hedge of U.S. GAAP. However, U.S. GAPP requires an entity to meet specific criteria, such as formal documentation of the hedging relationship and assessment of hedging instrument’s effectiveness for derivative instruments to qualify for hedge accounting. The Company’s hedging relationship of the foreign exchange forward contracts and the forecasted import transactions denominated in foreign currencies did not meet the specific criteria for cash flow hedge accounting under U.S. GAAP. As such, forward contracts’ gain and losses reported as a component of net assets under Japanese GAAP have been reclassified to net income under U.S. GAAP.

 

  F-128   (Continued)


Table of Contents

B-R 31 Ice Cream Co., Ltd.

Notes to the Financial Statements—(Continued)

Years ended December 31, 2010, 2009 and 2008

(Information as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and

2008, not covered by Auditors’ report included herein)

 

The following table summarizes the differences between Japanese GAAP and U.S. GAAP for the hedge accounting as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.

 

       Thousands of Yen  
     December 31,
2010
    December 31,
2009
 
   

Accumulated other comprehensive income

    

Balance under Japanese GAAP

   ¥ (30,559     (5,376

U.S. GAAP adjustments:

    

Beginning balance adjustments

     5,376        34,949   

Changes for the year

     25,183        (29,573
        

Total U.S. GAAP adjustments

     30,559        5,376   
        

Balance under U.S. GAAP

   ¥ —          —     
   

(f) Tax effect on adjustments

Except for the accounting treatment of uncertainty in income taxes, accounting for income taxes in accordance with Japanese GAAP is substantially similar to accounting for income taxes in accordance with ASC Topic 740. The following tables summarize the impact on the Japanese GAAP deferred tax assets and liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as a result of the U.S. GAAP adjustments as of December 31, 2010 and 2009.

 

       Thousands of Yen  
     December 31,
2010
     December 31,
2009
 
   

Deferred tax assets, net of deferred tax liabilities

     

Balance under Japanese GAAP

   ¥ 248,398         233,814   

U.S. GAAP adjustments:

     

Beginning balance adjustments

     47,870         (2,415

Changes for the year

     37,989         50,286   
        

Total U.S. GAAP adjustments

     85,859         47,871   
        

Balance under U.S. GAAP

   ¥ 334,257         281,685   
   

 

  F-129  


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

             shares

LOGO

Common stock

Prospectus

 

J.P. Morgan   Barclays Capital   Morgan Stanley
BofA Merrill Lynch     Goldman, Sachs & Co.

                    , 2011

You should rely on the information contained in this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information different from that contained in this prospectus. We are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, common shares only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our common shares.

No action is being taken in any jurisdiction outside the United States to permit a public offering of the common shares or possession or distribution of this prospectus in that jurisdiction. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of the prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.

Until                     , 2011, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


Table of Contents

Part II

Information not required in prospectus

Item 13. Other expenses of issuance and distribution.

The following table sets forth the estimated expenses payable by us in connection with the sale and distribution of the securities registered hereby, other than underwriting discounts or commissions. All amounts are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority filing fee.

 

   

SEC registration fee

   $  46,440  

FINRA filing fee

     40,500   

Stock exchange listing fees

     *   

Blue sky fees and expenses

     *   

Printing and engraving expenses

     *   

Accounting fees and expenses

     *   

Legal fees and expenses

     *   

Transfer agent and registrar fees

     *   

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

     *   
        

TOTAL

   $ *   
   

 

*   To be completed by amendment.

Item 14. Indemnification of directors and officers.

Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware provides as follows:

A corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that his conduct was unlawful.

A corporation shall have the power to indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless

 

II-1


Table of Contents

and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, we have included in our restated certificate of incorporation a provision to eliminate the personal liability of our directors for monetary damages for breach of their fiduciary duties as directors, subject to certain exceptions. In addition, our restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that we are required to indemnify our officers and directors under certain circumstances, including those circumstances in which indemnification would otherwise be discretionary, and we are required to advance expenses to our officers and directors as incurred in connection with proceedings against them for which they may be indemnified.

We intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors and officers. These agreements will provide broader indemnity rights than those provided under the Delaware General Corporation Law and our restated certificate of incorporation and by-laws. The indemnification agreements are not intended to deny or otherwise limit third party or derivative suits against us or our directors or officers, but to the extent a director or officer were entitled to indemnity or contribution under the indemnification agreement, the financial burden of a third party suit would be borne by us, and we would not benefit from derivative recoveries against the director or officer. Such recoveries would accrue to our benefit but would be offset by our obligations to the director or officer under the indemnification agreement.

The underwriting agreement provides that the underwriters are obligated, under certain circumstances, to indemnify our directors, officers and controlling persons against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Reference is made to the form of underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 hereto.

We maintain directors’ and officers’ liability insurance for the benefit of our directors and officers.

Item 15. Recent sales of unregistered securities.

Equity securities

During the year ended December 26, 2009, we issued and sold 565,316.79 shares of Class A Common Stock and 62,812.98 shares of Class L Common Stock for aggregate consideration of $2,885,000. These shares were issued without registration in reliance on the exemptions afforded by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Rules 506 and 701 promulgated thereunder.

During the year ended December 25, 2010, we issued and sold 127,715.24 shares of Class A Common Stock and 14,190.58 shares of Class L Common Stock for aggregate consideration of $895,000. These shares were issued without registration in reliance on the exemptions afforded by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Rules 506 and 701 promulgated thereunder.

Through March 26, 2011, we have issued and sold 589,342.89 shares of Class A Common Stock and 65,482.54 shares of Class L Common Stock in 2011 for aggregate consideration of $3,213,883. These shares were issued without registration in reliance on the exemptions afforded by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Rules 506 and 701 promulgated thereunder.

Debt securities

On November 23, 2010, Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., our wholly-owned subsidiary (“DBI”), issued $625.0 million aggregate principal amount of 9  5 / 8 % senior notes due 2018 at a price of 98.5% of their face value resulting in approximately $615.6 million of gross proceeds. The proceeds were used, together with borrowings under DBI’s

 

II-2


Table of Contents

senior credit facility and cash on hand, to repay outstanding indebtedness, to distribute cash proceeds to us for payment of a dividend and to pay related fees and expenses. The initial purchasers for the senior notes were J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Citigroup Global Capital Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated. The aggregate amount of the initial purchasers’ discount on the senior notes was approximately $9.4 million.

The senior notes were offered and sold to the initial purchasers in reliance on the exemption afforded by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Rule 506 promulgated thereunder and were offered and resold by the initial purchasers to qualified institutional buyers pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act and to non-U.S. investors outside the United States in compliance with Regulation S of the Securities Act.

Item 16. Exhibits and financial statement schedules.

(a)Exhibits

 

Exhibit

Number

  Exhibit Title
 
  1.1**   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1**   Form of Second Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc.
  3.2**   Form of Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc.
  4.1**   Form of Amended and Restated Registration Rights and Coordination Agreement among Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. (f/k/a Dunkin’ Brands Group Holdings, Inc.), Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. and Certain Stockholders of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc.
  4.2*   Registration Rights Agreement among Dunkin’ Finance Corp, Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Citigroup Global Capital Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated dated as of November 23, 2010
  4.3*   Indenture among Dunkin’ Finance Corp., the Guarantors party thereto from time to time, Citibank, N.A. as Indenture Administrator and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee, dated as of November 23, 2010
  4.4*   Form of 9.625% Senior Note due 2018 (filed with Exhibit 4.3 hereto)
  4.5*   Supplemental Indenture among Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., the Guarantors named therein, Citibank, N.A., as indenture administrator and Wilmington Trust Company as trustee, dated as of December 3, 2010
  4.6**   Specimen Common Stock certificate of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc.
  5.1**   Opinion of Ropes & Gray LLP
10.1*   Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. (f/k/a Dunkin’ Brands Group Holdings, Inc.) Amended and Restated 2006 Executive Incentive Plan
10.2*   Form of Option Award under 2006 Executive Incentive Plan
10.3*   Form of Restricted Stock Award under 2006 Executive Incentive Plan
10.4**   Form of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan
10.5**   Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. Executive Annual Incentive Plan
10.6*   Amended and Restated 2005 Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan
10.7*   Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. Short Term Incentive Plan
 

 

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

  Exhibit Title
 
10.8*   Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement among Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. (f/k/a Dunkin’ Brands Group Holdings, Inc.), and Jon Luther, dated as of December 31, 2008
10.9*   Transition Agreement of Jon Luther, dated as of June 30, 2010
10.10*   First Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement between Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and Nigel Travis
10.11*   Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement among Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. (f/k/a Dunkin’ Brands Group Holdings, Inc.), and Kate Smith Lavelle, dated as of January 1, 2008
10.12*   Transition Agreement of Kate Smith Lavelle, dated as of July 19, 2010
10.13*   Offer Letter to Neil Moses dated September 27, 2010
10.14*   Offer Letter to Richard Emmett dated November 23, 2009
10.15*   Offer Letter to John Costello dated September 30, 2009
10.16*   Offer Letter to Paul Twohig dated September 10, 2009
10.17*   Form of Non-Competition/Non-Solicitation/Confidentiality Agreement
10.18**   Form of Amended and Restated Investor Agreement among Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. (f/k/a Dunkin’ Brands Group Holdings, Inc.), Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. and the Investors named therein
10.19**   Form of Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement among Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. (f/k/a Dunkin’ Brands Group Holdings, Inc.), Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. and the Stockholders named therein
10.20   Credit Agreement among Dunkin’ Finance Corp, Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., Barclays Bank PLC and the other lenders party thereto, dated as of November 23, 2010
10.21*   Joinder to Credit Agreement dated as of December 3, 2010
10.22*   Amendment 1, dated as of February 18, 2011, to the Credit Agreement among Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., Barclays Bank PLC and the other lenders party thereto
10.23*   Security Agreement among the Grantors identified therein and Barclays Bank PLC, dated as of December 3, 2010
10.24   Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement
10.25*   Lease between LSF3 Royall Street, LLC and Dunkin’ Donuts Incorporated, dated as of October 29, 2003
10.26*   Assignment of Lease between Dunkin’ Donuts Incorporated and Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., dated as of July 22, 2005
10.27*   Guaranty delivered with LSF3 Royall Street, LLC Lease dated as of October 29, 2003
10.28   Management Agreement among Dunkin’ Brands Acquisition, Inc., Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., Dunkin’ Brands Group Holdings, Inc., Bain Capital Partners, LLC, TC Group IV, L.L.C. and THL Managers V, LLC, dated as of March 1, 2006
10.29   Amendment 2, dated as of May 25, 2011, to the Credit Agreement among Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., Barclays Bank PLC and the other lenders party thereto
 

 

II-4


Table of Contents

Exhibit

Number

  Exhibit Title
 
21.1*   Subsidiaries of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc.
23.1   Consent of KPMG LLP
23.2   Consent of Deloitte Anjin LLC
23.3   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers Aarata
23.4**   Consent of Ropes & Gray LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1*   Powers of Attorney
 

 

*   Previously filed.
**   To be filed by amendment.

(b) Financial Statement Schedules

All schedules are omitted because they are not applicable or the required information is included in the financial statements or notes thereto.

 

II-5


Table of Contents

Item 17. Undertakings.

The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

(1) That for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

(2) That for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

(3) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act of 1933 and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

(4) To provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreements certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

 

II-6


Table of Contents

 

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Canton, Commonwealth of Massachusetts on the 7th day of June, 2011.

 

DUNKIN’ BRANDS GROUP, INC.

By:

 

/s/ Nigel Travis

Name:

Title:

 

Nigel Travis

Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities held on the dates indicated.

 

Signature   Title   Date

*

Nigel Travis

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(Principal Executive Officer)

  June 7, 2011

*

Neil Moses

 

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

  June 7, 2011

*

Jon Luther

  Director   June 7, 2011

*

Todd Abbrecht

  Director   June 7, 2011

*

Anita Balaji

  Director   June 7, 2011

*

Andrew B. Balson

  Director   June 7, 2011

*

Anthony J. DiNovi

  Director   June 7, 2011

*

Sandra J. Horbach

  Director   June 7, 2011

*

Mark Nunnelly

  Director   June 7, 2011

 

*By:  

/s/    Richard J. Emmett        

Richard J. Emmett

Attorney-in-fact

 

II-7


Table of Contents

Exhibit list

Exhibits and financial statements schedules.

 

Exhibit

number

  Exhibit title
 
  1.1**   Form of Underwriting Agreement
  3.1**   Form of Second Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc.
  3.2**   Form of Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc.
  4.1**   Form of Amended and Restated Registration Rights and Coordination Agreement among Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. (f/k/a Dunkin’ Brands Group Holdings, Inc.), Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. and Certain Stockholders of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc.
  4.2*   Registration Rights Agreement among Dunkin’ Finance Corp, Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Barclays Capital Inc., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Goldman, Sachs & Co., Citigroup Global Capital Markets Inc., Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated dated as of November 23, 2010
  4.3*   Indenture among Dunkin’ Finance Corp., the Guarantors party thereto from time to time, Citibank, N.A. as Indenture Administrator and Wilmington Trust Company, as Trustee, dated as of November 23, 2010
  4.4*   Form of 9.625% Senior Note due 2018 (filed with Exhibit 4.3 hereto)
  4.5*   Supplemental Indenture among Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., the Guarantors named therein, Citibank, N.A., as indenture administrator and Wilmington Trust Company as trustee, dated as of December 3, 2010
  4.6**   Specimen Common Stock certificate of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc.
  5.1**   Opinion of Ropes & Gray LLP
10.1*   Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. (f/k/a Dunkin’ Brands Group Holdings, Inc.) Amended and Restated 2006 Executive Incentive Plan
10.2*   Form of Option Award under 2006 Executive Incentive Plan
10.3*   Form of Restricted Stock Award under 2006 Executive Incentive Plan
10.4**   Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. 2011 Omnibus Incentive Plan
10.5**   Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. Executive Annual Incentive Plan
10.6*   Amended and Restated 2005 Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan
10.7*   Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. Short Term Incentive Plan
10.8*   Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement among Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. (f/k/a Dunkin’ Brands Group Holdings, Inc.), and Jon Luther, dated as of December 31, 2008
10.9*   Transition Agreement of Jon Luther, dated as of June 30, 2010
10.10*   First Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement between Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and Nigel Travis
10.11*   Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement among Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. (f/k/a Dunkin’ Brands Group Holdings, Inc.), and Kate Smith Lavelle, dated as of January 1, 2008
10.12*   Transition Agreement of Kate Smith Lavelle, dated as of July 19, 2010
10.13*   Offer Letter to Neil Moses dated September 27, 2010
10.14*   Offer Letter to Richard Emmett dated November 23, 2009
10.15*   Offer Letter to John Costello dated September 30, 2009
 


Table of Contents

Exhibit

number

  Exhibit title
 
10.16*   Offer Letter to Paul Twohig dated September 10, 2009
10.17*   Form of Non-Competition/Non-Solicitation/Confidentiality Agreement
10.18**   Form of Amended and Restated Investor Agreement among Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. (f/k/a Dunkin’ Brands Group Holdings, Inc.), Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. and the Investors named therein
10.19**   Form of Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement among Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. (f/k/a Dunkin’ Brands Group Holdings, Inc.), Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. and the Stockholders named therein
10.20   Credit Agreement among Dunkin’ Finance Corp, Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., Barclays Bank PLC and the other lenders party thereto, dated as of November 23, 2010
10.21*   Joinder to Credit Agreement dated as of December 3, 2010
10.22*   Amendment 1, dated as of February 18, 2011, to the Credit Agreement among Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., Barclays Bank PLC and the other lenders party thereto
10.23*   Security Agreement among the Grantors identified therein and Barclays Bank PLC, dated as of December 3, 2010
10.24   Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement
10.25*   Lease between LSF3 Royall Street, LLC and Dunkin’ Donuts Incorporated, dated as of October 29, 2003
10.26*   Assignment of Lease between Dunkin’ Donuts Incorporated and Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., dated as of July 22, 2005
10.27*   Guaranty delivered with LSF3 Royall Street, LLC Lease, dated as of October 29, 2003
10.28   Management Agreement among Dunkin’ Brands Acquisition, Inc., Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., Dunkin’ Brands Group Holdings, Inc., Bain Capital Partners, LLC, TC Group IV, L.L.C. and THL Managers V, LLC, dated as of March 1, 2006
10.29   Amendment 2, dated as of May 25, 2011, to the Credit Agreement among Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., Barclays Bank PLC and the other lenders party thereto
21.1*   Subsidiaries of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc.
23.1   Consent of KPMG LLP
23.2   Consent of Deloitte Anjin LLC
23.3   Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers Aarata
23.4**   Consent of Ropes & Gray LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1)
24.1*   Powers of Attorney
 

 

*   Previously filed.
**   To be filed by amendment.

Exhibit 10.20

EXECUTION COPY

 

 

 

$1,350,000,000

CREDIT AGREEMENT

Dated as of November 23, 2010

among

DUNKIN’ FINANCE CORP.

as the Initial Borrower

DUNKIN’ BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.

as Holdings upon the effectiveness of its joinder to this Agreement

DUNKIN’ BRANDS, INC.

as the Borrower upon the Assumption

BARCLAYS BANK PLC

as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer

THE OTHER LENDERS PARTY HERETO

 

 

BARCLAYS CAPITAL

J.P. MORGAN SECURITIES LLC

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED

GOLDMAN SACHS LENDING PARTNERS LLC

as Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners

J.P. Morgan Securities LLC

as Syndication Agent

and

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC

Cooperatieve Centrale Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank B.A., “Rabobank Nederland”, New York

Branch

as Co-Documentation Agents

 

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

         Page  
ARTICLE 1   
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS   

Section 1.01

 

Defined Terms

     2   

Section 1.02

 

Other Interpretive Provisions

     56   

Section 1.03

 

Accounting Terms

     57   

Section 1.04

 

Pro Forma Calculations

     58   

Section 1.05

 

Rounding

     59   

Section 1.06

 

References to Agreements and Laws

     59   

Section 1.07

 

Times of Day

     60   

Section 1.08

 

Timing of Payment or Performance

     60   
ARTICLE 2   
THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS   

Section 2.01

 

The Loans

     60   

Section 2.02

 

Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans

     60   

Section 2.03

 

Letters of Credit

     62   

Section 2.04

 

Swing Line Loans

     71   

Section 2.05

 

Prepayments

     74   

Section 2.06

 

Termination or Reduction of Commitments

     79   

Section 2.07

 

Repayment of Loans

     80   

Section 2.08

 

Interest

     81   

Section 2.09

 

Fees

     81   

Section 2.10

 

Computation of Interest and Fees

     82   

Section 2.11

 

Evidence of Indebtedness

     82   

Section 2.12

 

Payments Generally

     83   

Section 2.13

 

Sharing of Payments

     85   

Section 2.14

 

Incremental Facilities

     86   

Section 2.15

 

Extensions of Term Loans and Revolving Credit Commitments

     90   

Section 2.16

 

Refinancing Amendments

     93   

Section 2.17

 

Defaulting Lenders

     94   
ARTICLE 3   
TAXES, INCREASED COSTS PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY   

Section 3.01

 

Taxes

     97   

Section 3.02

 

Illegality

     99   

Section 3.03

 

Inability to Determine Rates

     99   

Section 3.04

 

Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans

     99   

Section 3.05

 

Funding Losses

     101   

Section 3.06

 

Matters Applicable to All Requests for Compensation

     101   

Section 3.07

 

Replacement of Lenders Under Certain Circumstances

     102   

Section 3.08

 

Survival

     103   

 

-i-


         Page  
ARTICLE 4   
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT   

Section 4.01

 

Conditions to Initial (Closing Date) Credit Extension

     104   

Section 4.02

 

Conditions to All Credit Extensions After the Escrow Release Date

     105   
ARTICLE 5   
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES   

Section 5.01

 

Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws

     106   

Section 5.02

 

Authorization; No Contravention

     107   

Section 5.03

 

Governmental Authorization; Other Consents

     107   

Section 5.04

 

Binding Effect

     107   

Section 5.05

 

Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect

     108   

Section 5.06

 

Litigation

     108   

Section 5.07

 

Ownership of Property; Liens

     109   

Section 5.08

 

Environmental Compliance

     109   

Section 5.09

 

Taxes

     110   

Section 5.10

 

ERISA Compliance

     110   

Section 5.11

 

Subsidiaries; Equity Interests

     111   

Section 5.12

 

Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act

     111   

Section 5.13

 

Disclosure

     111   

Section 5.14

 

Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.

     111   

Section 5.15

 

Solvency

     112   

Section 5.16

 

Perfection, Etc.

     112   

Section 5.17

 

Compliance with Laws Generally

     112   

Section 5.18

 

Labor Matters

     112   

Section 5.19

 

Senior Debt

     112   

Section 5.20

 

Escrow Release Date

     112   
ARTICLE 6   
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS   

Section 6.01

 

Financial Statements

     113   

Section 6.02

 

Certificates; Other Information

     114   

Section 6.03

 

Notices

     116   

Section 6.04

 

Payment of Obligations

     117   

Section 6.05

 

Preservation of Existence, Etc.

     117   

Section 6.06

 

Maintenance of Properties

     117   

Section 6.07

 

Maintenance of Insurance

     117   

Section 6.08

 

Compliance With Laws

     118   

Section 6.09

 

Books and Records

     118   

Section 6.10

 

Inspection Rights

     118   

Section 6.11

 

Use of Proceeds

     118   

Section 6.12

 

Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security

     119   

Section 6.13

 

Compliance with Environmental Laws

     121   

Section 6.14

 

Further Assurances

     121   

Section 6.15

 

Designation of Subsidiaries

     122   

Section 6.16

 

Maintenance of Ratings

     122   

Section 6.17

 

Escrow Release Credit Documents

     122   

Section 6.18

 

Post-Closing Matters

     124   

 

-ii-


         Page  
ARTICLE 7   
NEGATIVE COVENANTS   

Section 7.01

 

Liens

     124   

Section 7.02

 

Investments

     128   

Section 7.03

 

Indebtedness

     131   

Section 7.04

 

Fundamental Changes

     135   

Section 7.05

 

Dispositions

     136   

Section 7.06

 

Restricted Payments

     138   

Section 7.07

 

Change in Nature of Business

     141   

Section 7.08

 

Transactions with Affiliates

     141   

Section 7.09

 

Burdensome Agreements

     142   

Section 7.10

 

Financial Covenants

     143   

Section 7.11

 

Amendments of Certain Documents

     144   

Section 7.12

 

Accounting Changes

     144   

Section 7.13

 

Prepayments, Etc. of Indebtedness

     144   

Section 7.14

 

Limitations on Holdings

     144   

Section 7.15

 

Designated Senior Debt

     145   
ARTICLE 8   
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES   

Section 8.01

 

Events of Default

     145   

Section 8.02

 

Remedies upon Event of Default

     147   

Section 8.03

 

Application of Funds

     148   

Section 8.04

 

Borrower’s Right to Cure

     149   
ARTICLE 9   
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND OTHER AGENTS   

Section 9.01

 

Appointment and Authority

     150   

Section 9.02

 

Rights as a Lender

     150   

Section 9.03

 

Exculpatory Provisions

     151   

Section 9.04

 

Reliance by Administrative Agent

     152   

Section 9.05

 

Delegation of Duties

     152   

Section 9.06

 

Resignation of Successor Administrative Agent

     152   

Section 9.07

 

Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders

     154   

Section 9.08

 

Collateral and Guaranty Matters

     154   

Section 9.09

 

No Other Duties, Etc.

     155   

Section 9.10

 

Appointment of Supplemental Administrative Agents

     155   

Section 9.11

 

Withholding Tax

     156   

Section 9.12

 

Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim

     156   

Section 9.13

 

Right to Indemnity

     158   
ARTICLE 10   
MISCELLANEOUS   

Section 10.01

 

Amendments, Etc.

     158   

Section 10.02

 

Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies

     161   

Section 10.03

 

No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies

     162   

Section 10.04

 

Attorney Costs, Expenses and Taxes

     162   

 

-iii-


         Page  

Section 10.05

 

Indemnification by the Borrower

     163   

Section 10.06

 

Marshalling; Payments Set Aside

     164   

Section 10.07

 

Successors and Assigns

     164   

Section 10.08

 

Confidentiality

     178   

Section 10.09

 

Setoff

     179   

Section 10.10

 

Interest Rate Limitation

     180   

Section 10.11

 

Counterparts

     180   

Section 10.12

 

Integration

     180   

Section 10.13

 

Survival of Representations and Warranties

     180   

Section 10.14

 

Severability

     181   

Section 10.15

 

Tax Forms

     181   

Section 10.16

 

GOVERNING LAW

     184   

Section 10.17

 

WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY

     184   

Section 10.18

 

Binding Effect

     185   

Section 10.19

 

USA PATRIOT Act Notice

     185   

Section 10.20

 

[Reserved]

     185   

Section 10.21

 

No Advisory or Fiduciary Relationship

     185   

 

-iv-


SCHEDULES  

I

 

Guarantors

10.02

 

Administrative Agent’s Office, Certain Addresses for Notices

EXHIBITS  

A-1

 

Form of Committed Loan Notice

A-2

 

Form of Prepayment Notice

A-3

 

Form of Request for L/C Issuance

B

 

Form of Swing Line Loan Notice

C-1

 

Form of Term Note

C-2

 

Form of Revolving Credit Note

D

 

Form of Compliance Certificate

E

 

Form of Assignment and Assumption

F

 

Form of Guaranty

G

 

Form of Security Agreement

H

 

Form of Joinder Agreement

I

 

Form of L/C Issuer Agreement

J

 

Form of Administrative Questionnaire

K

 

Form of Specified Discount Prepayment Notice

L

 

Form of Specified Discount Prepayment Response

M

 

Form of Discount Range Prepayment Notice

N

 

Form of Discount Range Prepayment Offer

O

 

Form of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice

P

 

Form of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer

Q

 

Form of Acceptance and Prepayment Notice

R

 

Form of Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption

S-1

 

US Tax Certificate (For Non-US Lenders that are not Partnerships For US Federal Income Tax Purposes)

S-2

 

US Tax Certificate (For Non-US Lenders that are Partnerships For US Federal Income Tax Purposes)

S-3

 

US Tax Certificate (For Non-US Participants that are not Partnerships For US Federal Income Tax Purposes)

S-4

 

US Tax Certificate (For Non-US Participants that are Partnerships For US Federal Income Tax Purposes)

T

 

Form of Borrower Assignment and Assumption Agreement

U

 

Form of Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement

V

 

Form of Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement

W

 

Form of Solvency Certificate

 

-v-


CREDIT AGREEMENT

This CREDIT AGREEMENT (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of November 23, 2010, among Dunkin’ Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Initial Borrower ”), and, upon the effectiveness of its joinder to this Agreement, Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), and, upon the Assumption, Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ DBI ”), each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, each a “ Lender ”), and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer.

PRELIMINARY STATEMENTS

The Initial Borrower has requested that (a) the Term B Lenders make Term B Loans to the Initial Borrower in an aggregate principal amount of $1,250,000,000, and (b) from time to time, the Revolving Credit Lenders lend to the Initial Borrower and the Borrower and the L/C Issuer issue Letters of Credit for the account of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries under a $100,000,000 Revolving Credit Facility.

Concurrently with the initial funding under this Agreement on the Closing Date, the Initial Borrower will enter into the Senior Secured Credit Facilities Escrow and Security Agreement with the Administrative Agent and the Escrow Agent, pursuant to which (i) the Lenders will deposit with the Escrow Agent into the Escrow Account the proceeds of the Term Loans made on the Closing Date and (ii) the Initial Borrower will deposit with the Escrow Agent into the Escrow Account certain additional amounts necessary to pay accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the Special Mandatory Prepayment Date.

The funds in the Escrow Account will be released in accordance with the terms of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities Escrow and Security Agreement, and together with (i) a portion of DBI’s cash on hand, (ii) the proceeds of the issuance of the Senior Notes and (iii) the proceeds of Revolving Credit Loans made on the Escrow Release Date, will be used by the Borrower to finance the repayment of all amounts outstanding under the Securitization Notes, to pay a special dividend to Holdings (the proceeds of which will then be used by Holdings to pay a subsequent special dividend to Parent) and pay the Transaction Expenses. The proceeds of Revolving Credit Loans made after the Closing Date will be used for working capital and other general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, including the financing of Permitted Acquisitions. Swing Line Loans and Letters of Credit will be used for general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries.

Concurrently with the release of funds from the Escrow Account on the Escrow Release Date, the Initial Borrower and the Borrower shall execute and deliver the Borrower Assignment and Assumption Agreement pursuant to which, among other things, the Initial Borrower shall assign and transfer to DBI all of its rights and obligations as the Borrower under the Loan Documents (such assignment, the “ Assumption ”). Immediately following the Assumption and upon the redemption of the Existing Securitization Notes and discharge of the Existing Securitization Indenture on the Escrow Release Date, the Initial Borrower will be merged with and into DBI, with DBI being the surviving entity.


The applicable Lenders have indicated their willingness to lend and the L/C Issuer has indicated its willingness to so issue Letters of Credit, in each case, on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement.

In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, the parties hereto covenant and agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1

DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS

Section 1.01 Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

Acceptable Discount ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(l)(iv)(B).

Acceptable Prepayment Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(l)(iv)(C).

Acceptance and Prepayment Notice ” means an irrevocable written notice from a Company Party accepting Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment at the Acceptable Discount specified therein pursuant to Section 10.07(l)(iv) substantially in the form of Exhibit Q .

Acceptance Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(l)(iv)(B).

Accepting Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b)(vii).

Ad Fund Cash ” means all amounts held in segregated accounts established solely for advertising activities pursuant to agreements with franchisees, including by Ad Fund Special Subsidiaries.

Ad Fund Special Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that (a) is an administrator or holder of cash held in segregated accounts established solely for advertising activities pursuant to agreements with franchisees and (b) holds no assets other than the accounts described in clause (a) and conducts no activities other than administering and holding such accounts and activities reasonably related to the foregoing, including DB AdFund Administrator LLC.

Administrative Agent ” means the United States branch of Barclays Bank PLC in its capacity as administrative agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any permitted successor administrative agent, provided that, in all events, any payments from the Loan Parties to the Administrative Agent shall be made to a “U.S. branch” of the Administrative Agent that is treated as a “U.S. person” for purposes of Treasury Regulations 1.1441-1.

Administrative Agent’s Office ” means the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 10.02, or such other address or account as the Administrative Agent may from time to time notify in writing to the Borrower, the Lenders and the L/C Issuers.

 

2


Administrative Questionnaire ” means an Administrative Questionnaire substantially in the form of Exhibit J.

Affiliate ” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with the Person specified. “ Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.

Affiliated Lender ” shall mean a Lender that is (a) a Sponsor or Affiliate of a Sponsor or (b) an Affiliate of any Loan Party (excluding, in each case (i) any Investment Fund, (ii) any Affiliate of any Sponsor that would not constitute a Sponsor pursuant to the definition thereof and (iii) Holdings, the Borrower or any of its respective Subsidiaries).

Affiliated Organization ” means (i) The Dunkin’ Donuts & Baskin-Robbins Community Foundation, Inc., Dunkin Brands Disaster Relief Fund, Inc., Dunkin Donuts Charitable Trust and any charitable organization that is an Affiliate of the Borrower or any Subsidiary that meets the requirements of Section 501(c)(3) of the Code to the extent, and only for so long as, such organization is eligible to receive tax-deductible contributions in accordance with Section 170 of the Code and (ii) Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. Political Action Committee and any non-profit political association qualifying as a separate, segregated fund, as that term is used in the Federal Election Campaign Act whose connected organization is DBI and that is independent of, and not affiliated with, any political party, candidate for elective office, or other political organization.

Agent-Related Person ” means the Administrative Agent, together with its Affiliates, and the officers, directors, employees, agents and attorneys-in-fact of such Persons and Affiliates.

Agents ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, each Co-Documentation Agent, and the Supplemental Administrative Agents (if any).

Aggregate Commitments ” means the Commitments of all the Lenders.

Agreement ” means this Credit Agreement.

Applicable Discount ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(l)(iii)(B).

Applicable Rate ” with respect to the Term B Loans and the Revolving Credit Loans, unused Revolving Credit Commitments, Letter of Credit fees and Revolving Credit Commitment Fees, the following percentages per annum, based upon the Total Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 6.02 means a percentage per annum equal to:

 

3


Applicable Rate

Pricing

Level

 

Total

Leverage Ratio

 

Eurocurrency Rate

and Letter of Credit

Fees

 

Base Rate

 

Revolving Credit

Commitment Fee

Rate

1   >6.00:1   4.25%   3.25%   0.500%
2   £ 6.00:1 but > 5.00:1   4.00%   3.00%   0.500%
3   £ 5.00:1   3.75%   2.75%   0.500%

Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Total Leverage Ratio shall become effective as of the first Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 6.02; provided that Pricing Level 1 shall apply (x) as of the first Business Day after the date on which a Compliance Certificate was required to have been delivered but was not delivered, and shall continue to so apply to and including the date on which such Compliance Certificate is so delivered (and thereafter the Pricing Level otherwise determined in accordance with this definition shall apply) and (y) at the option of the Administrative Agent or the Required Revolving Lenders, as of the first Business Day after an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and shall continue to so apply to but excluding the date on which such Event of Default is cured or waived (and thereafter the Pricing Level otherwise determined in accordance with this definition shall apply); provided , further , that prior to delivery of the Compliance Certificate with respect to the first fiscal quarter beginning after the Closing Date, Pricing Level 1 shall apply.

Appropriate Lender ” means, at any time, (a) with respect to Loans of any Class, the Lenders of such Class, (b) with respect to the Letter of Credit Sublimit, (i) the L/C Issuer and (ii) if any Letters of Credit have been issued pursuant to Section 2.03(a), the Revolving Credit Lenders and (c) with respect to the Swing Line Facility, (i) the Swing Line Lender and (ii) if any Swing Line Loans are outstanding pursuant to Section 2.04(a), the Revolving Credit Lenders.

Approved Domestic Bank ” has the meaning specified in clause (b) of the definition of “Cash Equivalents.”

Approved Foreign Bank ” has the meaning specified in clause (f) of the definition of “Cash Equivalents.”

Approved Fund ” means any Fund that is administered, advised or managed by (a) a Lender, (b) an Affiliate of a Lender or (c) an entity or an Affiliate of an entity that administers, advises or manages a Lender.

Arrangers ” means Barclays Capital, the investment banking division of Barclays Bank PLC, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, each in its capacity as an arranger and joint bookrunner for the Facilities.

Assignment and Assumption ” means an Assignment and Assumption substantially in the form of Exhibit E or in another form reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent.

Assumption ” has the meanings specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

 

4


Attorney Costs ” means and includes all reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external counsel.

Attributable Indebtedness ” means, on any date, in respect of any Capitalized Lease of any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP.

Auction Agent ” means (a) the Administrative Agent or (b) any other financial institution or advisor employed by the Borrower reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (whether or not an Affiliate of the Administrative Agent) to act as an arranger in connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment pursuant to Section 10.07(l); provided that the Borrower shall not designate the Administrative Agent as the Auction Agent without the written consent of the Administrative Agent (it being understood that the Administrative Agent shall be under no obligation to agree to act as the Auction Agent).

Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(b)(iii).

Base Rate ” means for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1/2 of 1%, (b) the rate of interest per annum determined from time to time by the Administrative Agent as its “prime rate” in effect at its principal office in New York City and (c) the Eurodollar Rate applicable for an Interest Period of one month beginning on such day (or if such day is not a Business Day, the immediately preceding Business Day) plus 1.00%; provided that in no event shall the Base Rate be less than 2.50%. The “prime rate” is a rate set by the Administrative Agent based upon various factors including the Administrative Agent’s costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such determined rate. Any change in the Base Rate due to a change in the Federal Funds Rate or such “prime rate” shall be effective as of the opening of business on the effective day of such change in the Federal Funds Rate or “prime rate”, as the case may be.

Base Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest based on the Base Rate.

Borrower ” shall mean (a) prior to the execution and delivery to the Administrative Agent of the Borrower Assignment and Assumption Agreement, the Initial Borrower and (b) following the execution and delivery to the Administrative Agent of the Borrower Assignment and Assumption Agreement, DBI.

Borrower Assignment and Assumption Agreement ” shall mean the Assignment and Assumption Agreement executed by the Initial Borrower and DBI, providing for the Assignment and Assumption of the Loans and Commitments, along with all other rights and duties as a “Borrower” hereunder by the Initial Borrower to DBI, substantially in the form of Exhibit T or as otherwise mutually acceptable to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

Borrower Materials ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.

Borrower Merger ” means the consummation of the merger of the Initial Borrower with and into DBI, with DBI being the surviving entity, immediately following the Assumption.

 

5


Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment ” means the offer by a Company Party to make a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a specified discount to par pursuant to Section 10.07(l)(ii).

Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers ” means the solicitation by a Company Party of offers for, and the corresponding acceptance by a Company Party to make, a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a specified range at a discount to par pursuant to Section 10.07(l)(iii).

Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers ” means the solicitation by a Company Party of offers for, and the subsequent acceptance, if any, by the Company Party to make, a voluntary prepayment of Term Loans at a discount to par pursuant to Section 10.07(l)(iv).

Borrowing ” means a Revolving Credit Borrowing, a New Revolving Credit Borrowing, a Swing Line Borrowing, a Term Borrowing, or a New Term Borrowing, as the context may require.

Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in when used in relation to the Borrower, the state where the Administrative Agent’s Office is located, and if such day relates to any interest rate settings as to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, any fundings, disbursements, settlements and payments in respect of any such Eurodollar Rate Loan, or any other dealings to be carried out pursuant to this Agreement in respect of any such Eurodollar Rate Loan, means any such day on which dealings in deposits in Dollars are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank eurodollar market.

Capitalized Lease Obligation ” means, at the time any determination thereof is to be made, the amount of the liability in respect of a Capitalized Lease that would at such time be required to be capitalized and reflected as a liability on a balance sheet (excluding the footnotes thereto) prepared in accordance with GAAP.

Capitalized Leases ” means all leases that have been or should be, in accordance with GAAP, recorded as capitalized leases on a balance sheet of the lessee.

Capitalized Software Expenditures ” means, for any period, the aggregate of all expenditures (whether paid in cash or accrued as liabilities) during such period in respect of licensed or purchased software or internally developed software and software enhancements that are or are required to be reflected as capitalized costs on the consolidated balance sheet in accordance with GAAP.

Cash Collateral ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(g).

Cash Collateral Account ” means a deposit account at a commercial bank selected by the Administrative Agent in the name of the Administrative Agent and under the sole dominion and control of the Administrative Agent, and otherwise established in a manner satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

 

6


Cash Collateralize ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(g).

Cash Equivalents ” means any of the following types of Investments, to the extent owned by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens permitted pursuant to any Loan Document):

(a) readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the United States, any state, commonwealth or territory of the United States or any agency or instrumentality thereof, having maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof; provided that the full faith and credit of the United States is pledged in support thereof;

(b) time deposits with, or insured certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances of, any commercial bank that (i) (A) is a Lender or (B) is organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia or is the principal banking subsidiary of a bank holding company organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico and is a member of the Federal Reserve System and (ii) has combined capital and surplus of at least $250,000,000 (any such bank being an “ Approved Domestic Bank ”), in each case with maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof;

(c) commercial paper and variable or fixed rate notes issued by an Approved Domestic Bank (or by the parent company thereof) or any variable rate note issued by, or guaranteed by a domestic corporation rated “A-1” (or the equivalent thereof) or better by S&P or “P-1” (or the equivalent thereof) or better by Moody’s, in each case with maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof;

(d) repurchase agreements entered into by any Person with a bank or trust company (including any of the Lenders) having capital and surplus in excess of $250,000,000 for direct obligations issued by or fully guaranteed by the United States;

(e) Investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, in money market investment programs registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, which are administered by financial institutions having capital of at least $250,000,000, and the portfolios of which are limited such that 95% of such investments are of the character, quality and maturity described in clauses (a), (b), (c), and (d) of this definition;

(f) solely with respect to any Foreign Subsidiary, non-Dollar denominated (i) certificates of deposit of, bankers acceptances of, or time deposits with, any commercial bank which is organized and existing under the laws of the country in which such Foreign Subsidiary maintains its chief executive office and principal place of business (provided such country is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development), and whose short-term commercial paper rating from S&P is at least “A-1” or the equivalent thereof or from Moody’s is at least “P-1” or the equivalent thereof (any such bank being an “ Approved Foreign Bank ”) and maturing within one year of the date of

 

7


acquisition and (ii) equivalents of demand deposit accounts which are maintained with an Approved Foreign Bank; and

(g) readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured by the government or any agency or instrumentality of the United Kingdom or any member nation of the European Union whose legal tender is the euro and which are denominated in pounds sterling or euro or any other foreign currency comparable in tenor to those referred to above and customarily used by corporations for cash management purposes in any jurisdiction outside the United States to the extent reasonably required in connection with any business conducted by any Restricted Subsidiary organized in such jurisdiction, having (i) one of the two highest ratings from either Moody’s or S&P and (ii) maturities of not more than one year from the date of acquisition thereof; provided that the full faith and credit of the United Kingdom or any such member nation of the European Union is pledged in support thereof.

Cash Management Obligations ” means obligations owed by any Loan Party or Restricted Subsidiary to any Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender in respect of any overdraft and related liabilities arising from treasury, depository and cash management services or any automated clearing house transfers of funds or in respect of any credit card or similar services.

Casualty Event ” means any event that gives rise to the receipt by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries of any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in respect of any equipment, fixed assets or real property (including any improvements thereon) to replace or repair such equipment, fixed assets or real property.

CERCLA ” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980.

CERCLIS ” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Information System maintained by the US Environmental Protection Agency.

Change of Control ” means the earliest to occur of

(a) at any time prior to a Qualifying IPO, the Permitted Holders directly or indirectly cease to beneficially own (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 and Rule 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or any successor provision) Equity Interests representing more than 50% of the total voting power of all of the outstanding Voting Stock of Holdings;

(b) at any time on or after a Qualifying IPO, (i) Holdings becomes aware of (by way of a report or any other filing pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act, proxy, vote, written notice or otherwise) the acquisition by any Person or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act, or any successor provision), including any group acting for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities (within the meaning of Rule 13d-5(b)(1) under the Exchange Act), other than one or more Permitted Holders, in a single transaction or in a related series of transactions, by way of merger, amalgamation, consolidation or other business combination

 

8


or purchase of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act, or any successor provision) of Equity Interests representing more than more than the greater of (x) thirty-five percent (35%) of the total voting power of all of the outstanding Voting Stock of Holdings and (y) the percentage of the total voting power of all of the outstanding Voting Stock of Holdings owned, directly or indirectly, beneficially by the Permitted Holders, or (ii) during any period of twelve (12) consecutive months, the board of directors of Holdings shall cease to consist of a majority of the Continuing Directors;

(c) DBI ceasing to be a directly or indirectly wholly owned Subsidiary of Holdings; or

(d) any “Change of Control” (or any comparable term) in any document pertaining to the Senior Notes or any Permitted Refinancing thereof with an aggregate outstanding principal amount in excess of the Threshold Amount.

Class ” (a) when used with respect to Lenders, refers to whether such Lenders are Revolving Credit Lenders, New Revolving Credit Lenders, Term B Lenders, New Term Lenders, Extended Term Lender or Extending Revolving Credit Lenders (b) when used with respect to Commitments, refers to whether such Commitments are Revolving Credit Commitments, New Revolving Credit Commitments, Extended Revolving Credit Commitments, Term B Commitments, New Term Commitments and (c) when used with respect to Loans or a Borrowing, refers to whether such Loans, or the Loans comprising such Borrowing, are Revolving Credit Loans or Term B Loans, in each case, under this Agreement as originally in effect or pursuant to Section 2.14, 2.15 or 2.16, of which such Loan, Borrowing or Commitment shall be a part.

Closing Date ” means November 23, 2010 or, if later, the first date all the conditions precedent in Section 4.01 are satisfied or waived in accordance with Section 4.01.

Closing Date Funding Fees ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.09(c).

Co-Documentation Agents ” means Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC and Cooperatieve Centrale Raiffeisen-Boerenleenbank B.A., “Rabobank Nederland”, New York Branch, each in its capacity as a co-documentation agent for the Facilities.

Code ” means the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

Collateral ” means all of the “Collateral” referred to in the Collateral Documents and all other property of any Loan Party, now existing or hereafter acquired, that may at any time be or become subject to Liens in favor of the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties pursuant to the Collateral Documents in order to secure the Secured Obligations.

Collateral Documents ” means, collectively, the Senior Secured Credit Facilities Escrow and Security Agreement, the Security Agreement, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement, the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement, each Intellectual Property Security Agreement, the Mortgages, if any, and each of the other agreements, instruments or documents that creates or

 

9


purports to create a Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties as security for the Secured Obligations, including collateral assignments, Security Agreement Supplements, security agreements, pledge agreements or other similar agreements delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties pursuant to Sections 4.01, 6.12 and 6.14.

Commitment ” means a Term Commitment or a Revolving Credit Commitment, as the context may require.

Committed Loan Notice ” means a notice of (a) a Term Borrowing, (b) a Revolving Credit Borrowing, (c) a conversion of Loans from one Type to the other, or (d) a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, pursuant to Section 2.02(a), which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A .

Company Parties ” means the collective reference to Holdings, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, and “ Company Party ” means any one of them.

Compensation Period ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.12(c)(ii).

Competitors ” means those Persons who are direct competitors of DBI and listed on Schedule 1.01A of the Confidential Disclosure Letter.

Compliance Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit D .

Confidential Disclosure Letter ” means the letter from the Borrower to the Lenders delivered on or prior to the date hereof.

Consolidated EBITDA ” means, for any period, the sum of (a) Consolidated Net Income, plus (b) an amount which, in the determination of Consolidated Net Income for such period, has been deducted or netted from gross revenues (except with respect to subclauses (ix) and (xi) below, and, to the extent attributable to amounts accrued but not added back in a prior period, payments in subclause (v)) for, without duplication,

(i) interest expense and, to the extent not reflected in such interest expense, any losses with respect to obligations under any Swap Contracts or other derivative instruments (including any applicable termination payment) entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, any bank and financing fees, any costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptance or any similar facilities or financing and Swap Contracts,

(ii) provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, without limitation, federal, state, provincial, franchise, excise, withholding and similar taxes, including any penalties and interest relating to any tax examinations,

(iii) the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including expenses related to Capitalized Software Expenditures and Capitalized Leases,

 

10


(iv) (a) Transaction Expenses paid prior to March 31, 2011 and (b) to the extent permitted hereunder, any costs and expenses incurred in connection with any Investment, Disposition, Equity Issuance or Debt Issuance (including fees and expenses related to the offering of the Senior Notes and the Facilities and any amendments, supplements and modifications thereof), including the amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses (in each case, whether or not consummated),

(v) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, transaction and advisory fees (including termination fees) and related indemnities and expenses paid or accrued during such period to the Sponsors in accordance with the Management Agreement to the extent permitted to be paid under Section 7.08,

(vi) any costs, charges, accruals and reserves in connection with any integration, transition, facilities openings, vacant facilities, consolidations, relocations and closings, pre-openings, openings, permitted acquisitions, Joint Venture investments and Dispositions, business optimization (including relating to systems design, upgrade, implementation costs, franchise-related restructuring programs, non-recurring franchisee information technology and market research programs), entry into new markets, including consulting fees, Refranchising Transactions, restructuring, severance, severance and curtailments or modifications to pension or postretirement employee benefit plans;

(vii) the amount of any expense or deduction associated with income of any Restricted Subsidiaries attributable to non-controlling interests or minority interest of third parties,

(viii) any non-cash charges, losses or expenses (including tax reclassification related to tax contingencies in a prior period and, subject to clause (d) below, including accruals and reserves in respect of potential or future cash items), but excluding, any non-cash charge relating to write-offs or write-downs of inventory or accounts receivable or representing amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid but not expensed in a prior period,

(ix) cash actually received (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures) during such period, and not included in Consolidated Net Income in any period, to the extent that the non-cash gain relating to such cash receipt or netting arrangement was deducted in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to paragraph (c) below for any previous period and not added back,

(x) unusual or non-recurring losses or charges, and

(xi) the amount of “run-rate” cost savings and synergies projected by the Borrower in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken or expected in good faith to be taken within 12 months following the end of such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions; provided that such cost savings and synergies are reasonably identifiable,

 

11


factually supportable and certified by the chief financial officer or treasurer of the Borrower (it is understood and agreed that “run-rate” means the full recurring benefit for a period that is associated with any action taken or expected to be taken, provided that such benefit is expected to be realized within 12 months of taking such action), minus

(c) an amount which, in the determination of Consolidated Net Income for such period, has been included for non-cash income during such period (other than with respect to (A) amounts attributable to investments in the Specified Joint Ventures, (B) amortization of unfavorable operating leases and (C) payments actually received and the reversal of any accrual or reserve to the extent not previously added back in any prior period), minus (d) all cash payments made during such period on account of non-cash charges added to Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clause (b)(viii) above in such period or in a prior period; minus (e) the amount of income consisting of or associated with losses of any Restricted Subsidiary attributable to non-controlling interests or minority interests of third parties, minus (f) non-recurring or unusual gains.

The aggregate amount of add backs made pursuant to clauses (vi) and (xi) above (together with any cost savings or synergies added to Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to Section 1.04(d) (such aggregate amount, the “ Adjustment Amount ”)) in any Test Period shall not exceed (A) 15% of Consolidated EBITDA (prior to giving effect to such addbacks) for any Test Period completed on or prior to December 31, 2011 and (B) 10% of Consolidated EBITDA (prior to giving effect to such addbacks) for any Test Period completed after December 31, 2011; provided , that to the extent the aggregate Adjustment Amount for any Test Period was less than the cap applicable to such Test Period, the cap set forth in clause (B) of the preceding proviso shall be increased by such amount (but not to exceed 15% of Consolidated EBITDA (prior to giving effect to such addbacks) for the succeeding Test Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Consolidated EBITDA for the fiscal quarter ended on (i) December 26, 2009 shall be deemed to be $64,771,000, (ii) March 27, 2010 shall be deemed to be $56,504,000, (iii) June 26, 2010 shall be deemed to be $77,045,000 and (iv) September 25, 2010 shall be deemed to be $76,561,000.

Consolidated First Lien Secured Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of Consolidated Total Debt outstanding on such date that is secured equally and ratably with the Facilities.

Consolidated Interest Expense ” means, for any period, with respect to any Person and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the amount by which (i) interest expense in respect of Indebtedness (less payments received, and plus payments made, pursuant to interest rate Swap Contracts) for such period (including the interest component under Capitalized Leases), but excluding, to the extent included in interest expense, (v) fees and expenses associated with the consummation of the Transactions, (w) annual agency fees paid to the Administrative Agent, (x) costs associated with obtaining Swap Contracts, (y) fees and expenses associated with any Debt Issuance and any prepayment, redemption, repurchase or other satisfaction or retirement of indebtedness (whether or not consummated and including premium and prepayment penalties), and (z) pay-in-kind interest expense, accretion of original issue discount or discounted liabilities or other non-cash interest expense (including as a result of the effects of purchase accounting, accrual of discounted liabilities and movement of mark to market valuation of obligations under Swap Contracts or other derivative instruments), exceeds (ii) interest income for such period, in each case as determined in accordance with GAAP, to the extent the same are paid or payable (or

 

12


received or receivable) in cash with respect to such period. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, for the purposes of determining Consolidated Interest Expense for any period ending prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, Consolidated Interest Expense shall be an amount equal to actual Consolidated Interest Expense from the Closing Date through the date of determination multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is 365 and the denominator of which is the number of days from the Closing Date through the date of determination.

Consolidated Net Income ” means, for any period, with respect to any Person, net income attributable to such Person and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as determined in accordance with GAAP; provided that Consolidated Net Income for any such period shall exclude, without duplication,

(i) any net after-tax extraordinary gains, losses or charges,

(ii) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principle(s) during such period,

(iii) any net after-tax gains or losses realized upon the Disposition of assets outside the ordinary course of business (including any gain or loss realized upon the Disposition of any Equity Interests of any Person) and any net gains or losses on disposed, abandoned and discontinued operations (including in connection with any disposal thereof) and any accretion or accrual of discounted liabilities,

(iv) (A) the net income (or loss) of (1) solely for purposes of determining the amount available under clause (a) of the definition of Cumulative Amount, any Restricted Subsidiary (other than a Loan Party) to the extent that the declaration or payment of dividends or similar distributions by such Subsidiary of that income is not at the time permitted without any prior governmental approval (which has not been obtained) or, directly or indirectly, by the operation of the terms of its charter or any agreement, instrument, judgment, decree, statute, rule or governmental regulation applicable to such Subsidiary or its stockholders (which has not been legally waived) and (2) any Person that is not a Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Specified Joint Ventures), except in each case to the extent of the amount of dividends or other distributions actually paid in cash or Cash Equivalents (or converted to cash or Cash Equivalents) to such Person or one of its Restricted Subsidiaries by such Person during such period and (B) the income or loss of any Person accrued prior to the date it becomes a Subsidiary of such Person or is merged into or consolidated with such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person or the date that such other Person’s assets are acquired by such Person or any Subsidiary of such Person,

(v) non-cash compensation charges, including any such charges arising from stock options, restricted stock grants or other equity-incentive programs or any direct or indirect parents in connection with the Transactions,

(vi) (A) any charges or expenses pursuant to any management equity plan or stock option plan or any other management or employee benefit plan or agreement, any stock subscription or shareholder agreement or any distributor equity plan or agreement and (B) any charges, costs, expenses, accruals or reserves in connection with the rollover,

 

13


acceleration or payout of Equity Interests held by management of the Company Parties, in each case of (A) and (B), to the extent that (in the case of any cash charges, costs and expenses) such charges, costs or expenses are funded with cash proceeds contributed to the capital of the Borrower, Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower or Net Cash Proceeds of an issuance of Qualified Equity Interests of the Borrower, Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of the Borrower;

(vii) any net income or loss attributable to the early extinguishment of Indebtedness,

(viii) effects of any adjustments (including the effects of such adjustments pushed down to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries) in the inventory, property and equipment, software, goodwill, other intangible assets, in-process research and development, deferred revenue, debt line items, any earn-out obligations and any other non-cash charges (other than the amortization of unfavorable operating leases) in such Person’s consolidated financial statements pursuant to GAAP resulting from the application of purchase accounting in relation to the Transactions, any consummated acquisition or any Joint Venture investments or the amortization or write-off of any such amounts,

(ix) accruals and reserves that are established within twelve months after the Closing Date that are so required to be established as a result of the Transactions in accordance with GAAP,

(x) any impairment charge or asset write-off or write-down, including impairment charges or asset write-offs or write-downs related to intangible assets, long-lived assets, investments in debt and equity securities or obligations (including any losses with respect to obligations of customers, account debtors and suppliers in bankruptcy, insolvency or similar proceedings) or as a result of a change in law or regulation, in each case, pursuant to GAAP,

(xi) any net gain or loss resulting from currency translation gains or losses related to currency remeasurements of Indebtedness (including any net loss or gain resulting from hedge agreements for currency exchange risk) and any foreign currency translation gains or losses, and

(xii) any net unrealized gains and losses resulting from obligations under Swap Contracts or other derivative instruments entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk and the application of Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 133.

In addition, to the extent not already included in the Consolidated Net Income of such Person and its Subsidiaries, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing (but without duplication of any of the foregoing exclusions and adjustments), Consolidated Net Income shall include the amount of proceeds received from business interruption insurance in respect of expenses, charges or losses with respect to business interruption and reimbursements of any expenses and charges to the extent reducing Consolidated Net Income that are actually received and covered by indemnification or other reimbursement provisions or, so long as the Borrower has made a determination that there exists reasonable expectation that such amount will in fact

 

14


be reimbursed by the insurer and only to the extent that such amount is in fact reimbursed within 365 days of the date of such determination (with a reversal in the applicable future period for any amount so included to the extent not so reimbursed within such 365-day period), in connection with any investment or any sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of assets permitted hereunder.

Consolidated Scheduled Funded Debt Payments ” means, as of any date for the applicable period ending on such date with respect to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, the sum of all scheduled payments of principal on Consolidated Total Debt made during such period (including the implied principal component of payments made on Capitalized Leases during such period) as determined in accordance with GAAP.

Consolidated Senior Secured Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of Consolidated Total Debt outstanding on such date that is secured by a Lien on any asset or property of any Loan Party.

Consolidated Total Debt ” means, as of any date of determination, (a) the aggregate stated balance sheet amount of Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries outstanding on such date, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP (but excluding the effects of any discounting of Indebtedness resulting from the application of purchase accounting in connection with any Permitted Acquisition) consisting of Indebtedness for borrowed money, obligations in respect of Capitalized Leases and letters of credit to the extent of amounts outstanding under standby letters of credit and unreimbursed for more that 10 days and obligations in respect of Indebtedness evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or similar instruments, minus the lesser of (x) the aggregate amount of cash and Cash Equivalents (in each case, free and clear of all Liens other than nonconsensual Liens permitted under Section 7.01) included in the consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries as of such date (other than Gift Card Restricted Funds), and (y) $100,000,000; provided , that Consolidated Total Debt shall not include (A) Indebtedness in respect of Guarantees of obligations of franchisees or any of their Affiliates and (B) Indebtedness in respect of obligations of the type described in clauses (b), (c), (d) and (g) of the definition of “Indebtedness” or clause (e) or (h) thereof to the extent relating to such clause (b), (c), (d) or (g), except in the case of any letter of credit, except to the extent of amounts outstanding under standby letters of credit and unreimbursed for more than 10 days.

Consolidated Working Capital ” means, as at any date of determination, the excess of Current Assets over Current Liabilities.

Consolidated Working Capital Adjustment ” means, for any period on a consolidated basis, the amount (which may be a negative number) by which Consolidated Working Capital as of the beginning of such period exceeds (or is less than) Consolidated Working Capital as of the end of such period; provided , that there shall be excluded the effect of any Disposition or acquisition during such period, and the application of purchase accounting.

Continuing Directors ” shall mean the directors (or managers) of Holdings on the Closing Date and each other director (or manager), if, in each case, such other directors’ or managers’ nomination for election to the board of directors (or board of managers) of Holdings is endorsed

 

15


by a majority of the then-Continuing Directors or such other director receives the vote of the Permitted Holders in his or her election by the stockholders of Holdings.

Contractual Obligation ” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

Control ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Affiliate.”

Controlled Investment Affiliate ” means, as to any Person, any other Person, other than any Sponsor, which directly or indirectly is in control of, is controlled by, or is under common control with such Person and is organized by such Person (or any Person controlling such Person) primarily for making direct or indirect equity or debt investments in the Borrower and/or other companies.

Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness ” shall mean (a) Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, (b) Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt, (c) Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt or (d) other Indebtedness incurred pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment (including, without limitation, Other Term Loans and Other Revolving Credit Loans), in each case, issued, incurred or otherwise obtained (including by means of the extension or renewal of existing Indebtedness) in exchange for, or to extend, renew, replace or refinance, in whole or part, existing Term Loans or existing Revolving Credit Loans (or unused Revolving Credit Commitments), or any then-existing Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness (“ Refinanced Debt ”); provided that (i) such Indebtedness has a later maturity and a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Refinanced Debt, (ii) such Indebtedness shall not have a greater principal amount than the principal amount of the Refinanced Debt plus accrued interest, fees and premiums (if any) thereon and reasonable fees and expenses associated with the refinancing, (iii) such Refinanced Debt shall be repaid, defeased or satisfied and discharged on a dollar-for-dollar basis, and all accrued interest, fees and premiums (if any) in connection therewith shall be paid, on the date such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness is issued, incurred or obtained and (iv) the aggregate unused revolving commitments under such Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness shall not exceed the unused Revolving Credit Commitments being replaced.

Credit Extension ” means each of the following: (a) a Borrowing and (b) an L/C Credit Extension.

Cumulative Amount ” means, on any date of determination (the “ Reference Date ”), the sum of (without duplication):

(a) the sum of Excess Cash Flow for each fiscal year of the Borrower, commencing with the fiscal year of the Borrower ending December 31, 2011, that was not required to be applied to prepay Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(b), provided that (i) for purposes of Section 7.06(f), the amount in this clause (a) shall only be available if the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be in Pro Forma Compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 7.10 and have a Total Leverage Ratio of not greater than 5.50 to 1.0 as of the end of the Test Period then last ended, in each case, after giving effect to such Restricted Payment and (ii) for purposes of Section 7.13, the amount in this clause (a) shall only be

 

16


available if the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be in Pro Forma Compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 7.10 and have a Total Leverage Ratio of not greater than 6.00 to 1.0 as of the end of the Test Period then last ended, in each case, after giving effect to such payment, prepayment, redemption, purchase, defeasance or satisfaction; plus

(b) Eligible Equity Proceeds (other than to the extent (x) used in a Cure Amount or (y) applied to fund (i) termination fees added back to Consolidated EBITDA under clause (v) of the definition thereof and (ii) charges, costs and expenses excluded from Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clause (vi)(B) thereof) to the extent Not Otherwise Applied; plus

(c) to the extent not included in clause (a) above, the aggregate amount received by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary from cash dividends and distributions received from any Unrestricted Subsidiaries and Net Cash Proceeds in connection with the Disposition of its Equity Interests in any Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case, during the period from and including the Business Day immediately following the Closing Date through and including the Reference Date, in each case to the extent that the Investment corresponding to the designation of such Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any subsequent Investment in such Unrestricted Subsidiary, was made in reliance on the Cumulative Amount pursuant to Section 7.02(n); minus

(d) the aggregate amount of (1) Restricted Payments made using the Cumulative Amount pursuant to Section 7.06(f)(ii), (2) Investments made using the Cumulative Amount pursuant to Section 7.02(n), (3) prepayments made using the Cumulative Amount pursuant to Section 7.13(i)(B) during the period from and including the Business Day immediately following the Closing Date through and including the Reference Date (without taking account of the intended usage of the Cumulative Amount on such Reference Date) and (4) Restricted Payments made pursuant to Section 7.06(j); plus

(e) to the extent not included in clause (a) above, the aggregate amount of cash Returns to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of Investments made pursuant to Section 7.02(n)(y).

Cure Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.04(a).

Cure Expiration Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.04(a).

Current Assets ” means, at any time, the consolidated current assets (other than cash, deferred income taxes, Cash Equivalents and assets associated with Ad Fund Cash and Gift Card Restricted Funds) of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Current Liabilities ” means, at any time, the consolidated current liabilities of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries at such time, but excluding, without duplication, (a) the current portion of any long-term Indebtedness, (b) outstanding Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans (c) the current portion of interest, (d) the current portion of any Capitalized Leases, (e) the current portion of current and deferred income taxes, (f) liabilities in respect of unpaid

 

17


earnouts, (g) the current portion of any other long-term liabilities, (h) deferred revenue, (i) liabilities associated with customer prepayments and deposits and (j) liabilities associated with Ad Fund Cash and Gift Card Restricted Funds.

DBI ” has the meanings specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

Debt Issuance ” means the issuance or incurrence by any Person or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries of any Indebtedness for borrowed money.

Debtor Relief Laws ” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, general assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, examinership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the rights of creditors generally.

Declining Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b)(vii).

Default ” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

Default Rate ” means an interest rate equal to (a) the Base Rate plus (b) the Applicable Rate applicable to Base Rate Loans that are Term Loans plus (c) 2.0% per annum; provided that with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, the Default Rate shall be an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Applicable Rate) otherwise applicable to such Loan plus 2.0% per annum, in each case, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.

Defaulting Lender ” means, at any time, as reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent, a Lender as to which the Administrative Agent has notified the Borrower that (i) such Lender has failed for two or more Business Days to comply with its obligations under this Agreement to make a Term Loan, Revolving Credit Loan, make a payment to the L/C Issuer in respect of an L/C Obligation and/or make a payment to the Swing Line Lender in respect of a Swing Line Loan (each a “ Lender Funding Obligation ”), in each case, required to be funded hereunder, (ii) such Lender has notified the Administrative Agent, or has stated publicly, that it will not comply with any such Lender Funding Obligation hereunder, or has defaulted on its Lender Funding Obligations under any other loan agreement or credit agreement or other similar agreement in which it commits to extend credit (absent a good faith dispute), (iii) such Lender has, for three or more Business Days, failed to confirm in writing to the Administrative Agent, in response to a written request of the Administrative Agent (based on the reasonable belief that it may not fulfill its Lender Funding Obligations), that it will comply with its Lender Funding Obligations hereunder (absent a good faith dispute); provided , that any such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender under this clause (iii) upon receipt of such confirmation by the Administrative Agent, or (iv) a Lender Insolvency Event has occurred and is continuing with respect to such Lender ( provided that neither the reallocation of Lender Funding Obligations provided for in Section 2.17 as a result of a Lender’s being a Defaulting Lender nor the performance by Non-Defaulting Lenders of such reallocated Lender Funding Obligations will by themselves cause the relevant Defaulting Lender to become a Non-Defaulting Lender). The Administrative Agent will

 

18


promptly send to all parties hereto a copy of any notice to the Borrower provided for in this definition.

Designated Non-Cash Consideration ” means the fair market value (as determined by the Borrower in good faith) of non-cash consideration received by the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary in connection with a Disposition pursuant to Section 7.05(k) that is designated as Designated Non-Cash Consideration pursuant to a certificate of a Responsible Officer, setting forth the basis of such valuation (which amount will be reduced by the fair market value of the portion of the non-cash consideration converted to cash or Cash Equivalents within one hundred and eighty (180) days following the consummation of the applicable Disposition).

Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(l)(ii)(B).

Discount Range ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(l)(iii)(A).

Discount Range Prepayment Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(l)(iii)(A).

Discount Range Prepayment Notice ” means an irrevocable written notice of the Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers made pursuant to Section 10.07(l)(iii) substantially in the form of Exhibit M .

Discount Range Prepayment Offer ” means the irrevocable written offer by a Term Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit N , submitted in response to an invitation to submit offers following the Auction Agent’s receipt of a Discount Range Prepayment Notice.

Discount Range Prepayment Response Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(l)(iii)(A).

Discount Range Pro-Rata Factor ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(l)(iii)(C).

Discounted Prepayment Determination Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(l)(iv)(C).

Discounted Prepayment Effective Date ” means in the case of the Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment or Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers, the second Business Day following the receipt by the applicable Company Party of notice from the Auction Agent in accordance with Section 10.07(l)(ii)(C), Section 10.07(l)(iii)(C) or Section 10.07(l)(iv)(C), as applicable.

Discounted Term Loan Prepayment ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(l)(i).

Disposition ” or “ Dispose ” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition of any property by any Person (including any sale and leaseback transaction and any sale of Equity Interests, but excluding any issuance by such Person of its own Equity Interests), including any

 

19


sale, assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith.

Disqualified Equity Interests ” means any Equity Interest which, by its terms (or by the terms of any security or other Equity Interests into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable), or upon the happening of any event or condition (a) matures or is mandatorily redeemable (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests of Holdings), pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise (except as a result of a change of control or asset sale so long as any rights of the holders thereof upon the occurrence of a change of control or asset sale event shall be subject to the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations that are accrued and payable, the termination of the Commitments and the termination of, or backstop on terms reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent of, all outstanding Letters of Credit), (b) is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof (other than solely for Qualified Equity Interests of Holdings), in whole or in part, (c) provides for the scheduled payments of dividends in cash, or (d) is or becomes convertible into or exchangeable for Indebtedness or any other Equity Interests that would constitute Disqualified Equity Interests, in each case, prior to the date that is ninety-one (91) days after the Latest Maturity Date; provided that if such Equity Interests are issued pursuant to a plan for the benefit of employees of Holdings, the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries or by any such plan to such employees, such Equity Interests shall not constitute Disqualified Equity Interests solely because it may be required to be repurchased by Holdings, the Borrower or the Restricted Subsidiaries in order to satisfy applicable statutory or regulatory obligations.

Dollar ” and “ $ ” mean lawful money of the United States.

Domestic Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia.

Eligible Assignee ” means (a) a Lender; (b) an Affiliate of a Lender; (c) an Approved Fund; and (d) an Affiliated Lender to the extent contemplated by Section 10.07(k); and (e) any other Person (other than a natural person) approved by (i) the Administrative Agent, (ii) in the case of any assignment of a Revolving Credit Commitment, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender, and (iii) unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing under Section 8.01(a), Section 8.01(f) or Section 8.01(g)(i), the Borrower (each such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided , that under no circumstances shall any Competitor be an assignee without the prior written consent of the Borrower (which may be withheld in the Borrower’s sole discretion).

Eligible Equity Proceeds ” means the Net Cash Proceeds received by Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof from any sale or issuance of any Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) or from any capital contributions in respect of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) to the extent such Net Cash Proceeds or capital contributions are directly or indirectly contributed to, and actually received by, the Borrower as cash common equity (or, if only a portion thereof is so contributed and received, to the extent of such portion).

Environment ” means ambient air, indoor air, surface water, groundwater, drinking water, soil and subsurface strata, and natural resources, such as wetlands, flora and fauna.

 

20


Environmental Laws ” means the common law and any and all applicable Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants, franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution, the protection of the Environment or of public health (to the extent relating to exposure to Hazardous Materials) or the management, storage, treatment, transport, distribution or Release of any Hazardous Materials.

Environmental Liability ” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of the Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries arising from, resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling, transportation, storage, treatment or Release of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the Release or threatened Release of any Hazardous Materials or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.

Environmental Permit ” means any permit, approval, identification number, license or other authorization required under any Environmental Law.

Equity Interests ” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares, interests, rights, participations or other equivalents (however designated) of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests or units in) such Person and all of the warrants, options or other rights for the purchase, acquisition or exchange from such Person of any of the foregoing (including through convertible securities but excluding debt securities convertible into or exchangeable for any of the foregoing).

Equity Issuance ” means any issuance for cash by any Person to any other Person of (a) its Equity Interests, (b) any of its Equity Interests pursuant to the exercise of options or warrants, (c) any of its Equity Interests pursuant to the conversion of any debt securities to equity or (d) any options or warrants relating to its Equity Interests. A Disposition of Equity Interests shall not be deemed to be an Equity Issuance.

ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended from time to time.

ERISA Affiliate ” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common control with the Borrower within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code solely for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).

ERISA Event ” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) the incurrence by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate of any liability with respect to a complete or partial withdrawal by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is, or is expected to be, in

 

21


reorganization within the meaning of Title IV of ERISA; (d) the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Pension Plan amendment as a termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) an event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (f) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due, upon the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or (g) with respect to a Pension Plan, the failure to satisfy the minimum funding standard of Section 412 of the Code and Section 302 of ERISA, whether or not waived, or the failure to make any contribution to a Multiemployer Plan.

Escrow Account ” means the escrow account established pursuant to the Senior Secured Credit Facilities Escrow and Security Agreement.

Escrow Agent ” means Wilmington Trust Company, as escrow agent under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities Escrow and Security Agreement and the Senior Notes Escrow and Security Agreement.

Escrow Period ” means the period from and including the Closing Date and ending upon the redemption of the Existing Securitization Notes and discharge of the Existing Securitization Indenture on the Escrow Release Date.

Escrow Property ” means the deposits, funds, securities or other property credited to the Escrow Account plus all interest, dividends and other distributions and payments on any of the foregoing received or receivable by the Escrow Agent, together with all proceeds of any of the foregoing, in each case, from time to time held in the Escrow Account.

Escrow Release Date ” means date on which the Existing Securitization Notes are repaid, the Existing Securitization Indenture is discharged and the Assumption is consummated.

Eurodollar Rate ” means, for any Interest Period with respect to any Eurodollar Rate Loan, (i) the rate per annum equal to the rate appearing on Reuters Page LIBOR01 (or any successor or substitute page of such Reuters service, or if the Reuters service ceases to be available, any successor to or substitute for such service providing rate quotations comparable to those currently provided on such page of such service, as determined by the Administrative Agent from time to time in consultation with the Borrower, for purposes of providing quotations of interest rates applicable to deposits in Dollars in the London interbank market) for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period with a term equivalent to such Interest Period, determined as of approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Interest Period, or (ii) if the rate referenced in the preceding clause (i) is not available, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent as the rate of interest at which deposits in Dollars for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in immediately available funds in the approximate amount of the Eurodollar Rate Loan being made, continued or converted by the Administrative Agent and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by the Administrative Agent’s London Branch to major banks in the London interbank Eurodollar market at their request at approximately 4:00 p.m. (London time) two (2) Business Days prior to the

 

22


first day of such Interest Period; provided that in no event shall the Eurodollar Rate be less than 1.50%.

Eurodollar Rate Loan ” means a Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the Eurodollar Rate.

Event of Default ” has the meaning specified in Section 8.01.

Excess Cash Flow ” means, with respect to any fiscal year of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, an amount equal to the excess of:

(a) the sum, without duplication, of: (i) Consolidated Net Income of the Borrower for such period, (ii) an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash charges (including depreciation and amortization) to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, but excluding any such non-cash charges representing an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period, (iii) the Consolidated Working Capital Adjustment for such period, (iv) an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash loss on Dispositions by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course of business) to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, (v) expenses deducted from Consolidated Net Income during such period in respect of expenditures made during any prior period for which a deduction from Excess Cash Flow was made in such period pursuant to clause (b)(viii), (ix) or (x) below, and (vi) cash income or gain (actually received in cash) excluded from the calculation of Consolidated Net Income for such period pursuant to the definition thereof, over

(b) the sum, without duplication (whether in the same period or prior periods), of:

(i) an amount equal to (A) the amount of all non-cash gains, income and credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income (excluding any such non-cash gain, income or credit to the extent it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced Consolidated Net Income in any prior period), and (B) all cash expenses, charges and losses excluded in calculating Consolidated Net Income pursuant to the definition of Consolidated Net Income,

(ii) without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (viii) below in prior fiscal years, the amount of capital expenditures, Capitalized Software Expenditures and acquisitions (including Permitted Acquisitions and acquisitions of intellectual property) by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries accrued or made in cash during such period, to the extent financed with Internally Generated Cash Flow,

(iii) Consolidated Scheduled Funded Debt Payments and the aggregate amount of all principal prepayments of long-term Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including the amount of any mandatory prepayment

 

23


of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(ii) to the extent required due to a Disposition that resulted in an increase to such Consolidated Net Income and not in excess of the amount of such increase), but excluding (A) all prepayments of Term Loans other than scheduled amortization and mandatory prepayments described in the parenthetical clause above, (B) all prepayments of Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans, (C) all prepayments in respect of any other revolving credit facility, except to the extent there is an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder and (D) prepayments of Indebtedness funded with the Cumulative Amount, made during such period, in each case to the extent financed with Internally Generated Cash Flow,

(iv) cash payments by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of long-term liabilities other than Indebtedness to the extent such payments are not expensed during such period or are not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income to the extent financed with Internally Generated Cash Flow,

(v) the amount of Investments made in cash pursuant to Sections 7.02(b), 7.02(c)(iii), 7.02(m) and 7.02(n) (with respect to Sections 7.02(m) and 7.02(n), other than Investments funded by the Cumulative Amount) made during such period to the extent that such Investments were financed with Internally Generated Cash Flow, plus any Returns of such Investment,

(vi) the amount of Restricted Payments paid in cash during such period pursuant to Sections 7.06(e), 7.06(h) and 7.06(i) made during such period, to the extent that such Restricted Payments were financed with Internally Generated Cash Flow,

(vii) to the extent not expensed during such period or are not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income, the aggregate amount of expenditures, fees, costs and expenses paid in cash by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries with Internally Generated Cash Flow of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (including expenditures for payment of financing fees),

(viii) the aggregate consideration required to be paid in cash by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to binding contracts (the “ Contract Consideration ”) entered into prior to or during such period relating to Permitted Acquisitions (including with respect to any earnout payments thereunder for the period under which such earnout obligations are payable), capital expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property or other assets to be completed or made during the Test Period following the end of such period; provided , that, to the extent the aggregate amount of Internally Generated Cash Flow actually utilized to finance such Permitted Acquisitions, capital expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property or other assets during such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters is less than the Contract Consideration, the amount of such shortfall shall be

 

24


added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow at the end of such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters,

(ix) the amount of cash taxes paid in such period (and tax reserves set aside and payable within 12 months of such period) to the extent they exceed the amount of tax expense deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period,

(x) to the extent not expensed during such period or not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income, cash costs and expenses during such period in connection with, and any payments of, Transaction Expenses,

(xi) any gains or losses resulting from Refranchising Transactions in the ordinary course of business,

(xii) payments made in connection with Guarantees of obligations of franchisees or any of their Affiliates, and

(xiii) the amount of Consolidated Net Income attributable to investments in the Specified Joint Ventures, except to the extent actually paid to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in the form of a cash dividend or distribution during such period.

Excluded Assets ” means, (a) any real property or real property interests (including leasehold interests) other than Material Real Property, (b) motor vehicles and other assets subject to certificates of title and letter-of-credit rights (except to the extent constituting a supporting obligation for other Collateral as to which perfection of the security interest in such letter of credit rights is accomplished solely by the filing of a Uniform Commercial Code financing statement), (c) any assets if the granting of a security interest in such asset would be prohibited by applicable Law (other than proceeds and receivables thereof, the assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under the Uniform Commercial Code notwithstanding such prohibition), (d) any lease, license or other agreement or any property subject to a purchase money security interest, Capital Lease Obligation or similar arrangements, in each case, to the extent permitted under this Agreement to the extent that a grant of a security interest therein would violate or invalidate such lease, license or agreement, purchase money, Capital Lease Obligation or a similar arrangement or create a right of termination in favor of any other party thereto (other than the Borrower or a Guarantor), (e) Equity Interests (i) constituting margin stock, (ii) in any Person (other than Restricted Subsidiaries) and Immaterial Subsidiaries, (iii) in any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary if the granting of a security interest in such Equity Interests would be prohibited by organizational or governance documents of such Restricted Subsidiary or would trigger a termination pursuant to any “change of control” or similar provision in such documents (other than the proceeds thereof), and (iv) that are voting Equity Interests in any Subsidiary described in clause (c) of the definition of Excluded Subsidiary in excess of 65% of the voting Equity Interests in such Subsidiary, (f) any property and assets the pledge of which would require the consent, approval, license or authorization of any Governmental Authority that has not been obtained, (g) assets in circumstances where the Administrative Agent and the Borrower agree in writing that the cost, burden or consequences (including adverse tax consequences) of

 

25


obtaining or perfecting a security interest in such assets is excessive in relation to the practical benefit afforded thereby, (h) any IP Rights to the extent that the attachment of the security interest thereto, or any assignment thereof, would result in the forfeiture, invalidation or unenforceability of the Grantors’ rights in such property including, without limitation, any License pursuant to which Grantor is Licensee under terms which prohibit the granting of a security interest or under which granting such an interest would give rise to a breach or default by Grantor, any Trademark applications filed in the USPTO on the basis of such Grantor’s “intent-to-use” such Trademark, unless and until acceptable evidence of use of such Trademark has been filed with the USPTO pursuant to Section 1(c) or Section 1(d) of the Lanham Act (15 U.S.C. 1051, et seq .), to the extent that granting a lien in such Trademark application prior to such filing would adversely affect the enforceability or validity of such Trademark application, and (i) such other assets to the extent subject to exceptions and limitations set forth in the Collateral Documents or, to the extent appropriate in the applicable jurisdiction, as agreed between the Administrative Agent and the applicable Loan Party in writing; provided that, in the case of clauses (d), (e)(ii) and (iii) and (f), such exclusion shall not apply to (i) to the extent the prohibition is ineffective under applicable anti-nonassignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code or other Law or (ii) to proceeds and receivables of the assets referred to in such clause, the assignment of which is expressly deemed effective under applicable anti-nonassignment provisions of the Uniform Commercial Code or other Law notwithstanding such prohibition. For purposes of this definition, any capitalized term used but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the Security Agreement.

Excluded Subsidiary ” means (a) any Subsidiary that is not a wholly owned Subsidiary, (b) any Subsidiary that is prohibited by contractual requirements (other than contractual requirements entered into by such Subsidiary to avoid guaranteeing the Obligations) or applicable Law from guaranteeing the Obligations, (c) (i) any Foreign Subsidiary, (ii) any Domestic Subsidiary that is (A) a Subsidiary of a Foreign Subsidiary that is a controlled foreign corporation within the meaning of Section 957 of the Code (a “ CFC ”) or (B) that is a disregarded entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes and substantially all of whose assets are Equity Interests of one or more Foreign Subsidiaries that are CFCs or (iii) any Subsidiary of the type described in Section 6.12(d)(v), (d) any Immaterial Subsidiary, (e) any other Subsidiary with respect to which, in the reasonable judgment of the Administrative Agent (confirmed in writing by notice to the Borrower), the cost or other consequences (including any adverse tax consequences) of providing a Guarantee shall be excessive in view of the benefits to be obtained by the Lenders therefrom, (f) any Gift Card Special Subsidiary, and (g) any Ad Fund Special Subsidiary.

Excluded Taxes ” means, with respect to any Agent, any Lender (including any L/C Issuer) or any other recipient of any payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of any Loan Party hereunder or under any other Loan Document,

(a) any Taxes imposed on or measured by its net income (however denominated) or overall gross income (including branch profits) and franchise (and similar) Taxes imposed on it in lieu of net income taxes by a jurisdiction as a result of such recipient being organized or resident in, maintaining a Lending Office in, doing business in or having another present or former connection with, such jurisdiction (other than a business or connection deemed to arise solely by virtue of the Loan Documents or any transactions occurring pursuant thereto);

 

26


(b) any United States federal withholding tax that is imposed pursuant to any Law in effect at the time such recipient becomes a party to this Agreement, changes its applicable Lending Office or changes its place of organization, except to the extent such Lender’s assignor (if any) was entitled, immediately prior to the assignment, or such Lender was entitled, immediately prior to the change in Lending Office or change of place of organization, to payments in respect of United States federal withholding tax under Section 3.01(a);

(c) any Taxes attributable to a recipient’s failure or comply with Section 10.15(a) or (b);

(d) any United States federal withholding taxes imposed under Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, or any amended version or successor provision that is substantively comparable thereto, and, in each case, any regulations promulgated thereunder and any interpretation or other guidance issued in connection therewith;

(e) any U.S. federal backup withholding taxes imposed under Section 3406 of the Code; or

(f) any interest, additions to tax or penalties in respect of the foregoing.

Existing Letter of Credit ” means any letter of credit previously issued for the account of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. that is (a) outstanding on the Escrow Release Date and (b) listed in Section 1.01B of the Confidential Disclosure Letter.

Existing Securitization Indenture ” means the Base Indenture, dated as of May 26, 2006, by and among DB Master Finance LLC, Dunkin’ Donuts Franchised Restaurants LLC, Baskin-Robbins Franchised Shops LLC, Togo’s Franchised Eateries LLC, DD IP Holder LLC as Co-Issuers and Citibank, N.A., as Trustee, as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified.

Existing Securitization Notes ” means the notes issued under the Existing Securitization Indenture.

Extending Revolving Credit Lender ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.15(a).

Extended Revolving Credit Commitment ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.15(a).

Extended Term Loans ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.15(a).

Extending Term Lender ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.15(a).

Extension ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.15(a).

 

27


Extension Offer ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.15(a).

Facility ” means the Term Loan Facility, the Revolving Credit Facility, the Swing Line Sublimit, the Letter of Credit Sublimit, the Other Term Loans or the Other Revolving Credit Loans, as the context may require.

Federal Funds Rate ” means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day; provided that (a) if such day is not a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the immediately preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be the average rate charged to the Administrative Agent on such day on such transactions as determined by the Administrative Agent.

First Lien Senior Secured Leverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Test Period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated First Lien Senior Secured Debt as of the last day of such Test Period to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period, in each case for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Foreign Plan ” means any employee benefit plan maintained or contributed to by the Borrower or its Subsidiaries primarily to provide pension benefits to employees employed outside the United States.

Foreign Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower which is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

FRB ” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

Fund ” means any Person (other than a natural person) that is engaged in making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course.

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of determination.

Gift Card Restricted Funds ” means all amounts held in segregated accounts established solely for the purpose of disbursing funds to franchisees in connection with redemptions of gift cards or gift certificates by customers, including by Gift Card Fund Special Subsidiaries.

Gift Card Special Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary that (a) is an administrator or holder of cash held in segregated accounts established solely for the purpose of disbursing funds

 

28


to franchisees in connection with redemptions of gift cards or gift certificates by customers and (b) holds no assets other than the accounts described in clause (a) and conducts no activities other than administering and holding such accounts and activities reasonably related to the foregoing, including SVC Service LLC and SVC Service II LLC.

Governmental Authority ” means any nation or government, any state or other political subdivision thereof, any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, administrative tribunal, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

Granting Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(h).

Guarantee ” means, as to any Person, without duplication, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “ primary obligor ”) in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or other obligation is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien); provided that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit, in either case in the ordinary course of business, or customary and reasonable indemnity obligations in effect on the Closing Date or entered into in connection with any acquisition or disposition of assets permitted under this Agreement (other than such obligations with respect to Indebtedness). The amount of any Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

Guarantor Charter Amendments ” means the amendments to the charter or limited liability company agreement, as applicable, of each Guarantor, in connection with the Transactions, substantially in the forms provided to the Administrative Agent prior to the Closing Date.

Guarantors ” means (a) upon the redemption of the Existing Securitization Notes and discharge of the Existing Securitization Indenture on the Escrow Release Date, collectively, Holdings and each of DBI’s Restricted Subsidiaries listed as such on Schedule I that, upon the redemption of the Existing Securitization Notes and discharge of the Existing Securitization Indenture on the Escrow Release Date, shall have Guaranteed the Obligations of the Borrower pursuant

 

29


to the Guaranty and (b) at any time thereafter, shall include each other Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower that shall be required to become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 6.12.

Guaranty ” means the Guaranty made by the Guarantors in favor of the Secured Parties, substantially in the form of Exhibit F , together with each other guaranty and guaranty supplement in respect of the Obligations of the Borrower delivered pursuant to Section 6.12.

Hazardous Materials ” means all substances, materials, wastes, chemicals, pollutants, contaminants, constituents or compounds, in any form, regulated, or which can give rise to liability, under any Environmental Law, including petroleum or petroleum distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials and polychlorinated biphenyls.

Hedge Bank ” means any Person that was a Lender, the Administrative Agent or an Arranger or an Affiliate of a Lender, the Administrative Agent or an Arranger in its capacity as a party to a Secured Hedge Agreement, at the time such Hedge Agreement was entered into.

Holdings ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

Honor Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i).

Identified Participating Lenders ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(l)(iii)(C).

Identified Qualifying Lenders ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(l)(iv)(C).

IFRS ” means international accounting standards within the meaning of the IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements.

Immaterial Subsidiary ” means each Restricted Subsidiary designated in writing by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent as an Immaterial Subsidiary; provided that (i) all Immaterial Subsidiaries, taken together, shall not have revenues for any fiscal year of the Borrower or total assets as of the last day of any fiscal year in an amount that is equal to or greater than 5% of the consolidated revenues or total assets, as applicable, of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for, or as of the last day of, such fiscal year, as the case may be, and (ii) to the extent such limitation would be exceeded, the Borrower shall designate Subsidiaries to the Administrative Agent to no longer be Immaterial Subsidiaries so that such limitation would not be exceeded. Any Restricted Subsidiary that executes a Guaranty of the Obligations shall not be deemed an Immaterial Subsidiary and shall be excluded from the calculations above.

Immediate Family Member ” means with respect to any individual, such individual’s child, stepchild, grandchild or more remote descendant, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, former spouse, qualified domestic partner, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law and daughter-in-law (including adoptive relationships) and any trust, partnership or other bona fide estate-planning vehicle the only beneficiaries of which are any of the foregoing individuals or any private foundation or fund that is controlled by any of the foregoing individuals or any donor-advised fund of which any such individual is the donor.

Increased Amount Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).

 

30


Indebtedness ” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:

(a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;

(b) the maximum amount of all letters of credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds, performance bonds and similar instruments issued or created by or for the account of such Person;

(c) net obligations of such Person under any Swap Contract;

(d) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than (i) trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business, (ii) any earn-out obligation until such obligation appears in the liabilities section of the balance sheet of such Person, and (iii) liabilities associated with customer prepayments and deposits);

(e) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other title retention agreements and mortgage, industrial revenue bond, industrial development bond and similar financings), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;

(f) all Attributable Indebtedness;

(g) all obligations of such Person in respect of Disqualified Equity Interests; and

(h) all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.

For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such date. The amount of Indebtedness of any Person for purposes of clause (e) shall be deemed to be equal to the lesser of (x) the aggregate unpaid amount of such Indebtedness and (y) the fair market value of the property encumbered thereby as determined by such Person in good faith.

Indemnified Liabilities ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.05.

Indemnitees ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.05.

Information ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.08.

 

31


Intellectual Property Security Agreement ” means, collectively, the Patent Security Agreement, the Trademark Security Agreement and the Copyright Security Agreement, substantially in the forms attached to the Security Agreement together with each other intellectual property security agreement executed and delivered pursuant to Section 6.12 or the Security Agreement.

Interest Coverage Ratio ” means, as of the end of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower for the Test Period ending on such date, the ratio of (a) Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower for such Test Period to (b) Consolidated Interest Expense of the Borrower for such Test Period.

Interest Payment Date ” means, (a) as to any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made; provided that if any Interest Period for a Eurodollar Rate Loan exceeds three months, the respective dates that fall every three months after the beginning of such Interest Period shall also be Interest Payment Dates; and (b) as to any Base Rate Loan (including a Swing Line Loan), the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December and the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made.

Interest Period ” means, as to each Eurodollar Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date such Eurodollar Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan and ending on the date one, two, three or six months thereafter, or with the consent of all relevant Lenders, nine or twelve months thereafter, as selected by the Borrower in its Committed Loan Notice; provided that:

(a) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the immediately preceding Business Day;

(b) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the end of such Interest Period; and

(c) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date of the Facility under which such Loan was made.

Internally Generated Cash Flow ” means funds not constituting (i) proceeds of Debt Issuances (excluding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility and any other revolving lines of credit), (ii) proceeds of Equity Issuances or (iii) a reinvestment by Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of the Net Cash Proceeds of any Disposition or any Casualty Event pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(ii)(B).

Investment ” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of Equity Interests or debt or other securities of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or assumption of Indebtedness of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or equity

 

32


participation or interest in, another Person, including any partnership or joint venture interest in such other Person and any arrangement pursuant to which the investor incurs debt of the type referred to in clause (h) of the definition of “Indebtedness” set forth in this Section 1.01 in respect of such Person or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of the property and assets or business of another Person or assets constituting a business unit, line of business or division of such Person. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment, less any Returns in respect of such Investment.

Investment Fund ” means an Affiliate of one or more of the Sponsors (other than a natural person) that is primarily engaged in, or advises funds or other investment vehicles that are engaged in, making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans, bonds and similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course and with respect to which the Sponsors do not, directly or indirectly, possess the power to direct or cause the direction of the investment policies of such entity.

Investors ” means the Sponsors together with any other investors that made an equity co-investment directly or indirectly in Holdings.

IP Rights ” has the meaning specified in Section 5.14.

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

Joinder Agreement ” means an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit H .

Joint Venture ” means (a) any Person which would constitute an “equity method investee” of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries and (b) any Person in whom the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries beneficially owns any Equity Interest that is not a Subsidiary.

Junior Financing ” means (a) the Senior Notes, (b) any Permitted Unsecured Indebtedness, Permitted Second Lien Indebtedness, Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt and Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt and (c) any Permitted Refinancing in respect of any of the foregoing.

Junior Financing Documentation ” means any documentation governing any Junior Financing.

Jurisdictional Requirements ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.04(a).

L/C Advance ” means, with respect to each Revolving Credit Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any L/C Borrowing in accordance with its Pro Rata Share.

L/C Borrowing ” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the date when made or refinanced as a Revolving Credit Borrowing.

 

33


L/C Credit Extension ” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the renewal or increase of the amount thereof.

L/C Issuer ” means Barclays Bank PLC, acting through one of its affiliates or branches, in its capacity as issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder and each other Revolving Credit Lender reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) that has entered into a L/C Issuer Agreement, in each case, in its capacity as an issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder, or any successor issuer of Letters of Credit hereunder; provided that no Person shall at any time become an L/C Issuer if after giving effect thereto there would at such time be more than five (5) L/C Issuers. Each L/C Issuer may, in its discretion, arrange for one or more Letters of Credit to be issued by Affiliates of such L/C Issuer, in which case the term L/C Issuer shall include any such Affiliate with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Affiliate. JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as the issuer of the Existing Letters of Credit, is the L/C Issuer with respect to the Existing Letters of Credit. In the event that there is more than one L/C Issuer at any time, references herein and in the other Loan Documents to the L/C Issuer shall be deemed to refer to the L/C Issuer in respect of the applicable Letter of Credit or to all L/C Issuers, as the context requires. Neither Barclays Bank PLC nor any of its branches or affiliates shall be required to issue any commercial Letter of Credit hereunder.

L/C Issuer Agreement ” means an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit I , pursuant to which a Lender agrees to act as an L/C Issuer.

L/C Obligations ” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate undrawn amount of all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed Amounts, including, without duplication, all L/C Borrowings.

L/C Request ” means a Request for L/C Issuance substantially in the form of Exhibit A-3 or in another form reasonably acceptable to the L/C Issuer.

Latest Maturity Date ” means, at any date of determination, the latest maturity or expiration date applicable to any Loan or Commitment hereunder at such time, including the latest maturity or expiration date of any Term Loan or any New Term Commitment, in each case as extended in accordance with this Agreement from time to time.

Laws ” means, collectively, all applicable international, foreign, Federal, state, commonwealth and local statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.

Lender ” has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement and, as the context requires, includes the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender.

Lender Funding Obligation ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Defaulting Lender.”

 

34


Lender Insolvency Event ” means that (i) a Lender or its Parent Company is determined or adjudicated to be insolvent by a Governmental Authority, or is generally unable to pay its debts as they become due, or admits in writing its inability to pay its debts as they become due, or makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or (ii) such Lender or its Parent Company is the subject of a bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, liquidation or similar proceeding, or a receiver, trustee, conservator, intervenor or sequestrator or the like has been appointed for such Lender or its Parent Company, or such Lender or its Parent Company has taken any action in furtherance of or indicating its consent to or acquiescence in any such proceeding or appointment; provided that a Lender-Insolvency Event shall not be deemed to have occurred solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any Equity Interest in any Lender or its Parent Company by a Governmental Authority or an instrumentality thereof.

Lending Office ” means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as such in such Lender’s Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may from time to time notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent.

Letter of Credit ” means any letter of credit issued hereunder. A Letter of Credit may be a commercial letter of credit (if available to be issued by the applicable L/C Issuer) or a standby letter of credit.

Letter of Credit Application ” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit substantially in the form from time to time in use by the L/C Issuer.

Letter of Credit Expiration Date ” means the day that is five (5) Business Days prior to the scheduled Maturity Date then in effect for the Revolving Credit Facility (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).

Letter of Credit Sublimit ” means $50,000,000. The Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Revolving Credit Facility.

Lien ” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement, encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or other encumbrance on title to real property, and any Capitalized Lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing).

Loan ” means an extension of credit by a Lender to the Borrower in the form of a Term Loan, a New Term Loan, a Revolving Credit Loan, a New Revolving Credit Loan or a Swing Line Loan.

Loan Documents ” means, collectively, (a) this Agreement, (b) the Confidential Disclosure Letter, (c) the Notes, (d) the Guaranty, (e) the Collateral Documents, (f) the Borrower Assignment and Assumption Agreement and (g) each L/C Request and Letter of Credit Application.

 

35


Loan Parties ” means, collectively, Holdings, the Borrower and each Subsidiary Guarantor.

Management Agreement ” means that certain Management Agreement dated as of March 1, 2006, among Holdings, the Borrower, Dunkin’ Brands Group Holdings, Inc., Bain Capital Partners, LLC, TC Group IV, LLC and THL Managers V, LLC, as in effect on the Closing Date and as may be amended, modified, supplemented, restated, replaced or substituted so long as such amendment, modification, supplement, restatement, replacement or substitution is in a manner not materially disadvantageous to the Lenders, when taken as a whole, as compared to the Management Agreement in effect on the Closing Date, as determined in the good faith judgment of a majority of the disinterested members of the board of directors of the Borrower.

Management Shareholders ” means the members of management of Holdings or its Subsidiaries who are investors, directly or indirectly, in Holdings.

Master Agreement ” has the meaning specified in the definition of “Swap Contract.”

Material Adverse Effect ” means (a) a material adverse effect on the business, operations, assets or financial condition of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, (b) a material adverse effect on the ability of the Loan Parties (taken as a whole) to pay the Obligations under any Loan Document or (c) a material adverse effect on the rights and remedies of the Lenders, taken as a whole, under any Loan Document.

Material Intellectual Property ” means (a) all registrations or pending applications for registration with the US Patent and Trademark Office for any patents and any trademarks or service marks; and (b) all registrations of copyrights with the US Copyright Office that are material to the operation of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, taken as a whole.

Material Real Property ” means real property owned in fee by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor located in the United States with a fair market value in excess of $5,000,000.

Maturity Date ” means (a) with respect to the Revolving Credit Facility, the date that is five (5) years after the Closing Date and (b) with respect to the Term B Loan Facility, the date that is seven (7) years after the Closing Date; provided that the reference to Maturity Date with respect to Other Term Loans and Other Revolving Credit Loans shall be the final maturity date as specified in the applicable Refinancing Amendment, and with respect to Extended Term Loans and Extended Revolving Credit Commitments shall be the final maturity date as specified in the applicable Extension Offer.

Maximum Rate ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.10.

Minimum Extension Condition ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.15(b).

Moody’s ” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.

 

36


Mortgage ” means a deed of trust, deed of mortgage, trust deed or mortgage, as applicable, made by the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor in favor or for the benefit of the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties in respect of Material Real Property in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent executed and delivered pursuant to Section 6.12; provided , no mortgage shall contain any representations, warranties, covenants, undertakings or defaults other than by reference to the representation, warranties, covenants, undertakings or defaults set forth in this Agreement or in the Security Agreement or customary representations and warranties relating to the subject property as of the date of execution of the applicable Mortgage.

Mortgage Requirement ” means, with respect to any Material Real Property owned by the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor, (i) provision of, (a) a policy or policies of title insurance issued by a nationally recognized title insurance company reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent insuring the Lien of each Mortgage as a first priority Lien on the Material Real Property described therein free of any other Liens other than those permitted by this Agreement and including such endorsements as the Administrative Agent reasonably requests and as are available in the applicable jurisdiction and at commercially reasonable rates and (b) a Mortgage executed by the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor in recordable form and otherwise in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, (ii) recording of such Mortgage in the land records of the county in which such Material Real Property to be so encumbered is located (it being understood and agreed that the recording of such Mortgage shall not be a condition precedent to any Credit Extensions as long as gap coverage is in effect with respect to any title insurance policies provided under (i)(a) above) and (iii) acquisition of FEMA standard life-of-loan flood hazard determinations for such Material Real Property, and if any building located on such Material Real Property is determined to be in a special flood hazard area, delivery of (x) a notice with respect to such flood hazard determination duly executed by the Borrower and the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor and (y) evidence of flood insurance in compliance with Section 6.07 hereof and the requirements of the National Flood Insurance Program, (iv) a local counsel opinion as to the enforceability of such Mortgage in the state in which the Material Real Property described in such Mortgage is located and other matters customarily covered in real estate enforceability opinions in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and (v) evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent of the insurance required pursuant to Section 6.07 hereof; provided , that (a) the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor shall not be required to deliver land surveys, environmental site assessments, engineering reports, zoning reports or any further legal opinions from primary counsel or local counsel in connection with the delivery of such Mortgages; and (b) the Administrative Agent may waive the requirements of clauses (i)(a) and (iv) if the burden, cost or consequences of obtaining title insurance or such opinions is excessive in relation to the benefits to be obtained therefrom by the Lenders under the Loan Documents.

Multiemployer Plan ” means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make contributions.

Net Cash Proceeds ” means:

 

37


(a) with respect to the Disposition of any asset (including issuance or Disposition of Equity Interests by or of Subsidiaries) by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Casualty Event, the excess, if any, of (i) the sum of cash and Cash Equivalents received in connection with such Disposition or Casualty Event (including any cash or Cash Equivalents received by way of deferred payment pursuant to, or by monetization of, a note receivable or otherwise, but only as and when so received and, with respect to any Casualty Event, any insurance proceeds or condemnation awards in respect of such Casualty Event actually received by or paid to or for the account of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries) over (ii) the sum of (A) the principal amount of any Indebtedness that is secured by a Lien (other than a Lien that ranks pari passu with or subordinated to the Liens securing the Obligations) on the asset subject to such Disposition or Casualty Event and that is required to be repaid in connection with such Disposition or Casualty Event (other than Indebtedness under the Loan Documents), together with any applicable premium, penalty, interest and breakage costs, (B) the out-of-pocket expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, investment banking fees, survey costs, title insurance premiums, and related search and recording charges, transfer taxes, deed or mortgage recording taxes, other customary expenses and brokerage, consultant and other customary fees) actually incurred by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such Disposition or Casualty Event, (C) taxes (or distributions for taxes) paid or reasonably estimated to be payable in connection therewith by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary and attributable to such Disposition or Casualty Event (including, where the proceeds are realized by a Subsidiary of the Borrower, any incremental foreign, state and/or local income taxes imposed as a result of distributing the proceeds in question from any Subsidiary to the Borrower); (D) any reserve for adjustment in respect of (1) the sale price of such asset or assets established in accordance with GAAP and (2) any liabilities associated with such asset or assets and retained by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after such Disposition thereof, including, without limitation, pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities and liabilities related to environmental matters or against any indemnification obligations associated with such transaction, and it being understood that “Net Cash Proceeds” shall include, without limitation, any cash or Cash Equivalents (i) received upon the Disposition of any non-cash consideration received by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of any such Disposition or Casualty Event and (ii) upon the reversal (without the satisfaction of any applicable liabilities in cash in a corresponding amount) of any reserve described in clause (D) above or, if such liabilities have not been satisfied in cash and such reserve not reversed within three hundred and sixty-five (365) days after such Disposition or Casualty Event, the amount of such reserve. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no proceeds shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds under this clause (a) in any fiscal year of the Borrower until the aggregate amount of all such proceeds in such fiscal year shall exceed $20,000,000 (and thereafter only proceeds in excess of such amount shall constitute Net Cash Proceeds under this clause (a)); provided that proceeds from Dispositions permitted under clauses (a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (g), (h), (i) or (m) of Section 7.05, shall not be included in the calculation of proceeds for purposes of this limitation;

(b) with respect to any Equity Issuance by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries (or any other Person, if the context so requires), the excess of (i) the

 

38


sum of the cash and Cash Equivalents received in connection with such Equity Issuance over (ii) all taxes (including, where the proceeds are realized by a Subsidiary of the Borrower, any incremental foreign, state and/or local income taxes imposed as a result of distributing the proceeds in question from any Subsidiary to the Borrower) and fees (including investment banking fees, underwriting discounts, commissions, costs and other out-of-pocket expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and other customary expenses) incurred by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such Equity Issuance; and

(c) with respect to any Debt Issuance by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, the excess, if any, of (i) the sum of the cash received in connection with such Debt Issuance over (ii) the investment banking fees, underwriting discounts, commissions, costs and other out-of-pocket expenses (including attorneys’ fees) and other customary expenses, incurred by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in connection with such Debt Issuance (including, where the proceeds are realized by a Subsidiary of the Borrower, any incremental foreign, state and/or local income taxes imposed as a result of distributing the proceeds in question from any Subsidiary to the Borrower).

New Revolving Credit Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous New Revolving Credit Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the New Revolving Credit Lenders pursuant to Section 2.14.

New Revolving Credit Commitments ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).

New Revolving Credit Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).

New Revolving Credit Loans ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(c).

New Revolving Credit Note ” means, for each Class of New Revolving Credit Loans, a promissory note in substantially the form of Exhibit C-2 with, subject to Section 2.14, such changes as shall be agreed to by the Borrower and the New Revolving Credit Lenders providing such Class of New Revolving Credit Loans and reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

New Term Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous New Term Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the New Term Lenders pursuant to Section 2.14.

New Term Commitments ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).

New Term Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(a).

New Term Loan Facility ” means the facility providing for the Borrowing of New Term Loans.

New Term Loans ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.14(c).

 

39


New Term Note ” means, for each Class of New Term Loans, a promissory note in substantially the form of Exhibit C-1 with, subject to Section 2.14, such changes as shall be agreed to by the Borrower and the New Term Lenders providing such Class of New Term Loans and reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent, as it may be amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Non-Consenting Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.07(d)(iii).

Non-Defaulting Lender ” means, at any time, a Lender that is not a Defaulting Lender.

Non-Excluded Taxes ” means any Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.

Non-US Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.15(a).

Nonrenewal Notice Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(b)(iii).

Not Otherwise Applied ” means, with reference to any amount of Net Cash Proceeds of any transaction or event or of Excess Cash Flow, that such amount (i) was not required to be applied to prepay the Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(b), and (ii) was not previously applied in determining the permissibility of a transaction under the Loan Documents where such permissibility was (or may have been) contingent on the receipt or availability of such amount.

Note ” means a Term Note, a New Term Note, a Revolving Credit Note or a New Revolving Credit Note, as the context may require.

Notice of Intent to Cure ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02(b).

NPL ” means the National Priorities List under CERCLA.

Obligations ” means (a) for purposes of this Agreement, all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties of, any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Letter of Credit, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against any Loan Party of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed claims in such proceeding and (b) for purposes of the Collateral Documents and each Guaranty, (x) all “Obligations” as defined in clause (a) above, (y) all Secured Hedge Obligations and (z) all Cash Management Obligations. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Obligations of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents include (a) the obligation to pay principal, interest, Letter of Credit commissions, charges, expenses, fees, Attorney Costs, indemnities and other amounts payable by any Loan Party under any Loan Document and (b) the obligation of any Loan Party to reimburse any amount in respect of any of the foregoing that any Lender, in its sole discretion, may elect to pay or advance on behalf of such Loan Party.

Offered Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(l)(iv)(A).

Offered Discount ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(l)(iv)(A).

 

40


Open Market Purchase ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(m).

Organization Documents ” means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with respect to any non-US jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement or the memorandum and articles of association (if applicable); and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.

Other Applicable Indebtedness ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b)(ii)(A).

Other Revolving Credit Commitments ” shall mean one or more Classes of revolving credit commitments hereunder that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Other Revolving Credit Loans ” shall mean one or more Classes of Revolving Credit Loans that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Other Taxes ” has the meaning specified in Section 3.01(b).

Other Term Loan Commitments ” shall mean one or more Classes of term loan commitments hereunder that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Other Term Loans ” shall mean one or more Classes of Term Loans that result from a Refinancing Amendment.

Outstanding Amount ” means (a) with respect to the Term Loans, Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans on any date, the principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Term Loans, Revolving Credit Loans (including any refinancing of outstanding unpaid drawings under Letters of Credit or L/C Credit Extensions as a Revolving Credit Borrowing) and Swing Line Loans, as the case may be, occurring on such date; and (b) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the amount thereof on such date after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes thereto as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements of outstanding unpaid drawings under any Letters of Credit (including any refinancing of outstanding unpaid drawings under Letters of Credit or L/C Credit Extensions as a Revolving Credit Borrowing) or any reductions in the maximum amount available for drawing under Letters of Credit taking effect on such date.

Parent ” means Dunkin’ Brands Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Parent Company ” means, with respect to a Lender, the bank holding company (as defined in Federal Reserve Board Regulation Y), if any, of such Lender, and/or any Person owning, beneficially or of record, directly or indirectly, a majority of the economic or voting Equity Interests of such Lender.

 

41


Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement ” means an intercreditor agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit U hereto.

Participant ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(e); provided that in no circumstance shall a Competitor be a Participant.

Participant Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(e).

Participating Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(l)(iii)(B).

PATRIOT Act ” means the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (Title III of Pub. L. No. 107-56 (signed into Law October 26, 2001)).

PBGC ” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation referred to and defined in ERISA and any successor entity performing similar functions.

Pension Plan ” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is sponsored or maintained by the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or to which the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the immediately preceding five (5) plan years.

Permitted Acquisition ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.02(i).

Permitted Equity Issuance ” means at any time, (a) any cash contribution to the common Equity Interests of Holdings and further contributed to the Borrower, and (b) any sale or issuance of any Equity Interests resulting in Eligible Equity Proceeds.

Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt ” shall mean any secured Indebtedness (including any Registered Equivalent Notes) incurred by the Borrower in the form of one or more series of senior secured notes or loans; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis (but without regard to the control of remedies) with the Obligations and is not secured by any property or assets of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the Collateral, (ii) such Indebtedness constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness, (iii) such Indebtedness is not at any time guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than Subsidiaries that are Guarantors and (iv) the holders of such Indebtedness (or their representative) and the Administrative Agent shall be party to the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement.

Permitted Holders ” means the Sponsors and members of management of the Borrower or Holdings who are holders of Equity Interests of Holdings (or any of its direct or indirect parent companies) on the Closing Date and any group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or Section 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act or any successor provision) of which any of the foregoing are members; provided that (i) in the case of such group and without giving effect to the existence of such group or any other group, the Sponsors and such members of management, collectively, have beneficial ownership of more than 50% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of Holdings held by such group and (ii) the voting power of the Voting Stock owned by the

 

42


Sponsors shall be greater than the voting power of the Voting Stock owned by such members of management.

Permitted Junior Debt Conditions ” means that such applicable debt (i) is not scheduled to mature prior to the date that is 180 days after the Latest Maturity Date, (ii) does not mature or have scheduled amortization payments of principal or payments of principal and is not subject to mandatory redemption, repurchase, prepayment or sinking fund obligation (except customary asset sale or change of control provisions that provide for the prior repayment in full of the Loans and all other Obligations), in each case prior to the Latest Maturity Date at the time such Indebtedness is incurred, (iii) such Indebtedness is not at any time guaranteed by any Subsidiaries other than Subsidiaries that are Guarantors, (iv) has no financial maintenance covenants, other than in the case of any Indebtedness secured by a Lien on the Collateral that is junior to the Liens securing the Obligations (in which event the financial maintenance covenants in the documentation governing such Indebtedness shall not be more restrictive than those set forth in this Agreement) and (v) has covenants and default and remedy provisions that in the good faith determination of the Borrower are no more restrictive taken as a whole, than those set forth in this Agreement.

Permitted Refinancing ” means, with respect to any Person, any modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement, exchange or extension of any Indebtedness of such Person; provided that (a) the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) thereof does not exceed the principal amount (or accreted value, if applicable) of the Indebtedness so modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced, exchanged or extended except by an amount equal to unpaid accrued interest and premium thereon plus other reasonable amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement, exchange or extension and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized thereunder and as otherwise permitted to be incurred or issued pursuant to Section 7.03, (b) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement, exchange or extension has a final maturity date equal to or later than the final maturity date of, and has a Weighted Average Life to Maturity equal to or greater than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of, the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended, (c) if the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced, exchanged or extended is contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations, such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension is contractually subordinated in right of payment to the Obligations on terms that in the good faith determination of the Borrower are at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced, exchanged or extended, taken as a whole, (d) such modification, refinancing, refunding, renewal, replacement, exchange or extension is incurred by the Person or Persons who are the obligors on the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced, exchanged or extended or would otherwise be permitted to incur such Indebtedness (including any guarantees thereof pursuant to Section 7.02 and Section 7.03), (e) at the time thereof, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (f) such Indebtedness shall be unsecured if the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced, exchanged or extended is unsecured, (g) such Indebtedness is not secured by any additional property or collateral other than (i) property or collateral securing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced, exchanged or extended, (ii) after-acquired property that is

 

43


affixed or incorporated into the property covered by the lien securing such Indebtedness and (iii) proceeds and products thereof and (h) if any Liens securing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced, exchanged or extended is secured by the Collateral on a second priority (or other junior priority) basis to the Liens securing the Obligations, the Liens securing the Refinancing Indebtedness shall be secured by the Collateral on a second priority (or other junior priority) basis to the Liens securing the Obligations on terms that are at least as favorable to the Secured Parties as those contained in the documentation governing the Indebtedness being modified, refinanced, refunded, renewed, replaced, exchanged or extended, taken as a whole.

Permitted Second Lien Indebtedness ” means any Indebtedness of the Borrower and Subsidiary Guarantors that (a) (i) is secured by the Collateral on a second priority (or other junior priority) basis to the liens securing the Obligations and the obligations in respect of any Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt and is not secured by any property or assets of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the Collateral, (ii) is on terms and conditions (including as to covenants) customary in the good faith determination of the Borrower for second lien notes issued under Rule 144A of the Securities Act, (iii) meets the Permitted Junior Debt Conditions and (iv) the holders of such Indebtedness (or their representative) and the Administrative Agent shall be party to the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt ” shall mean secured Indebtedness (including any Registered Equivalent Notes) incurred by the Borrower in the form of one or more series of second lien (or other junior lien) secured notes or second lien (or other junior lien) secured loans; provided that (i) such Indebtedness is secured by the Collateral on a second priority (or other junior priority) basis to the liens securing the Obligations and the obligations in respect of any Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt and is not secured by any property or assets of Holdings, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary other than the Collateral, (ii) such Indebtedness constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness ( provided , that such Indebtedness may be secured by a Lien on the Collateral that is junior to the Liens securing the Obligations and the obligations in respect of any Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt, notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained in the definition of “Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness”), (iii), the holders of such Indebtedness (or their representative) and the Administrative Agent shall be party to the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement and (iv) meets the Permitted Junior Debt Conditions.

Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness ” means any unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower and Subsidiary Guarantor that (i) is on terms and conditions (including as to covenants) customary in the good faith determination of the Borrower for subordinated notes issued under Rule 144A of the Securities Act, expressly subordinated to the prior payment in full in cash of the Obligations on terms and conditions (including as to covenants) customary in the good faith determination of the Borrower for “high-yield” senior subordinated notes issued under Rule 144A of the Securities Act and (ii) meets the Permitted Junior Debt Conditions. For the avoidance of doubt, Disqualified Equity Interests shall not constitute Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness.

Permitted Unsecured Indebtedness ” means any unsecured Indebtedness of the Borrower and Subsidiary Guarantors that (a) (i) is on terms and conditions (including as to covenants)

 

44


customary in the good faith determination of the Borrower for senior notes issued under Rule 144A of the Securities Act and (ii) meets the Permitted Junior Debt Conditions or (b) is Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness. For the avoidance of doubt, Disqualified Equity Interests shall not constitute Permitted Unsecured Indebtedness.

Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt ” shall mean unsecured Indebtedness (including any Registered Equivalent Notes) incurred by the Borrower in the form of one or more series of senior unsecured notes or loans; provided that (i) such Indebtedness constitutes Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness and (ii) meets the Permitted Junior Debt Conditions.

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

Platform ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.

Pledged Debt ” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.

Pledged Equity ” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.

Prepayment Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.07(a), which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A-2 .

Prepayment Response Date ” means, as the context requires, either the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date or the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date.

Pro Forma Basis ”, “ Pro Forma Compliance ” and “ Pro Forma Effect ” means, for purposes of calculating the financial covenants set forth in Section 7.10, or the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio or any other financial ratio or test, such calculation shall be made in accordance with Section 1.04 hereof.

Pro Rata Share ” means, with respect to each Lender at any time, a fraction (expressed as a percentage, carried out to the ninth decimal place), the numerator of which is the amount of the Commitments of such Lender under the applicable Facility or Facilities (or in the case of any Term Lender under any Term Loan Facility under which Term Loans have been made, the Outstanding Amount of such Lender’s Term Loans under such Facility) at such time and the denominator of which is the amount of the Aggregate Commitments under the applicable Facility or Facilities (or in the case of any Term Loan Facility under which Term Loans have been made, the Outstanding Amount of all Term Loans under such Facility) at such time; provided that if such Commitments have been terminated, then the Pro Rata Share of each Lender shall be determined based on the Pro Rata Share of such Lender immediately prior to such termination and after giving effect to any subsequent assignments made pursuant to the terms hereof.

Public Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 6.02.

Qualified Equity Interests ” means any Equity Interests that are not Disqualified Equity Interests.

 

45


Qualifying IPO ” means the issuance by Holdings or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings of its common Equity Interests in an underwritten primary public offering (other than a public offering pursuant to a registration statement on Form S-8) pursuant to an effective registration statement filed with the SEC in accordance with the Securities Act (whether alone or in connection with a secondary public offering).

Qualifying Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(l)(iv)(C).

Refinanced Term Loans ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.01.

Refinancing Amendment ” means an amendment to this Agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower executed by each of (a) the Borrower and Holdings, (b) the Administrative Agent, (c) each New Term Lender and New Revolving Credit Lender, as applicable, and (d) each existing Lender that agrees to provide any portion of the Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness being incurred pursuant thereto, in accordance with Section 2.16.

Refranchising Transaction ” means any acquisition of one or more franchises (including stores, store development agreements, real estate and other related assets and rights) and the subsequent sale or other disposition of such franchises to one or more franchisees to the extent such franchises are classified as “assets held for sale” on the balance sheet of the Borrower and the Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP or are expected to be, and are actually, sold or otherwise disposed of within 365 days of such acquisition.

Register ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(c).

Registered Equivalent Notes ” shall mean, with respect to any notes originally issued in a Rule 144A or other private placement transaction under the Securities Act of 1933, substantially identical notes (having the same Guarantees) issued in a dollar-for-dollar exchange therefor pursuant to an exchange offer registered with the SEC.

Rejection Notice ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b)(vii).

Related Indemnitee ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.05.

Related Parties ” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

Release ” means any release, spill, emission, discharge, deposit, disposal, leaking, pumping, pouring, dumping, emptying, injection or leaching into the Environment, or into, from or through any structure or facility.

Replacement Term Loans ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.01.

Reportable Event ” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than events for which the thirty (30) day notice period has been waived.

 

46


Repricing Transaction ” means the prepayment or refinancing of all or a portion of the Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans (accompanied by a corresponding reduction in or replacement of Revolving Credit Commitments) with the incurrence by any Loan Party of any long-term secured bank debt financing having an effective interest cost or weighted average yield (with the comparative determinations to be made by the Administrative Agent consistent with generally accepted financial practices, after giving effect to, among other factors, margin, interest rate floors, upfront or similar fee or “original issue discount” shared with all lenders of such loans or Loans, as the case may be, but excluding the effect of any arrangement, structuring, syndication or other fees payable in connection therewith that are not shared with all lenders of such loan or Loans, as the case may be, and without taking into account any fluctuations in the Eurodollar Rate) that is less than the interest rate for or weighted average yield (as determined by the Administrative Agent on the same basis) of the Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans, as applicable, including without limitation, as may be effected through any amendment to this Agreement relating to the interest rate for, or weighted average yield of, the Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans, as applicable.

Request for Credit Extension ” means (a) with respect to a Borrowing, conversion or continuation of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans, a Committed Loan Notice, (b) with respect to an L/C Credit Extension, a L/C Request and Letter of Credit Application, and (c) with respect to a Swing Line Loan, a Swing Line Loan Notice.

Required Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders having more than 50% of the sum of the (a) Total Outstandings (with the aggregate amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition), (b) aggregate unused Term Commitments and (c) aggregate unused Revolving Credit Commitments; provided that the unused Term Commitment, unused Revolving Credit Commitment of, and the portion of the Total Outstandings held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders; provided , further , that for all purposes under this Agreement and each other Loan Document, the “Required Lenders” shall be calculated in accordance with Section 10.07(k).

Required Revolving Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, Revolving Credit Lenders having more than 50% of the sum of the (a) Outstanding Amount of all Revolving Credit Loans and all L/C Obligations (with the aggregate amount of each Lender’s risk participation and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans being deemed “held” by such Lender for purposes of this definition) and (b) aggregate unused Revolving Credit Commitments; provided that unused Revolving Credit Commitment of, and the portion of the Outstanding Amount of all Revolving Credit Loans and all L/C Obligations held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Revolving Lenders; provided , further , that for all purposes under this Agreement and each other Loan Document, the “Required Revolving Lenders” shall be calculated in accordance with Section 10.07(k).

Required Term Lenders ” means, as of any date of determination, Lenders having more than 50% of the sum of the (a) Outstanding Amount of all Term Loans and (b) aggregate unused Term Commitments; provided that the unused Term Commitment and the portion of the Outstanding

 

47


Amount of all Term Loans held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Required Term Lenders; provided , further , that for all purposes under this Agreement and each other Loan Document, the “Required Term Lenders” shall be calculated in accordance with Section 10.07(k).

Responsible Officer ” means the chief executive officer, president, vice president, chief financial officer, chief accounting officer, treasurer or other similar officer of a Loan Party or, in the case of any Foreign Subsidiary, any duly appointed authorized signatory or any director or managing member of such Person and, as to any document delivered on the Closing Date or the Escrow Release Date, any secretary or assistant secretary. Any document delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such Loan Party.

Restricted Payment ” means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or other property) with respect to any Equity Interest of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking fund or similar deposit, on account of the purchase, redemption, retirement, defeasance, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such Equity Interest, or on account of any return of capital to the stockholders, partners or members (or the equivalent Persons thereof) of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary.

Restricted Subsidiary ” means any Subsidiary of the Borrower other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

Returns ” means, with respect to any Investment, any dividends, distributions, interest, fees, premium, return of capital, repayment of principal, income, profits (from a Disposition or otherwise) and other amounts received or realized in respect of such Investment.

Revolving Credit Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Revolving Credit Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Revolving Credit Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01(b).

Revolving Credit Commitment ” means, as to each Revolving Credit Lender, its obligation to (a) make Revolving Credit Loans to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(b), (b) purchase participations in L/C Obligations, and (c) purchase participations in Swing Line Loans, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Lender’s name in Section 1.01C of the Confidential Disclosure Letter under the caption “Revolving Credit Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption or Joinder Agreement pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. The Aggregate Commitments of all Revolving Credit Lenders shall be $100,000,000 on the Closing Date.

Revolving Credit Commitment Closing Date Funding Fee ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.09(c).

 

48


Revolving Credit Commitment Fee ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.09(a).

Revolving Credit Commitment Period ” means the period from and including the Escrow Release Date to but not including the Maturity Date of the Revolving Credit Facility or any earlier date on which the Revolving Credit Commitments shall terminate as provided herein.

Revolving Credit Facility ” means, at any time, the aggregate amount of the Revolving Credit Lenders’ Revolving Credit Commitments and the aggregate amount of the New Revolving Credit Lenders’ New Revolving Credit Commitments at such time.

Revolving Credit Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that has a Revolving Credit Commitment, a New Revolving Credit Commitment, a Revolving Credit Loan or a New Revolving Credit Loan at such time.

Revolving Credit Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(b).

Revolving Credit Note ” means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to any Revolving Credit Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit C-2 hereto, evidencing the aggregate indebtedness of the Borrower to such Revolving Credit Lender resulting from the Revolving Credit Loans made by such Revolving Credit Lender to the Borrower.

S&P ” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc., and any successor thereto.

SEC ” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement ” means an intercreditor agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit V hereto.

Secured Hedge Agreement ” means any Swap Contract required or permitted under Article 6 or Article 7 that is entered into by and between any Loan Party and any Hedge Bank.

Secured Hedge Obligations ” means the obligations of any Loan Party arising under any Secured Hedge Agreement.

Secured Obligations ” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement.

Secured Parties ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Hedge Banks, Lenders or Affiliates of Lenders under Cash Management Obligations of a Loan Party, the Supplemental Administrative Agent, if any, and each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 9.05.

Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933.

Security Agreement ” means the Security Agreement among the Borrower, the other Grantors named therein and the Administrative Agent, dated as of the Closing Date and substantially

 

49


in the form of Exhibit G-1 , together with each related security agreement supplement executed and delivered pursuant to Section 6.12.

Security Agreement Supplement ” has the meaning specified in the Security Agreement, if applicable.

Senior Notes ” means the Borrower’s 9.625% senior notes due 2018 pursuant to the Senior Notes Indenture.

Senior Notes Escrow Account ” means the escrow account established pursuant to the Senior Notes Escrow and Security Agreement.

Senior Notes Escrow and Security Agreement ” means the Escrow and Security Agreement among the Initial Borrower, DBI, the Escrow Agent and the other parties thereto, dated November 15, 2010 pursuant to which the proceeds of the Senior Notes issued on the Closing Date will be deposited into an escrow account.

Senior Notes Indenture ” means the Indenture dated as of November 23, 2010, pursuant to which the Senior Notes were issued.

Senior Secured Credit Facilities Escrow and Security Agreement ” means the Escrow and Security Agreement among the Initial Borrower, DBI, the Administrative Agent and the Escrow Agent, dated November 23, 2010 pursuant to which the proceeds of the Term Loans and Revolving Credit Loans made on the Closing Date will be deposited into the Escrow Account.

Senior Secured Leverage Ratio ” means, with respect to any Test Period, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Senior Secured Debt as of the last day of such Test Period to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period, in each case for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Solicited Discount Pro-Rata Factor ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(l)(iv)(C).

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(l)(iv)(A).

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice ” means an irrevocable written notice of the Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers made pursuant to Section 10.07(l)(iv) substantially in the form of Exhibit O .

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer ” means the irrevocable written offer by each Term Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit P , submitted following the Administrative Agent’s receipt of a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice.

Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(l)(iv)(A).

 

50


Solvent ” and “ Solvency ” mean, with respect to any Person on any date of determination, that on such date (a) the fair value of the property of such Person is greater than the total amount of liabilities, including, without limitation, contingent liabilities, of such Person, (b) the present fair salable value of the assets of such Person is not less than the amount that will be required to pay the probable liability of such Person on its debts as they become absolute and matured, (c) such Person does not intend to, and does not believe that it will, incur debts or liabilities beyond such Person’s ability to pay such debts and liabilities as they mature and (d) such Person is not engaged in business or a transaction, and is not about to engage in business or a transaction, for which such Person’s property would constitute an unreasonably small capital. The amount of contingent liabilities at any time shall be computed as the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing at such time, represents the amount that can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

SPC ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(h).

Special Dividend ” means the payment of a one-time special dividend by Borrower to Holdings in the amount of $500 million (plus any excess cash resulting from smaller discounts on the Senior Notes and the Facilities from those anticipated), and a one-time subsequent special dividend of such amount from Holdings to Parent, in each case on or before December 31, 2010.

Special Mandatory Prepayment Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b)(viii).

Specified Asset Sale ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.05(b)(v).

Specified Discount ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(l)(ii)(A).

Specified Discount Prepayment Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(l)(ii)(A).

Specified Discount Prepayment Notice ” means an irrevocable written notice of the Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment made pursuant to Section 10.07(l)(ii) substantially in the form of Exhibit K .

Specified Discount Prepayment Response ” means the irrevocable written response by each Term Lender, substantially in the form of Exhibit L , to a Specified Discount Prepayment Notice.

Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(l)(ii)(A).

Specified Discount Pro-Rata Factor ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(l)(ii)(C).

Specified Joint Ventures ” means Massachusetts Refreshment Corp, a Massachusetts corporation, B-R Korea Co. Ltd., a Korean company, and B-R 31 Ice Cream Co. Ltd., a Japanese company.

 

51


Specified Junior Financing Obligations ” means any obligations in respect of any Junior Financing in respect of which any Loan Party is an obligor in a principal amount in excess of the Threshold Amount.

Specified Subsidiary ” means, at any date of determination, (a) each Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower (i) whose total assets at the last day of the most recent Test Period were equal to or greater than 5.0% of Total Assets at such date or (ii) whose gross revenues for such Test Period were equal to or greater than 5.0% of the consolidated gross revenues of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries for such period, in each case determined in accordance with GAAP, and (b) each other Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower that is the subject of an Event of Default under Section 8.01(f) or Section 8.01(g)(i) and that, when such Restricted Subsidiary’s Total Assets or gross revenues are aggregated with the total assets or gross revenues, as applicable, of each other such Restricted Subsidiary that is the subject of an Event of Default under Section 8.01(f) or Section 8.01(g)(i) would constitute a Specified Subsidiary under clause (a) above.

Specified Transaction ” means any (a) Disposition of all or substantially all the assets of or all the Equity Interests of any Restricted Subsidiary or of any business unit, line of business or division of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, (b) Permitted Acquisition, (c) Investment that results in a Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary of the Borrower, (d) designation of any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case in accordance with Section 6.15 or (e) the proposed incurrence of Indebtedness or making of a Restricted Payment in respect of which compliance with the financial covenants set forth in Section 7.10 is by the terms of this Agreement required to be calculated on a Pro Forma Basis.

Sponsors ” means, collectively, Bain Capital Partners, The Carlyle Group and Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P. or their respective Affiliates (including, in each case, as applicable, related funds, general partners thereof and limited partners thereof, but solely to the extent any such limited partners are directly or indirectly participating as investors pursuant to a side-by-side investing arrangement, but not including, however, any portfolio company of any of the foregoing).

Submitted Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(l)(iii)(A).

Submitted Discount ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.07(l)(iii)(A).

Subordinated Note ” means the subordinated note issued by the Initial Borrower to DBI on the Closing Date in connection with the receipt of cash from DBI for deposit into the Escrow Account and the Senior Notes Escrow Account on the Closing Date.

Subsidiary ” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person, other than any Affiliated

 

52


Organization. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Borrower.

Subsidiary Guarantor ” means any Guarantor other than Holdings.

Successor Holdings ” has the meaning specified in Section 7.14.

Supplemental Administrative Agent ” has the meaning specified in Section 9.10 and “Supplemental Administrative Agents” shall have the corresponding meaning.

Swap Contract ” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward contracts, future contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options, spot contracts, repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, sell buy back and buy sell back agreements, and securities lending and borrowing agreements or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master agreement and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement, together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.

Swap Termination Value ” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).

Swing Line Borrowing ” means a borrowing of a Swing Line Loan pursuant to Section 2.04.

Swing Line Facility ” means the revolving credit facility made available by the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.04.

Swing Line Lender ” means Barclays Bank PLC, acting through one of its affiliates or branches, in its capacity as provider of Swing Line Loans, or any successor swing line lender hereunder.

Swing Line Loan ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.04(a).

 

53


Swing Line Loan Notice ” means a notice of a Swing Line Borrowing pursuant to Section 2.04(b), which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit B .

Swing Line Sublimit ” means $25,000,000. The Swing Line Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Revolving Credit Facility.

Syndication Agent ” means J.P. Morgan Securities LLC as syndication agent under this Agreement.

Taxes ” means any and all present or future taxes, duties, levies, imposts, assessments, deductions, fees, withholdings or similar charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, and all liabilities (including interest, penalties or additions to tax) with respect to the foregoing.

Term B Closing Date Funding Fee ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.09(c).

Term B Commitment ” means, as to each Term B Lender, its obligation to make a Term B Loan to the Borrower pursuant to Section 2.01(a) in an aggregate amount not to exceed the amount set forth opposite such Term B Lender’s name in Section 1.01D of the Confidential Disclosure Letter under the caption “Term B Commitment” or in the Assignment and Assumption or Joinder Agreement pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. The aggregate amount of the Term B Commitments as of the Closing Date is $1,250,000,000.

Term B Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that has a Term B Commitment or a Term B Loan at such time.

Term B Loan Facility ” means the facility providing for the Borrowing of Term B Loans.

Term B Loans ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.01(a).

Term Borrowing ” means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Term Loans of the same Type and, in the case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Term Lenders pursuant to Section 2.01(a).

Term Commitment ” means a Term B Commitment or a New Term Commitment.

Term Lender ” means, at any time, any Lender that has a Term Commitment or a Term Loan at such time.

Term Loan Facility ” means the Term B Loan Facility and each of the New Term Loan Facilities.

Term Loans ” means Term B Loans, New Term Loans, Other Term Loans and Extended Term Loans.

Term Note ” means a promissory note of the Borrower payable to any Term Lender or its registered assigns, in substantially the form of Exhibit C-1 hereto, evidencing the indebtedness

 

54


of the Borrower to such Term Lender resulting from the Term Loans made by such Term Lender.

Test Period ” means a period of four (4) consecutive fiscal quarters.

Threshold Amount ” means $30,000,000.

Total Assets ” means the total assets of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as shown on the most recent balance sheet of the Borrower delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b) or, for the period prior to the time any such statements are so delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or (b), the financial statements delivered prior to the Closing Date.

Total Leverage Ratio ” means as of the end of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower for the Test Period ending on such date, the ratio of (a) Consolidated Total Debt as of the last day of such Test Period to (b) Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period, in each case for the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries.

Total Outstandings ” means the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans and all L/C Obligations.

Trademark Security Agreement ” means the Trademark Security Agreement among the Borrower, the other Grantors named therein and the Administrative Agent, dated as of the Closing Date.

tranche ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.15(a).

Transaction Expenses ” means the fees, costs and expenses incurred or payable by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof in connection with the Transactions, including any such fees, costs and expenses paid in cash, including payments to officer and directors as special or retention bonuses and charges for repurchases of, or modifications to, stock options.

Transactions ” means, collectively, (a) the execution and delivery and performance by the Loan Parties of each Loan Document to which they are a party executed and delivered or to be executed and delivered on or prior to the Escrow Release Date, and, in the case of the Initial Borrower, the making of the initial Borrowings hereunder, (b) the issuance of the Senior Notes, (c) the redemption of the Existing Securitization Notes, the discharge of the Existing Securitization Indenture and the Guarantor Charter Amendments on the Escrow Release Date, (d) the payment of the Special Dividend, (e) the issuance of the Subordinated Note, (f) the Assumption and the joinder of Holdings to this Agreement, (g) the Borrower Merger, (h) the consummation of any other transactions in connection with the foregoing, and (i) the payment of the fees and expenses incurred in connection with any of the foregoing.

Type ” means, with respect to a Loan, its character as a Base Rate Loan or a Eurodollar Rate Loan.

 

55


Unfunded Advances/Participations ” means (a) with respect to the Administrative Agent, the aggregate amount, if any (i) made available to the Borrower on the assumption that each Appropriate Lender has made its Pro Rata Share of the applicable Borrowing available to the Administrative Agent and (ii) with respect to which a corresponding amount shall not in fact have been made available to the Administrative Agent by any such Lender, (b) with respect to the Swing Line Lender, the aggregate amount, if any, of participations in respect of any outstanding Swing Line Loan that shall not have been funded by the Appropriate Lenders in accordance with Section 2.04(b) and (c) with respect to the L/C Issuer, the aggregate amount of L/C Borrowings.

Uniform Commercial Code ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as the same may from time to time be in effect in the State of New York or the Uniform Commercial Code (or similar code or statute) of another jurisdiction, to the extent it may be required to apply to the creation or perfection of a security interest in any item or items of Collateral.

United States ” and “ US ” mean the United States of America.

Unreimbursed Amount ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.03(c)(i).

Unrestricted Subsidiary ” means (a) any Subsidiary of a Unrestricted Subsidiary and (b) any Subsidiary of the Borrower designated by the board of directors of the Borrower as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to Section 6.15 subsequent to the date hereof.

US Lender ” has the meaning specified in Section 10.15(c).

US Tax Certificate ” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.15(a).

Voting Stock ” of any Person as of any date means the Equity Interests of such Person that is at the time entitled to vote in the election of the board of directors or similar governing body of such Person.

Weighted Average Life to Maturity ” means, when applied to any Indebtedness at any date, the number of years obtained by dividing: (a) the sum of the products obtained by multiplying (i) the amount of each then remaining installment, sinking fund, serial maturity or other required payments of principal, including payment at final maturity, in respect thereof, by (ii) the number of years (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth) that will elapse between such date and the making of such payment; by (b) the then outstanding principal amount of such Indebtedness.

Section 1.02 Other Interpretive Provisions . With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document, unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:

(a) The meanings of defined terms are equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the defined terms.

(b) The words “herein,” “hereto,” “hereof” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in any Loan Document shall refer to such Loan Document as a whole and not to any particular provision thereof.

 

56


(i) Article, Section, Exhibit and Schedule references are to the Loan Document in which such reference appears.

(ii) The term “including” is by way of example and not limitation.

(c) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the word “from” means “from and including;” the words “to” and “until” each mean “to but excluding”; and the word “through” means “to and including.”

(d) Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

(e) The term “manifest error” shall be deemed to include any clearly demonstrable error whether or not obvious on the face of the document containing such error.

(f) For purposes of determining compliance at any time with Sections 7.01, 7.02, 7.03, 7.05, 7.06, 7.08, 7.09 and 7.13, in the event that any Lien, Investment, Indebtedness, Disposition, Restricted Payment, affiliate transaction, Contractual Obligation or prepayment of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the categories of transactions permitted pursuant to any clause of such Sections 7.01, 7.02, 7.03, 7.05, 7.06, 7.08, 7.09 and 7.13, such transaction (or portion thereof) at any time shall be permitted under one or more of such clauses as determined by the Borrower in its sole discretion at such time of determination.

(g) The term “parent company” means with respect to any Person means the Person owns all of the Equity Interests of such Person.

Section 1.03 Accounting Terms . (a) All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in conformity with, GAAP, as in effect from time to time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for purposes of determining compliance with any covenant (including the computation of any financial covenant) contained herein, Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries shall be deemed to be carried at 100% of the outstanding principal amount (or the accreted value thereof in the case of Indebtedness issued at a discount) thereof and the effects of FASB ASC 825 and FASB ASC 470-20 on financial liabilities shall be disregarded.

(b) If at any time any change in GAAP (including conversion to IFRS as described below) would affect the computation of any covenant (including the computation of any financial covenant) set forth in any Loan Document, and either the Borrower or the Required Lenders shall so request, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such covenant to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Required Lenders not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed and, in the case of any amendment arising out of an accounting change described in the Proposed Accounting Standards Update to Leases (Topic 840) dated August 17, 2010, not subject to any amendment fee); provided, that, until so amended, (i) such ratio basket, covenant or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP or the application thereof

 

57


prior to such change therein and (ii) the Borrower shall provide to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders a written reconciliation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, between calculations of such covenant made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP. If the Borrower notifies the Administrative Agent that it is required to report under IFRS or has elected to do so through an early adoption policy, “GAAP” shall mean international financial reporting standards pursuant to IFRS ( provided that after such conversion, the Borrower cannot elect to report under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles).

Section 1.04 Pro Forma Calculations .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, financial ratios and tests (including the Total Leverage Ratio, the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio and the Interest Coverage Ratio) pursuant to this Agreement shall be calculated in the manner prescribed by this Section 1.04.

(b) In the event that the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs, assumes, guarantees, redeems, repays, retires or extinguishes any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness incurred or repaid under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and has not been replaced) subsequent to the end of the Test Period for which such financial ratio or test is being calculated but prior to or simultaneously with the event for which such calculation is being made, then such financial ratio or test shall be calculated giving pro forma effect to such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, as if the same had occurred on the last day of the applicable Test Period (except in the case of the Interest Coverage Ratio (or similar ratio), such incurrence, assumption, guarantee, redemption, repayment, retirement or extinguishment of Indebtedness, as if the same had occurred on the first day of the applicable Test Period).

(c) For purposes of calculating any financial ratio or test, Specified Transactions that have been made by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries during the applicable Test Period or subsequent to such Test Period and prior to or simultaneously with the event for which such calculation is being made shall be calculated on a pro forma basis assuming that all such Specified Transactions (and the change in Consolidated EBITDA resulting therefrom) had occurred on the first day of the applicable Test Period. If since the beginning of any such Test Period any Person that subsequently became a Restricted Subsidiary or was merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries since the beginning of such Test Period shall have made any Specified Transaction that would have required adjustment pursuant to this Section 1.04, then any applicable financial ratio or test shall be calculated giving pro forma effect thereto for such period as if such Specified Transaction occurred at the beginning of the applicable Test Period.

(d) Whenever pro forma effect is to be given to a Specified Transaction, the pro forma calculations shall be made in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Borrower (including the “run-rate” cost savings and synergies resulting from such Specified Transaction that have been or are expected to be realized (“run-rate” means the full recurring benefit for a period that is associated with any action taken or expected to be taken (including any savings expected to result from the elimination of a public target’s compliance costs with public company requirements), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period

 

58


from such actions), and any such adjustments included in the initial pro forma calculations shall continue to apply to subsequent calculations of such financial ratios or tests, including during any subsequent Test Periods in which the effects thereof are expected to be realized); provided , that, (i) such amounts are reasonably identifiable, and factually supportable, are projected by the Borrower in good faith to result from actions either taken or expected to be taken within 12 months after the end of such Test Period in which such Specified Transaction occurred and, in each case, certified by the chief financial officer or treasurer of the Borrower, (ii) no amounts shall be added pursuant to this clause (d) to the extent duplicative of any amounts that are otherwise added back in computing Consolidated EBITDA for such Test Period and (iii) any increase to Consolidated EBITDA as a result of cost savings and synergies shall be subject to the limitations set forth in the penultimate sentence of the definition of Consolidated EBITDA.

(e) If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest on such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of the event for which the calculation of the Interest Coverage Ratio is made had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any interest hedging arrangements applicable to such Indebtedness). Interest on a Capitalized Lease Obligation shall be deemed to accrue at an interest rate reasonably determined by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower to be the rate of interest implicit in such Capitalized Lease Obligation in accordance with GAAP. Interest on Indebtedness that may optionally be determined at an interest rate based upon a factor of a prime or similar rate, a Eurocurrency interbank offered rate, or other rate, shall be determined to have been based upon the rate actually chosen, or if none, then based upon such optional rate chosen as the Borrower or Restricted Subsidiary may designate.

(f) Notwithstanding the foregoing, when calculating (i) the Total Leverage Ratio for purposes of the definition of “Applicable Rate” and Section 2.05(b)(i) and (ii) the Interest Coverage Ratio and Total Leverage Ratio for the purposes of Section 7.10, (x) the events described in Sections 1.04(b), (c) and (d) above that occurred subsequent to the end of the Test Period shall not be given pro forma effect and (y) Section 1.04(e) shall not apply.

(g) Any pro forma calculation required at any time prior to March 26, 2011, shall be made assuming that compliance with the Interest Coverage Ratio and Total Leverage Ratio set forth in Section 7.10 for the Test Period ending on March 26, 2011, is required with respect to the most recent Test Period prior to such time.

Section 1.05 Rounding . Any financial ratios required to be maintained by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement (or required to be satisfied in order for a specific action to be permitted under this Agreement) shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component, carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up for 5).

Section 1.06 References to Agreements and Laws . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, (a) references to Organization Documents, agreements (including the Loan Documents) and other contractual instruments shall be deemed to include all subsequent amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications thereto, but only to the extent that such amendments, restatements, extensions, supplements and other modifications not prohibited

 

59


by any Loan Document; and (b) references to any Law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing, supplementing or interpreting such Law.

Section 1.07 Times of Day . Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be references to New York time (daylight or standard, as applicable).

Section 1.08 Timing of Payment or Performance . When the payment of any obligation or the performance of any covenant, duty or obligation is stated to be due or performance required on a day which is not a Business Day, the date of such payment (other than as described in the definition of Interest Period) or performance shall extend to the immediately succeeding Business Day and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be.

ARTICLE 2

THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS

Section 2.01 The Loans .

(a) The Term Borrowings . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Term B Lender severally agrees to make a loan on the Closing Date to the Borrower (each, a “ Term B Loan ” and, collectively, the “ Term B Loans ”) in an amount in US Dollars equal to such Term B Lender’s Term B Commitment. Amounts borrowed under this Section 2.01(a) and repaid or prepaid may not be reborrowed. Term Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein.

(b) The Revolving Credit Borrowings . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Revolving Credit Lender severally agrees to make loans in US Dollars to the Borrower (each such loan, a “ Revolving Credit Loan ”) from time to time, on any Business Day during the Revolving Credit Commitment Period, in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment; provided that after giving effect to any Revolving Credit Borrowing, (i) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Credit Loans of any Revolving Credit Lender, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans, shall not exceed such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment and (ii) the aggregate amount of Revolving Credit Loans made on the Escrow Release Date shall not exceed $25,000,000. Within the limits of each Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.01(b), prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section 2.01(b). Revolving Credit Loans may be Base Rate Loans or Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein; provided that all Revolving Credit Loans made by each of the Lenders pursuant to the same Borrowing shall, unless otherwise specifically provided herein, consist entirely of Revolving Credit Loans of the same Type.

Section 2.02 Borrowings, Conversions and Continuations of Loans .

(a) Each Term Borrowing, each Revolving Credit Borrowing, each conversion of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, and each continuation of

 

60


Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable delivery to the Administrative Agent of a written Committed Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Each such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent (i) not later than 11:00 a.m. three (3) Business Days prior to the requested date of any Borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans, continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or any conversion of Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans, (ii) not later than 11:00 a.m. on the requested date of any Borrowing of Base Rate Loans. Each Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a minimum principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof. Except as provided in Section 2.03(c)(i) and Section 2.04(c)(i), each Borrowing of or conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $250,000 or a whole multiple of $50,000 in excess thereof (except, with respect to any Other Term Loans, to the extent otherwise provided in the applicable Refinancing Amendment). Each Committed Loan Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) whether the Borrower is requesting a Term Borrowing, a Revolving Credit Borrowing, a conversion of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of the Borrowing, conversion or continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of Loans to be borrowed, converted or continued, (iv) the Type of Loans to be borrowed or to which existing Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans are to be converted, (v) if applicable, the duration of the Interest Period with respect thereto and (vi) the account of the Borrower to be credited with the proceeds of such Borrowing. If the Borrower fails to specify a Type of Loan in a Committed Loan Notice or fails to give a timely notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans shall be made as, or converted to, Base Rate Loans. Any such automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect with respect to the applicable Eurodollar Rate Loans. If the Borrower requests a Borrowing of, conversion to, or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans in any such Committed Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one (1) month.

(b) Following receipt of a Committed Loan Notice, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Appropriate Lender of the amount of its Pro Rata Share of the applicable Class of Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or continuation is provided by the Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any automatic conversion to Base Rate Loans or continuation described in Section 2.02(a). In the case of each Borrowing, each Appropriate Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. (with respect to Eurodollar Rate Loans) or 2:00 p.m. (with respect to Base Rate Loans) on the Business Day specified in the applicable Committed Loan Notice. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Administrative Agent shall make all funds so received available to the Borrower in like funds as received by the Administrative Agent by wire transfer of such funds in accordance with instructions provided to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower.

(c) Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurodollar Rate Loan may be continued or converted only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loan unless the Borrower pays the amount due, if any, under Section 3.05 in connection therewith. During the

 

61


existence of an Event of Default, the Administrative Agent or the Required Lenders may require that no Loans may be converted to or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Appropriate Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any Interest Period for Eurodollar Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate. The determination of the Eurodollar Rate by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. At any time that Base Rate Loans are outstanding, the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Appropriate Lenders of any change in the Administrative Agent’s prime rate used in determining the Base Rate promptly following the determination of such change.

(e) After giving effect to all Term Borrowings, all Revolving Credit Borrowings, all conversions of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans from one Type to the other, and all continuations of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than twenty (20) Interest Periods in effect.

(f) The failure of any Lender to make the Loan to be made by it as part of any Borrowing shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any, hereunder to make its Loan on the date of such Borrowing, but no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to make the Loan to be made by such other Lender on the date of any Borrowing.

Section 2.03 Letters of Credit .

(a) The Letter of Credit Commitment .

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (A) the L/C Issuer agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Revolving Credit Lenders set forth in this Section 2.03, (1) from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Escrow Release Date until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars for the account of the Borrower (or any Restricted Subsidiary so long as the Borrower is a joint and several co-applicant, and references to the “Borrower” in this Section 2.03 shall be deemed to include reference to such Restricted Subsidiary) and to amend or renew Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with Section 2.03(b), and (2) to honor drafts under the Letters of Credit; and (B) the Revolving Credit Lenders severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Borrower; provided that the L/C Issuer shall not be obligated to make any L/C Credit Extension with respect to any Letter of Credit, and no Lender shall be obligated to participate in any Letter of Credit if, as of the date of such L/C Credit Extension, (x) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Credit Loans of any Revolving Credit Lender, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans, would exceed such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment or (y) the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations would exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower’s ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Borrower may, during the foregoing period, obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed. On and after the Escrow Release Date, each Existing Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a Letter of Credit

 

62


issued hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and for all purposes hereof will be deemed to have been issued on the Escrow Release Date.

(ii) The L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if

(A) any order, judgment or decree of any Governmental Authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain the L/C Issuer from issuing such Letter of Credit, or any Law applicable to the L/C Issuer or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any Governmental Authority with jurisdiction over the L/C Issuer shall prohibit, or request that the L/C Issuer refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or such Letter of Credit in particular or shall impose upon the L/C Issuer with respect to such Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital requirement (for which the L/C Issuer is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the Closing Date, or shall impose upon the L/C Issuer any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Closing Date and which, in each case, the L/C Issuer in good faith deems material to it;

(B) subject to Section 2.03(b)(iii), the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit, prior to giving effect to any automatic renewal, would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance or last renewal, unless the Required Lenders and the L/C Issuer have approved such expiry date;

(C) the expiry date of such requested Letter of Credit would occur after the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless all the Revolving Credit Lenders and the L/C Issuer have approved such expiry date and no Revolving Credit Lender shall be required to participate in any such Letter of Credit issued without such approval;

(D) the issuance of such Letter of Credit would violate any Laws or one or more policies of the L/C Issuer; or

(E) any Revolving Credit Lender is a Defaulting Lender, unless the L/C Issuer has entered into arrangements reasonably satisfactory to it and the Borrower to eliminate the L/C Issuer’s risk with respect to the participation in Letters of Credit by all such Defaulting Lenders, including by Cash Collateralizing, or obtaining a backstop letter of credit from an issuer reasonably satisfactory to the L/C Issuer to support, each such Defaulting Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any Unreimbursed Amount.

(iii) The L/C Issuer shall be under no obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) the L/C Issuer would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of such Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to such Letter of Credit.

(b) Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Renewal Letters of Credit .

(i) Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the Borrower delivered to the L/C Issuer (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in

 

63


the form of a L/C Request and Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Such L/C Request and Letter of Credit Application must be received by the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent not later than 12:00 noon at least three (3) Business Days prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be, or such later date and time as the L/C Issuer may agree in a particular instance in its sole discretion. In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the L/C Issuer: (A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (B) the amount thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (E) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; and (G) such other matters as the L/C Issuer may reasonably request. In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the L/C Issuer: (A) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (B) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (C) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (D) such other matters as the L/C Issuer may reasonably request.

(ii) Promptly after receipt of any L/C Request and Letter of Credit Application, the L/C Issuer will confirm with the Administrative Agent (in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such L/C Request and Letter of Credit Application from the Borrower and, if not, the L/C Issuer will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Upon receipt by the L/C Issuer of confirmation from the Administrative Agent that the requested issuance or amendment is permitted in accordance with the terms hereof (such confirmation to be promptly provided by the Administrative Agent), then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the L/C Issuer shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Borrower or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be. Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the L/C Issuer an unfunded risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share times the amount of such Letter of Credit.

(iii) If the Borrower so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the L/C Issuer may, in its sole and absolute discretion, agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic renewal provisions (each, an “ Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit ”); provided that any such Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit must permit the L/C Issuer to prevent any such renewal at least once in each twelve month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “ Nonrenewal Notice Date ”) in each such twelve month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued. Unless otherwise directed by the L/C Issuer, the Borrower shall not be required to make a specific request to the L/C Issuer for any such renewal. Once an Auto-Renewal Letter of Credit has been issued, the Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the L/C Issuer to permit the renewal of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the Letter of Credit Expiration Date; provided that the L/C Issuer shall not permit any such renewal if (A) the L/C Issuer has determined that it would have no obligation at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its renewed form under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions

 

64


of Section 2.03(a)(ii) or otherwise), or (B) it has received notice (which shall be in writing) on or before the day that is five (5) Business Days before the Nonrenewal Notice Date (1) from the Administrative Agent that the Required Lenders have elected not to permit such renewal or (2) from the Administrative Agent, any Revolving Credit Lender or the Borrower that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.02 is not then satisfied.

(iv) Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the L/C Issuer will also deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.

(c) Drawings and Reimbursements; Funding of Participations .

(i) Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer shall notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent thereof. Not later than 3:30 p.m. on the date of any payment by the L/C Issuer under a Letter of Credit (each such date, an “ Honor Date ”), the Borrower shall reimburse the L/C Issuer through the Administrative Agent in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing; provided that if such notice is not provided to the Borrower prior to 1:00 p.m. on the Honor Date, then the Borrower shall reimburse the L/C Issuer through the Administrative Agent in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing on the next succeeding Business Day and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing fees in respect of any such Letter of Credit. If the Borrower fails to so reimburse the L/C Issuer by such time, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Revolving Credit Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (the “ Unreimbursed Amount ”), and the amount of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Pro Rata Share thereof. In such event, the Borrower shall be deemed to have requested a Revolving Credit Borrowing of Base Rate Loans to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples specified in Section 2.02(a) for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans but subject to the amount of the unutilized portion of the Revolving Credit Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than the delivery of a Committed Loan Notice). Any notice given by the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.03(c)(i) may shall be in writing.

(ii) Each Revolving Credit Lender (including the Lender acting as L/C Issuer) shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(i) make funds available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer, in Dollars, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the Unreimbursed Amount not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent, whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(c)(iii), each Revolving Credit Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the L/C Issuer.

(iii) With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully refinanced by a Revolving Credit Borrowing of Base Rate Loans because the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the Borrower shall be deemed to have incurred from the L/C Issuer an L/C Borrowing in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which L/C Borrowing shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and

 

65


shall bear interest at the Default Rate. In such event, each Revolving Credit Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(c)(ii) shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such L/C Borrowing and shall constitute an L/C Advance from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 2.03.

(iv) Until each Revolving Credit Lender funds its Revolving Credit Loan or L/C Advance pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) to reimburse the L/C Issuer for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit, interest in respect of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such amount shall be solely for the account of the L/C Issuer.

(v) Each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans or L/C Advances to reimburse the L/C Issuer for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as contemplated by this Section 2.03(c), shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the L/C Issuer, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided that each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to this Section 2.03(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than delivery by the Borrower of a Committed Loan Notice). No such making of an L/C Advance shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the L/C Issuer for the amount of any payment made by the L/C Issuer under any Letter of Credit, together with interest as provided herein.

(vi) If any Revolving Credit Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.03(c) by the time specified in Section 2.03(c)(ii), the L/C Issuer shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the L/C Issuer at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. A certificate of the L/C Issuer submitted to any Revolving Credit Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 2.03(c)(vi) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Repayment of Participations .

(i) If, at any time after the L/C Issuer has made a payment under any Letter of Credit and has received from any Revolving Credit Lender such Lender’s L/C Advance in respect of such payment in accordance with Section 2.03(c), the Administrative Agent receives for the account of the L/C Issuer any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from the Borrower or otherwise, including proceeds of Cash Collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent will distribute to such Lender its Pro Rata Share thereof (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s L/C Advance was outstanding) in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent.

 

66


(ii) If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer pursuant to Section 2.03(d)(i) is required to be returned under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the L/C Issuer in its discretion), each Revolving Credit Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer its Pro Rata Share thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect.

(e) Obligations Absolute . The obligation of the Borrower to reimburse the L/C Issuer for each drawing under each Letter of Credit issued for its account and to repay each L/C Borrowing relating to any Letter of Credit issued for its account shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any other agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(ii) the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that the Borrower or applicable Restricted Subsidiary may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the L/C Issuer or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;

(iii) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;

(iv) any payment by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by the L/C Issuer under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law;

(v) any exchange, release or nonperfection of any Collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent to departure from the Guaranty or any other guarantee, for all or any of the Obligations of the Borrower in respect of such Letter of Credit; or

(vi) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Borrower;

 

67


provided that the foregoing shall not excuse the L/C Issuer from liability to the Borrower to the extent of any direct damages (as opposed to consequential damages, claims in respect of which are waived by the Borrower to the extent permitted by applicable Law) suffered by the Borrower that are caused by the L/C Issuer’s gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct when determining whether drafts and other documents presented under a Letter of Credit comply with the terms thereof. The Borrower shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit issued for its account and each amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with the Borrower’s instructions or other irregularity, the Borrower will promptly notify the L/C Issuer. The Borrower shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against the L/C Issuer and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid.

(f) Role of L/C Issuer . Each Lender and the Borrower agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the L/C Issuer shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. None of the L/C Issuer, any Agent-Related Person nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of the L/C Issuer shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Lenders or the Required Lenders, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final, non-appealable judgment; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit, L/C Request or Letter of Credit Application. The Borrower hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Borrower’s pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at Law or under any other agreement. None of the L/C Issuer, any Agent-Related Person, nor any of the respective correspondents, participants or assignees of the L/C Issuer, shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (vi) of Section 2.03(e); provided that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Borrower may have a claim against the L/C Issuer, and the L/C Issuer may be liable to the Borrower, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Borrower that a court of competent jurisdiction determines in a final, non-appealable judgment were caused by the L/C Issuer’s willful misconduct, bad faith or gross negligence or the L/C Issuer’s willful or grossly negligent failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, the L/C Issuer may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and the L/C Issuer shall not be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

(g) Cash Collateral . Upon the request of the Administrative Agent, (i) if the L/C Issuer has honored any full or partial drawing request under any Letter of Credit and such drawing

 

68


has resulted in an L/C Borrowing and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 to a Revolving Credit Borrowing cannot then be met, or (ii) if, as of the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, any Letter of Credit may for any reason remain outstanding and partially or wholly undrawn, the Borrower shall promptly Cash Collateralize (x) in the case of clause (i), 100% and (y) in the case of clause (ii), 105%, in each case of the then Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations (such Outstanding Amount to be determined as of the date of such L/C Borrowing or the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, as the case may be) or, in the case of clause (ii), provide a back to back letter of credit in a face amount at least equal to 105% of the then undrawn amount of such Letter of Credit from an issuer and in form and substance satisfactory to the L/C Issuer in its sole discretion. Any Letter of Credit that is so Cash Collateralized or in respect of which such a back-to-back letter of credit shall have been issued shall be deemed no longer outstanding for purposes of this Agreement. For purposes hereof, “ Cash Collateralize ” means (A) in the case of clause (ii) above, pledge and deposit with or deliver to the L/C Issuer, as collateral for the L/C Obligations and (B) in all other cases to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the L/C Issuer and the Lenders, as collateral for the L/C Obligations, cash or deposit account balances (“ Cash Collateral ”) pursuant to documentation in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the L/C Issuer and, in the case of clause of (B), the Administrative Agent (which documents are hereby consented to by the Lenders). Derivatives of such term have corresponding meanings. Cash Collateral shall be maintained in deposit accounts designated by the Administrative Agent and which is under the sole dominion and control of the L/C Issuer and, in the case of clause of (B), the Administrative Agent. If at any time the L/C Issuer and, in the case of clause of (B), the Administrative Agent determines that any funds held as Cash Collateral are subject to any right or claim of any Person other than the L/C Issuer or Administrative Agent, as applicable, or claims of the depositary bank arising by operation of law or that the total amount of such funds is less than the amount required by the first sentence of this clause (g), the Borrower will, forthwith upon demand by the L/C Issuer and, in the case of clause of (B), the Administrative Agent, pay to the L/C Issuer or the Administrative Agent, as applicable,, as additional funds to be deposited and held in the deposit accounts designated by the L/C Issuer and, in the case of clause of (B), the Administrative Agent as aforesaid, an amount equal to the excess of (x) 100% or 105%, as applicable, of such aggregate Outstanding Amount over (y) the total amount of funds, if any, then held as Cash Collateral that the L/C Issuer and, in the case of clause of (B), the Administrative Agent determines to be free and clear of any such right and claim. Upon the drawing of any Letter of Credit for which funds are on deposit as Cash Collateral, such funds shall be applied, to the extent permitted under applicable Law, to reimburse the L/C Issuer. To the extent the amount of any Cash Collateral exceeds 100% or 105%, as applicable, of the then Outstanding Amount of such L/C Obligations and so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the excess shall be refunded to the Borrower.

(h) Applicability of ISP98 and UCP . Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the L/C Issuer and the Borrower when a Letter of Credit is issued, (i) the rules of the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance) shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) the rules of the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, as most recently published by the International Chamber of Commerce (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance) at the time of issuance shall apply to each commercial Letter of Credit.

 

69


(i) Letter of Credit Fees . The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender in accordance with its Pro Rata Share a Letter of Credit fee for each Letter of Credit issued equal to the Applicable Rate for Revolving Credit Loans that are Eurodollar Rate Loans times the daily maximum amount then available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. Such letter of credit fees shall be computed from the date of issuance thereof on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such letter of credit fees shall be due and payable on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit and on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand.

(j) Fronting Fee and Documentary and Processing Charges Payable to L/C Issuer . The Borrower shall pay directly to the L/C Issuer for its own account a fronting fee with respect to each Letter of Credit issued equal to 0.125% per annum of the daily maximum amount then available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit. Such fronting fees shall be computed on a quarterly basis in arrears. Such fronting fees shall be due and payable on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the issuance of such Letter of Credit, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand. In addition, the Borrower shall pay directly to the L/C Issuer for its own account the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of the L/C Issuer relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect. Such customary fees not related to the fronting fee and standard costs and charges are due and payable within five (5) Business Days of demand and are nonrefundable.

(k) Conflict with Letter of Credit Application . In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any L/C Request or Letter of Credit Application, the terms of this Agreement shall control.

(l) Provisions Related to New Revolving Credit Commitments and Extended Revolving Credit Commitments . If the maturity date in respect of any tranche of Revolving Credit Commitments occurs prior to the expiration of any Letter of Credit, then (i) if one or more other tranches of Revolving Credit Commitments in respect of which the maturity date shall not have occurred are then in effect, such Letters of Credit shall automatically be deemed to have been issued (including for purposes of the obligations of the Revolving Credit Lenders to purchase participations therein and to make Revolving Credit Loans and payments in respect thereof pursuant to Section 2.03(c) and (d)) under (and ratably participated in by Lenders pursuant to) the Revolving Credit Commitments in respect of such non-terminating tranches up to an aggregate amount not to exceed the aggregate principal amount of the unutilized Revolving Credit Commitments thereunder at such time (it being understood that no partial face amount of any Letter of Credit may be so reallocated) and (ii) to the extent not reallocated pursuant to immediately preceding clause (i), the Borrower shall Cash Collateralize any such Letter of Credit in accordance with Section 2.03(g). Commencing with the maturity date of any tranche of Revolving Credit Commitments, the sublimit for Letters of Credit shall be agreed with the Lenders under the extended tranches.

 

70


Section 2.04 Swing Line Loans .

(a) The Swing Line . Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein and in the sole discretion of the Swing Line Lender, the Swing Line Lender agrees to make loans (each such loan, a “ Swing Line Loan ”) to the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day (other than the Closing Date) during the Revolving Credit Commitment Period in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of the Swing Line Sublimit, notwithstanding the fact that such Swing Line Loans, when aggregated with the Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of Loans and L/C Obligations of the Lender acting as Swing Line Lender, may exceed the amount of such Lender’s Commitment; provided that after giving effect to any Swing Line Loan, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Credit Loans of any Revolving Credit Lender, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations, plus such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans shall not exceed such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment; provided further that the Borrower shall not use the proceeds of any Swing Line Loan to refinance any outstanding Swing Line Loan. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, the Borrower may borrow under this Section 2.04, prepay under Section 2.05, and reborrow under this Section 2.04. Each Swing Line Loan shall be a Base Rate Loan. Immediately upon the making of a Swing Line Loan, each Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swing Line Lender an unfunded risk participation in such Swing Line Loan in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share and the amount of such Swing Line Loan.

(b) Borrowing Procedures . Each Swing Line Borrowing shall be made upon the Borrower’s irrevocable written notice to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent. Each such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the requested borrowing date, and shall specify (i) the amount to be borrowed, which shall be a minimum of $100,000, (ii) the requested borrowing date, which shall be a Business Day and (iii) the account of the Borrower to be credited with the proceeds of such Swing Line Borrowing. Each such telephonic notice must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent of a written Swing Line Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower. Promptly after receipt by the Swing Line Lender of any Swing Line Loan Notice, the Swing Line Lender will confirm with the Administrative Agent (in writing) that the Administrative Agent has also received such Swing Line Loan Notice and, if not, the Swing Line Lender will notify the Administrative Agent (in writing) of the contents thereof. Unless the Swing Line Lender has received notice (in writing) from the Administrative Agent (including at the request of any Revolving Credit Lender) prior to 2:00 p.m. on the date of such proposed Swing Line Borrowing (A) directing the Swing Line Lender not to make such Swing Line Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the first proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.04(a), or (B) that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 4.02 is not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swing Line Lender will, not later than 3:00 p.m. on the borrowing date specified in such Swing Line Loan Notice, make the amount of its Swing Line Loan available to the Borrower. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 2.04 or elsewhere in this Agreement, the Swing Line Lender shall not be obligated to make any Swing Line Loan at a time when a Revolving Credit Lender is a Defaulting Lender unless the Swing Line Lender has entered

 

71


into arrangements reasonably satisfactory to it and the Borrower to eliminate the Swing Line Lender’s risk with respect to the Defaulting Lender’s or Defaulting Lenders’ participation in such Swing Line Loans, including by Cash Collateralizing, or obtaining a backstop letter of credit from an issuer reasonably satisfactory to the Swing Line Lender to support, such Defaulting Lender’s or Defaulting Lenders’ Pro Rata Share of the outstanding Swing Line Loans.

(c) Refinancing of Swing Line Loans . The Swing Line Lender at any time in its sole and absolute discretion may request, on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably authorizes the Swing Line Lender to so request on its behalf), that each Revolving Credit Lender make a Base Rate Loan in an amount equal to such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the amount of Swing Line Loans then outstanding. Each such request shall be made in writing (which written request shall be deemed to be a Committed Loan Notice for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.02(a), without regard to the minimum and multiples specified therein for the principal amount of Base Rate Loans, but subject to the unutilized portion of the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 4.02. The Swing Line Lender shall furnish the Borrower with a copy of the applicable Committed Loan Notice promptly after delivering such notice to the Administrative Agent. Each Revolving Credit Lender shall make an amount equal to its Pro Rata Share of the amount specified in such Committed Loan Notice available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds for the account of the Swing Line Lender at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the day specified in such Committed Loan Notice, whereupon, subject to Section 2.04(c)(ii), each Revolving Credit Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Loan to the Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the Swing Line Lender.

(i) If for any reason any Swing Line Loan cannot be refinanced by such a Revolving Credit Borrowing in accordance with Section 2.04(c), the request for Base Rate Loans submitted by the Swing Line Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a request by the Swing Line Lender that each of the Revolving Credit Lenders fund its risk participation in such Swing Line Loan and each such Revolving Credit Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.04(c) shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation.

(ii) If any Revolving Credit Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swing Line Lender any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.04(c) by the time specified in Section 2.04(c), the Swing Line Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to the Swing Line Lender at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. A certificate of the Swing Line Lender submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (ii) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(iii) Each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans or to purchase and fund risk participations in Swing Line Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance,

 

72


including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Swing Line Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided that each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Loans pursuant to this Section 2.04(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 (other than delivery by the Borrower of a Committed Loan Notice). No such funding of risk participations shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Borrower to repay Swing Line Loans, together with interest as provided herein.

(d) Repayment of Participations . At any time after any Revolving Credit Lender has purchased and funded a risk participation in a Swing Line Loan, if the Swing Line Lender receives any payment on account of such Swing Line Loan, the Swing Line Lender will distribute to such Lender its Pro Rata Share of such payment (appropriately adjusted, in the case of interest payments, to reflect the period of time during which such Lender’s risk participation was funded) in the same funds as those received by the Swing Line Lender.

(i) If any payment received by the Swing Line Lender in respect of principal or interest on any Swing Line Loan is required to be returned by the Swing Line Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Swing Line Lender in its discretion), each Revolving Credit Lender shall pay to the Swing Line Lender its Pro Rata Share thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Federal Funds Rate. The Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of the Swing Line Lender.

(e) Interest for Account of Swing Line Lender . The Swing Line Lender shall be responsible for invoicing the Borrower for interest on the Swing Line Loans. Until each Revolving Credit Lender funds its Base Rate Loan or risk participation pursuant to this Section 2.04 to refinance such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of any Swing Line Loan, interest in respect of such Pro Rata Share shall be solely for the account of the Swing Line Lender.

(f) Payments Directly to Swing Line Lender . The Borrower shall make all payments of principal and interest in respect of the Swing Line Loans directly to the Swing Line Lender.

(g) Provisions Related to New Revolving Credit Commitments and Extended Revolving Credit Commitments . If the maturity date shall have occurred in respect of any tranche of Revolving Credit Commitments at a time when another tranche or tranches of Revolving Credit Commitments is or are in effect with a longer maturity date, then on the earliest occurring maturity date all then outstanding Swing Line Loans shall be repaid in full on such date (and there shall be no adjustment to the participations in such Swing Line Loans as a result of the occurrence of such maturity date); provided, however, that if on the occurrence of such earliest maturity date (after giving effect to any repayments of Revolving Credit Loans and any reallocation of Letter of Credit participations as contemplated in Section 2.03(l)), there shall exist sufficient unutilized Extended Revolving Credit Commitments or New Revolving Credit Commitments so that the respective outstanding Swing Line Loans could be incurred pursuant the Extended Revolving

 

73


Credit Commitments or New Revolving Credit Commitments which will remain in effect after the occurrence of such maturity date, then there shall be an automatic adjustment on such date of the participations in such Swing Line Loans and same shall be deemed to have been incurred solely pursuant to the relevant Extended Credit Revolving Commitments or New Revolving Credit Commitments, and such Swing Line Loans shall not be so required to be repaid in full on such earliest maturity date.

Section 2.05 Prepayments .

(a) Optional .

(i) The Borrower may, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent (a “ Prepayment Notice ”), at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay Loans made to the Borrower, in whole or in part without premium or penalty except as described in clause (iv) below; provided , that (A) such notice must be received by the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m., (1) three (3) Business Days prior to any date of prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans and (2) on the date of prepayment of Base Rate Loans; (B) any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof; and (C) any prepayment of Base Rate Loans shall be in a principal amount of $250,000 or a whole multiple of $50,000 in excess thereof or, in each case, if less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment and the Class(es) and Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Appropriate Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of such prepayment. The Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein. Any prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest thereon, together with any additional amounts required pursuant to Section 2.05(a)(iv) and Section 3.05. Each prepayment of the Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(a) shall be applied among the Facilities in such amounts as the Borrower may direct in its sole discretion and, in the case of the Term Loan Facilities, in direct order of maturity or as otherwise directed by the Borrower. Other than as set forth in Section 10.07(l), each prepayment made by the Borrower in respect of a particular Facility shall be paid to the Administrative Agent for the account of (and to be promptly disbursed to) the Appropriate Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares.

(ii) The Borrower may, upon notice to the Swing Line Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), at any time or from time to time, voluntarily prepay Swing Line Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty; provided , that (A) such notice must be received by the Swing Line Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. on the date of the prepayment, and (B) any such prepayment shall be in a minimum principal amount of $100,000. Each such notice shall specify the date and amount of such prepayment. If such notice is given by the Borrower, the Borrower shall make such prepayment and the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Borrower may rescind any notice of prepayment under Section 2.05(a)(i) or Section 2.05(a)(ii) if such prepayment would have resulted from (A) a refinancing of all of the Facilities, (B) issuance

 

74


of New Term Loans and/or New Revolving Credit Commitments, which refinancing or issuance shall not be consummated or shall otherwise be delayed or (C) the refinancing of all or a portion of the Facilities with Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness, which refinancing shall not be consummated or shall otherwise be delayed.

(iv) At the time of the effectiveness of any Repricing Transaction that (x) makes any prepayment of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans (with a corresponding reduction of Revolving Credit Commitments) in connection with any Repricing Transaction, or (y) effects any amendment of this Agreement resulting in a Repricing Transaction and is consummated prior to the first anniversary of the Closing Date, the Borrower agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of each applicable Lender, a fee in an amount equal to, (I) in the case of clause (x), a prepayment premium of 1% of the amount of the Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans (with a corresponding reduction of Revolving Credit Commitments) being prepaid and (II) in the case of clause (y), a payment equal to 1% of the aggregate amount of the applicable Term Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments outstanding immediately prior to such amendment. Such fees shall be due and payable upon the date of the effectiveness of such Repricing Transaction.

(b) Mandatory .

(i) Within five (5) Business Days after financial statements have been delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) and the related Compliance Certificate has been delivered pursuant to Section 6.02(b), the Borrower shall cause to be prepaid an aggregate principal amount of Term Loans in an amount equal to (A) 50% of Excess Cash Flow, if any, for the fiscal year of the Borrower covered by such financial statements (commencing with the fiscal year of the Borrower ending December 31, 2011) minus (B) the sum of (1) the amount of any voluntary prepayments of Term Loans made pursuant to Section 2.05(a) during such fiscal year other than prepayments made with the Net Cash Proceeds from the incurrence of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness and (2) solely to the extent the amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments are permanently reduced pursuant to Section 2.06 in connection therewith (and solely to the extent of the amount of such reduction), the amount of any voluntary prepayments of Revolving Credit Loans made pursuant to Section 2.05(a) during such fiscal year; provided , that such percentage shall be reduced to 25% if the Total Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the applicable fiscal year was less than 5.25:1; and provided , further , that no mandatory prepayment under this Section 2.05(b)(i) shall be required if the Total Leverage Ratio as of the last day of the applicable fiscal year was less than 4.00:1.

(ii) (A) If (x) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary Disposes of any property or assets (other than any Disposition of any property or assets permitted by Section 7.05(a), (b), (c), (d), (e), (g), (h), (i), (m), (n) or (o)) or (y) any Casualty Event occurs, which results in the realization or receipt by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary of Net Cash Proceeds, the Borrower shall cause to be prepaid on or prior to the date which is ten (10) Business Days after the date of the realization or receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds an aggregate principal amount of Term Loans in an amount equal to 100% of all Net Cash Proceeds received; provided that no such prepayment shall be required pursuant to this Section 2.05(b)(ii)(A) if, on or prior to such date, the Borrower shall have given written notice to the Administrative Agent of its intention to reinvest or cause to be reinvested all or a portion of such Net Cash Proceeds in accordance with Section

 

75


2.05(b)(ii)(B) (which election may only be made if no Event of Default has occurred and is then continuing); provided further that in the case of a Disposition that is a Refranchising Transaction the Borrower shall be permitted to treat the acquisition of one or more franchises pursuant to such Refinancing Transaction as a reinvestment (to the extent of the consideration paid for such acquisition) pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(ii)(A) notwithstanding the fact that such acquisition occurred prior to such Disposition; provided further that if at the time that any such prepayment would be required, the Borrower is required to offer to repurchase Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt (or any Permitted Refinancing thereof that is secured on a pari passu basis with the Obligations) pursuant to the terms of the documentation governing such Indebtedness with the net proceeds of such Disposition or Casualty Event (such Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt (or Permitted Refinancing thereof) required to be offered to be so repurchased, “ Other Applicable Indebtedness ”), then the Borrower may apply such Net Cash Proceeds on a pro rata basis (determined on the basis of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans and Other Applicable Indebtedness at such time; provided , that the portion of such net proceeds allocated to the Other Applicable Indebtedness shall not exceed the amount of such net proceeds required to be allocated to the Other Applicable Indebtedness pursuant to the terms thereof, and the remaining amount, if any, of such net proceeds shall be allocated to the Term Loans in accordance with the terms hereof) to the prepayment of the Term Loans and to the repurchase of Other Applicable Indebtedness, and the amount of prepayment of the Term Loans that would have otherwise been required pursuant to this Section 2.05(b)(ii) shall be reduced accordingly; provided further , that to the extent the holders of Other Applicable Indebtedness decline to have such indebtedness repurchased, the declined amount shall promptly (and in any event within 10 Business Days after the date of such rejection) be applied to prepay the Term Loans in accordance with the terms hereof.

(B) With respect to any Net Cash Proceeds realized or received with respect to any Disposition (other than any Disposition specifically excluded from the application of Section 2.05(b)(ii)(A)) or any Casualty Event, at the option of the Borrower, the Borrower may reinvest or cause to be reinvested all or any portion of such Net Cash Proceeds in assets useful for its business within (x) twelve (12) months following receipt of such Net Cash Proceeds or (y) if the Borrower enters into a legally binding commitment to reinvest such Net Cash Proceeds within twelve (12) months following receipt thereof, within one hundred and eighty (180) days of the date of such legally binding commitment and (ii) if any Net Cash Proceeds are not so reinvested within such reinvestment period or are no longer intended to be or cannot be so reinvested at any time after delivery of a notice of reinvestment election, an amount equal to any such Net Cash Proceeds shall be promptly applied to the prepayment of the Term Loans as set forth in this Section 2.05.

(iii) If for any reason the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Credit Loans, the L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans at any time exceeds the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect, the Borrower shall promptly prepay Revolving Credit Loans or Swing Line Loans and/or Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations in an aggregate amount equal to such excess; provided that the Borrower shall not be required to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations pursuant to this Section 2.05(b)(iii) unless after the prepayment in full of the Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans such aggregate Outstanding Amount exceeds such aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments then in effect.

 

76


(iv) If the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary incurs or issues (i) any Indebtedness not expressly permitted to be incurred or issued pursuant to Section 7.03 (other than Section 7.03(v)(i) and (aa) (other than, in the case of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to Section 7.03(aa), any refinancing of such Indebtedness incurred pursuant to such Section 7.03(aa)) or (ii) any Permitted Unsecured Indebtedness or Permitted Second Lien Indebtedness incurred in reliance on Section 7.03(s) to the extent the applicable Permitted Acquisition is not consummated within ninety (90) days of the incurrence or issuance thereof, the Borrower shall cause to be prepaid an aggregate amount of Term Loans in an amount equal to 100% of all Net Cash Proceeds received therefrom upon incurrence of such Indebtedness in the case of clause (i) and on or prior to the date which is five (5) Business Days after such ninetieth (90th) day in the case of clause (ii).

(v) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 2.05(b), (A) to the extent that (and for so long as) any of or all the Net Cash Proceeds of any asset sale or other Disposition or any Casualty Event by a Restricted Subsidiary (other than the Borrower) giving rise to mandatory prepayment pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(ii) (each such Disposition and Casualty Event, a “ Specified Asset Sale ”) are prohibited or delayed by applicable local Law from being repatriated to the jurisdiction of organization of the Borrower, the portion of such Net Cash Proceeds so affected will not be required to be applied to repay Term Loans at the times provided in this Section 2.05(b) but may be retained by the applicable Restricted Subsidiary so long as the applicable local Law will not permit such repatriation to the Borrower (the Borrower hereby agreeing to cause the applicable Restricted Subsidiary to promptly take all actions reasonably required by applicable local Law to permit such repatriation), and once such repatriation of any such affected Net Cash Proceeds is permitted under the applicable local Law, such repatriation will be promptly effected and such repatriated Net Cash Proceeds will be promptly (and in any event not later than five (5) Business Days after such repatriation) applied (net of additional taxes payable or reserved against as a result thereof) to the repayment of the Term Loans pursuant to this Section 2.05(b), and (B) to the extent that the Borrower has determined in good faith that repatriation of any of or all the Net Cash Proceeds of any Specified Asset Sale to the jurisdiction of organization of the Borrower would have a material adverse tax consequence with respect to such Net Cash Proceeds, the Net Cash Proceeds so affected may be retained by the applicable Restricted Subsidiary; provided that, in the case of this clause (B), on or before the date on which any Net Cash Proceeds so retained would otherwise have been required to be applied to prepayments pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(ii), the Borrower causes to be applied an amount equal to such Net Cash Proceeds to such prepayments as if such Net Cash Proceeds had been received by the Borrower rather than such Restricted Subsidiary, less the amount of additional taxes that would have been payable or reserved against if such Net Cash Proceeds had been so repatriated (or, if less, the Net Cash Proceeds that would be calculated if received by such Restricted Subsidiary (but without duplication of any taxes deducted in calculating such Net Cash Proceeds)) in satisfaction of such prepayment requirement.

(vi) Except for any prepayments pursuant to Section 10.07(l) (which shall in each case be applied as provided in such Section, subject to Section 2.14 with respect to any New Term Loans and Section 2.16 with respect to any Other Term Loans), (A) each prepayment of Term Loans of any Class pursuant to this Section 2.05(b) shall be applied, first, in direct order of maturities, to the principal repayment installments of such Term Loans due within 12 months of such prepayment, second, on a pro rata basis to the other principal repayment installments of

 

77


such Term Loans other than the principal payment due on the Maturity Date and third, to the principal payment on the Maturity Date of such Term Loans; and unless otherwise provided herein, each such prepayment shall be paid to the Lenders in accordance with their respective Pro Rata Shares (prior to giving effect to any rejection by any Term Lender of any such prepayment pursuant to clause (vii) below), subject to clause (vii) of this Section 2.05(b) and (B) on and after the borrowing of any New Term Loans or Other Term Loans, the prepayments referred to in this Section 2.05(b) shall be allocated among each Class of Term Loans pro rata based on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans of each such Class unless otherwise agreed among the Borrower and the New Term Loan Lenders in accordance with Section 2.14(e)(v) or the Borrower and the lenders providing Other Term Loans in accordance with Section 2.16 (it being understood that, in either case, the Term B Loans shall not be allocated any less than such Classes’ pro rata share of such prepayment).

(vii) The Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent in writing of any mandatory prepayment of Term Loans required to be made pursuant to clauses (i) through (v) of this Section 2.05(b) at least five (5) Business Days prior to the date of such prepayment. Each such notice shall specify the date of such prepayment and provide a reasonably detailed calculation of the amount of such prepayment. The Administrative Agent will promptly notify each Appropriate Lender of the contents of any such prepayment notice and of such Appropriate Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the prepayment. Any Term Lender (a “ Declining Lender ”, and any Term Lender which is not a Declining Lender, an “ Accepting Lender ”) may elect, by delivering not less than four (4) Business Days prior to the proposed prepayment date, a written notice (such notice, a “ Rejection Notice ”) that any mandatory prepayment otherwise required to be made with respect to the Term Loans held by such Term Lender pursuant to clauses (i) through (v) of this Section 2.05(b) not be made, in which event the portion of such prepayment which would otherwise have been applied to the Term Loans of the Declining Lenders shall instead be retained by the Borrower (for itself and on behalf of its Restricted Subsidiaries). If a Term Lender fails to deliver a Rejection Notice within the time frame specified above, any such failure will be deemed an acceptance of the total amount of such mandatory prepayment of Term Loans.

(viii) If the Escrow Release Date shall not have occurred by 2:00 p.m. on December 21, 2010 (the “ Special Mandatory Prepayment Date ”), the Initial Borrower shall cause the Escrow Agent to repay all Term Loans outstanding on the Special Mandatory Prepayment Date at 100% of the aggregate principal amount thereof minus the Term B Closing Date Funding Fee, plus accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount so prepaid from the Closing Date up to, but not including, the Special Mandatory Prepayment Date.

(ix) Funding Losses, Etc . All prepayments under this Section 2.05 shall be made together with, in the case of any such prepayment of a Eurodollar Rate Loan on a date other than the last day of an Interest Period therefor, any amounts owing in respect of such Eurodollar Rate Loan pursuant to Section 3.05. Notwithstanding any of the other provisions of this Section 2.05(b), so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, if any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans is required to be made under this Section 2.05(b), other than on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, the Borrower may, in its sole discretion, deposit the amount of any such prepayment otherwise required to be made thereunder into a Cash Collateral Account until the last day of such Interest Period, at which time the Administrative Agent shall be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from the Borrower or any other Loan

 

78


Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of such Loans in accordance with this Section 2.05(b). Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Administrative Agent shall also be authorized (without any further action by or notice to or from the Borrower or any other Loan Party) to apply such amount to the prepayment of the outstanding Loans in accordance with this Section 2.05(b).

Section 2.06 Termination or Reduction of Commitments .

(a) Optional . The Borrower may, upon written notice to the Administrative Agent, terminate the unused Commitments of any Class, or from time to time permanently reduce the unused Commitments of any Class; provided that (i) any such notice shall be received by the Administrative Agent three (3) Business Days prior to the date of termination or reduction, (ii) any such partial reduction shall be in an aggregate amount (A) of $500,000 or any whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or (B) equal to the entire remaining amount of the Commitments of any Class and (iii) if, after giving effect to any reduction of the Commitments, the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit, as the case may be, exceeds the amount of the Revolving Credit Commitments, such sublimit shall be automatically reduced by the amount of such excess. The amount of any such Commitment reduction shall not be applied to the Letter of Credit Sublimit or the Swing Line Sublimit unless otherwise specified by the Borrower or as required by the preceding sentence. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower may rescind or postpone any notice of termination of the Commitments if such termination would have resulted from a refinancing of all of the Facilities, which refinancing shall not be consummated or otherwise shall be delayed.

(b) Mandatory.

(i) The Term Commitment of each Term Lender shall be automatically and permanently reduced to $0 at 5:00 p.m. on the Closing Date upon funding the Term Loans.

(ii) The Revolving Credit Commitment of each Revolving Credit Lender shall be automatically and permanently reduced to $0 on the Maturity Date of the Revolving Credit Facility.

(iii) If the initial Credit Extension hereunder has not occurred prior thereto, all Commitments of each Lender shall be automatically and permanently reduced to $0 at 5:00 p.m. on November 24, 2010.

(c) Application of Commitment Reductions; Payment of Fees . The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Appropriate Lenders of any termination or reduction of unused portions of the Letter of Credit Sublimit, the Swing Line Sublimit or the unused Commitments of any Class under this Section 2.06. Upon any reduction of unused Commitments of any Class, the Commitment of each Lender of such Class shall be reduced by such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the amount by which such Commitments are reduced (other than the termination of the Commitment of any Lender as provided in Section 3.07). All commitment fees accrued until the effective date of any termination of the Aggregate Commitments of any Class shall be paid to the Appropriate Lenders on the effective date of such termination.

 

79


Section 2.07 Repayment of Loans .

(a) Term Loans . The Borrower shall, on the last Business Day of each month set forth below, repay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the Term B Lenders, the aggregate principal amount of all Term B Loans set forth below (which installments shall be reduced as a result of (i) the application of prepayments in accordance with the order of priority set forth in Section 2.05 or (ii) the application of prepayments in accordance with Section 10.07(l)):

 

Interest Payment Date

   Amortization Payment  

March 2011

   $ 3,125,000   

June 2011

   $ 3,125,000   

September 2011

   $ 3,125,000   

December 2011

   $ 3,125,000   

March 2012

   $ 3,125,000   

June 2012

   $ 3,125,000   

September 2012

   $ 3,125,000   

December 2012

   $ 3,125,000   

March 2013

   $ 3,125,000   

June 2013

   $ 3,125,000   

September 2013

   $ 3,125,000   

December 2013

   $ 3,125,000   

March 2014

   $ 3,125,000   

June 2014

   $ 3,125,000   

September 2014

   $ 3,125,000   

December 2014

   $ 3,125,000   

March 2015

   $ 3,125,000   

June 2015

   $ 3,125,000   

September 2015

   $ 3,125,000   

December 2015

   $ 3,125,000   

March 2016

   $ 3,125,000   

June 2016

   $ 3,125,000   

September 2016

   $ 3,125,000   

December 2016

   $ 3,125,000   

March 2017

   $ 3,125,000   

June 2017

   $ 3,125,000   

September 2017

   $ 3,125,000   

; provided that the final principal repayment installment of the Term Loans of each Class shall be repaid on the Maturity Date of the applicable Term Loan Facility and in any event shall be in an amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans of such Class outstanding on such date.

(b) Revolving Credit Loans . The Borrower shall repay to the Administrative Agent for the ratable account of the applicable Revolving Credit Lenders on the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facility the aggregate principal amount of all of its Revolving Credit Loans outstanding on such date.

(c) Swing Line Loans . The Borrower shall repay the aggregate principal amount of all of its Swing Line Loans on the date that is five (5) Business Days prior to the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facility.

 

80


Section 2.08 Interest .

(a) Subject to the provisions of Section 2.08(b), (i) each Eurodollar Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period plus the Applicable Rate; (ii) each Base Rate Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate; and (iii) each Swing Line Loan shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof from the applicable borrowing date at a rate per annum equal to the Base Rate plus the Applicable Rate for Revolving Credit Loans.

(b) While any Event of Default set forth in Section 8.01(a) exists, the Borrower shall pay interest on all overdue amounts hereunder at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws. Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.

(c) Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.

Section 2.09 Fees . In addition to certain fees described in Section 2.03(i) and Section 2.03(j):

(a) Revolving Credit Commitment Fee . The Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender in accordance with its Pro Rata Share, a commitment fee (each, a “ Revolving Credit Commitment Fee ” and, collectively, the “ Revolving Credit Commitment Fees ”) equal to the Applicable Rate times the actual daily amount by which the aggregate Revolving Credit Commitments exceed the sum of (i) the Outstanding Amount of Revolving Credit Loans and (ii) the Outstanding Amount of L/C Obligations. The Revolving Credit Commitment Fees shall accrue at all times from the date hereof until the Maturity Date of the Revolving Credit Facility, including at any time during which one or more of the conditions in Article 4 is not met, and shall be due and payable quarterly in arrears on the last Business Day of each March, June, September and December, commencing with the first such date to occur after the Closing Date, and on the Maturity Date for the Revolving Credit Facility. The Revolving Credit Commitment Fees shall be calculated quarterly in arrears, and if there is any change in the Applicable Rate during any quarter, the actual daily amount shall be computed and multiplied by the Applicable Rate separately for each period during such quarter that such Applicable Rate was in effect.

(b) Other Fees . The Borrower shall pay or cause to be paid to the Agents such fees as shall have been separately agreed upon in writing in the amounts and at the times so specified. Such fees shall be fully earned when paid and shall not be refundable for any reason whatsoever.

(c) Funding Fee . The Borrower agrees to pay on the Closing Date (x) to each Term B Lender party to this Agreement on the Closing Date, as fee compensation for the funding of

 

81


such Lender’s Term B Loan, a funding fee (the “ Term B Closing Date Funding Fee ”) in an amount equal to 0.50% of the stated principal amount of such Lender’s Term B Loans funded on the Closing Date; provided that if the Special Mandatory Prepayment Date occurs, the Term Loans will be prepaid at the principal amount thereof minus the Term B Closing Date Funding Fee plus accrued interest, in accordance with Section 2.05(b)(viii) and (y) to each Revolving Credit Lender party to this Agreement on the Escrow Release Date, as fee compensation for the funding of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment, a funding fee (the “ Revolving Credit Commitment Closing Date Funding Fee ” and together with the Term B Closing Date Funding Fee, the “ Closing Date Funding Fees ”) in an amount equal to 0.50% of the stated principal amount of such Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitment on the Escrow Release Date.

Section 2.10 Computation of Interest and Fees . All computations of interest for Base Rate Loans when the Base Rate is determined by the Administrative Agent’s “prime rate” shall be made on the basis of a year of three hundred and sixty-five (365) or three hundred and sixty-six (366) days, as the case may be, and actual days elapsed. All other computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a three hundred and sixty (360) day year and actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if computed on the basis of a three hundred and sixty-five (365) day year). Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan, or any portion thereof, for the day on which the Loan or such portion is paid; provided that any Loan that is repaid on the same day on which it is made shall, subject to Section 2.12(a), bear interest for one (1) day. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.

Section 2.11 Evidence of Indebtedness .

(a) The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and evidenced by one or more entries in the Register maintained by the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 10.07(c), acting as a non-fiduciary agent solely for purposes of Treasury Regulation Section 5f.103-1(c), as agent for the Borrower, in each case in the ordinary course of business. The accounts or records maintained by each Lender and the Register maintained by the Administrative Agent shall be prima facie evidence absent manifest error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by the Lenders to the Borrower and the interest and payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or otherwise affect the obligation of the Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any Lender and the Register in respect of such matters, the Register shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made through the Administrative Agent, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through the Administrative Agent) a Note payable to such Lender, which shall evidence such Lender’s Loans in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach schedules to its Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto. The Borrower and each Lender agrees from time to time after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default under Section 8.01(f) or Section 8.01(g)(i) to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent all such Notes or other promissory notes and other instruments and documents as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request to evidence and confirm the respective interests and obligations of the Lenders after giving effect

 

82


to any exchange of Lenders’ interests pursuant to arrangements relating thereto among the Lenders, and each Lender agrees to surrender any Notes or other promissory notes originally received by it in connection with its Loans hereunder to the Administrative Agent against delivery of any Notes or other promissory notes so executed and delivered.

(b) In addition to the accounts and records referred to in Section 2.11(a), each Lender and the Administrative Agent shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice accounts or records and, in the case of the Administrative Agent, entries in the Register, evidencing the purchases and sales by such Lender of participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans. In the event of any conflict between the Register and the accounts and records of any Lender in respect of such matters, the Register shall control in the absence of manifest error.

(c) Entries made in good faith by the Administrative Agent in the Register pursuant to Section 2.11(a) and Section 2.11(b), and by each Lender in its account or accounts pursuant to Section 2.11(a) and Section 2.11(b), shall be prima facie evidence of the amount of principal and interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to, in the case of the Register, each Lender and, in the case of such account or accounts, such Lender, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, absent manifest error; provided that the failure of the Administrative Agent or such Lender to make an entry, or any finding that an entry is incorrect, in the Register or such account or accounts shall not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

Section 2.12 Payments Generally .

(a) Except as otherwise required by applicable Law, all payments to be made by the Borrower shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all payments by the Borrower hereunder shall be made to the Administrative Agent, for the account of the respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the Administrative Agent’s Office in Dollars and in immediately available funds not later than 2:00 p.m. on the date specified herein. The Administrative Agent will promptly distribute to each Lender its Pro Rata Share (or other applicable share as provided herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lender’s Lending Office. All payments received by the Administrative Agent after 4:00 p.m. shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day in the Administrative Agent’s sole discretion and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue to the extent applicable.

(b) If any payment to be made by the Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or fees, as the case may be; provided that, if such extension would cause payment of interest on or principal of Eurodollar Rate Loans to be made in the next succeeding calendar month, such payment shall be made on the immediately preceding Business Day.

(c) Unless the Borrower or any Lender has notified the Administrative Agent, prior to the date any payment is required to be made by it to the Administrative Agent hereunder, that the Borrower or such Lender, as the case may be, will not make such payment, the Administrative Agent may assume that the Borrower or such Lender, as the case may be, has timely made such

 

83


payment and may (but shall not be so required to), in reliance thereon, make available a corresponding amount to the Person entitled thereto. If and to the extent that such payment was not in fact made to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds, then:

(i) if the Borrower failed to make such payment, each Lender shall forthwith on demand repay to the Administrative Agent the portion of such assumed payment that was made available to such Lender in immediately available funds, together with interest thereon in respect of each day from and including the date such amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to such Lender to the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds at the applicable Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect; and

(ii) if any Lender failed to make such payment, such Lender shall forthwith on demand pay to the Administrative Agent the amount thereof in immediately available funds, together with interest thereon for the period from the date such amount was made available by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower to the date such amount is recovered by the Administrative Agent (the “ Compensation Period ”) at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. When such Lender makes payment to the Administrative Agent (together with all accrued interest thereon), then such payment amount (excluding the amount of any interest which may have accrued and been paid in respect of such late payment) shall constitute such Lender’s Loan included in the applicable Borrowing. If such Lender does not pay such amount forthwith upon the Administrative Agent’s demand therefor, the Administrative Agent may make a demand therefor upon the Borrower, and the Borrower shall pay such amount to the Administrative Agent, together with interest thereon for the Compensation Period at a rate per annum equal to the rate of interest applicable to the applicable Borrowing. Nothing herein shall be deemed to relieve any Lender from its obligation to fulfill its Commitment or to prejudice any rights which the Administrative Agent or the Borrower may have against any Lender as a result of any Default by such Lender hereunder.

A notice of the Administrative Agent to any Lender or the Borrower with respect to any amount owing under this Section 2.12(c) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.

(d) If any Lender makes available to the Administrative Agent funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this Article 2, and such funds are not made available to the Borrower by the Administrative Agent because the conditions to the applicable Credit Extension set forth in Article 4 are not satisfied or waived in accordance with the terms hereof, the Administrative Agent shall promptly return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender) to such Lender, without interest.

(e) The obligations of the Lenders hereunder to make Loans and to fund participations in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Loans are several and not joint. The failure of any Lender to make any Loan or to fund any such participation on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the failure of any other Lender to so make its Loan or purchase its participation.

 

84


(f) Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner.

(g) Whenever any payment received by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents is insufficient to pay in full all amounts due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders under or in respect of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents on any date, such payment shall be distributed by the Administrative Agent and applied by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders in the order of priority set forth in Section 8.03. If the Administrative Agent receives funds for application to the Obligations of the Loan Parties under or in respect of the Loan Documents under circumstances for which the Loan Documents do not specify the manner in which such funds are to be applied, the Administrative Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, elect to distribute such funds to each of the Lenders in accordance with such Lender’s Pro Rata Share of the sum of (i) the Outstanding Amount of all Loans outstanding at such time and (ii) the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations outstanding at such time, in repayment or prepayment of such of the outstanding Loans or other Obligations then owing to such Lender.

Section 2.13 Sharing of Payments . If, (other than (x) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans to any assignee or Participant, including any assignee or participant that is a Sponsor, a Loan Party or an Affiliate of any Loan Party or Sponsor or (y) as otherwise expressly provided elsewhere herein, including, without limitation, as provided in Section 10.07(l)) any Lender shall obtain on account of the Loans made by it, or the participations in L/C Obligations or in Swing Line Loans held by it, any payment (whether voluntary, involuntary, through the exercise of any right of setoff, or otherwise) in excess of its ratable share (or other share contemplated hereunder) thereof, such Lender shall immediately (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase from the other Lenders such participations in the Loans made by them and/or such subparticipations in the participations in L/C Obligations or Swing Line Loans held by them, as the case may be, as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment in respect of such Loans or such participations, as the case may be, pro rata with each of them; provided that if all or any portion of such excess payment is thereafter recovered from the purchasing Lender under any of the circumstances described in Section 10.06 (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the purchasing Lender in its discretion), such purchase shall to that extent be rescinded and each other Lender shall repay to the purchasing Lender the purchase price paid therefor, together with an amount equal to such paying Lender’s ratable share (according to the proportion of (i) the amount of such paying Lender’s required repayment to (ii) the total amount so recovered from the purchasing Lender) of any interest or other amount paid or payable by the purchasing Lender in respect of the total amount so recovered, without further interest thereon. The Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender may, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, exercise all its rights of payment (including the right of setoff, but subject to Section 10.09) with respect to such participation as fully as if such Lender were the direct creditor of the Borrower in the amount of such participation. The Administrative Agent will keep records and maintain entries in the Register (which shall be conclusive and binding in the absence of manifest error) of participations purchased under this Section 2.13 and will in each case notify the Lenders following any such purchases or repayments. Each Lender that

 

85


purchases participation pursuant to this Section 2.13 shall from and after such purchase have the right to give all notices, requests, demands, directions and other communications under this Agreement with respect to the portion of the Obligations purchased to the same extent as though the purchasing Lender were the original owner of the Obligations purchased.

Section 2.14 Incremental Facilities .

(a) At any time or from time to time after the Closing Date, the Borrower may by written notice to the Administrative Agent elect to request (A) prior to the Maturity Date of the Revolving Credit Facility, (I) one or more increases to the existing Revolving Credit Commitments and/or (II) the establishment of one or more new revolving credit commitments (any such increase or new commitment, the “ New Revolving Credit Commitments ”) and/or (B) prior to the Maturity Date of the Term B Loan Facility, the establishment of one or more new term loan commitments (the “ New Term Commitments ”). Each New Revolving Credit Commitment and New Term Commitment shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is not less than $5,000,000 individually (or such lesser amount which shall be approved by Administrative Agent or such lesser amount if such amount represents all remaining availability under the limit set forth in the next sentence), and integral multiples of $1,000,000 in excess of that amount. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, (i) the aggregate amount of the New Revolving Credit Commitments shall not exceed $150,000,000 and (ii) subject to the preceding clause (i), the aggregate amount of the New Revolving Credit Commitments and New Term Commitments shall not exceed $350,000,000 plus an additional amount of New Revolving Credit Commitments and New Term Commitments so long as (x) in the case of New Revolving Credit Commitments and New Term Commitments that are secured equally and ratably with the Facilities, the First Lien Senior Secured Leverage Ratio shall be no greater than 3.75 to 1.0 as of the end of the Test Period most recently ended after giving Pro Forma Effect to such New Revolving Credit Commitments or New Term Loans and (y) in the case of New Revolving Credit Commitments and New Term Commitments that are secured by a lien that is junior to the liens securing the Facilities, the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio shall be no greater than 4.0 to 1.0 as of the end of the Test Period most recently ended after giving Pro Forma Effect to such New Revolving Credit Commitments or New Term Loans (and, in each case, with respect to any New Revolving Credit Commitment, assuming a borrowing of the maximum amount of Loans available under such New Revolving Credit Commitment and any New Revolving Credit Commitments previously made pursuant to this Section 2.14). Each such notice shall specify (A) the date (each, an “ Increased Amount Date ”) on which the Borrower proposes that the New Revolving Credit Commitments or New Term Commitments, as applicable, shall be effective, which shall be a date not less than 5 Business Days after the date on which such notice is delivered to the Administrative Agent, (or such shorter period as shall be reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and (B) the identity of each Lender or other Person that is an Eligible Assignee (each, a “ New Revolving Credit Lender ” or “ New Term Lender ,” as applicable) to whom the Borrower proposes any portion of such New Revolving Credit Commitments or New Term Commitments, as applicable, be allocated and the amounts of such allocations; provided that (x) any Lender approached to provide all or a portion of the New Revolving Credit Commitments or New Term Commitments may elect or decline, in its sole discretion, to provide a New Revolving Credit Commitment or a New Term Commitment (it being understood that there is no obligation to approach any existing Lenders to provide any New Revolving Credit Commitment or New Term

 

86


Commitment) and (y) the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender shall have consented (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld) to such Person’s providing such New Revolving Credit Commitments or New Term Commitments if such consent would be required under Section 10.07 for an assignment of Loans or Commitments to such Person. Such New Revolving Credit Commitments or New Term Commitments shall become effective, as of such Increased Amount Date; provided that (1) no Default or Event of Default shall exist on such Increased Amount Date after giving effect to such New Revolving Credit Commitments or New Term Commitments, as applicable; (2) after giving effect to the making of any New Term Loans or effectiveness of New Revolving Credit Commitments, each of the conditions set forth in Section 4.02 shall be satisfied; (3) (i) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be in Pro Forma Compliance with each of the covenants set forth in Section 7.10 after giving Pro Forma Effect to such New Revolving Credit Commitments or New Term Loans (and with respect to any New Revolving Credit Commitment, assuming a borrowing of the maximum amount of Loans available under such New Revolving Credit Commitment and any New Revolving Credit Commitments previously made pursuant to this Section 2.14), as applicable; (4) the New Revolving Credit Commitments or New Term Commitments, as applicable, shall be effected pursuant to one or more Joinder Agreements executed and delivered by the Borrower, the New Revolving Credit Lender or New Term Lender, as applicable, and Administrative Agent, and each of which shall be recorded in the Register, and each New Revolving Credit Lender and New Term Lender shall be subject to the requirements set forth in Section 10.15; (5) the Borrower shall make any payments required pursuant to Section 3.05 in connection with the New Revolving Credit Commitments or New Term Commitments, if applicable; and (6) the Borrower shall deliver or cause to be delivered any customary legal opinions or other documents reasonably requested by Administrative Agent in connection with any such transaction.

(b) On any Increased Amount Date on which New Revolving Credit Commitments are effected through an increase to the existing Revolving Credit Commitments, subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing terms and conditions, (a) each of the Revolving Credit Lenders shall assign to each of the New Revolving Credit Lenders, and each of the New Revolving Credit Lenders shall purchase from each of the Revolving Credit Lenders, at the principal amount thereof, such interests in the Revolving Credit Loans outstanding on such Increased Amount Date as shall be necessary in order that, after giving effect to all such assignments and purchases, such Revolving Credit Loans will be held by existing Revolving Credit Lenders and New Revolving Credit Lenders ratably in accordance with their Revolving Credit Commitments after giving effect to the addition of such New Revolving Credit Commitments to the Revolving Credit Commitments, (b) each New Revolving Credit Commitment shall be deemed for all purposes a Revolving Credit Commitment and each Loan made thereunder shall be deemed, for all purposes, a Revolving Credit Loan and (c) each New Revolving Credit Lender shall become a Lender with respect to the New Revolving Credit Commitment and all matters relating thereto. Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby agree that the minimum borrowing and prepayment requirements in Section 2.02 and 2.05(a) of this Agreement shall not apply to the transactions effected pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence.

(c) Any New Term Loans or New Revolving Credit Loans effected through the establishment of one or more new revolving credit commitments or new Term Loans made on an Increased Amount Date shall be designated a separate Class of New Term Loans or New Revolving

 

87


Credit Loans, as applicable, for all purposes of this Agreement. On any Increased Amount Date on which any New Term Commitments of any Class are effected, subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing terms and conditions, (i) each New Term Lender of such Class shall make a Loan to the Borrower (a “ New Term Loan ”) in an amount equal to its New Term Commitment of such Class, and (ii) each New Term Lender of such Class shall become a Lender hereunder with respect to the New Term Commitment of such Class and the New Term Loans of such Class made pursuant thereto. On any Increased Amount Date on which any New Revolving Credit Commitments of any Class are effected through the establishment of one or more new revolving credit commitments, subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing terms and conditions, (i) each New Revolving Credit Lender of such Class shall make its Commitment available to the Borrower (when borrowed, a “ New Revolving Credit Loan ”) in an amount equal to its New Revolving Credit Commitment of such Class, and (ii) each New Revolving Credit Lender of such Class shall become a Lender hereunder with respect to the New Revolving Credit Commitment of such Class and the New Revolving Credit Loans of such Class made pursuant thereto. Notwithstanding the foregoing, New Term Loans may have identical terms to the Term Loans and be treated as the same Class as the Term B Loans.

(d) Administrative Agent shall notify Lenders promptly upon receipt of the Borrower’s notice of each Increased Amount Date and in respect thereof (y) the Class of New Revolving Credit Commitments and the New Revolving Credit Lenders of such Class or the Class of New Term Commitments and the New Term Lenders of such Class, as applicable, and (z) in the case of each notice to any Revolving Credit Lender with respect to an increase in the Revolving Credit Commitments, the respective interests in such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Commitments, in each case subject to the assignments contemplated by clause (b) of this Section 2.14.

(e) The terms and provisions of the New Term Loans and New Term Commitments or the New Revolving Credit Loans and New Revolving Credit Commitments, as the case may be, of any Class shall be as agreed between the Borrower and the New Term Lenders or New Revolving Credit Lenders, as applicable, providing such New Term Loans and New Term Commitments or such New Revolving Credit Loans and New Revolving Credit Commitments, and except as otherwise set forth herein, to the extent not identical to the Term B Loans or Revolving Credit Loans, as applicable, shall be reasonably satisfactory to Administrative Agent. In any event:

(i) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of all New Term Loans of any Class shall be no shorter than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of the Term B Loans (except by virtue of amortization or prepayment of the Term B Loans prior to the time of such incurrence);

(ii) the Maturity Date of any Class of New Revolving Credit Commitments and New Revolving Credit Loans shall be no earlier than the maturity of the Revolving Credit Commitments and will require no scheduled amortization or mandatory commitment reduction prior to the latest applicable Maturity Date of the Revolving Credit Commitments;

 

88


(iii) all other material terms of the New Revolving Credit Commitments and New Revolving Credit Loans shall be identical to the Revolving Credit Commitments and the Revolving Credit Loans other than as set forth in Section 2.14(e)(ii) and (vi); provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.14 or otherwise, (1) the borrowing and repayment (except for (A) payments of interest and fees at different rates on New Revolving Credit Commitments (and related outstandings), (B) repayments required upon the maturity date of the Revolving Credit Commitments and (C) repayment made in connection with a permanent repayment and termination of commitments (subject to clause (3) below)) of Loans with respect to New Revolving Credit Commitments after the associated Increased Amount Date shall be made on a pro rata basis with all other Revolving Credit Commitments, (2) subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(l) and 2.04(g) to the extent dealing with Swing Line Loans and Letters of Credit which mature or expire after a maturity date when there exists New Revolving Credit Commitments with a longer maturity date, all Swing Line Loans and Letters of Credit shall be participated on a pro rata basis by all Lenders with Commitments in accordance with their percentage of the Revolving Credit Commitments (and except as provided in Section 2.03(l) and Section 2.04(g), without giving effect to changes thereto on an earlier maturity date with respect to Swing Line Loans and Letters of Credit theretofore incurred or issued), (3) the permanent repayment of Revolving Credit Loans with respect to, and termination of, New Revolving Credit Commitments after the associated Increased Amount Date shall be made on a pro rata basis with all other Revolving Credit Commitments, except that the Borrower shall be permitted to permanently repay and terminate commitments of any such Class on a better than a pro rata basis as compared to any other Class with a later maturity date than such Class and (4) assignments and participations of New Revolving Credit Commitments and New Revolving Credit Loans shall be governed by the same assignment and participation provisions applicable to Revolving Credit Commitments and Revolving Credit Loans. Any New Revolving Credit Commitments may constitute a separate Class or Classes, as the case may be, of Commitments from the Classes constituting the Revolving Credit Commitments prior to the Increased Amount Date; provided at no time shall there be Revolving Credit Commitments hereunder (including New Revolving Credit Commitments and any original Revolving Credit Commitments) which have more than three different Maturity Dates.

(iv) the Maturity Date of any Class of the New Term Loans shall be no earlier than the maturity of the Term B Loans;

(v) the New Term Loans will share ratably in right of prepayment with the Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(b) or otherwise, provided that the New Term Loans may be afforded lesser payments;

(vi) the yield applicable to the New Term Loans or New Revolving Credit Loans of each Class shall be determined by the Borrower and the applicable new Lenders and shall be set forth in each applicable Joinder Agreement; provided , however , that in the case of New Revolving Credit Commitments and New Term Commitments that are secured equally and ratably with the Facilities, the yield applicable to such New Term Loans or New Revolving Credit Loans (after giving effect to all upfront or similar fees, original issue discount payable or interest rate floors with respect to such New Term

 

89


Loans or such New Revolving Credit Loans) shall not be greater than the applicable interest rate payable pursuant to the terms of this Agreement as amended through the date of such calculation with respect to Term B Loans or Revolving Credit Loans, as applicable (including any upfront or similar fees or original issue discount paid and payable to the Lenders hereunder), plus 50 basis points per annum unless the interest rate with respect to the Term B Loan or Revolving Credit Loan, as applicable, is increased so as to cause the then applicable interest rate under this Agreement on the Term B Loans or Revolving Credit Loans, as applicable (including any upfront or similar fees or original issue discount paid and payable to the Lenders hereunder and the adjustment of any interest rate floor) to equal the yield then applicable to the New Term Loans or New Revolving Credit Loans, as applicable (after giving effect to all upfront or similar fees, original issue discount payable or interest rate floors with respect to such New Term Loans) minus 50 basis points; provided that customary arrangement or commitment fees payable to the Arrangers (or their respective affiliates) or one or more arrangers of Facilities under this Section 2.14 shall be excluded; and

(vii) the liens securing the New Term Loans and/or New Revolving Credit Loans will rank pari passu with the liens securing the existing Term B Loans and Revolving Credit Loan; provided that the New Term Loans and/or New Revolving Credit Loans may be junior to the Term B Loans and Revolving Credit Loans if subject to the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

(f) Each Joinder Agreement may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of Administrative Agent and the Borrower to effect the provision of this Section 2.14, and for the avoidance of doubt, this Section 2.14 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.13 or 10.01 to the contrary.

(g) The Loans and Commitments extended or established pursuant to this paragraph shall constitute Loans and Commitments under, and shall be entitled to all the benefits afforded by, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and shall, without limiting the foregoing, benefit equally and ratably from the Guarantees and security interests created by the Collateral Documents, provided that the lien securing any New Term Loans may be junior to the liens securing the other Loans on terms and conditions and subject to customary intercreditor arrangements. The Loan Parties shall take any actions reasonably required by the Administrative Agent to ensure and/or demonstrate that the Lien granted by the Collateral Documents continue to be perfected under the UCC or otherwise after giving effect to the extension or establishment of any such Loans or any such Commitments.

Section 2.15 Extensions of Term Loans and Revolving Credit Commitments .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, pursuant to one or more offers (each, an “ Extension Offer ”) made from time to time by the Borrower to all Lenders of Term Loans with a like maturity date or Revolving Commitments with a like maturity date, in each case on a pro rata basis (based on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of the respective Term Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments with a like maturity date, as the case may be) and on the same terms to each such Lender, the Borrower is hereby permitted to consummate

 

90


from time to time transactions with individual Lenders that accept the terms contained in such Extension Offers to extend the maturity date of each such Lender’s Term Loans and/or Revolving Credit Commitments and otherwise modify the terms of such Term Loans and/or Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to the terms of the relevant Extension Offer (including, without limitation, by increasing the interest rate or fees payable in respect of such Term Loans and/or Revolving Credit Commitments (and related outstandings) and/or modifying the amortization schedule in respect of such Lender’s Term Loans) (each, an “ Extension ”, and each group of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments, as applicable, in each case as so extended, as well as the original Term Loans and the original Revolving Credit Commitments (in each case not so extended), being a “tranche”; any Extended Term Loans shall constitute a separate tranche of Term Loans from the tranche of Term Loans from which they were converted, and any Extended Revolving Credit Commitments shall constitute a separate tranche of Revolving Credit Commitments from the tranche of Revolving Credit Commitments from which they were converted), so long as the following terms are satisfied: (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time the offering document in respect of an Extension Offer is delivered to the Lenders, (ii) except as to interest rates, fees and final maturity (which shall be determined by the Borrower and set forth in the relevant Extension Offer), the Revolving Credit Commitment of any Revolving Credit Lender that agrees to an Extension with respect to such Revolving Credit Commitment (an “ Extending Revolving Credit Lender ”) extended pursuant to an Extension (an “ Extended Revolving Credit Commitment ”), and the related outstandings, shall be a Revolving Credit Commitment (or related outstandings, as the case may be) with the same terms as the original Revolving Credit Commitments (and related outstandings); provided that (1) the borrowing and repayment (except for (A) payments of interest and fees at different rates on Extended Revolving Credit Commitments (and related outstandings), (B) repayments required upon the maturity date of the non-extending Revolving Credit Commitments and (C) repayment made in connection with a permanent repayment and termination of commitments) of Loans with respect to Extended Revolving Credit Commitments after the applicable Extension date shall be made on a pro rata basis with all other Revolving Credit Commitments, (2) subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(l) and 2.04(g) to the extent dealing with Swing Line Loans and Letters of Credit which mature or expire after a maturity date when there exists New Revolving Credit Commitments with a longer maturity date, all Swing Line Loans and Letters of Credit shall be participated on a pro rata basis by all Lenders with Commitments in accordance with their percentage of the Revolving Credit Commitments (and except as provided in Section 2.03(l) and Section 2.04(g), without giving effect to changes thereto on an earlier maturity date with respect to Swing Line Loans and Letters of Credit theretofore incurred or issued), (3) the permanent repayment of Revolving Credit Loans with respect to, and termination of, Extended Revolving Credit Commitments after the applicable Extension date shall be made on a pro rata basis with all other Revolving Credit Commitments, except that the Borrower shall be permitted to permanently repay and terminate commitments of any such Class on a better than a pro rata basis as compared to any other Class with a later maturity date than such Class and (4) assignments and participations of Extended Revolving Credit Commitments and extend Revolving Credit Loans shall be governed by the same assignment and participation provisions applicable to Revolving Credit Commitments and Revolving Credit Loans and (5) at no time shall there be Revolving Credit Commitments hereunder (including Extended Revolving Credit Commitments and any original Revolving Credit Commitments) which have more than three different maturity dates, (iii) except as to interest rates, fees, amortization, final maturity date, premium, required

 

91


prepayment dates and participation in prepayments (which shall, subject to immediately succeeding clauses (iv), (v) and (vi), be determined between the Borrower and set forth in the relevant Extension Offer), the Term Loans of any Term Lender that agrees to an Extension with respect to such Term Loans (an “ Extending Term Lender ”) extended pursuant to any Extension (“ Extended Term Loans ”) shall have the same terms as the tranche of Term Loans subject to such Extension Offer, (iv) the final maturity date of any Extended Term Loans shall be no earlier than the Latest Maturity Date, (v) the weighted average life of any Extended Term Loans shall be no shorter than the remaining weighted average life of the Term Loans extended thereby, (vi) any Extended Term Loans may participate on a pro rata basis or a less than pro rata basis (but not greater than a pro rata basis) in any voluntary or mandatory repayments or prepayments hereunder, in each case as specified in the respective Extension Offer, (vii) if the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans (calculated on the face amount thereof) or Revolving Credit Commitments, as the case may be, in respect of which Term Lenders or Revolving Credit Lenders, as the case may be, shall have accepted the relevant Extension Offer shall exceed the maximum aggregate principal amount of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments, as the case may be, offered to be extended by the Borrower pursuant to such Extension Offer, then the Term Loans or Revolving Credit Loans, as the case may be, of such Term Lenders or Revolving Credit Lenders, as the case may be, shall be extended ratably up to such maximum amount based on the respective principal amounts (but not to exceed actual holdings of record) with respect to which such Term Lenders or Revolving Credit Lenders, as the case may be, have accepted such Extension Offer, (viii) all documentation in respect of such Extension shall be consistent with the foregoing and (ix) any applicable Minimum Extension Condition shall be satisfied unless waived by the Borrower.

(b) With respect to all Extensions consummated by the Borrower pursuant to this Section, (i) such Extensions shall not constitute voluntary or mandatory payments or prepayments for purposes of Section 2.05 and (ii) no Extension Offer is required to be in any minimum amount or any minimum increment, provided that the Borrower may at its election specify as a condition (a “ Minimum Extension Condition ”) to consummating any such Extension that a minimum amount (to be determined and specified in the relevant Extension Offer in the Borrower’s sole discretion and may be waived by the Borrower) of Term Loans or Revolving Credit Commitments (as applicable) of any or all applicable tranches be tendered. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders hereby consent to the transactions contemplated by this Section (including, for the avoidance of doubt, payment of any interest, fees or premium in respect of any Extended Term Loans and/or Extended Revolving Credit Commitments on the such terms as may be set forth in the relevant Extension Offer) and hereby waive the requirements of any provision of this Agreement (including, without limitation, Sections 2.05 and 2.13) or any other Loan Document that may otherwise prohibit any such Extension or any other transaction contemplated by this Section.

(c) No consent of any Lender or the Administrative Agent shall be required to effectuate any Extension, other than (A) the consent of each Lender agreeing to such Extension with respect to one or more of its Term Loans and/or Revolving Credit Commitments (or a portion thereof) and (B) with respect to any Extension of the Revolving Credit Commitments, the consent of the L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. All Extended Term Loans, Extended Revolving Credit Commitments and all obligations

 

92


in respect thereof shall be Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents that are secured by the Collateral on a pari passu basis with all other applicable Obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The Lenders hereby irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent to enter into amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Borrower as may be necessary in order to establish new tranches or sub-tranches in respect of Revolving Credit Commitments or Term Loans so extended and such technical amendments as may be necessary or appropriate in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in connection with the establishment of such new tranches or sub-tranches, in each case on terms consistent with this Section. In addition, if so provided in such amendment and with the consent of each L/C Issuer, participations in Letters of Credit expiring on or after the Maturity Date in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility shall be re-allocated from Lenders holding Revolving Credit Commitments to Lenders holding Extended Revolving Credit Commitments in accordance with the terms of such amendment; provided , however , that such participation interests shall, upon receipt thereof by the relevant Lenders holding Revolving Credit Commitments, be deemed to be participation interests in respect of such Revolving Credit Commitments and the terms of such participation interests (including, without limitation, the commission applicable thereto) shall be adjusted accordingly. Without limiting the foregoing, in connection with any Extensions the respective Loan Parties shall (at their expense) amend (and the Administrative Agent is hereby directed to amend) any Mortgage that has a maturity date prior to the then Latest Maturity Date so that such maturity date is extended to the then Latest Maturity Date (or such later date as may be advised by local counsel to the Administrative Agent).

(d) In connection with any Extension, the Borrower shall provide the Administrative Agent at least 5 Business Days (or such shorter period as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent) prior written notice thereof, and shall agree to such procedures (including, without limitation, regarding timing, rounding and other adjustments and to ensure reasonable administrative management of the credit facilities hereunder after such Extension), if any, as may be established by, or acceptable to, the Administrative Agent, in each case acting reasonably to accomplish the purposes of this Section.

Section 2.16 Refinancing Amendments .

(a) At any time after the Closing Date, the Borrower may obtain, from any Lender, any New Revolving Credit Lender or any New Term Lender, Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of all or any portion of the Term Loans and the Revolving Credit Loans (or unused Revolving Credit Commitments) then outstanding under this Agreement (which for purposes of this clause (a) will be deemed to include any then outstanding Other Term Loans, New Term Loans, Other Revolving Credit Loans or New Revolving Credit Loans), in the form of Other Term Loans, Other Term Loan Commitments, Other Revolving Credit Loans or Other Revolving Credit Commitments pursuant to a Refinancing Amendment; provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 2.16 or otherwise, (1) the borrowing and repayment (except for (A) payments of interest and fees at different rates on Other Revolving Credit

 

93


Commitments (and related outstandings), (B) repayments required upon the maturity date of the Other Revolving Credit Commitments and (C) repayment made in connection with a permanent repayment and termination of commitments (subject to clause (3) below)) of Loans with respect to Other Revolving Credit Commitments after the date of obtaining any Other Revolving Credit Commitments shall be made on a pro rata basis with all other Revolving Credit Commitments, (2) subject to the provisions of Section 2.03(l) and 2.04(g) to the extent dealing with Swing Line Loans and Letters of Credit which mature or expire after a maturity date when there exists New Revolving Credit Commitments with a longer maturity date, all Swing Line Loans and Letters of Credit shall be participated on a pro rata basis by all Lenders with Commitments in accordance with their percentage of the Revolving Credit Commitments (and except as provided in Section 2.03(l) and Section 2.04(g), without giving effect to changes thereto on an earlier maturity date with respect to Swing Line Loans and Letters of Credit theretofore incurred or issued), (3) the permanent repayment of Revolving Credit Loans with respect to, and termination of, Other Revolving Credit Commitments after the date of obtaining any Other Revolving Credit Commitments shall be made on a pro rata basis with all other Revolving Credit Commitments, except that the Borrower shall be permitted to permanently repay and terminate commitments of any such Class on a better than a pro rata basis as compared to any other Class with a later maturity date than such Class and (4) assignments and participations of Other Revolving Credit Commitments and Other Revolving Credit Loans shall be governed by the same assignment and participation provisions applicable to Revolving Credit Commitments and Revolving Credit Loans. The effectiveness of any Refinancing Amendment shall be subject to the satisfaction on the date thereof of each of the conditions set forth in 4.02, and to the extent reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, receipt by the Administrative Agent of customary legal opinions and other documents. Each issuance of Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness under this Section 2.16(a) shall be in an aggregate principal amount that is (x) not less than $5,000,000 and (y) an integral multiple of $1,000,000 in excess thereof.

(b) The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender as to the effectiveness of each Refinancing Amendment. Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that, upon the effectiveness of any Refinancing Amendment, this Agreement shall be deemed amended to the extent (but only to the extent) necessary to reflect the existence and terms of the Credit Agreement Refinancing Indebtedness incurred pursuant thereto (including any amendments necessary to treat the Loans and Commitments subject thereto as Other Term Loans, Other Term Loan Commitments, Other Revolving Credit Loans and/or Other Revolving Credit Commitments). Any Refinancing Amendment may, without the consent of any other Lenders, effect such amendments to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as may be necessary or appropriate, in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, to effect the provisions of this Section. This Section 2.16 shall supersede any provisions in Section 2.13 or 10.01 to the contrary.

Section 2.17 Defaulting Lenders .

(a) Reallocation of Defaulting Lender Commitment, Etc . If a Lender becomes, and during the period it remains, a Defaulting Lender, the following provisions shall apply with respect to any outstanding Letter of Credit participation pursuant to Section 2.03(c) and Swing Line Loan participation pursuant to Section 2.04(c) of such Defaulting Lender:

(i) the Letter of Credit participation pursuant to Section 2.03(c) and Swing Line Loan participation pursuant to Section 2.04(c), in each case, of such Defaulting Lender will, subject to the limitation in the first proviso below, automatically be reallocated (effective on the day such Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender) among the Non-Defaulting

 

94


Lenders pro rata in accordance with their respective Revolving Credit Commitments; provided that (a) the Outstanding Amount of each Non-Defaulting Lender’s Revolving Credit Loans and L/C Obligations (with the aggregate amount of such Lenders’ risk participations and funded participation in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans being deemed “held” by such Lender) may not in any event exceed the Revolving Credit Commitment of such Non-Defaulting Lender as in effect at the time of such reallocation and (b) neither such reallocation nor any payment by a Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant thereto will constitute a waiver or release of any claim the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender or any other Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender or cause such Defaulting Lender to be a Non-Defaulting Lender;

(ii) to the extent that any portion (the “ unreallocated portion ”) of the Defaulting Lender’s Letter of Credit participation pursuant to Section 2.03(c) and Swing Line Loan participation pursuant to Section 2.04(c) cannot be so reallocated, whether by reason of the first proviso in clause (i) above or otherwise, the Borrower will, not later than two Business Days after demand by the Administrative Agent (at the direction of the L/C Issuer and/or the Swing Line Lender, as the case may be), (1) Cash Collateralize the obligations of the Borrower to the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender in respect of such Letter of Credit participation pursuant to Section 2.03(c) and the Swing Line Loan participation pursuant to Section 2.04(c), as the case may be, in an amount equal to the aggregate amount of the unreallocated portion of such Letter of Credit participation pursuant to Section 2.03(c) and the Swing Line Loan participation pursuant to Section 2.04(c), or (2) in the case of such Swing Line Loan participation pursuant to Section 2.04(c), prepay (subject to clause (iii) below) and/or Cash Collateralize in full the unreallocated portion thereof, or (3) make other arrangements satisfactory to the Administrative Agent, and to the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, in their sole discretion to protect them against the risk of non-payment by such Defaulting Lender; and

(iii) any amount paid by the Borrower for the account of a Defaulting Lender that was or is a Lender under this Agreement (whether on account of principal, interest, fees, indemnity payments or other amounts) will not be paid or distributed to such Defaulting Lender, but will instead be retained by the Administrative Agent in a segregated non-interest-bearing account until (subject to Section 2.17(d)) the termination of the Commitments and payment in full of all obligations of the Borrower hereunder and will be applied by the Administrative Agent, to the fullest extent permitted by law, to the making of payments from time to time in the following order of priority: first to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, second to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender ( pro rata as to the respective amounts owing to each of them) under this Agreement, third to the payment of post-default interest and then current interest due and payable to the Lenders hereunder other than Defaulting Lenders that are Lenders, ratably among them in accordance with the amounts of such interest then due and payable to them, fourth to the payment of fees then due and payable to the Non-Defaulting Lenders that are Lenders hereunder, ratably among them in accordance with the amounts of such fees then due and payable to them, fifth to pay

 

95


principal and unreimbursed payments made by the L/C Issuer pursuant to a Letter of Credit then due and payable to the Non-Defaulting Lenders that are Lenders hereunder ratably in accordance with the amounts thereof then due and payable to them, sixth to the ratable payment of other amounts then due and payable to the Non-Defaulting Lenders that are Lenders, and seventh after the termination of the Commitments and payment in full of all obligations of the Borrower hereunder, to pay amounts owing under this Agreement to such Defaulting Lender or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct.

(b) Fees . Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, during such period as a Lender is a Defaulting Lender, such Defaulting Lender will not be entitled to any fees accruing during such period pursuant to Section 2.9 (without prejudice to the rights of the Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders in respect of such fees); provided that in the case of a Defaulting Lender that was or is a Lender (x) to the extent that a portion of the Letter of Credit participation pursuant to Section 2.03(c) and Swing Line Loan participation pursuant to Section 2.04(c) of such Defaulting Lender is reallocated to the Non-Defaulting Lenders pursuant to Section 2.17(a), such fees that would have accrued for the benefit of such Defaulting Lender will instead accrue for the benefit of and be payable to such Non-Defaulting Lenders, pro rata in accordance with their respective Commitments, and (y) to the extent any portion of such Letter of Credit participation pursuant to Section 2.03(c) and Swing Line Loan participation pursuant to Section 2.04(c) cannot be so reallocated, such fees will instead accrue for the benefit of and be payable to the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, as their interests appear (and the pro rata payment provisions of Sections 2.12 and 2.13 will automatically be deemed adjusted to reflect the provisions of this Section).

(c) Termination of Defaulting Lender Commitment . The Borrower may terminate the unused amount of the Commitment of a Defaulting Lender upon not less than three Business Days’ prior notice to the Administrative Agent (which will promptly notify the Lenders thereof), and in such event the provisions of Section 2.17(a)(iii) will apply to all amounts thereafter paid by the Borrower for the account of such Defaulting Lender that is a Lender under this Agreement (in each case whether on account of principal, interest, fees, indemnity or other amounts), provided that such termination will not be deemed to be a waiver or release of any claim the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer, the Swing Line Lender or any Lender may have against such Defaulting Lender.

(d) Cure . If the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender agree in writing in their discretion that a Lender that is a Defaulting Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, as the case may be, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any amounts then held in the segregated account referred to in Section 2.17(a)), such Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase such portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders and/or make such other adjustments as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the total Revolving Credit Commitments, Revolving Credit Loans, Letter of Credit participation pursuant to Section 2.03(c) and Swing Line Loan participation pursuant to Section 2.04(c) of the Lenders to be on a pro rata basis in accordance with their respective Commitments, whereupon such Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender and will be a Non-Defaulting Lender (and such Commitments and Loans of each Lender will automatically be adjusted on a prospective

 

96


basis to reflect the foregoing); provided that no adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Borrower while such Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided , further , that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Non-Defaulting Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from such Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

ARTICLE 3

TAXES, INCREASED COSTS PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY

Section 3.01 Taxes .

(a) Unless otherwise required by any Law, any and all payments by any Loan Party to or for the account of any Agent or any Lender (which term shall, for purposes of this Section 3.01, include any L/C Issuer and any Swing Line Lender) under any Loan Document shall be made free and clear of and without deduction for any Taxes. If any Loan Party or other applicable withholding agent shall be required by any Laws to deduct any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes from or in respect of any sum payable under any Loan Document to any Agent or any Lender, (i) the sum payable by the applicable Loan Party shall be increased as necessary so that after all required deductions (including deductions applicable to additional sums payable under this Section 3.01) have been made, each of such Agent and such Lender receives an amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such deductions been made, (ii) the applicable withholding agent shall make such deductions, (iii) the applicable withholding agent shall pay the full amount deducted to the relevant taxation authority or other authority in accordance with applicable Laws, and (iv) within thirty (30) days after the date of such payment, the applicable withholding agent (if it is not the Administrative Agent) shall furnish to the Administrative Agent the original or a certified copy of a receipt evidencing payment thereof to the extent such a receipt is issued therefor, or other written proof of payment thereof that is reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(b) In addition, the Borrower and the Guarantors agree, jointly and severally, to pay any and all present or future stamp, court or documentary taxes and any other excise, property, intangible or mortgage recording taxes or charges or similar levies which arise from any payment made under any Loan Document or from the execution, delivery, performance, enforcement or registration of, or otherwise with respect to, any Loan Document but excluding any such Taxes imposed upon a voluntary transfer of an Obligation by a Lender, L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender if such Taxes result from such Lender, L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender being organized, resident or engaged in business (other than a business arising (or being deemed to arise) solely as a result of the Loan Documents or any transactions occurring pursuant thereto) in such jurisdiction (hereinafter referred to as “ Other Taxes ”). For the avoidance of doubt, “Other Taxes” shall not include any Excluded Taxes.

(c) Without duplication, the Borrower and the Guarantors agree, jointly and severally, to indemnify each Agent and each Lender for the full amount of any Non-Excluded Taxes attributable to any sum payable under any Loan Document to any Agent or Lender and any Other Taxes (including any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted by any jurisdiction

 

97


on amounts payable under this Section 3.01, and any such Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes attributable to any payment made by or on account of any Guarantor) payable by such Agent or such Lender, whether or not such Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental Authority; provided such Agent or Lender, as the case may be, provides the Borrower with a written statement thereof setting forth in reasonable detail the basis and calculation of such amounts. Payment under this Section 3.01(c) shall be made within thirty (30) days after the date such Lender or such Agent makes a demand therefor (and submits the required written statement), but in no event earlier than ten (10) days before such Taxes are due and payable to the applicable Governmental Authority. If the Borrower reasonably believes that any Lender or Agent is entitled to receive a refund in respect of any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes as to which indemnification or additional amounts have been paid to the Lender or Agent, as applicable, by any Loan Party pursuant to or in respect of Section 3.01 or Section 6 of the Guaranty, the Borrower (on behalf of itself and on behalf of the other Loan Parties) may notify (in writing) the Lender or Agent, as applicable, of the availability of such refund. Upon such notice, the Lender or Agent, as applicable, shall promptly apply for such refund unless, in the good faith judgment of the Lender or Agent, as applicable, applying for such refund would cause the Lender or Agent, as applicable, to suffer any material economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage. The Borrower shall reimburse the Lender or Agent, as applicable, for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of the Lender or Agent incurred in pursuing such refund. If the Lender or Agent, as applicable, receives any such refund, it shall be governed by Section 3.01(d).

(d) If any Lender or Agent receives a refund (whether received in cash or as an overpayment applied to a future Tax payment) in respect of any Non-Excluded Taxes or Other Taxes as to which indemnification or additional amounts have been paid to it by any Loan Party pursuant to or in respect of this Section 3.01 or Section 6 of the Guaranty, it shall promptly remit such refund (including any interest included in such refund by the applicable taxing authority) to the Borrower, net of all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including Taxes) of the Lender or Agent, as the case may be; provided that the Borrower, upon the request of the Lender or Agent, as the case may be, agrees promptly to return such refund to such party in the event such party is required to repay such refund to the relevant taxing authority. Such Lender or Agent, as the case may be, shall, at the Borrower’s request, provide the Borrower with a copy of any notice of assessment or other evidence of the requirement to repay such refund received from the relevant taxing authority ( provided that such Lender or Agent may delete any information therein that such Lender or Agent deems confidential). Nothing herein contained shall interfere with the right of a Lender or Agent to arrange its Tax affairs in whatever manner it thinks fit nor oblige any Lender or Agent to claim any Tax refund or to disclose any information relating to its tax affairs or any computations in respect thereof or require any Lender or Agent to do anything that would prejudice its ability to benefit from any other refunds, credits, reliefs, remissions or repayments to which it may be entitled.

(e) Each Lender agrees that, upon the occurrence of any event giving rise to the operation of Section 3.01(a) or Section 3.01(c) with respect to such Lender it will, if requested by the Borrower, use commercially reasonable efforts (subject to such Lender’s overall internal policies of general application and legal and regulatory restrictions) to avoid the consequences of such event, including to designate another Lending Office for any Loan or Letter of Credit affected by

 

98


such event or to assign its rights and obligations with respect to such Loan or Letter of Credit to another of its offices, branches or affiliates; provided that such efforts are made on terms that, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its Lending Office(s) to suffer no material economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, and provided further that nothing in this Section 3.01(e) shall affect or postpone any of the Obligations of any Loan Party or the rights of the Lender pursuant to Section 3.01(a) and Section 3.01(c).

Section 3.02 Illegality . If any Lender reasonably determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending Office to make, maintain or fund Eurodollar Rate Loans, or to determine or charge interest rates based upon the Eurodollar Rate, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to the Borrower through the Administrative Agent, any obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Rate Loans or to convert Base Rate Loans to Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer exist. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all Eurodollar Rate Loans of such Lender to Base Rate Loans, either on the last day of the Interest Period therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans to such day, or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans. Upon any such prepayment or conversion, the Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so prepaid or converted. Each Lender agrees to designate a different Lending Office if such designation will avoid the need for such notice and will not, in the good faith judgment of such Lender, otherwise be materially disadvantageous to such Lender.

Section 3.03 Inability to Determine Rates . If the Required Lenders determine that for any reason adequate and reasonable means do not exist for determining the Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan, or that the Eurodollar Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such Lenders of funding such Loan, or that Dollar deposits are not being offered to banks in the London interbank eurodollar market for the applicable amount and the Interest Period of such Eurodollar Rate Loan, the Administrative Agent will promptly so notify the Borrower and each Lender. Thereafter, the obligation of the Lenders to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until the Administrative Agent (upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice, the Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a request for a Borrowing of Base Rate Loans in the amount specified therein.

Section 3.04 Increased Cost and Reduced Return; Capital Adequacy; Reserves on Eurodollar Rate Loans .

(a) If any Lender reasonably determines that as a result of the introduction of or any change in or in the interpretation of any Law, in each case after the date hereof, or such Lender’s compliance therewith, there shall be any increase in the cost to such Lender of agreeing to make or making, funding or maintaining Eurodollar Rate Loans or (as the case may be) issuing or participating in Letters of Credit, or a reduction in the amount received or receivable by such Lender

 

99


in connection with any of the foregoing (excluding for purposes of this Section 3.04(a) any such increased costs or reduction in amount resulting from (i) Non-Excluded Taxes indemnifiable under Section 3.01, (ii) any Excluded Taxes, and (iii) reserve requirements contemplated by Section 3.04(c)), then from time to time upon written demand of such Lender setting forth in reasonable detail such increased costs (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent given in accordance with Section 3.06), the Borrower shall, without duplication, pay to such Lender such additional amounts as will compensate such Lender for such increased cost or reduction. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all rules, regulations, orders, requests, guidelines or directives in connection therewith are deemed to have been adopted and to have taken effect after the date hereof.

(b) If any Lender reasonably determines that the introduction of any Law regarding capital adequacy or any change therein or in the interpretation thereof, in each case after the date hereof, or compliance by such Lender (or its Lending Office) therewith, has the effect of reducing the rate of return on the capital of such Lender or any corporation controlling such Lender as a consequence of such Lender’s obligations hereunder (taking into consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy and such Lender’s desired return on capital), then from time to time upon written demand of such Lender setting forth in reasonable detail the charge and the calculation of such reduced rate of return (with a copy of such demand to the Administrative Agent given in accordance with Section 3.06), the Borrower shall pay to such Lender such additional amounts as will compensate such Lender for such reduction.

(c) The Borrower shall pay to each Lender, (i) as long as such Lender shall be required to maintain reserves with respect to liabilities or assets consisting of or including Eurocurrency funds or deposits, additional interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Eurodollar Rate Loan equal to the actual costs of such reserves allocated to such Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error), and (ii) as long as such Lender shall be required to comply with any reserve ratio requirement or analogous requirement of any other central banking or financial regulatory authority imposed in respect of the maintenance of the Commitments or the funding of the Eurodollar Rate Loans, such additional costs (expressed as a percentage per annum and rounded upwards, if necessary, to the nearest five decimal places) equal to the actual costs allocated to such Commitment or Loan by such Lender (as determined by such Lender in good faith, which determination shall be conclusive absent manifest error) which in each case shall be due and payable on each date on which interest is payable on such Loan; provided the Borrower shall have received at least fifteen (15) days’ prior notice (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) of such additional interest or cost from such Lender. If a Lender fails to give notice fifteen (15) days prior to the relevant Interest Payment Date, such additional interest or cost shall be due and payable fifteen (15) days from receipt of such notice.

(d) If any Lender requests compensation under this Section 3.04, then such Lender will, if requested by the Borrower, use commercially reasonable efforts to designate another Lending Office for any Loan or Letter of Credit affected by such event or to assign its rights and obligations with respect to such Loan or Letter of Credit to another of its offices, branches or affiliates; provided that such efforts are made on terms that, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender, cause such Lender and its Lending Office(s) to suffer no material economic, legal or regulatory disadvantage, and provided further that nothing in this Section 3.04(d) shall affect or

 

100


postpone any of the Obligations of the Borrower or the rights of such Lender pursuant to Section 3.04(a), Section 3.04(b) or Section 3.04(c).

Section 3.05 Funding Losses . Upon demand of any Lender from time to time, the Borrower shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:

(a) any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on a day other than the last day of the Interest Period for such Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration, or otherwise); or

(b) any failure by the Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Loan other than a Base Rate Loan on the date or in the amount notified by the Borrower;

including any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the deposits from which such funds were obtained.

For purposes of calculating amounts payable by a Borrower to the Lenders under this Section 3.05, each Lender shall be deemed to have funded each Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it at the Eurodollar Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank eurodollar market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurodollar Rate Loan was in fact so funded. A certificate of such Lender submitted to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this Section 3.05 shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

Section 3.06 Matters Applicable to All Requests for Compensation .

(a) Any Agent or any Lender claiming compensation under this Article 3 shall deliver a certificate to the Borrower setting forth in reasonable detail the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder, which shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. In determining such amount, such Agent or such Lender may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods.

(b) With respect to any Lender’s claim for compensation under Section 3.01, Section 3.02, Section 3.03 or Section 3.04, the Borrower shall not be required to compensate such Lender for any amount incurred more than one hundred and eighty (180) days prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrower of the event that gives rise to such claim; provided that, if the circumstance giving rise to such increased cost or reduction is retroactive, then such 180-day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof. If any Lender requests compensation by the Borrower under Section 3.04, the Borrower may, by notice to such Lender (with a copy to the Administrative Agent), suspend the obligation of such Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Rate Loans from one Interest Period to another, or to convert Base Rate Loans into Eurodollar Rate Loans, until the event or condition giving rise to such request ceases to be in effect (in which case the provisions of Section 3.06(c) shall be applicable);

 

101


provided that such suspension shall not affect the right of such Lender to receive the compensation so requested.

(c) If the obligation of any Lender to make or continue any Eurodollar Rate Loan from one Interest Period to another, or to convert Base Rate Loans into Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended pursuant to Section 3.06(b) hereof, such Lender’s Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be automatically converted into Base Rate Loans on the last day(s) of the then current Interest Period(s) for such Eurodollar Rate Loans (or, in the case of an immediate conversion required by Section 3.02, on such earlier date as required by Law) and, unless and until such Lender gives notice as provided below that the circumstances specified in Section 3.01, Section 3.02, Section 3.03 or Section 3.04 hereof that gave rise to such conversion no longer exist:

(i) to the extent that such Lender’s Eurodollar Rate Loans have been so converted, all payments and prepayments of principal that would otherwise be applied to such Lender’s Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be applied instead to its Base Rate Loans; and

(ii) all Loans that would otherwise be made or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans from one Interest Period to another by such Lender shall be made or continued instead as Base Rate Loans, and all Base Rate Loans of such Lender that would otherwise be converted into Eurodollar Rate Loans shall remain as Base Rate Loans.

(d) If any Lender gives notice to a Borrower (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) that the circumstances specified in Section 3.01, Section 3.02, Section 3.03 or Section 3.04 hereof that gave rise to the conversion of such Lender’s Eurodollar Rate Loans pursuant to this Section 3.06 no longer exist (which such Lender agrees to do promptly upon such circumstances ceasing to exist) at a time when Eurodollar Rate Loans made by other Lenders are outstanding, such Lender’s Base Rate Loans shall be automatically converted irrespective of whether such conversion results in greater than twenty (20) Interest Periods being outstanding under this Agreement, on the first day(s) of the next succeeding Interest Period(s) for such outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loans, to the extent necessary so that, after giving effect thereto, all Loans held by the Lenders holding Eurodollar Rate Loans and by such Lender are held pro rata (as to principal amounts, interest rate basis, and Interest Periods) in accordance with their respective Commitments.

Section 3.07 Replacement of Lenders Under Certain Circumstances .

(a) If at any time (x) the Borrower becomes obligated to pay additional amounts or indemnity payments described in Section 3.01(a) or (c) or Section 3.02 as a result of any condition described in such Sections or any Lender ceases to make Eurodollar Rate Loans as a result of any condition described in Section 3.04, (y) any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender or (z) any Lender becomes a Non-Consenting Lender, then the Borrower may, on ten (10) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent and such Lender, replace such Lender (in its capacity as a Lender under the applicable Facility, if the underlying matter in respect of which such Lender has become a Non-Consenting Lender relates to a certain Class of Loans or Commitments) by causing such Lender to (and such Lender shall be obligated to) assign pursuant to Section 10.07(b) (with the assignment fee to be paid by the Borrower in such instance) all of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (in respect of the applicable Class of Loans or

 

102


Commitments if the underlying matter in respect of which such Lender has become a Non-Consenting Lender relates to a certain Class of Loans or Commitments) to one or more Eligible Assignees; provided that (i) in the case of any Eligible Assignees in respect of Non-Consenting Lenders, the replacement Lender shall agree to the consent, waiver or amendment to which the Non-Consenting Lender did not agree and (ii) neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall have any obligation to the Borrower to find a replacement Lender or other such Person.

(b) Any Lender being replaced pursuant to Section 3.07(a) above shall (i) execute and deliver an Assignment and Assumption with respect to such Lender’s Commitment and outstanding Loans of the applicable Class and, if applicable, participations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans, and (ii) deliver any Notes evidencing such Loans to the Borrower or the Administrative Agent; provided that the failure of any such Lender to execute an Assignment and Assumption shall not render such assignment invalid and such assignment shall be recorded in the Register. Pursuant to such Assignment and Assumption, (i) the assignee Lender shall acquire all or a portion, as the case may be, of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and outstanding Loans of the applicable Class and, if applicable, participations in L/C Obligations and Swing Line Loans, (ii) all obligations of the Borrower owing to the assigning Lender relating to the Loans and participations so assigned shall be paid in full by the assignee Lender to such assigning Lender concurrently with such assignment and assumption and (iii) upon such payment and, if so requested by the assignee Lender, delivery to the assignee Lender of the appropriate Note or Notes executed by the Borrower, the assignee Lender shall become a Lender hereunder and the assigning Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Section 3.01, Section 3.04, Section 10.04 and Section 10.05 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment.

(c) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained above, (i) the Lender that acts as the L/C Issuer may not be replaced hereunder at any time that it has any Letter of Credit outstanding hereunder unless arrangements reasonably satisfactory to such L/C Issuer (including the furnishing of a back-up standby letter of credit in form and substance, and issued by an issuer, reasonably satisfactory to such L/C Issuer or the depositing of Cash Collateral into a Cash Collateral account in amounts and pursuant to arrangements reasonably satisfactory to such L/C Issuer) have been made with respect to such outstanding Letter of Credit and (ii) the Lender that acts as the Administrative Agent may not be replaced hereunder.

(d) In the event that (i) the Borrower or the Administrative Agent has requested the Lenders to consent to a departure or waiver of any provisions of the Loan Documents or to agree to any amendment thereto, (ii) the consent, waiver or amendment in question requires the agreement of all Lenders or all affected Lenders in accordance with the terms of Section 10.01 or all the Lenders with respect to a certain Class of Loans or Commitments and (iii) the Required Lenders have agreed to such consent, waiver or amendment, then any Lender who does not agree to such consent, waiver or amendment shall be deemed a “ Non-Consenting Lender .”

Section 3.08 Survival . The Borrower’s obligations under this Article 3 shall survive any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender (including any L/C Issuer) and the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations hereunder.

 

103


ARTICLE 4

CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

Section 4.01 Conditions to Initial (Closing Date) Credit Extension . The obligation of each Lender to make the Credit Extensions hereunder on the Closing Date is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent, subject in all respects to the final paragraph of this Section 4.01:

(a) The Administrative Agent’s receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals or facsimiles or electronic copies (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, and each executed by a Responsible Officer of the Initial Borrower:

(i) executed counterparts of this Agreement; and

(ii) a Note executed by the Initial Borrower in favor of each Lender requesting a Note at least two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, if any.

(b) The Administrative Agent’s receipt of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities Escrow and Security Agreement, which shall be originals or facsimiles or electronic copies (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, executed by a Responsible Officer of the Initial Borrower and the Escrow Agent.

(c) The Administrative Agent’s receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals or facsimiles or electronic copies (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified;

(i) an opinion of Ropes & Gray LLP, special counsel to the Initial Borrower, dated the Closing Date and addressed to each L/C Issuer, Arranger, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, substantially in the form previously provided to the Administrative Agent;

(ii) (A) a copy of the certificate or articles of incorporation or organization, including all amendments thereto, of the Initial Borrower, certified, if applicable, as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the state of its organization, and a certificate as to the good standing of the Initial Borrower as of a recent date, from such Secretary of State or similar Governmental Authority and (B) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Initial Borrower dated the Closing Date and certifying (1) to the effect that (w) attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the by-laws of the Initial Borrower as in effect on the Closing Date, (x) attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the board of directors of the Initial Borrower authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which the Initial Borrower is a party, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect and (y) the certificate or articles of incorporation or organization of the Initial Borrower have not been amended since the date of the last amendment thereto furnished pursuant to clause (A) above, and that such certificate or articles are in full force and effect, and (2) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing any Loan Document on behalf of the Initial Borrower and signed by another officer as to

 

104


the incumbency and specimen signature of the Responsible Officer executing the certificate pursuant to this clause (B); and

(iii) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Initial Borrower certifying as to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in paragraphs (e) and (f) of this Section 4.01.

(d) To the extent requested by the Administrative Agent in writing not less than five (5) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received, prior to the Closing Date, all documentation and other information with respect to the Initial Borrower and DBI required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know-your-customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including without limitation the PATRIOT Act.

(e) The representations and warranties made by the Initial Borrower contained in Article 5 or any other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects (and in all respects if qualified by materiality) on and as of the Closing Date.

(f) No Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or from the application of the proceeds therefrom (assuming that all of the Transactions were consummated on the Closing Date).

(g) The Administrative Agent shall have received evidence satisfactory to it that DBI has delivered a redemption notice to the trustee under the Existing Securitization Indenture specifying redemption of all of the Existing Securitization Notes on December 3, 2010.

(h) Prior to or substantially simultaneously with the initial Credit Extensions, the Initial Borrower shall have received the gross cash proceeds from the issuance of $625,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Senior Notes, which amount was deposited into the escrow account as contemplated by the Senior Notes Escrow and Security Agreement.

(i) All fees and expenses due to the Arrangers and the Lenders required to be paid on the Closing Date from the proceeds of the initial fundings under the Credit Extensions shall be paid.

(j) The Administrative Agent shall have received a Request for Credit Extension relating to the initial Credit Extensions.

(k) The Administrative Agent shall have a valid and perfected security interest in, and a lien on, all of the Initial Borrower’s rights (i) under the Senior Secured Credit Facilities Escrow and Security Agreement and (ii) in the Escrow Property, in each case for so long as the Escrow Property remains in the Escrow Account pursuant to the terms of the Senior Secured Credit Facilities Escrow and Security Agreement.

Section 4.02 Conditions to All Credit Extensions After the Escrow Release Date . The obligation of each Lender to honor any Request for Credit Extension (other than in connection with (i) a Credit Extension to be made on the Closing Date or (ii) a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type, or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans) is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions precedent:

 

105


(a) The representations and warranties of the Borrower and each other Loan Party contained in Article 5 or any other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects (and in all respects if qualified by materiality) on and as of the date of such Credit Extension, except (i) to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects (and in all respects if qualified by materiality) as of such earlier date and (ii) that for purposes of this Section 4.02, the representations and warranties contained in Section 5.05(a) shall be deemed to refer to the most recent financial statements furnished prior to the Closing Date or pursuant to Section 6.01(a) and Section 6.01(b).

(b) No Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or from the application of the proceeds therefrom.

(c) The Administrative Agent and, if applicable, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the requirements hereof.

Each Request for Credit Extension (other than (i) a Credit Extension to be made on the Closing Date, (ii) a Committed Loan Notice requesting only a conversion of Loans to the other Type or a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans) submitted by the Borrower shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty that the conditions specified in Section 4.02(a) and Section 4.02(b) have been satisfied on and as of the date of the applicable Credit Extension.

ARTICLE 5

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

(i) On the Closing Date, the Initial Borrower, (ii) upon the redemption of the Existing Securitization Notes, the discharge of the Existing Securitization Indenture and the effectiveness of the Guarantor Charter Amendments on the Escrow Release Date, each of Holdings and DBI and (iii) on the date of each subsequent Credit Extension, each of Holdings and the Borrower represents and warrants to the Agents and the Lenders that:

Section 5.01 Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws . Each Loan Party and each of its Restricted Subsidiaries (a) is a Person duly organized or formed, validly existing and, where applicable, in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority to (i) own or lease its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under the Loan Documents to which it is a party, (c) is duly qualified and in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, (d) is in compliance with all applicable Laws, writs, injunctions and orders and (e) has all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to operate its business as currently conducted; except in each case referred to in clauses (a) (other than with respect to the Borrower), (c), (d) or (e), to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

106


Section 5.02 Authorization; No Contravention .

(a) The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is a party are within such Loan Party’s corporate or other powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action.

(b) (i) The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is a party and (ii) as of the Escrow Release Date and the Closing Date only, the consummation of the Transactions (other than the transactions described in clause (i)) do not and will not (A) contravene the terms of any of such Person’s Organization Documents, (B) conflict with or result in any default, breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien under (other than as permitted by Section 7.01), or require any payment (except for Indebtedness to be repaid on or prior to the Escrow Release Date in connection with the Transactions) to be made under (x) (1) any Junior Financing Documentation or (2) any other Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the properties of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or (y) any order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is subject; or (C) violate any Law; except with respect to any conflict, default, breach, contravention, payment or violation referred to in clause (B) or clause (C), to the extent that such conflict, breach, contravention, payment or violation could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.03 Governmental Authorization; Other Consents . No approval, consent, exemption, authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with (a) the execution, delivery or performance by any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (b) the grant by any Loan Party of the Liens granted by it pursuant to the Collateral Documents, (c) the perfection or maintenance of the Liens created under the Collateral Documents (including the priority thereof) or (d) the exercise by the Administrative Agent or any Lender of its rights under the Loan Documents or the remedies in respect of the Collateral pursuant to the Collateral Documents, except for (i) filings and other actions necessary to perfect the Liens on the Collateral granted by the Loan Parties in favor of the Secured Parties as specified in the Security Documents, (ii) the approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations, actions, notices and filings which have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect and (iii) those approvals, consents, exemptions, authorizations or other actions, notices or filings, the failure of which to obtain or make could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.04 Binding Effect . This Agreement and each other Loan Document has been, or (in the case of Loan Documents to be executed and delivered by Holdings and its Subsidiaries) will on the Escrow Release Date be, duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto. This Agreement and each other Loan Document constitutes, or (in the case of Loan Documents to be executed and delivered by Holdings and its Subsidiaries) will on the Escrow Release Date constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of each Loan Party that is party thereto, enforceable against such Loan Party in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium or other Laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of equity.

 

107


Section 5.05 Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect .

(a) The Borrower has heretofore furnished to the Lenders the Parent’s consolidated balance sheets and related statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries (i) as of the end of and for each fiscal year of the Borrower in the three-fiscal year period ended on December 26, 2009, audited by and accompanied by the opinion of KPMG LLP, (ii) as of and for each subsequent fiscal quarter ended at least forty-five (45) days prior to the Closing Date. Such financial statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Parent and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods. Such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein and subject, in the case of quarterly financial statements, to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end adjustments. Such financial statements of the Parent fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Borrower and its consolidated Subsidiaries as of such dates and for such periods, other than as described on Section 5.05(a) to the Confidential Disclosure Letter.

(b) The Borrower has heretofore delivered to the Lenders its unaudited pro forma financial information as of and for the twelve-month period ended on the last day of the most recently completed four-fiscal quarter period ended at least ninety (90) days prior to the Closing Date (if such period is a fiscal year) or at least forty-five (45) days prior to the Closing Date (if such period is a fiscal quarter), prepared after giving effect to the Transactions as if they had occurred on the first day of the twelve-month period ending on such date.

(c) Since December 26, 2009, there has not been any change, development or event that, individually or in the aggregate, has had or would reasonably be expected to have, a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) The forecasts of consolidated balance sheet, income statement and cash flow statement of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for each fiscal year of the Borrower ending after the Closing Date until the fifth anniversary of the Closing Date, copies of which have been furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders prior to the Closing Date, have been prepared in good faith based upon reasonable assumptions at the time made in light of the conditions existing at the time of delivery of such forecasts, it being understood that such forecasts, as to future events, are not to be viewed as facts, that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such forecasts may differ significantly from the forecasted results and that such differences may be material and that such forecasts are not a guarantee of financial performance.

Section 5.06 Litigation . Except as disclosed in Section 5.06 of the Confidential Disclosure Letter, there are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened in writing, at law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against Holdings or any of its Subsidiaries or against any of their properties or revenues that (a) as of the Closing Date, purport to affect or pertain to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or (b) either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

108


Section 5.07 Ownership of Property; Liens . The Borrower and each of its Subsidiaries has good record and marketable title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, or easements or other limited property interests in, all real property necessary in the ordinary conduct of its business, free and clear of all Liens except for minor defects in title that do not materially interfere with its ability to conduct its business and to utilize such assets for their intended purposes and Liens permitted by Section 7.01 and except where the failure to have such title or other property interests described above could not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.08 Environmental Compliance .

(a) There are no actions, suits, proceedings, demands or claims alleging potential liability or responsibility for violation of, or liability under, any Environmental Law and relating to businesses, operations or properties of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries that could, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(b) Except as disclosed in Section 5.08(b) of the Confidential Disclosure Letter or as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (i) none of the properties currently or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, formerly owned, leased or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries is listed or formally proposed for listing on the NPL or on the CERCLIS or any analogous foreign, state or local list; (ii) there are no and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, never have been any underground or aboveground storage tanks or any surface impoundments, septic tanks, pits, sumps or lagoons in which Hazardous Materials are being or have been discharged, treated, stored or disposed on, at or under any property currently owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or, to its knowledge, on, at or under any property formerly owned, leased or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries during or prior to the period of such ownership or operation; (iii) there is no asbestos or asbestos-containing material on or at any property currently owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; and (iv) there has been no Release of Hazardous Materials on, at, under or from any property currently or to the knowledge of the Borrower formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, any offsite locations to which the Borrower or its Subsidiaries sent any Hazardous Materials for treatment or disposal.

(c) No property currently owned or operated by the Borrower or any of their respective Subsidiaries contains any Hazardous Materials in amounts or concentrations which (i) constitute, or constituted a violation of, (ii) require response or other corrective action under, or (iii) could result in the Borrower incurring liability under Environmental Laws, which violations, corrective actions and liabilities, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) Except as disclosed in Section 5.08(d) of the Confidential Disclosure Letter, neither the Borrower nor any of its Restricted Subsidiaries is undertaking, or paying for, either individually or together with other potentially responsible parties, any investigation or assessment or response or other corrective action relating to any actual or threatened Release of Hazardous Materials at any site, location or operation, either voluntarily or pursuant to the order of any Governmental Authority or the requirements of any Environmental Law except for any such

 

109


investigation or assessment or response or other corrective action that, individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(e) All Hazardous Materials generated, used, treated, handled or stored at, or transported to or from, any property currently or formerly owned or operated by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries have been disposed of in a manner which could not reasonably be expected to result in, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.09 Taxes . Each of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties has timely filed all tax returns and reports required to be filed, has timely paid all taxes levied or imposed upon it or its properties, income or assets (including in its capacity as a withholding agent) and has made adequate provision (in accordance with GAAP) for all Taxes not yet due and payable, except (a) those Taxes which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been provided in accordance with GAAP or (b) with respect to which the failure to make such filing, payment or provision could not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect. There are no current, pending or threatened audits, assessments, deficiencies, proceedings or claims that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.10 ERISA Compliance .

(a) Each Pension Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code. Each Pension Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of the Code has either received a favorable determination letter from the IRS or an application for such a letter has been or will be submitted to the IRS within the applicable required time period with respect thereto and, to the knowledge of the Borrower, nothing has occurred which could reasonably be expected to prevent, or cause the loss of, such qualification. In the five years preceding the Closing Date, each Loan Party and each ERISA Affiliate have made, in all material respects, all required contributions to each Pension Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, and no application for a funding waiver or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code has been made with respect to any Pension Plan.

(b) There are no pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened claims, actions or lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Pension Plan that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of the Borrower, there has been no prohibited transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Pension Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(c) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur, and none of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to Sections 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA, except, in each case, as could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

(d) Each Foreign Plan has been maintained in compliance with its terms and with the requirements of any and all applicable requirements of Law and has been maintained, where required, in good standing with applicable regulatory authorities, except for any noncompliance

 

110


which could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect. None of the Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate has incurred any obligation in connection with the termination of or withdrawal from any Foreign Plan, except as could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.11 Subsidiaries; Equity Interests . As of the Closing Date and the Escrow Release Date, the Initial Borrower, Holdings, DBI and its Subsidiaries do not have any Subsidiaries other than those specifically disclosed in Section 5.11 of the Confidential Disclosure Letter, and all of the outstanding Equity Interests in each Restricted Subsidiary are owned directly by the Person set forth in Section 5.11 of the Confidential Disclosure Letter and are free and clear of all Liens except (a) those created under the Collateral Documents and (b) any nonconsensual Lien that is permitted under Section 7.01. As of the Closing Date and the Escrow Release Date, Section 5.11 of the Confidential Disclosure Letter (i) sets forth the name and jurisdiction of each Subsidiary, and (ii) sets forth the ownership interest of DBI and any other Subsidiary in each Subsidiary, including the percentage of such ownership.

Section 5.12 Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act .

(a) No proceeds of any Borrowings or drawings under any Letter of Credit will be used to purchase or carry any margin stock or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any margin stock (within the meaning of Regulation U issued by the FRB).

(b) Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries is or is required to be registered as an “investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

Section 5.13 Disclosure . No report, financial statement, certificate or other written information furnished by or on behalf of any Loan Party to any Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or delivered hereunder or any other Loan Document (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) when taken as a whole contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not materially misleading (as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished); provided that (a) with respect to financial estimates, projected financial information and other forward-looking information, the Borrower represents and warrants only that such information was prepared in good faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time of preparation; it being understood that such projections, as to future events, are not to be viewed as facts, that actual results during the period or periods covered by any such projections may differ significantly from the projected results and that such differences may be material and that such projections are not a guarantee of financial performance and (b) no representation is made with respect to information of a general economic or general industry nature.

Section 5.14 Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc . Each of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries owns, or possesses the right to use, all of the patents, trademarks, service marks, trade dress, Internet domain names, copyrights, trade secrets, and know-how, and applications for registration of or goodwill associated with the foregoing, as applicable (collectively, “ IP Rights ”) that are reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses, without conflict with the rights of any other Person, except to the extent such failure to own or

 

111


possess the right to use or such conflicts, either individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the knowledge of the Borrower, the conduct of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries’ business does not infringe upon the intellectual property rights held by any other Person except for such infringements, individually or in the aggregate, which could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No claim or litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened, which, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.15 Solvency . On the Escrow Release Date, after giving effect to the consummation of the Transactions, the Loan Parties, on a consolidated basis, are Solvent.

Section 5.16 Perfection, Etc . Except as otherwise contemplated hereby or under any other Loan Documents, all filings and other actions necessary to perfect and protect the Liens on the Collateral created under, and as required by, the Collateral Documents have been duly made or taken or otherwise provided for (to the extent required hereby or by the applicable Collateral Documents) in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent and are in full force and effect and the Collateral Documents create in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a valid and, together with such filings and other actions (to the extent required hereby or by the applicable Collateral Documents), perfected first priority Lien in the Collateral, securing the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations, subject only to Liens permitted by Section 7.01. The Loan Parties are the legal and beneficial owners of the Collateral free and clear of any Lien, except for the Liens created or permitted under the Loan Documents.

Section 5.17 Compliance with Laws Generally . Neither the Borrower nor any of its Subsidiaries or any of its respective material properties, or the use of such material properties, is in violation of any Law, or is in default with respect to any judgment, writ, injunction, decree or order of any Governmental Authority, except for such violations or defaults that (a) are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings or (b) individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 5.18 Labor Matters . Except as in the aggregate has not had and could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, there are no strikes, lockouts or slowdowns against the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries pending or, to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened.

Section 5.19 Senior Debt . The Obligations constitute “Senior Debt” and “Designated Senior Debt” (or any other terms of similar meaning and import) under the Senior Notes Indenture, any Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness (to the extent the concept of Designated Senior Debt (or similar concept) exists therein), or any subordinated Permitted Refinancing thereof (to the extent the concept of Designated Senior Debt (or similar concept) exists therein).

Section 5.20 Escrow Release Date . Upon the redemption of the Existing Securitization Notes, the discharge of the Existing Securitization Indenture and the effectiveness of the Guarantor Charter Amendments on the Escrow Release Date, the representations and warranties that will be made by Holdings, DBI (as the Borrower) and its Subsidiaries contained in this

 

112


Article 5 will be true and correct in all material respects on and as of the Escrow the Release Date (and in all respects if qualified by materiality).

ARTICLE 6

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder which is accrued and payable shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, the Borrower shall (except in the case of the covenants set forth in Section 6.01, Section 6.02, Section 6.03 and Section 6.15) cause each Restricted Subsidiary to, comply with the following covenants ( provided that upon the redemption of the Existing Securitization Notes, the discharge of the Existing Securitization Indenture and the effectiveness of the Guarantor Charter Amendments on the Escrow Release Date, DBI and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be deemed to have been subject to all the covenants since the Closing Date and throughout the Escrow Period as if the Transactions had occurred on the Closing Date, and all calculations made under this Agreement shall be made as if such covenants had been applicable to DBI and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the Closing Date and throughout the Escrow Period as if the Transactions had occurred on the Closing Date):

Section 6.01 Financial Statements . Deliver to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender (provided any of the information required pursuant to this Section 6.01 shall be deemed validly delivered as provided in the last paragraph of Section 6.02):

(a) as soon as available, but in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year (and in the case of the fiscal year of the Borrower ending December 25, 2010, one hundred and twenty (120) days after the end of such fiscal year) of the Borrower, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of KPMG LLP or any other independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit;

(b) as soon as available, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) fiscal quarters of the Borrower, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the fiscal year of the Borrower then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;

 

113


(c) as soon as available, but in any event no later than ninety (90) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Borrower, reasonably detailed forecasts prepared by management of the Borrower, on a quarterly basis, of consolidated balance sheets, income statements, cash flow statements and Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year following such fiscal year then ended; and

(d) simultaneously with the delivery of each set of consolidated financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(a) and Section 6.01(b) above, the related consolidating financial statements reflecting the adjustments necessary to eliminate the accounts of Unrestricted Subsidiaries (if any) from such consolidated financial statements.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the obligations in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 6.01 may be satisfied with respect to any financial statements of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries by furnishing (A) the applicable financial statements of Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent of Holdings) or (B) the Borrower’s or Holdings’ (or any direct or indirect parent thereof), as applicable, Form 10-K or 10-Q, as applicable, filed with the SEC, in each case, within the time periods specified in such paragraphs; provided that, with respect to each of clauses (A) and (B), (i) to the extent such financial statements relate to Holdings (or a parent thereof), such financial statements shall be accompanied by consolidating information that explains in reasonable detail the differences between the information relating to Holdings (or such parent), on the one hand, and the information relating to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a standalone basis, on the other hand, which consolidating information shall be certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as fairly presenting such information and (ii) to the extent such statements are in lieu of statements required to be provided under Section 6.01(a), such statements are accompanied by a report and opinion of KPMG LLP or any other independent registered public accounting firm of nationally recognized standing, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope of such audit.

Section 6.02 Certificates; Other Information . Deliver to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender:

(a) no later than five (5) days after the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(a), a certificate of its independent certified public accountants certifying such financial statements and stating that in making the examination necessary therefor no knowledge was obtained of any Event of Default under Section 7.10 or, if any such Event of Default shall exist, stating the nature and status of such event; it being understood that the obligation under this Section 6.02(a) shall be satisfied regardless of whether such certificate is obtained if the Borrower shall have used commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such certificate;

(b) no later than five (5) Business Days after the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Section 6.01(a) and Section 6.01(b), a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (which shall set forth reasonably detailed calculations (A) demonstrating compliance with Section 7.10 and (B) in the case of any delivery of financial statements under Section 6.01(a) in respect of any fiscal year of the Borrower ending on or after December 31, 2011, of Excess Cash Flow for such fiscal year); provided that, if such Compliance Certificate demonstrates an Event of Default due to failure to comply with any

 

114


covenant under Section 7.10 that has not been cured prior to such time, the Borrower may deliver to the extent permitted by Section 8.04, prior to or together with such Compliance Certificate, notice of its intent to cure (a “ Notice of Intent to Cure ”) such Event of Default;

(c) promptly after the same are publicly available, (i) after a Qualifying IPO copies of each annual report, proxy or financial statement or other report or communication sent to the stockholders of the Borrower, and (ii) copies of all annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which the Borrower or any other Loan Party may file or be required to file, copies of any report, filing or communication with the SEC under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, or with any Governmental Authority that may be substituted therefor, or with any national securities exchange, and in any case not otherwise required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent pursuant hereto (other than comment letters from the SEC, the contents of which are not materially adverse to the Lenders);

(d) promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of any material requests or material notices received by any Loan Party from, or material statement or material report furnished to, any holder of debt securities of any Loan Party pursuant to the terms of any Junior Financing Documentation with respect to a Specified Junior Financing Obligation and not otherwise required to be furnished to the Lenders pursuant to any other clause of this Section 6.02;

(e) promptly after the receipt thereof by any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries, copies of each notice or other written correspondence received from the SEC (or comparable agency in any applicable non-US jurisdiction) concerning any material investigation or other material inquiry by such agency regarding financial or other operational results of any Loan Party or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to the extent such investigation or inquiry, if resolved unfavorably to such Loan Party, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(f) together with the delivery of each Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 6.02(b), a description of each event, condition or circumstance during the last fiscal quarter covered by such Compliance Certificate requiring a mandatory prepayment under Section 2.05(b); and

(g) promptly, such additional information regarding the business, legal, financial or corporate affairs of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender through the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request.

Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Sections 6.01 and 6.02 may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Borrower posts such documents, or provides a link thereto, on the Borrower’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 10.02 (or other website identified to the Administrative Agent); or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Borrower’s behalf on IntraLinks/or another relevant website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website (including the SEC) or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that (A) upon the request of the Administrative Agent (who shall notify each Lender), the Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such

 

115


documents to the Administrative Agent for further distribution to each Lender and (B) the Borrower shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic mail) the Administrative Agent of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Administrative Agent by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents. The Administrative Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Borrower with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery of or maintaining its copies of such documents. The Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent and/or the Arrangers will make available to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Borrower hereunder (collectively, “ Borrower Materials ”) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the “ Platform ”) and (b) certain of the Lenders may be “public-side” Lenders (i.e., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities) (each, a “ Public Lender ”). The Borrower hereby agrees that (w) all Borrower Materials that are to be made available to Public Lenders shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Borrower shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers, the L/C Issuer and the Lenders to treat the Borrower Materials as either publicly available information or not material information (although it may be sensitive and proprietary) with respect to the Borrower for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws; (y) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Lender;” and (z) the Administrative Agent and the Arrangers shall be entitled to treat the Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform designated “Private Lender.”

Section 6.03 Notices . Promptly after any Responsible Officer obtaining actual knowledge thereof, notify the Administrative Agent:

(a) of the occurrence of any Default; and

(b) of any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, including arising out of or resulting from (i) breach or non-performance of, or any default under, a Contractual Obligation of any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding or suspension between any Loan Party or any Subsidiary and any Governmental Authority, (iii) the commencement of, or any material adverse development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting any Loan Party or any Subsidiary, including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws or the assertion or occurrence of any alleged noncompliance by any Loan Party or as any Subsidiaries with any Environmental Law or Environmental Permit, or (iv) the occurrence of any ERISA Event (or similar event with respect to a Foreign Plan).

Each notice pursuant to this Section 6.03 shall be accompanied by a written statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (x) that such notice is being delivered pursuant to this Section 6.03 and (y) setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and (other than in the case of a notice pursuant to Section 6.03(b)) stating what action the Borrower or the applicable Loan Party has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

116


Section 6.04 Payment of Obligations . Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy as the same shall become due and payable, all its obligations and liabilities (including Taxes) except, in each case, to the extent the failure to pay or discharge the same could not reasonably be expected to, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.05 Preservation of Existence, Etc .

(a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization except in a transaction permitted by Section 7.04 or Section 7.05, and, in the case of any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges (including its good standing), permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the normal conduct of its business, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, and (c) preserve or renew all of its Material Intellectual Property, except if the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.06 Maintenance of Properties . Except if the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect, maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order, repair and condition, ordinary wear and tear, casualty and condemnation excepted and excepting also any obligations that are the obligations of the landlord under any lease.

Section 6.07 Maintenance of Insurance .

(a) (A) Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies, insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar business, of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance reasonable and customary for similarly situated Persons engaged in the same or similar businesses as the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries) as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons and (B) all such insurance with respect to any Collateral shall name the Administrative Agent as mortgagee or loss payee (in the case of property insurance with respect to Collateral) or additional insured, as its interests may arise, on behalf of the Secured Parties (in the case of liability insurance).

(b) If any building (or any part thereof) located on any Material Real Property is at any time located in an area identified by the Federal Emergency Management Agency (or any successor agency) as a special flood hazard area with respect to which flood insurance has been made available under the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 (as now or hereafter in effect or successor act thereto), then Borrower shall, or shall cause the applicable Subsidiary Guarantor to (a) maintain with a financially sound and reputable insurer, flood insurance in an amount and otherwise sufficient to comply with all applicable rules and regulations promulgated pursuant to (i) the National Flood Insurance Act of 1968 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto, (ii) the Flood Disaster Protection Act of 1973 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statue thereto, (iii) the National Flood Insurance Reform Act of 1994 as now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto and (iv) the Flood Insurance Reform Act of 2004 as

 

117


now or hereafter in effect or any successor statute thereto and (b) deliver to Administrative Agent evidence of such compliance.

Section 6.08 Compliance With Laws . Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except if the failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

Section 6.09 Books and Records . Maintain proper books of record and account (in which full, true and correct entries shall be made of all material financial transactions and matters involving the assets and business of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries) in a manner that permits the preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP.

Section 6.10 Inspection Rights . Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Administrative Agent and each Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and independent public accountants, all at the expense of the Borrower as provided below and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to the Borrower and the applicable Loan Party; provided that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an Event of Default, only the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders may exercise rights under this Section 6.10 and the Administrative Agent shall not exercise such rights more often than two (2) times during any calendar year absent the existence of an Event of Default and only one (1) such time shall be at the Borrower’s expense; provided , further , that when an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing the Administrative Agent or any such Lender (or any of their respective representatives or independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the expense of the Borrower at any time during normal business hours and upon reasonable advance notice. The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall give the Borrower prior notice of and the right to participate in any discussions with the Borrower’s accountants.

Section 6.11 Use of Proceeds .

(a) Use the proceeds of the Term Loans to finance in part the Transactions (including fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions).

(b) Use the proceeds of the Revolving Credit Facility (subject to Section 2.14 with respect to any New Revolving Credit Loans) (i) to finance in part the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the Transactions in an amount not to exceed, in the case of Revolving Credit Loans (but excluding Letters of Credit) $25,000,000, (ii) to provide ongoing working capital and (iii) for other general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including Restricted Payments and Investments permitted hereunder and any other transactions not prohibited by this Agreement).

(c) Use the proceeds of the New Term Loans (subject to Section 2.14) made after the Closing Date (i) to provide ongoing working capital and (ii) for other general corporate purposes

 

118


of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including Restricted Payments and Investments permitted hereunder and any other transactions not prohibited by this Agreement).

Section 6.12 Covenant to Guarantee Obligations and Give Security .

(a) Upon (w) the formation or acquisition of any new direct or indirect Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Unrestricted Subsidiary or an Excluded Subsidiary) by the Borrower or a Subsidiary Guarantor, (x) the designation in accordance with Section 6.15 of any existing direct or indirect Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary), (y) any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor guaranteeing any Specified Junior Financing Obligations or (z) any Restricted Subsidiary (other than an Excluded Subsidiary) that is designated to be no longer an Immaterial Subsidiary, the Borrower shall, in each case at the Borrower’s expense:

(i) as soon as reasonably practicable and in any case on or prior to thirty (30) days after such formation, acquisition, designation or Guarantee (or such longer period as either specified in Section 6.12(b) or as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion):

(A) cause each such Restricted Subsidiary to duly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent a supplement to the Guaranty, Guaranteeing the Obligations of the Borrower;

(B) cause each such Restricted Subsidiary that is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to this Section 6.12 to furnish to the Administrative Agent a description of any Material Real Property owned by such Restricted Subsidiary in detail reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(C) cause each such Restricted Subsidiary that is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to this Section 6.12 to duly execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent, other than with respect to Excluded Assets, (i) Security Agreement Supplements, Intellectual Property Security Agreements and other Collateral Documents (other than Mortgages), as specified by the Administrative Agent (consistent with the Security Agreement, Intellectual Property Security Agreements and other Collateral Documents in effect (or otherwise agreed) on the Closing Date), and (ii) Mortgages with respect to Material Real Property and such other instruments or documents as are necessary to satisfy the other conditions of the Mortgage Requirement in accordance with Section 6.12(b), in each case granting a Lien in substantially all personal property of such Restricted Subsidiary and all Material Real Property, securing the Obligations of such Restricted Subsidiary under the Guaranty;

(D) cause each such Restricted Subsidiary that is required to become a Guarantor pursuant to this Section 6.12 to deliver, other than with respect to Excluded Assets, any and all certificates representing Equity Interests directly owned by such Restricted Subsidiary or, if applicable in the case of Equity Interests of Foreign Subsidiaries and, to the extent required by the Security Agreement,

 

119


cause the legal representative(s) of such Restricted Subsidiary to register the transfer of the Equity Interests in the relevant share registers of such Restricted Subsidiary, in each applicable case accompanied by undated stock powers or other appropriate instruments of transfer executed in blank and, to the extent required by the Security Agreement, instruments, if any, evidencing the intercompany debt held by such Restricted Subsidiary, if any, indorsed in blank to the Administrative Agent or accompanied by other appropriate instruments of transfer;

(E) take and cause such Restricted Subsidiary to take whatever reasonable action (including the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements (or comparable documents or instruments under other applicable Law), and delivery of certificates evidencing stock and membership interests) as may be necessary in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent to vest in the Administrative Agent (or in any representative of the Administrative Agent designated by it) valid and subsisting Liens on the properties purported to be subject to the Collateral Documents delivered pursuant to this Section 6.12; and

(ii) if requested, as soon as reasonably practicable and in any case on or prior to thirty (30) days after the reasonable request therefor by the Administrative Agent, deliver to the Administrative Agent a signed copy of customary legal opinions, addressed to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties, of counsel for the Loan Parties (or, where customary in the applicable jurisdiction, the Administrative Agent) reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent as to such matters set forth in this Section 6.12(a) as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request,

(b) Upon the acquisition of any Material Real Property by the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor, or if otherwise required by Section 6.12(a)(i), if such Material Real Property shall not already be subject to a perfected Lien in favor of the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties, the Borrower or Subsidiary Guarantor, as the case may be, cause such Material Real Property (other than Excluded Assets) to be subjected to a Lien securing the Secured Obligations and will take, or cause the Borrower and Subsidiary Guarantor to take, such actions as shall be necessary or reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to grant and perfect or record such Lien in accordance with the Mortgage Requirement and to satisfy the other conditions of the Mortgage Requirement within ninety (90) days of the requirement becoming applicable (or such longer period as the Administrative Agent may agree in its reasonable discretion).

(c) Concurrently with the delivery of each Compliance Certificate pursuant to Section 6.02(b) in respect of financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.01(a) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an appropriate Intellectual Property Security Agreement with respect to all Patents (as defined in the Security Agreement) and Trademarks (as defined in the Security Agreement) registered or pending with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and registered or pending Copyrights (as defined in the Security Agreement) with the United States Copyright Office constituting After Acquired Intellectual Property (as defined in the Security Agreement) that is Material Intellectual Property owned by it or any Guarantor as of the last day of the period for which such Compliance Certificate is delivered, to the extent that such After

 

120


Acquired Intellectual Property that is Material Intellectual Property is not covered by any previous Intellectual Property Security Agreement so signed and delivered by it or such Guarantor. In each case, the Borrower will, and will cause each Subsidiary Guarantor to, promptly cooperate as necessary to enable the Administrative Agent to make any necessary recordations with the US Copyright Office or the US Patent and Trademark Office, as appropriate, with respect to such Material Intellectual Property.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 6.12 and the provisions of any Loan Document, (i) the Administrative Agent shall not take, and the Borrower and Subsidiary Guarantors shall not be required to grant, a security interest in any Excluded Assets, (ii) the Administrative Agent shall not take a security interest in any assets, including without limitation, Material Real Property, as to which the Administrative Agent shall determine in writing, in its reasonable discretion, that the cost, burden or consequences of obtaining such Lien (including any mortgage, stamp, intangibles or other similar Tax, title insurance or similar items) is excessive in relation to the benefit to the Secured Parties of the security afforded thereby, (iii) Liens required to be granted pursuant to this Section 6.12, and actions required to be taken, including to perfect such Liens, shall be subject to exceptions and limitations consistent with those set forth in the Collateral Documents as in effect on the Closing Date, (iv) the Borrower and the Subsidiary Guarantors shall not be required to take any actions outside the United States to perfect any Liens in the Collateral, and (v) the Restricted Subsidiaries will not be required to provide any Guaranty or grant a security interest in their property, to the extent any material and adverse tax consequence would reasonably be expected to result from the provision of such Guaranty or the grant of such security interest.

(e) The Borrower agrees to notify the Administrative Agent in writing promptly, but in any event within 30 days, after any change in (i) the legal name of any Grantor (as defined in the Security Agreement), (ii) the identity or type of organization or corporate structure of such Grantor or (iii) the jurisdiction of organization of such Grantor.

Section 6.13 Compliance with Environmental Laws . Except, in each case, to the extent that the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, (a) comply, and take all reasonable actions to cause all lessees and other Persons operating or occupying its properties to comply, in all material respects, with all applicable Environmental Laws and Environmental Permits; (b) obtain and renew all Environmental Permits necessary for its operations and properties; and (c) in each case to the extent required by Environmental Laws, conduct any investigation, study, sampling and testing, and undertake any cleanup, removal, remedial or other action necessary to remove and clean up all Hazardous Materials from any of its properties, in accordance with the requirements of all Environmental Laws.

Section 6.14 Further Assurances . Promptly upon reasonable request by the Administrative Agent, or any Lender through the Administrative Agent, (i) correct any material defect or error that may be discovered in the execution, acknowledgment, filing or recordation of any Collateral Document or other document or instrument relating to any Collateral, and (ii) do, execute, acknowledge, deliver, record, re-record, file, re-file, register and re-register any and all such further acts, deeds, certificates, assurances and other instruments as the Administrative Agent, or any Lender through the Administrative Agent, may reasonably require from time to time for the purposes of perfecting (or continuing the perfection of) the rights of the Administrative

 

121


Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties with respect to the Collateral (or with respect to any additions thereto or replacements or proceeds or products thereof or with respect to any other property or assets hereafter acquired by the Borrower or any other Loan Party which is required to be part of the Collateral to the extent required by Section 6.12), in each case subject to the limitations and exceptions set forth in Section 6.12 and in the Collateral Documents, including, without limitation, delivery of such amendments to the Mortgages, endorsements to the title policies, opinions of counsel and evidence of compliance with flood laws as the Administrative Agent may reasonably require in connection with the transactions contemplated by Sections 2.14, 2.15 or 2.16 hereof or any other amendment, modification or execution of any Facility.

Section 6.15 Designation of Subsidiaries . The board of directors of the Borrower may at any time designate any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (a) immediately before and after such designation, no Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (b) immediately after giving effect to such designation, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be in compliance, on a Pro Forma Basis, with the covenants set forth in Section 7.10 (and, as a condition precedent to the effectiveness of any such designation, the Borrower shall deliver to the Administrative Agent a certificate setting forth in reasonable detail the calculations demonstrating such compliance), (c) notwithstanding anything else in this Section 6.15 to the contrary, any Unrestricted Subsidiary that has been re-designated a Restricted Subsidiary may not be subsequently re-designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and (d) no Subsidiary may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary if it is a “Restricted Subsidiary” for the purpose of any Junior Financing. The designation of any Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall constitute an Investment by Borrower or the relevant Restricted Subsidiary (as applicable) therein at the date of designation in an amount equal to the fair market value of such Person’s (as applicable) investment therein and the Investment resulting from such designation must otherwise be in compliance with Section 7.02. The designation of any Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary shall constitute the incurrence at the time of designation of any Indebtedness or Liens of such Subsidiary existing at such time. As of the date hereof, any Unrestricted Subsidiaries of DBI are set forth in Section 6.15 of the Confidential Disclosure Letter.

Section 6.16 Maintenance of Ratings . Use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain a rating of the Facilities and a corporate family credit rating of the Borrower by each of S&P and Moody’s.

Section 6.17 Escrow Release Credit Documents .

(a) Concurrently with the release of funds from the Escrow Account on the Escrow Release Date, deliver to the Administrative Agent executed counterparts of the Borrower Assignment and Assumption Agreement, which shall be originals or facsimiles or electronic copies (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, and each executed by a Responsible Officer of DBI.

(b) Immediately following the redemption of the Existing Securitization Notes and discharge of the Existing Securitization Indenture on the Escrow Release Date, deliver to the Administrative Agent the following, each of which shall be originals or facsimiles or electronic

 

122


copies (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, and each executed by a Responsible Officer of the signing Loan Party:

(i) executed counterparts of a joinder to this Agreement by Holdings;

(ii) executed counterparts of the Guaranty by Holdings and the other Loan Parties (other than DBI);

(iii) executed counterparts to the Security Agreement, duly executed by each of the Loan Parties, together with, if applicable:

(A) certificates representing the Pledged Equity referred to therein, accompanied by undated stock powers executed in blank or, if applicable, other appropriate instruments of transfer and instruments evidencing the Pledged Debt, if any, indorsed in blank,

(B) copies of all lien searches with respect to personal property Collateral, together with copies of the financing statements (or similar documents) disclosed by such searches, and accompanied by evidence that any Liens indicated in any such financing statement that are not permitted by Section 7.01 have been or contemporaneously will be released or terminated (or otherwise provided for in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent), and all proper financing statements, duly prepared for filing under the Uniform Commercial Code necessary in order to perfect and protect the Liens created under the Security Agreement (in the circumstances and to the extent required under such Security Agreement), covering the Collateral of the Loan Parties described in the Security Agreement; and

(iv) the Intellectual Property Security Agreement, duly executed by each of the relevant Loan Parties, together with evidence that all action that is necessary in order to perfect and protect the Liens on Material Intellectual Property created under the Intellectual Property Security Agreement (in the circumstances and to the extent required under such Security Agreement) has been taken.

(v) an opinion of Ropes & Gray LLP, special counsel for the Loan Parties dated the Escrow Release Date and addressed to each L/C Issuer, the Arrangers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, substantially in the form previously provided to the Administrative Agent;

(vi) (A) a copy of the certificate or articles of incorporation or organization, including all amendments thereto, of each Loan Party, certified, if applicable, as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the state of its organization, and (B) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of each Loan Party dated the Escrow Release Date and certifying (1) to the effect that (w) attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the by-laws or operating (or limited liability company) agreement of such Loan Party as in effect on the Escrow Release Date, (x) that attached

 

123


thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the board of directors (or equivalent governing body) of such Loan Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which such Person is a party, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect, (y) the certificate or articles of incorporation or organization of such Loan Party have not been amended since the date of the last amendment thereto furnished pursuant to clause (A) above, and that such certificate or articles are in full force and effect, and (z) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing any Loan Document on behalf of such Loan Party and signed by another officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of the Responsible Officer executing the certificate pursuant to this clause (B);

(vii) a certificate from the chief financial officer or the treasurer of the Borrower, substantially in the form of Exhibit W, certifying that the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis after giving effect to the Transactions, are Solvent; and

(viii) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the DBI certifying as to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in paragraph (a) and (b) of Section 4.02.

Section 6.18 Post-Closing Matters . Execute and deliver the documents and complete the tasks set forth in Section 6.17 of the Confidential Disclosure Letter, in each case within the time limits specified on such schedule (unless the Administrative Agent, in its discretion, shall have agreed to any particular longer period).

ARTICLE 7

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation hereunder which is accrued and payable shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding, the Borrower shall not, and shall not permit any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to, directly and indirectly and Holdings shall not (with respect to Section 7.13 only) ( provided that upon the redemption of the Existing Securitization Notes, the discharge of the Existing Securitization Indenture and the effectiveness of the Guarantor Charter Amendments on the Escrow Release Date, DBI and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be deemed to have been subject to all the covenants, and Holdings shall be deemed to have been subject to Section 7.13, in each case, since the Closing Date and throughout the Escrow Period as if the Transactions had occurred on the Closing Date, and all calculations made under this Agreement shall be made as if such covenants had been applicable to DBI and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the Closing Date and throughout the Escrow Period as if the Transactions had occurred on the Closing Date):

Section 7.01 Liens . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following:

 

124


(a) (i) Liens pursuant to any Loan Document and (ii) Liens on cash or deposits granted in favor of the Swing Line Lender or the L/C Issuer to Cash Collateralize any Defaulting Lender’s participation in Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans, respectively, as contemplated by Section 2.03(a)(ii)(E) and 2.04(b), and 2.17(a)(ii), respectively;

(b) Liens on property of DBI and its Subsidiaries existing on the date hereof and listed in Section 7.01(b) of the Confidential Disclosure Letter and any modifications, replacements, renewals or extensions thereof; provided that (i) the Lien does not extend to any additional property other than (A) after-acquired property that is affixed or incorporated into the property covered by such Lien, and (B) proceeds and products thereof, and (ii) the modification, replacement, renewal, extension or refinancing of the obligations secured or benefited by such Liens (if such obligations constitute Indebtedness) is permitted by Section 7.03;

(c) Liens for taxes, assessments or governmental charges which are not overdue for a period of more than thirty (30) days or, if more than thirty (30) days overdue (i) which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate actions diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person to the extent required in accordance with GAAP or (ii) with respect to which the failure to make payment could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(d) statutory Liens and any Liens arising by operation of law in each case of landlords, carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen, repairmen, construction contractors or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which secure amounts not overdue for a period of more than thirty (30) days or, if more than thirty (30) days overdue (i) no action has been taken to enforce such Lien, (ii) such Lien is being contested in good faith and by appropriate actions diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person to the extent required in accordance with GAAP or (iii) with respect to which the failure to make payment could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

(e) (i) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation, (ii) pledges and deposits in the ordinary course of business securing insurance premiums or reimbursement obligations under insurance policies, in each case payable to insurance carriers that provide insurance to the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees that have been posted by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries to support the payments of the items set forth in clauses (i) and (ii) of this Section 7.01(e).

(f) (i) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts, governmental contracts and leases (other than Indebtedness for borrowed money), statutory obligations, surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance bonds, performance and completion guarantees and other obligations of a like nature (including those to secure health, safety and environmental obligations) incurred in the ordinary course of business and (ii) obligations in respect of letters of credit or bank guarantees that have been posted to support payment of the items set forth in clause (i) of this Section 7.01(f);

 

125


(g) matters of record affecting title to any owned or leased real property and survey exceptions, encroachments, protrusions, recorded and unrecorded servitudes, easements, restrictions, reservations, licenses, rights-of-way, sewers, electric lines, telegraphs and telephone lines, variations in area or measurement, rights of parties in possession under written leases or occupancy agreements, and other title defects and non-monetary encumbrances affecting real property, and zoning, building or other restrictions as to the use of real property or Liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties, in each case that were not incurred in the connection with Indebtedness and which could not, individually or in the aggregate, materially and adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

(h) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default under Section 8.01(h);

(i) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(f); provided that (i) such Liens attach concurrently with or within two hundred and seventy (270) days after the acquisition, repair, replacement, construction or improvement (as applicable) of the property subject to such Liens (except in the case of any Permitted Refinancing) and (ii) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property except for accessions to such property other than the property financed by such Indebtedness and the proceeds and the products thereof; provided that individual financings of equipment provided by one lender may be cross collateralized to other financings of equipment provided by such lender;

(j) (i) leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted to other Persons in the ordinary course of business which do not (A) interfere in any material respect with the business of the Borrower and the other Loan Parties, taken as a whole, or (B) secure any Indebtedness for borrowed money or (ii) the rights reserved or vested in any Person by the terms of any lease, license, franchise, grant or permit held by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries or by a statutory provision, to terminate any such lease, license, franchise, grant or permit, or to require annual or periodic payments as a condition to the continuance thereof;

(k) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of business;

(l) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code on items in the course of collection, (ii) attaching to commodity trading accounts or other commodities brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business or (iii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general parameters customary in the banking industry;

(m) Liens (i) (A) on advances of cash or Cash Equivalents in favor of the seller of any property to be acquired in an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 7.02 to be applied against the purchase price for such Investment and (B) consisting of an agreement to Dispose of any property in a Disposition permitted under Section 7.05, in each case under this clause (m)(i), solely to the extent such Investment or Disposition, as the case may be, would have been permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien or on the date of any contract for such Investment or

 

126


Disposition, and (ii) earnest money deposits of cash or Cash Equivalents made by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in connection with any letter of intent or purchase agreement permitted hereunder;

(n) Liens on property of any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party securing Indebtedness of such Subsidiary permitted under Section 7.03;

(o) (i) Liens in favor of the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary that is a Loan Party securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(e) and (ii) Liens in favor of a Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party granted by another Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party, provided that any such Lien on Collateral shall be expressly junior in priority to the Liens on such Collateral granted to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties under the Loan Documents and all documentation with respect to such lien priority shall be in the form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent;

(p) Liens existing on property at the time of its acquisition or existing on the property of any Person at the time such Person becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, in each case after the date hereof (other than Liens on the Equity Interests of any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary) and any modifications, replacements, renewals or extensions thereof; provided that (i) such Lien was not created in contemplation of such acquisition or such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (ii) such Lien does not extend to or cover any other assets or property (other than the proceeds or products thereof and after-acquired property subjected to a Lien pursuant to terms existing at the time of such acquisition, it being understood that such requirement shall not be permitted to apply to any property to which such requirement would not have applied but for such acquisition) and (iii) the Indebtedness secured thereby (or, as applicable, any modifications, replacements, renewals or extension thereof) is permitted under Section 7.03;

(q) Liens arising from precautionary UCC financing statement filings (or similar filings under other applicable Law) regarding leases entered into by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

(r) Liens arising out of conditional sale, title retention, consignment or similar arrangements for sale of goods entered into by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business and not prohibited by this Agreement;

(s) any interest and title of a lessor, sublessor, licensor or sublicensor under any lease, sublease or license agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(t) to the extent constituting Liens, Dispositions expressly permitted under Section 7.05 (other than Section 7.05(e));

(u) Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations outstanding in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $50,000,000;

(v) Liens that are contractual rights of set-off (i) relating to the establishment of depository relations with banks not given in connection with the issuance of Indebtedness, (ii) relating to pooled deposit or sweep accounts of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to permit

 

127


satisfaction of overdraft or similar obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or (iii) relating to purchase orders and other agreements entered into with customers of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in the ordinary course of business;

(w) Liens encumbering reasonable customary initial deposits and margin deposits and similar Liens attaching to commodity trading accounts or other brokerage accounts incurred in the ordinary course of business and not for speculative purposes;

(x) Liens on insurance policies and the proceeds thereof securing the financing of the premiums with respect thereto;

(y) Liens on specific items of inventory or other goods and the proceeds thereof securing such Person’s obligations in respect of documentary letters of credit or banker’s acceptances issued or created for the account of such Person to facilitate the purchase, shipment or storage of such inventory or goods;

(z) Liens deemed to exist in connection with Investments in repurchase agreements referred to in clause (d) of the definition of “Cash Equivalents”;

(aa) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03(s)(ii) and any modifications, replacements, renewals or extensions thereof; provided that the modification, replacement, renewal, extension or refinancing of the obligations secured or benefited by such Liens is permitted by Section 7.03(s)(iii);

(bb) ground leases in respect of real property on which facilities owned or leased by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries are located;

(cc) customary rights of first refusal and tag, drag and similar rights in joint venture agreements and franchise agreements entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(dd) restrictions on the use of Ad Fund Cash and Gift Card Restricted Funds in accordance with the documentation governing the Ad Fund Cash and the Gift Card Restricted Funds; and

(ee) Liens on the Collateral securing (i) Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt and subject to the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement or (ii) Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt and subject to the Second Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

Section 7.02 Investments . Make or hold any Investments, except:

(a) Investments by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in assets that were Cash Equivalents when such Investment was made;

(b) loans or advances to officers, directors, members of management, and employees of Holdings or (to the extent relating to the business of Holdings and its Restricted Subsidiaries) any direct or indirect parent thereof, the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) for reasonable

 

128


and customary business-related travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes and (ii) in connection with such Person’s purchase of Equity Interests of Holdings;

(c) Investments (i) by any Loan Party in any other Loan Party (other than Holdings), (ii) by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in any Loan Party (other than Holdings) or in any other Restricted Subsidiary that is also not a Loan Party, (iii) by any Loan Party in any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party in an aggregate amount, together with Investments pursuant to Section 7.02(i)(A)(2)(x), not to exceed the greater of (X) $150,000,000 and (Y) 5.0% of Total Assets as of the end of the Test Period last ended (in the case of clause (iii), determined without regard to any write-downs or write-offs of such Investments), and (iv) by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries in any Subsidiary of the type described in clause (c) of the definition of Excluded Subsidiary to the extent consisting of contributions or other Dispositions of Equity Interests in other Subsidiaries of the type described in clause (c) of the definition of Excluded Subsidiary to such Subsidiary;

(d) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled account debtors and other credits to suppliers in the ordinary course of business;

(e) Investments consisting of Liens, Indebtedness, fundamental changes, Dispositions, Restricted Payments and prepayments and repurchases of Indebtedness expressly permitted by Section 7.01, Section 7.03 (other than Sections 7.03(d) and (e)), Section 7.04 (other than Section 7.04(c)), Section 7.05 (other than Sections 7.05(d)(ii) and (e)), Section 7.06 (other than Section 7.06(e)(v)), Section 7.13 and Section 10.07(l), respectively;

(f) Investments of DBI and its Subsidiaries existing or contemplated on the date hereof or as set forth in Section 7.02(f) of the Confidential Disclosure Letter and any modification, replacement, renewal or extension thereof as in effect on the date hereof; provided that the amount of the original Investment is not increased except by the terms of such Investment or as otherwise permitted by this Section 7.02;

(g) Investments in Swap Contracts permitted by Section 7.03;

(h) promissory notes and other non-cash consideration received in connection with Dispositions permitted by Section 7.05;

(i) the purchase or other acquisition of all or substantially all of the assets or business of, any Person, or of assets constituting a business unit, a line of business or division of, any Person, or of the Equity Interests in a Person that, upon the consummation thereof, will be owned directly by the Borrower or one or more of its Restricted Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, as a result of a merger or consolidation); provided that, with respect to each such purchase or other acquisition made pursuant to this Section 7.02(i) (each of the foregoing, a “ Permitted Acquisition ”):

(A) (1) each applicable Loan Party and any such newly created or acquired Subsidiary shall, or will within the times specified therein, have complied

 

129


with the applicable requirements of Section 6.12 to the extent required thereby, and (2) the aggregate amount of cash or property provided by Loan Parties to make any such purchase or acquisition of assets that are not purchased or acquired (or do not become owned) by a Loan Party or in Equity Interests in Persons that do not become Loan Parties upon consummation of such purchase or acquisition shall not exceed, together with Investments pursuant to Section 7.02(c)(iii), the sum of (x) the greater of (i) $150,000,000 and (ii) 5.0% of Total Assets as of the end of the Test Period last ended and (y) amounts otherwise available pursuant to Section 7.02(n);

(B) (1) immediately before and immediately after giving Pro Forma Effect to any such purchase or other acquisition, no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (2) immediately after giving effect to such purchase or other acquisition, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be in Pro Forma Compliance with all of the covenants set forth in Section 7.10, such compliance to be determined on the basis of the financial information most recently delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders pursuant to Section 6.01(a) or Section 6.01(b) as though such purchase or other acquisition had been consummated as of the first day of the fiscal period covered thereby and evidenced by a certificate from the chief financial officer or treasurer of the Borrower demonstrating such compliance calculation in reasonable detail; and

(C) the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent, no later than the date on which any such purchase or other acquisition is consummated, a certificate of a Responsible Officer certifying that all of the requirements set forth in this clause (i) have been satisfied or will be satisfied on or prior to the consummation of such purchase or other acquisition.

(j) Investments in connection with Refranchising Transactions in the ordinary course of business;

(k) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of (i) endorsements for collection or deposit or (ii) customary trade arrangements with customers;

(l) Investments (including debt obligations and Equity Interests) received in connection with (x) the bankruptcy or reorganization of any Person and in settlement of obligations of, or disputes with, any Person arising in the ordinary course of business and upon foreclosure with respect to any secured Investment or other transfer of title with respect to any secured Investment and (y) the non-cash proceeds of any Disposition permitted by Section 7.05;

(m) loans and advances to Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof in lieu of, and not in excess of the amount of (after giving effect to any other loans, advances or Restricted Payments in respect thereof), Restricted Payments permitted to be made to Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof in accordance with Section 7.06; provided , that any Investment made under this Section 7.02(m) shall reduce dollar for dollar capacity to make Restricted Payments under Section 7.06;

 

130


(n) Investments that do not exceed the sum of (x) the greater of (A) $100,000,000 and (B) 3.0% of Total Assets as of the end of the Test Period last ended at any time outstanding, plus (y) the Cumulative Amount at the time of such Investment;

(o) advances of payroll payments to employees in the ordinary course of business;

(p) Guarantees by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of leases (other than Capitalized Leases) or of other obligations that do not constitute Indebtedness, in each case entered into in the ordinary course of business;

(q) Investments to the extent the consideration paid therefor consists solely of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof;

(r) Investments consisting of promissory notes issued by any Loan Party to future, present or former officers, directors and employees, members of management, or consultants of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof, to the extent the applicable Restricted Payment is permitted by Section 7.06;

(s) Investments held by a Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary (or is merged, amalgamated or consolidated with or into the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary) pursuant to this Section 7.02 (and, if applicable, Section 7.04) after the Closing Date to the extent that such Investments were not made in contemplation of or in connection with such acquisition, merger, amalgamation or consolidation;

(t) Investments made in the ordinary course of business in connection with obtaining, maintaining or renewing client and customer contracts and loans or advances made to, and guarantees with respect to obligations of, distributors, suppliers, franchisees, franchisors, licensors and licensees in the ordinary course of business;

(u) Investments made by any Restricted Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party to the extent such Investments are made with the proceeds received by such Restricted Subsidiary from an Investment made by a Loan Party in such Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to this Section 7.02; and

(v) Investments in any Ad Fund Special Subsidiary and any Gift Card Special Subsidiary, in each case, to the extent funded with cash received from franchisees.

Section 7.03 Indebtedness . Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:

(a) The Senior Notes (including any guarantees thereof by the Subsidiary Guarantors) issued on the Closing Date in an aggregate principal amount of $625,000,000, the exchange notes and related exchange guarantees to be issued by the Subsidiary Guarantors in exchange for

 

131


such Senior Notes pursuant to the registration rights agreement entered into in connection with the issuance of such Senior Notes, and any Permitted Refinancing of the foregoing;

(b) Indebtedness of the Loan Parties under the Loan Documents;

(c) Indebtedness of DBI and its Subsidiaries outstanding on the date hereof and listed in Section 7.03(c) of the Confidential Disclosure Letter and any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(d) Guarantees by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary in respect of Indebtedness of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary otherwise permitted hereunder and to the extent permitted by Section 7.02; provided that (A) no Guarantee by any Restricted Subsidiary of any Indebtedness constituting a Specified Junior Financing Obligation shall be permitted unless such Restricted Subsidiary shall have also provided a Guarantee of the Obligations substantially on the terms set forth in the applicable Guaranty to the extent required by Section 6.12 and (B) if the Indebtedness being Guaranteed is subordinated to the Obligations, such Guarantee shall be subordinated to the Guarantee of the Obligations on terms at least as favorable to the Lenders as those contained in the subordination provisions of such Indebtedness;

(e) Indebtedness of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary owing to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to the extent such Investment is permitted by Section 7.02; provided that all such Indebtedness of any Loan Party to any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party must be expressly subordinated to the Obligations of such Loan Party;

(f) Attributable Indebtedness and purchase money obligations (including obligations in respect of mortgage, industrial revenue bond, industrial development bond, and similar financings) to finance the purchase, repair or improvement of fixed or capital assets within the limitations set forth in Section 7.01(i) and any Permitted Refinancing thereof; provided that the aggregate amount of all such Indebtedness at any one time outstanding shall not exceed the greater of (A) $65,000,000 and (B) 2.0% of Total Assets as of the end of the Test Period;

(g) Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries that are not Loan Parties in an aggregate principal amount at any time outstanding for all such Persons taken together not exceeding the greater of (A) $65,000,000 and (B) 2.00% of Total Assets as of the end of the Test Period;

(h) Indebtedness in respect of Swap Contracts not incurred for speculative purposes;

(i) Indebtedness (other than for borrowed money) subject to Liens permitted under Section 7.01;

(j) (i) Indebtedness (not constituting Disqualified Equity Interests) assumed in connection with any Permitted Acquisition; provided that such Indebtedness is not incurred in contemplation of such Permitted Acquisition; provided that both immediately prior and after giving effect to any Indebtedness incurred pursuant to this clause (j)(i), (x) no Event of Default shall exist or result therefrom, and (y) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be in Pro Forma Compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 7.10 and the Borrower’s Total Leverage Ratio shall be no greater than the greater of (1) 6.50 to 1.0 as of the end of the Test Period last ended, after giving effect to such Permitted Acquisition and the assumption, incurrence or

 

132


issuance of such Indebtedness and (2) the Total Leverage Ratio immediately prior to the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing thereof;

(k) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to employees of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary;

(l) Indebtedness constituting obligations for indemnification, the adjustment of the purchase price or similar adjustments incurred under agreements for a Permitted Acquisition or Disposition;

(m) Indebtedness consisting of obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary under deferred compensation or other similar arrangements incurred by such Person in connection with Permitted Acquisitions;

(n) Cash Management Obligations and other Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft protections and similar arrangements in each case in connection with cash management and deposit accounts;

(o) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the greater of (A) $100,000,000 and (B) 3.25% of Total Assets as of the end of the Test Period at any time outstanding;

(p) Indebtedness consisting of (A) the financing of insurance premiums or (B) take-or-pay obligations contained in supply arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business;

(q) Indebtedness incurred by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary constituting reimbursement obligations with respect to letters of credit issued in the ordinary course of business, including in respect of workers compensation claims, health, disability or other employee benefits or property, casualty or liability insurance or self-insurance or other Indebtedness with respect to reimbursement-type obligations regarding workers compensation claims; provided that upon the drawing of such letters of credit or the incurrence of such Indebtedness, such obligations are reimbursed within thirty (30) days following such drawing or incurrence;

(r) obligations in respect of surety, stay, customs and appeal bonds, performance bonds and performance and completion guarantees provided by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary or obligations in respect of letters of credit related thereto, in each case in the ordinary course of business or consistent with past practice;

(s) (i) (A) Permitted Unsecured Indebtedness to the extent the Net Cash Proceeds of such Permitted Unsecured Indebtedness are utilized within ninety (90) days of the incurrence thereof to finance a Permitted Acquisition (or if not so utilized within such time period, solely to the extent the Net Cash Proceeds of such Permitted Unsecured Indebtedness are applied to prepay Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(iv)) and (B) Indebtedness owed to the seller of any property acquired in a Permitted Acquisition, so long as (x) the Borrower shall be in Pro Forma Compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 7.10, (y) if the aggregate amount of Permitted Unsecured Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (s)(i)(A) and (s)(i)(B) exceeds

 

133


$50,000,000, the Borrower’s Total Leverage Ratio shall be no greater than the greater of (1) 6.50 to 1.0 after giving effect to such Permitted Acquisition and the assumption, incurrence or issuance of such Indebtedness and (2) the Total Leverage Ratio immediately prior to the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition and (z) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, (ii) Permitted Second Lien Indebtedness to the extent the Net Cash Proceeds of such Indebtedness are utilized within ninety (90) days of the incurrence thereof to finance a Permitted Acquisition (or if not so utilized within such time period, solely to the extent the Net Cash Proceeds of such Permitted Second Lien Indebtedness are applied to prepay Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(iv)), so long as (x) the Borrower shall be in Pro Forma Compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 7.10, (y) the Senior Secured Leverage Ratio shall be no greater than the greater of (1) 4.0 to 1.0 as of the end of the Test Period then last ended, after giving effect to such Permitted Acquisition and the assumption, incurrence or issuance of such Indebtedness and (2) the Total Leverage Ratio immediately prior to the consummation of such Permitted Acquisition and (z) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, and (iii) any Permitted Refinancing of Indebtedness incurred pursuant to clause (i) or (ii) hereof meeting the requirements of Permitted Unsecured Indebtedness or Permitted Second Lien Indebtedness, as applicable;

(t) Indebtedness in respect of (x) any bankers’ acceptance, letter of credit, warehouse receipt or similar facilities entered into in the ordinary course of business or (y) any letter of credit issued in favor of the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender to support any Defaulting Lender’s participation in Letters of Credit or Swing Line Loans, respectively, as contemplated by Section 2.03(a)(ii)(E) or 2.04(b), respectively;

(u) Indebtedness to current or former officers, directors, managers, consultants and employees, their Controlled Investment Affiliates or Immediate Family Members to finance the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of the Borrower (or any direct or indirect parent thereof) permitted by Section 7.06;

(v) (i) Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness to finance any prepayments of Indebtedness under the Loan Documents pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(iv) or 10.07(l) and (ii) any Permitted Refinancing thereof meeting the requirements of Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness;

(w) Indebtedness incurred in the ordinary course of business in respect of obligations of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to pay the deferred purchase price of goods or services or progress payments in connection with such goods and services;

(x) all premiums (if any), interest (including post-petition interest), fees, expenses, charges and additional or contingent interest on obligations described in clauses (a) through (w);

(y) Guarantees by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary of obligations of franchisees or any of their Affiliates in an aggregate outstanding amount not to exceed the greater of (A) $30,000,000 and (B) 1.0% of Total Assets as of the end of the Test Period at any time outstanding;

(z) the Subordinated Note; and

 

134


(aa) Permitted Unsecured Refinancing Debt, Permitted First Priority Refinancing Debt and Permitted Second Priority Refinancing Debt, in each case of a Loan Party.

Accrual of interest or dividends, the accretion of accreted value, the accretion or amortization of original issue discount, and the payment of interest or dividends in the form of additional Indebtedness shall in each case not be deemed to be an incurrence of Indebtedness for purposes of this Section 7.03.

Section 7.04 Fundamental Changes . Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another Person, except that:

(a) any Restricted Subsidiary may merge with or liquidate into (i) the Borrower (including a merger, the purpose of which is to reorganize the Borrower into a new jurisdiction so long as the Borrower remains organized under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia (the “ Jurisdictional Requirements ”)); provided that the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person, or (ii) any one or more other Restricted Subsidiaries; provided that when any Restricted Subsidiary that is a Loan Party is merging with another Restricted Subsidiary, (A) a Loan Party (other than Holdings) shall be the continuing or surviving Person; or (B) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be an Investment permitted by Section 7.02 and any Indebtedness corresponding to such Investment must be permitted by Section 7.03;

(b) (i) any Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party may merge or consolidate with or into any other Subsidiary that is not a Loan Party and (ii) any Subsidiary (other than the Borrower) may liquidate or dissolve or change its legal form if the Borrower determines in good faith that such action is in the best interests of the Borrower;

(c) the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary may merge with any other Person in order to (i) effect an Investment permitted pursuant to Section 7.02 ( provided that (A) the continuing or surviving Person shall be a Restricted Subsidiary, which together with each of its Restricted Subsidiaries, shall have complied with the requirements of Section 6.12 and (B) to the extent constituting an Investment, such Investment must be a permitted Investment in accordance with Section 7.02) or (ii) to effect the designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary in accordance with Section 6.15; provided that if the Borrower is a party to any transaction effected pursuant to this Section 7.04(c), (A) the Borrower shall be the continuing and surviving Person or the continuing or surviving Person shall expressly assume the obligations of the Borrower in a manner reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, (B) the Jurisdictional Requirements shall be satisfied, and (C) no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom;

(d) so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, the Borrower may (i) merge with any other Person; provided that the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving corporation and the Jurisdictional Requirements shall be satisfied or (ii) change its legal form to a limited liability company if the Borrower determines in good faith that such action is in the best interests of the Borrower;

 

135


(e) so long as no Event of Default exists or would result therefrom, a merger, dissolution, liquidation or consolidation, the purpose of which is to effect a Disposition permitted pursuant to Section 7.05, may be effected; provided that if the Borrower is a party to any transaction effected pursuant to this Section 7.04(e), (i) the Borrower shall be the continuing or surviving Person and (ii) the Jurisdictional Requirements shall be satisfied; and

(f) the Initial Borrower and DBI may consummate the Assumption and the Borrower Merger.

Section 7.05 Dispositions . Make any Disposition except:

(a) Dispositions of obsolete, used, surplus or worn out property, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business and Dispositions of property no longer used or useful in the conduct of the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(b) Dispositions of inventory and equipment in the ordinary course of business;

(c) Dispositions of property to the extent that (i) such property is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are promptly applied to the purchase price of such replacement property;

(d) Dispositions of property by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary to the Borrower or any other Restricted Subsidiary (including any such Disposition effected pursuant to a merger, liquidation or dissolution); provided that if the transferor of such property is a Guarantor or the Borrower then (i) the transferee thereof must either be the Borrower or a Guarantor (other than Holdings) or (ii) to the extent such transaction constitutes an Investment, such transaction is permitted under Section 7.02 and any Indebtedness corresponding to such Investment must be permitted by Section 7.03;

(e) Dispositions permitted by Section 7.02 (other than Section 7.02(e)), Section 7.04 (other than Section 7.04(e)) and Section 7.06 (other than Section 7.06(d)) and Liens permitted by Section 7.01;

(f) Dispositions of property (other than IP Collateral) pursuant to sale-leaseback transactions; provided that (i) with respect to such property owned by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the Closing Date, the fair market value of all property so Disposed of after the Closing Date shall not exceed $50,000,000 and (ii) with respect to such property acquired by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries after the Closing Date, the applicable sale-leaseback transaction occurs within one hundred eighty (180) days after the acquisition or construction (as applicable) of such property;

(g) Dispositions of Cash Equivalents;

(h) Dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise thereof;

 

136


(i) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses of property in the ordinary course of business and which do not materially interfere with the business of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(j) transfers of property subject to Casualty Events upon receipt of the Net Cash Proceeds of such Casualty Event;

(k) Dispositions of property by the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary; provided that (i) at the time of such Disposition, (other than any such Disposition made pursuant to a legally binding commitment entered into at a time when no Default exists), no Default shall exist, (ii) with respect to any Disposition pursuant to this Section 7.05(k) for a purchase price in excess of the greater of (x) $20,000,000 and (y) 0.75% of Total Assets as of the end of the Test Period last ended, the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall receive not less than 75% of such consideration in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents (in each case, free and clear of all Liens at the time received other than Liens permitted by Section 7.01) (it being understood that for the purposes of this clause (k)(ii), the following shall be deemed to be cash: (A) any liabilities (as shown on the Borrower’s or such Restricted Subsidiary’s most recent balance sheet provided hereunder or in the footnotes thereto) of the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary, other than liabilities that are by their terms subordinated to the payment in cash of the Obligations, that are assumed by the transferee with respect to the applicable Disposition and for which all of its Restricted Subsidiaries shall have been validly released by all applicable creditors in writing, (B) any securities received by such Restricted Subsidiary from such transferee that are converted by such Restricted Subsidiary into cash or Cash Equivalents (to the extent of the cash or Cash Equivalents received) within one hundred and eighty (180) days following the closing of the applicable Disposition, (C) the fair market value of any notes, receivables or other non- cash consideration received in any Refranchising Transaction in the ordinary course of business and (D) any Designated Non-Cash Consideration received in respect of such Disposition having an aggregate fair market value, taken together with all other Designated Non-Cash Consideration received pursuant to this clause (D) that is at that time outstanding, not in excess of the greater of $30,000,000 and 1.00% of Total Assets at the time of the receipt of such Designated Non-Cash Consideration, with the fair market value of each item of Designated Non-Cash Consideration being measured at the time received and without giving effect to subsequent changes in value) and ), and (iii) the Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower generated by, or associated with all such property Disposed of pursuant to this Section 7.05(k) in any fiscal year of the Borrower shall not exceed 10.0% of Consolidated EBITDA of the Borrower for the most recently ended four fiscal quarter period of the Borrower prior to the date of such Disposition.

(l) Dispositions of Investments in Joint Ventures, to the extent required by, or made pursuant to buy/sell arrangements between the joint venture parties forth in, joint venture arrangements and similar binding arrangements in effect on the Closing Date;

(m) Dispositions in the ordinary course of business consisting of the abandonment of IP Rights which, in the reasonable good faith determination of the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary, are uneconomical, negligible, obsolete or otherwise not material in the conduct of its business (it being understood and agreed that no Material Intellectual Property may be Disposed of in reliance on this clause (m));

 

137


(n) any surrender or waiver of contractual rights or the settlement, release or surrender of contractual rights or other litigation claims in the ordinary course of business; and

(o) Refranchising Transactions; provided that the aggregate fair market value of all owned real property sold to franchisees in reliance on this clause (o) shall not exceed $20,000,000 during any fiscal year of the Borrower (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to the immediately succeeding fiscal year, subject to a maximum of $30,000,000 in any fiscal year);

provided that any Disposition of any property pursuant to this Section 7.05 (except pursuant to Section 7.05(d), Section 7.05(e), 7.05(h), 7.05(j) and Section 7.05(m)), shall be for no less than the fair market value of such property at the time of such Disposition. To the extent any Collateral is Disposed of as expressly permitted by this Section 7.05 to any Person other than a Loan Party, such Collateral shall be sold free and clear of the Liens created by the Loan Documents, and the Administrative Agent is hereby authorized by the Lenders to take any actions deemed appropriate in order to effect the foregoing.

Section 7.06 Restricted Payments . Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, except (subject to the proviso in Section 7.02(m)):

(a) each Restricted Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to the Borrower and to other Restricted Subsidiaries (and, in the case of a Restricted Payment by a non-wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary with respect to any class or type of Equity Interests, to (i) the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary and (ii) to each other owner of Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary based on their relative ownership interests of such class or type of Equity Interests);

(b) the Borrower and each Restricted Subsidiary may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions payable solely in the Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of such Person;

(c) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments necessary to consummate the Transactions, including payment of the Special Dividend;

(d) to the extent constituting Restricted Payments, transactions expressly permitted by Section 7.02 (other than Section 7.02(e), (m) and (r)), Section 7.04, or Section 7.05 (other than Section 7.05(e));

(e) the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments to Holdings:

(i) the proceeds of which will be used by Holdings to pay (or to make a payment to any direct or indirect parent of Holdings to enable it to pay) the Tax liability for each relevant jurisdiction in respect of consolidated, combined, unitary or affiliated returns filed by or on behalf of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof; provided that such proceeds are limited to the portion of such Tax liability attributable to the income of the Borrower and/or its applicable Subsidiaries, reduced by any portion of such Taxes directly paid by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries; and provided , further , that any

 

138


payments attributable to the income of Unrestricted Subsidiaries shall be permitted only to the extent that cash payments were made for such purpose by the Unrestricted Subsidiaries to the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(ii) the proceeds of which shall be used by Holdings to pay (or to make a payment to any direct or indirect parent of Holdings to enable it to pay) such entities’ operating expenses incurred in the ordinary course of business and other corporate overhead costs and expenses (including, without limitation, administrative, legal, accounting and similar expenses provided by third parties), which are reasonable and customary and incurred in the ordinary course of business, plus any reasonable and customary indemnification claims made by directors or officers of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof attributable to the ownership or operations of Holdings, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries;

(iii) the proceeds of which shall be used by Holdings to pay (or to make a payment to any direct or indirect parent of Holdings to enable it to pay) franchise taxes and other fees, taxes and expenses required to maintain the corporate existence of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof;

(iv) the proceeds of which will be used by Holdings to pay (or to make a payment to any direct or indirect parent of Holdings to enable it to pay) for the repurchase, retirement or other acquisition or retirement for value of Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof held by any future, present or former employee, director, officer, member of management or consultant of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof, or any of its Subsidiaries (or any Controlled Investment Affiliate or Immediate Family Member thereof); provided that the aggregate amount of Restricted Payments made under this clause (e)(iv) does not exceed in any calendar year $10,000,000 (or, after a Qualifying IPO, $15,000,000) (with unused amounts in any calendar year being carried over to the two (2) immediately succeeding calendar years, subject to a maximum of $20,000,000 in any calendar year (or, after a Qualifying IPO, $30,000,000)); and provided further that such amount in any calendar year may be increased by an amount not to exceed (A) the cash proceeds from the sale of Equity Interests (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) of Holdings to employees, directors, officers, members of management or consultants of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof or of its Subsidiaries that occurs after the Closing Date to the extent such proceeds constitute Eligible Equity Proceeds plus (B) the cash proceeds of key man life insurance policies received by Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof (to the extent such proceeds are contributed to the Borrower), the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary after the Closing Date ( provided that the Borrower may elect to apply all or any portion of the aggregate increase contemplated by clauses (A) and (B) above in any calendar year) less (C) the amount of any Restricted Payments previously made pursuant to clauses (A) and (B) of this clause (e)(iv);

(v) to finance any Investment permitted to be made pursuant to Section 7.02; provided that (A) such Restricted Payment shall be made substantially concurrently with the closing or consummation of such Investment and (B) Holdings or the applicable parent company thereof shall, immediately following the closing or consummation thereof,

 

139


cause (1) all property acquired (whether assets or Equity Interests) to be contributed to the Borrower or a Loan Party other than Holdings (or a Person that will become a Loan Party (other than Holdings) upon receipt of such contribution) or (2) the merger (to the extent permitted in Section 7.04) of the Person formed or acquired into the Borrower or a Loan Party (other than Holdings) in order to consummate such Permitted Acquisition, in each case, in accordance with the requirements of Section 6.12;

(vi) the proceeds of which shall be used by Holdings to make (or to make a payment to any direct or indirect parent of Holdings to enable it to make) cash payments in lieu of the issuance of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for Equity Interests of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof; provided that any such cash payment shall not be for the purpose of evading the limitations set forth in this Section 7.06 (as determined in good faith by the board of directors or the managing board, as the case may be, of the Borrower (or any authorized committee thereof));

(vii) the proceeds of which shall be used by Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof to pay fees and expenses (other than to Affiliates) related to any unsuccessful equity or debt offering not prohibited by this Agreement (in the case of any such parent or indirect parent, only to the extent such parent or indirect parent does not hold material assets other than those relating to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries or their respective businesses);

(viii) the proceeds of which shall be used by Holdings to pay (or to make a payment to any direct or indirect parent of Holdings to enable it to pay) customary salary, bonus and other benefits payable to officers and employees of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof to the extent such salaries, bonuses and other benefits are directly attributable to the ownership or operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries; and

(ix) the proceeds of which shall be used by Holdings to pay (or to make a payment to any direct or indirect parent of Holdings to enable it to pay) amounts of the type described in Sections 7.08(g) or 7.08(i), in each case to the extent the applicable payment would be permitted under the applicable clause in Section 7.08 if such payment were to be made by the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries and in lieu of such payment being made under such applicable clauses of Section 7.08;

(f) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries may make Restricted Payments in an aggregate amount that does not exceed the sum of (i) the greater of (x) $35,000,000 and (y) 1.00% of Total Assets as of the end of the Test Period last ended (such amount to be reduced on a dollar for dollar basis by any use of this Section 7.06(f)(i) reallocated to prepayments of Junior Financings pursuant to Section 7.13(i) and) and (ii) the Cumulative Amount as in effect immediately prior to the time of making of such Restricted Payment; provided that, in the case of any Restricted Payment under this clause (f) made with the Cumulative Amount, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be in Pro Forma Compliance with the

 

140


covenants set forth in Section 7.10 after giving effect to such Restricted Payment and the use of proceeds thereof;

(g) repurchases of Equity Interests in Holdings (or any direct or indirect parent company), the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary deemed to occur upon exercise of stock options or warrants if such Equity Interests represent a portion of the exercise price of such options or warrants;

(h) payments made or expected to be made by the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of withholding or similar Taxes payable by any future, present or former employee, director, manager or consultant and any repurchases of Equity Interests in consideration of such payments including deemed repurchases in connection with the exercise of stock options;

(i) cash payments in lieu of fractional shares in connection with the exercise of warrants, options or other securities, convertible or exchangeable for Equity Interests of Borrower or any direct or indirect parent company of Borrower;

(j) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom and the Cumulative Amount shall not be negative after giving effect thereto, the declaration and payment of dividends and distributions on the Borrower’s common stock (or the payment of dividends to any direct or indirect parent entity of the Borrower to fund a payment of dividends on such entity’s common stock), following the consummation of the first public offering of the Borrower’s common stock or the common stock of any of its direct or indirect parent companies after the Closing Date, of up to 6% per annum of the net cash proceeds received by or contributed to the Borrower in or from any such public offering, other than public offerings with respect to the Borrower’s common stock registered on Form S-4 or Form S-8.

Section 7.07 Change in Nature of Business . Engage in any material line of business substantially different from those lines of business conducted by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date hereof or any business reasonably related or ancillary thereto.

Section 7.08 Transactions with Affiliates . Enter into any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of the Borrower, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, other than (a) transactions among the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries or any Person that becomes a Restricted Subsidiary as a result of such transaction, (b) on terms substantially as favorable to the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary as would be obtainable by the Borrower or such Restricted Subsidiary in a comparable arm’s-length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate, (c) the Transactions, including the payment of fees and expenses in connection with the consummation of the Transactions, (d) Investments by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries to the extent permitted by Section 7.02 (b), (c), (d), (j), (m), (o), (p), (r), (s), (t), or (v) and Restricted Payments by the Borrower and the Subsidiaries to the extent permitted by Section 7.06, (e) entering into employment and severance arrangements between Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries and their respective officers and employees, as determined in good faith by the board of directors or senior management of the relevant Person, (f) the payment of customary fees and reimbursement of reasonable out-of-pocket costs of, and customary indemnities provided to or on behalf of, directors, officers and employees of Holdings or any direct or indirect parent thereof, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, to the extent attributable to the ownership or operations of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, as determined in good faith by the board of directors or senior management of the relevant Person, (g) the payment of fees, expenses, indemnities or other payments pursuant to, and transactions pursuant to, the permitted agreements in existence on the Closing Date and set forth in Section 7.08 of the Confidential Disclosure Letter or any amendment thereto to the extent such an amendment is not materially disadvantageous to

 

141


the Lenders, (h) [omitted], (i) the payment of (A)(1) so long as no Event of Default under Section 8.01(a) or (f)  shall have occurred and is continuing or shall result therefrom, management, consulting, monitoring, advisory fees and other fees (including termination fees to the extent funded with proceeds from a Permitted Equity Issuance) pursuant to the Management Agreement (plus any unpaid management, consulting, monitoring, advisory and other fees accrued in any prior year) and (2) indemnities and expenses to the Sponsors pursuant to the Management Agreement, and (B) customary compensation to the Sponsors made for any financial advisory, financing, underwriting or placement services or in respect of other investment banking activities and other transaction fees (including in connection with acquisitions and Dispositions which are not set forth in the Management Agreement), in each case under this clause (B) approved by a majority of the disinterested members of the board of directors of the Borrower, in good faith, (j) employment and severance arrangements between the Company Parties and their respective officers and employees in the ordinary course of business and transactions pursuant to stock option plans and employee benefit plans and arrangements, (k) investments by the Investors and Permitted Holders in securities of the Borrower or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries so long as (A) the investment is being offered generally to other investors on the same or more favorable terms and (B) the investment constitutes less than 5% of the proposed or outstanding issue amount of such class of securities, (l) payments required by securities held by the Investors and Permitted Holders to the extent such securities were acquired as contemplated by clause (k) above or were acquired from third parties, (m) payments to or from, and transactions with, Joint Ventures in the ordinary course of business, (n) payments by Holdings (and any direct or indirect parent thereof), the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to tax sharing agreements among Holdings (and any such parent thereof), the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries that comply with Section 7.06(e)(i), (o) transactions with customers, clients, suppliers, franchisees, joint venture partners or purchasers or sellers of goods or services, in each case in the ordinary course of business and otherwise in compliance with the terms of this Agreement which are fair to the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries, in the reasonable determination of the board of directors of the Company or the senior management thereof, or are on terms at least as favorable as would reasonably have been obtained at such time from an unaffiliated party, (p) transactions between or among Borrower, and/or one or more Subsidiaries and an Affiliated Organization to the extent otherwise permitted under this Article 7, (q) Refranchising Transactions in the ordinary course of business and (r) any contribution by Holdings to the capital of the Borrower.

Section 7.09 Burdensome Agreements . Enter into or permit to exist any Contractual Obligation that limits the ability of (a) any Restricted Subsidiary to make Restricted Payments to the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor or to otherwise transfer property to or invest in the Borrower or any Subsidiary Guarantor, or (b) the Borrower or any Loan Party to create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens on property of such Person for the benefit of the Secured Parties with respect to the Facilities and the Obligations or under the Loan Documents; provided that the foregoing shall not apply to Contractual Obligations which (i) (A) exist on the date hereof and (to the extent not otherwise permitted by this Section 7.09, including the Senior Notes Indenture) are listed in Section 7.09 of the Confidential Disclosure Letter and (B) to the extent Contractual Obligations permitted by clause (A) are set forth in an agreement evidencing Indebtedness, are set forth in any agreement evidencing any permitted renewal, extension or refinancing of such Indebtedness so long as such renewal, extension or refinancing does not expand the scope of the restrictions described in clauses (a) or (b) that are contained in such Contractual Obligation, (ii) are binding on a Restricted Subsidiary at the time such Restricted Subsidiary first becomes a Restricted Subsidiary, so long as such Contractual Obligations were not entered into in contemplation of such Person becoming a Restricted Subsidiary, (iii) represent Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary which is not a Loan Party which is permitted by Section 7.03, (iv) arise in connection with any Disposition permitted by Section 7.05, (v) are customary provisions in joint venture agreements and other similar agreements applicable to joint ventures permitted under Section 7.02 and applicable solely to such joint venture, (vi) are negative pledges and restrictions on Liens in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.03 but solely to the extent any negative pledge relates to the property financed by or secured by such Indebtedness (and excluding in any event any Indebtedness constituting any Junior Financing) or that expressly permits

 

142


Liens for the benefit of the Agents and the Lenders with respect to the credit facilities established hereunder and the Obligations under the Loan Documents on a senior basis without the requirement that such holders of such Indebtedness be secured by such Liens on an equal and ratable, or junior, basis, (vii) are customary restrictions on leases, subleases, licenses or asset sale agreements otherwise permitted hereby so long as such restrictions may relate to the assets subject thereto, (viii) comprise restrictions imposed by any agreement relating to secured Indebtedness permitted pursuant to Section 7.03(f) to the extent that such restrictions apply only to the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, (ix) are customary provisions restricting subletting or assignment of any lease governing a leasehold interest, (x) are customary provisions restricting assignment or transfer of any agreement entered into in the ordinary course of business, (xi) arise in connection with cash or other deposits permitted under Section 7.01 or are restrictions on cash or other deposits imposed by customers under contracts entered into in the ordinary course of business, (xii) [omitted], (xiii) are restrictions in any one or more agreements governing Indebtedness entered into after the Closing Date that contain encumbrances and other restrictions that are, taken as a whole, in the good faith judgment of the Borrower, (A) no more restrictive in any material respect with respect to the Borrower or any Restricted Subsidiary than those encumbrances and other restrictions that are in effect on the Closing Date pursuant to agreements and instruments in effect on the Closing Date or, if applicable, on the date on which such Restricted Subsidiary became a Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to agreements and instruments in effect on such date, or (B) no more disadvantageous to the Lenders than the Senior Notes Indenture.

Section 7.10 Financial Covenants .

(a) Total Leverage Ratio . Permit the Total Leverage Ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower (beginning with the fiscal quarter ending March 26, 2011) set forth below to be greater than the ratio set forth below opposite such fiscal quarter:

 

Fiscal Year

   First Quarter      Second Quarter      Third Quarter      Fourth Quarter  

2011

     8.60 to 1.00         8.60 to 1.00         8.60 to 1.00         8.60 to 1.00   

2012

     8.60 to 1.00         8.25 to 1.00         8.25 to 1.00         8.25 to 1.00   

2013

     8.25 to 1.00         8.00 to 1.00         8.00 to 1.00         8.00 to 1.00   

2014

     8.00 to 1.00         7.75 to 1.00         7.75 to 1.00         7.75 to 1.00   

2015

     7.75 to 1.00         7.25 to 1.00         7.25 to 1.00         7.25 to 1.00   

2016

     7.25 to 1.00         6.75 to 1.00         6.75 to 1.00         6.75 to 1.00   

2017 and thereafter

     6.75 to 1.00         6.25 to 1.00         6.25 to 1.00         6.25 to 1.00   

(b) Interest Coverage Ratio . Permit the Interest Coverage Ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter of the Borrower (beginning with the fiscal quarter ending March 26, 2011) set forth below to be less than the ratio set forth below opposite such fiscal quarter:

 

Fiscal Year

   First Quarter      Second Quarter      Third Quarter      Fourth Quarter  

2011

     1.45 to 1.00         1.45 to 1.00         1.45 to 1.00         1.45 to 1.00   

2012

     1.45 to 1.00         1.55 to 1.00         1.55 to 1.00         1.55 to 1.00   

2013

     1.55 to 1.00         1.65 to 1.00         1.65 to 1.00         1.65 to 1.00   

2014

     1.65 to 1.00         1.70 to 1.00         1.70 to 1.00         1.70 to 1.00   

 

143


2015

     1.70 to 1.00         1.75 to 1.00         1.75 to 1.00         1.75 to 1.00   

2016

     1.75 to 1.00         1.85 to 1.00         1.85 to 1.00         1.85 to 1.00   

2017 and thereafter

     1.85 to 1.00         1.95 to 1.00         1.95 to 1.00         1.95 to 1.00   

Section 7.11 Amendments of Certain Documents . Amend or otherwise modify (a) any of its Organization Documents in a manner materially adverse to the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, as determined in good faith by the Borrower, or (b) any term or condition of any Junior Financing Documentation in any manner materially adverse to the interests of the Administrative Agent or the Lenders, as determined in good faith by the Borrower; provided that clause (b) shall not apply to any amendment of any Junior Financing Documentation with respect to any Junior Financing with an aggregate principal amount of less than $10,000,000; provided further that the preceding proviso shall not apply to an amendment that would change to an earlier date any required payment of principal of such Junior Financing.

Section 7.12 Accounting Changes . Make any change in the fiscal year of the Borrower.

Section 7.13 Prepayments, Etc. of Indebtedness . Voluntarily prepay, redeem, purchase, defease or otherwise satisfy prior to the scheduled maturity thereof in any manner (it being understood that payments of regularly scheduled principal and interest shall be permitted) any Junior Financing or make any payment in violation of any subordination terms of any Junior Financing Documentation, except (i) so long as no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom, for an aggregate purchase price, or in an aggregate prepayment amount, not to exceed the greater of (x) $35,000,000 and (y) 1.00% of Total Assets as of the end of the Test Period last ended, plus (A) unused amounts available to make Restricted Payments under Section 7.06(f)(i) and (B) an amount equal to the Cumulative Amount as in effect immediately prior to the time of making such purchase or prepayment; provided that, in the case of any prepayment, redemption, purchase, defeasement or other satisfaction of any Junior Financing under this Section 7.13 made with the Cumulative Amount, the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be in Pro Forma Compliance with the covenants set forth in Section 7.10 after giving effect to such payment, prepayment, redemption, purchase, defeasance or satisfaction, (ii) a Permitted Refinancing thereof (including through exchange offers and similar transactions), (iii) the conversion of any Junior Financing to Equity Interests of Holdings (other than Disqualified Equity Interests) and (iv) with respect to intercompany subordinated indebtedness, to the extent consistent with the subordination terms thereof.

Section 7.14 Limitations on Holdings . Holdings shall not (a) create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Liens on any Equity Interests of the Borrower (other than Liens permitted by Section 7.01(a)(i) and nonconsensual Liens to the extent permitted under Section 7.01), or (b) conduct or engage in any operations or business other than (i) those incidental to its ownership of the Equity Interests of the Borrower, (ii) the maintenance of its legal existence, (iii) the performance of the Loan Documents and the Management Agreement, (iv) any Qualifying IPO or any other issuance of its Equity Interests not prohibited by Article 7, (v) any transaction that Holdings is expressly permitted or contemplated to enter into or consummate under this Article 7, (vi) any public offering of its common stock or any other issuance of its Equity Interests, (vii) financing activities, including the issuance of securities, incurrence of debt, payment of dividends, making loans and contributions to the capital of its Subsidiaries and guaranteeing the obligations

 

144


of its Subsidiaries, (viii) participating in tax, accounting and other administrative matters as a member of the consolidated group of Holdings and the Borrower, (ix) holding any cash or property received in connection with Restricted Payments made by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to Section 7.06 pending application thereof by Holdings, and (x) providing indemnification to officers and directors; provided that, so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom, Holdings may merge with any other Person; provided that (i) Holdings shall be the continuing or surviving corporation or (ii) if the Person formed by or surviving any such merger or consolidation is not Holdings (any such Person, the “ Successor Holdings ”), (A) the Successor Holdings shall be an entity organized or existing under the laws of the United States, any state thereof, the District of Columbia or any territory thereof and (B) the Successor Holdings shall expressly assume all the obligations of Holdings under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents to which Holdings is a party pursuant to a supplement hereto or thereto in form reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent; provided , further , that if the foregoing are satisfied, the Successor Holdings will succeed to, and be substituted for, Holdings under this Agreement;

Section 7.15 Designated Senior Debt . Designate any Indebtedness (other than under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents) of the Borrower or its Restricted Subsidiaries as “Designated Senior Indebtedness” or “Senior Secured Financing” (or any comparable term) under, and as defined in, any Junior Financing Documentation.

ARTICLE 8

EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

Section 8.01 Events of Default . Any of the following shall constitute an “ Event of Default ”:

(a) Non-Payment . The Borrower or any other Loan Party fails to pay (i) when due, any amount of principal of any Loan or any L/C Borrowing, or (ii) within five (5) Business Days after the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan or any other amount payable hereunder or with respect to any other Loan Document; or

(b) Specific Covenants . Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of Section 6.03(a), Section 6.05(a) (solely with respect to the Borrower) or Section 6.11 or Article 7 (subject to, in the case of the covenants contained in Section 7.10, the provisions of Section 8.04); or

(c) Other Defaults . Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in Section 8.01(a) or (b) above) contained in any Loan Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for thirty (30) days after notice thereof by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower; or

(d) Representations and Warranties . Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Loan Party herein, in any other Loan Document, or in any document required to be delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall be incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed made; or

 

145


(e) Cross-Default . Any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) fails to make any payment beyond the applicable grace period with respect thereto, if any (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in respect of any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness hereunder) having an aggregate outstanding principal amount of not less than the Threshold Amount, or (ii) fails to observe or perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness, or any other event occurs (other than, with respect to Indebtedness consisting of Swap Contracts, termination events or equivalent events not relating to breach by any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary pursuant to the terms of such Swap Contracts), the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or holders of such Indebtedness (or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase, prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity; provided that this clause (e)(ii) shall not apply to secured Indebtedness that becomes due as a result of the voluntary sale or transfer of the property or assets securing such Indebtedness, if such sale or transfer is permitted hereunder and under the documents providing for such Indebtedness; or

(f) Insolvency Proceedings, Etc . Holdings, the Borrower or any Specified Subsidiary institutes or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, examiner, administrator, administrative receiver or similar officer for it or for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator, examiner, administrator, administrative receiver or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues undismissed or unstayed for sixty (60) calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such proceeding or any similar steps or proceedings under Debtor Relief Laws applicable to any Loan Party or any of their Restricted Subsidiaries; or

(g) Inability To Pay Debts; Attachment . (i) Holdings, the Borrower or any Specified Subsidiary becomes unable or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due or (ii) any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all or any material part of the property of any such Person and is not released, vacated or fully bonded within sixty (60) days after its issue or levy; or

(h) Judgments . There is entered against any Loan Party or any Restricted Subsidiary one or more final judgments or orders for the payment of money in an aggregate amount exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer has been notified of such judgment or order and does not deny coverage) and there is a period of sixty (60) consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement of such judgment, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect; or

(i) ERISA . An ERISA Event shall have occurred (or a similar event shall have occurred with respect to a Foreign Plan) that, when taken together with all other ERISA Events that

 

146


have occurred (and similar events that have occurred with respect to Foreign Plans), could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect; or

(j) Invalidity of Loan Documents . Any material provision of any Loan Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or thereunder (including as a result of a transaction permitted under Section 7.04 or Section 7.05) or satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or any Loan Party contests in writing the validity or enforceability of any provision of any Loan Document; or any Loan Party denies in writing that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Loan Document (other than as a result of repayment in full of the Obligations and termination of the Aggregate Commitments or as a result of a transaction permitted hereunder or thereunder (including under Section 7.04 or Section 7.05)), or purports in writing to revoke or rescind any Loan Document; or

(k) Change of Control . There occurs any Change of Control; or

(l) Collateral Documents . Any Collateral Document after delivery thereof pursuant to Section 4.01 or Sections 6.12, 6.17 and 6.18 shall for any reason (other than pursuant to the terms thereof including as a result of a transaction permitted under Section 7.04 or Section 7.05) cease to create a valid and perfected first priority Lien on and security interest in the Collateral covered thereby, subject to Liens permitted under Section 7.01, or any Loan Party shall assert in writing such invalidity or lack of perfection or priority (other than in an informational notice to the Administrative Agent), except to the extent that any such loss of perfection or priority results from the failure of the Administrative Agent to maintain possession of certificates actually delivered to it representing securities pledged under the Collateral Documents and except, as to Collateral consisting of real property to the extent that such losses are covered by a lender’s title insurance policy and the related insurer shall not have denied or disclaimed in writing that such losses are covered by such title insurance policy.

Section 8.02 Remedies upon Event of Default . If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Lenders, take any or all of the following actions:

(a) declare the Commitment of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions to be terminated, whereupon such Commitments and obligation shall be terminated;

(b) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower;

(c) require that the Borrower Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations (in an amount equal to the then Outstanding Amount thereof); and

(d) exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and remedies available to it and the Lenders under the Loan Documents or applicable Law;

 

147


provided that upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States or any similar Debtor Relief Laws, the obligation of each Lender to make Loans and any obligation of the L/C Issuer to make L/C Credit Extensions shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and payable, and the obligation of the Borrower to Cash Collateralize the L/C Obligations as aforesaid shall automatically become effective, in each case without further act of the Administrative Agent or any Lender.

Section 8.03 Application of Funds . After the exercise of remedies provided for in Section 8.02 (or after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable and the L/C Obligations have automatically been required to be Cash Collateralized as set forth in the proviso to Section 8.02), any amounts received on account of the Obligations shall be applied by the Administrative Agent in the following order:

First , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities, expenses and other amounts (including Attorney Costs payable under Section 10.04 and amounts payable under Article 3, but not including principal of or interest on any Loan) payable to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as such;

Second , to the payment in full of the Unfunded Advances/Participations (the amounts so applied to be distributed between or among the Administrative Agent, the Swing Line Lender and any L/C Issuer pro rata in accordance with the amounts of Unfunded Advances/Participations owed to them on the date of any distribution);

Third , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to the Lenders (including Attorney Costs payable under Section 10.04 and amounts payable under Article 3), ratably among them in proportion to the amounts described in this clause Third payable to them;

Fourth , to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid interest on the Loans and L/C Borrowings, ratably among the Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fourth payable to them;

Fifth , (i) to payment of (A) that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal of the Loans, and (B) the Secured Hedge Obligations and the Cash Management Obligations, ratably among the Secured Parties in proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause Fifth held by them; and (ii) to the Administrative Agent for the account of the L/C Issuer, to Cash Collateralize that portion of L/C Obligations comprised of the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit;

Sixth , to the payment of all other Obligations of the Loan Parties that are due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date, ratably based upon the respective aggregate amounts of all such Obligations owing to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties on such date; and

 

148


Last , the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid in full, to the Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.

Subject to Section 2.03(c), amounts used to Cash Collateralize the aggregate undrawn amount of Letters of Credit pursuant to clause Fifth above shall be applied to satisfy drawings under such Letters of Credit as they occur. If any amount remains on deposit as Cash Collateral after all Letters of Credit have either been fully drawn or expired, such remaining amount shall be applied to the other Obligations, if any, in the order set forth above and, if no Obligations remain outstanding, delivered to the Borrower.

Section 8.04 Borrower’s Right to Cure .

(a) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 8.01, but subject to Sections 8.04(b) and (c), for the purpose of determining whether an Event of Default has occurred under any covenant set forth in Section 7.10 as of any date, the Borrower may apply the Net Cash Proceeds of a Permitted Equity Issuance (the “ Cure Amount ”) to increase Consolidated EBITDA for and after the final day of the applicable fiscal quarter; provided that such Net Cash Proceeds (i) are actually received by the Borrower during the applicable fiscal quarter or on or prior to the tenth (10th) Business Day after the date on which financial statements are required to be delivered with respect to such applicable fiscal quarter (the “ Cure Expiration Date ”), (ii) are Not Otherwise Applied (including, without limitation, used to increase the Cumulative Amount) and (iii) do not exceed the maximum aggregate amount necessary to cure any Event of Default under Section 7.10 as of such date. The Cure Amount used to calculate Consolidated EBITDA for one fiscal quarter shall be used and included when calculating Consolidated EBITDA for each Test Period that includes such fiscal quarter (it being understood that full Cure Amount necessary to cure any covenant under Section 7.10 shall apply to the calculation of each covenant under Section 7.10). The parties hereby acknowledge that this Section 8.04(a) may not be relied on for purposes of calculating any financial ratios other than as applicable to Section 7.10 and shall not result in any adjustment to any amounts (including the amount of Indebtedness) other than the amount of the Consolidated EBITDA referred to in the immediately preceding sentence. There shall be no reduction in Indebtedness or Consolidated Total Debt with the proceeds of a Permitted Equity Issuance for determining compliance with Section 7.10 as of the end of such fiscal quarter. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 8.01 and Section 8.02, (A) upon receipt of the Cure Amount by the Borrower, the covenants under Section 7.10 shall be deemed satisfied and complied with as of the end of the relevant fiscal quarter with the same effect as though there had been no failure to comply with any covenant under such Section 7.10 and any Default or Event of Default related to any failure to comply with any covenant under such Section 7.10 shall be deemed not to have occurred for purposes of the Loan Documents, and (B) upon receipt by the Administrative Agent of a Notice of Intent to Cure prior to the Cure Expiration Date, neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender shall exercise any rights or remedies under Section 8.02 (or under any other Loan Document available during the continuance of any Default or Event of Default) on the basis of any actual or purported failure to comply with any covenant under such Section 7.10 until such failure is not cured pursuant to the Notice of Intent to Cure on or prior to the Cure Expiration Date.

(b) In each period of four fiscal quarters, there shall be at least two (2) fiscal quarters in which no cure set forth in Section 8.04(a) is made.

 

149


(c) There can be no more than five (5) fiscal quarters in which the cure set forth in Section 8.04(a) is made during the term of the Term Loans.

ARTICLE 9

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND OTHER AGENTS

Section 9.01 Appointment and Authority .

(a) Each of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer hereby irrevocably appoints Barclays Bank PLC to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers, rights and remedies as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article 9 are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, and neither the Borrower nor any other Loan Party hereto shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

(b) The L/C Issuer shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and the L/C Issuer shall have all of the benefits and immunities (i) provided to the Administrative Agent in this Article 9 with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by the L/C Issuer in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and the applications and agreements for letters of credit pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the term “Administrative Agent” as used in this Article 9 and in the definition of “Related Parties” included the L/C Issuer with respect to such acts or omissions, and (ii) as additionally provided herein with respect to the L/C Issuer.

(c) The Administrative Agent shall also act as the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents, and each of the Lenders (in its capacities as a Lender, Swing Line Lender (if applicable), L/C Issuer (if applicable) and a potential Hedge Bank) hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to act as the agent of (and to hold any security interest created by the Collateral Documents for and on behalf of or on trust for) such Lender for purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the Loan Parties to secure any of the Secured Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, the Administrative Agent, as “collateral agent” (and any sub-agents and appointed by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 9.05 for purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under the Collateral Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of the Administrative Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this Article 9 (including, without limitation, Section 10.05 as though such sub-agents were the “collateral agent” under the Loan Documents) as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.

Section 9.02 Rights as a Lender . The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial

 

150


advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders. The Lenders acknowledge that pursuant to such activities, the Administrative Agent and its Related Parties may receive information regarding any Loan Party or any Affiliate of any Loan Party (including information that may be subject to confidentiality obligations in favor of such Loan Party or such Affiliate) and acknowledge that the Administrative Agent and its Related Parties shall be under no obligation to provide such information to them.

Section 9.03 Exculpatory Provisions . No Agent shall have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent:

(a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied (or express) duties or obligations arising under the agency doctrine of any applicable Law, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

(b) shall not have any duty to take any action (including the failure to take an action) or exercise any powers, except rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or applicable Laws; and

(c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i)(A) under or in connection with any of the Loan Documents or (B) with the consent or at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances provided in Section 8.02 and 10.01) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence, or willful misconduct as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final, non-appealable judgment; provided , that the Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given to the Administrative Agent by the Borrower, a Lender or the L/C Issuer; provided , further, that in the event the Administrative Agent shall receive such a notice, the Administrative Agent shall give notice thereof to the Lenders; provided , that the failure to give such notice shall not result in an liability on the part of the Administrative Agent.

The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the execution, validity, enforceability, effectiveness, genuineness, collectability or sufficiency of this Agreement, any other Loan

 

151


Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or the creation, perfection or priority of any Lien purported to be created by the Loan Documents, (v) the value or the sufficiency of any Collateral, (vi) the financial condition or business affairs of any Loan Party or any other Person liable for the payment of any Secured Obligations or as to the use of the proceeds of the Loans, (vii) the properties, books or records of any Loan Party, (viii) the existence or possible existence of any Event of Default or Default or (ix) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article 4 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

The Administrative Agent shall not have any liability arising from confirmations of the amount of outstanding Loans or the Letter of Credit usage or the component amounts thereof.

Section 9.04 Reliance by Administrative Agent . The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or the L/C Issuer, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or the L/C Issuer unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or the L/C Issuer prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants, experts or professional advisors. No Lender shall have any right of action whatsoever against the Administrative Agent as a result of the Administrative Agent acting or (where so instructed) refraining from acting hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents in accordance with the instructions of Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents).

Section 9.05 Delegation of Duties . The Administrative Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more sub agents appointed by the Administrative Agent (other than Competitors). The Administrative Agent and any such sub agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory and indemnification provisions of this Article 9 shall apply to any such sub agent and to the Related Parties of the Administrative Agent and any such sub agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Administrative Agent. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, with respect to each sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent, (i) such sub-agent shall be a third party beneficiary under this Agreement with respect to all such rights, benefits and privileges (including exculpatory rights and rights to indemnification) and shall have all of the rights and benefits of a third party beneficiary, including an independent right of action to enforce such rights, benefits and privileges (including exculpatory rights and rights to indemnification) directly, without the consent or joinder of any other Person, against any or all of Loan Parties and the Lenders, (ii) such rights, benefits and privileges (including exculpatory rights and rights to indemnification) shall not be modified or amended without the consent of such sub-agent and (iii) such sub-agent shall only have obligations to the Administrative Agent and not to any Loan Party, Lender or any other Person and no Loan Party, Lender or other Person shall have any rights, directly or indirectly, as a third party beneficiary or otherwise against such sub-agent.

Section 9.06 Resignation of Successor Administrative Agent . The Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Borrower. If the Administrative Agent is a Defaulting Lender or an Affiliate of a Defaulting Lender, either the Required Lenders or the Borrower may, upon ten (10) days’ notice remove the Administrative Agent. Upon receipt of any such notice of removal or resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the right, with the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided , that no consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default

 

152


under Section 8.01(a), (f) or (g)(i) has occurred and is continuing), to appoint a successor. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within 30 days after receipt of such removal notice or the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation, then the retiring or removed Administrative Agent may on behalf of the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, appoint a successor Administrative Agent with the consent of the Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed; provided that no consent of the Borrower shall be required if an Event of Default under Section 8.01(a), (f) or (g)(i) has occurred and is continuing); provided that if the Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation or removal shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (1) the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed) and (2) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and the L/C Issuer directly, until such time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above in this paragraph. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) or removed Administrative Agent, and the retiring or removed Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this paragraph). The fees payable by the Borrower to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Borrower and such successor. After the retiring or removed Administrative Agent’s resignation or removal hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article 9 and Sections 10.04 and 10.05 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring or removed Administrative Agent, its sub agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring or removed Administrative Agent was acting as the Administrative Agent.

Any resignation of Barclays Bank PLC or its successor as the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 9.06 shall also constitute the resignation of Barclays Bank PLC or its successor as the Swing Line Lender and as the L/C Issuer, and any successor Administrative Agent appointed pursuant to this Section 9.06 shall, upon its acceptance of such appointment, become the successor Swing Line Lender and the successor L/C Issuer for all purposes hereunder; provided that on or prior to the expiration of the thirty (30)-day period following the retiring Administrative Agent’s notice of resignation, Barclays Bank PLC shall have identified a successor L/C Issuer reasonably acceptable to the Borrower willing to accept its appointment as successor L/C Issuer. In such event, (a) the Borrower shall prepay any outstanding Swing Line Loans made by the retiring Administrative Agent in its capacity as Swing Line Lender, (b) upon such prepayment, the retiring Administrative Agent and Swing Line Lender shall surrender any swing line note held by it to the Borrower for cancellation and (c) the Borrower shall issue, if so requested by the successor Administrative Agent and the Swing Line Lender, a new swing line note to the successor Administrative Agent and the Swing Line Lender, in the principal amount of the Swing Line Borrowing then in effect and with other appropriate insertions. In the event of any such resignation as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, the Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders willing to accept such appointment a successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender hereunder; provided that no failure by the Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of Barclays Bank PLC as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, except as expressly provided above.

 

153


Section 9.07 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders . Each Lender and the L/C Issuer acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender and the L/C Issuer also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder. The Administrative Agent shall not have any duty or responsibility, either initially or on a continuing basis, to make any such investigation or any such appraisal on behalf of Lenders or to provide any Lender with any credit or other information with respect thereto, whether coming into its possession before the making of the Loans or at any time or times thereafter, and the Administrative Agent shall not have any responsibility with respect to the accuracy or completeness of any information provided to Lenders.

Section 9.08 Collateral and Guaranty Matters . The Lenders irrevocably authorize the Administrative Agent:

(a) to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document (i) upon all of the Obligations (other than (x) (i) Cash Management Obligations and (ii) Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, and (y) contingent obligations not yet accrued and payable) having been paid in full, all Letters of Credit having been Cash Collateralized or otherwise back-stopped (including by “grandfathering” into any future credit facilities), in each case, on terms reasonably satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer in its reasonable discretion, or having expired or having been terminated, and the Aggregate Commitments having expired or having been terminated, (ii) that is Disposed of as part of or in connection with any Disposition permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document to any Person other than a Loan Party, (iii) subject to Section 10.01, if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders (iv) owned by a Guarantor upon release of such Guarantor from its obligations under its Guaranty pursuant to clause (c) below, or (v) as expressly provided in the Collateral Documents;

(b) to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by the Administrative Agent under any Loan Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by Section 7.01(i); and

(c) to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty if such Person ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary or becomes an Excluded Subsidiary as a result of a transaction or designation permitted hereunder; provided that no such release shall occur with respect to an entity that ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary or becomes an Excluded Subsidiary if such Guarantor continues to be a guarantor in respect of any Specified Junior Financing Obligation unless and until each guarantor is (or is being simultaneously) released from its guarantee with respect to such Specified Junior Financing Obligation.

Upon request by the Administrative Agent at any time, the Required Lenders will confirm in writing the Administrative Agent’s authority to release its interest in particular types or items of property, or to release any Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty pursuant to this Section 9.08. In each case as specified in this Section 9.08, the Administrative Agent will, at the Borrower’s expense, execute and deliver to the applicable Loan Party such documents as such Loan Party may reasonably request to evidence the release of such item of Collateral from

 

154


the assignment and security interest granted under the Collateral Documents, or to release such Guarantor from its obligations under the Guaranty, in each case in accordance with the terms of the Loan Documents and this Section 9.08; provided that the Borrower shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying that any such transaction has been consummated in compliance with this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as the Administrative Agent shall reasonably request.

Section 9.09 No Other Duties, Etc. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, none of the Arrangers, the Syndication Agent or Co-Documentation Agents and any other Agent listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as the Administrative Agent, a Lender or the L/C Issuer hereunder, it being understood and agreed that each of the Arrangers, the Syndication Agents or Co-Documentation Agents shall be entitled to all indemnification and reimbursement rights in favor of the Agents provided herein and in the other Loan Documents and all of the other benefits of this Article 9. Without limitation of the foregoing, neither the Arrangers, the Syndication Agents nor Co-Documentation Agents in their respective capacities as such shall, by reason of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, have any fiduciary relationship in respect of any Lender, Loan Party or any other Person.

Section 9.10 Appointment of Supplemental Administrative Agents .

(a) It is the purpose of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents that there shall be no violation of any Law of any jurisdiction denying or restricting the right of banking corporations or associations to transact business as agent or trustee in such jurisdiction. It is recognized that in case of litigation under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, and in particular in case of the enforcement of any of the Loan Documents, or in case the Administrative Agent deems that by reason of any present or future Law of any jurisdiction it may not exercise any of the rights, powers or remedies granted herein or in any of the other Loan Documents or take any other action which may be desirable or necessary in connection therewith, the Administrative Agent is hereby authorized to appoint an additional individual or institution selected by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion as a separate trustee, co-trustee, administrative agent, collateral agent, administrative sub-agent or administrative co-agent (any such additional individual or institution being referred to herein individually as a “ Supplemental Administrative Agent ” and collectively as “ Supplemental Administrative Agents ”).

(b) In the event that the Administrative Agent appoints a Supplemental Administrative Agent with respect to any Collateral, (i) each and every right, power, privilege or duty expressed or intended by this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to be exercised by or vested in or conveyed to the Administrative Agent with respect to such Collateral shall be exercisable by and vest in such Supplemental Administrative Agent to the extent, and only to the extent, necessary to enable such Supplemental Administrative Agent to exercise such rights, powers and privileges with respect to such Collateral and to perform such duties with respect to such Collateral, and every covenant and obligation contained in the Loan Documents and necessary to the exercise or performance thereof by such Supplemental Administrative Agent shall run to and be enforceable by either the Administrative Agent or such Supplemental Administrative Agent, and (ii) the provisions of this Article 9 and of Sections 10.04 and 10.05 (obligating the Borrower to pay the Administrative Agent’s expenses and to indemnify the Administrative Agent) that refer to the Administrative Agent shall inure to the benefit of such Supplemental Administrative Agent and all references therein to the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to be references to

 

155


the Administrative Agent and/or such Supplemental Administrative Agent, as the context may require.

(c) Should any instrument in writing from the Borrower or any other Loan Party be required by any Supplemental Administrative Agent so appointed by the Administrative Agent for more fully and certainly vesting in and confirming to it such rights, powers, privileges and duties, the Borrower shall, or shall cause such Loan Party to, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all such instruments promptly upon request by the Administrative Agent. In case any Supplemental Administrative Agent, or a successor thereto, shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of such Supplemental Administrative Agent, to the extent permitted by Law, shall vest in and be exercised by the Administrative Agent until the appointment of a new Supplemental Administrative Agent.

Section 9.11 Withholding Tax . To the extent required by any applicable Law, the Administrative Agent may withhold from any payment to any Lender (including, for purposes of this Section 9.11, any L/C Issuer and any Swing Line Lender), an amount equivalent to any applicable withholding Tax. Without limiting or expanding the obligations of any Loan Party under Section 3.01, each Lender shall, and does hereby, indemnify the Administrative Agent, within thirty (30) calendar days after demand therefor, against any and all Taxes and any and all related losses, claims, liabilities and expenses (including fees, charges and disbursements of any counsel for the Administrative Agent) incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent by the IRS or any other Governmental Authority as a result of the failure of the Administrative Agent to properly withhold Tax from amounts paid to or for the account of any Lender for any reason (including, without limitation, because the appropriate form was not delivered or not property executed, or because such Lender failed to notify the Administrative Agent of a change in circumstance that rendered the exemption from, or reduction of withholding Tax ineffective). A certificate as to the amount of such payment or liability delivered to any Lender by the Administrative Agent shall be conclusive absent manifest error. Each Lender hereby authorizes the Administrative Agent to set off and apply any and all amounts at any time owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due the Administrative Agent under this Section 9.11. The agreements in this Section 9.11 shall survive the resignation and/or replacement of the Administrative Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender, and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of any Loans and all other amounts payable hereunder.

Section 9.12 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim . In case of the pendency of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, the Administrative Agent (irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan or outstanding Letter of Credit shall then be due and payable as herein expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether the Administrative Agent shall have made any demand on the Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or otherwise:

(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Loans, Letter of Credit outstandings and all other Secured Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent (including

 

156


any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due the Lenders, the L/C Issuer and the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.09 and 10.04) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and

(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same; and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender and the L/C Issuer to make such payments to the Administrative Agent and, if the Administrative Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Lenders and the L/C Issuer, to pay to the Administrative Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Administrative Agent and its Agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Administrative Agent under Sections 2.09 and 10.04.

Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize the Administrative Agent to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Lender or the L/C Issuer any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Secured Obligations or the rights of any Lender or the L/C Issuer to authorize the Administrative Agent to vote in respect of the claim of any Lender or the L/C Issuer or in any such proceeding.

 

157


Section 9.13 Right to Indemnity . Each Lender, on a pro rata basis, severally agrees to indemnify the Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender, to the extent that the Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender shall not have been reimbursed by any Loan Party (and without limiting its obligation to do so), for and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses (including counsel fees and disbursements) or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender in exercising its powers, rights and remedies or performing its duties hereunder or under the other Loan Documents or otherwise in its capacity as the Administrative Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; provided that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from the Administrative Agent’s, L/C Issuer’s or Swing Line Lender’s, as applicable, gross negligence or willful misconduct, as determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a final and non-appealable judgment. If any indemnity furnished to the Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lenders for any purpose shall, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as applicable, be insufficient or become impaired, the Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as applicable, may call for additional indemnity and cease, or not commence, to do the acts indemnified against until such additional indemnity is furnished; provided that in no event shall this sentence require any Lender to indemnify the Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement in excess of such Lender’s pro rata share thereof; and provided , further , that this sentence shall not be deemed to require any Lender to indemnify the Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender against any liability, obligation, loss, damage, penalty, action, judgment, suit, cost, expense or disbursement described in the proviso in the immediately preceding sentence.

ARTICLE 10

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 10.01 Amendments, Etc. No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by the Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders (or by the Administrative Agent with the consent of the Required Lenders) and the Borrower or the applicable Loan Party, as the case may be, and each such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given; provided that notwithstanding the foregoing, any amendment or waiver solely affecting the Revolving Credit Lenders (and that does not directly or indirectly affect the rights and obligations of the Term Lenders) under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be effected solely with the consent of the Required Revolving Lenders and any amendment or waiver solely affecting the Term Lenders (and that does not directly and adversely affect the rights and obligations of the Revolving Credit Lenders) under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents may be effected solely with the consent of the Required Term Lenders; provided further no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:

 

158


(a) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender without the written consent of such Lender (it being understood that a waiver of any condition precedent set forth in Section 4.01 or Section 4.02, or the waiver of any Default, Event of Default, mandatory prepayment or mandatory reduction of the Commitments shall not constitute an extension or increase of any Commitment of any Lender);

(b) postpone any date scheduled for any payment of principal, premium, interest or fees, without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, it being understood that the waiver of any mandatory prepayment of the Term Loans shall not constitute a postponement of any date scheduled for the payment of principal or interest;

(c) reduce or forgive the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan or L/C Borrowing, or (subject to clause (iii) of the third proviso to this Section 10.01) any fees or premium payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender directly affected thereby, it being understood that any change to the definition of Total Leverage Ratio or in the component definitions thereof shall not constitute a reduction in any rate of interest or fees; provided that only the consent of the Required Lenders shall be necessary to amend the definition of “Default Rate” or to waive any obligation of the Borrower to pay interest at the Default Rate;

(d) change any provision of this Section 10.01 or the definition of “Required Lenders” without the written consent of each Lender or the definitions of “Required Revolving Lenders” without the consent of each Revolving Credit Lender directly and adversely affected thereby or the definition of “Required Term Lenders” without the consent of each Term Lender directly and adversely affected thereby;

(e) release all or substantially all of the Collateral in any transaction or series of related transactions (it being understood that a transaction permitted under Section 7.05 shall not constitute the release of all or substantially all of the Collateral), without the written consent of each Lender;

(f) other than in connection with a transaction permitted under Section 7.04 or Section 7.05, release all or substantially all of the Guarantors from their obligations under the Guarantees, without the written consent of each Lender;

(g) impose any greater restriction on the ability of any Lender under a Facility to assign any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the written consent of each Lender increasingly restricted thereby; or

(h) change any provision of Section 2.06(c) without the written consent of each Revolving Credit Lender directly and adversely affected thereby;

and provided further that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the L/C Issuer in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of the L/C Issuer under this Agreement or any L/C Request or Letter of Credit Application relating to any Letter of Credit issued or to be issued by it; (ii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Swing Line Lender in addition to the Lenders required above, affect

 

159


the rights or duties of the Swing Line Lender under this Agreement; (iii) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties of, or any fees or other amounts payable to, the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; (iv) Section 10.07(g) may not be amended, waived or otherwise modified without the consent of each Granting Lender all or any part of whose Loans are being funded by an SPC at the time of such amendment, waiver or other modification; and (v) no amendment, waiver or consent shall amend, modify supplement or waive any condition precedent to any extension of credit under the Revolving Credit Facility set forth in Section 4.02 without the written consent of the Required Revolving Lenders under the Revolving Facility (it being understood that amendments, modifications, supplements or waivers of any other provision of any Loan Document, including any representation or warranty, any covenant or any Default, shall be deemed to be effective for purposes of determining whether the conditions precedent set forth in Section 4.02 have been satisfied regardless of whether the Required Revolving Lenders shall have consented to such amendment, modification, supplement or waiver). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder, except that (x) the Commitment of such Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender and (y) the principal and accrued and unpaid interest of such Lender’s Loans shall not be reduced or forgiven without the consent of such Lender.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended (or amended and restated) with the written consent of the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (a) to add one or more additional credit facilities to this Agreement and to permit the extensions of credit from time to time outstanding thereunder and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof to share ratably in the benefits of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents with the Term Loans and the Revolving Credit Loans and the accrued interest and fees in respect thereof and (b) to include appropriately the Lenders holding such credit facilities in any determination of the Required Lenders.

In addition, notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may be amended with the written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Lenders providing the relevant Replacement Term Loans (as defined below) to permit the refinancing of all outstanding Term Loans (“ Refinanced Term Loans ”) with a replacement term loan tranche hereunder (“ Replacement Term Loans ”); provided that (a) the aggregate principal amount of such Replacement Term Loans shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of such Refinanced Term Loans, (b) the Applicable Rate for such Replacement Term Loans shall not be higher than the Applicable Rate for such Refinanced Term Loans, (c) the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Replacement Term Loans shall not be shorter than the Weighted Average Life to Maturity of such Refinanced Term Loans at the time of such refinancing and (d) all other terms applicable to such Replacement Term Loans shall be substantially identical to, or less favorable to the Lenders providing such Replacement Term Loans than, those applicable to such Refinanced Term Loans, except to the extent necessary to provide for covenants and other terms applicable to any period after the Latest Maturity Date in effect immediately prior to such refinancing.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 10.01, in the event that the Borrower requests that this Agreement be modified or amended in a manner that would

 

160


require the unanimous consent of all of the Lenders and such modification or amendment is agreed to by the Required Lenders, then with the consent of the Borrower and the Required Lenders, the Borrower and the Required Lenders shall be permitted to amend the Agreement without the consent of the Non-Consenting Lenders to provide for (a) the termination of the Commitment of each Non-Consenting Lender that are (x) Revolving Credit Lenders, (y) Term Lenders or (z) both, at the election of the Borrower and the Required Lenders, (b) the addition to this Agreement of one or more other financial institutions (each of which shall be an Eligible Assignee), or an increase in the Commitment of one or more of the Lenders (with the written consent thereof), so that the total Commitment after giving effect to such amendment shall be in the same amount as the total Commitment immediately before giving effect to such amendment, (c) if any Loans are outstanding at the time of such amendment, the making of such additional Loans by such new financial institutions or Required Lender or Lenders, as the case may be, as may be necessary to repay in full, at par, the outstanding Loans of the Non-Consenting Lenders (including, without limitation, any amounts payable pursuant to Section 3.05) immediately before giving effect to such amendment and (d) such other modifications to this Agreement as may be appropriate to effect the foregoing clauses (a), (b) and (c).

In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 10.01 or any Loan Document, if the Administrative Agent and the Borrower have jointly identified an obvious error or any error or omission of a technical nature, in each case, in any provision of the Loan Documents, then the Administrative Agent and the Borrower shall be permitted to amend such provision; provided , however , that no such amendment shall become effective until the fifth Business Day after it has been posted to the Lenders, and then only if the Required Lenders have not objected in writing thereto within such five Business Day period.

Section 10.02 Notices and Other Communications; Facsimile Copies .

(a) General . Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all notices and other communications provided for hereunder or any other Loan Document shall be in writing (including by facsimile transmission). All such written notices shall be mailed, faxed or delivered to the applicable address, facsimile number or electronic mail address, as follows:

(i) if to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, to the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address specified for such Person on Schedule 10.02 or to such other address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties; and

(ii) if to any other Lender, to the address, facsimile number or electronic mail address specified in its Administrative Questionnaire or to such other address, facsimile number or electronic mail address as shall be designated by such party in a notice to the Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender.

All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made upon the earlier to occur of (i) actual receipt by the relevant party hereto and (ii) (A) if delivered by hand or by courier, when signed for by or on behalf of the relevant party hereto; (B) if delivered by mail, four (4) Business Days after deposit in the mails, postage prepaid; (C) if delivered by facsimile, when sent and receipt has been confirmed; and (D) if delivered by electronic mail, when delivered;

 

161


provided that notices and other communications to the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Article 2 shall not be effective until actually received by such Person. In no event shall a telephone or voice-mail message be effective as a notice, communication or confirmation hereunder.

(b) Effectiveness of Facsimile Documents and Signatures . Loan Documents may be transmitted and/or signed by facsimile. The effectiveness of any such documents and signatures shall, subject to applicable Law, have the same force and effect as manually signed originals and shall be binding on all Loan Parties, the Agents and the Lenders. The Administrative Agent may also require that any such documents and signatures be confirmed by a manually signed original thereof; provided that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any facsimile document or signature.

(c) Reliance by Agents and Lenders . The Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices (including telephonic Committed Loan Notices and Swing Line Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Borrower shall indemnify each Agent-Related Person and each Lender from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Borrower in accordance with Section 10.05.

Section 10.03 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies . No failure by any Lender or the Administrative Agent to exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein provided, and provided under each other Loan Document, are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by Law.

Section 10.04 Attorney Costs, Expenses and Taxes . The Borrower agrees (a) to pay or reimburse the Arrangers and the Administrative Agent for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the preparation, negotiation, syndication and execution of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and any amendment, waiver, consent or other modification of the provisions hereof and thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated thereby are consummated), and the consummation and administration of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, including all Attorney Costs of Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP and, if necessary, of one local counsel in each foreign jurisdiction as agreed between the Administrative Agent and the Borrower, and (b) to pay or reimburse the Administrative Agent and each Lender for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the enforcement of any rights or remedies under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including all such costs and expenses incurred during any legal proceeding, including any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law), including all Attorney Costs of counsel (which counsel shall be limited as provided in Section 10.05). The foregoing costs and expenses shall include all search, filing, recording, title insurance and appraisal charges and fees and taxes related thereto, and other reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by any Agent. All amounts due under this Section 10.04 shall be paid promptly. The agreements in this Section 10.04 shall survive the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and repayment of all other Obligations. If any Loan Party fails to pay when due any costs, expenses or other amounts payable by it hereunder or under any Loan Document, such amount may be paid on behalf of such Loan Party by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, in its sole discretion.

 

162


Section 10.05 Indemnification by the Borrower . Whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated, the Borrower shall indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent, each Agent-Related Person, each Arranger, each Lender and their respective Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, counsel, agents, attorneys-in-fact, trustees and advisors (collectively the “ Indemnitees ”) from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses and disbursements (including Attorney Costs (which shall be limited to one (1) counsel to the Indemnitees taken as a whole (and in the case of a conflict of interests among or between Indemnitees, one additional counsel to each affected Indemnitee and, if necessary, one local counsel to the Indemnitees taken as a whole in each appropriate jurisdiction)) of any kind or nature whatsoever which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such Indemnitee in any way relating to or arising out of or in connection with (a) the execution, delivery, enforcement, performance or administration of any Loan Document or any other agreement, letter or instrument delivered in connection with the transactions contemplated thereby or the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby, (b) any Commitment, Loan or Letter of Credit or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom (including any refusal by the L/C Issuer to honor a demand for payment under a Letter of Credit if the documents presented in connection with such demand do not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit), (c) any actual or alleged presence or Release of Hazardous Materials on, at, under or from any property or facility currently or formerly owned or operated by the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any other Loan Party, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to the Borrower, any Subsidiary or any other Loan Party, or (d) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory (including any investigation of, preparation for, or defense of any pending or threatened claim, investigation, litigation or proceeding) and regardless of whether any Indemnitee is a party thereto (and regardless of whether such matter is instituted by a third party or by the Borrower or any other Loan Party) (all the foregoing, collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”), in all cases, whether or not caused by or arising, in whole or in part, out of the negligence of the Indemnitee; provided that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, claims, demands, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements (x) have been determined in the final, non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee (or any of its Related Indemnitees) or a material breach of the Loan Documents by such Indemnitee (or any of its Related Indemnitees) or (y) arise from claims of any of the Indemnitees solely against one or more Indemnitees (and not by one or more Lenders against the Administrative Agent or one or more of the other Agents) that have not resulted from the action, inaction, participation or contribution of the Borrower, or any of its Affiliates or any of their respective officers, directors, stockholders, partners, members, employees, agents, representatives or advisors; provided further that Section 3.01 (instead of this Section 10.05 ) shall govern indemnities with respect to Taxes, except that Taxes representing losses, claims, damages, etc., with respect to a non-Tax claim may be covered by this Section 10.05 (without duplication of Section 3.01 ). No Indemnitee shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by others of any information or other materials obtained through IntraLinks or other similar information transmission systems in connection with this Agreement, nor shall any Indemnitee or any Loan Party have any liability for any special, punitive, indirect or consequential damages

 

163


relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or arising out of its activities in connection herewith or therewith (whether before or after the Closing Date). In the case of an investigation, litigation or other proceeding to which the indemnity in this Section 10.05 applies, such indemnity shall be effective whether or not such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by any Loan Party, its directors, shareholders or creditors or an Indemnitee or any other Person, whether or not any Indemnitee is otherwise a party thereto and whether or not any of the transactions contemplated hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents is consummated. All amounts due under this Section 10.05 shall be paid promptly. The agreements in this Section 10.05 shall survive the resignation of the Administrative Agent, the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations. For purposes hereof, “ Related Indemnitee ” of an Indemnitee means (1) any Controlling Person or Controlled affiliate of such Indemnitee, (2) the respective directors, officers, or employees of such Indemnitee or any of its Controlling Persons or Controlled affiliates and (3) the respective agents of such Indemnitee or any of its Controlling Persons or Controlled affiliates, in the case of this clause (3), acting on behalf of or at the instructions of such Indemnitee, Controlling Person or such Controlled affiliate; provided that each reference to a Related Indemnitee in this sentence pertains to a Related Indemnitee involved in performing services under this Agreement and the Facilities.

Section 10.06 Marshalling; Payments Set Aside . Neither the Administrative Agent nor any Lender (including the L/C Issuer) shall be under any obligation to marshal any assets in favor of any Loan Party or any other Person or against or in payment of any or all of the Secured Obligations. To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower is made to any Agent or any Lender, or any Agent or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied, and all Liens, rights and remedies therefor or related thereto, shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment or payments had not been made or such enforcement or setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent upon demand its applicable share of any amount so recovered from or repaid by any Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such payment is made at a rate per annum equal to the applicable Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect.

Section 10.07 Successors and Assigns .

(a) The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that the Borrower may not assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of each Lender (other than pursuant to the Assumption), and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an Eligible Assignee in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.07(b) or, in the case of any Eligible Assignee that, upon giving effect to such assignment, would be an Affiliated Lender, Section 10.07(k), (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.07(e), (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of Section

 

164


10.07(g) or Section 10.07(i), as the case may be, or (iv) to an SPC in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.07(h) (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in Section 10.07(e) and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Indemnitees) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more Eligible Assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans (including for purposes of this Section 10.07(b), participations in L/C Obligations and in Swing Line Loans) at the time owing to it); provided that (i) except in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Approved Fund with respect to a Lender, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the applicable Commitment is not then in effect, the outstanding principal balance of the Loan of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent shall not be less than $5,000,000, in the case of any assignment in respect of the Revolving Credit Facility, or $1,000,000, in the case of any assignment in respect of any Term Loans ( provided , however , that concurrent assignments to or by Approved Funds will be treated as a single assignment for the purpose of meeting the minimum transfer requirements); (ii) except in the case of an assignment to a Lender (or, in respect of any Revolving Credit Facility, a Revolving Credit Lender), an Affiliate of a Lender (or, in respect of any Revolving Credit Facility, a Revolving Credit Lender) or an Approved Fund (but subject to clause (iv) below), each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default in respect of Section 8.01(a), Section 8.01(f) or Section 8.01(g)(i) has occurred and is continuing and the Loans shall have been declared immediately due and payable pursuant to Section 8.02, the Borrower consents to such assignment (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment of Term Loans (other than to a Competitor) unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Administrative Agent within five (5) Business Days after having received notice thereof; (iii) each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans or the Commitment assigned, except that this clause (iii) shall not (x) apply to rights in respect of Swing Line Loans or (y) prohibit any Lender from assigning all or a portion of its rights and obligations among separate Facilities on a non-pro rata basis; (iv) any assignment of a Revolving Credit Commitment must be approved by the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer and the Swing Line Lender (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed); (v) the parties (other than the Borrower unless its consent to such assignment is required hereunder) to each assignment shall (A) execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption via an electronic settlement system acceptable to the Administrative Agent (which initially shall be ClearPar, LLC) or (B) manually execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption together with a processing and recordation fee of $3,500 (which fee (x) the Borrower shall not have an obligation to pay except as required in Section 3.07 and (y) may be waived by the Administrative Agent in its discretion); provided

 

165


that only a single processing and recordation fee shall be payable in respect of multiple contemporaneous assignments to Approved Funds with respect to any Lender; (vi) the assigning Lender shall deliver any Notes evidencing such Loans to the Borrower or the Administrative Agent and (vii) each assignment by an Affiliated Lender shall be acknowledged by the Borrower. Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.07(c), from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the Eligible Assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Section 3.01, Section 3.04, Section 3.05, Section 10.04 and Section 10.05 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment). Upon request, and the surrender by the assigning Lender of its Note, the Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this clause (b) shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with Section 10.07(e).

(c) The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts (and related interest amounts) of the Loans, L/C Obligations (specifying the Unreimbursed Amounts), L/C Borrowings and amounts due under Section 2.03, owing to each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “ Register ”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, absent manifest error, and the Borrower, the Agents and the Lenders shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as the owner of its interests in the Loans, L/C Obligations, L/C Borrowings and amounts due under the Loan Documents as set forth in the Register and as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower, any Agent, any Lender (with respect to such Lender’s interest) and the L/C Issuer, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the Credit Extensions and Obligations are intended to be treated as registered obligations for U.S. federal income tax purposes. Any right or title in or to any Credit Extensions and Obligations (including with respect to the principal amount and any interest thereon) may only be assigned or otherwise transferred through the Register. This Section 10.07 shall be construed so that the Credit Extensions and Obligations are at all times maintained in “registered form” within the meaning of Sections 163(f), 871(h)(2) and 881(c)(2) of the Code, Treasury Regulation Section 5f.103-1(c) and any other related regulations (or any successor provisions of the Code or such regulations).

(d) The words “execution,” “signed,” “signature” and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption shall be deemed to include electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the same legal effect, validity or enforceability

 

166


as a manually executed signature or the use of a paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act or any other similar state laws based on the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.

(e) Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person or a Competitor) (each, a “ Participant ”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans (including such Lender’s participations in L/C Obligations and/or Swing Line Loans) owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrower, the Agents and the other Lenders shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in the clauses (a), (b) and (c) of the second proviso to Section 10.01 that directly affects such Participant. Subject to Section 10.07(f), the Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 3.01, Section 3.04 and Section 3.05 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein and in Sections 3.06 and 10.15 read as if a Participant was a Lender) to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to Section 10.07(b) and such Participant agrees to be bound by such Sections and Section 3.06. To the extent permitted by Law, each Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.09 as though it were a Lender; provided that such Participant agrees to be subject to Section 2.13 as though it were a Lender. Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an non-fiduciary agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each Participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each Participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under this Agreement (the “ Participant Register ”). The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender (and the Borrower, to the extent that the Participant requests payment from the Borrower) shall treat each person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary. The portion of the Participant Register relating to any Participant requesting payment from the Borrower under the Loan Documents shall be made available to the Borrower upon reasonable request.

(f) A Participant shall not be entitled to receive any greater payment under Section 3.01, Section 3.04 or Section 3.05 than the applicable Lender would have been entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, except to the extent that any entitlement to a greater payment results from a Change in Law arising after such Participant became a Participant.

 

167


(g) Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank or any central bank having jurisdiction over such Lender; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “ Granting Lender ”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower (an “ SPC ”) the option to provide all or any part of any Loan that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to fund any Loan, (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to make all or any part of such Loan, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Loan pursuant to the terms hereof and (iii) such SPC and the applicable Loan or any applicable part thereof, shall be appropriately reflected in the Register. Each party hereto hereby agrees that an SPC shall be entitled to the benefits of Sections 3.01, 3.04 and 3.05 (subject to the requirements and limitations therein and in Sections 3.06 and 10.15), but (i) neither the grant to any SPC nor the exercise by any SPC of such option shall increase the costs or expenses or otherwise increase or change the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement (including their obligations under Section 3.01, Section 3.04 or Section 3.05), except to the extent that any entitlement to a greater payment under Section 3.01 , 3.04 or 3.05 results from a Change in Law arising after the grant to such SPC, (ii) no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement for which a Lender would be liable, and (iii) the Granting Lender shall for all purposes, including the approval of any amendment, waiver or other modification of any provision of any Loan Document, remain the lender of record hereunder. The making of a Loan by an SPC hereunder shall utilize the Commitment of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loan were made by such Granting Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, subject to compliance with the provisions of this Section 10.07 regarding the Register and/or the Participant Register, as appropriate, any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without prior consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and with the payment of a processing fee of $3,500, assign all or any portion of its right to receive payment with respect to any Loan to the Granting Lender and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its funding of Loans to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety or Guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC.

(i) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender that is a Fund may, without the consent of or notice to the Administrative Agent or the Borrower, create a security interest in all or any portion of the Loans owing to it and the Note, if any, held by it to the trustee for holders of obligations owed, or securities issued, by such Fund as security for such obligations or securities; provided that unless and until such trustee actually becomes a Lender in compliance with the other provisions of this Section 10.07, (i) no such pledge shall release the pledging Lender from any of its obligations under the Loan Documents and, (ii) such trustee shall not be entitled to exercise any of the rights of a Lender under the Loan Documents even

 

168


though such trustee may have acquired ownership rights with respect to the pledged interest through foreclosure or otherwise (unless such trustee is an Eligible Assignee which has complied with the requirements of Section 10.07(b)).

(j) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, Barclays Bank PLC may, upon thirty (30) days’ notice to the Borrower and the Lenders, resign as L/C Issuer and/or the Swing Line Lender; provided that on or prior to the expiration of such thirty (30)-day period with respect to Barclays Bank PLC’s resignation as L/C Issuer, Barclays Bank PLC shall have identified a successor L/C Issuer reasonably acceptable to the Borrower willing to accept its appointment as successor L/C Issuer. In the event of any such resignation as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, the Borrower shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders willing to accept such appointment a successor L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender hereunder; provided that no failure by the Borrower to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of Barclays Bank PLC as L/C Issuer or Swing Line Lender, as the case may be, except as expressly provided above. If Barclays Bank PLC resigns as L/C Issuer, it shall retain all the rights and obligations of the L/C Issuer hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as L/C Issuer and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.03(c)). If Barclays Bank PLC resigns as Swing Line Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swing Line Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swing Line Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Loans or fund risk participations in outstanding Swing Line Loans pursuant to Section 2.04(c).

(k) (i) Notwithstanding the definition of “Eligible Assignee” or anything else to the contrary contained in this Agreement, any Lender may assign all or a portion of its Term Loans to any Person who, after giving effect to such assignment, would be an Affiliated Lender (without the consent of any Person but subject to acknowledgment by the Administrative Agent and the Borrower); provided that:

(A) the assigning Lender and the Affiliated Lender purchasing such Lender’s Term Loans shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an assignment agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit R hereto (an “ Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption ”);

(B) for the avoidance of doubt, Lenders shall not be permitted to assign Revolving Credit Commitments or Revolving Credit Loans to an Affiliated Lender and any purported assignment of Revolving Credit Commitments or Revolving Credit Loans to an Affiliated Lender shall be null and void; and

(C) at the time of such assignment after giving affect to such assignment, the aggregate principal amount of all Loans held by Affiliated Lenders shall not exceed 25% of the aggregate principal amount of all Loans and Commitments outstanding under this Agreement.

(ii) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, no Affiliated Lender shall have any right to (A) attend (including by telephone) any meeting or discussions (or portion

 

169


thereof) among the Administrative Agent or any Lender to which representatives of the Loan Parties are not invited, or (B) receive any information or material prepared by Administrative Agent or any Lender or any communication by or among Administrative Agent and/or one or more Lenders, except to the extent such information or materials have been made available to any Loan Party or its representatives.

(iii) Notwithstanding anything in Section 10.01 or the definition of “Required Lenders” to the contrary, for purposes of determining whether the Required Lenders, all affected Lenders or all Lenders have (A) consented (or not consented) to any amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any of the terms of any Loan Document or any departure by any Loan Party therefrom, (B) otherwise acted on any matter related to any Loan Document, or (C) directed or required the Administrative Agent or any Lender to undertake any action (or refrain from taking any action) with respect to or under any Loan Document, an Affiliated Lender shall be deemed to have voted its interest as a Lender without discretion in the same proportion as the allocation of voting with respect to such matter by Lenders who are not Affiliated Lenders; provided that no amendment, modification, waiver, consent or other action with respect to any Loan Document shall deprive such Affiliated Lender of its Pro Rata Share of any payments to which such Affiliated Lender is entitled under the Loan Documents without such Affiliated Lender providing its consent; provided , further , that such Affiliated Lender shall have the right to approve any amendment, modification, waiver or consent of the type described in Section 10.01 (a), (b), (c) or (d) of this Agreement to the extent that such Affiliated Lender is affected thereby; and in furtherance of the foregoing, (x) the Affiliated Lender agrees to execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent any instrument reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent to evidence the voting of its interest as a Lender in accordance with the provisions of this Section 10.07(k); provided that if the Affiliated Lender fails to promptly execute such instrument such failure shall in no way prejudice any of the Administrative Agent’s rights under this paragraph and (y) the Administrative Agent is hereby appointed (such appointment being coupled with an interest) by the Affiliated Lender as the Affiliated Lender’s attorney-in-fact, with full authority in the place and stead of the Affiliated Lender and in the name of the Affiliated Lender, from time to time in Administrative Agent’s discretion to take any action and to execute any instrument that Administrative Agent may deem reasonably necessary to carry out the provisions of this paragraph (k)(iii).

(iv) Each Affiliated Lender, solely in its capacity as a Term Lender, hereby agrees, and each Affiliated Lender Assignment Agreement shall provide a confirmation that, if any Company Party shall be subject to any voluntary or involuntary proceeding commenced under any Debtor Relief Laws (“ Bankruptcy Proceedings ”), (i) such Affiliated Lender shall not take any step or action in such Bankruptcy Proceeding to object to, impede, or delay the exercise of any right or the taking of any action by the Administrative Agent (or the taking of any action by a third party that is supported by the Administrative Agent) in relation to such Affiliated Lender’s claim with respect to its Loans (a “ Claim ”) (including, without limitation, objecting to any debtor in possession financing, use of cash collateral, grant of adequate protection, sale or disposition, compromise, or plan of reorganization) so long as such Affiliated Lender is treated in connection with such exercise or action on the same or better terms as the other Term Lenders and (ii) with respect to any matter requiring the vote of Term Lenders during the pendency of a Bankruptcy Proceeding (including, without limitation, voting on any plan of reorganization), the

 

170


Loans held by such Affiliated Lender (and any Claim with respect thereto) shall be deemed to be voted in accordance with clause (iii) of this Section 10.07(k), so long as such Affiliate Lender is treated in connection with the exercise of such right or taking of such action on the same or better terms as the other Term Lenders. For the avoidance of doubt, the Lenders and each Affiliated Lender agree and acknowledge that the provisions set forth in this clause (iv) of Section 10.07(k), and the related provisions set forth in each Affiliated Lender Assignment and Assumption, constitute a “subordination agreement” as such term is contemplated by, and utilized in, Section 510(a) of the United States Bankruptcy Code, and, as such, would be enforceable for all purposes in any case where a Company Party has filed for protection under any Debtor Relief Law applicable to such Company Party.

The foregoing provisions of this Section 10.07(k) shall not apply to an Investment Fund, and a Lender shall be permitted to assign all or a portion of such Lender’s Loans to any Investment Fund without regard to the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.07(k).

(l) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 10.07 or any other provision of this Agreement (including Section 2.05), so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, any of the Company Parties may prepay outstanding Term Loans on the following basis:

(i) a Company Party shall have the right to make a voluntary prepayment of the Term Loans at a discount to par (such prepayment, the “ Discounted Term Loan Prepayment ”) pursuant to, at each Company Party’s sole option, a Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment, Borrower Solicitation of Discount Range Prepayment Offers, Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, in each case made in accordance with this Section 10.07(l); provided, (A) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to any such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment by the Borrower or Loan Party, the sum of (x) the unused Revolving Credit Commitments and (y) the amount of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be not less than $30,000,000, (B) any such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment shall be financed by the Company Party with Internally Generated Cash Flow or with Eligible Equity Proceeds or the proceeds of Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness, in each case that are Not Otherwise Applied and (C) the Company Party shall not initiate any actions under this Section 10.07 in order to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment unless (1) at least five (5) Business Days shall have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by the Company Party on the applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and (2) at least three (3) Business Days shall have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan Prepayment due to no Term Lender being willing to accept any prepayment of any Term Loans at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the Borrower’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers made by a Term Lender.

(ii) (A) Subject to Section 10.07(l)(i), a Company Party may from time to time offer to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment by providing the Auction Agent irrevocable notice in the form of a Specified Discount Prepayment Notice; provided that

 

171


(1) any such offer shall be made available to each Term Lender, (2) any such offer shall specify the aggregate principal amount offered to be prepaid (the “ Specified Discount Prepayment Amount ”) and the specific percentage discount to par value (the “ Specified Discount ”) of the principal amount of such Loans to be prepaid, (3) the Specified Discount Prepayment Amount shall be in a minimum amount of $2,000,000 and whole increments of $500,000, and (4) each such offer shall remain outstanding through the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date. The Auction Agent will promptly provide each Term Lender with a copy of such Specified Discount Prepayment Notice and a form of the Specified Discount Prepayment Response to be completed and returned by each Lender to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to the Term Lenders (the “ Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date ”).

(B) Each Term Lender shall notify the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date whether or not it agrees to accept a prepayment of any of its then outstanding Term Loans at the Specified Discount and, if so (such accepting Lender, a “ Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender ”), the amount of such Lender’s outstanding principal amount of such offered discounted prepayment to be prepaid. Each acceptance of a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment by a Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender shall be irrevocable. Any Term Lender whose Specified Discount Prepayment Notice is not received by the Auction Agent by the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept the Borrower Offer of Specified Discount Prepayment.

(C) If there is at least one Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender, the Company Party will prepay outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this Section 10.07(l)(ii) to each Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender in accordance with the principal amount specified in such Lender’s Specified Discount Prepayment Response given pursuant to the foregoing clause (B); provided that, if the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans accepted for prepayment by all Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders exceeds the Specified Discount Prepayment Amount, such prepayment shall be made pro rata among the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders in accordance with the principal amount accepted by each such Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender and the Auction Agent (in consultation with the Company Party and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) will calculate such pro rata factor (the “ Specified Discount Pro-Rata Factor ”). The Auction Agent shall promptly, and in any case within five (5) Business Days following the Specified Discount Prepayment Response Date, notify (1) such Company Party of the Term Lenders’ responses to such offer, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, and the aggregate principal amount and Type of Loans of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment, (2) each Term Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, and the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans to be prepaid at the Specified Discount on such date, and (3) each Discount Prepayment Accepting Lender of the Specified Discount Pro-Rata Factor, if any, and confirmation of the principal amount and Type of Loans of such Lender to be prepaid at the Specified Discount on such date. Each determination by the Administrative Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the Company Party and Lenders shall be conclusive

 

172


and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to the Company Party shall be due and payable by the Company Party on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with Section 10.07(l)(vi) below.

(iii) (A) Subject to Section 10.07(l)(i), a Company Party may from time to time solicit Discount Range Prepayment Offers by providing the Auction Agent with three (3) Business Days’ irrevocable notice in the form of a Discount Range Prepayment Notice; provided that (1) any such solicitation shall be extended to each Term Lender, (2) any such notice shall specify the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans (the “ Discount Range Prepayment Amount ”) and the maximum and minimum percentage discounts to par (the “ Discount Range ”) of the principal amount of such Term Loans willing to be prepaid by the Company Party, (3) the Discount Range Prepayment Amount shall be in a minimum amount of $2,000,000 and whole increments of $500,000, and (4) each such solicitation by a Company Party shall remain outstanding through the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date. The Auction Agent will promptly provide each Term Lender with a copy of such Discount Range Prepayment Notice and a form of the Discount Range Prepayment Offer to be submitted by a responding Term Lender to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to the Term Lenders (the “ Discount Range Prepayment Response Date ”). Each Term Lender’s Discount Range Prepayment Offer shall be irrevocable and shall specify a discount as a percentage of par within the Discount Range (the “ Submitted Discount ”) at which such Term Lender is willing to allow prepayment of its then outstanding Term Loans and the maximum aggregate principal amount of such Term Loans (the “ Submitted Amount ”) such Lender is willing to have prepaid at the Submitted Discount. Any Term Lender whose Discount Range Prepayment Offer is not received by the Auction Agent by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined to accept a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment of any of its Term Loans at any discount to their par value within the Discount Range.

(B) The Auction Agent shall review all Discount Range Prepayment Offers received by it by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date and will determine (in consultation with the Company Party and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) the Applicable Discount and the Term Loans to be prepaid at such Applicable Discount in accordance with this Section 10.07. The Company Party agrees to accept on the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date all Discount Range Prepayment Offers received by Auction Agent by the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date, in the order from lowest Submitted Discount to highest Submitted Discount, up to and including the lowest Submitted Discount within the Discount Range (such lowest Submitted Discount being referred to as the “ Applicable Discount ”) which yields a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment in an aggregate principal amount equal to the lower of (1) the Discount Range Prepayment Amount and (2) the sum of all Submitted Amounts. Each Lender that has submitted a Discount Range Prepayment Offer to accept prepayment at a percentage of par value that is less than or equal to the Applicable Discount shall be deemed to have irrevocably consented to prepayment

 

173


of Term Loans equal to its Submitted Amount (subject to any required pro-rating pursuant to the following sentence) at the Applicable Discount (each such Lender, a “ Participating Lender ”).

(C) If there is at least one Participating Lender, the Company Party will prepay outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this Section 10.07(l)(iii) to each Participating Lender in the aggregate principal amount specified in such Lender’s Discount Range Prepayment Offer at the Applicable Discount; provided that if the Submitted Amount by all Participating Lenders offered at or below the Applicable Discount exceeds the Discounted Prepayment Range Amount, prepayment of the principal amount of the Term Loans for those Participating Lenders whose Submitted Discount is less than or equal to the Applicable Discount (the “ Identified Participating Lenders ”) shall be made pro rata among the Identified Participating Lenders in accordance with the Submitted Amount of each such Identified Participating Lender and the Auction Agent (in consultation with the Borrower and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) will calculate such pro rata factor (the “ Discount Range Pro-Rata Factor ”). The Auction Agent shall promptly, and in any case within five (5) Business Days following the Discount Range Prepayment Response Date, notify (w) the Company Party of the Term Lenders’ responses to such solicitation, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Applicable Discount, and the aggregate principal amount and Type of Loans of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment, (x) each Term Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Applicable Discount, and the aggregate principal amount of all Term Loans to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, (y) each Participating Lender of the aggregate principal amount and Type of Loans of such Lender to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, and (z) if applicable, each Identified Participating Lender of the Discount Range Pro-Rata Factor. Each determination by the Auction Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the Company Party and Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to the Company Party shall be due and payable by the Borrower on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with Section 10.07(l)(vi) below.

(iv) (A) Subject to Section 10.07(l)(i), a Company Party may from time to time solicit Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers by providing the Auction Agent with three (3) Business Days’ irrevocable notice in the form of a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice; provided that (1) any such solicitation shall be extended to each Term Lender, (2) any such notice shall specify the maximum aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans (the “ Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount ”) the Company Party is willing to prepay at a discount, (3) the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount shall be in a minimum amount of $2,000,000 and whole increments of $500,000, and (4) each such solicitation by the Company Party shall remain outstanding through the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date. The Auction Agent will promptly provide each Term Lender with a copy of such Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice and a form of the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer to be submitted by a responding Term Lender to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) by no later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern time on the third Business Day after the date of delivery of such notice to the Term Lenders (the “ Solicited

 

174


Discounted Prepayment Response Date ”). Each Term Lender’s Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer shall (x) be irrevocable, (y) remain outstanding until the Acceptance Date, and (z) specify both a discount as a percentage of par (the “ Offered Discount ”) at which such Term Lender is willing to allow prepayment of its then outstanding Term Loans and the maximum aggregate principal amount of such Term Loans (the “ Offered Amount ”) such Lender is willing to have prepaid at the Offered Discount. Any Term Lender whose Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer is not received by the Auction Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date shall be deemed to have declined prepayment of any of its Term Loans at any discount to their par value.

(B) The Auction Agent shall promptly provide the Company Party with a copy of all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by it by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date. The Company Party shall review all such Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers and select, at its sole discretion, the lowest of the Offered Discounts specified by the responding Term Lenders in the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers that the Company Party is willing to accept (the “ Acceptable Discount ”), if any; provided , however , that the Acceptable Discount shall not be an Offered Discount that is higher than the lowest Offered Discount for which the sum of each Offered Amount affiliated with an Offered Discount that is less than or equal to such percentage of par yields an amount at least equal to the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount. If the Company Party elects to accept any Offered Discount as the Acceptable Discount, then as soon as practicable after the determination of the Acceptable Discount, but in no event later than by the third Business Day after the date of receipt by the Borrower from the Auction Agent of a copy of all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers pursuant to the first sentence of this clause (B) (the “ Acceptance Date ”), the Company Party shall submit an irrevocable Acceptance and Prepayment Notice to the Auction Agent setting forth the Acceptable Discount. If the Auction Agent shall fail to receive an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice from the Company Party by the Acceptance Date, the Company Party shall be deemed to have rejected all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers.

(C) Based upon the Acceptable Discount and the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by Auction Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, within five (5) Business Days after receipt of an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice (the “ Discounted Prepayment Determination Date ”), the Auction Agent will determine (in consultation with the Company Party and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans (the “ Acceptable Prepayment Amount ”) to be prepaid by the Company Party at the Acceptable Discount in accordance with this Section 10.07. If the Company Party elects to accept any Acceptable Discount, then the Company Party agrees to accept all Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers received by Auction Agent by the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Response Date, in the order from lowest Offered Discount to highest Offered Discount, up to and including the Acceptable Discount. Each Lender that has submitted a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer to accept prepayment at a percentage of par value that is less than or equal to the Acceptable Discount shall be deemed to have irrevocably consented to prepayment of Term Loans equal to its Offered

 

175


Amount (subject to any required pro-rationing pursuant to the following sentence) at the Acceptable Discount (each such Lender, a “ Qualifying Lender ”). The Company Party will prepay outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this Section 10.07(l)(iv) to each Qualifying Lender in the aggregate principal amount specified in such Lender’s Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer at the Acceptable Discount; provided that if the aggregate Offered Amount by all Qualifying Lenders at or below the Acceptable Discount exceeds the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount, prepayment of the principal amount of the Term Loans for those Qualifying Lenders whose Offered Discount is less than or equal to the Acceptable Discount (the “ Identified Qualifying Lenders ”) shall be made pro rata among the Identified Qualifying Lenders in accordance with the Offered Amount of each such Identified Qualifying Lender and the Auction Agent (in consultation with the Company Party and subject to rounding requirements of the Auction Agent made in its sole reasonable discretion) will calculate such pro rata factor (the “ Solicited Discount Pro-Rata Factor ”). On or prior to the Discounted Prepayment Determination Date, the Auction Agent shall promptly notify (w) the Company Party of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, Acceptable Prepayment Amount and Type of Loans comprising the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment, (x) each Term Lender of the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date, the Acceptable Discount, and the Acceptable Prepayment Amount of all Term Loans to be prepaid at the Applicable Discount on such date, (y) each Qualifying Lender of the aggregate principal amount and Type of Loans of such Lender to be prepaid at the Acceptable Discount on such date, and (z) if applicable, each Identified Qualifying Lender of the Solicited Discount Pro-Rata Factor. Each determination by the Auction Agent of the amounts stated in the foregoing notices to the Company Party and Lenders shall be conclusive and binding for all purposes absent manifest error. The payment amount specified in such notice to the Company Party shall be due and payable by the Company Party on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date in accordance with Section 10.07(l)(vi) below.

(v) If any Term Loans are prepaid in accordance with paragraphs (ii) through (iv) of this Section 10.07(l), the Company Party shall prepay such Term Loans on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date. The Company Party shall make such prepayment to Auction Agent, for the account of the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders, Participating Lenders, or Qualifying Lenders, as applicable, at the Auction Agent’s Office in Dollars and in immediately available funds not later than 11:00 a.m. on the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date. All Term Loans so prepaid by the Company Party shall be accompanied by all accrued and unpaid interest on the par principal amount so prepaid up to, but not including, the Discounted Prepayment Effective Date. Each prepayment of the outstanding Term Loans pursuant to this Section 10.07(l) shall be paid to the Discount Prepayment Accepting Lenders, Participating Lenders, or Qualifying Lenders, as applicable.

(vi) To the extent not expressly provided for herein, each Discounted Term Loan Prepayment shall be consummated pursuant to procedures (including as to Type and Interest Periods of Term Loans to be so prepaid) established by the Auction Agent acting in its reasonable discretion in consultation with the Company Parties.

 

176


(vii) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, for purposes of this Section 10.07(l), each notice or other communication required to be delivered or otherwise provided to the Auction Agent (or its delegate) shall be deemed to have been given upon Auction Agent’s (or its delegate’s) actual receipt during normal business hours of such notice or communication; provided that any notice or communication actually received outside of normal business hours shall be deemed to have been given as of the opening of business on the next business day for the Auction Agent.

(viii) Each of the Company Parties and the Lenders acknowledges and agrees that Auction Agent may perform any and all of its duties under this Section 10.07(l) by itself or through any Agent Related Person of the Auction Agent and expressly consents to any such delegation of duties by the Auction Agent to such Agent Related Person and the performance of such delegated duties by the Agent Related Person. The exculpatory provisions pursuant to this Agreement shall apply to each Agent Related Person of the Auction Agent and their respective activities in connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment provided for in this Section 10.07(l) as well as activities of the Auction Agent.

(ix) In connection with any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment, the Borrower and the Lenders acknowledge and agree that the Auction Agent may require as a condition to any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment, the payment of customary fees and expenses from the Company Parties in connection therewith.

(m) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 10.07 or any other provision of this Agreement (including Section 2.05), so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom, any of the Company Parties may make open market purchases of Term Loans (each, an “ Open Market Purchase ”), so long as the following conditions are satisfied:

(i) immediately before and immediately after giving effect to any such Open Market Purchase, the sum of (x) the unused Revolving Credit Commitments and (y) the amount of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall be not less than $30,000,000;

(ii) any such Open Market Purchase shall be financed by the Company Parties with Internally Generated Cash Flow or with Eligible Equity Proceeds or the proceeds of Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness, in each case that are Not Otherwise Applied and shall in no event be funded with Borrowings hereunder;

(iii) the aggregate principal amount (calculated on the par amount thereof) of all Term Loans purchased shall automatically be cancelled and retired on the settlement date of the relevant purchase (and may not be resold);

(iv) at the time of each purchase of Term Loans through Open Market Purchases, the Borrower shall pay, on the settlement date of each such purchase, all accrued and unpaid interest, if any, on the purchased Term Loans up to the settlement date of such

 

177


purchase (except to the extent otherwise set forth in the relevant purchase documents as agreed by the respective selling Lender);

(v) such purchases shall not constitute voluntary or mandatory payments or prepayments for purposes of Section 2.05 or 2.13; and

(vi) any such Open Market Purchase shall be effected through a recognized dealer in Term Loans and the bid to purchase relating thereto shall remain outstanding for at least three (3) Business Days.

(n) The aggregate outstanding principal amount of the Term Loans of the applicable Class shall be deemed reduced by the full par value of the aggregate principal amount of the Term Loans prepaid pursuant to Section 10.07(l) or purchased pursuant to Section 10.07(m), and each principal repayment installment with respect to the Term Loans of such Class pursuant to Section 2.07(a) shall be reduced pro rata by the aggregate principal amount of Term Loans purchased.

(o) In the event that any Revolving Credit Lender shall become a Defaulting Lender or any of S&P, Moody’s or Thompson’s BankWatch (or InsuranceWatch Ratings Service, in the case of Lenders that are insurance companies (or Best’s Insurance Reports, if such insurance company is not rated by Insurance Watch Ratings Service)) shall, after the date that any Lender becomes a Revolving Credit Lender, downgrade the long term certificate deposit ratings of such Lender, and the resulting ratings shall be below BBB-, Baa3 or C, as the case may be, (or BB, in the case of a Lender that is an insurance company (or B, in the case of an insurance company not rated by InsuranceWatch Ratings Service)) (or, with respect to any Revolving Credit Lender that is not rated by any such ratings service or provider, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender shall have reasonably determined that there has occurred a material adverse change in the financial condition of any such Lender, or a material impairment of the ability of any such Lender to perform its obligations hereunder, as compared to such condition or ability as of the date that any such Lender became a Revolving Credit Lender) then the L/C Issuer shall have the right, but not the obligation, at its own expense, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, to replace such Lender with an assignee (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 10.07(b) above), and such Lender hereby agrees to transfer and assign without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained in Section 10.07(b) above, including, for the avoidance of doubt, the prior written consent of the Borrower to the extent otherwise required by Section 10.07(b)) (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided that if the Borrower does not respond to a request for a consent within 10 Business Days, the Borrower will be deemed to have consented thereto) all its interests, rights and obligations in respect of its Revolving Credit Commitment to such assignee; provided , however , that (i) no such assignment shall conflict with any law, rule and regulation or order of any Governmental Authority and (ii) the L/C Issuer or such assignee, as the case may be, shall pay to such Lender in immediately available funds on the date of such assignment the principal of and interest accrued to the date of payment on the Loans made by such Lender hereunder and all other amounts accrued for such Lender’s account or owed to it hereunder.

Section 10.08 Confidentiality . Each of the Agents and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information, except that Information may be disclosed (a) to it and

 

178


its Affiliates’ directors, officers, employees and agents, including accountants, legal counsel and other advisors (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such Information confidential); (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority; (c) to the extent required by applicable Laws or regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process ( provided that the Agent or Lender that discloses any Information pursuant to this clause (c) shall provide the Borrower prompt notice of such disclosure to the extent permitted by applicable Law); (d) to any other party to this Agreement; (e) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the same as those of this Section 10.08 (or as may otherwise be reasonably acceptable to the Borrower), to any Eligible Assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective Eligible Assignee or pledgee of or Participant in (other than, in each case, any Competitors), any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement; (f) with the written consent of the Borrower; (g) to the extent such Information becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section 10.08; (h) to any state, Federal or foreign authority or examiner (including the National Association of Insurance Commissioners or any other similar organization) (in which case such Person shall, except with respect to any audit or examination conducted by bank accountants or any governmental bank regulatory authority exercising examination or regulatory authority, promptly notify the Borrower, in advance, to the extent lawfully permitted to do so); (i) to any rating agency when required by it (it being understood that, prior to any such disclosure, such rating agency shall undertake to preserve the confidentiality of any Information relating to the Loan Parties received by it from such Lender); (j) in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder to the extent reasonably necessary in connection with such enforcement or (k) to any direct or indirect contractual counterparty in swap agreements or such contractual counterparty’s professional advisor (so long as such contractual counterparty or professional advisor to such contractual counterparty agrees to be bound by the provisions of this Section 10.08). In addition, the Agents and the Lenders may disclose the existence of this Agreement and information about this Agreement to market data collectors, similar service providers to the lending industry, and service providers to the Agents and the Lenders in connection with the administration and management of this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Commitments, and the Credit Extensions. For the purposes of this Section 10.08, “ Information ” means all information received from any Loan Party relating to any Loan Party or its business, other than any such information that is publicly available (or is derived from such information) to any Agent or any Lender prior to disclosure by any Loan Party other than as a result of a breach of this Section 10.08 or was independently developed by any Loan Party; provided that, in the case of information received from a Loan Party after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time of delivery as confidential.

Section 10.09 Setoff . In addition to any rights and remedies of the Lenders provided by Law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, after obtaining the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, each Lender is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to the Borrower or any other Loan Party, any such notice being waived by the Borrower (on its own behalf and on behalf of each other Loan Party) to the fullest extent permitted by Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other Indebtedness at any time owing by, such Lender to or for the credit or the account of the respective Loan Parties against any and all Obligations owing to such Lender hereunder or under any other Loan Document, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not such Agent or such Lender shall have made demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such Obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the

 

179


applicable deposit or Indebtedness; provided that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.17 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Secured Obligations owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. Each Lender agrees promptly to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent after any such set off and application made by such Lender; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application. The rights of the Administrative Agent and each Lender under this Section 10.09 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including, without limitation, other rights of setoff) that the Administrative Agent and such Lender may have.

Section 10.10 Interest Rate Limitation . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “ Maximum Rate ”). If any Agent or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal, refunded to the Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by an Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.

Section 10.11 Counterparts . This Agreement and each other Loan Document may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by telecopier of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement and each other Loan Document shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement and such other Loan Document. The Agents may also require that any such documents and signatures delivered by telecopier be confirmed by a manually signed original thereof; provided that the failure to request or deliver the same shall not limit the effectiveness of any document or signature delivered by telecopier.

Section 10.12 Integration . This Agreement, together with the other Loan Documents, comprises the complete and integrated agreement of the parties on the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersedes all prior agreements, written or oral, on such subject matter. In the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and those of any other Loan Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall control; provided that the inclusion of supplemental rights or remedies in favor of the Agents or the Lenders in any other Loan Document shall not be deemed to be a conflict with this Agreement. Each Loan Document was drafted with the joint participation of the respective parties thereto and shall be construed neither against nor in favor of any party, but rather in accordance with the fair meaning thereof.

Section 10.13 Survival of Representations and Warranties .

(a) All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof. Such representations and warranties

 

180


have been or will be relied upon by each Agent and each Lender, regardless of any investigation made by any Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding that any Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding except as set forth in Section 2.03(g). The provisions of Article 3 and Sections 9.02, 9.03, 9.07, 9.11, 9.13, 10.04, 10.05, 10.09 and 10.15 shall survive and remain in full force and effect regardless of the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of the Loans, the expiration or termination of the Letters of Credit or the termination of this Agreement or any provision hereof. Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything else to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, in the event that, in connection with the refinancing or repayment in full of the credit facilities provided for herein, the L/C Issuer shall have provided to the Administrative Agent a written consent to the release of the Revolving Lenders from their obligations hereunder with respect to any Letter of Credit issued by such L/C Issuer (whether as a result of the obligations of the Borrower (and any other account party) in respect of such Letter of Credit having been collateralized in full by a deposit of cash with the L/C Issuer or being supported by a letter of credit that names such L/C Issuer as the beneficiary thereunder, or otherwise), then from and after such time such Letter of Credit shall cease to be a “Letter of Credit” outstanding hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and the Revolving Credit Lenders shall be deemed to have no participations in such Letter of Credit, and no obligations with respect thereto, under Section 2.03(c) or (d).

Section 10.14 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or impaired thereby. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. Without limiting the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.14, if and to the extent that the enforceability of any provisions in this Agreement relating to Defaulting Lenders shall be limited by Debtor Relief Laws, as determined in good faith by the Administrative Agent, the L/C Issuer or the Swing Line Lender, as applicable, then such provisions shall be deemed to be in effect only to the extent not so limited.

Section 10.15 Tax Forms

(a) Each Lender (which, for purposes of this Section 10.15 shall include any L/C Issuer or any Swing Line Lender) shall deliver to the Borrower and to the Administrative Agent, whenever reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, such properly completed and duly executed documentation prescribed by applicable Laws and such other reasonably requested information as will permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, (A) to determine whether or not payments made hereunder or under any other Loan Document are subject to Taxes, (B) to determine, if applicable, the required rate of withholding or deduction and (C) to establish such Lender’s entitlement to any available exemption from, or reduction of, applicable Taxes in respect of any payments to be made to such Lender pursuant to any Loan Document or otherwise to establish such Lender’s status for withholding tax purposes in an applicable jurisdiction (including, if applicable, any documentation necessary to prevent withholding under Sections 1471-1474 of the Code). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,

 

181


(i) to the extent it is qualified for any exemption from or reduction in United States federal withholding tax with respect to any Loan made to the Borrower, each Lender and Agent that is not a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code that lends to the Borrower (each, a “Non-US Lender”) shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, on or prior to the date which is ten (10) Business Days after the Closing Date (or upon accepting an assignment of an interest herein), two duly signed, properly completed copies of either IRS Form W-8BEN, W-8EXP or any successor thereto (relating to such Non-US Lender and entitling it to an exemption from, or reduction of, United States federal withholding tax on specified payments to be made to such Non-US Lender by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document) or IRS Form W-8ECI or any successor thereto (relating to all payments to be made to such Non-US Lender by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document) and/or such other forms and evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that such Non-US Lender is entitled to an exemption from, or reduction of, United States federal withholding tax, including, if applicable, any documentation necessary to prevent withholding under Sections 1471-1474 of the Code and/or any exemption pursuant to Section 881(c) of the Code, and in the case of a Non-US Lender claiming such an exemption under Section 881(c) of the Code, a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibits S-1, S-2, S-3 and S-4 (the “US Tax Certificate”) that establishes in writing to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent that such Non-US Lender is not (A) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a 10-percent shareholder within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) or 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, (C) a controlled foreign corporation described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (D) receiving any payment under any Loan Document that is effectively connected with a US trade or business. Thereafter and from time to time, to the extent it is then qualified for any exemption from or reduction in United States federal withholding tax, each such Non-US Lender shall (A) promptly submit to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent such additional duly and properly completed and signed copies of one or more of such forms or certificates (or such successor forms or certificates as shall be adopted from time to time by the relevant United States taxing authorities) as may then be available under then current United States laws and regulations to avoid, or such evidence as is reasonably satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of any available exemption from, or reduction of, United States federal withholding taxes in respect of payments to be made to such Non-US Lender by the Borrower pursuant to this Agreement, or any other Loan Document, in each case, (1) on or before the date that any such form, certificate or other evidence expires or becomes obsolete, (2) after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent form, certificate or evidence previously delivered by it to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and (3) from time to time thereafter if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent, and (B) promptly notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent of any change in circumstances which would modify or render invalid any previously claimed exemption or reduction;

(ii) each Non-US Lender, to the extent it does not act or ceases to act for its own account with respect to any portion of any sums paid or payable to such Non-US Lender under any of the Loan Documents (for example, in the case of a typical participation

 

182


by such Non-US Lender, or where Non-US Lender is a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes), shall deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent on the date when such Non-US Lender ceases to act for its own account with respect to any portion of any such sums paid or payable, and at such other times as may be necessary in the determination of the Borrower or the Administrative Agent (in either case, in the reasonable exercise of its discretion), (A) two duly signed, properly completed copies of the forms or statements required to be provided by such Non-US Lender as set forth above, to establish the portion of any such sums paid or payable with respect to which such Non-US Lender acts for its own account that is not subject to United States federal withholding tax, and (B) two duly signed, properly completed copies of IRS Form W-8IMY (or any successor thereto), together with any information such Non-US Lender is required to transmit with such form, and any other certificate or statement of exemption required under the Code, to establish that such Non-US Lender is not acting for its own account with respect to a portion of any such sums payable to such Non-US Lender, including any applicable US Tax Certificate, provided that if the Lender is a partnership and one or more of its partners are claiming the exemption for portfolio interest under Section 881(c) of the Code, such Lender shall provide a US Tax Certificate on behalf of such partners; and

(iii) to the extent it is qualified for any exemption from or reduction in United States federal withholding tax with respect to any Loan made to the Borrower, each Lender and Agent that lends to the Borrower, shall timely deliver to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent any other form prescribed by applicable Laws as a basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in United States federal withholding tax or otherwise reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed by applicable Laws or otherwise reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine the withholding or deduction required to be made.

(b) The applicable withholding agent may deduct and withhold any taxes required by any Laws to be deducted and withheld from any payment under any of the Loan Documents.

(c) Each Lender and Agent that is a “United States person” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code that lends to the Borrower (each, a “ US Lender ”) shall deliver to the Administrative Agent and the Borrower two duly signed, properly completed copies of IRS Form W-9 on or prior to the Closing Date (or on or prior to the date it becomes a party to this Agreement), certifying that such US Lender is entitled to an exemption from United States backup withholding tax, or any successor form. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, if such US Lender fails to deliver such forms, then the applicable withholding agent may withhold from any payment to such US Lender an amount equivalent to the applicable backup withholding tax imposed by the Code and the Borrower shall not be liable for any additional amounts with respect to such withholding.

(d) If any Governmental Authority asserts that the Borrower or the Administrative Agent did not properly withhold or backup withhold, as the case may be, any Excluded Taxes from payments made to or for the account of any Lender or Agent, then to the extent such improper withholding or backup withholding was directly caused by such Lender’s or Agent’s actions

 

183


or inactions, such Lender shall indemnify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent for any Excluded Taxes imposed by any jurisdiction on the amounts payable to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent under this Section 10.15, and costs and expenses (including Attorney Costs) of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent. The obligation of the Lenders, severally, under this Section 10.15 shall survive any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of, a Lender or the termination of the Aggregate Commitments, repayment of all other Obligations hereunder and the resignation of the Administrative Agent.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 10.15 , no Lender or Agent shall be required to deliver any documentation that it is not legally eligible to deliver.

(f) Prior to the Closing Date, the Administrative Agent will provide the Borrower with a properly executed and completed IRS Form W-8IMY, with boxes 11 and 12 checked, confirming that the Administrative Agent is a “U.S. branch” that will be responsible for administering U.S. FDAP withholding.

Section 10.16 GOVERNING LAW .

(a) THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT (OTHER THAN ANY LOAN DOCUMENT EXPRESSLY GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION) SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

(b) ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK CITY IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF SUCH STATE, AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE BORROWER, EACH AGENT AND EACH LENDER CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS (OTHER THAN WITH RESPECT TO ACTIONS BY ANY AGENT OR ANY LENDER IN RESPECT OF RIGHTS UNDER ANY COLLATERAL DOCUMENT GOVERNED BY A LAW OTHER THAN THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR WITH RESPECT TO ANY COLLATERAL SUBJECT THERETO). THE BORROWER, EACH AGENT AND EACH LENDER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS, WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR OTHER DOCUMENT RELATED THERETO.

Section 10.17 WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY . EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH

 

184


CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER FOUNDED IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND EACH PARTY HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION 10.17 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE SIGNATORIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

Section 10.18 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by the Borrower and the Administrative Agent shall have been notified by each Lender, Swing Line Lender and the L/C Issuer that each such Lender, Swing Line Lender and the L/C Issuer has executed it and thereafter shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Borrower, each Agent and each Lender and their respective successors and assigns, except that the Borrower shall not have the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Lenders except as permitted by Section 7.04.

Section 10.19 USA PATRIOT Act Notice . Each Lender that is subject to the PATRIOT Act and the Administrative Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Borrower that pursuant to the requirements of the PATRIOT Act, it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Borrower, which information includes the name and address of the Borrower and other information that will allow such Lender or the Administrative Agent, as applicable, to identify the Borrower in accordance with the Act.

Section 10.20 [Reserved] .

Section 10.21 No Advisory or Fiduciary Relationship . In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated hereby, each of Holdings and the Borrower acknowledge and agrees that (i) the Facilities provided for hereunder and any related arranging or other services in connection therewith (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document) are an arm’s-length commercial transaction between Holdings and the Borrower, on the one hand, and the Agents and the Lenders, on the other hand, and Holdings and the Borrower are capable of evaluating and understanding and understand and accept the terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan Documents (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or thereof); (ii) in connection with the process leading to such transaction, each of the Agents and the Lenders is and has been acting solely as a principal and is not the agent or fiduciary, for the Borrower; and (iii) the Agents and the Lenders have not provided and will not provide any legal, accounting, regulatory or tax advice with respect to any of the transactions contemplated hereby (including any amendment, waiver or other modification hereof or of any other Loan Document) and Holdings and the Borrower have consulted their own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent they have deemed appropriate.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK.]

 

185


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

DUNKIN’ FINANCE CORP.,

Initial Borrower

By:  

/s/ Anita Balaji

  Name: Anita Balaji
  Title: Chief Executive Officer and President


BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as

Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer,

Swing Line Lender and a Lender

By:  

/s/ David Barton

  Name: David Barton
  Title: Director


JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.,

as Lender

By:  

/s/ Barry K. Bergman

  Name: Barry K. Bergman
  Title: Managing Director


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,

as Lender

By:   /s/ Angelo Maragos
 

Name: Angelo Maragos

Title: Vice President

 

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA,

as Lender

By:   /s/ Alexis Maged
 

Name: Alexis Maged

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


Citicorp North America Inc.,

as Lender

By:   /s/ Anthony V. Pantina
 

Name: Anthony V. Pantina

Title: Vice President

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


CREDIT SUISSE AG, Cayman Islands Branch,

as Lender

By:   /s/ Shaheen Malik
 

Name: Shaheen Malik

Title: Vice President

 

 

By:   /s/ Rahul Parmar
 

Name: Rahul Parmar

Title: Associate

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


Deutsche Bank Trust Company Americas,

as Lender

By:   /s/ Scottye Lindsey
 

Name: Scottye Lindsey

Title: Director

 

 

By:   /s/ Marguerite Sutton
 

Name: Marguerite Sutton

Title: Director

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.,

as Lender

By:   /s/ Sherrese Clarke
 

Name: Sherrese Clarke

Title: Authorized Signatory

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


COOPERATIEVE CENTRALE RAIFFEISEN-

BOERENLEENBANK B.A., “RABOBANK NEDERLAND”, NEW YORK BRANCH,

as Lender

By:   /s/ Brett Delfino
 

Name: Brett Delfino

Title: Executive Director

 

 

By:   /s/ Lissy Smit
 

Name: Lissy Smit

Title: Executive Director

 

[Signature Page to Credit Agreement]


Schedule I

GUARANTORS

 

Name

   Jurisdiction

Baskin-Robbins Flavors LLC

   DE

Baskin-Robbins Franchised Shops LLC

   DE

Baskin-Robbins Franchising LLC

   DE

Baskin-Robbins International LLC

   DE

Baskin-Robbins LLC

   DE

Baskin-Robbins USA LLC

   CA

BR IP Holder LLC

   DE

BR Japan Holdings LLC

   DE

DB Canadian Supplier Inc.

   DE

DB Canadian Holding Company Inc.

   DE

DB Franchising Holding Company LLC

   DE

DB International Franchising LLC

   DE

DB Master Finance LLC

   DE

DB Mexican Franchising LLC

   DE

DB Real Estate Assets I LLC

   DE

DB Real Estate Assets II LLC

   DE

DB UK Franchising LLC

   DE

DBI Stores LLC

   DE

DD IP Holder LLC

   DE

Dunkin’ Donuts Franchised Restaurants LLC

   DE

Dunkin’ Donuts Franchising LLC

   DE

Dunkin’ Donuts LLC

   DE

Dunkin’ Donuts Realty Investment LLC

   DE

Dunkin’ Donuts USA LLC

   DE

Dunkin’ Ventures LLC

   DE

Mister Donut of America LLC

   DE

Third Dunkin’ Donuts Realty LLC

   DE


Schedule 10.02

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT’S OFFICE, CERTAIN ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES

BORROWERS:

Dunkin’ Brands, Inc.

130 Royall Street

Canton, MA 02021

Attn: Neil Moses

Fax: 781-737-3802

E-mail: neil.moses@dunkinbrands.com

with copies to:

Dunkin’ Brands, Inc.

130 Royall Street

Canton, MA 02021

Attn: Rich Emmett

Fax: 781-737-4360

E-mail: rich.emmett@dunkinbrands.com

Ropes & Gray LLP

1211 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10036-8704

Attn: Steven Rutkovsky

Fax: (646) 728-1529

E-mail: steven.rutkovsky@ropesgray.com

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:

Legal Address:

Barclays Bank PLC

745 Seventh Avenue

New York, NY 10019

Servicing Contact:

(for payments and requests for Credit Extensions):

Barclays Bank PLC

1301 Sixth Avenue

New York, NY 10019

Attn: Sookie Siew

Phone: (212) 320-7205

Fax: (917) 522-0569

E-mail: XraUSLoanOps5@barcap.com

Other Notices as Administrative Agent:


Barclays Bank PLC

745 Seventh Avenue, 26th Floor

New York, NY 10019

Attn: David Barton / Nicole Conjares

Phone: (212) 526-9870 / (212) 526-3987

Fax: (212) 526-5115 / (646) 758-4821

Email: davide.barton@barcap.com / nicole.conjares@barcap.com

with a copy to:

Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP

80 Pine Street

New York, NY 10005

Attn: Susanna M. Suh

Fax: (212) 378-2611

E-mail: ssuh@cahill.com

L/C ISSUER:

Barclays Bank PLC

Letter of Credit Department

200 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10166

Attn: Dawn Townsend

Phone: (201) 499-2081

Fax: (212) 412-5011

Email: dawn.townsend@barcap.com

with copy to:

Barclays Bank PLC

745 Seventh Avenue, 26th Floor

New York, NY 10019

Attn: David Barton / Nicole Conjares

Phone: (212) 526- 9870 / (212) 526-3987

Fax: (212) 526-5115 / (646) 758-4821

Email: davide.barton@barcap.com / nicole.conjares@barcap.com

SWING LINE LENDER:

Barclays Bank PLC

1301 Sixth Avenue

New York, NY 10019

Attn: Sookie Siew

Phone: (212) 320-7205

Fax: (917) 522-0569

E-mail: XraUSLoanOps5@barcap.com


EXHIBIT A-1

FORM OF COMMITTED LOAN NOTICE

Date: [ ]

 

To: Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent

1301 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019

Fax: 212-320-7205

Email: XraUSLoanOps5@barcap.com

Attention: Sookie Siew

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of November 23, 2010 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Dunkin’ Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Initial Borrower ”), and, upon the effectiveness of its joinder to the Credit Agreement, Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), and, upon the Assumption, Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), each lender from time to time party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer.

The undersigned hereby requests (select one):

A Borrowing of:

 

  ¨ Revolving Credit Loans
  ¨ Term B Loans

OR

 

  ¨ A conversion or continuation of [Revolving Credit] [Term B Loans]

 

  1. On                                          (a Business Day).

 

  2. In the amount of                      .

 

  3. Comprised of                                          .

[Class and Type of Loan requested]

 

  4. For Eurodollar Rate Loans: with an Interest Period of      months.


5. [To the account designated in the Senior Secured Credit Facilities Escrow and Security Agreement] 1

[After giving effect to any Revolving Credit Borrowing, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Credit Loans of the Borrower plus the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations plus the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans does not exceed $100,000,000.] 2

[Upon acceptance of any or all of the Loans offered by the Lenders in response to this request, [the Initial Borrower] 3 [the Borrower] 4 shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that the conditions to lending specified in Section[s 4.01 and] 5 4.02 of the Credit Agreement have been satisfied.] 6

[If any borrowing of Eurodollar Rate Loans is not made as a result of a withdrawn Committed Loan Notice, the Borrower shall, after receipt of a written request by any Lender (which request shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for requesting such amount), pay to the applicable Administrative Agent for the account of such Lender any amounts required to compensate such Lender for any additional losses, costs or expenses that such Lender may reasonably incur as a result of such payment, failure to convert, failure to continue, failure to prepay, reduction or failure to reduce, including any loss, cost or expense (excluding loss of anticipated profits) actually incurred by reason of the liquidation or reemployment of deposits or other funds acquired by such Lender to fund or maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loan, as applicable]. 7

 

1  

Applicable with respect to initial Borrowing only.

2  

Applicable with respect to a Borrowing of Revolving Credit Loans.

3  

Applicable with respect to initial Borrowing only.

4  

Applicable with respect to a Borrowing after the Escrow Release Date.

5  

Applicable with respect to initial Borrowing only.

6  

Not applicable to conversion or continuation of Loans.

7  

Applicable with respect to initial Borrowing only.

 

-2-


[DUNKIN’ FINANCE CORP.,
as Initial Borrower 8
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:                    ]
[DUNKIN’ BRANDS, INC.,
as Borrower 9
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:                    ]

 

8  

To be executed by Dunkin’ Finance Corp. on the Closing Date only.

9  

To be executed by Dunkin Brands, Inc. from time to time after the Esrow Release Date.

 

-3-


EXHIBIT A-2

FORM OF PREPAYMENT NOTICE

Barclays Bank PLC,

as Administrative Agent for

the Lenders referred to below,

1301 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019

Fax: 212-320-7205

Email: XraUSLoanOps5@barcap.com

Attention: Sookie Siew

With a copy to:

Barclays Bank PLC

754 Seventh Avenue

New York, NY 10019

Attn: David Barton / Nicole Conjares

Fax: (212) 526-5115 / (646) 758-4821

Email: davide.barton@barcap.com / nicole.conjares@barcap.com

Re: Dunkin Brands, Inc. Credit Agreement

[Date]

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement dated November 23, 2010 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Dunkin’ Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Initial Borrower ”), and, upon the effectiveness of its joinder to the Credit Agreement, Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), and, upon the Assumption, Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), each lender from time to time party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer. Borrower hereby gives you notice pursuant to Section 2.05 of the Credit Agreement that it shall be making a prepayment under the Credit Agreement:

 

(A)   Rate of Loans being repaid

      [Base Rate Loans] [Eurodollar Rate Loans]

(B)   Principal amount of borrowing being prepaid

     

 

(C)   Date of prepayment

     

 

(D)   Type of prepayment

      [Mandatory] 1 0 [Optional]

 

 

10  

To be accompanied by a reasonably detailed calculation of the amount of prepayment.


[Signature Page Follows]

 

-2-


DUNKIN’ BRANDS, INC.

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

-3-


EXHIBIT A-3

FORM OF REQUEST FOR L/C ISSUANCE

Date: [ ]

 

To: Barclays Bank PLC, as L/C Issuer

Letter of Credit Department

200 Park Avenue

New York, NY 10166

Fax: 212-412-5011

Email: dawn.townsend@barcap.com

Attention: Dawn Townsend

With a copy to:

Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent

754 Seventh Avenue

New York, NY 10019

Attn: David Barton / Nicole Conjares

Fax: (212) 526-5115 / (646) 758-4821

Email: davide.barton@barcap.com / nicole.conjares@barcap.com

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement dated as of November 23, 2010 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Dunkin’ Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Initial Borrower ”), and, upon the effectiveness of its joinder to the Credit Agreement, Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), and, upon the Assumption, Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), each lender from time to time party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer.

The undersigned hereby requests an [issuance][amendment][extension] of a Letter of Credit. Enclosed herewith is the related Letter of Credit Application, with the information required pursuant to Section 2.03(b) of the Credit Agreement.

The Credit Extension requested herein complies with the Credit Agreement, including Section 4.02 of the Credit Agreement.

[Signature Page Follows]


DUNKIN’ BRANDS, INC.

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

-2-


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF SWING LINE LOAN NOTICE

 

To: Barclays Bank PLC, as Swing Line Lender and Administrative Agent

1301 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10019

Fax: 212-320-7205

Email: XraUSLoanOps5@barcap.com

Attention: Sookie Siew

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement dated November 23, 2010 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Dunkin’ Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Initial Borrower ”), and, upon the effectiveness of its joinder to the Credit Agreement, Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), and, upon the Assumption, Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower ”), each lender from time to time party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer.

The undersigned hereby requests a Swing Line Loan:

 

  1. On                                          (a Business Day).

 

  2. In the amount of $                      .

 

  3. To the account designated below:

[            ]

After giving effect to any Swing Line Borrowing, the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Credit Loans of the Borrower plus the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations plus the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Swing Line Loans does not exceed $100,000,000.

Upon acceptance of the Swing Line Loan offered by the Lenders in response to this request, the Borrower shall be deemed to have represented and warranted that the conditions to lending specified in Section 4.02 of the Credit Agreement have been satisfied.

[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]


DUNKIN’ BRANDS, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

 

-2-


EXHIBIT C-1

FORM OF TERM NOTE

Date: [ ]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, hereby promise to pay to                                  or its registered assigns (the “ Term Lender ”), in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the aggregate unpaid principal amount of each Term B Loan made by the Term Lender to the Initial Borrower and [to be] 11 assumed by Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”) under that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2010 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Dunkin’ Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Initial Borrower ”), and, upon the effectiveness of its joinder to the Credit Agreement, Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), and, upon the Assumption, the Borrower, each lender from time to time party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer.

The [Initial] 12 Borrower promises to pay interest on the aggregate unpaid principal amount of each Term B Loan made by the Term Lender to the [Initial] Borrower under the Credit Agreement from the date of such Loan until such principal amount is paid in full, at such interest rates and at such times as provided in the Credit Agreement. All payments of principal and interest shall be made to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Term Lender in Dollars and in immediately available funds. If any amount is not paid in full when due hereunder, such unpaid amount shall bear interest, to be paid upon demand, from the due date thereof until the date of actual payment (and before as well as after judgment) computed at the per annum rate set forth in the Credit Agreement.

This Term Note (this “ Term Note ”) is one of the Term Notes referred to in the Credit Agreement, is entitled to the benefits thereof and may be prepaid in whole or in part subject to the terms and conditions provided therein. This Term Note is also entitled to the benefits of the Guaranty and is secured by the Collateral. Upon the occurrence and continuation of one or more of the Events of Default specified in the Credit Agreement, all amounts then remaining unpaid on this Term Note shall become, or may be declared to be, immediately due and payable all as provided in the Credit Agreement. Term B Loans made by the Term Lender shall be evidenced by one or more loan accounts or records maintained by the Term Lender in the ordinary course of business. The Term Lender may also attach schedules to this Term Note and endorse thereon the date, amount and maturity of its Term B Loans and payments with respect thereto.

The [Initial] Borrower, for itself and its successors and assigns, hereby waives diligence, presentment, protest and demand and notice of protest, demand, dishonor and non-payment of this Term Note.

THIS TERM NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

11

Notes issued on Closing Date.

12  

Notes issued on Closing Date.


[DUNKIN’ FINANCE CORP.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:                        ] 13
[DUNKIN’ BRANDS, INC.,
Borrower
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:                        ] 14

 

13

Notes issued on Closing Date.

14

Notes issued on or after Escrow Release Date.

 

-2-


TERM B LOANS AND PAYMENTS WITH RESPECT THERETO

 

Date

  

Type of Term B
Loan Made

  

Amount of
Term B Loan

Made

  

End of Interest
Period

  

Amount of
Principal or
Interest Paid

This Date

  

Outstanding
Principal Balance
This Date

  

Notation

Made By

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

-3-


EXHIBIT C-2

FORM OF REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE

Date: [ ]

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned, hereby promises to pay to                                  or its registered assigns (the “ Lender ”), in accordance with the provisions of the Credit Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the aggregate unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Credit Loan from time to time made by the Lender to Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”) under that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2010 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Dunkin’ Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Initial Borrower ”), and, upon the effectiveness of its joinder to the Credit Agreement, Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), and, upon the Assumption, the Borrower, each lender from time to time party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer.

The Borrower promises to pay interest on the aggregate unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Credit Loan from time to time made by the Lender to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement from the date of such Loan until such principal amount is paid in full, at such interest rates and at such times as provided in the Credit Agreement. All payments of principal and interest shall be made to the Administrative Agent (or, in the case of Swing Line Loans, to the Swing Line Lender) for the account of the Lender in Dollars and in immediately available funds. If any amount is not paid in full when due hereunder, such unpaid amount shall bear interest, to be paid upon demand, from the due date thereof until the date of actual payment (and before as well as after judgment) computed at the per annum rate set forth in the Credit Agreement.

This Revolving Credit Note (this “ Revolving Credit Note ”) is one of the Revolving Credit Notes referred to in the Credit Agreement, is entitled to the benefits thereof and may be prepaid in whole or in part subject to the terms and conditions provided therein. This Revolving Credit Note is also entitled to the benefits of the Guaranty and is secured by the Collateral. Upon the occurrence and continuation of one or more of the Events of Default specified in the Credit Agreement, all amounts then remaining unpaid on this Revolving Credit Note shall become, or may be declared to be, immediately due and payable all as provided in the Credit Agreement. Revolving Credit Loans made by the Lender shall be evidenced by one or more loan accounts or records maintained by the Lender in the ordinary course of business. The Lender may also attach schedules to this Revolving Credit Note and endorse thereon the date, amount and maturity of its Revolving Credit Loans and payments with respect thereto.

The Borrower, for itself, its successors and assigns, hereby waives diligence, presentment, protest and demand and notice of protest, demand, dishonor and non-payment of this Revolving Credit Note.


THIS REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

 

DUNKIN’ BRANDS, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

-2-


LOANS AND PAYMENTS WITH RESPECT THERETO

 

Date

  

Type of Loan

Made

  

Currency

and

Amount of Loan
Made

  

End of

Interest Period

  

Amount of
Principal or

Interest Paid

This Date

  

Outstanding
Principal Balance
This Date

  

Notation

Made By

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

-3-


EXHIBIT D

FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

Financial Statement Date: [ ]

 

To: Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent

754 Seventh Avenue

New York, NY 10019

Attn: David Barton / Nicole Conjares

Fax: (212) 526-5115 / (646) 758-4821

Email: davide.barton@barcap.com / nicole.conjares@barcap.com

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2010 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”; the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Dunkin’ Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Initial Borrower ”), and, upon the effectiveness of its joinder to the Credit Agreement, Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), and, upon the Assumption, Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), each lender from time to time party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer.

I, the undersigned Responsible Officer of the Borrower, hereby certify, solely in my capacity as an officer of the Borrower and not in an individual capacity, as of the date hereof, that I am the                                          of the Borrower, and that, as such, I am authorized to execute and deliver this Certificate to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Borrower, and that:

[Use following paragraph 1 for fiscal year end financial statements]

1. Attached hereto as Schedule 1 are the year-end audited financial statements required by Section 6.01(a) of the Credit Agreement for the fiscal year of the Borrower ended as of the above date[, together with the certificate of the Borrower’s independent certified public accountants required by Section 6.02(a) of the Credit Agreement]. [We were not able to obtain the certificate of the Borrower’s independent certified public accountants required by Section 6.02(a) of the Credit Agreement after using commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the same.]

[Use following paragraph 1 for fiscal quarter-end financial statements.]

1. Attached hereto as Schedule 1 are the unaudited financial statements required by Section 6.01(b) of the Credit Agreement for the fiscal quarter of the Borrower ended as of the above date, which financial statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes.

2. The undersigned has reviewed and is familiar with the terms of the Credit Agreement and has made, or has caused to be made under [his/her] supervision, a review of the activities of the Borrower during such fiscal period.

[select one:]


3. Based on the examination described in paragraph 2 above and the knowledge of the undersigned no Default has occurred and is continuing.

-or-

[The following covenants or conditions have not been performed or observed and the following is a list of each such Default and its nature and status:]

4. The financial covenant analyses and information set forth on Schedule 2 attached hereto are delivered in compliance with Section 6.02(b).

5. Attached hereto as Schedule 3 is [(a)] a description of all events, conditions or circumstances during the fiscal quarter ended as of the above date requiring a mandatory prepayment under Section 2.05(b) of the Credit Agreement [and (b) the calculation of Excess Cash Flow required by Section 6.02(b) of the Credit Agreement for the fiscal year of the Borrower ended as of the above date] 15 .

[Use following paragraph for Certificate delivered with fiscal year end financial statements]

6. Attached hereto as Schedule 4 are executed Intellectual Property Security Agreements required by Section 6.12(c) of the Credit Agreement to be delivered herewith with respect to all applicable After Acquired Intellectual Property described therein. 16

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate as of                      ,              .

 

DUNKIN’ BRANDS, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

15

To be included in any Certificate in respect of any fiscal year of the Borrower ending on or after December 31, 2011.

16

If applicable.

 

-2-


[AUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(as required by Section 6.01(a) of the Credit Agreement)]

[UNAUDITED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(as required by Section 6.01(b) of the Credit Agreement)]

 

-3-


Schedule 2 to

Exhibit D

For the [Quarter/Year] ended                      (“ Statement Date ”)

($ in 000’s)

Section 7.10(a) - Total Leverage Ratio :

 

I. Consolidated Total Debt

 

A. Consolidated Total Debt

   $                    

 

II. Consolidated EBITDA

 

A. Consolidated Net Income for such period; plus    $                    
B. an amount which, in the determination of Consolidated Net Income for such period, has been deducted or netted from gross revenues (except with respect to subclauses (ix) and (xi) below, and, to the extent attributable to amounts accrued but not added back in a prior period, payments in subclause (v)) for, without duplication,   
(i)    interest expense and, to the extent not reflected in such interest expense, any losses with respect to obligations under any Swap Contracts or other derivative instruments (including any applicable termination payment) entered into for the purpose of hedging interest rate risk, any bank and financing fees, any costs of surety bonds in connection with financing activities, commissions, discounts and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters of credit, bankers’ acceptance or any similar facilities or financing and Swap Contracts,    $                    
(ii)    provision for taxes based on income or profits or capital, including, without limitation, federal, state, provincial, franchise, excise, withholding and similar taxes, including any penalties and interest relating to any tax examinations,    $                    
(iii)    the total amount of depreciation and amortization expense, including expenses related to Capitalized Software Expenditures and Capitalized Leases,    $                    
(iv)    (a) Transaction Expenses paid prior to March 31, 2011 and (b) to the extent permitted hereunder, any costs and expenses incurred in connection with any Investment, Disposition, Equity Issuance or Debt Issuance (including fees and expenses related to the offering of the Senior Notes and the Facilities and any amendments, supplements and modifications thereof), including the amortization of deferred financing fees, debt issuance costs, commissions, fees and expenses (in each case, whether or not consummated),    $                    
(v)    the amount of management, monitoring, consulting, transaction and advisory fees (including termination fees) and related indemnities and expenses    $                    


   paid or accrued during such period to the Sponsors in accordance with the Management Agreement to the extent permitted to be paid under Section 7.08,   
(vi)    any costs, charges, accruals and reserves in connection with any integration, transition, facilities openings, vacant facilities, consolidations, relocations and closings, pre-openings, openings, permitted acquisitions, Joint Venture investments and Dispositions, business optimization (including relating to systems design, upgrade, implementation costs, franchise-related restructuring programs, non-recurring franchisee information technology and market research programs), entry into new markets, including consulting fees, Refranchising Transactions, restructuring, severance, severance and curtailments or modifications to pension or postretirement employee benefit plans; 17    $                    
(vii)    the amount of any expense or deduction associated with income of any Restricted Subsidiaries attributable to non-controlling interests or minority interest of third parties,    $                    
(viii)    any non-cash charges, losses or expenses (including tax reclassification related to tax contingencies in a prior period and, subject to clause (d) below, including accruals and reserves in respect of potential or future cash items), but excluding, any non-cash charge relating to write-offs or write-downs of inventory or accounts receivable or representing amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid but not expensed in a prior period,    $                    
(ix)    cash actually received (or any netting arrangements resulting in reduced cash expenditures) during such period, and not included in Consolidated Net Income in any period, to the extent that the non-cash gain relating to such cash receipt or netting arrangement was deducted in the calculation of Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to Line C below for any previous period and not added back,    $                    
(x)    unusual or non-recurring losses or charges,    $                    
(xi)    the amount of “run-rate” cost savings and synergies projected by the Borrower in good faith to be realized as a result of specified actions taken or expected in good faith to be taken within 12 months following the end of such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of such period), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from    $                    

 

17

The aggregate amount of add backs made pursuant to clauses (vi) and (xi) (together with any cost savings or synergies added to Consolidated EBITDA pursuant to Section 1.04(d) (such aggregate amount, the “ Adjustment Amount ”)) in any Test Period shall not exceed (A) 15% of Consolidated EBITDA (prior to giving effect to such addbacks) for any Test Period completed on or prior to December 31, 2011 and (B) 10% of Consolidated EBITDA (prior to giving effect to such addbacks) for any Test Period completed after December 31, 2011; provided , that to the extent the aggregate Adjustment Amount for any Test Period was less than the cap applicable to such Test Period, the cap set forth in clause (B) of the preceding proviso shall be increased by such amount (but not to exceed 15% of Consolidated EBITDA (prior to giving effect to such addbacks) for the succeeding Test Period. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Consolidated EBITDA for the fiscal quarter ended on (i) December 26, 2009 shall be deemed to be $64,771,000, (ii) March 27, 2010 shall be deemed to be $56,504,000, (iii) June 26, 2010 shall be deemed to be $77,045,000 and (iv) September 25, 2010 shall be deemed to be $76,561,000.

 

-2-


   such actions; provided that such cost savings and synergies are reasonably identifiable, factually supportable and certified by the chief financial officer or treasurer of the Borrower (it is understood and agreed that “run-rate” means the full recurring benefit for a period that is associated with any action taken or expected to be taken, provided that such benefit is expected to be realized within 12 months of taking such action), 17   
The sum of (i)-(xi); minus    $                    
C.    an amount which, in the determination of Consolidated Net Income for such period, has been included for non-cash income during such period (other than with respect to (A) amounts attributable to investments in the Specified Joint Ventures, (B) amortization of unfavorable operating leases and (C) payments actually received and the reversal of any accrual or reserve to the extent not previously added back in any prior period), minus    $                    
D.    all cash payments made during such period on account of non-cash charges added to Consolidated Net Income pursuant to clause (viii) of Line B above in such period or in a prior period; minus    $                    
E.    the amount of income consisting of or associated with losses of any Restricted Subsidiary attributable to non-controlling interests or minority interests of third parties, minus    $                    
F.    non-recurring or unusual gains.    $                    
G    Consolidated EBITDA (Line A, plus Line B, minus Line C, minus Line D, minus Line E, minus Line F)    $                    

 

III.   Total Leverage Ratio (Line I.A divided by Line II.G):

           to 1:0      

Maximum Permitted under Section 7.10 for such period:       to 1.0

 

IV. Equity Cures (if applicable):

 

-3-


Section 7.10(b) - Interest Coverage Ratio

 

I. Consolidated EBITDA

 

A.    Consolidated EBITDA (from Line II.G above)    $                    

 

II. Consolidated Interest Expense

 

A. the amount of interest expense in respect of Indebtedness (less payments received, and plus payments made, pursuant to interest rate Swap Contracts) for such period (including the interest component under Capitalized Leases), but excluding, to the extent included in interest expense,    $                    
(v)    fees and expenses associated with the consummation of the Transactions,    $                    
(w)    annual agency fees paid to the Administrative Agent    $                    
(x)    costs associated with obtaining Swap Contracts    $                    
(y)    fees and expenses associated with any Debt Issuance and any prepayment, redemption, repurchase or other satisfaction or retirement of indebtedness (whether or not consummated and including premium and prepayment penalties),    $                    
(z)    pay-in-kind interest expense, accretion of original issue discount or discounted liabilities or other non-cash interest expense (including as a result of the effects of purchase accounting, accrual of discounted liabilities and movement of mark to market valuation of obligations under Swap Contracts or other derivative instruments),    $                    
B. the amount of interest income,    $                    
in each case as determined in accordance with GAAP, to the extent the same are paid or payable (or received or receivable) in cash with respect to such period.   
C. Line A minus Line B    $                    

 

III.   Interest Coverage Ratio (Line I.A. divided by Line II.C):

           to 1.0      

Minimum Required under Section 7.10(b) for such period:      to 1.0

 

IV. Equity Cures (if applicable):

 

-4-


Schedule 3 to

Exhibit D

[(a) Description of all events, conditions or circumstances during the fiscal quarter ended as of the above date requiring a mandatory prepayment under Section 2.05(b) of the Credit Agreement.]

[(b) Calculation of Excess Cash Flow required by Section 6.02(b) of the Credit Agreement for the fiscal year of the Borrower ended as of the above date: 18 ]

Excess Cash Flow :

 

A. The sum of:

  

(i)

   Consolidated Net Income for such period; plus    $                        

(ii)

   an amount equal to the amount of all non-cash charges (including depreciation and amortization) to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, but excluding any such non-cash charges representing an accrual or reserve for potential cash items in any future period and excluding amortization of a prepaid cash item that was paid in a prior period, plus    $                        

(iii)

   the Consolidated Working Capital Adjustment for such period, plus    $                        

(iv)

   an amount equal to the aggregate net non-cash loss on Dispositions by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (other than Dispositions in the ordinary course of business) to the extent deducted in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income, plus    $                        

(v)

   expenses deducted from Consolidated Net Income during such period in respect of expenditures made during any prior period for which a deduction from Excess Cash Flow was made in such period pursuant to clause (viii), (ix) or (x) of Line B below, plus    $                        

(vi)

   cash income or gain (actually received in cash) excluded from the calculation of Consolidated Net Income for such period pursuant to the definition thereof, plus    $                        
   The sum of (i)-(vi), minus    $                        

B. The sum, without duplication (whether in the same period or prior periods), of:

  

(i)

   an amount equal to (A) the amount of all non-cash gains, income and credits included in arriving at such Consolidated Net Income (excluding any such non-cash gain, income or credit to the extent it represents the reversal of an accrual or reserve for a potential cash item that reduced    $                        

 

18  

To be included in any Certificate in respect of any fiscal year of the Borrower ending on or after December 31, 2011.


   Consolidated Net Income in any prior period), and (B) all cash expenses, charges and losses excluded in calculating Consolidated Net Income pursuant to the definition of Consolidated Net Income,   

(ii)

   without duplication of amounts deducted pursuant to clause (viii) below in prior fiscal years, the amount of capital expenditures, Capitalized Software Expenditures and acquisitions (including Permitted Acquisitions and acquisitions of intellectual property) by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries accrued or made in cash during such period, to the extent financed with Internally Generated Cash Flow,    $                        

(iii)

   Consolidated Scheduled Funded Debt Payments and the aggregate amount of all principal prepayments of long-term Indebtedness of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries (including the amount of any mandatory prepayment of Term Loans pursuant to Section 2.05(b)(ii) to the extent required due to a Disposition that resulted in an increase to such Consolidated Net Income and not in excess of the amount of such increase), but excluding (A) all prepayments of Term Loans other than scheduled amortization and mandatory prepayments described in the parenthetical clause above, (B) all prepayments of Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans, (C) all prepayments in respect of any other revolving credit facility, except to the extent there is an equivalent permanent reduction in commitments thereunder and (D) prepayments of Indebtedness funded with the Cumulative Amount, made during such period, in each case to the extent financed with Internally Generated Cash Flow,    $                        

(iv)

   cash payments by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period in respect of long-term liabilities other than Indebtedness to the extent such payments are not expensed during such period or are not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income to the extent financed with Internally Generated Cash Flow,    $                        

(v)

   the amount of Investments made in cash pursuant to Sections 7.02(b), 7.02(c)(iii), 7.02(m) and 7.02(n) (with respect to Sections 7.02(m) and 7.02(n), other than Investments funded by the Cumulative Amount) made during such period to the extent that such Investments were financed with Internally Generated Cash Flow, plus any Returns of such Investment,    $                        

(vi)

   the amount of Restricted Payments paid in cash during such period pursuant to Sections 7.06(e), 7.06(h) and 7.06(i) made during such period, to the extent that such Restricted Payments were financed with Internally Generated Cash Flow,    $                        

(vii)

   to the extent not expensed during such period or are not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income, the aggregate amount of expenditures, fees, costs and expenses paid in cash by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries with Internally Generated Cash Flow of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries during such period (including expenditures for payment of financing fees),    $                        

(viii)

   the aggregate consideration required to be paid in cash by the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries pursuant to binding contracts (the “ Contract Consideration ”) entered into prior to or during such period relating to Permitted Acquisitions (including with respect to any earnout    $                        


   payments thereunder for the period under which such earnout obligations are payable), capital expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property or other assets to be completed or made during the Test Period following the end of such period; provided , that, to the extent the aggregate amount of Internally Generated Cash Flow actually utilized to finance such Permitted Acquisitions, capital expenditures or acquisitions of intellectual property or other assets during such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters is less than the Contract Consideration, the amount of such shortfall shall be added to the calculation of Excess Cash Flow at the end of such period of four consecutive fiscal quarters,   

(ix)

   the amount of cash taxes paid in such period (and tax reserves set aside and payable within 12 months of such period) to the extent they exceed the amount of tax expense deducted in determining Consolidated Net Income for such period,    $                        

(x)

   to the extent not expensed during such period or not deducted in calculating Consolidated Net Income, cash costs and expenses during such period in connection with, and any payments of, Transaction Expenses,    $                        

(xi)

   any gains or losses resulting from Refranchising Transactions in the ordinary course of business,    $                        

(xii)

   payments made in connection with Guarantees of obligations of franchisees or any of their Affiliates, and    $                        

(xiii)

   the amount of Consolidated Net Income attributable to investments in the Specified Joint Ventures, except to the extent actually paid to the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in the form of a cash dividend or distribution during such period    $                        
   the sum of (i)-(xiii) above    $                        

C. Excess Cash Flow: Line A minus Line B

   $                        


Schedule 4 to

Exhibit D

[Attach executed Intellectual Property Security Agreements required by Section 6.12(c) of the Credit Agreement to be delivered herewith with respect to all applicable After Acquired Intellectual Property described therein.] 19

 

19  

To be included in any Certificate in respect of any fiscal year of the Borrower, if applicable.


EXHIBIT E

FORM OF

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

This Assignment and Assumption (the “ Assignment and Assumption ”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [ Insert name of Assignor ] (the “ Assignor ”) and [ Insert name of Assignee ] (the “ Assignee ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement defined below, receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below, (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below (including participations in any L/C Obligations and in Swing Line Loans included in such facilities) and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as, the “ Assigned Interest ”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.

 

1. Assignor:   

 

  
2. Assignee:   

 

  
   [and is an Affiliate/Approved Fund of [ identify Lender ] 20 ]
3. Borrower:    [Dunkin’ Finance Corp.] 21 [Dunkin’ Brands, Inc.]

4. Administrative Agent: Barclays Bank PLC, as the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement

 

20  

Select as applicable.

21  

If executed prior to the Escrow Release Date only.


5. Credit Agreement: Credit Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2010 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Dunkin’ Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Initial Borrower ”), and, upon the effectiveness of its joinder to the Credit Agreement, Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), and, upon the Assumption, Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower ”), each lender from time to time party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer.

6. Assigned Interest:

 

Facility Assigned

   Aggregate Amount
of
Commitment/Loans
for all Lenders
     Amount of
Commitment/Loans
Assigned
     Percentage Assigned
of

Commitment/Loans 22
 

Term Loan Facility

   $                            $                                  

Revolving Credit Facility

   $                            $                                  

[7. Trade Date:                      ] 23

 

22

Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment/Loans of all Lenders thereunder.

23

To be completed if the Assignor and the Assignee intend that the minimum assignment amount is to be determined as of the Trade Date.


Effective Date:                   , 20      [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]

The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:

 

 

ASSIGNOR

[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]

By:  

 

  Title:
 

ASSIGNEE

[NAME OF ASSIGNEE]

By:  

 

  Title:

[Consented to and] Accepted:

 

[DUNKIN’ FINANCE CORP.] 24 [DUNKIN’ BRANDS, INC.] 25
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,
as Administrative Agent [, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender]
26

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

24  

If executed prior to the Escrow Release Date only.

25

To be completed to the extent consent is required under Section 10.07(b).

26  

To be completed to the extent assignment is of a Revolving Credit Commitment or consent is otherwise required.


ANNEX 1 to Assignment and Assumption

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

1. Representations and Warranties.

1.1 Assignor . The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of Holdings, the Borrower, any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by Holdings, the Borrower, any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document.

1.2. Assignee . The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) it is not a Competitor and it meets all requirements of an Eligible Assignee under the Credit Agreement (subject to receipt of such consents as may be required under the Credit Agreement), (iii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iv) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to acquire assets of the type represented by the Assigned Interest and either it, or the Person exercising discretion in making its decision to acquire the Assigned Interest, is experienced in acquiring assets of such type, (v) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, and has received or has been accorded the opportunity to receive copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Sections 5.05 or 6.01 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, (vi) if it is not already a Lender under the Credit Agreement, attached to the Assignment and Assumption an Administrative Questionnaire in the form of Exhibit J to the Credit Agreement, (vii) if it is a Non-US Lender, attached to the Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to Section 10.15 of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee; and (viii) it is not an Affiliated Lender and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations that by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

2. Payments . From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other amounts) to the Assignor for amounts that have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts that have accrued from and after the Effective Date.


3. General Provisions . This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be construed in accordance with and governed by, the law of the State of New York.


Exhibit F

 

 

GUARANTY

Dated as of                      ,         

Among

THE GUARANTORS NAMED HEREIN

And

THE ADDITIONAL GUARANTORS REFERRED TO HEREIN

as Guarantors

And

BARCLAYS BANK PLC

As Administrative Agent

in favor of

THE SECURED PARTIES REFERRED TO IN

THE CREDIT AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN

 

 


Table of Contents

 

          Page  
Section 1.    Definitions      1   
Section 2.    Guaranty; Limitation of Liability      2   
Section 3.    Guaranty Absolute      3   
Section 4.    Waivers and Acknowledgments      4   
Section 5.    Subrogation      5   
Section 6.    Payments Free and Clear of Taxes, Etc.      6   
Section 7.    Covenants      6   
Section 8.    Amendments, Release of Guarantors, Etc.      6   
Section 9.    Guaranty Supplements      7   
Section 10.    Notices, Etc.      7   
Section 11.    No Waiver; Remedies      7   
Section 12.    Right of Set-off      7   
Section 13.    Continuing Guaranty; Assignments under the Credit Agreement      8   
Section 14.    Execution in Counterparts      8   
Section 15.    Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial, Etc.      8   
Exhibits   
Exhibit A – Guaranty Supplement   
Schedules   
Schedule I – Guarantors   

 

i


GUARANTY

GUARANTY dated as of                      ,          (this “ Guaranty ”) among Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), each of the other Persons listed on Schedule I hereto and the Additional Guarantors (as defined in Section 9), as Guarantors, and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), in favor of the Secured Parties (as defined in the Credit Agreement referred to below).

PRELIMINARY STATEMENT

Dunkin’ Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Initial Borrower ”) is party to the Credit Agreement dated as of November 23, 2010 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) with certain Lenders party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer and, upon the Assumption (as defined below), Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”) and, upon the effectiveness of its joinder to the Credit Agreement, Holdings. The rights and obligations of the Initial Borrower under Credit Agreement will be assumed by the Borrower on the date hereof and the Borrower will merge into the Initial Borrower with the Borrower being the surviving entity (the “ Assumption ”). Each Guarantor will derive substantial direct and indirect benefits from the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents and the Secured Hedge Agreements (together with all instruments, agreements or other documents evidencing the Cash Management Obligations, the “ Finance Documents ”) and it is in the interest of each such Guarantor to make this Guaranty in favor of the Secured Parties. It is a covenant under the Credit Agreement that each Guarantor (other than a Guarantor in its capacity as an Additional Guarantor following the execution of a Guaranty Supplement) shall have executed and delivered this Guaranty.

The potential obligations of each Guarantor under this Guaranty are not disproportionate to the benefits derived by such Guarantor from the making of extensions of credit to the Borrower under the Credit Agreement and the other financing arrangements described above and/or to each such Guarantor’s net worth.

The execution, delivery and performance by each Guarantor of this Guaranty has been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or limited liability company action on the part of such Guarantor.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the Loans and Letters of Credit heretofore or hereafter from time to time made or issued by the Lenders under the Credit Agreement, each Guarantor, jointly and severally with each other Guarantor, hereby agrees as follows:

Section 1. Definitions . Capitalized terms used in this Guaranty and not defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement.

(a) The rules of construction specified in Section 1.02 of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Guaranty.


(b) As used in this Guaranty, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

Assumption ” has the meaning specified in the preliminary statement to this Guaranty.

Borrower ” has the meaning specified in the preliminary statement to this Guaranty.

Credit Agreement ” has the meaning specified in the preliminary statement to this Guaranty.

Finance Documents ” has the meaning specified in the preliminary statement to this Guaranty.

Guarantor ” means Holdings, each of the other Persons listed on Schedule I hereto or the Additional Guarantors, as the context may require, and “ Guarantors ” means, collectively, Holdings, each of the other Persons listed on Schedule I hereto and the Additional Guarantors.

Guaranty ” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Guaranty.

Guaranty Supplement ” means a guaranty supplement in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto.

Holdings ” has the meaning specified in the preamble to this Guaranty.

Section 2. Guaranty; Limitation of Liability .

(a) Each Guarantor hereby, jointly and severally with the other Guarantors, absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the punctual payment, whether at scheduled maturity or by acceleration, demand or otherwise, of all Obligations of the Borrower, each Loan Party guaranteeing the Obligations of the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary which is an obligor with respect to any Secured Hedge Agreements now or hereafter existing or any Cash Management Obligations now or hereafter existing (including, without limitation, any extensions, modifications, substitutions, amendments or renewals of any or all of the foregoing Obligations), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, and whether for principal, interest, premiums, fees, indemnities, contract causes of action, costs, expenses or otherwise (such Obligations, the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”), and agrees to pay any and all reasonable expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party in enforcing any rights under this Guaranty or any other Loan Document in accordance with Section 10.04 of the Credit Agreement (including reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external counsel to the Administrative Agent). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Guarantor’s liability shall extend to all amounts that constitute part of the Guaranteed Obligations and would be owed by any other Guarantor to any Secured Party under or in respect of the Finance Documents but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of a bankruptcy, liquidation, receivership, examiner-ship, administration, reorganization or similar proceeding involving such other Guarantor.

 

2


(b) Each Subsidiary Guarantor, and by acceptance of this Guaranty, the Administrative Agent and each other Secured Party, hereby confirm that it is the intention of all such Persons that this Guaranty and the Obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Debtor Relief Laws (as hereinafter defined), the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar or analogous foreign, federal or state Law to the extent applicable to this Guaranty and the Obligations of each Subsidiary Guarantor hereunder. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Administrative Agent, the other Secured Parties and the Subsidiary Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that the Obligations of each such Subsidiary Guarantor under this Guaranty at any time shall be limited to the maximum amount as will result in the Obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under this Guaranty not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. For purposes hereof, “ Debtor Relief Laws ” means any proceeding of the type referred to in Section 8.01(f) of the Credit Agreement or any Debtor Relief Law (as defined in the Credit Agreement).

(c) Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees that in the event any payment shall be required to be made to any Secured Party under this Guaranty, or any other guaranty, such Guarantor will contribute, to the maximum extent permitted by Law, such amounts to each other Guarantor so as to maximize the aggregate amount paid to the Secured Parties under or in respect of the Finance Documents.

(d) To the extent that any Guarantor shall be required hereunder to pay a portion of the Guaranteed Obligations exceeding the greater of (a) the amount of the economic benefit actually received by such Guarantor from the Loans and (b) the amount such Guarantor would otherwise have paid if such Guarantor had paid the aggregate amount of the Guaranteed Obligations (excluding the amount thereof repaid by the Borrower) in the same proportion as such Guarantor’s net worth at the date enforcement is sought hereunder bears to the aggregate net worth of such Guarantor and all of the other Guarantors (the “ Other Guarantors ”) at the date of enforcement is sought hereunder, then each Other Guarantor shall reimburse such Guarantor for the amount of such excess, pro rata, based on the respective net worths of such Other Guarantors at the date enforcement hereunder is sought.

Section 3. Guaranty Absolute . Each Guarantor guarantees that the Guaranteed Obligations will be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents, regardless of any Law, regulation or order now or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any of such terms or the rights of any Secured Party with respect thereto. The Guarantor further agrees that its guarantee hereunder constitutes a guarantee of payment when due and not of collection, that the Obligations of each Guarantor under or in respect of this Guaranty are those of primary obligor, and not merely as surety, and are independent of the Guaranteed Obligations or of any other Obligations of any other Guarantor under or in respect of the Finance Documents, and that a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against each Guarantor to enforce this Guaranty, irrespective of whether any action is brought against the Borrower or any other Guarantor or whether the Borrower or any other Guarantor is joined in any such action or actions. The liability of each Guarantor under this Guaranty shall be irrevocable, absolute and unconditional irrespective of, and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, any defenses it may now have or hereafter acquire in any way relating to, any or all of the following:

(a) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Finance Document or any agreement or instrument relating thereto;

 

3


(b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Obligations of any other Guarantor under or in respect of the Finance Documents, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from any Finance Document, including, without limitation, any increase in the Guaranteed Obligations resulting from the extension of additional credit to the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries or otherwise;

(c) any taking, exchange, release or non-perfection of any Collateral or any other collateral, or any taking, release or amendment or waiver of, or consent to departure from, any other guaranty, for all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(d) any manner of application of Collateral or any other collateral, or proceeds thereof, to all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any manner of sale or other disposition of any Collateral or any other collateral for all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other Obligations of any Guarantor under the Finance Documents or any other assets of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries;

(e) any change, restructuring or termination of the corporate structure or existence of the Borrower, any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries;

(f) any failure of any Secured Party to disclose to any Guarantor any information relating to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of the Borrower or any other Guarantor now or hereafter known to such Secured Party (each Guarantor waiving any duty on the part of the Secured Parties to disclose such information);

(g) the failure of any other Person to execute or deliver this Guaranty, any Guaranty Supplement (as hereinafter defined) or any other guaranty or agreement or the release or reduction of liability of any Guarantor or other guarantor or surety with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations; or

(h) any other circumstance or any existence of or reliance on any representation by any Secured Party that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Guarantor or any other guarantor or surety.

This Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by any Secured Party or any other Person upon the insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation, receivership, examinership, administration or reorganization of the Borrower or any Guarantor or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

Section 4. Waivers and Acknowledgments .

(a) Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives promptness, diligence, notice of acceptance, presentment, demand for performance, notice of nonperformance, default, acceleration, protest or dishonor and any other notice with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations and this Guaranty and any requirement that any Secured Party protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien or any property subject thereto or exhaust any right or take any action against any Guarantor or any other Person or any Collateral.

 

4


(b) Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives any right to revoke this Guaranty and acknowledges that this Guaranty is continuing in nature and applies to all Guaranteed Obligations, whether existing now or in the future.

(c) Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives (i) any defense arising by reason of any claim or defense based upon an election of remedies by any Secured Party that in any manner impairs, reduces, releases or otherwise adversely affects the subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification rights of such Guarantor or other rights of such Guarantor to proceed against any of the other Guarantors, any other guarantor or any other Person or any Collateral and (ii) any defense based on any right of set-off or counterclaim against or in respect of the Obligations of such Guarantor hereunder.

(d) Each Guarantor (x) acknowledges that the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Secured Parties may, in accordance with the Loan Documents, without notice to or demand upon such Guarantor and without affecting the liability of such Guarantor under this Guaranty, (i) amend, extend, renew, compromise, discharge, accelerate or otherwise change the time for payment or the terms of the Guaranteed Obligations or any part thereof, (ii) take, hold, exchange, enforce, waive, release, fail to perfect, sell, or otherwise dispose of any security for the payment of this Guaranty or any Guaranteed Obligations, (iii) apply such security and direct the order or manner of sale thereof as the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion may determine and (iv) release or substitute one or more of any endorsers or other guarantors of any of the Guaranteed Obligations and (y) hereby waives any defense to the recovery by the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties against such Guarantor of any deficiency after any such action and any defense or benefits that may be afforded by applicable Law.

(e) Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives any duty on the part of any Secured Party to disclose to such Guarantor any matter, fact or thing relating to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of the Borrower, any other Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries now or hereafter known by such Secured Party.

(f) Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive substantial direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by the Finance Documents and that the waivers set forth in Section 3 and this Section 4 are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

(g) Each of the waivers of the Guarantors set forth in this Section 4 is made to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law,

Section 5. Subrogation . Each Guarantor hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees not to exercise any rights that it may now have or hereafter acquire against the Borrower, any other Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of such Guarantor’s Obligations under or in respect of this Guaranty or any other Finance Document, including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of any Secured Party against the Borrower, any other Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries or any Collateral, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute or common Law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from the Borrower, any other Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim, remedy or right, unless and until (a) all of the Guaranteed Obligations (other than (x) (i) Cash Management Obligations and (ii) Obligations under Secured

 

5


Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, and (y) contingent obligations not yet accrued and payable) shall have been paid in full, (b) all Letters of Credit shall have been Cash Collateralized or otherwise back-stopped (including by “grandfathering” into any future credit facilities), in each case, on terms reasonably satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer in its reasonable discretion, or shall have expired or been terminated, and (c) the Aggregate Commitments shall have expired or been terminated (clauses (a) through (c), collectively, “ Full Satisfaction of the Obligations ”). If any amount shall be paid to any Guarantor in violation of the immediately preceding sentence at any time prior to the Full Satisfaction of the Obligations, such amount shall be received and held in trust for the benefit of the Secured Parties, shall be segregated from other property and funds of such Guarantor and shall forthwith be paid or delivered to the Administrative Agent in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement or assignment) to be credited and applied to the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of the Finance Documents, or to be held as Collateral for any Guaranteed Obligations or other amounts payable under this Guaranty thereafter arising. Upon Full Satisfaction of the Obligations, the Secured Parties will, at such Guarantor’s request and expense, execute and deliver to such Guarantor appropriate documents, without recourse and without representation or warranty, necessary to evidence the transfer by subrogation to such Guarantor of an interest in the Guaranteed Obligations resulting from such payment made by such Guarantor pursuant to this Guaranty.

Section 6. Payments Free and Clear of Taxes, Etc . The provisions of Section 3.01 of the Credit Agreement shall apply without duplication to this Guaranty mutatis mutandis as if each Guarantor hereunder were the Borrower under the Credit Agreement.

Section 7. Covenants . Each Guarantor covenants and agrees that, unless and until Full Satisfaction of the Obligations, such Guarantor will perform and observe, and cause each of its Subsidiaries to perform and observe, all of the terms, covenants and agreements set forth in the Loan Documents on its or their part to be performed or observed or that the Borrower has agreed to cause such Guarantor or such Subsidiaries to perform or observe.

Section 8. Amendments, Release of Guarantors, Etc . No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Guaranty and no consent to any departure by any Guarantor therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent and the Guarantors (with the consent of the requisite number of Lenders specified in the Credit Agreement) and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given. A Guarantor shall automatically be released from this Guaranty and its obligations hereunder upon consummation of any Disposition or other transaction or designation permitted by the Credit Agreement as a result of which such Guarantor ceases to be a Restricted Subsidiary; provided that no such release shall occur if such Guarantor is a guarantor in respect of any Specified Junior Financing Obligations, The Administrative Agent will, at such Guarantor’s expense, execute and deliver to such Guarantor such documents as such Guarantor shall reasonably request to evidence the release of such Guarantor from its Guarantee hereunder pursuant to this Section 8; provided that such Guarantor shall have delivered to the Administrative Agent a written request therefor and a certificate of such Guarantor to the effect that the transaction is in compliance with the Loan Documents. The

 

6


Administrative Agent shall be authorized to rely on any such certificate without independent investigation.

Section 9. Guaranty Supplements . Upon the execution and delivery by any Person of a Guaranty Supplement, (a) such Person shall be referred to as an “ Additional Guarantor ” and shall become and be a Guarantor hereunder, and each reference in this Guaranty to a “ Guarantor ” shall also mean and be a reference to such Additional Guarantor, and each reference in any other Loan Document to a “ Guarantor ” shall also mean and be a reference to such Additional Guarantor, and (b) each reference herein to “ this Guaranty ”, “ hereunder ”, “ hereof ” or words of like import referring to this Guaranty, and each reference in any other Loan Document to the “ Guaranty ”, “ thereunder ”, “ thereof ” or words of like import referring to this Guaranty, shall mean and be a reference to this Guaranty as supplemented by such Guaranty Supplement.

Section 10. Notices, Etc . All notices and other communications as provided for in the Credit Agreement or hereunder shall be in writing (including telegraphic or telecopy communication or facsimile transmission) and mailed, telegraphed, telecopied, faxed or delivered to it, if to any Guarantor, addressed to it in care of the Borrower at the Borrower’s address specified in Schedule 10.02 of the Credit Agreement, if to any Agent, at its address specified in Schedule 10.02 of the Credit Agreement, if to any Lender, at its address specified in its Administrative Questionnaire, if to any Hedge Bank, at its address specified in the Secured Hedge Agreement to which it is a party, or, as to any other party, at such other address as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to each other party. All such notices and other communications shall be deemed to be given or made at such time as shall be set forth in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement. Delivery by telecopier of an executed counterpart of a signature page to any amendment or waiver of any provision of this Guaranty or of any Guaranty Supplement to be executed and delivered hereunder shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart thereof.

Section 11. No Waiver; Remedies . No failure on the part of any Secured Party to exercise, and no delay in exercising, any right hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right. The remedies herein provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any remedies provided by Law.

Section 12. Right of Set-off . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, the Administrative Agent and, after obtaining the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, each other Agent and each Lender is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by Law, to set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Agent or such Lender to or for the credit or the account of any Guarantor against any and all of the Obligations of such Guarantor now or hereafter existing under the Loan Documents, irrespective of whether such Agent or such Lender shall have made any demand under this Guaranty or any other Loan Document and although such Obligations may be unmatured. Each Agent and each Lender agrees promptly to notify such Guarantor after any such set-off and application; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity

 

7


of such set-off and application. The rights of each Agent and each Lender under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including, without limitation, other rights of setoff) that such Agent and such Lender may have.

Section 13. Continuing Guaranty; Assignments under the Credit Agreement . This Guaranty is a continuing guaranty and shall (a) remain in full force and effect until (i) Full Satisfaction of the Obligations, (b) be binding upon each Guarantor, its successors and assigns and (c) inure, together with the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent hereunder, to the benefit of the Secured Parties and their permitted respective successors, transferees and assigns. Without limiting the generality of clause (c) of the immediately preceding sentence, any Secured Party may assign or otherwise transfer all or any portion of its rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement (including, without limitation, all or any portion of its Commitments, the Loans owing to it and the Note or Notes held by it) to any other Person, and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to such Secured Party herein or otherwise, in each case as and to the extent provided in Section 10.07 of the Credit Agreement. Except as otherwise provided in the Credit Agreement, no Guarantor shall have the right to assign its rights hereunder or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the Secured Parties.

Section 14. Execution in Counterparts . This Guaranty and each amendment, waiver and consent with respect hereto may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties thereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Guaranty by facsimile or electronic transmission (e.g. pdf or tif) shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Guaranty.

Section 15. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial, Etc.

(a) This Guaranty shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

(b) ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS GUARANTY OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK CITY IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF SUCH STATE, AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS GUARANTY, EACH GUARANTOR CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS (OTHER THAN WITH RESPECT TO ACTIONS BY ANY AGENT OR ANY LENDER IN RESPECT OF RIGHTS UNDER ANY COLLATERAL DOCUMENT GOVERNED BY A LAW OTHER THAN THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK OR WITH RESPECT TO ANY COLLATERAL SUBJECT THERETO). EACH GUARANTOR IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS , WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR OTHER DOCUMENT RELATED THERETO.

 

8


(c) EACH PARTY TO THIS GUARANTY HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION, OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER FOUNDED IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND EACH PARTY HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION 15 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE SIGNATORIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

 

9


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each Guarantor has caused this Guaranty to be duly executed and delivered by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above written.

 

BASKIN-ROBBINS FLAVORS LLC

BASKIN-ROBBINS FRANCHISED SHOPS LLC

BASKIN-ROBBINS FRANCHISING LLC

BASKIN-ROBBINS INTERNATIONAL LLC

BASKIN-ROBBINS LLC

BASKIN-ROBBINS USA LLC

BR IP HOLDER LLC

BR JAPAN HOLDINGS LLC

DB CANADIAN SUPPLIER INC.

DB CANADIAN HOLDING COMPANY INC.

DB FRANCHISING HOLDING COMPANY LLC

DB INTERNATIONAL FRANCHISING LLC

DB MASTER FINANCE LLC

DB MEXICAN FRANCHISING LLC

DB REAL ESTATE ASSETS I LLC

DB REAL ESTATE ASSETS II LLC

DB UK FRANCHISING LLC

DBI STORES LLC

DD IP HOLDER LLC

DUNKIN’ DONUTS FRANCHISED RESTAURANTS LLC

DUNKIN’ DONUTS FRANCHISING LLC

DUNKIN’ DONUTS LLC

DUNKIN’ DONUTS REALTY INVESTMENT LLC

DUNKIN’ DONUTS USA LLC

DUNKIN’ VENTURES LLC

MISTER DONUT OF AMERICA LLC

THIRD DUNKIN’ DONUTS REALTY LLC,

each as a Guarantor

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

S-1


DUNKIN’ BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.,
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

2


Accepted and Agreed

as of the date first above written:

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

as Administrative Agent

By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

3


EXHIBIT A TO THE GUARANTY

[FORM OF] GUARANTY SUPPLEMENT

[ ], 20[ ]

Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent

[                         ]

Attention:

RE: Credit Agreement dated as of November 23, 2010 among Dunkin’ Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Initial Borrower ”), and, upon the Assumption, Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”) and, upon the effectiveness of effectiveness of its joinder to the Credit Agreement, Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), each lender from time to time party hereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, each a “ Lender ”), and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to the above-captioned Credit Agreement and to the Guaranty referred to therein (such Guaranty, as in effect on the date hereof and as it may hereafter be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, together with this Guaranty Supplement (this “ Guaranty Supplement ”), being the “ Guaranty ”). The capitalized terms defined in the Guaranty or in the Credit Agreement and not defined herein are used herein as therein defined.

Section 1. Guaranty; Limitation of Liability . (a) The undersigned hereby, jointly and severally with the other Guarantors, absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the punctual payment, whether at scheduled maturity or by acceleration, demand or otherwise, of all Obligations of the Borrower, each Loan Party guaranteeing the Obligations of the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary which is an obligor with respect to any Secured Hedge Agreements now or hereafter existing or any Cash Management Obligations now or hereafter existing (including, without limitation, any extensions, modifications, substitutions, amendments or renewals of any or all of the foregoing Obligations), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, and whether for principal, interest, premiums, fees, indemnities, contract causes of action, costs, expenses or otherwise (such Obligations, the “ Guaranteed Obligations ”), and agrees to pay any and all reasonable expenses incurred by the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party in enforcing any rights under this Guaranty Supplement, the Guaranty or any other Loan Document in accordance with Section 10.04 of the Credit Agreement (including reasonable fees, expenses and disbursements of any law firm or other external counsel to the Administrative Agent). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the undersigned’s liability shall extend to all amounts that constitute part of the Guaranteed Obligations and would be owed by any other Guarantor to any Secured Party under or in respect of the Finance Documents but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of a bankruptcy, liquidation, receivership, examinership, reorganization, administration or similar proceeding involving such other Guarantor.

 

A-1


(b) The undersigned, and by acceptance of this Guaranty Supplement, the Administrative Agent and each other Secured Party, hereby confirm that it is the intention of all such Persons that this Guaranty Supplement, the Guaranty and the Obligations of the under-signed hereunder and thereunder not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of Debtor Relief Laws (as hereinafter defined), the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar or analogous foreign, federal or state Law to the extent applicable to this Guaranty Supplement, the Guaranty and the Obligations of the under-signed hereunder and thereunder. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Administrative Agent, the other Secured Parties and the undersigned hereby irrevocably agree that the Obligations of the undersigned under this Guaranty Supplement and the Guaranty at any time shall be limited to the maximum amount as will result in the Obligations of the undersigned under this Guaranty Supplement and the Guaranty not constituting a fraudulent transfer or conveyance. For purposes hereof, “ Debtor Relief Laws ” means any proceeding of the type referred to in Section 8.01(f) of the Credit Agreement or any Debtor Relief Law (as defined in the Credit Agreement).

(c) The undersigned hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees that in the event any payment shall be required to be made to any Secured Party under this Guaranty Supplement, the Guaranty, or any other guaranty, the undersigned will contribute, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable Law, such amounts to each other Guarantor so as to maximize the aggregate amount paid to the Secured Parties under or in respect of the Finance Documents.

(d) To the extent that any Guarantor shall be required hereunder to pay a portion of the Guaranteed Obligations exceeding the greater of (a) the amount of the economic benefit actually received by such Guarantor from the Loans and (b) the amount such Guarantor would otherwise have paid if such Guarantor had paid the aggregate amount of the Guaranteed Obligations (excluding the amount thereof repaid by the Borrower) in the same proportion as such Guarantor’s net worth at the date enforcement is sought hereunder bears to the aggregate net worth of such Guarantor and all of the other Guarantors (the “ Other Guarantors ”) at the date of enforcement is sought hereunder, then, each Other Guarantor shall reimburse such Guarantor for the amount of such excess, pro rata, based on the respective net worths of such Other Guarantors at the date enforcement hereunder is sought.

Section 2. Obligations Under the Guaranty . The undersigned hereby agrees, as of the date first above written, to be bound as a Guarantor by all of the terms and conditions of the Guaranty to the same extent as each of the other Guarantors thereunder. The undersigned further agrees, as of the date first above written, that each reference in the Guaranty to an “ Additional Guarantor ” or a “ Guarantor ” shall also mean and be a reference to the undersigned, and each reference in any other Loan Document to a “ Loan Party ” or a “ Guarantor ” shall also mean and be a reference to the undersigned.

Section 3. Delivery by Facsimile or Electronic Transmission . Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Guaranty Supplement by facsimile or electronic transmission (e.g. pdf or tif) shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Guaranty Supplement.

 

A-2


Section 4. Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Waiver of Jury Trial, Etc . (a) This Guaranty Supplement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York.

(b) ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS GUARANTY SUPPLEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK SITTING IN NEW YORK CITY IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN OR OF THE UNITED STATES FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF SUCH STATE, AND BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS GUARANTY SUPPLEMENT, EACH GUARANTOR PARTY HERETO CONSENTS, FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, TO THE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THOSE COURTS. EACH GUARANTOR PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY OBJECTION, INCLUDING ANY OBJECTION TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OR BASED ON THE GROUNDS OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS , WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE BRINGING OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN SUCH JURISDICTION IN RESPECT OF ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR OTHER DOCUMENT RELATED THERETO.

(c) EACH PARTY TO THIS GUARANTY SUPPLEMENT HEREBY EXPRESSLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION, OR CAUSE OF ACTION ARISING UNDER ANY LOAN DOCUMENT OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES HERETO OR ANY OF THEM WITH RESPECT TO ANY LOAN DOCUMENT, OR THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED THERETO, IN EACH CASE WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER FOUNDED IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR OTHERWISE; AND EACH PARTY HEREBY AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY, AND THAT ANY PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT MAY FILE AN ORIGINAL COUNTERPART OR A COPY OF THIS SECTION 4 WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE CONSENT OF THE SIGNATORIES HERETO TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.

 

Very truly yours,
[NAME OF ADDITIONAL GUARANTOR],
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Accepted and Agreed

as of the date first above written:

 

A-3


BARCLAYS BANK PLC,
As Administrative Agent
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

A-4


Schedule I

Guarantors

 

Name

 

Jurisdiction of Organization

Baskin-Robbins Flavors LLC   DE
Baskin-Robbins Franchised Shops LLC   DE
Baskin-Robbins Franchising LLC   DE
Baskin-Robbins International LLC   DE
Baskin-Robbins LLC   DE
Baskin-Robbins USA LLC   CA
BR IP Holder LLC   DE
BR Japan Holdings LLC   DE
DB Canadian Supplier Inc.   DE
DB Canadian Holding Company Inc.   DE
DB Franchising Holding Company LLC   DE
DB International Franchising LLC   DE
DB Master Finance LLC   DE
DB Mexican Franchising LLC   DE
DB Real Estate Assets I LLC   DE
DB Real Estate Assets II LLC   DE
DB UK Franchising LLC   DE
DBI Stores LLC   DE
DD IP Holder LLC   DE
Dunkin’ Donuts Franchised Restaurants LLC   DE
Dunkin’ Donuts Franchising LLC   DE
Dunkin’ Donuts LLC   DE
Dunkin’ Donuts Realty Investment LLC   DE
Dunkin’ Donuts USA LLC   DE
Dunkin’ Ventures LLC   DE
Mister Donut of America LLC   DE
Third Dunkin’ Donuts Realty LLC   DE

 

A-5


Exhibit G

 

 

SECURITY AGREEMENT

dated as of

                     ,         

among

THE GRANTORS IDENTIFIED HEREIN

and

Barclays Bank PLC,

as Administrative Agent

 

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

          Page  
ARTICLE I   
Definitions   
SECTION 1.01    Credit Agreement      1   
SECTION 1.02    Other Defined Terms      1   
ARTICLE II   
Pledge of Securities   
SECTION 2.01    Pledge      4   
SECTION 2.02    Delivery of the Pledged Equity      5   
SECTION 2.03    Representations, Warranties and Covenants      6   
SECTION 2.04    Certification of Limited Liability Company and Limited Partnership Interests      7   
SECTION 2.05    Registration in Nominee Name; Denominations      8   
SECTION 2.06    Voting Rights; Dividends and Interest      8   
ARTICLE III   
Security Interests in Personal Property   
SECTION 3.01    Security Interest      10   
SECTION 3.02    Representations and Warranties      12   
SECTION 3.03    Covenants      13   
ARTICLE IV   
Remedies   
SECTION 4.01    Remedies Upon Default      16   
SECTION 4.02    Application of Proceeds      18   
SECTION 4.03    Grant of License to Use Intellectual Property      18   
ARTICLE V   
Subordination   
SECTION 5.01    Subordination      19   
ARTICLE VI   
Miscellaneous   

 

-i-


SECTION 6.01    Notices      19   
SECTION 6.02    Waivers; Amendment      19   
SECTION 6.03    Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification      20   
SECTION 6.04    Successors and Assigns      20   
SECTION 6.05    Survival of Agreement      20   
SECTION 6.06    Counterparts; Effectiveness; Several Agreement      20   
SECTION 6.07    Severability      21   
SECTION 6.08    Right of Set-Off      21   
SECTION 6.09    Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial; Consent to Service of Process      21   
SECTION 6.10    Headings      22   
SECTION 6.11    Security Interest Absolute      22   
SECTION 6.12    Termination or Release      22   
SECTION 6.13    Additional Grantors      23   
SECTION 6.14    Administrative Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact      23   
SECTION 6.15    General Authority of the Administrative Agent      24   
SECTION 6.16    Reasonable Care      24   
SECTION 6.17    Delegation; Limitation      24   
SECTION 6.18    Reinstatement      24   
SECTION 6.19    Miscellaneous      24   

Exhibits

 

Exhibit I    Form of Security Agreement Supplement
Exhibit II    Form of Perfection Certificate
Exhibit III    Form of Patent Security Agreement
Exhibit IV    Form of Trademark Security Agreement
Exhibit V    Form of Copyright Security Agreement
Exhibit VI    Form of Issuer’s Acknowledgment

 

-ii-


SECURITY AGREEMENT dated as of                      ,          , among the Grantors (as defined below) and Barclays Bank PLC, as the administrative agent for the Secured Parties (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”).

Reference is made to the Credit Agreement (the “ Credit Agreement ”), dated as of November 23, 2010, among Dunkin’ Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Initial Borrower ”), and upon the effectiveness of its joinder to the Credit Agreement, Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), and, upon the Assumption, Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ DBI ”), each lender from time to time party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer.

On the Closing Date, the Lenders made Term Loans and on the date hereof provided Revolving Credit Commitments to the Initial Borrower under the Credit Agreement.

Pursuant to Section 6.17 of the Credit Agreement, (i) concurrently with the release of funds from the Escrow Account on the date hereof, the Initial Borrower assigned and transferred to DBI all of its rights and obligations as the Borrower under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and (ii) immediately following the redemption of the Existing Securitization Notes and discharge of the Existing Securitization Indenture on the date hereof, the Grantors are required to execute and deliver this Agreement.

The Guarantors party hereto are affiliates of the Borrower, will derive substantial benefits from the extension of credit to the Borrower pursuant to the Credit Agreement, and are willing to execute and deliver this Agreement as consideration for Loans previously made and Letters of Credit previously issued and to induce the Lenders to make additional Loans and the L/C Issuers to issue additional Letters of Credit. Accordingly, the parties hereto agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.01 Credit Agreement .

(a) Capitalized terms used in this Agreement and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings specified in the Credit Agreement. All terms defined in the UCC (as defined herein) and not defined in this Agreement have the meanings specified therein; the term “instrument” shall have the meaning specified in Article 9 of the UCC.

(b) The rules of construction specified in Article I of the Credit Agreement also apply to this Agreement.

SECTION 1.02 Other Defined Terms . As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

Account Debtor ” means any Person who is or who may become obligated to any Grantor under, with respect to or on account of an Account.


Accounts ” has the meaning specified in Article 9 of the UCC.

Administrative Agent ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals of the Agreement or any permitted successor administrative agent.

Agreement ” means this Security Agreement.

Article 9 Collateral ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01(a).

Borrower ” means Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

Collateral ” means the Article 9 Collateral and the Pledged Collateral.

Copyright License ” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting any right to any third party under any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that such Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting any right to any Grantor under any Copyright now or hereafter owned by any third party, and all rights of such Grantor under any such agreement.

Copyrights ” means all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (a) all copyright rights in any work subject to the copyright laws of the United States, whether as author, assignee, transferee or otherwise, and (b) all registrations and applications for registration of any such copyright in the United States, including registrations, recordings, supplemental registrations and pending applications for registration in the USCO.

Credit Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the preliminary statement of this Agreement.

General Intangibles ” has the meaning specified in Article 9 of the UCC.

Grantor ” means, without duplication, the Borrower, each Guarantor that is a party hereto and each Guarantor that is a Restricted Subsidiary that becomes a party to this Agreement after the date hereof.

Intellectual Property ” means all intellectual and similar property of every kind and nature now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor, including inventions, designs, Patents, Copyrights, Licenses, Trademarks, trade secrets, the intellectual property rights in software and databases and related documentation and all additions and improvements to the foregoing.

Intellectual Property Security Agreements ” means the short-form Patent Security Agreement, short-form Trademark Security Agreement, and short-form Copyright Security Agreement, each substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibits III, IV and V, respectively.

License ” means any Patent License, Trademark License, Copyright License or other Intellectual Property license or sublicense agreement to which any Grantor is a party, together with any and all (i) renewals, extensions, supplements and continuations thereof, (ii) income, fees, royalties, damages, claims and payments now and hereafter due and/or payable thereunder

 

-2-


or with respect thereto including damages and payments for past, present or future infringements or violations thereof, and (iii) rights to sue for past, present and future violations thereof.

Margin Stock ” has the meaning specified in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.

Patent License ” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any third party any right to make, use or sell any invention on which a Patent, now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, is in existence, or granting to any Grantor any right to make, use or sell any invention on which a Patent, now or hereafter owned by any third party, is in existence, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement.

Patents ” means all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor: (a) all letters Patent of the United States in or to which any Grantor now or hereafter has any right, title or interest therein, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all applications for letters Patent of the United States, including registrations, recordings and pending applications in the USPTO, and (b) all reissues, continuations, divisions, continuations-in-part, renewals, improvements or extensions thereof, and the inventions disclosed or claimed therein, including the right to make, use and/or sell the inventions disclosed or claimed therein.

Perfection Certificate ” means a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit II, completed and supplemented with the schedules and attachments contemplated thereby, and duly executed by a Responsible Officer of each of the Borrower and each Guarantor party to the Security Agreement on the date hereof as the same may be amended or supplemented from time to time.

Pledged Collateral ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01.

Pledged Debt ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01.

Pledged Equity ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01.

Pledged Securities ” means the Pledged Equity and Pledged Debt.

Secured Obligations ” means the “Obligations” (as defined in the Credit Agreement).

Secured Parties ” means, collectively, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Hedge Banks, Lenders or Affiliates of Lenders under Cash Management Obligations of a Loan Party, the Supplemental Administrative Agent, if any, and each co-agent or sub-agent appointed by the Administrative Agent from time to time pursuant to Section 9.05 or Section 9.10 of the Credit Agreement.

Security Agreement Supplement ” means an instrument substantially in the form of Exhibit I hereto.

 

-3-


Trademark License ” means any written agreement, now or hereafter in effect, granting to any third party any right to use any Trademark now or hereafter owned by any Grantor or that any Grantor otherwise has the right to license, or granting to any Grantor any right to use any Trademark now or hereafter owned by any third party, and all rights of any Grantor under any such agreement.

Trademarks ” means all of the following now owned or hereafter acquired by any Grantor in the United States: (a) all trademarks, service marks, trade names, corporate names, trade dress, logos, designs, fictitious business names other source or business identifiers, now existing or hereafter adopted or acquired, all registrations and recordings thereof, and all registration and recording applications filed in connection therewith, including registrations and registration applications in the USPTO or any similar offices in any State of the United States or any political subdivision thereof, and all extensions or renewals thereof, as well as any unregistered trademarks and service marks used by a Grantor and (b) all goodwill connected with the use of and symbolized thereby.

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York; provided that, if perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection or the priority of the security interest in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in a jurisdiction other than the State of New York, “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect from time to time in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection, effect of perfection or non-perfection or priority.

USCO ” means the United States Copyright Office.

USPTO ” means the United States Patent and Trademark Office.

ARTICLE II

Pledge of Securities

SECTION 2.01 Pledge . As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, including the Guarantees, each of the Grantors hereby assigns and pledges to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest in all of such Grantor’s right, title and interest in, to and under

(i) all Equity Interests held by it that are listed as required to be pledged to the Administrative Agent on Schedule 5(a) to the Perfection Certificate and any other Equity Interests obtained in the future by such Grantor and the certificates representing all such Equity Interests of a wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary (the “ Pledged Equity ”); provided that the Pledged Equity shall not include Excluded Assets;

(ii) (A) the debt securities owned by it and listed opposite the name of such Grantor on Schedule 6 to the Perfection Certificate, (B) any debt securities obtained in the future by such Grantor and (C) the promissory notes and any other instruments evidencing

 

-4-


such debt securities, provided , that any intercompany debt shall be pledged by delivery of a global intercompany note identified in Schedule 6 to the Perfection Certificate notwithstanding the existence of a separate note evidencing such debt (the “ Pledged Debt ”); provided further that the Pledged Debt shall not include any Excluded Assets;

(iii) all other property that may be delivered to and held by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the terms of this Section 2.01;

(iv) subject to Section 2.06, all payments of principal or interest, dividends, cash, instruments and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed in respect of, in exchange for or upon the conversion of, and all other Proceeds received in respect of, the securities referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) above;

(v) subject to Section 2.06, all rights and privileges of such Grantor with respect to the securities and other property referred to in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) above; and

(vi) all Proceeds of any of the foregoing

(the items referred to in clauses (i) through (vi) above being collectively referred to as the “ Pledged Collateral ”).

TO HAVE AND TO HOLD the Pledged Collateral, together with all right, title, interest, powers, privileges and preferences pertaining or incidental thereto, unto the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, forever, subject , however , to the terms, covenants and conditions hereinafter set forth.

SECTION 2.02 Delivery of the Pledged Equity .

(a) Each Grantor agrees to deliver or cause to be delivered to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties as required by Section 6.12(a)(i)(D) of the Credit Agreement, any and all (i) Pledged Equity to the extent certificated and (ii) to the extent required to be delivered pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.02, Pledged Debt.

(b) (b) Each Grantor will cause any Indebtedness for borrowed money owed to such Grantor by any Person that is evidenced by a duly executed promissory note to be pledged and delivered to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, pursuant to the terms hereof; provided, however, that such pledge requirement shall not apply to any promissory note with a principal amount less than $5,000,000.

(c) Upon delivery to the Administrative Agent, (i) any Pledged Securities shall be accompanied by stock or security powers duly executed in blank or other instruments of transfer reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and by such other instruments and documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request, including with respect to the pledge of any limited liability company interest, an Issuer’s Acknowledgment substantially in the form of Exhibit VI hereto, and (ii) all other property comprising part of the Pledged Collateral shall be accompanied by proper instruments of assignment duly executed by the applicable Grantor

 

-5-


and by such other instruments and documents as the Administrative Agent may reasonably request. Each delivery of Pledged Securities shall be accompanied by a schedule describing the securities, which schedule shall be deemed to supplement Schedule 5 or 6 to the Perfection Certificate, as applicable, and made a part thereof; provided that failure to supplement such schedule shall not affect the validity of such pledge of such Pledged Equity. Each schedule so delivered shall supplement any prior schedules so delivered.

SECTION 2.03 Representations, Warranties and Covenants . Each Grantor represents, warrants and covenants to and with the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, that:

(a) As of the date hereof, Schedule 5 to the Perfection Certificate includes all Equity Interests, debt securities and promissory notes required to be pledged by such Grantor hereunder and pursuant to the Credit Agreement;

(b) the Pledged Equity issued by the Borrower or a wholly owned Restricted Subsidiary has been duly and validly authorized and issued by the issuers thereof and is fully paid and nonassessable;

(c) except for the security interests granted hereunder, such Grantor (i) is, subject to any transfers made in compliance with the Credit Agreement, the direct owner, beneficially and of record, of the Pledged Equity indicated on Schedule 5 to the Perfection Certificate, (ii) holds the same free and clear of all Liens, other than (A) Liens created by the Collateral Documents and (B) Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement, and (iii) if reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, will defend its title or interest thereto or therein against any and all Liens (other than the Liens permitted pursuant to this Section 2.03(c)), however arising, of all Persons whomsoever;

(d) except for restrictions and limitations (i) imposed or permitted by the Loan Documents or applicable Laws generally or (ii) described in the Perfection Certificate or (iii) permitted by Section 7.09 of the Credit Agreement, the Pledged Collateral is freely transferable and assignable, and none of the Pledged Collateral is subject to any option, right of first refusal, shareholders agreement, charter or by-law provisions or contractual restriction of any nature that might prohibit, impair, delay or otherwise affect in any manner material and adverse to the Secured Parties the pledge of such Pledged Collateral hereunder, the sale or disposition thereof pursuant hereto or the exercise by the Administrative Agent of rights and remedies hereunder;

(e) the execution and performance by the Grantors of this Agreement are within each Grantor’s corporate or other powers and have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other organizational action;

(f) no consent or approval of any Governmental Authority, any securities exchange or any other Person was or is necessary to the validity of the pledge effected hereby, except for (i) filings and registrations necessary to perfect the Liens on the Collateral granted by the Loan Parties in favor of the Secured Parties and (ii) the approvals, consents,

 

-6-


exemptions, authorizations, actions, notices and filings which have been duly obtained, taken, given or made and are in full force and effect;

(g) by virtue of the execution and delivery by each Grantor of this Agreement, and delivery of the Pledged Securities to and continued possession by the Administrative Agent in the State of New York, the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties will have a legal, valid and perfected lien upon and security interest in such Pledged Securities as security for the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations to the extent such perfection is governed by the UCC subject only to Liens permitted by Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement; and

(h) the pledge effected hereby is effective to vest in the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, the rights of the Administrative Agent in the Pledged Collateral to the extent intended hereby.

Subject to the terms of this Agreement, each Grantor hereby agrees that upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, it will comply with instructions of the Administrative Agent with respect to the Equity Interests in such Grantor that constitute Pledged Equity hereunder that are not certificated without further consent by the applicable owner or holder of such Equity Interests.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, to the extent any provision of this Agreement or the Credit Agreement excludes any assets from the scope of the Pledged Collateral, or from any requirement to take any action to perfect any security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent in the Pledged Collateral, the representations, warranties and covenants made by any relevant Grantor in this Agreement with respect to the creation, perfection or priority (as applicable) of the security interest granted in favor of the Administrative Agent (including, without limitation, this Section 2.03) shall be deemed not to apply to such excluded assets.

SECTION 2.04 Certification of Limited Liability Company and Limited Partnership Interests . No interest in any limited liability company or limited partnership controlled by any Grantor that constitutes Pledged Equity shall be represented by a certificate unless (i) the limited liability company agreement or partnership agreement expressly provides that such interests shall be a “security” within the meaning of Article 8 of the UCC of the applicable jurisdiction, and (ii) such certificate shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent in accordance with Section 2.02. Any limited liability company and any limited partnership controlled by any Grantor shall either (a) not include in its operative documents any provision that any Equity Interests in such limited liability company or such limited partnership be a “security” as defined under Article 8 of the Uniform Commercial Code or (b) certificate any Equity Interests in any such limited liability company or such limited partnership. To the extent an interest in any limited liability company or limited partnership controlled by any Grantor and pledged under Section 2.01 is certificated or becomes certificated, (i) each such certificate shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent, pursuant to Section 2.02(a) and (ii) such Grantor shall fulfill all other requirements under Section 2.02 applicable in respect thereof. Such Grantor hereby agrees that if any of the Pledged Collateral are at any time not evidenced by certificates of ownership, then each applicable Grantor shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, if necessary or desirable to perfect a

 

-7-


security interest in such Pledged Collateral, cause such pledge to be recorded on the equity holder register or the books of the issuer, execute any customary pledge forms or other documents necessary or appropriate to complete the pledge and give the Administrative Agent the right to transfer such Pledged Collateral under the terms hereof.

SECTION 2.05 Registration in Nominee Name: Denominations . If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Administrative Agent shall give the Borrower prior notice of its intent to exercise such rights, (a) the Administrative Agent, on behalf of the Secured Parties, shall have the right to hold the Pledged Securities in its own name as pledgee, the name of its nominee (as pledgee or as sub-agent) or the name of the applicable Grantor, endorsed or assigned in blank or in favor of the Administrative Agent, and each Grantor will promptly give to the Administrative Agent copies of any notices or other communications received by it with respect to Pledged Equity registered in the name of such Grantor and (b) the Administrative Agent shall have the right to exchange the certificates representing Pledged Equity for certificates of smaller or larger denominations for any purpose consistent with this Agreement, to the extent permitted by the documentation governing such Pledged Securities.

SECTION 2.06 Voting Rights: Dividends and Interest .

(a) Unless and until an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Administrative Agent shall have provided prior notice to the Borrower that the rights of the Grantor under this Section 2.06 are being suspended:

(i) Each Grantor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and/or other consensual rights and powers inuring to an owner of Pledged Securities or any part thereof and each Grantor agrees that it shall exercise such rights for purposes consistent with the terms of this Agreement, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

(ii) The Administrative Agent shall promptly (after reasonable advance notice) execute and deliver to each Grantor, or cause to be executed and delivered to such Grantor, all such proxies, powers of attorney and other instruments as such Grantor may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling such Grantor to exercise the voting and/or consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to subparagraph (i) above.

(iii) Each Grantor shall be entitled to receive and retain any and all dividends, interest, principal and other distributions paid on or distributed in respect of the Pledged Securities to the extent and only to the extent that such dividends, interest, principal and other distributions are permitted by, and otherwise paid or distributed in accordance with, the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and applicable Laws; provided that any noncash dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that would constitute Pledged Equity or Pledged Debt, whether resulting from a subdivision, combination or reclassification of the outstanding Equity Interests of the issuer of any Pledged Securities or received in exchange for Pledged Securities or any part thereof, or in redemption thereof, or as a result of any merger, consolidation, acquisition or other exchange of assets to which such issuer may be a party or otherwise, shall be and become part of the Pledged Collateral, and, if received by any Grantor, shall not be commingled by such Grantor with any of its other funds or property but shall be held separate and

 

-8-


apart therefrom, shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties and shall be promptly (and in any event within 10 Business Days) delivered to the Administrative Agent in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent). So long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Administrative Agent shall promptly deliver to each Grantor any Pledged Securities in its possession if requested to be delivered to the issuer thereof in connection with any exchange or redemption of such Pledged Securities permitted by the Credit Agreement in accordance with this Section 2.06(a)(iii).

(b) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the Administrative Agent shall have notified the Borrower of the suspension of the Grantors’ rights under paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.06, then all rights of any Grantor to dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such Grantor is authorized to receive pursuant to paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.06 shall cease, and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Administrative Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to receive and retain such dividends, interest, principal or other distributions. All dividends, interest, principal or other distributions received by any Grantor contrary to the provisions of this Section 2.06 shall be held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, shall be segregated from other property or funds of such Grantor and shall be promptly (and in any event within 10 days) delivered to the Administrative Agent upon demand in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent). Any and all money and other property paid over to or received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph (b) shall be retained by the Administrative Agent in an account to be established by the Administrative Agent upon receipt of such money or other property and shall be applied in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.02. After all Events of Default have been cured or waived, the Administrative Agent shall promptly repay to each Grantor (without interest) all dividends, interest, principal or other distributions that such Grantor would otherwise be permitted to retain pursuant to the terms of paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.06 and that remain in such account.

(c) Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, after the Administrative Agent shall have provided the Borrower with notice of the suspension of its rights under paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 2.06, then all rights of any Grantor to exercise the voting and consensual rights and powers it is entitled to exercise pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of this Section 2.06, and the obligations of the Administrative Agent under paragraph (a)(ii) of this Section 2.06 shall cease and all such rights shall thereupon become vested in the Administrative Agent, which shall have the sole and exclusive right and authority to exercise such voting and consensual rights and powers; provided that, unless otherwise directed by the Required Lenders, the Administrative Agent shall have the right from time to time following and during the continuance of an Event of Default to permit the Grantors to exercise such rights. After all Events of Default have been cured or waived, each Grantor shall have the exclusive right to exercise the voting and/or consensual rights and powers that the Borrower would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to the terms of paragraph (a)(i) above, and the obligations of the Administrative Agent under paragraph (a)(ii) of this Section 2.06 shall be reinstated.

 

-9-


(d) Any notice given by the Administrative Agent to the Borrower under Section 2.05 or Section 2.06 (i) shall be given in writing, (ii) may be given with respect to one or more of the Grantors at the same or different times and (iii) may suspend the rights of the Grantors under paragraph (a)(i) or paragraph (a)(iii) of this Section 2.06 in part without suspending all such rights (as specified by the Administrative Agent in its sole and absolute discretion) and without waiving or otherwise affecting the Administrative Agent’s rights to give additional notices from time to time suspending other rights so long as an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

ARTICLE III

Security Interests in Personal Property

SECTION 3.01 Security Interest .

(a) As security for the payment or performance, as the case may be, in full of the Secured Obligations, including the Guarantee of each Grantor, each Grantor hereby assigns and pledges to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, and hereby grants to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a security interest (the “ Security Interest ”) in, all right, title or interest in or to any and all of the following assets and properties now owned or at any time hereafter acquired by such Grantor or in which such Grantor now has or at any time in the future may acquire any right, title or interest (collectively, the “ Article 9 Collateral ”):

(i) all Accounts;

(ii) all Chattel Paper;

(iii) all Documents;

(iv) all Equipment;

(v) all General Intangibles;

(vi) all Goods;

(vii) all Instruments;

(viii) all Inventory;

(ix) all Investment Property;

(x) all books and records pertaining to the Article 9 Collateral;

(xi) all Fixtures;

(xii) all letter-of-credit rights, but only to the extent constituting a supporting obligation for other Article 9 Collateral as to which perfection of security interests in

 

-10-


such Article 9 Collateral is accomplished solely by the filing of a UCC financing statement;

(xiii) all Intellectual Property;

(xiv) all Commercial Tort Claims listed on Schedule 8 to the Perfection Certificate and on any supplement thereto received by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 3.03(e); and

(xv) to the extent not otherwise included, all Proceeds and products of any and all of the foregoing and all Supporting Obligations, collateral security and guarantees given by any Person with respect to any of the foregoing;

provided that, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, this Agreement shall not constitute a grant of a security interest in any Excluded Asset,

(b) Subject to Section 3.01(e), each Grantor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties at any time and from time to time to file in any relevant jurisdiction any initial financing statements with respect to the Article 9 Collateral or any part thereof and amendments thereto that (i) indicate the Article 9 Collateral as “all assets” or “all personal property” of such Grantor or words of similar effect as being of an equal or lesser scope or with greater detail and (ii) contain the information required by Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code or the analogous legislation of each applicable jurisdiction for the filing of any financing statement or amendment, including whether such Grantor is an organization, the type of organization and, if required, any organizational identification number issued to such Grantor. Each Grantor agrees to provide such information to the Administrative Agent promptly upon any reasonable request.

(c) The Security Interest is granted as security only and shall not subject the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party to, or in any way alter or modify, any obligation or liability of any Grantor with respect to or arising out of the Article 9 Collateral.

(d) The Administrative Agent is authorized to file with the USPTO or the USCO (or any successor office) such documents as may be necessary or advisable for the purpose of perfecting, confirming, continuing, enforcing or protecting the Security Interest in each item of Intellectual Property that is subject to registration or an application to register in the USPTO or USCO of each Grantor in which a security interest has been granted, and naming any Grantor or the Grantors as debtors and the Administrative Agent as secured party and shall provide written notice to the Grantor prior to filing any such documents.

(e) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Loan Documents, none of the Grantors shall be required, nor is the Administrative Agent authorized, (i) to perfect the Security Interests granted by this Security Agreement (including Security Interests in Investment Property and Fixtures) by any means other than by (A) filings pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code in the office of the secretary of state (or similar central filing office) of the relevant State(s), and filings in the applicable real estate records with respect to any fixtures relating to Material Real Property, (B) filings in United States government offices with respect to each item

 

-11-


of Intellectual Property of a Grantor that is subject to registration or an application to register in the USPTO or USCO as expressly required by Article III, (C) delivery to the Administrative Agent to be held in its possession of all Collateral consisting of Instruments as expressly required elsewhere herein or (D) other methods expressly provided herein, (ii) to enter into any deposit account control agreement, securities account control agreement or any other control agreement with respect to any deposit account, securities account or any other collateral that requires perfection by “control”, (iii) to take any action (other than the actions listed in clauses (i)(A) and (C) above) with respect to any assets located outside of the United States, (iv) to perfect in any assets subject to a certificate of title statute or (v) to deliver any Equity Interests except as expressly provided in Section 2.01.

SECTION 3.02 Representations and Warranties . Each Grantor jointly and severally represents and warrants, as to itself and the other Grantors, to the Administrative Agent and the Secured Parties that:

(a) Subject to Liens permitted by Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement, each Grantor has good and valid rights in and title except as otherwise permitted by the Loan Documents to the Article 9 Collateral with respect to which it has purported to grant a Security Interest hereunder and has full power and authority to grant to the Administrative Agent the Security Interest in such Article 9 Collateral pursuant hereto and to execute, deliver and perform its obligations in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, without the consent or approval of any other Person other than any consent or approval that has been obtained.

(b) The Perfection Certificate has been duly prepared, completed and executed and the information set forth therein is correct and complete in all material respects (except the information therein with respect to the exact legal name of each Grantor shall be correct and complete in all respects) as of the date hereof. Subject to Section 3.01(e), the Uniform Commercial Code financing statements or other appropriate filings, recordings or registrations prepared by the Administrative Agent based upon the information provided to the Administrative Agent in the Perfection Certificate for filing in the applicable filing office (or specified by notice from the Borrower to the Administrative Agent after the date hereof in the case of filings, recordings or registrations (other than filings required to be made in the USPTO and the USCO in order to perfect the Security Interest in Article 9 Collateral consisting of Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights), in each case, as required by Section 6.12 of the Credit Agreement), are all the filings, recordings and registrations that are necessary to establish a legal, valid and perfected security interest in favor of the Administrative Agent (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) in respect of all Article 9 Collateral in which the Security Interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registration in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code, and no further or subsequent filing, re-filing, recording, rerecording, registration or re-registration is necessary in any such jurisdiction, except as provided under applicable Law with respect to the filing of continuation statements.

(c) Each Grantor represents and warrants that short-form Intellectual Property Security Agreements containing a description of all Article 9 Collateral consisting of material

 

-12-


United States registered Patents, United States Trademarks registered in the USPTO (and Trademarks for which United States registration applications are pending in the USPTO, unless it constitutes an Excluded Asset) and United States registered Copyrights, respectively, have been delivered to the Administrative Agent for recording by the USPTO and the USCO pursuant to 35 U.S.C. § 261,15 U.S.C. § 1060 or 17 U.S.C. § 205 and the regulations thereunder, as applicable, (for the benefit of the Secured Parties) in respect of all Article 9 Collateral consisting of registrations and applications for Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights. To the extent a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registration in USPTO or USCO under the Federal intellectual property laws, then no further or subsequent filing, re-filing, recording, rerecording, registration or re-registration is necessary (other than (i) such filings and actions as are necessary to perfect the Security Interest with respect to any Article 9 Collateral consisting of Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights (or registration or application for registration thereof) acquired or developed by any Grantor after the date hereof and (ii) the UCC financing and continuation statements contemplated in Section 3.02(b)).

(d) The Security Interest constitutes (i) a legal and valid security interest in all the Article 9 Collateral securing the payment and performance of the Secured Obligations and (ii) subject to the filings described in Section 3.02(b), a perfected security interest in all Article 9 Collateral in which a security interest may be perfected by filing, recording or registering a financing statement or analogous document in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof) and its territories and possessions pursuant to the Uniform Commercial Code. Subject to Section 3.01(e) of this Agreement, the Security Interest is and shall be prior to any other Lien on any of the Article 9 Collateral, other than (i) any statutory or similar Lien that has priority as a matter of Law and (ii) any Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement.

(e) The Article 9 Collateral is owned by the Grantors free and clear of any Lien, except for Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement. None of the Grantors has filed or consented to the filing of (i) any financing statement or analogous document under the Uniform Commercial Code or any other applicable Laws covering any Article 9 Collateral, (ii) any assignment in which any Grantor assigns any Article 9 Collateral or any security agreement or similar instrument covering any Article 9 Collateral with the USPTO or the USCO or (iii) any assignment in which any Grantor assigns any Article 9 Collateral or any security agreement or similar instrument covering any Article 9 Collateral with any foreign governmental, municipal or other office, which financing statement or analogous document, assignment, security agreement or similar instrument is still in effect, except, in each case, for Liens expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement and assignments permitted by the Credit Agreement.

(f) As of the date hereof, no Grantor has any Commercial Tort Claim in excess of $3,000,000 in the aggregate, other than the Commercial Tort Claims listed on Schedule 8 to the Perfection Certificate.

SECTION 3.03 Covenants.

 

-13-


(a) Subject to Section 3.01(e), each Grantor shall, at its own expense, upon the reasonable request of the Administrative Agent, take any and all commercially reasonable actions necessary to defend title to the Article 9 Collateral against all Persons and to defend the Security Interest of the Administrative Agent in the Article 9 Collateral and the priority thereof against any Lien not expressly permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement; provided that nothing in this Agreement shall prevent any Grantor from discontinuing the operation or maintenance of any of its assets or properties if such discontinuance is (x) determined by such Grantor to be desirable in the conduct of its business and (y) permitted by the Credit Agreement.

(b) Subject to Section 3.01(e), each Grantor agrees, at its own expense, to execute, acknowledge, deliver and cause to be duly filed all such further instruments and documents and take all such actions as the Administrative Agent may from time to time reasonably request to better assure, preserve, protect and perfect the Security Interest and the rights and remedies created hereby, including the payment of any fees and taxes required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the granting of the Security Interest and the filing of any financing statements or other documents in connection herewith or therewith. If any amount payable under or in connection with any of the Article 9 Collateral that is in excess of $5,000,000 in the aggregate shall be or become evidenced by any promissory note, other instrument or debt security, such note, instrument or debt security shall be pledged and delivered to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties as required by Section 6.12 of the Credit Agreement, duly endorsed in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(c) At its option, the Administrative Agent may discharge past due taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances at any time levied or placed on the Article 9 Collateral and not permitted pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement, and may pay for the maintenance and preservation of the Article 9 Collateral to the extent any Grantor fails to do so as required by the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document and within a reasonable period of time after the Administrative Agent has requested that it do so, and each Grantor jointly and severally agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent within 10 Business Days after demand for any payment made or any reasonable expense incurred by the Administrative Agent pursuant to the foregoing authorization; provided , however , the Grantors shall not be obligated to reimburse the Administrative Agent with respect to any Intellectual Property that any Grantor has failed to maintain or pursue, or otherwise allowed to lapse, terminate or be put into the public domain in accordance with Section 3.03(d)(iv). Nothing in this paragraph shall be interpreted as excusing any Grantor from the performance of, or imposing any obligation on the Administrative Agent or any Secured Party to cure or perform, any covenants or other promises of any Grantor with respect to taxes, assessments, charges, fees, Liens, security interests or other encumbrances and maintenance as set forth herein or in the other Loan Documents.

(d) Intellectual Property Covenants.

(i) Other than to the extent not prohibited herein or in the Credit Agreement or with respect to registrations and applications no longer used or useful, except to the extent failure to act would not, as deemed by the applicable Grantor in its reasonable business judgment, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, with respect to registration or

 

-14-


pending application of each item of its Intellectual Property for which such Grantor has standing to do so, each Grantor agrees to take, at its expense, all reasonable steps consistent with past business practices, including, without limitation, in the USPTO, the USCO and any other governmental authority located in the United States, to pursue the registration and maintenance of each Patent, Trademark, or Copyright registration or application, now or hereafter included in the Intellectual Property of such Grantor that are not Excluded Assets.

(ii) Other than to the extent not prohibited herein or in the Credit Agreement, or with respect to registrations and applications no longer used or useful, or except as would not, as deemed by the applicable Grantor in its reasonable business judgment, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, no Grantor shall do or permit any act or knowingly omit to do any act whereby any of its Intellectual Property, excluding Excluded Assets, may lapse, be terminated, or become invalid or unenforceable or placed in the public domain (or in the case of a trade secret, become publicly known).

(iii) Other than as excluded or as not prohibited herein or in the Credit Agreement, or with respect to Patents, Copyrights or Trademarks which are no longer used or useful in the applicable Grantor’s business operations or except where failure to do so would not, as deemed by the applicable Grantor in its reasonable business judgment, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, each Grantor shall take all reasonable steps to preserve and protect each item of its Intellectual Property, including, without limitation, maintaining the quality of any and all products or services used or provided in connection with any of the Trademarks, consistent with the quality of the products and services as of the date hereof, and taking reasonable steps consistent with past business practices, necessary to ensure that all licensed users of any of the Trademarks abide by the applicable license’s terms with respect to standards of quality.

(iv) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, nothing in this Agreement or any other Loan Document prevents or shall be deemed to prevent any Grantor from disposing of, discontinuing the use or maintenance of, failing to pursue, or otherwise allowing to lapse, terminate or be put into the public domain, any of its Intellectual Property to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement if such Grantor determines in its reasonable business judgment that such discontinuance is desirable in the conduct of its business.

(v) Within the same delivery period as required for the delivery of the annual Compliance Certificate required to be delivered under Section 6.02(b) of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower shall provide a list of any additional USPTO or USCO registrations of Intellectual Property of all Grantors not previously disclosed to the Administrative Agent including such information as is necessary for such Grantor to make appropriate filings in the USPTO and USCO.

(e) Commercial Tort Claims . If the Grantors shall at any time hold or acquire a Commercial Tort Claim in an amount reasonably estimated by such Grantor to exceed $3,000,000 individually or $10,000,000 in the aggregate for which this clause has not been satisfied and for which a complaint in a court of competent jurisdiction has been filed, such Grantor shall within 45 days after the end of the fiscal quarter in which such complaint was filed notify the Administrative Agent thereof in a writing signed by such Grantor including a summary description of such claim and grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties,

 

-15-


in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement.

ARTICLE IV

Remedies

SECTION 4.01 Remedies Upon Default . Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, it is agreed that the Administrative Agent shall have the right to exercise any and all rights afforded to a secured party with respect to the Secured Obligations, including the Guarantees, under the Uniform Commercial Code or other applicable Law and also may (i) require each Grantor to, and each Grantor agrees that it will at its expense and upon request of the Administrative Agent promptly, assemble all or part of the Collateral as directed by the Administrative Agent and make it available to the Administrative Agent at a place and time to be designated by the Administrative Agent that is reasonably convenient to both parties; (ii) occupy any premises owned or, to the extent lawful and permitted, leased by any of the Grantors where the Collateral or any part thereof is assembled or located for a reasonable period in order to effectuate its rights and remedies hereunder or under Law, without obligation to such Grantor in respect of such occupation; provided that the Administrative Agent shall provide the applicable Grantor with notice thereof prior to such occupancy; (iii) exercise any and all rights and remedies of any of the Grantors under or in connection with the Collateral, or otherwise in respect of the Collateral; provided that the Administrative Agent shall provide the applicable Grantor with notice thereof prior to such exercise; and (iv) subject to the mandatory requirements of applicable Law and the notice requirements described below, sell or otherwise dispose of all or any part of the Collateral securing the Secured Obligations at a public or private sale or at any broker’s board or on any securities exchange, for cash, upon credit or for future delivery as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate. The Administrative Agent shall be authorized at any such sale of securities (if it deems it advisable to do so) to restrict the prospective bidders or purchasers to Persons who will represent and agree that they are purchasing the Collateral for their own account for investment and not with a view to the distribution or sale thereof, and upon consummation of any such sale the Administrative Agent shall have the right to assign, transfer and deliver to the purchaser or purchasers thereof the Collateral so sold. Each such purchaser at any sale of Collateral shall hold the property sold absolutely, free from any claim or right on the part of any Grantor, and each Grantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by Law) all rights of redemption, stay and appraisal which such Grantor now has or may at any time in the future have under any Law now existing or hereafter enacted.

The Administrative Agent shall give the applicable Grantors 10 days’ written notice (which each Grantor agrees is reasonable notice within the meaning of Section 9-611 of the UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions) of the Administrative Agent’s intention to make any sale of Collateral. Such notice, in the case of a public sale, shall state the time and place for such sale and, in the case of a sale at a broker’s board or on a securities exchange, shall state the board or exchange at which such sale is to be made and the day on which the Collateral, or portion thereof, will first be offered for sale at such board or exchange. Any such public sale shall be held at such time or times within ordinary business hours and at such place or places as the Administrative Agent may fix and state in the notice (if any) of such sale. At any such sale, the Collateral,

 

-16-


or portion thereof, to be sold may be sold in one lot as an entirety or in separate parcels, as the Administrative Agent may (in its sole and absolute discretion) determine. The Administrative Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of any Collateral if it shall determine not to do so, regardless of the fact that notice of sale of such Collateral shall have been given. The Administrative Agent may, without notice or publication, adjourn any public or private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for sale, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which the same was so adjourned. In case any sale of all or any part of the Collateral is made on credit or for future delivery, the Collateral so sold may be retained by the Administrative Agent until the sale price is paid by the purchaser or purchasers thereof, but the Administrative Agent shall not incur any liability in case any such purchaser or purchasers shall fail to take up and pay for the Collateral so sold and, in case of any such failure, such Collateral may be sold again upon like notice. At any public (or, to the extent permitted by Law, private) sale made pursuant to this Agreement, any Secured Party may bid for or purchase, free (to the extent permitted by Law) from any right of redemption, stay, valuation or appraisal on the part of any Grantor (all said rights being also hereby waived and released to the extent permitted by Law), the Collateral or any part thereof offered for sale and may make payment on account thereof by using any claim then due and payable to such Secured Party from any Grantor as a credit against the purchase price, and such Secured Party may, upon compliance with the terms of sale, hold, retain and dispose of such property without further accountability to any Grantor therefor. For purposes hereof, a written agreement to purchase the Collateral or any portion thereof shall be treated as a sale thereof; the Administrative Agent shall be free to carry out such sale pursuant to such agreement and no Grantor shall be entitled to the return of the Collateral or any portion thereof subject thereto, notwithstanding the fact that after the Administrative Agent shall have entered into such an agreement all Events of Default shall have been remedied and the Secured Obligations paid in full. As an alternative to exercising the power of sale herein conferred upon it, the Administrative Agent may proceed by a suit or suits at Law or in equity to foreclose this Agreement and to sell the Collateral or any portion thereof pursuant to a judgment or decree of a court or courts having competent jurisdiction or pursuant to a proceeding by a court-appointed receiver. Any sale pursuant to the provisions of this Section 4.01 shall be deemed to conform to the commercially reasonable standards as provided in Section 9-610(b) of the UCC or its equivalent in other jurisdictions.

Each Grantor irrevocably makes, constitutes and appoints the Administrative Agent (and all officers, employees or agents designated by the Administrative Agent) as such Grantor’s true and lawful agent (and attorney-in-fact) during the continuance of an Event of Default (provided that the Administrative Agent shall provide the applicable Grantor with notice thereof prior to, to the extent reasonably practicable, or otherwise promptly after, exercising such rights), for the purpose of (i) making, settling and adjusting claims in respect of Article 9 Collateral under policies of insurance, endorsing the name of such Grantor on any check, draft, instrument or other item of payment for the proceeds of such policies if insurance, (ii) making all determinations and decisions with respect thereto and (iii) obtaining or maintaining the policies of insurance required by Section 6.07 of the Credit Agreement or to pay any premium in whole or in part relating thereto. All sums disbursed by the Administrative Agent in connection with this paragraph, including reasonable attorneys’ fees, court costs, expenses and other charges relating

 

-17-


thereto, shall be payable, within 10 days of demand, by the Grantors to the Administrative Agent and shall be additional Secured Obligations secured hereby.

SECTION 4.02 Application of Proceeds . The Administrative Agent shall apply the proceeds of any collection or sale of Collateral, including any Collateral consisting of cash, in accordance with Section 8.03 of the Credit Agreement.

The Administrative Agent shall have absolute discretion as to the time of application of any such proceeds, moneys or balances in accordance with this Agreement. Upon any sale of Collateral by the Administrative Agent (including pursuant to a power of sale granted by statute or under a judicial proceeding), the receipt of the Administrative Agent or of the officer making the sale shall be a sufficient discharge to the purchaser or purchasers of the Collateral so sold and such purchaser or purchasers shall not be obligated to see to the application of any part of the purchase money paid over to the Administrative Agent or such officer or be answerable in any way for the misapplication thereof.

The Administrative Agent shall have no liability to any of the Secured Parties for actions taken in reliance on information supplied to it as to the amounts of unpaid principal and interest and other amounts outstanding with respect to the Secured Obligations, provided that nothing in this sentence shall prevent any Grantor from contesting any amounts claimed by any Secured Party in any information so supplied. All distributions made by the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 4.02 shall be (subject to any decree of any court of competent jurisdiction) final (absent manifest error), and the Administrative Agent shall have no duty to inquire as to the application by the Administrative Agent of any amounts distributed to it.

SECTION 4.03 Grant of License to Use Intellectual Property . For the exclusive purpose of enabling the Administrative Agent to exercise rights and remedies under this Agreement at such time as the Administrative Agent shall be lawfully entitled to exercise such rights and remedies at any time after and during the continuance of an Event of Default, each Grantor hereby grants to the Administrative Agent a non-exclusive, royalty-free, limited license (until the termination or cure of the Event of Default) for cash, upon credit or for future delivery as the Administrative Agent shall deem appropriate to use, license or sublicense any of the Intellectual Property now owned or hereafter acquired by such Grantor, and wherever the same may be located, and including in such license reasonable access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and to all computer software and programs used for the compilation or printout thereof; provided , however , that all of the foregoing rights of the Administrative Agent to use such licenses, sublicenses and other rights, and (to the extent permitted by the terms of such licenses and sublicenses) all licenses and sublicenses granted thereunder, shall expire immediately upon the termination or cure of all Events of Default and shall be exercised by the Administrative Agent solely during the continuance of an Event of Default and upon 10 Business Days’ prior written notice to the applicable Grantor, and nothing in this Section 4.03 shall require Grantors to grant any license that is prohibited by any rule of law, statute or regulation, or is prohibited by, or constitutes a breach or default under or results in the termination of any contract, license, agreement, instrument or other document evidencing, giving rise to or theretofore granted, to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement, with respect to such property or otherwise unreasonably prejudices the value thereof to the relevant Grantor; provided , further , that such licenses granted hereunder with respect to Trademarks shall be subject to restrictions,

 

-18-


including, without limitation restrictions as to goods or services associated with such Trademarks and the maintenance of quality standards with respect to the goods and services on which such Trademarks are used, sufficient to preserve the validity and value of such Trademarks. For the avoidance of doubt, the use of such license by the Administrative Agent may be exercised, at the option of the Administrative Agent, only during the continuation of an Event of Default.

ARTICLE V

Subordination

SECTION 5.01 Subordination .

(a) Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, all rights of the Grantors to indemnity, contribution or subrogation under applicable law or otherwise shall be fully subordinated to the payment in full in cash of the Secured Obligations. No failure on the part of the Borrower or any Grantor to make the payments required under applicable law or otherwise shall in any respect limit the obligations and liabilities of any Grantor with respect to its obligations hereunder, and each Grantor shall remain liable for the full amount of the obligations of such Grantor hereunder.

(b) Each Grantor hereby agrees that upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and after notice from the Administrative Agent, all Indebtedness owed to it by any other Grantor shall be fully subordinated to the payment in full in cash of the Secured Obligations.

ARTICLE VI

Miscellaneous

SECTION 6.01 Notices . All communications and notices hereunder shall (except as otherwise expressly permitted herein) be in writing and given as provided in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to the Borrower or any other Grantor shall be given to it in care of the Borrower as provided in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 6.02 Waivers: Amendment .

(a) No failure or delay by any Secured Party in exercising any right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right, remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges of the Secured Parties herein provided, and provided under each other Loan Document, are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided by Law. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any Grantor therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section 6.02, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which

 

-19-


given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan, the issuance of a Letter of Credit or the provision of services under Secured Hedge Agreements shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether any Secured Party may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.

(b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be waived, amended or modified except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by the Administrative Agent and the Grantor or Grantors with respect to which such waiver, amendment or modification is to apply, subject to any consent required in accordance with Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 6.03 Administrative Agent’s Fees and Expenses; Indemnification .

(a) The parties hereto agree that the Administrative Agent shall be entitled to reimbursement of its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred hereunder and indemnity for its actions in connection herewith as provided in Sections 10.04 and 10.05 of the Credit Agreement.

(b) Any such amounts payable as provided hereunder shall be additional Secured Obligations secured hereby and by the other Collateral Documents. The provisions of this Section 6.03 shall remain operative and in full force and effect regardless of the termination of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the repayment of any of the Secured Obligations, the invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Administrative Agent or any other Secured Party. All amounts due under this Section 6.03 shall be payable within 10 days of written demand therefor.

SECTION 6.04 Successors and Assigns . The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns to the extent permitted by Section 10.07 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 6.05 Survival of Agreement . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by the Grantors hereunder and in the other Loan Documents and in the certificates or other instruments prepared or delivered in connection with or pursuant to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be considered to have been relied upon by the Secured Parties and shall survive the execution and delivery of the Loan Documents, the making of any Loans and issuance of any Letters of Credit and the provision of services under Secured Hedge Agreements, regardless of any investigation made by any Secured Party or on its behalf and notwithstanding that any Secured Party may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time any credit is extended under the Credit Agreement, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as this Agreement has not been terminated or released pursuant to Section 6.12 below.

SECTION 6.06 Counterparts: Effectiveness; Several Agreement . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery by facsimile or other electronic communication of an executed counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement shall be effective as delivery of an original executed counterpart of this Agreement. This

 

-20-


Agreement shall become effective as to any Grantor when a counterpart hereof executed on behalf of such Grantor shall have been delivered to the Administrative Agent and a counterpart hereof shall have been executed on behalf of the Administrative Agent, and thereafter shall be binding upon such Grantor and the Administrative Agent and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and shall inure to the benefit of such Grantor, the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties and their respective permitted successors and assigns, except that no Grantor shall have the right to assign or transfer its rights or obligations hereunder or any interest herein or in the Collateral (and any such assignment or transfer shall be void) except as expressly contemplated by this Agreement or the Credit Agreement. This Agreement shall be construed as a separate agreement with respect to each Grantor and may be amended, modified, supplemented, waived or released with respect to any Grantor without the approval of any other Grantor and without affecting the obligations of any other Grantor hereunder.

SECTION 6.07 Severability . If any provision of this Agreement is held to be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, the legality, validity and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement shall not be affected or impaired thereby. The invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

SECTION 6.08 Right of Set-Off . In addition to any rights and remedies of the Secured Parties provided by Law, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Secured Party is authorized at any time and from time to time, without prior notice to any Grantor, any such notice being waived by each Grantor to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Law, to set-off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held by, and other Indebtedness at any time owing by, such Secured Party to or for the credit or the account of the respective Grantors against any and all obligations owing to such Secured Party hereunder, now or hereafter existing, irrespective of whether or not such Secured Party shall have made demand under this Agreement and although such obligations may be contingent or unmatured or denominated in a currency different from that of the applicable deposit or Indebtedness. Each Secured Party agrees promptly to notify the applicable Grantor and the Administrative Agent after any such set-off and application made by such Secured Party; provided, that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such set-off and application. The rights of each Secured Party under this Section 6.08 are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of set-off) that such Secured Party may have at Law.

SECTION 6.09 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Venue; Waiver of Jury Trial ; Consent to Service of Process .

(a) The terms of Sections 10.16 and 10.17 of the Credit Agreement with respect to governing law, submission of jurisdiction, venue and waiver of jury trial are incorporated herein by reference, mutatis mutandis, and the parties hereto agree to such terms.

(b) Each party to this Agreement irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 6.01. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve process in any other manner permitted by Law.

 

-21-


SECTION 6.10 Headings . Article and Section headings and the Table of Contents used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 6.11 Security Interest Absolute . To the extent permitted by Law, all rights of the Administrative Agent hereunder, the Security Interest, the grant of a security interest in the Pledged Collateral and all obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall be absolute and unconditional irrespective of (a) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document, any agreement with respect to any of the Secured Obligations or any other agreement or instrument relating to any of the foregoing, (b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Secured Obligations, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to any departure from the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement or instrument, (c) any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on other collateral, or any release or amendment or waiver of or consent under or departure from any guarantee, securing or guaranteeing all or any of the Secured Obligations or (d) any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Grantor in respect of the Secured Obligations or this Agreement.

SECTION 6.12 Termination or Release .

(a) This Agreement, the Security Interest and all other security interests granted hereby shall terminate with respect to all Secured Obligations and any Liens arising therefrom shall be automatically released upon all of the Secured Obligations (other than (x) (i) Cash Management Obligations and (ii) Secured Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, and (y) contingent obligations not yet accrued and payable) having been paid in full, all Letters of Credit having been Cash Collateralized or otherwise back-stopped (including by “grandfathering” into any future credit facilities), in each case, on terms reasonably satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer in its reasonable discretion, or having expired or having been terminated, and the Aggregate Commitments having expired or having been terminated.

(b) A Grantor (other than the Borrower) shall automatically be released from its obligations hereunder and the Security Interest in the Collateral of such Grantor shall be automatically released upon the consummation of any transaction permitted by the Credit Agreement as a result of which such Grantor ceases to be a Subsidiary of the Borrower or becomes an Excluded Subsidiary; provided that the Required Lenders shall have consented to such transaction (but only if and to the extent required by the Credit Agreement) and the terms of such consent did not provide otherwise.

(c) Upon any sale or transfer by any Grantor of any Collateral that is permitted under the Credit Agreement (other than a sale or transfer to another Loan Party), or upon the effectiveness of any written consent to the release of the security interest granted hereby in any Collateral pursuant to Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement, the security interest in such Collateral shall be automatically released.

(d) In connection with any termination or release pursuant to paragraph (a), (b) or (c) of this Section 6.12, the Administrative Agent shall execute and deliver to any Grantor,

 

-22-


at such Grantor’s expense, all documents that such Grantor shall reasonably request to evidence such termination or release and shall perform such other actions reasonably requested by such Grantor to effect such release within a reasonable time, including delivery of certificates, securities and instruments. Any execution and delivery of documents pursuant to this Section 6.12 shall be without recourse to or warranty by the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 6.13 Additional Grant ors. Pursuant to Section 6.12 of the Credit Agreement, certain additional Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower may be required to enter in this Agreement as Grantors. Upon execution and delivery by the Administrative Agent and a Restricted Subsidiary of a Security Agreement Supplement, such Restricted Subsidiary shall become a Grantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Grantor herein. The execution and delivery of any such instrument shall not require the consent of any other Grantor hereunder. The rights and obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Grantor as a party to this Agreement.

SECTION 6.14 Administrative Agent Appointed Attorney-in-Fact . Each Grantor hereby appoints the Administrative Agent the attorney-in-fact of such Grantor for the purpose of carrying out the provisions of this Agreement and taking any action and executing any instrument that the Administrative Agent may deem necessary or advisable to accomplish the purposes hereof at any time after and during the continuance of an Event of Default, which appointment is irrevocable and coupled with an interest. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent shall have the right, upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default and notice by the Administrative Agent to the applicable Grantor of the Administrative Agent’s intent to exercise such rights, with full power of substitution either in the Administrative Agent’s name or in the name of such Grantor (a) to receive, endorse, assign and/or deliver any and all notes, acceptances, checks, drafts, money orders or other evidences of payment relating to the Collateral or any part thereof; (b) to demand, collect, receive payment of, give receipt for and give discharges and releases of all or any of the Collateral; (c) to sign the name of any Grantor on any invoice or bill of lading relating to any of the Collateral; (d) to send verifications of Accounts Receivable to any Account Debtor; (e) to commence and prosecute any and all suits, actions or proceedings at Law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect or otherwise realize on all or any of the Collateral or to enforce any rights in respect of any Collateral; (f) to settle, compromise, compound, adjust or defend any actions, suits or proceedings relating to all or any of the Collateral; (g) to notify, or to require any Grantor to notify, Account Debtors to make payment directly to the Administrative Agent; and (h) to use, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, make any agreement with respect to or otherwise deal with all or any of the Collateral, and to do all other acts and things necessary to carry out the purposes of this Agreement, as fully and completely as though the Administrative Agent were the absolute owner of the Collateral for all purposes; provided that nothing herein contained shall be construed as requiring or obligating the Administrative Agent to make any commitment or to make any inquiry as to the nature or sufficiency of any payment received by the Administrative Agent, or to present or file any claim or notice, or to take any action with respect to the Collateral or any part thereof or the moneys due or to become due in respect thereof or any property covered thereby. The Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties shall be accountable only for amounts actually received as a result of the exercise of the powers granted to them herein, and neither

 

-23-


they nor their officers, directors, employees or agents shall be responsible to any Grantor for any act or failure to act hereunder, except for their own gross negligence, bad faith, or willful misconduct or that of any of their Affiliates, directors, officers, employees, counsel, agents or attorneys-in-fact, in each case, as determined by a final nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.

SECTION 6.15 General Authority of the Administrative Agent . By acceptance of the benefits of this Agreement and any other Collateral Documents, each Secured Party (whether or not a signatory hereto) shall be deemed irrevocably (a) to consent to the appointment of the Administrative Agent as its agent hereunder and under such other Collateral Documents, (b) to confirm that the Administrative Agent shall have the authority to act as the exclusive agent of such Secured Party for the enforcement of any provisions of this Agreement and such other Collateral Documents against any Grantor, the exercise of remedies hereunder or thereunder and the giving or withholding of any consent or approval hereunder or thereunder relating to any Collateral or any Grantor’s obligations with respect thereto, (c) to agree that it shall not take any action to enforce any provisions of this Agreement or any other Collateral Document against any Grantor, to exercise any remedy hereunder or thereunder or to give any consents or approvals hereunder or thereunder except as expressly provided in this Agreement or any other Collateral Document and (d) to agree to be bound by the terms of this Agreement and any other Collateral Documents.

SECTION 6.16 Reasonable Care . The Administrative Agent is required to use reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any of the Collateral in its possession; provided, that the Administrative Agent shall be deemed to have used reasonable care in the custody and preservation of any of the Collateral, if such Collateral is accorded treatment substantially similar to that which the Administrative Agent accords its own property.

SECTION 6.17 Delegation; Limitation . The Administrative Agent may execute any of the powers granted under this Agreement and perform any duty hereunder either directly or by or through agents or attorneys-in-fact, and shall not be responsible for the gross negligence or willful misconduct of any agents or attorneys-in-fact selected by it with reasonable care and without gross negligence or willful misconduct.

SECTION 6.18 Reinstatement . The obligations of the Grantors under this Security Agreement shall be automatically reinstated if and to the extent that for any reason any payment by or on behalf of the Borrower or any other Loan Party in respect of the Secured Obligations is rescinded or must be otherwise restored by any holder of any of the Secured Obligations, whether as a result of any proceedings in bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise.

SECTION 6.19 Miscellaneous . The Administrative Agent shall not be deemed to have actual, constructive, direct or indirect notice or knowledge of the occurrence of any Event of Default unless and until the Administrative Agent shall have received a notice of Event of Default or a notice from the Grantor or the Secured Parties to the Administrative Agent in its capacity as Administrative Agent indicating that an Event of Default has occurred.

[Signature Pages Follow.]

 

-24-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

DUNKIN’ BRANDS, INC., as
Borrower
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Signature Page to Security Agreement


DUNKIN’ BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC., as
Grantor
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Signature Page to Security Agreement


BASKIN-ROBBINS FLAVORS LLC
BASKIN-ROBBINS FRANCHISED SHOPS LLC
BASKIN-ROBBINS FRANCHISING LLC
BASKIN-ROBBINS INTERNATIONAL LLC
BASKIN-ROBBINS LLC
BASKIN-ROBBINS USA LLC
BR IP HOLDER LLC
BR JAPAN HOLDINGS LLC
DB CANADIAN SUPPLIER INC.
DB CANADIAN HOLDING COMPANY INC.
DB FRANCHISING HOLDING COMPANY LLC
DB INTERNATIONAL FRANCHISING LLC
DB MASTER FINANCE LLC
DB MEXICAN FRANCHISING LLC
DB REAL ESTATE ASSETS I LLC
DB REAL ESTATE ASSETS II LLC
DB UK FRANCHISING LLC
DBI STORES LLC
DD IP HOLDER LLC
DUNKIN’ DONUTS FRANCHISED RESTAURANTS LLC
DUNKIN’ DONUTS FRANCHISING LLC
DUNKIN’ DONUTS LLC
DUNKIN’ DONUTS REALTY INVESTMENT LLC
DUNKIN’ DONUTS USA LLC
DUNKIN’ VENTURES LLC
MISTER DONUT OF AMERICA LLC

THIRD DUNKIN’ DONUTS REALTY LLC,

as Grantors

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Signature Page to Security Agreement


BARCLAYS BANK PLC,
as Administrative Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Signature Page to Security Agreement


Exhibit I to the

Security Agreement

SUPPLEMENT NO.      dated as of [                      ], to the Security Agreement (the “ Security Agreement ”), dated as of                      , 20      , among the Grantors identified therein and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent.

A. Reference is made to the Credit Agreement (the “ Credit Agreement ”), dated as of November 23, 2010, among Dunkin’ Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation, and immediately following the consummation of the Assumption, Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation, each lender from time to time party hereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, each lender from time to time party thereto, and Citibank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer.

B. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement and the Security Agreement.

C. The Grantors have entered into the Security Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make Loans and the L/C Issuers to issue Letters of Credit. Section 6.13 of the Security Agreement provides that additional Restricted Subsidiaries of the Borrower may become Grantors under the Security Agreement by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. The undersigned (the “ New Grantor ”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement to become a Grantor under the Security Agreement in order to induce the Lenders to make additional Loans and the L/C Issuers to issue additional Letters of Credit and as consideration for Loans previously made and Letters of Credit previously issued.

Accordingly, the Administrative Agent and the New Grantor agree as follows:

SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 6.13 of the Security Agreement, the New Grantor by its signature below becomes a Grantor under the Security Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor and the New Grantor hereby (a) agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Security Agreement applicable to it as a Grantor thereunder and (b) represents and warrants that the representations and warranties made by it as a Grantor thereunder are true and correct on and as of the date hereof. In furtherance of the foregoing, the New Grantor, as security for the payment and performance in full of the Secured Obligations, does hereby create and grant to the Administrative Agent, its successors and assigns, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, their successors and assigns, a security interest in and lien on all of the New Grantor’s right, title and interest in and to the Collateral (as defined in the Security Agreement) of the New Grantor. Each reference to a “Grantor” in the Security Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Grantor. The Security Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

SECTION 2. The New Grantor represents and warrants to the Administrative Agent and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable


against it in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability may be limited by Debtor Relief Laws and by general principles of equity.

SECTION 3. This Supplement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Supplement shall become effective when the Administrative Agent shall have received a counterpart of this Supplement that bears the signature of the New Grantor and the Administrative Agent has executed a counterpart hereof. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Supplement by facsimile transmission or other electronic communication shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Supplement.

SECTION 4. The New Grantor hereby represents and warrants that (a) set forth on Schedule I attached hereto is a true and correct schedule of the information required by the schedules of the Perfection Certificate and (b) set forth under its signature hereto is the true and correct legal name of the New Grantor, its jurisdiction of formation and the location of its chief executive office.

SECTION 5. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Security Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 6. THIS SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 7. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Supplement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and in the Security Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby (it being understood that the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not in and of itself affect the validity of such provision in any other jurisdiction). The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

SECTION 8. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 6.01 of the Security Agreement.

SECTION 9. The New Grantor agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with the execution and delivery of this Supplement, including the reasonable fees, other charges and disbursements of counsel for the Administrative Agent.

[Signature pages follow.]

 

- 2 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Grantor and the Administrative Agent have duly executed this Supplement to the Security Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

[NAME OF NEW GRANTOR]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Legal Name:
Jurisdiction of Formation:
Location of Chief Executive office:

[ Signature Page — Security Agreement Supplement ]


BARCLAYS BANK PLC,
as Administrative Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

[ Signature Page — Security Agreement Supplement ]


Schedule I

to the Supplement No      to the

Security Agreement

EQUITY INTERESTS

 

Issuer

   Number of
Certificate
   Registered
Owner
   Number and
Class of
Equity Interest
   Percentage
of
Equity Interests

INSTRUMENTS AND DEBT SECURITIES

 

Issuer

  

Principal

Amount

  

Date of Note

  

Maturity Date


Exhibit II to the

Security Agreement

[FORM OF] PERFECTION CERTIFICATE

[To be inserted]


Exhibit III to the

Security Agreement

Form of Patent Security Agreement

Patent Security Agreement , dated as of [                      ], by [                      ] (“ Grantor ”), in favor of BARCLAYS BANK PLC, in its capacity as administrative agent for the Secured Parties (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

W HEREAS , the Grantors are party to a Security Agreement, dated as of December 3, 2010 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”), in favor of the Administrative Agent pursuant to which the Grantors are required to execute and deliver this Patent Security Agreement;

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and to induce the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to enter into the Credit Agreement, the Grantors hereby agree with the Administrative Agent as follows:

SECTION 1. Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Security Agreement.

SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest in Patent Collateral . Each Grantor hereby pledges and grants to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a lien on and security interest in and to all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all the following Pledged Collateral of such Grantor:

(a) Patents of such Grantor listed on Schedule I attached hereto; and

(b) all Proceeds of any and all of the foregoing.

SECTION 3. The Security Agreement . The security interest granted pursuant to this Patent Security Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement and Grantors hereby acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent with respect to the security interest in the Patents made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. In the event that any provision of this Patent Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Security Agreement, the provisions of the Security Agreement shall control unless the Administrative Agent shall otherwise determine.

SECTION 4. Termination . Upon all of the Secured Obligations (other than (x) (i) Cash Management Obligations and (ii) Secured Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, and (y) contingent obligations not yet accrued and payable) having


been paid in full, all Letters of Credit having been Cash Collateralized or otherwise back-stopped (including by “grandfathering” into any future credit facilities), in each case, on terms reasonably satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer in its reasonable discretion, or having expired or having been terminated, and the Aggregate Commitments having expired or having been terminated, and termination of the Security Agreement, this Patent Security Agreement and the security interest granted hereby shall terminate with respect to all of a Grantor’s obligations and any lien arising therefrom shall be automatically released. The Administrative Agent shall, at the expense of such Grantor, execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Grantors within a reasonable time an instrument in writing in recordable form releasing the collateral pledge, grant, assignment, lien and security interest in the Patents under this Patent Security Agreement.

SECTION 5. Counterparts . This Patent Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Patent Security Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts.

[Signature pages follow.]

 

- 2 -


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , each Grantor has caused this Patent Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

[GRANTOR]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Signature Page to Patent Security Agreement


STATE OF  

 

  

)

      

) ss.

COUNTY OF  

 

  

)

On this                      day of November, 2010, before me, a notary public, the undersigned officer personally appeared,                                  , known to me (or satisfactorily proven) to be the                                          of                                          , that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged said instrument to be free and voluntary deed of said entity for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that he/she was authorized to execute said instrument.

In witness whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.

 

 

Signature of Notary Public

 

Print or Stamp Name of Notary Public

 

Notary Public in and for the State of  

 

residing at  

 

My appointment expires  

 

Acting in the County of:                                         

 

Signature Page to Patent Security Agreement


BARCLAYS BANK PLC,
as Administrative Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Signature Page to Patent Security Agreement


SCHEDULE I

to

PATENT SECURITY AGREEMENT

U.S. PATENT REGISTRATIONS AND PATENT APPLICATIONS

U.S. Patent Registrations:

 

OWNER

   REGISTRATION
NUMBER
     NAME  
     

U.S. Patent Applications:

 

OWNER

   APPLICATION
NUMBER
     NAME  
     


Exhibit IV to the

Security Agreement

Form of Trademark Security Agreement

Trademark Security Agreement , dated as of [                      ], by [                      ] (“ Grantor ”), in favor of BARCLAYS BANK PLC, in its capacity as administrative agent for the Secured Parties (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

W HEREAS , the Grantors are party to a Security Agreement, dated as of December 3, 2010 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”), in favor of the Administrative Agent pursuant to which the Grantors are required to execute and deliver this Trademark Security Agreement;

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and to induce the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to enter into the Credit Agreement, the Grantors hereby agree with the Administrative Agent as follows:

SECTION 1. Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Security Agreement.

SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest in Trademark Collateral . Each Grantor hereby pledges and grants to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a lien on and security interest in and to all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all the following Pledged Collateral of such Grantor ( provided that the Trademarks shall not include any trademark application that would be deemed invalidated, cancelled or abandoned due to the security interest granted hereunder, including without limitation all United States trademark applications that are based on an intent to use, unless and until such time that the security interest will not cause the invalidation, cancellation or abandonment of such trademark application):

(a) Trademarks of such Grantor listed on Schedule I attached hereto; and

(b) all Proceeds of any and all of the foregoing.

SECTION 3. The Security Agreement . The security interest granted pursuant to this Trademark Security Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement and Grantors hereby acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent with respect to the security interest in the Trademarks made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. In the event that any provision of this Trademark Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Security Agreement, the provisions of the Security Agreement shall control unless the Administrative Agent shall otherwise determine.


SECTION 4. Termination . Upon all of the Secured Obligations (other than (x) (i) Cash Management Obligations and (ii) Secured Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, and (y) contingent obligations not yet accrued and payable) having been paid in full, all Letters of Credit having been Cash Collateralized or otherwise back-stopped (including by “grandfathering” into any future credit facilities), in each case, on terms reasonably satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer in its reasonable discretion, or having expired or having been terminated, and the Aggregate Commitments having expired or having been terminated and the termination of the Security Agreement, this Trademark Security Agreement and the security interest granted hereby shall terminate with respect to all of a Grantor’s obligations and any lien arising therefrom shall be automatically released. The Administrative Agent at the expense of such Grantor, execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Grantors within a reasonable time an instrument in writing in recordable form releasing the collateral pledge, grant, assignment, lien and security interest in the Trademarks under this Trademark Security Agreement.

SECTION 5. Counterparts . This Trademark Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Trademark Security Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts.

[Signature pages follow.]

 

- 2 -


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , each Grantor has caused this Trademark Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

[GRANTOR]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Signature Page to Trademark Security Agreement


STATE OF  

 

  

)

      

) ss.

COUNTY OF  

 

  

)

On this                      day of November, 2010, before me, a notary public, the undersigned officer personally appeared,                                  , known to me (or satisfactorily proven) to be the                                          of                                          , that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged said instrument to be free and voluntary deed of said entity for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that he/she was authorized to execute said instrument.

In witness whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.

 

 

Signature of Notary Public

 

Print or Stamp Name of Notary Public

 

Notary Public in and for the State of  

 

residing at  

 

My appointment expires  

 

Acting in the County of:                                         

 

Signature Page to Trademark Security Agreement


BARCLAYS BANK PLC,
as Administrative Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Signature Page to Trademark Security Agreement


Schedule I

U.S. Trademark Registrations and Use Applications

 

U.S. Trademark    Owner    Registration
Number/
Serial Number
           


Exhibit V to the

Security Agreement

Form of Copyright Security Agreement

Copyright Security Agreement , dated as of [                      ], by [                      ] (“ Grantor ”), in favor of BARCLAYS BANK PLC, in its capacity as administrative agent for the Secured Parties (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”).

W I T N E S S E T H :

W HEREAS , the Grantors are party to a Security Agreement, dated as of December 3, 2010 (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”), in favor of the Administrative Agent pursuant to which the Grantors are required to execute and deliver this Copyright Security Agreement;

N OW , T HEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and to induce the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, to enter into the Credit Agreement, the Grantors hereby agree with the Administrative Agent as follows:

SECTION 1. Defined Terms . Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Security Agreement and used herein have the meaning given to them in the Security Agreement.

SECTION 2. Grant of Security Interest in Copyright Collateral . Each Grantor hereby pledges and grants to the Administrative Agent for the benefit of the Secured Parties a lien on and security interest in and to all of its right, title and interest in, to and under all the following Pledged Collateral of such Grantor:

(a) Copyrights of such Grantor listed on Schedule I attached hereto; and

(b) all Proceeds of any and all of the foregoing.

SECTION 3. The Security Agreement . The security interest granted pursuant to this Copyright Security Agreement is granted in conjunction with the security interest granted to the Administrative Agent pursuant to the Security Agreement and Grantors hereby acknowledge and affirm that the rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent with respect to the security interest in the Copyrights made and granted hereby are more fully set forth in the Security Agreement, the terms and provisions of which are incorporated by reference herein as if fully set forth herein. In the event that any provision of this Copyright Security Agreement is deemed to conflict with the Security Agreement, the provisions of the Security Agreement shall control unless the Administrative Agent shall otherwise determine.

SECTION 4. Termination . Upon all of the Secured Obligations (other than (x) (i) Cash Management Obligations and (ii) Secured Obligations under Secured Hedge Agreements not yet due and payable, and (y) contingent obligations not yet accrued and payable) having


been paid in full, all Letters of Credit having been Cash Collateralized or otherwise back-stopped (including by “grandfathering” into any future credit facilities), in each case, on terms reasonably satisfactory to the relevant L/C Issuer in its reasonable discretion, or having expired or having been terminated, and the Aggregate Commitments having expired or having been terminated and the termination of the Security Agreement, this Copyright Security Agreement and the security interest granted hereby shall terminate with respect to all of a Grantor’s obligations and any lien arising therefrom shall be automatically released. The Administrative Agent shall, at the expense of such Grantor, execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the Grantors within a reasonable time an instrument in writing in recordable form releasing the collateral pledge, grant, assignment, lien and security interest in the Copyrights under this Copyright Security Agreement.

SECTION 5. Counterparts . This Copyright Security Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, all of which shall constitute one and the same instrument, and any party hereto may execute this Copyright Security Agreement by signing and delivering one or more counterparts.

[Signature pages follow.]

 

- 2 -


I N W ITNESS W HEREOF , each Grantor has caused this Copyright Security Agreement to be executed and delivered by its duly authorized officer as of the date first set forth above.

 

[GRANTOR]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

Signature Page to Copyright Security Agreement


STATE OF  

 

  

)

      

) ss.

COUNTY OF  

 

  

)

On this                      day of November, 2010, before me, a notary public, the undersigned officer personally appeared,                                  , known to me (or satisfactorily proven) to be the                                          of                                          , that executed the within and foregoing instrument, and acknowledged said instrument to be free and voluntary deed of said entity for the uses and purposes therein mentioned, and on oath stated that he/she was authorized to execute said instrument.

In witness whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.

 

 

Signature of Notary Public

 

Print or Stamp Name of Notary Public

 

Notary Public in and for the State of  

 

residing at  

 

My appointment expires  

 

Acting in the County of:                                         

 

Signature Page to Copyright Security Agreement


BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

as Administrative Agent

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Signature Page to Copyright Security Agreement


Schedule I

U.S. Copyright Registrations

 

U.S. Copyright Title    Owner     

Registration

Number

 
     


Exhibit VI to the

Security Agreement

[FORM OF]

ISSUER’S ACKNOWLEDGMENT

The undersigned hereby (i) acknowledges receipt of the Security Agreement (as amended, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ;” capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Security Agreement), dated as of December 3, 2010, made by Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ DBI ”), the other Grantors party thereto, and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, (ii) agrees promptly to note on its books the security interests granted to the Administrative Agent and confirmed under the Security Agreement, (iii) agrees that it will comply with instructions of the Administrative Agent with respect to Equity Interests of the undersigned without further consent by the applicable Grantor, (iv) agrees to notify the Administrative Agent upon obtaining knowledge of any interest in favor of any person in the applicable Equity Interests that is adverse to the interest of the Administrative Agent therein and (v) waives any right or requirement at any time hereafter to receive a copy of the Security Agreement in connection with the registration of any Equity Interests thereunder in the name of the Administrative Agent or its nominee or the exercise of voting rights by the Administrative Agent or its nominee.

 

[   ]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

- 2 -


EXHIBIT H

FORM OF JOINDER AGREEMENT

JOINDER AGREEMENT, dated as of                      , 20      (this “ Agreement ”), by and among [NEW REVOLVING CREDIT LENDER][NEW TERM LENDER] (each, an “ Additional Lender ” and, collectively, the “ Additional Lenders ”), [APPLICABLE BORROWER] (the “ Borrower ”), and BARCLAYS BANK PLC (the “ Administrative Agent ”).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2010 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Dunkin’ Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Initial Borrower ”), and, upon the effectiveness of its joinder to the Credit Agreement, Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), and, upon the Assumption, Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower ”), each lender from time to time party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer (capitalized terms used but not defined herein having the meaning provided in the Credit Agreement);

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower may establish [New Revolving Credit Commitments][New Term Commitments] (the “ Additional Commitments ”) with existing Lenders and/or Additional Lenders; and

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, Additional Lenders shall become Lenders pursuant to one or more Joinder Agreements;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Each Additional Lender hereby agrees to provide the Additional Commitment set forth on its signature page hereto pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.14 of the Credit Agreement. The Additional Commitments provided pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to all of the terms in the Credit Agreement and to the conditions set forth in Section 2.14 of the Credit Agreement, and shall be entitled to all the benefits afforded by the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and shall, without limiting the foregoing, benefit equally and ratably from the Guarantees and security interests created by the Collateral Documents

Each Additional Lender, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent acknowledge and agree that the Additional Commitments provided pursuant to this Agreement shall constitute [New Revolving Credit Commitments][New Term Commitments] for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other applicable Loan Documents. Each Additional Lender hereby agrees to make [a New Term Loan to the Borrower in an amount equal to its Additional Commitment] [its Additional Commitment available to the Borrower] on the Increased Amount Date in accordance with Section 2.14 of the Credit Agreement.

Each Additional Lender (i) confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with copies of the financial statements referred to therein and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement; (ii) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Additional Lender or any other Lender or Agent and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking


or not taking action under the Credit Agreement; (iii) appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers and discretion under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (iv) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Credit Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

Upon (i) the execution of a counterpart of this Agreement by each Additional Lender, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower and (ii) the delivery to the Administrative Agent of a fully executed counterpart (including by way of telecopy or other electronic transmission) hereof, each of the undersigned Additional Lenders shall become Lenders under the Credit Agreement and shall have the respective Additional Commitment set forth on its signature page hereto, effective as of the Increased Amount Date.

For purposes of the Credit Agreement, the initial notice address of each Additional Lender shall be as set forth below its signature below.

For each Additional Lender, delivered herewith to the Administrative Agent are such forms, certificates or other evidence with respect to United States federal income tax withholding matters as such Additional Lender may be required to deliver to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.15 of the Credit Agreement.

This Agreement may not be amended, modified or waived except by an instrument or instruments in writing signed and delivered on behalf of each of the parties hereto.

This Agreement, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and verbal, among the parties or any of them with respect to the subject matter hereof.

THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as would be enforceable.

This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused its duly authorized officer to execute and deliver this Joinder Agreement as of                      , 20      .

 

[NAME OF ADDITIONAL LENDER]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[New Revolving Credit Commitments] [New Term Commitments]:
$                                                              
Notice Address:
Attention:
Telephone:
Facsimile:
[BORROWER]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 


[Consented to and] Accepted:

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

as Administrative Agent[, L/C Issuer

and Swing Line Lender] 27

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

27  

To be included to the extent consent would be required under Section 10.07 for an assignment of Loans or Commitments to the Additional Lender.


EXHIBIT I

FORM OF L/C ISSUER AGREEMENT

L/C ISSUER AGREEMENT dated as of [ ](this “ Agreement ”), among Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower ”), [            ], as letter of credit issuer (in such capacity, the “ L/C Issuer ”), and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement dated as of November 23, 2010 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Dunkin’ Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Initial Borrower ”), and, upon the effectiveness of its joinder to the Credit Agreement, Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), and, upon the Assumption, the Borrower, each lender from time to time party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer.

This Agreement constitutes an L/C Issuer Agreement under and as defined in the Credit Agreement. Each capitalized term used herein and not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 1. Letter of Credit Commitment . The L/C Issuer hereby agrees to be an “ L/C Issuer ” under the Credit Agreement with a commitment to issue Letters of Credit in the amount set forth in Schedule I hereto and, subject to the terms and conditions hereof and of the Credit Agreement, to issue Letters of Credit under the Credit Agreement; provided, however , that Letters of Credit issued by the L/C Issuer hereunder shall be subject to the limitations set forth on Schedule I hereto and in the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 2. Issuance Procedure . In order to request the issuance of a Letter of Credit by the L/C Issuer, the Borrower shall hand deliver, fax, telecopy or transmit via electronic means (in a form reasonably acceptable to the L/C Issuer) a notice (specifying the information required by Section 2.03(b) of the Credit Agreement) to the L/C Issuer, at its address or facsimile number specified on Schedule I hereto (or such other address or telecopy number as the L/C Issuer may specify by notice to the Borrower), not later than the time of day (local time at such address) specified on Schedule I hereto prior to the proposed date of issuance of such Letter of Credit. A copy of such notice shall be sent, concurrently, by the Borrower to the Administrative Agent in the manner specified for borrowing requests under the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 3. L/C Issuer Fees . The customary issuance, presentation and amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of the L/C Issuer (“ L/C Issuer Fees ”) referred to in Section 2.03(j) of the Credit Agreement, which are payable to the L/C Issuer in respect of Letters of Credit issued hereunder, are specified on Schedule I hereto (it being understood that such fees shall be in addition to the L/C Issuer’s customary fronting fee referred to in Section 2.03(j)). Each payment of L/C Issuer Fees payable hereunder shall be made not later than 2:00 p.m., New York City time, on the date when due, in immediately available funds, to the account of the L/C Issuer specified on Schedule I hereto or to such other Lender specified on Schedule I hereto (or to such other account of the L/C Issuer as it may specify by notice to the Borrower).

SECTION 4. Credit Agreement Terms . Notwithstanding any provision hereof which may be construed to the contrary, it is expressly understood and agreed that (a) this Agreement is supplemental to the Credit Agreement and is intended to constitute an L/C Issuer Agreement, as defined therein (and, as such, constitutes an integral part of the Credit Agreement as though the terms of this Agreement were set forth in such Credit Agreement), (b) each Letter of Credit issued hereunder and each L/C Credit Extension made under any such Letter of Credit shall constitute a “ Letter of Credit ” and an “ L/C Credit Extension ”,


respectively, for all purposes of the Credit Agreement, (c) the L/C Issuer’s commitment to issue Letters of Credit hereunder, and each and every Letter of Credit requested or issued hereunder, shall in each case be subject to the terms and conditions and entitled to the benefits of the Credit Agreement and (d) the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement are hereby incorporated herein as though set forth herein in full and shall supersede any contrary provisions hereof.

SECTION 5. Notices . All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed or sent by electronic communication or facsimile transmission as provided in Section 10.02 of the Credit Agreement.

SECTION 6. Binding Agreement; Assignments . (a) This Agreement and the terms, covenants and conditions hereof shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns, except that the Borrower and the L/C Issuer shall not be permitted to assign this Agreement or any interest herein without the prior written consent of the other parties to this Agreement other than as set forth in paragraph (b).

(b) The L/C Issuer may not assign its commitment to issue Letters of Credit hereunder without the consent of the Borrower and the Administrative Agent. In the event of an assignment by the L/C Issuer of all its other interests, rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement, then the L/C Issuer’s commitment to issue Letters of Credit hereunder in respect of the Credit Agreement shall terminate unless the L/C Issuer, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent otherwise agree.

SECTION 7. Applicable Law . THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH AND GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 8. Survival of Agreement . All representations and warranties made hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered pursuant hereto or thereto or in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof and of any Letter of Credit issued hereunder or thereunder. Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by the L/C Issuer, regardless of any investigation made by the L/C Issuer or on its behalf and notwithstanding that the L/C Issuer may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Letter of Credit issuance, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligations hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied or any Letter of Credit shall remain outstanding and unpaid and so long as the Commitments have not been terminated.

SECTION 9. Severability . Any provision of this Agreement or the Credit Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions, the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

SECTION 10. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts (and by different parties hereto on different counterparts), each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract.

SECTION 11. Conflicts . To the extent that the terms and conditions of this Agreement conflict with the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement shall control.

 

-2-


[THE REMAINDER OF THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

-3-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties hereto has caused a counterpart of this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered as of the date first above written.

 

DUNKIN’ BRANDS, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[                     ], as L/C Issuer
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Accepted:

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

as Administrative Agent

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

-4-


Schedule I to

Exhibit I

 

L/C Issuer:       [                             ]
L/C Issuer’s Address and Facsimile Number for Notice :      

[                             ]

[                             ]

[                             ]

Fax: [                    ]

Commitment to Issue Letters of Credit :       [            ]
Time of Day by Which Notices Must Be Received :       [A notice requesting the issuance of a Letter of Credit must be received by the L/C Issuer by 12:00 noon at least three (3) Business Days prior to the proposed issuance date.]
The following fees shall be payable under the terms of Section 2.03(j) of the Credit Agreement.      

Fronting Fee:

      The fronting fee set forth in Section 2.03(j) of the Credit Agreement, which fee shall be equal to 0.125% per annum of the daily maximum amount then available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit, payable on the dates that such fees are payable pursuant to Section 2.03(j) of the Credit Agreement.

Issuance Fee:

      $ [            ]

Presentation Fee:

      $ [            ]

Amendment Fee:

      $ [            ]

Other processing fees specific to the L/C Issuer:

      $ [            ]

Other standard costs and charges specific to the L/C Issuer:

      $ [            ]
L/C Issuer’s Account for Payment of Fronting Fee and L/C Issuer Fees :       [            ]


EXHIBIT J

FORM OF ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE

Please fax or email to Sookie Siew at Barclays Capital 917-522-0569 / XraUSLoanOps5@barcap.com. Borrower: Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. $1,350,000,000 Senior Secured Credit Facilities Lender (as name appears on assignment agreement):

An original, executed tax form (W8/W9) must be provided to the Administrative Agent.

 

Operations/Administrative Contacts (for draw downs, repayments, rate setting, etc.) :
Name:    Name:
c/o:    c/o:
Address:    Address:
City, State, Zip:    City, State, Zip:
Attn:    Attn:
Phone:    Phone:
E-mail:    E-mail:
Wire Instructions :   
Bank Name:   
ABA #   
BNF Name:   
BNF Address:   
A/C:   
FFC:   
Ref:   
Credit Contact :    Closing and Clear Par Contacts :
Name:    Name:
Address:    Address:
Suite/Floor:    Suite/Floor:
City, State, Zip:    City, State, Zip:
Attn:    Attn:
Phone:    Phone:
Fax:    Fax:
E-mail:    E-mail:
IntraLinks Contacts :   
Name:    Legal Name:
Address:    Address:
Suite/Floor:    Suite/Floor:
City, State, Zip:    City, State, Zip:
Attn:    Attn:
Phone:    Phone:
Fax:    Fax:
E-mail:    E-mail:
Please forward Amendments, Waivers, Closing Documentation and Compliance to :
Name:    Legal Name:
Address:    Address:
Suite/Floor:    Suite/Floor:
City, State, Zip:    City, State, Zip:
Attn:    Attn:
Phone:    Phone:
Fax:    Fax:
E-mail:    E-mail:


EXHIBIT K

FORM OF SPECIFIED DISCOUNT PREPAYMENT NOTICE

Date:                      , 20     

To: [            ], as Auction Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Specified Discount Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section 10.07(l)(ii) of that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2010, (as further amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Agreement ”, the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Dunkin’ Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Initial Borrower ”), and, upon the effectiveness of its joinder to the Credit Agreement, Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), and, upon the Assumption, Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower ”), each lender from time to time party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer.

Pursuant to Section 10.07(l)(ii) of the Agreement, [the Borrower] [and] [Holdings][Restricted Subsidiary] hereby irrevocably offer[s] to make a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment to each Term Loan Lender on the following terms:

1. The maximum aggregate principal amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment that will be made in connection with this offer shall not exceed $              28 (the “ Specified Discount Prepayment Amount ”).

2. The percentage of par at which such Discounted Term Loan Prepayment will be made is [    ]% (the “ Specified Discount ”).

To accept this offer, you are required to submit a Specified Discount Prepayment Response by no later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the date that is three (3) Business Days following the date of delivery of this notice pursuant to Section 10.07(l)(ii) of the Agreement.

[The Borrower] [and] [Holdings][Restricted Subsidiary] hereby represent[s] and warrant[s] to the Administrative Agent and the Term Loan Lenders as follows:

1. Immediately before and immediately after giving effect to any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment made in connection with the offer set forth in this notice, the sum of (x) the unused Revolving Credit Commitments and (y) the amount of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be less than $30,000,000.

2. This Discounted Term Loan Prepayment is being financed by [the Borrower] [and][Holdings][Restricted Subsidiary] with Internally Generated Cash Flow or with Eligible Equity Proceeds or the proceeds of Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness, in each case that are Not Otherwise Applied.

 

28  

Minimum of $2.0 million and whole increments of $500,000.


3. (i) At least five (5) Business Days have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by the applicable Company Party on the applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and (ii) at least three (3) Business Days have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan Prepayment due to no Term Lender being willing to accept any prepayment of any Term Loans at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the Borrower’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers made by a Term Lender.

[The Borrower] [and][Holdings][Restricted Subsidiary] acknowledge[s] that the Administrative Agent and the Term Loan Lenders are relying on the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations and warranties in connection with their decision whether or not to accept the offer set forth in this Specified Discount Prepayment Notice and the acceptance of any prepayment made in connection with this Specified Discount Prepayment Notice.

[The Borrower] [and][Holdings][Restricted Subsidiary] request[s] that the Administrative Agent promptly notify each of the Term Loan Lenders party to the Agreement of this Specified Discount Prepayment Notice.

 

-2-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Specified Discount Prepayment Notice as of the date first above written.

 

DUNKIN’ BRANDS, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[DUNKIN’ BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:                    ]
[[Restricted Subsidiary
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:                    ]

Enclosure: Form of Specified Discount Prepayment Response

 

-3-


EXHIBIT L

FORM OF SPECIFIED DISCOUNT PREPAYMENT RESPONSE

Date:                      , 20     

 

To: [            ], as Auction Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to (a) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2010, (as further amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Agreement ”, the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Dunkin’ Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Initial Borrower ”), and, upon the effectiveness of its joinder to the Credit Agreement, Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), and, upon the Assumption, Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower ”), each lender from time to time party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer and (b) that certain Specified Discount Prepayment Notice, dated                      , 20      , from [the Borrower] [and] [Holdings][Restricted Subsidiary] (the “ Specified Discount Prepayment Notice ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein or in the Agreement shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Specified Discount Prepayment Notice.

The undersigned Term Loan Lender hereby gives you irrevocable notice, pursuant to Section 10.07(l)(ii) of the Agreement, that it is willing to accept a prepayment of Term Loans held by such Term Loan Lender at the Specified Discount in an aggregate principal amount of $              .

The undersigned Term Loan Lender hereby expressly consents and agrees to a prepayment of its Term B Loans pursuant to Section 10.07(l)(ii) of the Agreement at a price equal to the Specified Discount in the aggregate principal amount not to exceed the amount set forth above, as such principal amount may be reduced in accordance with the Specified Discount Pro-Rata Factor, if any, and otherwise determined in accordance with and subject to the requirements of the Agreement.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Specified Discount Prepayment Response as of the date first above written.

 

[LENDER]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

-2-


EXHIBIT M

FORM OF DISCOUNT RANGE PREPAYMENT NOTICE

Date:                      , 20     

To: [            ], as Auction Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Discount Range Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section 10.07(l)(iii) of that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2010 , and as further amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Agreement ”, the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Dunkin’ Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Initial Borrower ”), and, upon the effectiveness of its joinder to the Credit Agreement, Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), and, upon the Assumption, Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower ”), each lender from time to time party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer.

Pursuant to Section 10.07(l)(iii) of the Agreement, [the Borrower] [and] [Holdings][Restricted Subsidiary] hereby irrevocably request[s] that each Term Lender submit a Discount Range Prepayment Offer. The Discount Term Loan Prepayment made in connection with this solicitation shall be subject to the following terms:

1. The maximum aggregate principal amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment that will be made in connection with this solicitation is $              29 (the “ Discount Range Prepayment Amount ”).

2. [The Borrower] [and] [Holdings][Restricted Subsidiary] [is][are] willing to make Discount Term Loan Prepayments at a percentage of par greater than or equal to [    ]% but less than or equal to [    ]% (the “ Discount Range ”).

To make an offer in connection with this solicitation, you are required to deliver a Discount Range Prepayment Offer by no later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the date that is three (3) Business Days following the date of delivery of this notice pursuant to Section 10.07(l)(iii) of the Agreement.

[The Borrower] [and] [Holdings][Restricted Subsidiary] hereby represent[s] and warrant[s] to the Administrative Agent and the Term Loan Lenders as follows:

1. Immediately before and immediately after giving effect to any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment made in connection with this solicitation, the sum of (x) the unused Revolving Credit Commitments and (y) the amount of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be less than $30,000,000.

2. This Discounted Term Loan Prepayment is being financed by [the Borrower] [and] [Holdings] [Restricted Subsidiary] with Internally Generated Cash Flow or with Eligible

 

29   Minimum of $2.0 million and whole increments of $500,000.


Equity Proceeds or the proceeds of Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness, in each case that are Not Otherwise Applied.

3. (i) At least five (5) Business Days have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by the applicable Company Party on the applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and (ii) at least three (3) Business Days have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan Prepayment due to no Term Lender being willing to accept any prepayment of any Term Loans at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the Borrower’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers made by a Term Lender.

[The Borrower] [and] [Holdings][Restricted Subsidiary] acknowledge[s] that the Administrative Agent and the Term Loan Lenders are relying on the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations and warranties in connection with any Discount Range Prepayment Offer made in response to this Discount Range Prepayment Notice and the acceptance of any prepayment made in connection with this Discount Range Prepayment Notice.

[The Borrower] [and] [Holdings][Restricted Subsidiary] request[s] that Administrative Agent promptly notify each of the Term Loan Lenders party to the Agreement of this Discount Range Prepayment Notice.

 

-2-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Discount Range Prepayment Notice as of the date first above written.

 

DUNKIN’ BRANDS, INC.
as Borrower
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[DUNKIN’ BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.

as Holdings

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:                     ]
[[Restricted Subsidiary
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:                    ]

Enclosure: Form of Discount Range Prepayment Offer

 

-3-


EXHIBIT N

FORM OF DISCOUNT RANGE PREPAYMENT OFFER

Date:                      , 20     

To: [            ], as Auction Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to (a) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2010 , (as further amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Agreement ”, the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Dunkin’ Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Initial Borrower ”), and, upon the effectiveness of its joinder to the Credit Agreement, Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), and, upon the Assumption, Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower ”), each lender from time to time party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer and (b) that certain Specified Discount Range Prepayment Notice, dated                      , 20      , from [the Borrower] [and] [Holdings][Restricted Subsidiary] (the “ Discount Range Prepayment Notice ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein or in the Agreement shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Discount Range Prepayment Notice.

The undersigned Term Loan Lender hereby gives you irrevocable notice, pursuant to Section 10.07(l)(iii) of the Agreement, that it is hereby offering to accept a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment on Term Loans held by such Term Loan Lender:

1. in a maximum aggregate principal amount of [$              ] (the “ Submitted Amount ”), and

2. at a percentage of par equal to [    ]% of par value (the “ Submitted Discount ”).

The undersigned Term Loan Lender hereby expressly consents and agrees to a prepayment of its Term Loans pursuant to Section 10.07(l)(iii) of the Agreement at a price equal to the Applicable Discount and in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the Submitted Amount, as such principal amount may be reduced in accordance with the Discount Range Pro-Rata Factor, if any, and otherwise determined in accordance with and subject to the requirements of the Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Discount Range Prepayment Offer as of the date first above written.

 

[LENDER]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


EXHIBIT O

FORM OF SOLICITED DISCOUNTED PREPAYMENT NOTICE

Date:                      , 20     

To: [            ], as Auction Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section 10.07(l)(iv) of that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2010 (as further amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Agreement ”, the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Dunkin’ Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Initial Borrower ”), and, upon the effectiveness of its joinder to the Credit Agreement, Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), and, upon the Assumption, Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower ”), each lender from time to time party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer.

Pursuant to Section 10.07(l)(iv) of the Agreement, [the Borrower] [and] [Holdings][Restricted Subsidiary] hereby irrevocably request[s] that each Term Loan Lender submit a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer. The maximum aggregate principal amount of the Discounted Term Loan Prepayment that will be made in connection with this solicitation is $              30 (the “ Solicited Discounted Prepayment Amount ”).

To make an offer in connection with this solicitation, you are required to deliver a Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer by no later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the date that is three (3) Business Days following the date of delivery of this notice pursuant to Section 10.07(l)(iv) of the Agreement.

[The Borrower] [and] [Holdings][Restricted Subsidiary] hereby represent[s] and warrant[s] to the Administrative Agent and the Term Loan Lenders as follows:

1. Immediately before and immediately after giving effect to any Discounted Term Loan Prepayment made in connection with this solicitation, the sum of (x) the unused Revolving Credit Commitments and (y) the amount of unrestricted cash and Cash Equivalents of the Borrower and its Restricted Subsidiaries shall not be less than $30,000,000.

2. This Discounted Term Loan Prepayment is being financed by [the Borrower] [and] [Holdings] [Restricted Subsidiary] with Internally Generated Cash Flow or with Eligible Equity Proceeds or the proceeds of Permitted Subordinated Indebtedness, in each case that are Not Otherwise Applied.

3. (i) At least five (5) Business Days have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan Prepayment as a result of a prepayment made by the applicable Company Party on the applicable Discounted Prepayment Effective Date and (ii) at least three (3) Business Days have passed since the consummation of the most recent Discounted Term Loan

 

30   Minimum of $2.0 million and whole increments of $500,000.


Prepayment due to no Term Lender being willing to accept any prepayment of any Term Loans at the Specified Discount, within the Discount Range or at any discount to par value, as applicable, or in the case of Borrower Solicitation of Discounted Prepayment Offers, the Borrower’s election not to accept any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offers made by a Term Lender.

[The Borrower] [and] [Holdings][Restricted Subsidiary] acknowledge[s] that the Administrative Agent and the Term Loan Lenders are relying on the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations and warranties in connection with any Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer made in response to this Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice and the acceptance of any prepayment made in connection with this Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice.

[The Borrower] [and] [Holdings][Restricted Subsidiary] request[s] that Administrative Agent promptly notify each of the Term Loan Lenders party to the Agreement of this Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice.

 

-2-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice as of the date first above written.

 

DUNKIN’ BRANDS, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[DUNKIN’ BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:                    ]
[[Restricted Subsidiary]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:                     ]

Enclosure: Form of Solicited Discounted Prepayment Offer

 

-3-


EXHIBIT P

FORM OF SOLICITED DISCOUNTED PREPAYMENT OFFER

Date:                      , 20     

To: [            ], as Auction Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

Reference is made to (a) that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2010, (as further amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Agreement ”, the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Dunkin’ Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Initial Borrower ”), and, upon the effectiveness of its joinder to the Credit Agreement, Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), and, upon the Assumption, Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower ”), each lender from time to time party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer and (b) that certain Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice, dated                      , 20      , from [the Borrower] [and] [Holdings][Restricted Subsidiary] (the “ Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice ”). Capitalized terms used herein and not defined herein or in the Agreement shall have the meaning ascribed to such terms in the Solicited Discounted Prepayment Notice.

To accept the offer set forth herein, you must submit an Acceptance and Prepayment Notice by no later than 5:00 p.m., Eastern time, on the third Business Day following your receipt of this notice.

The undersigned Term Loan Lender hereby gives you irrevocable notice, pursuant to Section 10.07(l)(iv) of the Agreement, that it is hereby offering to accept a Discounted Term Loan Prepayment on Term B Loans held by such Term Loan Lender:

1. in a maximum aggregate principal amount of [$              ] (the “ Offered Amount ”), and

2. at a percentage of par value equal to [    ]% (the “ Offered Discount ”).

The undersigned Term Loan Lender hereby expressly consents and agrees to a prepayment of its Term B Loans pursuant to Section 10.07(l)(iv) of the Agreement at a price equal to the Acceptable Discount and in the aggregate principal amount not to exceed such Lender’s Offered Amount as such principal amount may be reduced in accordance with the Solicited Discount Pro-Rata Factor, if any, and otherwise determined in accordance with and subject to the requirements of the Agreement.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Solicited Discount Prepayment Offer as of the date first above written.

 

[LENDER]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


EXHIBIT Q

FORM OF ACCEPTANCE AND PREPAYMENT NOTICE

Date:                      , 20     

To: [            ], as Auction Agent

Ladies and Gentlemen:

This Acceptance and Prepayment Notice is delivered to you pursuant to Section 10.07(l)(iv) of that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2010, (as further amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Agreement ”, the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Dunkin’ Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Initial Borrower ”), and, upon the effectiveness of its joinder to the Credit Agreement, Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), and, upon the Assumption, Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower ”), each lender from time to time party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer.

Pursuant to Section 10.07(l)(iv) of the Agreement, [the Borrower] [and] [Holdings][Restricted Subsidiary] hereby irrevocably notifies you that, it accepts offers delivered in response to the Solicited Discount Prepayment Notice having an Offered Discount equal to or less than [    ]% (the “ Acceptable Discount ”) in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed the Solicited Discount Prepayment Amount.

[The Borrower] [and] [Holdings][Restricted Subsidiary] expressly agrees that this Acceptance and Prepayment Notice shall be irrevocable, and is subject to the provisions of Section 10.07(l)(iv) of the Agreement.

[The Borrower] [and] [Holdings][Restricted Subsidiary] request[s] that Administrative Agent promptly notify each of the Term Loan Lenders party to the Agreement of this Acceptance and Prepayment Notice.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Acceptance and Prepayment Notice as of the date first above written.

 

DUNKIN’ BRANDS, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[DUNKIN’ BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:                     ]
[[Restricted Subsidiary]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:                     ]

 

-2-


EXHIBIT R

FORM OF

AFFILIATED LENDER ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

This Assignment and Assumption (the “ Assignment and Assumption ”) is dated as of the Effective Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [ Insert name of Assignor ] (the “ Assignor ”) and [ Insert name of Assignee ] (the “ Assignee ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement defined below, receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in Annex 1 attached hereto are hereby agreed to and incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth herein in full.

For an agreed consideration, the Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and assumes from the Assignor, subject to and in accordance with the Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by the Administrative Agent as contemplated below, (i) all of the Assignor’s rights and obligations in its capacity as a Lender under the Credit Agreement and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations of the Assignor under the respective facilities identified below and (ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of action and any other right of the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender) against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims, statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to herein collectively as, the “ Assigned Interest ”). Such sale and assignment is without recourse to the Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and Assumption, without representation or warranty by the Assignor.

1. Assignor:                                                                                               

2. Assignee:                                                                                               

3. Borrower: [Dunkin’ Finance Corp.] 31 [Dunkin’ Brands, Inc.]

4. Administrative Agent: Barclays Bank PLC, as the administrative agent under the Credit Agreement

5. Credit Agreement: Credit Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2010 (as amended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Dunkin’ Finance

 

31   If executed prior to the Escrow Release Date only.


Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Initial Borrower ”), and, upon the effectiveness of its joinder to the Credit Agreement, Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), and, upon the Assumption, Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower ”), each lender from time to time party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer.

6. Assigned Interest:

 

Facility Assigned

   Aggregate  Amount
of

Commitment/Loans
for all Lenders
     Amount of
Commitment/Loans
Assigned
     Percentage Assigned
of

Commitment/Loans 32
 

Term Loan Facility

   $         $            

[7. Trade Date:                      ] 33

 

32   Set forth, to at least 9 decimals, as a percentage of the Commitment/Loans of all Lenders thereunder.
33   To be completed if the Assignor and the Assignee intend that the minimum assignment amount is to be determined as of the Trade Date.


Effective Date:                           , 20      [TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]

The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:

 

  ASSIGNOR
  [NAME OF ASSIGNOR]
By:  

 

  Title:
  ASSIGNEE
  [NAME OF ASSIGNEE]
By:  

 

  Title:

 

Acknowledged and Accepted:
[DUNKIN’ FINANCE CORP.] 34 [DUNKIN’ BRANDS, INC.]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,
as Administrative Agent

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

34   If executed prior to the Escrow Release Date only.


ANNEX 1 to Assignment and Assumption

STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR

ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION

1. Representations and Warranties.

1.1 Assignor . The Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the legal and beneficial owner of the Assigned Interest, (ii) the Assigned Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality, validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of Holdings, the Borrower, any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by Holdings, the Borrower, any of their Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective obligations under any Loan Document.

1.2. Assignee . The Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the Credit Agreement, (ii) from and after the Effective Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to the extent of the Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender thereunder, (iii) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to acquire assets of the type represented by the Assigned Interest and either it, or the Person exercising discretion in making its decision to acquire the Assigned Interest, is experienced in acquiring assets of such type, (iv) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, and has received or has been accorded the opportunity to receive copies of the most recent financial statements delivered pursuant to Sections 5.05 or 6.01 thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and Assumption and to purchase the Assigned Interest on the basis of which it has made such analysis and decision independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent or any other Lender, (v) if it is not already a Lender under the Credit Agreement, attached to the Assignment and Assumption an Administrative Questionnaire in the form of Exhibit J to the Credit Agreement, (vi) if it is a Non-US Lender, attached to the Assignment and Assumption is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to Section 10.15 of the Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by the Assignee; (vii) it is an Affiliated Lender pursuant to Section 10.07(k) of the Credit Agreement; and (viii) after giving affect to its purchase and assumption of the Assigned Interest, the aggregate principal amount of all Loans held by Affiliated Lenders will not exceed 25% of the aggregate principal amount of all Loans and Commitments outstanding under the Credit Agreement; and (b) agrees that (i) it will, independently and without reliance on the Administrative Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations that by the terms of the Loan Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

2. Payments . From and after the Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall make all payments in respect of the Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other


amounts) to the Assignor for amounts that have accrued to but excluding the Effective Date and to the Assignee for amounts that have accrued from and after the Effective Date.

3. General Provisions . This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Assignment and Assumption by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be construed in accordance with and governed by, the law of the State of New York.

 

-2-


EXHIBIT S-1

[FORM OF]

SECTION 10.15(a) US TAX CERTIFICATE

(For Non-US Lenders That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the CREDIT AGREEMENT entered into as of November 23, 2010 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among Dunkin’ Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Initial Borrower ”), and, upon the effectiveness of its joinder to the Credit Agreement, Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), and, upon the Assumption, Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower ”), each lender from time to time party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, each other lender from time to time party thereto. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.15(a) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a "bank" within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), (iii) it is not a 10-percent shareholder of the Initial Borrower or the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) or 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, (iv) it is not a "controlled foreign corporation" described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (v) no payments in connection with any Loan Document are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by the undersigned.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with a certificate of its non-U.S. person status on Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing and (2) the undersigned shall furnish the Borrower and the Administrative Agent a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which payment is to be made by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payment, after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent form, certificate or evidence previously delivered by it to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent and from time to time thereafter if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent.


[NAME OF LENDER]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Dated:                                         


EXHIBIT S-2

[FORM OF]

SECTION 10.15(a) US TAX CERTIFICATE

(For Non-US Lenders That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the CREDIT AGREEMENT entered into as of November 23, 2010 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among Dunkin’ Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Initial Borrower ”), and, upon the effectiveness of its joinder to the Credit Agreement, Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), and, upon the Assumption, Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower ”), each lender from time to time party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, each other lender from time to time party thereto. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.15(a) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)) in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such Loan(s) (as well as any Note(s) evidencing such Loan(s)), (iii) neither the undersigned nor any of its partners/members is a "bank" within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), (iv) none of its partners/members is a 10-percent shareholder of the Initial Borrower or the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) or 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, (v) none of its partners/members is a "controlled foreign corporation" described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (vi) no payments in connection with any Loan Document are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by the undersigned or its partners/members.

The undersigned has furnished the Administrative Agent and the Borrower with Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY accompanied by an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN from each of its partners/members claiming the portfolio interest exemption, provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing shall not limit the obligation of the Lender to provide, in the case of a partner/member not claiming the portfolio interest exemption, a Form W-8ECI, Form W-9 or Form W-8IMY (including appropriate underlying certificates from each interest holder of such partner/member), in each case establishing such partner/member’s available exemption from U.S. federal withholding tax. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform the Borrower and the Administrative Agent and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished the Borrower and the Administrative Agent in writing with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payment, after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent form, certificate or evidence previously delivered by it to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent and from time to time thereafter if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent.


[NAME OF LENDER]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Dated:                                         


EXHIBIT S-3

[FORM OF]

SECTION 10.15(a) US TAX CERTIFICATE

(For Non-US Participants That Are Not Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the CREDIT AGREEMENT entered into as of November 23, 2010 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among Dunkin’ Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Initial Borrower ”), and, upon the effectiveness of its joinder to the Credit Agreement, Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), and, upon the Assumption, Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower ”), each lender from time to time party thereto, and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.15(a) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record and beneficial owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) it is not a "bank" within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), (iii) it is not a 10-percent shareholder of the Initial Borrower or the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) or 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, (iv) it is not a "controlled foreign corporation" described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (vi) no payments in connection with any Loan Document are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by the undersigned.

The undersigned has furnished its participating non-US Lender with a certificate of its non-U.S. person status on Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such non-US Lender in writing and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such non-US Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payment, after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent form, certificate or evidence previously delivered by it to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent and from time to time thereafter if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent.


[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Dated:                                         


EXHIBIT S-4

[FORM OF]

SECTION 10.15(a) US TAX CERTIFICATE

(For Non-US Participants That Are Partnerships For U.S. Federal Income Tax Purposes)

Reference is hereby made to the CREDIT AGREEMENT entered into as of November 23, 2010 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) among Dunkin’ Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Initial Borrower ”), and, upon the effectiveness of its joinder to the Credit Agreement, Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), and, upon the Assumption, Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Borrower ”), each lender from time to time party thereto, and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer. Capitalized terms used herein but not defined shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Credit Agreement.

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 10.15(a) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby certifies that (i) it is the sole record owner of the participation in respect of which it is providing this certificate, (ii) its partners/members are the sole beneficial owners of such participation, (iii) neither the undersigned nor any of its partners/members is a "bank" within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “ Code ”), (iv) none of its partners/members is a 10-percent shareholder of the Initial Borrower or the Borrower within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) or 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, (v) none of its partners/members is a "controlled foreign corporation" described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code, and (vi) no payments in connection with any Loan Document are effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business conducted by the undersigned or its partners/members.

The undersigned has furnished its participating non-US Lender with Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY accompanied by an Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN from each of its partners/members claiming the portfolio interest exemption, provided that, for the avoidance of doubt, the foregoing shall not limit the obligation of the undersigned to provide, in the case of a partner/member not claiming the portfolio interest exemption, a Form W-8ECI, Form W-9 or Form W-8IMY (including appropriate underlying certificates from each interest holder of such partner/member), in each case establishing such partner/member’s available exemption from U.S. federal withholding tax. By executing this certificate, the undersigned agrees that (1) if the information provided on this certificate changes, the undersigned shall promptly so inform such non-US Lender in writing and (2) the undersigned shall have at all times furnished such non-US Lender with a properly completed and currently effective certificate in either the calendar year in which each payment is to be made to the undersigned, or in either of the two calendar years preceding such payment, after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent form, certificate or evidence previously delivered by it to the Borrowers and the Administrative Agent and from time to time thereafter if reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Administrative Agent.


[NAME OF PARTICIPANT]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

Dated:                                         


EXHIBIT T

Form of Assignment and Assumption Agreement

This Assignment and Assumption Agreement (the “ Agreement ”), dated as of December 3, 2010, is among Dunkin’ Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation, as assignor (“ Assignor ”), Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation, as assignee (“ Assignee ”), and Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent (in such capacity and together with its successors, the “ Administrative Agent ”) for itself and the Lenders under the Credit Agreement referred to below (the “ Lenders ”).

RECITALS:

Assignor, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders are parties to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2010 (as amended, supplemented or modified through the date hereof, the “ Credit Agreement ”), under which the Lenders extended credit to the Assignor. Assignee will become a party to the Credit Agreement as the Borrower under the Credit Agreement following the execution and delivery of this Agreement to the Administrative Agent.

Assignor and the Administrative Agent are parties to an Agency Fee Letter, dated as of November 23, 2010 (the “ Agency Fee Letter ”), pursuant to which the Assignor agreed to pay to the Administrative Agent the fees set forth therein. Assignee will become party to the Agency Fee Letter as the Company under the Agency Fee Letter and, pursuant to the proviso in the third paragraph of Section 3 of the Agency Fee Letter, the Assignee will assume the rights and obligations of the Assignor under the Agency Fee Letter following the execution and delivery of this Agreement to the Administrative Agent.

As contemplated by Section 6.17(a) of the Credit Agreement, concurrently with the release of funds from the Escrow Account on the Escrow Release Date, the Assignor and Assignee are entering into this Agreement pursuant to which the Assignor shall assign all of its rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement to the Assignee.

In consideration of the mutual promises and covenants contained in this Agreement and for other valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

1. Definitions . Capitalized terms defined in the Credit Agreement and not defined herein are used herein (including in the Recitals hereto) with the meanings so defined.

2. Joinder . Effective as of the date hereof (the “ Joinder Date ”), Assignee (i) joins in, becomes party to and agrees to be bound in all respects by all of the terms and conditions of (as fully as if Assignee had been an original signatory thereto) (a) the Credit Agreement as the Borrower and a Loan Party thereunder for all purposes thereof, (b) the Agency Fee Letter as the Company thereunder for all purposes thereof and (c) the other Loan Documents as a Loan Party thereunder for all purposes thereof and (ii) without limiting any other provision of the Loan Documents, agrees that it shall take all such steps as are necessary, including, without limitation, pursuant to Section 6.17 of the Credit Agreement, to grant to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Secured Parties, a perfected first priority security interest, subject to Liens permitted by Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement and to the extent set forth in the Security Agreement, on all of Assignee’s assets constituting Collateral.


3. Assignment and Assumption .

Effective as of the Joinder Date:

4.2.1 Assignment and Assumption . Assignor hereby irrevocably assigns and transfers to Assignee all of Assignor’s rights, title and interests and duties, liabilities and obligations under the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the Agency Fee Letter and Assignee hereby irrevocably accepts such rights, title and interests and assumes such duties, liabilities and obligations from Assignor on the Joinder Date on the terms contained herein, including, without limitation, (i) any claims, liabilities or obligations arising from any failure of Assignor to perform any of its covenants, agreements, commitments and/or obligations to be performed prior to the date hereof under the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or the Agency Fee Letter and (ii) all claims or liabilities of Assignor with respect to the Loans or the Commitments under the Credit Agreement. The Assignee hereby confirms and agrees that the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the Agency Fee Letter are, and shall continue on and after the Joinder Date to be, in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms and are ratified and confirmed by the Assignee in all respects.

4.2.1 Lenders’ Acceptance of Assignment and Assumption by Assignee . The Administrative Agent, for itself and on behalf of the Lenders, hereby consents to the assignment and assumption set forth in clause 3.1 above, and accepts the liability of Assignee as Borrower in place of the liability of Assignor as Borrower arising out of or related to the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or the Agency Fee Letter and grants to Assignee the same rights under or arising out of or related to the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or the Agency Fee Letter as were granted to Assignor in every way as if Assignee was and had been a party to the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or the Agency Fee Letter instead of and in place of Assignor.

4. Representations and Warranties . Each of Assignee and Assignor, as to itself only, represents and warrants that:

4.2.1 Organization . It is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has the corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement.

4.2.1 Authorization . The execution and delivery of this Agreement by it and the performance of its obligations hereunder have been authorized by all necessary corporate action on its part.

4.2.1 Government Filings . No authorization or approval or other action by, and no notice to or filing with, any governmental body or regulatory body on its part is required for the due execution, delivery or performance by it of this Agreement, other than any filings in connection with the Liens granted to the Administrative Agent under the Security Agreement.

4.2.1 No Contravention . The execution and delivery of this Agreement by it and the performance of its obligations hereunder do not and will not (A) contravene the terms of any of such party’s Organization Documents, (B) conflict with or result in any default, breach or contravention of, or the creation of any Lien under (other than as permitted by Section 7.01 of the Credit Agreement), or require any payment (except for Indebtedness to be repaid on or prior to the Escrow Release Date in connection with the Transactions) to be made under (x) (1) any Junior Financing Documentation or (2) any other Contractual Obligation to which such party is a party or affecting such party or the properties of such party or any of its Subsidiaries or (y) any

 

- 2 -


order, injunction, writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such party or its property is subject; or (C) violate any Law; except with respect to any conflict, default, breach, contravention, payment or violation referred to in clause (B) or clause (C), to the extent that such conflict, breach, contravention, payment or violation could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

4.2.1 Enforceability . This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by such party and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of such party enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium, insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or law) relating to enforceability.

5. Further Assurances . The parties hereto agree to execute and deliver such other instruments and documents and to take such other actions as any party hereto may reasonably request in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

6. Notices . All notices and other communications required to be given or made to Assignee under this Agreement, the Credit Agreement, any other Loan Document or the Agency Fee Letter shall be given or made at the address provided in the Credit Agreement.

7. General . This Agreement is a Loan Document. This Agreement, the Credit Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the Agency Fee Letter constitute the entire agreement of the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all current and prior agreements and understandings, whether written or oral, with respect to such subject matter. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof. The invalidity or unenforceability of any term or provision hereof shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other term or provision hereof, and any invalid or unenforceable provision shall be modified so as to be enforced to the maximum extent of its validity or enforceability. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall constitute one instrument, and shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, including as such successors and assigns all holders of any Obligations. This Agreement is not intended to and shall not confer any rights or remedies upon any person other than the parties hereto, the Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns: provided that neither the Assignor nor the Assignee shall have any right to assign any rights, obligations or liabilities hereunder except in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement. No person or entity other than the parties hereto, the Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns will have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under, in respect of, or by virtue of this Agreement. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

[The remainder of this page is intentionally blank.]

 

- 3 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their respective officers thereunto duly authorized, as of the date first written above.

 

ASSIGNOR:   DUNKIN’ FINANCE CORP.
  By:  

 

    Name:
    Title:
ASSIGNEE:   DUNKIN’ BRANDS, INC.
  By:  

 

    Name:
    Title:
  BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as Administrative Agent
  By:  

 

    Name:
    Title:


EXHIBIT U to

Credit Agreement

FORM OF

FIRST LIEN INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

dated as of

[                    ], 20[    ]

Among

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer for the Credit Agreement Secured

Parties,

[                                 ],

as the Initial Other Authorized Representative,

[                             ],

as the Initial Other Collateral Agent,

and

each additional Authorized Representative and Collateral Agent from time to time party hereto


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

        Page  

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS

 

  

  

SECTION 1.01   Construction; Certain Defined Terms     1   

 

ARTICLE II

 

PRIORITIES AND AGREEMENTS WITH RESPECT TO SHARED COLLATERAL

 

  

  

SECTION 2.01   Priority of Claims     9   
SECTION 2.02   Actions with Respect to Shared Collateral; Prohibition on Contesting Liens     11   
SECTION 2.03   No Interference; Payment Over; Exculpatory Provisions     12   
SECTION 2.04   Automatic Release of Liens     13   
SECTION 2.05   Certain Agreements with Respect to Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings     13   
SECTION 2.06   Reinstatement     14   
SECTION 2.07   Insurance     14   
SECTION 2.08   Refinancings     15   
SECTION 2.09   Possessory Collateral Agent as Gratuitous Bailee for Perfection     15   
SECTION 2.10   Amendments to First Lien Security Documents     15   

 

ARTICLE III

 

EXISTENCE AND AMOUNTS OF LIENS AND OBLIGATIONS

 

ARTICLE IV

 

THE APPLICABLE COLLATERAL AGENT

 

  

  

  

  

SECTION 4.01   Authority     16   

 

ARTICLE V

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

  

  

SECTION 5.01   Notices     17   
SECTION 5.02   Waivers; Amendment; Joinder Agreements     18   
SECTION 5.03   Parties in Interest     19   
SECTION 5.04   Survival of Agreement     19   
SECTION 5.05   Counterparts     19   

 

-i-


SECTION 5.06   Severability     19   
SECTION 5.07   Governing Law     19   
SECTION 5.08   Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers     19   
SECTION 5.09   WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL     20   
SECTION 5.10   Headings     20   
SECTION 5.11   Conflicts     20   
SECTION 5.12   Provisions Solely to Define Relative Rights     20   
SECTION 5.13   Integration     21   
SECTION 5.14   Other First Lien Obligations     21   
SECTION 5.15   Agent Capacities     22   

 

-ii-


FIRST LIEN INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT (as amended, restated, modified or supplemented from time to time, this “ Agreement ”) dated as of [            ], 20[    ], among BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent for the Credit Agreement Secured Parties (as defined below) (in such capacity and together with its successors in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), [                                        ], as Authorized Representative for the Initial Other First Lien Secured Parties (in such capacity and together with its successors in such capacity, the “ Initial Other Authorized Representative ”), [                    ], as collateral agent for the Initial Other First Lien Secured Parties (in such capacity and together with its successors in such capacity, the “ Initial Other Collateral Agent ”) and each additional Authorized Representative and Collateral Agent from time to time party hereto for the Other First Lien Secured Parties of the Series with respect to which it is acting in such capacity.

Reference is made to (i) the Credit Agreement dated as of November [23], 2010 (as amended, restated, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among DUNKIN’ BRANDS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), DUNKIN’ BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), each Subsidiary of the Borrower party thereto from time to time, the Lenders party thereto from time to time, the Administrative Agent and the other parties named therein and (ii) the Security Agreement dated as of December [3], 2010 (as amended, restated, supplemented, waived or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”), among Holdings, the Borrower, each Subsidiary of Holdings party thereto from time to time and the Administrative Agent.

In consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Administrative Agent (for itself and on behalf of the Credit Agreement Secured Parties), the Initial Other Authorized Representative (for itself and on behalf of the Initial Other First Lien Secured Parties), the Initial Other Collateral Agent and each additional Authorized Representative and Collateral Agent (for itself and on behalf of the Other First Lien Secured Parties of the applicable Series) agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS

SECTION 1.01 Construction; Certain Defined Terms .

(a) The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.” Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument, other document, statute or regulation herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument, other document, statute or regulation as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, but shall not be deemed to include the subsidiaries of such Person unless


express reference is made to such subsidiaries, (iii) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (iv) all references herein to Articles, Sections and Annexes shall be construed to refer to Articles, Sections and Annexes of this Agreement, (v) unless otherwise expressly qualified herein, the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights and (vi) the term “or” is not exclusive.

(b) Without limiting the provisions of Section 2.03, it is the intention of the First Lien Secured Parties of each Series that the holders of First Lien Obligations of such Series (and not the First Lien Secured Parties of any other Series) bear the risk of (i) any determination by a court of competent jurisdiction that (x) any of the First Lien Obligations of such Series are unenforceable under applicable law or are subordinated to any other obligations (other than another Series of First Lien Obligations), (y) any of the First Lien Obligations of such Series do not have an enforceable security interest in any of the Collateral securing any other Series of First Lien Obligations and/or (z) any intervening security interest exists securing any other obligations (other than another Series of First Lien Obligations) on a basis ranking prior to the security interest of such Series of First Lien Obligations but junior to the security interest of any other Series of First Lien Obligations or (ii) the existence of any Collateral for any other Series of First Lien Obligations that is not Shared Collateral (any such condition referred to in the foregoing clauses (i) or (ii) with respect to any Series of First Lien Obligations, an “ Impairment ” of such Series); provided that the existence of a maximum claim with respect to any real property subject to a mortgage which applies to all First Lien Obligations shall not be deemed to be an Impairment of any Series of First Lien Obligations. In the event of any Impairment with respect to any Series of First Lien Obligations, the results of such Impairment shall be borne solely by the holders of such Series of First Lien Obligations, and the rights of the holders of such Series of First Lien Obligations (including, without limitation, the right to receive distributions in respect of such Series of First Lien Obligations pursuant to Section 2.01) set forth herein shall be modified to the extent necessary so that the effects of such Impairment are borne solely by the holders of the Series of such First Lien Obligations subject to such Impairment. Additionally, in the event the First Lien Obligations of any Series are modified pursuant to applicable law (including, without limitation, pursuant to Section 1129 of the Bankruptcy Code), any reference to such First Lien Obligations or the Secured Credit Documents governing such First Lien Obligations shall refer to such obligations or such documents as so modified.

(c) Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

Additional Senior Class Debt Collateral Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.14.

Additional Senior Class Debt ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.14.

 

-2-


Additional Senior Class Debt Parties ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.14.

Additional Senior Class Debt Representative ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.14.

Administrative Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

Applicable Authorized Representative ” means (i) until the earlier of (x) the Discharge of Credit Agreement Obligations and (y) the Non-Controlling Authorized Representative Enforcement Date, the Administrative Agent and (ii) from and after the earlier of (x) the Discharge of Credit Agreement Obligations and (y) the Non-Controlling Authorized Representative Enforcement Date, the Major Non-Controlling Authorized Representative; provided, in each case, that if there shall occur one or more Non-Controlling Authorized Representative Enforcement Dates, the Applicable Authorized Representative shall be the Authorized Representative that is the Major Non-Controlling Authorized Representative in respect of the most recent Non-Controlling Authorized Representative Enforcement Date.

Applicable Collateral Agent ” means (i) until the earlier of (x) Discharge of Credit Agreement Obligations and (y) the Non-Controlling Authorized Representative Enforcement Date, the Administrative Agent and (ii) from and after the earlier of (x) the Discharge of Credit Agreement Obligations and (y) the Non-Controlling Authorized Representative Enforcement Date, the Collateral Agent for the Series of First Lien Obligations represented by the Major Non-Controlling Authorized Representative; provided , in each case, that if there shall occur one or more Non-Controlling Authorized Representative Enforcement Dates, the Applicable Collateral Agent shall be the Collateral Agent for the Series of First Lien Obligations represented by the Major Non-Controlling Authorized Representative in respect of the most recent Non-Controlling Authorized Representative Enforcement Date.

Authorized Representative ” means, at any time, (i) in the case of any Credit Agreement Obligations or the Credit Agreement Secured Parties, the Administrative Agent, (ii) in the case of the Initial Other First Lien Obligations or the Initial Other First Lien Secured Parties, the Initial Other Authorized Representative, and (iii) in the case of any other Series of Other First Lien Obligations or Other First Lien Secured Parties that become subject to this Agreement after the date hereof, the Authorized Representative named for such Series in the applicable Joinder Agreement.

Bankruptcy Case ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(b).

Bankruptcy Code ” shall mean Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended.

Bankruptcy Law ” shall mean the Bankruptcy Code and any similar Federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

 

-3-


Collateral ” means all assets and properties subject to Liens created pursuant to any First Lien Security Document to secure one or more Series of First Lien Obligations.

Collateral Agent ” means (i) in the case of any Credit Agreement Obligations, the Administrative Agent, (ii) in the case of the Initial Other First Lien Obligations, the Initial Other Collateral Agent, and (iii) in the case of any other Series of Other First Lien Obligations that become subject to this Agreement after the date hereof, the Collateral Agent named for such Series in the applicable Joinder Agreement.

Controlling Secured Parties ” means (i) at any time when the Administrative Agent is the Applicable Collateral Agent, the Credit Agreement Secured Parties and (ii) at any other time, the Series of First Lien Secured Parties whose Authorized Representative is the Applicable Authorized Representative.

Credit Agreement ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

Credit Agreement Collateral Documents ” means the Security Agreement, the other Collateral Documents (as defined in the Credit Agreement) and each other agreement entered into in favor of the Administrative Agent for the purpose of securing any Credit Agreement Obligations.

Credit Agreement Obligations ” means all amounts owing to any party pursuant to the terms of any Credit Document, including, without limitation, all amounts in respect of any principal, premium, interest (including any interest and fees accruing subsequent to the commencement of a Bankruptcy Case at the rate provided for in the Credit Agreement, whether or not such interest or fees are allowed claims under any such proceeding or under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, expenses, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of the foregoing amounts and including, without limitation, the “Obligations” as defined in the Security Agreement.

Credit Agreement Secured Parties ” means the holders of Credit Agreement Obligations, including the “Secured Parties” as defined in the Credit Agreement.

Credit Documents ” mean the Credit Agreement, each Credit Agreement Collateral Document and the Loan Documents (as defined in the Credit Agreement).

DIP Financing ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(b).

DIP Financing Liens ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(b).

DIP Lenders ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.05(b).

Discharge ” means, with respect to any Series of First Lien Obligations, the date on which such Series of First Lien Obligations is no longer secured by Shared Collateral. The term “ Discharged ” shall have a corresponding meaning.

 

-4-


Discharge of Credit Agreement Obligations ” means the Discharge of the Credit Agreement Obligations with respect to Shared Collateral; provided that the Discharge of Credit Agreement Obligations shall not be deemed to have occurred in connection with a Refinancing of such Credit Agreement Obligations with additional First Lien Obligations secured by Shared Collateral under an Other First Lien Document which has been designated in writing by the Administrative Agent (under the Credit Agreement so Refinanced) to each Other First Lien Collateral Agent and each other Authorized Representative as the “Credit Agreement” for purposes of this Agreement.

Event of Default ” means an “Event of Default” (or similarly defined term) as defined in any Secured Credit Document.

Excess Other First Lien Obligations ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of Other First Lien Obligations.

First Lien Documents ” means, with respect to the Credit Agreement Obligations, the Credit Agreement Documents, and with respect to the Initial Other First Lien Obligations or any Series of Additional Senior Class Debt, the Other First Lien Documents.

First Lien Obligations ” means, collectively, (i) the Credit Agreement Obligations and (ii) each Series of Other First Lien Obligations.

First Lien Secured Parties ” means (i) the Credit Agreement Secured Parties and (ii) the Other First Lien Secured Parties with respect to each Series of Other First Lien Obligations.

First Lien Security Documents ” means, collectively, (i) the Credit Agreement Collateral Documents and (ii) the Other First Lien Security Documents.

Grantors ” means the Company and each Subsidiary or direct or indirect parent company of the Company which has granted a security interest pursuant to any First Lien Security Document to secure any Series of First Lien Obligations.

Impairment ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 1.01(b).

Initial Other Authorized Representative ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

Initial Other Collateral Agent ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

Initial Other First Lien Agreement ” means [ describe the credit agreement, indenture or other document pursuant to which the Initial Other First Lien Obligations are incurred ].

Initial Other First Lien Documents ” means the Initial Other First Lien Agreement, the Initial Other Security Agreement and any security documents and other operative agreements evidencing or governing the Indebtedness thereunder, and the liens securing such

 

-5-


Indebtedness, including any agreement entered into for the purpose of securing the Initial Other First Lien Obligations.

Initial Other First Lien Obligations ” means the Other First Lien Obligations pursuant to the Initial Other First Lien Agreement.

Initial Other First Lien Secured Parties ” means the holders of any Initial Other First Lien Obligations and the Initial Other Authorized Representative.

Initial Other Security Agreement ” means the Security Agreement dated as of              among the Initial Other Authorized Representative and              .

Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding ” means:

(1) any case commenced by or against the Company or any other Grantor under any Bankruptcy Law, any other proceeding for the reorganization, recapitalization or adjustment or marshalling of the assets or liabilities of the Company or any other Grantor, any receivership or assignment for the benefit of creditors relating to the Company or any other Grantor or any similar case or proceeding relative to the Company or any other Grantor or its creditors, as such, in each case whether or not voluntary;

(2) any liquidation, dissolution, marshalling of assets or liabilities or other winding up of or relating to the Company or any other Grantor, in each case whether or not voluntary and whether or not involving bankruptcy or insolvency; or

(3) any other proceeding of any type or nature in which substantially all claims of creditors of the Company or any other Grantor are determined and any payment or distribution is or may be made on account of such claims.

Intervening Creditor ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01(a).

Joinder Agreement ” means the document in the form of Exhibit A to this Agreement required to be delivered by an Authorized Representative to each Collateral Agent and each Authorized Representative pursuant to Section 5.14 of this Agreement in order to create an additional Series of Other First Lien Obligations or a Refinancing of any Series of First Lien Obligations and add Other First Lien Secured Parties hereunder.

Lien ” shall mean any mortgage, pledge, security interest, hypothecation, assignment, lien (statutory or other) or similar encumbrance (including any agreement to give any of the foregoing, any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or any lease in the nature thereof).

Major Non-Controlling Authorized Representative ” means the Authorized Representative of the Series of Other First Lien Obligations with an aggregate outstanding principal amount in excess of $25,000,000 that constitutes the largest outstanding principal amount of any then outstanding Series of First Lien Obligations; provided , however, that if there are two outstanding Series of Other First Lien Obligations which have an equal outstanding principal

 

-6-


amount, the Series of Other First Lien Obligations with the earlier maturity date shall be considered to have the larger outstanding principal amount for purposes of this definition.

New York UCC ” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York.

Non-Controlling Authorized Representative ” means any Authorized Representative that is not the Applicable Authorized Representative at such time.

Non-Controlling Authorized Representative Enforcement Date ” means, with respect to any Non-Controlling Authorized Representative, the date which is [180] days (throughout which [180] day period such Non-Controlling Authorized Representative was the Major Non-Controlling Authorized Representative) after the occurrence of both (i) an Event of Default (under and as defined in the First Lien Documents under which such Non-Controlling Authorized Representative is the Authorized Representative) and (ii) each Collateral Agent’s and each other Authorized Representative’s receipt of written notice from such Non-Controlling Authorized Representative certifying that (x) such Non-Controlling Authorized Representative is the Major Non-Controlling Authorized Representative and that an Event of Default (under and as defined in the First Lien Documents under which such Non-Controlling Authorized Representative is the Authorized Representative) has occurred and is continuing and (y) the First Lien Obligations of the Series with respect to which such Non-Controlling Authorized Representative is the Authorized Representative are currently due and payable in full (whether as a result of acceleration thereof or otherwise) in accordance with the terms of the applicable Other First Lien Document; provided that the Non-Controlling Authorized Representative Enforcement Date shall be stayed and shall not occur and shall be deemed not to have occurred (1) at any time the Applicable Authorized Representative has commenced and is diligently pursuing any enforcement action with respect to Shared Collateral or (2) at any time the Grantor that has granted a security interest in Shared Collateral is then a debtor under or with respect to (or otherwise subject to) any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding.

Non-Controlling Secured Parties ” means the First Lien Secured Parties which are not Controlling Secured Parties.

Other First Lien Agreement ” means any indenture, including the Initial Other First Lien Agreement and the Initial Notes, credit agreement (excluding the Credit Agreement) or other agreement, document or instrument, pursuant to which any Grantor has or will incur Other First Lien Obligations; provided that, in each case, the Indebtedness thereunder (other than the Initial Other First Lien Obligations) has been designated as Other First Lien Obligations pursuant to and in accordance with Section 5.14.

Other First Lien Collateral Agents ” means each of the Collateral Agents other than the Administrative Agent.

Other First Lien Documents ” means, with respect to the Initial Other First Lien Obligations or any Series of Additional Senior Class Debt, the Other First Lien Agreements, including the Initial Other First Lien Documents and the Other First Lien Security Documents and each other agreement entered into for the purpose of securing the Initial Other First Lien Obligtions

 

-7-


or any Series of Additional Senior Class Debt; provided that, in each case, the Indebtedness thereunder (other than the Initial Other First Lien Obligations) has been designated as Other First Lien Obligations pursuant to Section 5.14 hereto.

Other First Lien Obligations ” means all amounts owing to any Other First Lien Secured Party (including the Initial Other First Lien Secured Party) pursuant to the terms of any Other First Lien Agreement (including the Initial Other First Lien Agreement), including, without limitation, all amounts in respect of any principal, premium, interest (including any interest and fees accruing subsequent to the commencement of a Bankruptcy Case at the rate provided for in the respective Other First Lien Agreement, whether or not such interest or fees are allowed claims under any such proceeding or under applicable state, federal or foreign law), penalties, fees, expenses, indemnifications, reimbursements, damages and other liabilities, and guarantees of the foregoing amounts; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Other First Lien Obligations in excess of the amount of Indebtedness permitted to be secured on a pari passu basis with the Credit Agreement Obligations pursuant to the Credit Agreement and any fees, interest and expenses related to such excess amount pursuant to the applicable Other First Lien Agreement (such excess amount together with the related fees, interest and expenses, the “ Excess Other First Lien Obligations ”) shall not constitute Other First Lien Obligations or First Lien Obligations for purposes of this Agreement.

Other First Lien Secured Party ” means the holders of any Other First Lien Obligations and any Authorized Representative with respect thereto and shall include the Initial Other First Lien Secured Parties.

Other First Lien Security Documents ” means any security agreement or any other document now existing or entered into after the date hereof that create Liens on any assets or properties of any Grantor to secure the Other First Lien Obligations.

Possessory Collateral ” means any Shared Collateral in the possession of any Collateral Agent (or its agents or bailees), to the extent that possession thereof perfects a Lien thereon under the Uniform Commercial Code of any jurisdiction or otherwise. Possessory Collateral includes, without limitation, any Certificated Securities, Promissory Notes, Instruments, and Chattel Paper, in each case, delivered to or in the possession of any Collateral Agent under the terms of the First Lien Security Documents. All capitalized terms used in this definition and not defined elsewhere in this Agreement have the meaning assigned to them in the New York UCC.

Proceeds ” shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 2.01(a).

Refinance ” means, in respect of any indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, defease, amend, increase, modify, supplement, restructure, refund, replace or repay, or to issue other indebtedness or enter alternative financing arrangements, in exchange or replacement for such indebtedness (in whole or in part), including by adding or replacing lenders, creditors, agents, borrowers and/or guarantors, and including in each case, but not limited to, after the original instrument giving rise to such indebtedness has been terminated and including, in each case, through any credit agreement, indenture or other agreement. “ Refinanced ” and “ Refinancing ” have correlative meanings.

 

-8-


Secured Credit Document ” means (i) the Credit Agreement and the Loan Documents (as defined in the Credit Agreement), (ii) the Initial Other First Lien Documents and (iii) each other Other First Lien Document.

Security Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the recitals of this Agreement.

Series ” means (a) with respect to the First Lien Secured Parties, each of (i) the Credit Agreement Secured Parties (in their capacities as such), (ii) the Initial Other First Lien Secured Parties (in their capacities as such), and (iii) the Other First Lien Secured Parties that become subject to this Agreement after the date hereof that are represented by a common Authorized Representative (in its capacity as such for such Other First Lien Secured Parties) and (b) with respect to any First Lien Obligations, each of (i) the Credit Agreement Obligations, (ii) the Initial Other First Lien Obligations and (iii) the Other First Lien Obligations incurred pursuant to any Other First Lien Document, which pursuant to any Joinder Agreement, are to be represented hereunder by a common Authorized Representative (in its capacity as such for such Other First Lien Obligations).

Shared Collateral ” means, at any time, Collateral in which the holders of two or more Series of First Lien Obligations (or their respective Authorized Representatives or Collateral Agents on behalf of such holders) hold a valid and perfected security interest or Lien at such time. If more than two Series of First Lien Obligations are outstanding at any time and the holders of less than all Series of First Lien Obligations hold a valid and perfected security interest or Lien in any Collateral at such time, then such Collateral shall constitute Shared Collateral for those Series of First Lien Obligations that hold a valid security interest or Lien in such Collateral at such time and shall not constitute Shared Collateral for any Series which does not have a valid and perfected security interest or Lien in such Collateral at such time.

ARTICLE II

PRIORITIES AND AGREEMENTS WITH RESPECT TO SHARED COLLATERAL

SECTION 2.01 Priority of Claims .

(a) Anything contained herein or in any of the Secured Credit Documents to the contrary notwithstanding (but subject to Section 1.01(b)), if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, and the Applicable Collateral Agent is taking action to enforce rights in respect of any Shared Collateral, or any distribution is made in respect of any Shared Collateral in any Bankruptcy Case of any Grantor or any First Lien Secured Party receives any payment pursuant to any intercreditor agreement (other than this Agreement) with respect to any Shared Collateral, the proceeds of any sale, collection or other liquidation of any such Shared Collateral by any First Lien Secured Party or received by the Applicable Collateral Agent or any First Lien Secured Party pursuant to any such intercreditor agreement with respect to such Shared Collateral and proceeds of any such distribution (subject, in the case of any such distribution, to the sentence immediately following) to which the First Lien Obligations are entitled under any intercreditor agreement (other than this Agreement) (all proceeds of any sale, collection or other liquidation

 

-9-


of any Collateral and all proceeds of any such distribution being collectively referred to as “ Proceeds ”), shall be applied by the Applicable Collateral Agent in the following order:

(i) FIRST, to the payment of all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by each Collateral Agent (in its capacity as such) in connection with such collection or sale or otherwise in connection with this Agreement, any other Secured Credit Documents or any of the First Lien Obligations, including all court costs and the reasonable fees and expenses of its agents and legal counsel, and any other reasonable costs or expenses incurred in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy hereunder or under any other Secured Credit Documents;

(ii) SECOND, subject to Section 1.01(b), to the extent Proceeds remain after the application pursuant to preceding clause (i), to the payment in full of the First Lien Obligations of each Series (the amounts so applied to be distributed among the First Lien Secured Parties pro rata in accordance with the respective amounts of the First Lien Obligations owed to them on the date of any such distribution and in accordance with the terms of the applicable Secured Credit Documents); and

(iii) THIRD, any balance of such Proceeds remaining after the application pursuant to preceding clauses (i) and (ii), to the Grantors, their successors or assigns, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct.

If, despite the provisions of this Section 2.01(a)(ii), any First Lien Secured Party shall receive any payment or other recovery in excess of its portion of payments on account of the First Lien Obligations to which it is then entitled in accordance with this Section 2.01(a), such First Lien Secured Party shall hold such payment or recovery in trust for the benefit of all First Lien Secured Parties for distribution in accordance with this Section 2.01(a).

(b) Notwithstanding the foregoing, with respect to any Shared Collateral for which a third party (other than a First Lien Secured Party) has a lien or security interest that is junior in priority to the security interest of any Series of First Lien Obligations but senior (as determined by appropriate legal proceedings in the case of any dispute) to the security interest of any other Series of First Lien Obligations (such third party an “ Intervening Creditor ”), the value of any Shared Collateral or Proceeds which are allocated to such Intervening Creditor shall be deducted on a ratable basis solely from the Shared Collateral or Proceeds to be distributed in respect of the Series of First Lien Obligations with respect to which such Impairment exists.

(c) It is acknowledged that the First Lien Obligations of any Series may, subject to the limitations set forth in the then extant Secured Credit Documents, be increased, extended, renewed, replaced, restated, supplemented, restructured, repaid, refunded, Refinanced or otherwise amended or modified from time to time, all without affecting the priorities set forth in Section 2.01(a) or the provisions of this Agreement defining the relative rights of the First Lien Secured Parties of any Series.

(d) Notwithstanding the date, time, method, manner or order of grant, attachment or perfection of any Liens securing any Series of First Lien Obligations granted on the Shared Collateral and notwithstanding any provision of the Uniform Commercial Code of any

 

-10-


jurisdiction, or any other applicable law or the Secured Credit Documents or any defect or deficiencies in the Liens securing the First Lien Obligations of any Series or any other circumstance whatsoever (but, in each case, subject to Section 1.01(b)), each First Lien Secured Party hereby agrees that the Liens securing each Series of First Lien Obligations on any Shared Collateral shall be of equal priority.

SECTION 2.02 Actions with Respect to Shared Collateral; Prohibition on Contesting Liens .

(a) With respect to any Shared Collateral, notwithstanding Section 2.01, only the Applicable Collateral Agent shall act or refrain from acting with respect to Shared Collateral (including with respect to any intercreditor agreement with respect to any Shared Collateral). At any time when the Administrative Agent is the Applicable Collateral Agent, no Other First Lien Secured Party shall or shall instruct any Collateral Agent to, commence any judicial or nonjudicial foreclosure proceedings with respect to, seek to have a trustee, receiver, liquidator or similar official appointed for or over, attempt any action to take possession of, exercise any right, remedy or power with respect to, or otherwise take any action to enforce its security interest in or realize upon, or take any other action available to it in respect of, Shared Collateral (including with respect to any intercreditor agreement with respect to Shared Collateral), whether under any Other First Lien Security Document, applicable law or otherwise, it being agreed that only the Administrative Agent, acting in accordance with the Credit Agreement Collateral Documents, shall be entitled to take any such actions or exercise any remedies with respect to such Shared Collateral at such time.

(b) With respect to any Shared Collateral at any time when any Other First Lien Collateral Agent is the Applicable Collateral Agent, (i) such Other First Lien Collateral Agent shall act only on the instructions of the Applicable Authorized Representative, (ii) such Other First Lien Collateral Agent shall not follow any instructions with respect to such Shared Collateral (including with respect to any intercreditor agreement with respect to any Shared Collateral) from any Non-Controlling Authorized Representative (or any other First Lien Secured Party other than the Applicable Authorized Representative) and (iii) no Non-Controlling Authorized Representative or other First Lien Secured Party (other than the Applicable Authorized Representative) shall or shall instruct such Other First Lien Collateral Agent to, commence any judicial or nonjudicial foreclosure proceedings with respect to, seek to have a trustee, receiver, liquidator or similar official appointed for or over, attempt any action to take possession of, exercise any right, remedy or power with respect to, or otherwise take any action to enforce its security interest in or realize upon, or take any other action available to it in respect of, such Shared Collateral (including with respect to any intercreditor agreement with respect to such Shared Collateral), whether under any First Lien Security Document, applicable law or otherwise, it being agreed that only such Other First Lien Collateral Agent, acting on the instructions of the Applicable Authorized Representative and in accordance with the Other First Lien Security Documents applicable to it, shall be entitled to take any such actions or exercise any such remedies with respect to such Shared Collateral.

(c) Notwithstanding the equal priority of the Liens securing each Series of First Lien Obligations, the Applicable Collateral Agent (acting on the instructions of the Applicable Authorized Representative) may deal with the Shared Collateral as if such Applicable Collateral

 

-11-


Agent had a senior and exclusive Lien on such Collateral. No Non-Controlling Authorized Representative or Non-Controlling Secured Party will contest, protest or object to any foreclosure proceeding or action brought by the Applicable Collateral Agent, the Applicable Authorized Representative or the Controlling Secured Party or any other exercise by the Applicable Collateral Agent, the Applicable Authorized Representative or the Controlling Secured Party of any rights and remedies relating to the Shared Collateral, or to cause the Applicable Collateral Agent to do so. The foregoing shall not be construed to limit the rights and priorities of any First Lien Secured Party, the Applicable Collateral Agent or any Authorized Representative with respect to any Collateral not constituting Shared Collateral.

(d) So long as the Administrative Agent is a party to this Agreement, this Agreement shall not apply to any assets a security interest in which was not granted to the Administrative Agent.

SECTION 2.03 No Interference; Payment Over; Exculpatory Provisions .

(a) Except, in each case, with respect to any Excess Other First Lien Obligations or any Security Document or Lien securing the Excess Other First Lien Obligations, to the extent of such Excess Other First Lien Obligations, each First Lien Secured Party agrees that (i) it will not challenge or question or support any other Person in challenging or questioning, in any proceeding the validity or enforceability of any First Lien Obligations of any Series or any First Lien Security Document or the validity, attachment, perfection or priority of any Lien under any First Lien Security Document or the validity or enforceability of the priorities, rights or duties established by or other provisions of this Agreement; provided that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent or impair the rights of any First Lien Secured Party from challenging or questioning the validity or enforceability of any First Lien Obligations constituting unmatured interest or the validity of any Lien relating thereto pursuant to Section 502(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code; (ii) it will not take or cause to be taken any action the purpose or intent of which is, or could be, to interfere, hinder or delay, in any manner, whether by judicial proceedings or otherwise, any sale, transfer or other disposition of the Shared Collateral by the Applicable Collateral Agent, (iii) except as provided in Section 2.02, it shall have no right to (A) direct the Applicable Collateral Agent or any other First Lien Secured Party to exercise any right, remedy or power with respect to any Shared Collateral (including pursuant to any intercreditor agreement) or (B) consent to the exercise by the Applicable Collateral Agent or any other First Lien Secured Party of any right, remedy or power with respect to any Shared Collateral, (iv) it will not institute any suit or assert in any suit, bankruptcy, insolvency or other proceeding any claim against the Applicable Collateral Agent or any other First Lien Secured Party seeking damages from or other relief by way of specific performance, instructions or otherwise with respect to any Shared Collateral, (v) it will not seek, and hereby waives any right, to have any Shared Collateral or any part thereof marshaled upon any foreclosure or other disposition of such Collateral and (vi) it will not attempt, directly or indirectly, whether by judicial proceedings or otherwise, to challenge the enforceability of any provision of this Agreement; provided that nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent or impair the rights of any of the Applicable Collateral Agent or any other First Lien Secured Party to enforce this Agreement.

(b) Each First Lien Secured Party hereby agrees that if it shall obtain possession of any Shared Collateral or shall realize any proceeds or payment in respect of any such

 

-12-


Shared Collateral, pursuant to any First Lien Security Document or by the exercise of any rights available to it under applicable law or in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding or through any other exercise of remedies (including pursuant to any intercreditor agreement), at any time prior to the Discharge of each of the First Lien Obligations, then it shall hold such Shared Collateral, proceeds or payment in trust for the other First Lien Secured Parties having a security interest in such Shared Collateral and promptly transfer any such Shared Collateral, proceeds or payment, as the case may be, to the Applicable Collateral Agent for such Shared Collateral, to be distributed by such Applicable Collateral Agent in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.01(a) hereof.

(c) None of the Applicable Collateral Agent, any Applicable Authorized Representative or any other First Lien Secured Party shall be liable for any action taken or omitted to be taken by the Applicable Collateral Agent, such Applicable Authorized Representative or other First Lien Secured Party with respect to any Shared Collateral in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement

SECTION 2.04 Automatic Release of Liens .

(a) If, at any time any Shared Collateral is transferred to a third party or otherwise disposed of, in each case, in connection with any enforcement by the Applicable Collateral Agent in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement, then (whether or not any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding is pending at the time) the Liens in favor of the other Collateral Agents for the benefit of each Series of First Lien Secured Parties upon such Shared Collateral will automatically be released and discharged upon final conclusion of foreclosure proceeding as and when, but only to the extent, such Liens of the Applicable Collateral Agent on such Shared Collateral are released and discharged; provided that any proceeds of any Shared Collateral realized therefrom shall be applied pursuant to Section 2.01 hereof.

(b) Each Collateral Agent and each Authorized Representative agrees to execute and deliver (at the sole cost and expense of the Grantors) all such authorizations and other instruments as shall reasonably be requested by the Applicable Collateral Agent to evidence and confirm any release of Shared Collateral provided for in this Section.

SECTION 2.05 Certain Agreements with Respect to Bankruptcy or Insolvency Proceedings .

(a) This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding the commencement of any proceeding under the Bankruptcy Code or any other Federal, state or foreign bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership or similar law by or against any Grantor or any of its subsidiaries.

(b) If any Grantor shall become subject to a case (a “ Bankruptcy Case ”) under the Bankruptcy Code and shall, as debtor(s)-in-possession, move for approval of financing (“ DIP Financing ”) to be provided by one or more lenders (the “ DIP Lenders ”) under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code or the use of cash collateral under Section 363 of the Bankruptcy Code, each First Lien Secured Party (other than any Controlling Secured Party or any Authorized Representative of any Controlling Secured Party) agrees that it will raise no objection to any

 

-13-


such financing or to the Liens on the Shared Collateral securing the same (“ DIP Financing Liens ”) or to any use of cash collateral that constitutes Shared Collateral, unless a majority in interest of the Controlling Secured Parties (or such greater amount as is necessary to take action under the applicable Loan Document or Other First Lien Documents), or an Authorized Representative of any Controlling Secured Party, shall then oppose or object to such DIP Financing or such DIP Financing Liens or use of cash collateral (and (i) to the extent that such DIP Financing Liens are senior to the Liens on any such Shared Collateral for the benefit of the Controlling Secured Parties, each Non-Controlling Secured Party will subordinate its Liens with respect to such Shared Collateral on the same terms as the Liens of the Controlling Secured Parties (other than any Liens of any First Lien Secured Parties constituting DIP Financing Liens) are subordinated thereto, and (ii) to the extent that such DIP Financing Liens rank pari passu with the Liens on any such Shared Collateral granted to secure the First Lien Obligations of the Controlling Secured Parties, each Non-Controlling Secured Party will confirm the priorities with respect to such Shared Collateral as set forth herein), in each case so long as (A) the First Lien Secured Parties of each Series retain the benefit of their Liens on all such Shared Collateral pledged to the DIP Lenders, including proceeds thereof arising after the commencement of such proceeding, with the same priority vis-à-vis all the other First Lien Secured Parties (other than any Liens of the First Lien Secured Parties constituting DIP Financing Liens) as existed prior to the commencement of the Bankruptcy Case, (B) the First Lien Secured Parties of each Series are granted Liens on any additional collateral pledged to any First Lien Secured Parties as adequate protection or otherwise in connection with such DIP Financing or use of cash collateral, with the same priority vis-à-vis the First Lien Secured Parties as set forth in this Agreement, (C) if any amount of such DIP Financing or cash collateral is applied to repay any of the First Lien Obligations, such amount is applied pursuant to Section 2.01(a) of this Agreement, and (D) if any First Lien Secured Parties are granted adequate protection with respect to the First Lien Obligations subject hereto, including in the form of periodic payments, in connection with such DIP Financing or use of cash collateral, the proceeds of such adequate protection are applied pursuant to Section 2.01(a) of this Agreement; provided that the First Lien Secured Parties of each Series shall have a right to object to the grant of a Lien to secure the DIP Financing over any Collateral subject to Liens in favor of the First Lien Secured Parties of such Series or its Authorized Representative that shall not constitute Shared Collateral; and provided further that the First Lien Secured Parties receiving adequate protection shall not object to any other First Lien Secured Party receiving adequate protection comparable to any adequate protection granted to such First Lien Secured Parties in connection with a DIP Financing or use of cash collateral.

SECTION 2.06 Reinstatement . In the event that any of the First Lien Obligations shall be paid in full and such payment or any part thereof shall subsequently, for whatever reason (including an order or judgment for disgorgement of a preference under Title 11 of the Bankruptcy Code, or any similar law, or the settlement of any claim in respect thereof), be required to be returned or repaid, the terms and conditions of this Article II shall be fully applicable thereto until all such First Lien Obligations shall again have been paid in full in cash.

SECTION 2.07 Insurance . As between the First Lien Secured Parties, the Applicable Collateral Agent (acting at the direction of the Applicable Authorized Representative), shall have the right to adjust or settle any insurance policy or claim covering or constituting Shared Collateral in the event of any loss thereunder and to approve any award granted in any condemnation or similar proceeding affecting the Shared Collateral.

 

-14-


SECTION 2.08 Refinancings . The First Lien Obligations of any Series may be Refinanced, in whole or in part, in each case, without notice to, or the consent (except to the extent a consent is otherwise required to permit the Refinancing transaction under any Secured Credit Document) of any First Lien Secured Party of any other Series, all without affecting the priorities provided for herein or the other provisions hereof; provided that the Authorized Representative of the holders of any such Refinancing indebtedness shall have executed a Joinder Agreement on behalf of the holders of such Refinancing indebtedness.

SECTION 2.09 Possessory Collateral Agent as Gratuitous Bailee for Perfection .

(a) The Possessory Collateral shall be delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Administrative Agent agrees to hold any Shared Collateral constituting Possessory Collateral that is part of the Collateral in its possession or control (or in the possession or control of its agents or bailees) as gratuitous bailee for the benefit of each other First Lien Secured Party and any assignee solely for the purpose of perfecting the security interest granted in such Possessory Collateral, if any, pursuant to the applicable First Lien Security Documents, in each case, subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 2.09; provided that at any time the Administrative Agent is not the Applicable Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent shall, at the request of the Applicable Collateral Agent, promptly deliver all Possessory Collateral to the Applicable Collateral Agent together with any necessary endorsements (or otherwise allow the Applicable Collateral Agent to obtain control of such Possessory Collateral). The Company shall take such further action as is required to effectuate the transfer contemplated hereby and shall indemnify each Collateral Agent for loss or damage suffered by such Collateral Agent as a result of such transfer except for loss or damage suffered by such Collateral Agent as a result of its own willful misconduct or gross negligence.

(b) Each Collateral Agent agrees to hold any Shared Collateral constituting Possessory Collateral, from time to time in its possession, as gratuitous bailee for the benefit of each other First Lien Secured Party and any assignee, solely for the purpose of perfecting the security interest granted in such Possessory Collateral, if any, pursuant to the applicable First Lien Security Documents, in each case, subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 2.09.

(c) The duties or responsibilities of each Collateral Agent under this Section 2.09 shall be limited solely to holding any Shared Collateral constituting Possessory Collateral as gratuitous bailee for the benefit of each other First Lien Secured Party for purposes of perfecting the Lien held by such First Lien Secured Parties therein.

SECTION 2.10 Amendments to First Lien Security Documents .

(a) Without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, each Other First Lien Collateral Agent agrees that no Other First Lien Security Document may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified or entered into to the extent such amendment, supplement or modification, or the terms of any new Other First Lien Security Document would be prohibited by, or would require any Grantor to act or refrain from acting in a manner that would violate, any of the terms of this Agreement.

 

-15-


(b) Without the prior written consent of each Other First Lien Collateral Agent, the Administrative Agent agrees that no Credit Agreement Collateral Document may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified or entered into to the extent such amendment, supplement or modification, or the terms of any new Credit Agreement Collateral Document would be prohibited by, or would require any Grantor to act or refrain from acting in a manner that would violate, any of the terms of this Agreement.

(c) In determining whether an amendment to any First Lien Security Document is permitted by this Section 2.10, each Collateral Agent may conclusively rely on an officer’s certificate of the Company stating that such amendment is permitted by this Section 2.10.

ARTICLE III

EXISTENCE AND AMOUNTS OF LIENS AND OBLIGATIONS

Whenever a Collateral Agent or any Authorized Representative shall be required, in connection with the exercise of its rights or the performance of its obligations hereunder, to determine the existence or amount of any First Lien Obligations of any Series, or the Shared Collateral subject to any Lien securing the First Lien Obligations of any Series, it may request that such information be furnished to it in writing by each other Authorized Representative or each other Collateral Agent and shall be entitled to make such determination or not make any determination on the basis of the information so furnished; provided , however , that if an Authorized Representative or a Collateral Agent shall fail or refuse reasonably promptly to provide the requested information, the requesting Collateral Agent or Authorized Representative shall be entitled to make any such determination or not make any determination by such method as it may, in the exercise of its good faith judgment, determine, including by reliance upon a certificate of the Company. Each Collateral Agent and each Authorized Representative may rely conclusively, and shall be fully protected in so relying, on any determination made by it in accordance with the provisions of the preceding sentence (or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction) and shall have no liability to any Grantor, any First Lien Secured Party or any other person as a result of such determination.

ARTICLE IV

THE APPLICABLE COLLATERAL AGENT

SECTION 4.01 Authority .

(a) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, nothing herein shall be construed to impose any fiduciary or other duty on any Applicable Collateral Agent to any Non-Controlling Secured Party or give any Non-Controlling Secured Party the right to direct any Applicable Collateral Agent, except that each Applicable Collateral Agent shall be obligated to distribute proceeds of any Shared Collateral in accordance with Section 2.01 hereof.

(b) In furtherance of the foregoing, each Non-Controlling Secured Party acknowledges and agrees that the Applicable Collateral Agent shall be entitled, for the benefit of the First Lien Secured Parties, to sell, transfer or otherwise dispose of or deal with any Shared

 

-16-


Collateral as provided herein and in the First Lien Security Documents, as applicable, for which the Applicable Collateral Agent is the collateral agent of such Shared Collateral, without regard to any rights to which the Non-Controlling Secured Parties would otherwise be entitled as a result of the First Lien Obligations held by such Non-Controlling Secured Parties. Without limiting the foregoing, each Non-Controlling Secured Party agrees that none of the Applicable Collateral Agent, the Applicable Authorized Representative or any other First Lien Secured Party shall have any duty or obligation first to marshal or realize upon any type of Shared Collateral (or any other Collateral securing any of the First Lien Obligations), or to sell, dispose of or otherwise liquidate all or any portion of such Shared Collateral (or any other Collateral securing any First Lien Obligations), in any manner that would maximize the return to the Non-Controlling Secured Parties, notwithstanding that the order and timing of any such realization, sale, disposition or liquidation may affect the amount of proceeds actually received by the Non-Controlling Secured Parties from such realization, sale, disposition or liquidation. Each of the First Lien Secured Parties waives any claim it may now or hereafter have against any Collateral Agent or the Authorized Representative of any other Series of First Lien Obligations or any other First Lien Secured Party of any other Series arising out of (i) any actions which any Collateral Agent, Authorized Representative or the First Lien Secured Parties take or omit to take (including, actions with respect to the creation, perfection or continuation of Liens on any Collateral, actions with respect to the foreclosure upon, sale, release or depreciation of, or failure to realize upon, any of the Collateral and actions with respect to the collection of any claim for all or any part of the First Lien Obligations from any account debtor, guarantor or any other party) in accordance with the First Lien Security Documents or any other agreement related thereto or to the collection of the First Lien Obligations or the valuation, use, protection or release of any security for the First Lien Obligations, (ii) any election by any Applicable Authorized Representative or any holders of First Lien Obligations, in any proceeding instituted under the Bankruptcy Code, of the application of Section 1111(b) of the Bankruptcy Code or (iii) subject to Section 2.05, any borrowing by, or grant of a security interest or administrative expense priority under Section 364 of the Bankruptcy Code or any equivalent provision of any other Bankruptcy Law, by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as debtor-in-possession.

ARTICLE V

MISCELLANEOUS

SECTION 5.01 Notices . All notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopy, as follows:

(a) if to the Initial Other Collateral Agent, to it at:

[address]

Attention:

Telephone:

Telecopier:

Electronic Mail:

 

-17-


(b) if to the Initial Other Authorized Representative, to it at:

[address]

Attention:

Telephone:

Telecopier:

Electronic Mail:

(c) if to any other Authorized Representative or Collateral Agent, to it at the address set forth in the applicable Joinder Agreement.

Any party hereto may change its address or telecopy number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. All notices and other communications given to any party hereto in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been given on the date of receipt (if a Business Day) and on the next Business Day thereafter (in all other cases) if delivered by hand or overnight courier service or sent by telecopy or on the date five Business Days after dispatch by certified or registered mail if mailed, in each case delivered, sent or mailed (properly addressed) to such party as provided in this Section 5.01 or in accordance with the latest unrevoked direction from such party given in accordance with this Section 5.01. As agreed to in writing among each Collateral Agent and each Authorized Representative from time to time, notices and other communications may also be delivered by e-mail to the e-mail address of a representative of the applicable person provided from time to time by such person.

SECTION 5.02 Waivers; Amendment; Joinder Agreements .

(a) No failure or delay on the part of any party hereto in exercising any right or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the parties hereto are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice or demand on any party hereto in any case shall entitle such party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

(b) Neither this Agreement nor any provision hereof may be terminated, waived, amended or modified (other than pursuant to any Joinder Agreement) except pursuant to an agreement or agreements in writing entered into by each Authorized Representative and each Collateral Agent (and with respect to any such termination, waiver, amendment or modification to Section 2.10 or which otherwise by the terms of this Agreement requires the Company’s consent or which increases the obligations or reduces the rights of the Company or any other Grantor, with the consent of the Company).

 

-18-


(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any First Lien Secured Party, any Authorized Representative may become a party hereto by execution and delivery of a Joinder Agreement in accordance with Section 5.14 of this Agreement and upon such execution and delivery, such Authorized Representative and the Other First Lien Secured Parties and Other First Lien Obligations of the Series for which such Authorized Representative is acting shall be subject to the terms hereof and the terms of the Other First Lien Security Documents applicable thereto.

(d) Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any other Authorized Representative or First Lien Secured Party, the Collateral Agents may effect amendments and modifications to this Agreement to the extent necessary to reflect any incurrence of any Other First Lien Obligations in compliance with the Credit Agreement and the other Secured Credit Documents.

SECTION 5.03 Parties in Interest . This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns, as well as the other First Lien Secured Parties, all of whom are intended to be bound by, and to be third party beneficiaries of, this Agreement.

SECTION 5.04 Survival of Agreement . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by any party in this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

SECTION 5.05 Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 5.06 Severability . Any provision of this Agreement held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability without affecting the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions hereof; and the invalidity of a particular provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

SECTION 5.07 Governing Law . This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of New York.

SECTION 5.08 Submission to Jurisdiction; Waivers . Each Collateral Agent and each Authorized Representative, on behalf of itself and the First Lien Secured Parties of the Series for whom it is acting, irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the First Lien Security Documents, or for recognition and enforcement

 

-19-


of any judgment in respect thereof, to the general jurisdiction of the state and federal courts located in New York County and appellate courts from any thereof;

(b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Person (or its Authorized Representative) at the address referred to in Section 5.01;

(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right of any other party hereto (or any First Lien Secured Party) to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law or shall limit the right of any party hereto (or any First Lien Secured Party) to sue in any other jurisdiction; and

(e) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 5.08 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

SECTION 5.09 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL . EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, UNDER OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT. EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 5.09.

SECTION 5.10 Headings . Article, Section and Annex headings used herein are for convenience of reference only, are not part of this Agreement and are not to affect the construction of, or to be taken into consideration in interpreting, this Agreement.

SECTION 5.11 Conflicts . In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any of the other Secured Credit Documents or First Lien Security Documents, the provisions of this Agreement shall control.

SECTION 5.12 Provisions Solely to Define Relative Rights . The provisions of this Agreement are and are intended solely for the purpose of defining the relative rights of the First Lien Secured Parties in relation to one another. None of the Company, any other Grantor or any other creditor thereof shall have any rights or obligations hereunder, except as expressly provided in this Agreement and none of the Company or any other Grantor may rely on the terms hereof (other than Sections 2.04, 2.05, 2.08, 2.09 and Article V). Nothing in this Agreement is

 

-20-


intended to or shall impair the obligations of any Grantor, which are absolute and unconditional, to pay the First Lien Obligations as and when the same shall become due and payable in accordance with their terms.

SECTION 5.13 Integration . This Agreement together with the other Secured Credit Documents and the First Lien Security Documents represents the agreement of each of the Grantors and the First Lien Secured Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof, and there are no promises, undertakings, representations or warranties by any Grantor, the Administrative Agent, any or any other First Lien Secured Party relative to the subject matter hereof not expressly set forth or referred to herein or in the other Secured Credit Documents or the First Lien Security Documents.

SECTION 5.14 Other First Lien Obligations .

To the extent, but only to the extent not prohibited by the provisions of the Credit Agreement and the Other First Lien Documents, the Company may incur additional indebtedness after the date hereof that is secured on an equal and ratable basis with the liens securing the Credit Agreement Obligations and the Other First Lien Obligations (such indebtedness referred to as “ Additional Senior Class Debt ”). Any such Additional Senior Class Debt may be secured by a Lien on a ratable basis, in each case under and pursuant to the Other First Lien Documents, if and subject to the condition that the Collateral Agent and Authorized Representative of any such Additional Senior Class Debt (an “ Additional Senior Class Debt Collateral Agent ” and an “ Additional Senior Class Debt Representative ,” respectively), acting on behalf of the holders of such Additional Senior Class Debt (such Additional Senior Class Debt Collateral Agent, Additional Senior Class Debt Representative and holders in respect of any Additional Senior Class Debt being referred to as the “ Additional Senior Class Debt Parties ”), becomes a party to this Agreement by satisfying the conditions set forth in clauses (i) through (iv) of the immediately succeeding paragraph.

In order for an Additional Senior Class Debt Representative and Additional Senior Class Debt Collateral Agent to become a party to this Agreement,

(i) such Additional Senior Class Debt Representative, such Additional Senior Class Debt Collateral Agent, each Collateral Agent, each Authorized Representative and each Grantor shall have executed and delivered an instrument substantially in the form of Exhibit A (with such changes as may be reasonably approved by each Collateral Agent and such Additional Senior Class Debt Representative) pursuant to which such Additional Senior Class Debt Representative becomes an Authorized Representative hereunder, and such Additional Senior Class Debt Collateral Agent becomes a Collateral Agent hereunder, and the Additional Senior Class Debt in respect of which such Additional Senior Class Debt Representative is the Authorized Representative and the related Additional Senior Class Debt Parties become subject hereto and bound hereby;

(ii) the Company shall have (x) delivered to each Collateral Agent true and complete copies of each of the Other First Lien Documents relating to such Additional Senior Class Debt, certified as being true and correct by a Responsible Officer of the Company and (y) identified in a certificate of an authorized officer the obligations to be

 

-21-


designated as Other First Lien Obligations and the initial aggregate principal amount or face amount thereof;

(iii) all First Lien Security Documents, filings and recordations necessary or desirable in the reasonable judgment of the Additional Senior Class Debt Collateral Agent to create and perfect the Liens securing the relevant obligations relating to such Additional Senior Class Debt shall have been made, executed and/or delivered (or, with respect to any such filings or recordations, acceptable provisions to perform such filings or recordings have been taken in the reasonable judgment of the Additional Senior Class Debt Collateral Agent), and all fees and taxes in connection therewith shall have been paid (or acceptable provisions to make such payments have been taken in the reasonable judgment of the Additional Senior Class Debt Collateral Agent); and

(iv) the Other First-Lien Documents, as applicable, relating to such Additional Senior Class Debt shall provide, in a manner reasonably satisfactory to each Collateral Agent, that each Additional Senior Class Debt Party with respect to such Additional Senior Class Debt will be subject to and bound by the provisions of this Agreement in its capacity as a holder of such Additional Senior Class Debt.

Upon the execution and delivery of a Joinder Agreement by an Additional Senior Class Debt Representative and an Additional Collateral Agent in accordance with this Section 5.14, each other Authorized Representative and Collateral Agent shall acknowledge such execution and delivery thereof, subject to the terms of this Section 5.14.

SECTION 5.15 Agent Capacities . Except as expressly provided herein, Barclays Bank PLC is acting in the capacity of Administrative Agent solely for the Credit Agreement Secured Parties. Except as expressly provided herein, the Initial Other Authorized Representative and the Initial Other Collateral Agent is acting in the capacity of a collateral agent and authorized representative solely for the Initial Other Secured Parties.

[Remainder of this page intentionally left blank]

 

-22-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

    as Administrative Agent

By:  

 

 

Name:

Title:

[                                           ],
    as Initial Other Collateral Agent
By:  

 

 

Name:

Title:

[                                           ] ,
    as Initial Other Authorized Representative
By:  

 

 

Name:

Title:

[Signature Page to First Lien Intercreditor Agreement]


CONSENT OF GRANTORS

Dated:                     

Reference is made to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement dated as of the date hereof between Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, [                      ], as Initial Other Authorized Representative and [                      ], as Initial Other Collateral Agent, as the same may be amended, restated, supplemented, waived, or otherwise modified from time to time (the “ Intercreditor Agreement ”). Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Intercreditor Agreement.

The Company has read the foregoing Intercreditor Agreement and consents thereto. The Company agrees that it will not, and will cause each of the other Grantors to not, take any action that would be contrary to the express provisions of the foregoing Intercreditor Agreement, agrees to abide by the requirements expressly applicable to it under the foregoing Intercreditor Agreement and agrees that, except as otherwise provided therein, no First Lien Secured Party shall have any liability to any Grantor for acting in accordance with the provisions of the foregoing Intercreditor Agreement. The Company confirms on behalf of each Grantor that the foregoing Intercreditor Agreement is for the sole benefit of the First Lien Secured Parties and their respective successors and assigns, and that no Grantor is an intended beneficiary or third party beneficiary thereof except to the extent otherwise expressly provided therein.

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Intercreditor Agreement or provided herein, each party to the Intercreditor Agreement agrees that the Company and the other Grantors shall not have any right to consent to or approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of the Intercreditor Agreement except to the extent their rights or obligations are adversely affected (in which case the Company shall have the right to consent to or approve any such amendment, modification or waiver).

Without limitation to the foregoing, the Company agrees to take, and to cause each other Grantor to take, such further action and to execute and deliver such additional documents and instruments (in recordable form, if requested) as the Applicable Collateral Agent may reasonably request to effectuate the terms of and the lien priorities contemplated by the Intercreditor Agreement.

This Consent shall be governed and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to conflicts of laws principles thereof. Notices delivered to the Company pursuant to this Consent shall be delivered in accordance with the notice provisions set forth in the Intercreditor Agreement.

 

Consent of Grantors - 1


IN WITNESS HEREOF, this Consent is hereby executed by each of the Grantors as of the date first written above.

 

DUNKIN’ BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
DUNKIN’ BRANDS, INC.
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  
[NAMES OF SUBSIDIARY PARTIES]
By:  

 

Name:  
Title:  

 

Consent of Grantors - 2


Exhibit A

to First Lien Intercreditor Agreement

[FORM OF] JOINDER NO. [    ] dated as of [                    ], 20[    ] (the “ Joinder Agreement ”) to the FIRST LIEN INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT dated as of [                    ], [    ], (the “ First Lien Intercreditor Agreement ”), among Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, [                      ], as Initial Other Authorized Representative and [                      ], as Initial Other Collateral Agent, and the additional Authorized Representatives from time to time a party thereto. 1

A. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

B. As a condition to the ability of the Company to incur Other First Lien Obligations and to secure such Additional Senior Class Debt with the liens and security interests created by the Other First Lien Security Documents, the Additional Senior Class Debt Representative in respect of such Additional Senior Class Debt is required to become an Authorized Representative, and the Additional Senior Class Debt Collateral Agent is required to become a Collateral Agent, and such Additional Senior Class Debt and the Additional Senior Class Debt Parties in respect thereof are required to become subject to and bound by, the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement. Section 5.14 of the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement provides that such Additional Senior Class Debt Representative may become an Authorized Representative, such Additional Senior Class Debt Collateral Agent may become a Collateral Agent, and such Additional Senior Class Debt and such Additional Senior Class Debt Parties may become subject to and bound by, the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, pursuant to the execution and delivery by the Additional Senior Debt Class Representative of an instrument in the form of this Joinder and the satisfaction of the other conditions set forth in Section 5.14 of the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement. The undersigned Additional Senior Class Debt Representative (the “ New Representative ”) and Additional Senior Class Debt Collateral Agent (the “ New Collateral Agent ”) are executing this Joinder Agreement in accordance with the requirements of the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement and the First Lien Security Documents.

Accordingly, the New Representative and the New Collateral Agent agree as follows:

SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 5.14 of the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the New Representative and the New Collateral Agent by their signatures below become an Authorized Representative and a Collateral Agent, respectively, under, and the related Additional Senior Class Debt and Additional Senior Class Debt Parties become subject to and

 

1  

In the event of the Refinancing of the Credit Agreement Obligations, this Joinder will be revised to reflect joinder by new Credit Agreement Collateral Agent

 

Exhibit A-1


bound by, the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement with the same force and effect as if the New Representative and New Collateral Agent had originally been named therein as an Authorized Representative or a Collateral Agent, respectively, and the New Representative and the New Collateral Agent, on their behalf and on behalf of such Additional Senior Class Debt Parties, hereby agree to all the terms and provisions of the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement applicable to them as Authorized Representative and Collateral Agent, respectively, and to the Additional Senior Class Debt Parties that they represent as Other First Lien Secured Parties. Each reference to a “ Authorized Representative ” in the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Representative, and each reference to a “ Collateral Agent ” in the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Collateral Agent. The First Lien Intercreditor Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

SECTION 2. Each of the New Representative and New Collateral Agent represent and warrant to each Collateral Agent, each Authorized Representative and the other First Lien Secured Parties, individually, that (i) it has full power and authority to enter into this Joinder Agreement, in its capacity as [agent] [trustee], (ii) this Joinder Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally or by equitable principles relating to enforceability, and (iii) the Other First Lien Documents relating to such Additional Senior Class Debt provide that, upon the New Representative’s and the New Collateral Agent’s entry into this Joinder Agreement, the Additional Senior Class Debt Parties in respect of such Additional Senior Class Debt will be subject to and bound by the provisions of the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement as Other First Lien Secured Parties.

SECTION 3. This Joinder Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Joinder Agreement shall become effective when each Collateral Agent shall have received a counterpart of this Joinder Agreement that bears the signatures of the New Representative and the New Collateral Agent. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Joinder Agreement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Joinder Agreement.

SECTION 4. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 5. THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO CONFLICTS OF LAWS PRINCIPLES THEREOF.

SECTION 6. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Joinder Agreement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, no party hereto shall be required to comply with such provision for so long as such provision is held to be invalid, illegal

 

Exhibit A-2


or unenforceable, but the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and in the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired. The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

SECTION 7. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 5.01 of the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to the New Representative and the New Collateral Agent shall be given to them at their respective addresses set forth below their signatures hereto.

SECTION 8. The Company agrees to reimburse each Collateral Agent and each Authorized Representative for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with this Joinder Agreement, including the reasonable fees, other charges and disbursements of counsel.

 

Exhibit A-3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Representative and New Collateral Agent have duly executed this Joinder Agreement to the First Lien Intercreditor Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

[NAME OF NEW REPRESENTATIVE], as
    [            ] for the holders of [                    ],
By:  

 

 

Name:

Title:

 

Address for notices:

 

 

 

 

 
attention of:  

 

 
Telecopy:  

 

 

 

[NAME OF NEW COLLATERAL AGENT], as

    [            ] for the holders of [                    ],
By:  

 

 

Name:

Title:

 

 

Address for notices:

 

 

 

 
attention of:  

 

 
Telecopy:  

 

 

 

Exhibit A-4


Acknowledged by:

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

    as Administrative Agent

By:  

 

 

Name:

Title:

[                                         ],

    as Initial Other Collateral Agent

By:  

 

 

Name:

Title:

[                                 ],
    as Initial Other Authorized Representative
By:  

 

 

Name:

Title:

 

Exhibit A-5


EXHIBIT V

[FORM OF]

JUNIOR LIEN INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT

among

DUNKIN’ BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.,

DUNKIN’ BRANDS, INC.,

the other Grantors party hereto,

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

as Senior Representative for the Credit Agreement Secured Parties,

[            ]

as the Initial Second Priority Representative

and

each additional Representative from time to time party hereto

dated as of [            ], 20[    ]


JUNIOR LIEN INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT dated as of [            ], 20[    ] (as amended, restated, amended and restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, this “ Agreement ”), among DUNKIN’ BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), DUNKIN’ BRANDS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the other Grantors (as defined below) party hereto, BARCLAYS BANK PLC (“ Barclays Bank ”), as administrative agent for the Credit Agreement Secured Parties (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), [INSERT NAME AND CAPACITY], as Representative for the Initial Second Priority Debt Parties (in such capacity and together with its successors in such capacity, the “ Initial Second Priority Representative ”), and each additional Second Priority Representative and Senior Representative that from time to time becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section 8.09.

In consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Administrative Agent (for itself and on behalf of the Credit Agreement Secured Parties), the Initial Second Priority Representative (for itself and on behalf of the Initial Second Priority Debt Parties) and each additional Senior Representative (for itself and on behalf of the Additional Senior Debt Parties under the applicable Additional Senior Debt Facility) and each additional Second Priority Representative (for itself and on behalf of the Second Priority Debt Parties under the applicable Second Priority Debt Facility) agree as follows:

ARTICLE I

Definitions

SECTION 1.01. Certain Defined Terms . Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Credit Agreement or, if defined in the New York UCC, the meanings specified therein. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the meanings specified below:

Additional Senior Debt ” means any Indebtedness that is issued or guaranteed by the Company and/or any Guarantor (other than Indebtedness constituting Credit Agreement Obligations) which Indebtedness and Guarantees are secured by the Senior Collateral (or a portion thereof) on a pari passu basis (but without regard to control of remedies) with the Credit Agreement Obligations; provided , however , that (i) such Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred, secured and guaranteed on such basis by each Senior Debt Document and Second Priority Debt Document and (ii) the Representative for the holders of such Indebtedness shall have become party to (A) this Agreement pursuant to, and by satisfying the conditions set forth in, Section 8.09 hereof and (B) the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement pursuant to, and by satisfying the conditions set forth in, Section 5.14 thereof; provided further that, if such Indebtedness will be the initial Additional Senior Debt incurred by the Company after the date hereof, then the Guarantors, the Administrative Agent and the Representative for such Indebtedness shall have executed and delivered the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement. Additional Senior Debt shall include any Registered Equivalent Notes and Guarantees thereof by the Guarantors issued in exchange therefor.


Additional Senior Debt Documents ” means, with respect to any series, issue or class of Additional Senior Debt, the promissory notes, indentures, Collateral Documents or other operative agreements evidencing or governing such Indebtedness, including the Senior Collateral Documents.

Additional Senior Debt Facility ” means each indenture or other governing agreement with respect to any Additional Senior Debt.

Additional Senior Debt Obligations ” means, with respect to any series, issue or class of Additional Senior Debt, (a) all principal of, and interest (including, without limitation, any interest which accrues after the commencement of any Bankruptcy Case, whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding) payable with respect to, such Additional Senior Debt, (b) all other amounts payable to the related Additional Senior Debt Parties under the related Additional Senior Debt Documents and (c) any renewals or extensions of the foregoing.

Additional Senior Debt Parties ” means, with respect to any series, issue or class of Additional Senior Debt, the holders of such Indebtedness, the Representative with respect thereto, any trustee or agent therefor under any related Additional Senior Debt Documents and the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by the Company or any Guarantor under any related Additional Senior Debt Documents.

Administrative Agent ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement and shall include any successor administrative agent as provided in Article 9 of the Credit Agreement.

Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

Bankruptcy Case ” means a case under the Bankruptcy Code or any other Bankruptcy Law.

Bankruptcy Code ” means Title 11 of the United States Code, as amended, or any similar federal or state law for the relief of debtors.

Bankruptcy Law ” means the Bankruptcy Code and any similar federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

Barclays Bank ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

Class Debt ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.09.

Class Debt Parties ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.09.

Class Debt Representatives ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.09.

 

- 2 -


Collateral ” means the Senior Collateral and the Second Priority Collateral.

Collateral Documents ” means the Senior Collateral Documents and the Second Priority Collateral Documents.

Company ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

Control ” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting power, by contract or otherwise. “ Controlling ” and “ Controlled ” have meanings correlative thereto.

Credit Agreement ” means that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of [            ], 2010, among Holdings, the Company, the lenders from time to time party thereto and Barclays Bank, as administrative agent, as amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Credit Agreement Loan Documents ” means the Credit Agreement and the other “Loan Documents” as defined in the Credit Agreement.

Credit Agreement Obligations ” means the “Secured Obligations” as defined in the Credit Agreement.

Credit Agreement Secured Parties ” means the “Secured Parties” as defined in the Credit Agreement.

Debt Facility ” means any Senior Facility and any Second Priority Debt Facility.

Designated Second Priority Representative ” means (i) the Initial Second Priority Representative, until such time as the Second Priority Debt Facility under the Initial Second Priority Debt Documents ceases to be the only Second Priority Debt Facility under this Agreement and (ii) thereafter, the Second Priority Representative designated from time to time by the Second Priority Instructing Group, in a notice to the Designated Senior Representative and the Company hereunder, as the “Designated Second Priority Representative” for purposes hereof.

Designated Senior Representative ” means (i) if at any time there is only one Senior Representative for a Senior Facility with respect to which the Discharge of Senior Obligations has not occurred, such Senior Representative and (ii) at any time when clause (i) does not apply, the Applicable Authorized Representative (as defined in the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement) at such time.

DIP Financing ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.01.

Discharge ” means, with respect to any Debt Facility, the date on which such Debt Facility and the Senior Obligations or Second Priority Debt Obligations thereunder, as the

 

- 3 -


case may be, are no longer secured by Shared Collateral pursuant to the terms of the documentation governing such Debt Facility. The term “ Discharged ” shall have a corresponding meaning.

Discharge of Credit Agreement Obligations ” means the Discharge of the Credit Agreement Obligations with respect to Shared Collateral; provided that the Discharge of Credit Agreement Obligations shall not be deemed to have occurred in connection with a Refinancing of such Credit Agreement Obligations with an Additional Senior Debt Facility secured by Shared Collateral under one or more Additional Senior Debt Documents which has been designated in writing by the Administrative Agent (under the Credit Agreement so Refinanced) to the Designated Senior Representative as the “Credit Agreement” for purposes of this Agreement.

Discharge of Senior Obligations ” means the date on which the Discharge of Credit Agreement Obligations and the Discharge of each Additional Senior Debt Facility has occurred.

Grantors ” means Holdings, the Company and each Subsidiary or direct or indirect parent company of the Company which has granted a security interest pursuant to any Collateral Document to secure any Secured Obligations.

Guarantors ” means Holdings and the “Subsidiary Guarantors” as defined in the Credit Agreement.

Holdings ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph of this Agreement.

Initial Second Priority Debt ” means the Second Priority Debt incurred pursuant to the Initial Second Priority Debt Documents.

Initial Second Priority Debt Documents ” means that certain [[Indenture] dated as of [            ], 20[    ], among the Company, [the Guarantors identified therein,] [        ], as [trustee], and [        ], as [paying agent, registrar and transfer agent]] and any notes, security documents and other operative agreements evidencing or governing such Indebtedness, including any agreement entered into for the purpose of securing the Initial Second Priority Debt Obligations. 1

 

1  

If Second Priority Debt is in the incurred in the form of a tranche under the Credit Agreement, changes necessary to this Form of Junior Lien Intercreditor to reflect such structure will be made to this Form of Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, subject to the approval of the Company and the Initial Second Priority Representative (for itself and on behalf of the Initial Second Priority Debt Parties) or each additional Second Priority Representative (for itself and on behalf of the Second Priority Debt Parties under the applicable Second Priority Debt Facility), as applicable, and such changes shall not require consent of the Lenders under the Credit Agreement.

 

- 4 -


Initial Second Priority Debt Obligations ” means the Second Priority Debt Obligations arising pursuant to the Initial Second Priority Debt Documents.

Initial Second Priority Debt Parties ” means the holders of any Initial Second Priority Debt Obligations and the Initial Second Priority Representative.

Initial Second Priority Representative ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the introductory paragraph to this Agreement.

Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding ” means:

(1) any case commenced by or against the Company or any other Grantor under any Bankruptcy Law, any other proceeding for the reorganization, recapitalization or adjustment or marshalling of the assets or liabilities of the Company or any other Grantor, any receivership or assignment for the benefit of creditors relating to the Company or any other Grantor or any similar case or proceeding relative to the Company or any other Grantor or its creditors, as such, in each case whether or not voluntary;

(2) any liquidation, dissolution, marshalling of assets or liabilities or other winding up of or relating to the Company or any other Grantor, in each case whether or not voluntary and whether or not involving bankruptcy or insolvency; or

(3) any other proceeding of any type or nature in which substantially all claims of creditors of the Company or any other Grantor are determined and any payment or distribution is or may be made on account of such claims.

Intellectual Property ” means all “Copyrights,” “Patents” and “Trademarks,” each as defined in the Security Agreement.

Intercreditor Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.03(a).

Joinder Agreement ” means a supplement to this Agreement in the form of Annex III or Annex IV hereof required to be delivered by a Representative to the Designated Senior Representative pursuant to Section 8.09 hereof in order to include an additional Debt Facility hereunder and to become the Representative hereunder for the Senior Secured Parties or Second Priority Secured Parties, as the case may be, under such Debt Facility.

Lien ” means, with respect to any asset, (a) any mortgage, deed of trust, lien, pledge, hypothecation, encumbrance, charge or security interest in, on or of such asset and (b) the interest of a vendor or a lessor under any conditional sale agreement, capital lease or title retention agreement (or any financing lease having substantially the same economic effect as any of the foregoing) relating to such asset.

New York UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York.

 

- 5 -


Officer’s Certificate ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.08.

parent ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the definition of “Subsidiary.”

Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement ” has the meaning assigned to such term in the Credit Agreement.

Person ” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint venture, association, company, partnership, governmental authority or other entity.

Pledged or Controlled Collateral ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.05(a).

Proceeds ” means the proceeds of any sale, collection or other liquidation of Shared Collateral and any payment or distribution made in respect of Shared Collateral in a Bankruptcy Case and any amounts received by any Senior Representative or any Senior Secured Party from a Second Priority Debt Party in respect of Shared Collateral pursuant to this Agreement.

Purchase Event ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 5.07.

Recovery ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 6.04.

Refinance ” means, in respect of any indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, defease, amend, increase, modify, supplement, restructure, refund, replace or repay, or to issue other indebtedness or enter alternative financing arrangements, in exchange or replacement for such indebtedness (in whole or in part), including by adding or replacing lenders, creditors, agents, borrowers and/or guarantors, and including in each case, but not limited to, after the original instrument giving rise to such indebtedness has been terminated and including, in each case, through any credit agreement, indenture or other agreement. “ Refinanced ” and “ Refinancing ” have correlative meanings.

Registered Equivalent Notes ” means, with respect to any notes originally issued in a Rule 144A or other private placement transaction under the Securities Act of 1933, substantially identical notes (having the same Guarantees) issued in a dollar-for-dollar exchange therefor pursuant to an exchange offer registered with the SEC.

Representatives ” means the Senior Representatives and the Second Priority Representatives.

SEC ” means the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and any successor agency thereto.

Second Priority Class Debt ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.09.

 

- 6 -


Second Priority Class Debt Parties ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.09.

Second Priority Class Debt Representative ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.09.

Second Priority Collateral ” means any “Collateral” as defined in any Second Priority Debt Document or any other assets of the Borrower or any other Grantor with respect to which a Lien is granted or purported to be granted pursuant to a Second Priority Collateral Document as security for any Second Priority Debt Obligation.

Second Priority Collateral Documents ” means the Initial Second Priority Collateral Documents and each of the collateral agreements, security agreements and other instruments and documents executed and delivered by the Company or any Grantor for purposes of providing collateral security for any Second Priority Debt Obligation.

Second Priority Debt ” means any Indebtedness of the Borrower or any other Grantor guaranteed by the Guarantors (and not guaranteed by any Subsidiary that is not a Guarantor), including the Initial Second Priority Debt, which Indebtedness and guarantees are secured by the Second Priority Collateral on a pari passu basis (but without regard to control of remedies, other than as provided by the terms of the applicable Second Priority Debt Documents) with any other Second Priority Debt Obligations and the applicable Second Priority Debt Documents which provide that such Indebtedness and guarantees are to be secured by such Second Priority Collateral on a subordinate basis to the Senior Debt Obligations (and which is not secured by Liens on any assets of the Borrower or any other Grantor which are not included in the Senior Collateral); provided , however , that (i) such Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred, secured and guaranteed on such basis by each Senior Debt Document and Second Priority Debt Document and (ii) except in the case of the Initial Second Priority Debt hereunder, the Representative for the holders of such Indebtedness shall have become party to this Agreement pursuant to, and by satisfying the conditions set forth in, Section 8.09 hereof. Second Priority Debt shall include any Registered Equivalent Notes and Guarantees thereof by the Guarantors issued in exchange therefor.

Second Priority Debt Documents ” means the Initial Second Priority Debt Documents and, with respect to any series, issue or class of Second Priority Debt, the promissory notes, indentures, Collateral Documents or other operative agreements evidencing or governing such Indebtedness, including the Second Priority Collateral Documents.

Second Priority Debt Facility ” means each indenture or other governing agreement with respect to any Second Priority Debt.

Second Priority Debt Obligations ” means the Initial Second Priority Debt Obligations and, with respect to any series, issue or class of Second Priority Debt, (a) all principal of, and interest (including, without limitation, any interest which accrues after the commencement of any Bankruptcy Case, whether or not allowed or allowable as a claim in any such proceeding) payable with respect to, such Second Priority Debt, (b) all other amounts payable to the related

 

- 7 -


Second Priority Debt Parties under the related Second Priority Debt Documents and (c) any renewals or extensions of the foregoing.

Second Priority Debt Parties ” means the Initial Second Priority Debt Parties and, with respect to any series, issue or class of Second Priority Debt, the holders of such Indebtedness, the Representative with respect thereto, any trustee or agent therefor under any related Second Priority Debt Documents and the beneficiaries of each indemnification obligation undertaken by the Borrower or any other Grantor under any related Second Priority Debt Documents.

Second Priority Instructing Group ” means Second Priority Representatives with respect to Second Priority Debt Facilities under which at least a majority of the then aggregate amount of Second Priority Debt Obligations are outstanding.

Second Priority Lien ” means the Liens on the Second Priority Collateral in favor of Second Priority Debt Parties under Second Priority Collateral Documents.

Second Priority Representative ” means (i) in the case of the Initial Second Priority Debt Facility covered hereby, the Initial Second Priority Representative and (ii) in the case of any Second Priority Debt Facility and the Second Priority Debt Parties thereunder the trustee, administrative agent, collateral agent, security agent or similar agent under such Second Priority Debt Facility that is named as the Representative in respect of such Second Priority Debt Facility in the applicable Joinder Agreement.

Second Priority Standstill Period ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.01(a).

Secured Obligations ” means the Senior Obligations and the Second Priority Debt Obligations.

Secured Parties ” means the Senior Secured Parties and the Second Priority Debt Parties.

Security Agreement ” means that certain Security Agreement, dated as of December 3, 2010, among Holdings, the Company, the other Grantors party thereto and the Administrative Agent, as amended, restated, amended and restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time.

Senior Class Debt ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.09.

Senior Class Debt Parties ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.09.

Senior Class Debt Representative ” has the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.09.

Senior Collateral ” means any “Collateral” as defined in any Credit Agreement Loan Document or any other Senior Debt Document or any other assets of the Company or any

 

- 8 -


other Grantor with respect to which a Lien is granted or purported to be granted pursuant to a Senior Collateral Document as security for any Senior Obligations.

Senior Collateral Documents ” means the Security Agreement and the other “Collateral Documents” as defined in the Credit Agreement, the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement (upon and after the initial execution and delivery thereof by the initial parties thereto) and each of the collateral agreements, security agreements and other instruments and documents executed and delivered by Holdings, the Company or any other Grantor for purposes of providing collateral security for any Senior Obligation.

Senior Debt Documents ” means (a) the Credit Agreement Loan Documents and (b) any Additional Senior Debt Documents.

Senior Facilities ” means the Credit Agreement and any Additional Senior Debt Facilities.

Senior Lien ” means the Liens on the Senior Collateral in favor of the Senior Secured Parties under the Senior Collateral Documents.

Senior Obligations ” means the Credit Agreement Obligations and any Additional Senior Debt Obligations.

Senior Representative ” means (i) in the case of any Credit Agreement Obligations or the Credit Agreement Secured Parties, the Administrative Agent and (ii) in the case of any Additional Senior Debt Facility and the Additional Senior Debt Parties thereunder (including with respect to any Additional Senior Debt Facility initially covered hereby on the date of this Agreement) the trustee, administrative agent, collateral agent, security agent or similar agent under such Additional Senior Debt Facility that is named as the Representative in respect of such Additional Senior Debt Facility in the applicable Joinder Agreement.

Senior Secured Parties ” means the Credit Agreement Secured Parties and any Additional Senior Debt Parties.

Shared Collateral ” means, at any time, Collateral in which the holders of Senior Obligations under at least one Senior Facility and the holders of Second Priority Debt Obligations under at least one Second Priority Debt Facility (or their Representatives) hold a security interest at such time (or, in the case of the Senior Facilities, are deemed pursuant to Article II to hold a security interest). If, at any time, any portion of the Senior Collateral under one or more Senior Facilities does not constitute Second Priority Collateral under one or more Second Priority Debt Facilities, then such portion of such Senior Collateral shall constitute Shared Collateral only with respect to the Second Priority Debt Facilities for which it constitutes Second Priority Collateral and shall not constitute Shared Collateral for any Second Priority Debt Facility which does not have a security interest in such Collateral at such time.

Subsidiary ” with respect to any Person (the “ parent ”) at any date, any corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity the accounts of which

 

- 9 -


would be consolidated with those of the parent in the parent’s consolidated financial statements if such financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP, as well as any other corporation, limited liability company, partnership, association or other entity (a) of which securities or other ownership interests representing more than 50% of the equity or more than 50% of the ordinary voting power or, in the case of a partnership, more than 50% of the general partnership interests are, as of such date, owned, controlled or held, or (b) that is, as of such date, otherwise Controlled, by the parent or one or more subsidiaries of the parent or by the parent and one or more subsidiaries of the parent. Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Company.

Uniform Commercial Code ” or “ UCC ” means, unless otherwise specified, the Uniform Commercial Code as from time to time in effect in the State of New York.

SECTION 1.02. Terms Generally . The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words “include,” “includes” and “including” shall be deemed to be followed by the phrase “without limitation.” The word “will” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect as the word “shall.” Unless the context requires otherwise, (i) any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument, other document, statute or regulation herein shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument, other document, statute or regulation as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Person’s successors and assigns, but shall not be deemed to include the subsidiaries of such Person unless express reference is made to such subsidiaries, (iii) the words “herein,” “hereof” and “hereunder,” and words of similar import, shall be construed to refer to this Agreement in its entirety and not to any particular provision hereof, (iv) all references herein to Articles, Sections and Annexes shall be construed to refer to Articles, Sections and Annexes of this Agreement, (v) unless otherwise expressly qualified herein, the words “asset” and “property” shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash, securities, accounts and contract rights and (vi) the term “or” is not exclusive.

ARTICLE II

Priorities and Agreements with Respect to Shared Collateral

SECTION 2.01. Subordination . (a) Notwithstanding the date, time, manner or order of filing or recordation of any document or instrument or grant, attachment or perfection of any Liens granted to any Second Priority Representative or any Second Priority Debt Parties on the Shared Collateral or of any Liens granted to any Senior Representative or any other Senior Secured Party on the Shared Collateral (or any actual or alleged defect in any of the foregoing) and notwithstanding any provision of the UCC, any applicable law, any Second Priority Debt Document or any Senior Debt Document or any other circumstance whatsoever, each Second Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and each Second Priority Debt Party under its Second Priority Debt Facility, hereby agrees that (a) any Lien on the Shared Collateral securing any Senior Obligations now or hereafter held by or on behalf of any Senior Representative or any other

 

- 10 -


Senior Secured Party or other agent or trustee therefor, regardless of how acquired, whether by grant, statute, operation of law, subrogation or otherwise, shall have priority over and be senior in all respects and prior to any Lien on the Shared Collateral securing any Second Priority Debt Obligations and (b) any Lien on the Shared Collateral securing any Second Priority Debt Obligations now or hereafter held by or on behalf of any Second Priority Representative, any Second Priority Debt Parties or any Second Priority Representative or other agent or trustee therefor, regardless of how acquired, whether by grant, statute, operation of law, subrogation or otherwise, shall be junior and subordinate in all respects to all Liens on the Shared Collateral securing any Senior Obligations. All Liens on the Shared Collateral securing any Senior Obligations shall be and remain senior in all respects and prior to all Liens on the Shared Collateral securing any Second Priority Debt Obligations for all purposes, whether or not such Liens securing any Senior Obligations are subordinated to any Lien securing any other obligation of the Company, any Grantor or any other Person or otherwise subordinated, voided, avoided, invalidated or lapsed.

SECTION 2.02. Nature of Senior Lender Claims . Each Second Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and each Second Priority Debt Party under its Second Priority Debt Facility, acknowledges that (a) a portion of the Senior Obligations is revolving in nature and that the amount thereof that may be outstanding at any time or from time to time may be increased or reduced and subsequently reborrowed, (b) the terms of the Senior Debt Documents and the Senior Obligations may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified, and the Senior Obligations, or a portion thereof, may be Refinanced from time to time and (c) the aggregate amount of the Senior Obligations may be increased, in each case, without notice to or consent by the Second Priority Representatives or the Second Priority Debt Parties and without affecting the provisions hereof. The Lien priorities provided for in Section 2.01 shall not be altered or otherwise affected by any amendment, supplement or other modification, or any Refinancing, of either the Senior Obligations or the Second Priority Debt Obligations, or any portion thereof. As between the Company and the other Grantors and the Second Priority Debt Parties, the foregoing provisions will not limit or otherwise affect the obligations of the Company and the Grantors contained in any Second Priority Debt Document with respect to the incurrence of additional Senior Obligations.

SECTION 2.03. Prohibition on Contesting Liens . Each of the Second Priority Representatives, for itself and on behalf of each Second Priority Debt Party under its Second Priority Debt Facility, agrees that it shall not (and hereby waives any right to) contest or support any other Person in contesting, in any proceeding (including any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding), the validity, extent, perfection, priority or enforceability of any Lien securing any Senior Obligations held (or purported to be held) by or on behalf of any Senior Representative or any of the other Senior Secured Parties or other agent or trustee therefor in any Senior Collateral, and the Senior Representative, for itself and on behalf of each Senior Secured Party under its Senior Facility, agrees that it shall not (and hereby waives any right to) contest or support any other Person in contesting, in any proceeding (including any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding), the validity, extent, perfection, priority or enforceability of any Lien securing any Second Priority Debt Obligations held (or purported to be held) by or on behalf of any Second Priority Representative or any of the Second Priority Debt Parties in the Second Priority Collateral. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no provision in this Agreement shall be construed to prevent or impair

 

- 11 -


the rights of any Senior Representative to enforce this Agreement (including the priority of the Liens securing the Senior Obligations as provided in Section 2.01) or any of the Senior Debt Documents.

SECTION 2.04. No New Liens . The parties hereto agree that, so long as the Discharge of Senior Obligations has not occurred, (a) none of the Grantors shall grant or permit any additional Liens on any asset or property of any Grantor to secure any Second Priority Debt Obligation unless it has granted, or concurrently therewith grants, a Lien on such asset or property of such Grantor to secure the Senior Obligations; and (b) if any Second Priority Representative or any Second Priority Debt Party shall hold any Lien on any assets or property of any Grantor securing any Second Priority Obligations that are not also subject to the first-priority Liens securing all Senior Obligations under the Senior Collateral Documents, such Second Priority Representative or Second Priority Debt Party (i) shall notify the Designated Senior Representative promptly upon becoming aware thereof and, unless such Grantor shall promptly grant a similar Lien on such assets or property to each Senior Representative as security for the Senior Obligations, shall assign such Lien to the Designated Senior Representative as security for all Senior Obligations for the benefit of the Senior Secured Parties (but may retain a junior lien on such assets or property subject to the terms hereof) and (ii) until such assignment or such grant of a similar Lien to each Senior Representative, shall be deemed to hold and have held such Lien for the benefit of each Senior Representative and the other Senior Secured Parties as security for the Senior Obligations.

SECTION 2.05. Perfection of Liens . Except for the limited agreements of the Senior Representatives pursuant to Section 5.05 hereof, none of the Senior Representatives or the Senior Secured Parties shall be responsible for perfecting and maintaining the perfection of Liens with respect to the Shared Collateral for the benefit of the Second Priority Representatives or the Second Priority Debt Parties. The provisions of this Agreement are intended solely to govern the respective Lien priorities as between the Senior Secured Parties and the Second Priority Debt Parties and shall not impose on the Senior Representatives, the Senior Secured Parties, the Second Priority Representatives, the Second Priority Debt Parties or any agent or trustee therefor any obligations in respect of the disposition of Proceeds of any Shared Collateral which would conflict with prior perfected claims therein in favor of any other Person or any order or decree of any court or governmental authority or any applicable law.

SECTION 2.06. Certain Cash Collateral . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any other Senior Debt Documents or Second Priority Debt Documents to the contrary, collateral consisting of cash and cash equivalents pledged to secure Credit Agreement Obligations consisting of reimbursement obligations in respect of Letters of Credit or otherwise held by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 2.03(g) or 2.17(a) of the Credit Agreement (or any equivalent successor provision) shall be applied as specified in the Credit Agreement and will not constitute Shared Collateral.

 

- 12 -


ARTICLE III

Enforcement

SECTION 3.01. Exercise of Remedies .

(a) So long as the Discharge of Senior Obligations has not occurred, whether or not any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding has been commenced by or against the Company or any other Grantor, (i) neither any Second Priority Representative nor any Second Priority Debt Party will (x) exercise or seek to exercise any rights or remedies (including setoff) with respect to any Shared Collateral in respect of any Second Priority Debt Obligations, or institute any action or proceeding with respect to such rights or remedies (including any action of foreclosure), (y) contest, protest or object to any foreclosure proceeding or action brought with respect to the Shared Collateral or any other Senior Collateral by any Senior Representative or any Senior Secured Party in respect of the Senior Obligations, the exercise of any right by any Senior Representative or any Senior Secured Party (or any agent or sub-agent on their behalf) in respect of the Senior Obligations under any lockbox agreement, control agreement, landlord waiver or bailee’s letter or similar agreement or arrangement to which any Senior Representative or any Senior Secured Party either is a party or may have rights as a third party beneficiary, or any other exercise by any such party of any rights and remedies relating to the Shared Collateral under the Senior Debt Documents or otherwise in respect of the Senior Collateral or the Senior Obligations, or (z) object to the forbearance by the Senior Secured Parties from bringing or pursuing any foreclosure proceeding or action or any other exercise of any rights or remedies relating to the Shared Collateral in respect of Senior Obligations and (ii) except as otherwise provided herein, the Senior Representatives and the Senior Secured Parties shall have the exclusive right to enforce rights, exercise remedies (including setoff and the right to credit bid their debt) and make determinations regarding the release, disposition or restrictions with respect to the Shared Collateral without any consultation with or the consent of any Second Priority Representative or any Second Priority Debt Party; provided , however , that the Second Priority Representative or any Second Priority Debt Party may exercise any or all such rights after the passage of a period of 180 days from the date of delivery of a notice in writing to each Senior Representative of any Second Priority Representative’s or Second Priority Debt Party’s intention to exercise its right to take such actions which notice shall specify that an “Event of Default” as defined in the applicable Second Priority Debt Documents has occurred and as a result of such “Event of Default”, the principal and interest under such Second Priority Debt Documents have become due and payable (the “ Second Priority Standstill Period ”) unless a Senior Representative has commenced and is diligently pursuing remedies with respect to any portion of the Collateral (or attempted to commence such exercise of remedies and is stayed by applicable Insolvency and Liquidation Proceedings); provided , further , that (A) in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding commenced by or against the Company or any other Grantor, any Second Priority Representative may file a claim or statement of interest with respect to the Second Priority Debt Obligations under its Second Priority Debt Facility, (B) any Second Priority Representative may take any action (not adverse to the prior Liens on the Shared Collateral securing the Senior Obligations or the rights of the Senior Representatives or the Senior Secured Parties to exercise remedies in respect thereof) in order to create, prove, perfect, preserve or protect (but not enforce) its rights in, and perfection

 

- 13 -


and priority of its Lien on, the Shared Collateral, (C) any Second Priority Representative and the Second Priority Secured Parties may exercise their rights and remedies as unsecured creditors, as provided in Section 5.04, and (D) any Second Priority Representative may exercise the rights and remedies provided for in Section 6.03. In exercising rights and remedies with respect to the Senior Collateral, the Senior Representatives and the Senior Secured Parties may enforce the provisions of the Senior Debt Documents and exercise remedies thereunder, all in such order and in such manner as they may determine in the exercise of their sole discretion.

(b) So long as the Discharge of Senior Obligations has not occurred, each Second Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and each Second Priority Debt Party under its Second Priority Debt Facility, agrees that it will not, in the context of its role as secured creditor, take or receive any Shared Collateral or any Proceeds of Shared Collateral in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy (including setoff) with respect to any Shared Collateral in respect of Second Priority Debt Obligations. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, unless and until the Discharge of Senior Obligations has occurred, except as expressly provided in the proviso in clause (ii) of Section 3.01(a), the sole right of the Second Priority Representatives and the Second Priority Debt Parties with respect to the Shared Collateral is to hold a Lien on the Shared Collateral in respect of Second Priority Debt Obligations pursuant to the Second Priority Debt Documents for the period and to the extent granted therein and to receive a share of the Proceeds thereof, if any, after the Discharge of Senior Obligations has occurred.

(c) Each Second Priority Representative, for itself and on behalf of each Second Priority Debt Party under its Second Priority Debt Facility, agrees that neither such Second Priority Representative nor any such Second Priority Debt Party will take any action that, notwithstanding the expiration of the Second Priority Standstill Period, would hinder any exercise of remedies undertaken by any Senior Representative or any Senior Secured Party with respect to the Shared Collateral under the Senior Debt Documents, including any sale, lease, exchange, transfer or other disposition of the Shared Collateral, whether by foreclosure or otherwise, and (ii) each Second Priority Representative, for itself and on behalf of each Second Priority Debt Party under its Second Priority Debt Facility, hereby waives any and all rights it or any such Second Priority Debt Party may have as a junior lien creditor or otherwise to object to the manner in which the Senior Representatives or the Senior Secured Parties seek to enforce or collect the Senior Obligations or the Liens granted on any of the Senior Collateral, regardless of whether any action or failure to act by or on behalf of any Senior Representative or any other Senior Secured Party is adverse to the interests of the Second Priority Debt Parties.

(d) Each Second Priority Representative hereby acknowledges and agrees that no covenant, agreement or restriction contained in any Second Priority Debt Document shall be deemed to restrict in any way the rights and remedies of the Senior Representatives or the Senior Secured Parties with respect to the Senior Collateral as set forth in this Agreement and the Senior Debt Documents.

(e) Until the Discharge of Senior Obligations, the Designated Senior Representative shall have the exclusive right to exercise any right or remedy with respect to the Shared Collateral and shall have the exclusive right to determine and direct the time, method and place for exercising such right or remedy or conducting any proceeding with respect thereto; provided ,

 

- 14 -


however , that the Second Priority Representative and the Second Priority Debt Parties may exercise any of their rights or remedies with respect to the Shared Collateral to the extent permitted by provisos to Section 3.01(a). Following the Discharge of Senior Obligations, the Second Priority Instructing Group and the Designated Second Priority Representative shall have the exclusive right to exercise any right or remedy with respect to the Collateral, and the Second Priority Instructing Group and Designated Second Priority Representative shall have the exclusive right to direct the time, method and place of exercising or conducting any proceeding for the exercise of any right or remedy available to the Second Priority Debt Parties with respect to the Collateral, or of exercising or directing the exercise of any trust or power conferred on the Second Priority Representatives, or for the taking of any other action authorized by the Second Priority Collateral Documents; provided , however , that nothing in this Section shall impair the right of any Second Priority Representative or other agent or trustee acting on behalf of the Second Priority Debt Parties to take such actions with respect to the Collateral after the Discharge of Senior Obligations as may be otherwise required or authorized pursuant to any intercreditor agreement governing the Second Priority Debt Parties or the Second Priority Debt Obligations.

SECTION 3.02. Cooperation . Subject to the proviso in clause (ii) of Section 3.01(a), each Second Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and each Second Priority Debt Party under its Second Priority Debt Facility, agrees that, unless and until the Discharge of Senior Obligations has occurred, it will not commence, or join with any Person (other than the Senior Secured Parties and the Senior Representatives upon the request of the Designated Senior Representative) in commencing, any enforcement, collection, execution, levy or foreclosure action or proceeding with respect to any Lien held by it in the Shared Collateral under any of the Second Priority Debt Documents or otherwise in respect of the Second Priority Debt Obligations.

SECTION 3.03. Actions upon Breach . Should any Second Priority Representative or any Second Priority Debt Party, contrary to this Agreement, in any way take, attempt to take or threaten to take any action with respect to the Shared Collateral (including any attempt to realize upon or enforce any remedy with respect to this Agreement) or fail to take any action required by this Agreement, any Senior Representative or other Senior Secured Party (in its or their own name or in the name of the Company or any other Grantor) may obtain relief against such Second Priority Representative or such Second Priority Debt Party by injunction, specific performance or other appropriate equitable relief. Each Second Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and each Second Priority Debt Party under its Second Priority Facility, hereby (i) agrees that the Senior Secured Parties’ damages from the actions of the Second Party Representatives or any Second Priority Debt Party may at that time be difficult to ascertain and may be irreparable and waives any defense that the Company, any other Grantor or the Senior Secured Parties cannot demonstrate damage or be made whole by the awarding of damages and (ii) irrevocably waives any defense based on the adequacy of a remedy at law and any other defense that might be asserted to bar the remedy of specific performance in any action that may be brought by any Senior Representative or any other Senior Secured Party.

 

- 15 -


ARTICLE IV

Payments

SECTION 4.01. Application of Proceeds . After an event of default under any Senior Debt Document has occurred and until such event of default is cured or waived, so long as the Discharge of Senior Obligations has not occurred, the Shared Collateral or Proceeds thereof received in connection with the sale or other disposition of, or collection on, such Shared Collateral upon the exercise of remedies shall be applied by the Designated Senior Representative to the Senior Obligations in such order as specified in the relevant Senior Debt Documents until the Discharge of Senior Obligations has occurred. Upon the Discharge of Senior Obligations, each applicable Senior Representative shall deliver promptly to the Designated Second Priority Representative any Shared Collateral or Proceeds thereof held by it in the same form as received, with any necessary endorsements, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct, to be applied by the Designated Second Priority Representative to the Second Priority Debt Obligations in such order as specified in the relevant Second Priority Debt Documents.

SECTION 4.02. Payments Over . Any Shared Collateral or Proceeds thereof received by any Second Priority Representative or any Second Priority Debt Party in connection with the exercise of any right or remedy (including setoff) relating to the Shared Collateral in contravention of this Agreement shall be segregated and held in trust for the benefit of and forthwith paid over to the Designated Senior Representative for the benefit of the Senior Secured Parties in the same form as received, with any necessary endorsements, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct. The Designated Senior Representative is hereby authorized to make any such endorsements as agent for each of the Second Priority Representatives or any such Second Priority Debt Party. This authorization is coupled with an interest and is irrevocable.

ARTICLE V

Other Agreements

SECTION 5.01. Releases .

(a) Each Second Priority Representative, for itself and on behalf of each Second Priority Debt Party under its Second Priority Debt Facility, agrees that, in the event the Designated Senior Representative releases its lien on any item of Shared Collateral in connection with a sale, transfer or other disposition of such specified item of Shared Collateral (including all or substantially all of the equity interests of any subsidiary of the Company) other than a release granted upon or following the Discharge of Senior Obligations, the Liens granted to the Second Priority Representatives and the Second Priority Debt Parties upon such Shared Collateral to secure Second Priority Debt Obligations shall terminate and be released, automatically and without any further action, concurrently with the termination and release of all Liens granted upon such Shared Collateral to secure Senior Obligations. Upon delivery to a Second Priority Representative of an Officer’s Certificate stating that any such termination and release of Liens securing the Senior Obligations has become effective (or shall become effective concurrently with such termination

 

- 16 -


and release of the Liens granted to the Second Priority Debt Parties and the Second Priority Representatives) and any necessary or proper instruments of termination or release prepared by the Company or any other Grantor, such Second Priority Representative will promptly execute, deliver or acknowledge, at the Company’s or the other Grantor’s sole cost and expense, such instruments to evidence such termination and release of the Liens. Nothing in this Section 5.01(a) will be deemed to affect any agreement of a Second Priority Representative, for itself and on behalf of the Second Priority Debt Parties under its Second Priority Debt Facility, to release the Liens on the Second Priority Collateral as set forth in the relevant Second Priority Debt Documents.

(b) Each Second Priority Representative, for itself and on behalf of each Second Priority Debt Party under its Second Priority Debt Facility, hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Designated Senior Representative and any officer or agent of the Designated Senior Representative, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the place and stead of such Second Priority Representative or such Second Priority Debt Party or in the Designated Senior Representative’s own name, from time to time in the Designated Senior Representative’s discretion, for the purpose of carrying out the terms of Section 5.01(a), to take any and all appropriate action and to execute any and all documents and instruments that may be necessary or desirable to accomplish the purposes of Section 5.01(a), including any termination statements, endorsements or other instruments of transfer or release.

(c) Unless and until the Discharge of Senior Obligations has occurred, each Second Priority Representative, for itself and on behalf of each Second Priority Debt Party under its Second Priority Debt Facility, hereby consents to the application, whether prior to or after an event of default under any Senior Debt Document of proceeds of Shared Collateral to the repayment of Senior Obligations pursuant to the Senior Debt Documents, provided that nothing in this Section 5.01(c) shall be construed to prevent or impair the rights of the Second Priority Representatives or the Second Priority Debt Parties to receive proceeds in connection with the Second Priority Debt Obligations not otherwise in contravention of this Agreement.

(d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in any Second Priority Collateral Document, in the event the terms of a Senior Collateral Document and a Second Priority Collateral Document each require any Grantor (i) to make payment in respect of any item of Shared Collateral to, (ii) to deliver or afford control over any item of Shared Collateral to, or deposit any item of Shared Collateral with, (iii) to register ownership of any item of Shared Collateral in the name of or make an assignment of ownership of any Shared Collateral or the rights thereunder to, (iv) cause any securities intermediary, commodity intermediary or other Person acting in a similar capacity to agree to comply, in respect of any item of Shared Collateral, with instructions or orders from, or to treat, in respect of any item of Shared Collateral, as the entitlement holder, (v) hold any item of Shared Collateral in trust for (to the extent such item of Shared Collateral cannot be held in trust for multiple parties under applicable law), (vi) obtain the agreement of a bailee or other third party to hold any item of Shared Collateral for the benefit of or subject to the control of or, in respect of any item of Shared Collateral, to follow the instructions of or (vii) obtain the agreement of a landlord with respect to access to leased premises where any item of

 

- 17 -


Shared Collateral is located or waivers or subordination of rights with respect to any item of Shared Collateral in favor of, in any case, both the Designated Senior Representative and any Second Priority Representative or Second Priority Debt Party, such Grantor may, until the applicable Discharge of Senior Obligations has occurred, comply with such requirement under the Second Priority Collateral Document as it relates to such Shared Collateral by taking any of the actions set forth above only with respect to, or in favor of, the Designated Senior Representative.

SECTION 5.02. Insurance and Condemnation Awards . Unless and until the Discharge of Senior Obligations has occurred, the Senior Representatives shall have the sole and exclusive right, subject to the rights of the Grantors under the Senior Debt Documents, (a) to be named as additional insured and loss payee under any insurance policies maintained from time to time by any Grantor, (b) to adjust settlement for any insurance policy covering the Shared Collateral in the event of any loss thereunder and (c) to approve any award granted in any condemnation or similar proceeding affecting the Shared Collateral. Unless and until the Discharge of Senior Obligations has occurred, all proceeds of any such policy and any such award, if in respect of the Shared Collateral, shall be paid (i) first, prior to the occurrence of the Discharge of Senior Obligations, to the Designated Senior Representative for the benefit of Senior Secured Parties pursuant to the terms of the Senior Debt Documents, (ii) second, after the occurrence of the Discharge of Senior Obligations, to the Designated Second Priority Representative for the benefit of the Second Priority Debt Parties pursuant to the terms of the applicable Second Priority Debt Documents and (iii) third, if no Second Priority Debt Obligations are outstanding, to the owner of the subject property, such other Person as may be entitled thereto or as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct. If any Second Priority Representative or any Second Priority Debt Party shall, at any time, receive any proceeds of any such insurance policy or any such award in contravention of this Agreement, it shall pay such proceeds over to the Designated Senior Representative in accordance with the terms of Section 4.02.

SECTION 5.03. Amendments to Second Priority Collateral Documents .

(a) Except to the extent not prohibited by any Senior Debt Document, no Second Priority Collateral Document may be amended, supplemented or otherwise modified or entered into to the extent such amendment, supplement or modification, or the terms of any new Second Priority Collateral Document, would be prohibited by or inconsistent with any of the terms of this Agreement. The Company agrees to deliver to the Designated Senior Representative copies of (i) any amendments, supplements or other modifications to the Second Priority Collateral Documents and (ii) any new Second Priority Collateral Documents promptly after effectiveness thereof. Each Second Priority Representative, for itself and on behalf of each Second Priority Debt Party under its Second Priority Debt Facility, agrees that each Second Priority Collateral Document under its Second Priority Debt Facility shall include the following language (or language to similar effect reasonably approved by the Designated Senior Representative):

“Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (i) the liens and security interests granted to the [Second Priority Representative] pursuant to this Agreement are expressly subject and subordinate to the liens and security interests granted in favor of the Senior Secured Parties (as defined in the Intercreditor Agreement referred to below), including liens and security interests granted to Barclays Bank

 

- 18 -


PLC, as administrative agent, pursuant to or in connection with the Credit Agreement dated as of November 23, 2010 (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time), among Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, Dunkin’ Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation, Dunkin Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation, the lenders from time to time party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as administrative agent, and the other parties thereto, and (ii) the exercise of any right or remedy by the [Second Priority Representative] hereunder is subject to the limitations and provisions of the Intercreditor Agreement dated as of [                    ], 20[    ] (as amended, restated, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Intercreditor Agreement ”), among Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, [                                        ] and its subsidiaries and affiliated entities party thereto. In the event of any conflict between the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement and the terms of this Agreement, the terms of the Intercreditor Agreement shall govern.”

(b) In the event that each applicable Senior Representative and/or the Senior Secured Parties enter into any amendment, waiver or consent in respect of any of the Senior Collateral Documents for the purpose of adding to or deleting from, or waiving or consenting to any departures from any provisions of, any Senior Collateral Document or changing in any manner the rights of the Senior Representatives, the Senior Secured Parties, the Company or any other Grantor thereunder (including the release of any Liens in Senior Collateral) in a manner that is applicable to all Senior Facilities, then such amendment, waiver or consent shall apply automatically to any comparable provision of each comparable Second Priority Collateral Document without the consent of any Second Priority Representative or any Second Priority Debt Party and without any action by any Second Priority Representative, the Company or any other Grantor; provided , however , that written notice of such amendment, waiver or consent shall have been given to each Second Priority Representative within 10 Business Days after the effectiveness of such amendment, waiver or consent.

SECTION 5.04. Rights as Unsecured Creditors . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Second Priority Representatives and the Second Priority Debt Parties may exercise rights and remedies as unsecured creditors against the Company and any other Grantor in accordance with the terms of the Second Priority Debt Documents and applicable law so long as such rights and remedies do not violate any express provision of this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall prohibit the receipt by any Second Priority Representative or any Second Priority Debt Party of the required payments of principal, premium, interest, fees and other amounts due under the Second Priority Debt Documents so long as such receipt is not the direct or indirect result of the exercise by a Second Priority Representative or any Second Priority Debt Party of rights or remedies as a secured creditor in respect of Shared Collateral. In the event any Second Priority Representative or any Second Priority Debt Party becomes a judgment lien creditor in respect of Shared Collateral as a result of its enforcement of its rights as an unsecured creditor in respect of Second Priority Debt Obligations, such judgment lien shall be subordinated to the Liens securing Senior Obligations on the same basis as the other Liens securing the Second Priority Debt Obligations are so subordinated to such Liens securing Senior Obligations under this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall impair or otherwise adversely

 

- 19 -


affect any rights or remedies the Senior Representatives or the Senior Secured Parties may have with respect to the Senior Collateral.

SECTION 5.05. Gratuitous Bailee for Perfection .

(a) Each Senior Representative acknowledges and agrees that if it shall at any time hold a Lien securing any Senior Obligations on any Shared Collateral that can be perfected by the possession or control of such Shared Collateral or of any account in which such Shared Collateral is held, and if such Shared Collateral or any such account is in fact in the possession or under the control of such Senior Representative, or of agents or bailees of such Person (such Shared Collateral being referred to herein as the “ Pledged or Controlled Collateral ”), or if it shall at any time obtain any landlord waiver or bailee’s letter or any similar agreement or arrangement granting it rights or access to Shared Collateral, the applicable Senior Representative shall also hold such Pledged or Controlled Collateral, or take such actions with respect to such landlord waiver, bailee’s letter or similar agreement or arrangement, as sub-agent or gratuitous bailee for the relevant Second Priority Representatives, in each case solely for the purpose of perfecting the Liens granted under the relevant Second Priority Collateral Documents and subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 5.05.

(b) Except as otherwise specifically provided herein, until the Discharge of Senior Obligations has occurred, the Senior Representatives and the Senior Secured Parties shall be entitled to deal with the Pledged or Controlled Collateral in accordance with the terms of the Senior Debt Documents as if the Liens under the Second Priority Collateral Documents did not exist. The rights of the Second Priority Representatives and the Second Priority Debt Parties with respect to the Pledged or Controlled Collateral shall at all times be subject to the terms of this Agreement.

(c) The Senior Representatives and the Senior Secured Parties shall have no obligation whatsoever to the Second Priority Representatives or any Second Priority Debt Party to assure that any of the Pledged or Controlled Collateral is genuine or owned by the Grantors or to protect or preserve rights or benefits of any Person or any rights pertaining to the Shared Collateral, except as expressly set forth in this Section 5.05. The duties or responsibilities of the Senior Representatives under this Section 5.05 shall be limited solely to holding or controlling the Shared Collateral and the related Liens referred to in paragraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 5.05 as sub-agent and gratuitous bailee for the relevant Second Priority Representative for purposes of perfecting the Lien held by such Second Priority Representative.

(d) The Senior Representatives shall not have by reason of the Second Priority Collateral Documents or this Agreement, or any other document, a fiduciary relationship in respect of any Second Priority Representative or any Second Priority Debt Party, and each Second Priority Representative, for itself and on behalf of each Second Priority Debt Party under its Second Priority Debt Facility, hereby waives and releases the Senior Representatives from all claims and liabilities arising pursuant to the Senior Representatives’ roles under this Section 5.05 as sub-agents and gratuitous bailees with respect to the Shared Collateral.

 

- 20 -


(e) Upon the Discharge of Senior Obligations, each applicable Senior Representative shall, at the Grantors’ sole cost and expense, without recourse, representation or warranty (A) deliver to the Designated Second Priority Representative, to the extent that it is legally permitted to do so, all Shared Collateral, including all proceeds thereof, held or controlled by such Senior Representative or any of its agents or bailees, including the transfer of possession and control, as applicable, of the Pledged or Controlled Collateral, together with any necessary endorsements (such endorsements shall be without recourse, representation or warranty) and notices to depositary banks, securities intermediaries and commodities intermediaries, and assign its rights under any landlord waiver or bailee’s letter or any similar agreement or arrangement granting it rights or access to Shared Collateral, or (B) direct and deliver such Shared Collateral as a court of competent jurisdiction may otherwise direct. The Company and the other Grantors shall take such further action as is reasonably required to effectuate the transfer contemplated hereby. The Senior Representatives have no obligations to follow instructions from any Second Priority Representative or any other Second Priority Debt Party in contravention of this Agreement.

(f) None of the Senior Representatives nor any of the other Senior Secured Parties shall be required to marshal any present or future collateral security for any obligations of the Company or any Subsidiary to any Senior Representative or any Senior Secured Party under the Senior Debt Documents or any assurance of payment in respect thereof, or to resort to such collateral security or other assurances of payment in any particular order, and all of their rights in respect of such collateral security or any assurance of payment in respect thereof shall be cumulative and in addition to all other rights, however existing or arising.

SECTION 5.06. When Discharge of Senior Obligations is Deemed Not to Have Occurred . If, at any time after the Discharge of Senior Obligations has occurred, the Company or any Subsidiary incurs any Senior Obligations (other than in respect of the payment of indemnities surviving the Discharge of Senior Obligations), then such Discharge of Senior Obligations shall automatically be deemed not to have occurred for all purposes of this Agreement (other than with respect to any actions taken prior to the date of such designation as a result of the occurrence of such first Discharge of Senior Obligations) and the applicable agreement governing such Senior Obligations shall automatically be treated as a Senior Debt Document for all purposes of this Agreement, including for purposes of the Lien priorities and rights in respect of Shared Collateral set forth herein and the agent, representative or trustee for the holders of such Senior Obligations shall be the Senior Representative for all purposes of this Agreement. Upon receipt of notice of such incurrence (including the identity of the new Senior Representative), each Second Priority Representative (including the Designated Second Priority Representative) shall promptly (a) enter into such documents and agreements (at the expense of the Company), including amendments or supplements to this Agreement, as the Company or such new Senior Representative shall reasonably request in writing in order to provide the new Senior Representative the rights of a Senior Representative contemplated hereby, (b) deliver to such Senior Representative, to the extent that it is legally permitted to do so, all Shared Collateral, including all proceeds thereof, held or controlled by such Second Priority Representative or any of its agents or bailees, including the transfer of possession and control, as applicable, of the Pledged or Controlled Collateral, together with any necessary endorsements and notices to depositary banks, securities intermediaries

 

- 21 -


and commodities intermediaries, and assign its rights under any landlord waiver or bailee’s letter or any similar agreement or arrangement granting it rights or access to Shared Collateral, (c) notify any applicable insurance carrier that it is no longer entitled to be a loss payee or additional insured under the insurance policies of any Grantor issued by such insurance carrier and (d) notify any governmental authority involved in any condemnation or similar proceeding involving a Grantor that the new Senior Representative is entitled to approve any awards granted in such proceeding.

SECTION 5.07. Purchase Right . Without prejudice to the enforcement of the Senior Secured Parties’ remedies, the Senior Secured Parties agree that following (a) a payment default under (i) until the Discharge of Credit Agreement Obligations, the Credit Agreement or (ii) thereafter, the Additional Senior Debt Facility, in each case that has not been cured or waived by the Credit Agreement Secured Parties or the Additional Senior Debt Parties, as applicable, within sixty (60) days of the occurrence thereof, (b) acceleration of (i) until the Discharge of Credit Agreement Obligations, the Credit Agreement Obligations in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement or (ii) thereafter, the Additional Senior Debt Obligations in accordance with the terms of the Additional Senior Debt Facility or (c) the commencement of an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding (each, a “ Purchase Event ”), within thirty (30) days after the first date on which a Purchase Event occurs, one or more of the Second Priority Debt Parties may request, and the Senior Secured Parties hereby offer the Second Priority Debt Parties the option, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the aggregate amount of outstanding Senior Obligations outstanding at the time of purchase at par, plus any premium that would be applicable upon prepayment of the Senior Obligations and accrued and unpaid interest and fees, without warranty or representation or recourse (except for, in the case of the Credit Agreement Obligations, representations and warranties required to be made by assigning lenders pursuant to the Assignment and Assumption (as such term is defined in the Credit Agreement)). If such right is exercised, the parties shall endeavor to close promptly thereafter but in any event within ten (10) Business Days of the request. If one or more of the Second Priority Debt Parties exercise such purchase right, it shall be exercised pursuant to documentation mutually acceptable to each of the Senior Representative and the Second Priority Class Debt Representative. If none of the Second Priority Debt Parties exercise such right, the Senior Secured Parties shall have no further obligations pursuant to this Section 5.07 for such Purchase Event and may take any further actions in their sole discretion in accordance with the Senior Debt Documents and this Agreement.

ARTICLE VI

Insolvency or Liquidation Proceedings

SECTION 6.01. Financing Issues . Until the Discharge of Senior Obligations has occurred, if the Company or any other Grantor shall be subject to any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding and any Senior Representative or any Senior Secured Party shall desire to consent (or not object) to the sale, use or lease of cash or other collateral or to consent (or not object) to the Company’s or any other Grantor’s obtaining financing under Section 363 or Section 364 of Title 11 of the United States Code or any similar provision of any other Bankruptcy Law (“ DIP Financing ”), then each Second Priority Representative, for itself and on behalf of each

 

- 22 -


Second Priority Debt Party under its Second Priority Debt Facility, agrees that it will raise no (a) objection to and will not otherwise contest such sale, use or lease of such cash or other collateral or such DIP Financing and, except to the extent permitted by the proviso in clause (ii) of Section 3.01(a) and Section 6.03, will not request adequate protection or any other relief in connection therewith and, to the extent the Liens securing any Senior Obligations are subordinated or pari passu with such DIP Financing, will subordinate (and will be deemed hereunder to have subordinated) its Liens in the Shared Collateral to (x) such DIP Financing (and all obligations relating thereto) on the same basis as the Liens securing the Second Priority Debt Obligations are so subordinated to Liens securing Senior Obligations under this Agreement and (y) to any “carve-out” for professional and United States Trustee fees agreed to by the Senior Representatives, (b) objection to (and will not otherwise contest) any motion for relief from the automatic stay or from any injunction against foreclosure or enforcement in respect of Senior Obligations made by any Senior Representative or any other Senior Secured Party, (c) objection to (and will not otherwise contest) any lawful exercise by any Senior Secured Party of the right to credit bid Senior Obligations at any sale in foreclosure of Senior Collateral, (d) objection to (and will not otherwise contest) any other request for judicial relief made in any court by any Senior Secured Party relating to the lawful enforcement of any Lien on Senior Collateral or (e) objection to (and will not otherwise contest or oppose) any order relating to a sale or other disposition of assets of any Grantor for which any Senior Representative has consented that provides, to the extent such sale or other disposition is to be free and clear of Liens, that the Liens securing the Senior Obligations and the Second Priority Debt Obligations will attach to the proceeds of the sale on the same basis of priority as the Liens on the Shared Collateral securing the Senior Obligations rank to the Liens on the Shared Collateral securing the Second Priority Debt Obligations pursuant to this Agreement. Each Second Priority Representative, for itself and on behalf of each Second Priority Debt Party under its Second Priority Debt Facility, agrees that notice received two Business Days prior to the entry of an order approving such usage of cash or other collateral or approving such financing shall be adequate notice.

SECTION 6.02. Relief from the Automatic Stay . Until the Discharge of Senior Obligations has occurred, each Second Priority Representative, for itself and on behalf of each Second Priority Debt Party under its Second Priority Debt Facility, agrees that none of them shall seek relief from the automatic stay or any other stay in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding or take any action in derogation thereof, in each case in respect of any Shared Collateral, without the prior written consent of the Designated Senior Representative.

SECTION 6.03. Adequate Protection . Each Second Priority Representative, for itself and on behalf of each Second Priority Debt Party under its Second Priority Debt Facility, agrees that none of them shall object, contest or support any other Person objecting to or contesting (a) any request by any Senior Representative or any Senior Secured Parties for adequate protection, (b) any objection by any Senior Representative or any Senior Secured Parties to any motion, relief, action or proceeding based on any Senior Representative’s or Senior Secured Party’s claiming a lack of adequate protection or (c) the payment of interest, fees, expenses or other amounts of any Senior Representative or any other Senior Secured Party under Section 506(b) or 506(c) of Title 11 of the United States Code or any similar provision of any other Bankruptcy Law. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Section 6.03 or in Section 6.01, in any Insolvency

 

- 23 -


or Liquidation Proceeding, (i) if the Senior Secured Parties (or any subset thereof) are granted adequate protection in the form of additional collateral in connection with any DIP Financing or use of cash collateral under Section 363 or 364 of Title 11 of the United States Code or any similar provision of any other Bankruptcy Law and the Senior Representatives and the other Senior Secured Parties do not object to the adequate protection being provided to the Senior Secured Parties, then each Second Priority Representative, for itself and on behalf of each Second Priority Debt Party under its Second Priority Debt Facility, may seek or request adequate protection in the form of a replacement Lien on such additional collateral, which Lien is subordinated to the Liens securing all Senior Obligations and such DIP Financing (and all obligations relating thereto) on the same basis as the other Liens securing the Second Priority Debt Obligations are so subordinated to the Liens securing Senior Obligations under this Agreement and (ii) in the event any Second Priority Representatives, for themselves and on behalf of the Second Priority Debt Parties under their Second Priority Debt Facilities, seek or request adequate protection and such adequate protection is granted in the form of additional collateral, then such Second Priority Representatives, for themselves and on behalf of each Second Priority Debt Party under their Second Priority Debt Facilities, agree that each Senior Representative shall also be granted a senior Lien on such additional collateral as security for the Senior Obligations and any such DIP Financing and that any Lien on such additional collateral securing the Second Priority Debt Obligations shall be subordinated to the Liens on such collateral securing the Senior Obligations and any such DIP Financing (and all obligations relating thereto) and any other Liens granted to the Senior Secured Parties as adequate protection on the same basis as the other Liens securing the Second Priority Debt Obligations are so subordinated to such Liens securing Senior Obligations under this Agreement.

SECTION 6.04. Preference Issues . If any Senior Secured Party is required in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding or otherwise to disgorge, turn over or otherwise pay any amount to the estate of the Company or any other Grantor (or any trustee, receiver or similar Person therefor), because the payment of such amount was declared to be fraudulent or preferential in any respect or for any other reason, any amount (a “ Recovery ”), whether received as proceeds of security, enforcement of any right of setoff or otherwise, then the Senior Obligations shall be reinstated to the extent of such Recovery and deemed to be outstanding as if such payment had not occurred and the Senior Secured Parties shall be entitled to the benefits of this Agreement until a Discharge of Senior Obligations with respect to all such recovered amounts. If this Agreement shall have been terminated prior to such Recovery, this Agreement shall be reinstated in full force and effect, and such prior termination shall not diminish, release, discharge, impair or otherwise affect the obligations of the parties hereto. Each Second Priority Representative, for itself and on behalf of each Second Priority Debt Party under its Second Priority Debt Facility, hereby agrees that none of them shall be entitled to benefit from any avoidance action affecting or otherwise relating to any distribution or allocation made in accordance with this Agreement, whether by preference or otherwise, it being understood and agreed that the benefit of such avoidance action otherwise allocable to them shall instead be allocated and turned over for application in accordance with the priorities set forth in this Agreement.

SECTION 6.05. Separate Grants of Security and Separate Classifications . Each Second Priority Representative, for itself and on behalf of each Second Priority Debt Party under

 

- 24 -


its Second Priority Debt Facility, acknowledges and agrees that (a) the grants of Liens pursuant to the Senior Collateral Documents and the Second Priority Collateral Documents constitute separate and distinct grants of Liens and (b) because of, among other things, their differing rights in the Shared Collateral, the Second Priority Debt Obligations are fundamentally different from the Senior Obligations and must be separately classified in any plan of reorganization proposed or adopted in an Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding. To further effectuate the intent of the parties as provided in the immediately preceding sentence, if it is held that any claims of the Senior Secured Parties and the Second Priority Debt Parties in respect of the Shared Collateral constitute a single class of claims (rather than separate classes of senior and junior secured claims), then each Second Priority Representative, for itself and on behalf of each Second Priority Debt Party under its Second Priority Debt Facility, hereby acknowledges and agrees that all distributions shall be made as if there were separate classes of senior and junior secured claims against the Grantors in respect of the Shared Collateral (with the effect being that, to the extent that the aggregate value of the Shared Collateral is sufficient (for this purpose ignoring all claims held by the Second Priority Debt Parties), the Senior Secured Parties shall be entitled to receive, in addition to amounts distributed to them in respect of principal, pre-petition interest and other claims, all amounts owing in respect of post-petition interest (whether or not allowed or allowable) before any distribution is made in respect of the Second Priority Debt Obligations, with each Second Priority Representative, for itself and on behalf of each Second Priority Debt Party under its Second Priority Debt Facility, hereby acknowledging and agreeing to turn over to the Designated Senior Representative amounts otherwise received or receivable by them to the extent necessary to effectuate the intent of this sentence, even if such turnover has the effect of reducing the claim or recovery of the Second Priority Debt Parties.

SECTION 6.06. No Waivers of Rights of Senior Secured Parties . Nothing contained herein shall, except as expressly provided herein, prohibit or in any way limit any Senior Representative or any other Senior Secured Party from objecting in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding or otherwise to any action taken by any Second Priority Debt Party, including the seeking by any Second Priority Debt Party of adequate protection or the asserting by any Second Priority Debt Party of any of its rights and remedies under the Second Priority Debt Documents or otherwise.

SECTION 6.07. Application . This Agreement, which the parties hereto expressly acknowledge is a “subordination agreement” under Section 510(a) of Title 11 of the United States Code or any similar provision of any other Bankruptcy Law, shall be effective before, during and after the commencement of any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding. The relative rights as to the Shared Collateral and proceeds thereof shall continue after the commencement of any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding on the same basis as prior to the date of the petition therefor, subject to any court order approving the financing of, or use of cash collateral by, any Grantor. All references herein to any Grantor shall include such Grantor as a debtor-in-possession and any receiver or trustee for such Grantor.

SECTION 6.08. Other Matters . To the extent that any Second Priority Representative or any Second Priority Debt Party has or acquires rights under Section 363 or Section 364 of Title 11 of the United States Code or any similar provision of any other Bankruptcy Law

 

- 25 -


with respect to any of the Shared Collateral, such Second Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and each Second Priority Debt Party under its Second Priority Debt Facility, agrees not to assert any such rights without the prior written consent of each Senior Representative, provided that if requested by any Senior Representative, such Second Priority Representative shall timely exercise such rights in the manner requested by the Senior Representatives (acting unanimously), including any rights to payments in respect of such rights.

SECTION 6.09. 506(c) Claims . Until the Discharge of Senior Obligations has occurred, each Second Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and each Second Priority Debt Party under its Second Priority Debt Facility, agrees that it will not assert or enforce any claim under Section 506(c) of Title 11 of the United States Code or any similar provision of any other Bankruptcy Law senior to or on a parity with the Liens securing the Senior Obligations for costs or expenses of preserving or disposing of any Shared Collateral.

SECTION 6.10. Reorganization Securities . If, in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding, debt obligations of the reorganized debtor secured by Liens upon any property of the reorganized debtor are distributed, pursuant to a plan of reorganization or similar dispositive restructuring plan, on account of both the Senior Obligations and the Second Priority Debt Obligations, then, to the extent the debt obligations distributed on account of the Senior Obligations and on account of the Second Priority Debt Obligations are secured by Liens upon the same assets or property, the provisions of this Agreement will survive the distribution of such debt obligations pursuant to such plan and will apply with like effect to the Liens securing such debt obligations.

ARTICLE VII

Reliance; etc .

SECTION 7.01. Reliance . The consent by the Senior Secured Parties to the execution and delivery of the Second Priority Debt Documents to which the Senior Secured Parties have consented and all loans and other extensions of credit made or deemed made on and after the date hereof by the Senior Secured Parties to the Company or any Subsidiary shall be deemed to have been given and made in reliance upon this Agreement. Each Second Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and each Second Priority Debt Party under its Second Priority Debt Facility, acknowledges that it and such Second Priority Debt Parties have, independently and without reliance on any Senior Representative or other Senior Secured Party, and based on documents and information deemed by them appropriate, made their own credit analysis and decision to enter into the Second Priority Debt Documents to which they are party or by which they are bound, this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, and they will continue to make their own credit decision in taking or not taking any action under the Second Priority Debt Documents or this Agreement.

SECTION 7.02. No Warranties or Liability . Each Second Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and each Second Priority Debt Party under its Second Priority Debt Facility, acknowledges and agrees that neither any Senior Representative nor any other Senior Secured Party has made any express or implied representation or warranty, including with respect to the execution, validity, legality, completeness, collectibility or enforceability of any of the Senior

 

- 26 -


Debt Documents, the ownership of any Shared Collateral or the perfection or priority of any Liens thereon. The Senior Secured Parties will be entitled to manage and supervise their respective loans and extensions of credit under the Senior Debt Documents in accordance with law and as they may otherwise, in their sole discretion, deem appropriate, and the Senior Secured Parties may manage their loans and extensions of credit without regard to any rights or interests that the Second Priority Representatives and the Second Priority Debt Parties have in the Shared Collateral or otherwise, except as otherwise provided in this Agreement. Neither any Senior Representative nor any other Senior Secured Party shall have any duty to any Second Priority Representative or Second Priority Debt Party to act or refrain from acting in a manner that allows, or results in, the occurrence or continuance of an event of default or default under any agreement with the Company or any Subsidiary (including the Second Priority Debt Documents), regardless of any knowledge thereof that they may have or be charged with. Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, the Senior Representatives, the Senior Secured Parties, the Second Priority Representatives and the Second Priority Debt Parties have not otherwise made to each other, nor do they hereby make to each other, any warranties, express or implied, nor do they assume any liability to each other with respect to (a) the enforceability, validity, value or collectibility of any of the Senior Obligations, the Second Priority Debt Obligations or any guarantee or security which may have been granted to any of them in connection therewith, (b) any Grantor’s title to or right to transfer any of the Shared Collateral or (c) any other matter except as expressly set forth in this Agreement.

SECTION 7.03. Obligations Unconditional . All rights, interests, agreements and obligations of the Senior Representatives, the Senior Secured Parties, the Second Priority Representatives and the Second Priority Debt Parties hereunder shall remain in full force and effect irrespective of:

(a) any lack of validity or enforceability of any Senior Debt Document or any Second Priority Debt Document;

(b) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other terms of, all or any of the Senior Obligations or Second Priority Debt Obligations, or any amendment or waiver or other modification, including any increase in the amount thereof, whether by course of conduct or otherwise, of the terms of the Credit Agreement or any other Senior Debt Document or of the terms of any Second Priority Debt Document;

(c) any exchange of any security interest in any Shared Collateral or any other collateral or any amendment, waiver or other modification, whether in writing or by course of conduct or otherwise, of all or any of the Senior Obligations or Second Priority Debt Obligations or any guarantee thereof;

(d) the commencement of any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding in respect of the Company or any other Grantor; or

(e) any other circumstances that otherwise might constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, (i) the Company or any other Grantor in respect of the Senior

 

- 27 -


Obligations or (ii) any Second Priority Representative or Second Priority Debt Party in respect of this Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII

Miscellaneous

SECTION 8.01. Conflicts . Subject to Section 8.18, in the event of any conflict between the provisions of this Agreement and the provisions of any Senior Debt Document or any Second Priority Debt Document, the provisions of this Agreement shall govern. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the relative rights and obligations of the Senior Secured Collateral Agent, the Senior Representatives and the Senior Secured Parties (as amongst themselves) with respect to any Senior Collateral shall be governed by the terms of the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement and in the event of any conflict between the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement and this Agreement, the provisions of the Pari Passu Intercreditor Agreement shall control.

SECTION 8.02. Continuing Nature of this Agreement; Severability . Subject to Section 6.04, this Agreement shall continue to be effective until the Discharge of Senior Obligations shall have occurred. This is a continuing agreement of Lien subordination, and the Senior Secured Parties may continue, at any time and without notice to the Second Priority Representatives or any Second Priority Debt Party, to extend credit and other financial accommodations and lend monies to or for the benefit of the Company or any Subsidiary constituting Senior Obligations in reliance hereon. The terms of this Agreement shall survive and continue in full force and effect in any Insolvency or Liquidation Proceeding. Any provision of this Agreement that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction. The parties hereto shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

SECTION 8.03. Amendments; Waivers .

(a) No failure or delay on the part of any party hereto in exercising any right or power hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right or power, or any abandonment or discontinuance of steps to enforce such a right or power, preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right or power. The rights and remedies of the parties hereto are cumulative and are not exclusive of any rights or remedies that they would otherwise have. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by any party therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by paragraph (b) of this Section, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. No notice or demand on any party hereto in any case shall entitle such party to any other or further notice or demand in similar or other circumstances.

 

- 28 -


(b) This Agreement may be amended in writing signed by each Representative (in each case, acting in accordance with the documents governing the applicable Debt Facility); provided that any such amendment, supplement or waiver which by the terms of this Agreement requires the Company’s consent or which increases the obligations or reduces the rights of the Company or any Grantor, shall require the consent of the Company. Any such amendment, supplement or waiver shall be in writing and shall be binding upon the Senior Secured Parties and the Second Priority Debt Parties and their respective successors and assigns.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, without the consent of any Secured Party, any Representative may become a party hereto by execution and delivery of a Joinder Agreement in accordance with Section 8.09 of this Agreement and upon such execution and delivery, such Representative and the Secured Parties and Senior Obligations or Second Priority Debt Obligations of the Debt Facility for which such Representative is acting shall be subject to the terms hereof.

SECTION 8.04. Information Concerning the Financial Condition of the Company and the Subsidiaries . The Senior Representatives, the Senior Secured Parties, the Second Priority Representatives and the Second Priority Secured Parties shall each be responsible for keeping themselves informed of (a) the financial condition of the Company and the Subsidiaries and all endorsers or guarantors of the Senior Obligations or the Second Priority Debt Obligations and (b) all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Senior Obligations or the Second Priority Debt Obligations. The Senior Representatives, the Senior Secured Parties, the Second Priority Representatives and the Second Priority Secured Parties shall have no duty to advise any other party hereunder of information known to it or them regarding such condition or any such circumstances or otherwise. In the event that any Senior Representative, any Senior Secured Party, any Second Priority Representative or any Second Priority Debt Party, in its sole discretion, undertakes at any time or from time to time to provide any such information to any other party, it shall be under no obligation to (i) make, and the Senior Representatives, the Senior Secured Parties, the Second Priority Representatives and the Second Priority Debt Parties shall not make or be deemed to have made, any express or implied representation or warranty, including with respect to the accuracy, completeness, truthfulness or validity of any such information so provided, (ii) provide any additional information or to provide any such information on any subsequent occasion, (iii) undertake any investigation or (iv) disclose any information that, pursuant to accepted or reasonable commercial finance practices, such party wishes to maintain confidential or is otherwise required to maintain confidential.

SECTION 8.05. Subrogation . Each Second Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and each Second Priority Debt Party under its Second Priority Debt Facility, hereby waives any rights of subrogation it may acquire as a result of any payment hereunder until the Discharge of Senior Obligations has occurred.

SECTION 8.06. Application of Payments . Except as otherwise provided herein, all payments received by the Senior Secured Parties may be applied, reversed and reapplied, in whole or in part, to such part of the Senior Obligations as the Senior Secured Parties, in their sole discretion, deem appropriate, consistent with the terms of the Senior Debt Documents. Except as otherwise provided herein, each Second Priority Representative, on behalf of itself and each

 

- 29 -


Second Priority Debt Party under its Second Priority Debt Facility, assents to any such extension or postponement of the time of payment of the Senior Obligations or any part thereof and to any other indulgence with respect thereto, to any substitution, exchange or release of any security that may at any time secure any part of the Senior Obligations and to the addition or release of any other Person primarily or secondarily liable therefor.

SECTION 8.07. Additional Grantors . The Company agrees that, if any Subsidiary shall become a Grantor after the date hereof, it will promptly cause such Subsidiary to become party hereto by executing and delivering an instrument in the form of Annex II. Upon such execution and delivery, such Subsidiary will become a Grantor hereunder with the same force and effect as if originally named as a Grantor herein. The execution and delivery of such instrument shall not require the consent of any other party hereunder, and will be acknowledged by the Designated Second Priority Representative and the Designated Senior Representative. The rights and obligations of each Grantor hereunder shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding the addition of any new Grantor as a party to this Agreement.

SECTION 8.08. Dealings with Grantors . Upon any application or demand by the Company or any Grantor to any Representative to take or permit any action under any of the provisions of this Agreement or under any Collateral Document (if such action is subject to the provisions hereof), the Company or such Grantor, as appropriate, shall furnish to such Representative a certificate of an appropriate officer ( an “ Officer’s Certificate ”) stating that all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Agreement or such Collateral Document, as the case may be, relating to the proposed action have been complied with, except that in the case of any such application or demand as to which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision of this Agreement or any Collateral Document relating to such particular application or demand, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

SECTION 8.09. Additional Debt Facilities . To the extent, but only to the extent, permitted by the provisions of the Senior Debt Documents and the Second Priority Debt Documents, the Company may incur or issue and sell one or more series or classes of Second Priority Debt and one or more series or classes of Additional Senior Debt. Any such additional class or series of Second Priority Debt (the “ Second Priority Class Debt ”) may be secured by a second priority, subordinated Lien on Shared Collateral, in each case under and pursuant to the relevant Second Priority Collateral Documents for such Second Priority Class Debt, if and subject to the condition that the Representative of any such Second Priority Class Debt (each, a “ Second Priority Class Debt Representative ”), acting on behalf of the holders of such Second Priority Class Debt (such Representative and holders in respect of any Second Priority Class Debt being referred to as the “ Second Priority Class Debt Parties ”), becomes a party to this Agreement by satisfying conditions (i) through (vi), as applicable, of the immediately succeeding paragraph. Any such additional class or series of Senior Facilities (the “ Senior Class Debt ”; and the Senior Class Debt and Second Priority Class Debt, collectively, the “ Class Debt ”) may be secured by a senior Lien on Shared Collateral, in each case under and pursuant to the Senior Collateral Documents, if and subject to the condition that the Representative of any such Senior Class Debt (each, a “ Senior Class Debt Representative ”; and the Senior Class Debt Representatives and Second Priority Class Debt Representatives, collectively, the “ Class Debt Representa tives ”),

 

- 30 -


acting on behalf of the holders of such Senior Class Debt (such Representative and holders in respect of any such Senior Class Debt being referred to as the “ Senior Class Debt Parties ; and the Senior Class Debt Parties and Second Priority Class Debt Parties, collectively, the “ Class Debt Parties ”), becomes a party to this Agreement by satisfying the conditions set forth in clauses (i) through (vi), as applicable, of the immediately succeeding paragraph. In order for a Class Debt Representative to become a party to this Agreement:

(i) such Class Debt Representative shall have executed and delivered a Joinder Agreement substantially in the form of Annex III (if such Representative is a Second Priority Class Debt Representative) or Annex IV (if such Representative is a Senior Class Debt Representative) (with such changes as may be reasonably approved by the Designated Senior Representative and such Class Debt Representative) pursuant to which it becomes a Representative hereunder, and the Class Debt in respect of which such Class Debt Representative is the Representative and the related Class Debt Parties become subject hereto and bound hereby;

(ii) the Company shall have delivered to the Designated Senior Representative an Officer’s Certificate designating Indebtedness as a Senior Facility or Second Priority Debt hereunder, certifying that the incurrence of such Indebtedness and its designation as such hereunder is permitted by each Senior Debt Document and Second Priority Debt Document and that the conditions set forth in this Section 8.09 are satisfied with respect to such Class Debt and, if requested, true and complete copies of each of the Second Priority Debt Documents or Senior Debt Documents, as applicable, relating to such Class Debt, certified as being true and correct by a Responsible Officer of the Company; and

(iii) the Second Priority Debt Documents or Senior Debt Documents, as applicable, relating to such Class Debt shall provide that each Class Debt Party with respect to such Class Debt will be subject to and bound by the provisions of this Agreement in its capacity as a holder of such Class Debt.

SECTION 8.10. Consent to Jurisdiction; Waivers . Each Representative, on behalf of itself and the Secured Parties of the Debt Facility for which it is acting, irrevocably and unconditionally:

(a) submits for itself and its property in any legal action or proceeding relating to this Agreement and the Collateral Documents, or for recognition and enforcement of any judgment in respect thereof, to the exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York, the courts of the United States of America for the Southern District of New York, and appellate courts from any thereof;

(b) consents that any such action or proceeding may be brought in such courts and waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such action or proceeding in any such court or that such action or proceeding was brought in an inconvenient court and agrees not to plead or claim the same;

 

- 31 -


(c) agrees that service of process in any such action or proceeding may be effected by mailing a copy thereof by registered or certified mail (or any substantially similar form of mail), postage prepaid, to such Person (or its Representative) at the address referred to in Section 8.11;

(d) agrees that nothing herein shall affect the right of any other party hereto (or any Secured Party) to effect service of process in any other manner permitted by law; and

(e) waives, to the maximum extent not prohibited by law, any right it may have to claim or recover in any legal action or proceeding referred to in this Section 8.10 any special, exemplary, punitive or consequential damages.

SECTION 8.11. Notices . All notices, requests, demands and other communications provided for or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be sent:

(i) if to the Company or any Grantor, to the Company, at its address at: [ ], Attention of [ ], telecopy [ ];

(ii) if to the Initial Second Priority Representative to it at: [ ] Attention of [ ], telecopy [ ];

(iii) if to the Administrative Agent, to it at: [[ ], Attention of [ ] (Fax No.: [ ]) (email: [ ]), with a copy];

(iv) if to any other Representative, to it at the address specified by it in the Joinder Agreement delivered by it pursuant to Section 8.09.

Unless otherwise specifically provided herein, any notice or other communication herein required or permitted to be given shall be in writing and, may be personally served, telecopied, electronically mailed or sent by courier service or U.S. mail and shall be deemed to have been given when delivered in person or by courier service, upon receipt of a telecopy or electronic mail or upon receipt via U.S. mail (registered or certified, with postage prepaid and properly addressed). For the purposes hereof, the addresses of the parties hereto shall be as set forth above or, as to each party, at such other address as may be designated by such party in a written notice to all of the other parties. As agreed to in writing among each Representative from time to time, notices and other communications may also be delivered by e-mail to the e-mail address of a representative of the applicable person provided from time to time by such person.

SECTION 8.12. Further Assurances . Each Senior Representative, on behalf of itself and each Senior Secured Party under the Senior Debt Facility for which it is acting, each Second Party Representative, on behalf of itself, and each Second Priority Debt Party under its Second Priority Debt Facility, agrees that it will take such further action and shall execute and deliver such additional documents and instruments (in recordable form, if requested) as the other parties hereto may reasonably request to effectuate the terms of, and the Lien priorities contemplated by, this Agreement.

 

- 32 -


SECTION 8.13. GOVERNING LAW; WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .

(A) THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED AND INTERPRETED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK

(B) EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT AND FOR ANY COUNTERCLAIM THEREIN.

SECTION 8.14. Binding on Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon the Senior Representatives, the Senior Secured Parties, the Second Priority Representatives, the Second Priority Debt Parties, the Company, the other Grantors party hereto and their respective successors and assigns.

SECTION 8.15. Section Titles . The section titles contained in this Agreement are and shall be without substantive meaning or content of any kind whatsoever and are not a part of this Agreement.

SECTION 8.16. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, including by means of facsimile, each of which shall be an original and all of which shall together constitute one and the same document. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or other electronic transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Agreement.

SECTION 8.17. Authorization . By its signature, each Person executing this Agreement on behalf of a party hereto represents and warrants to the other parties hereto that it is duly authorized to execute this Agreement. The Administrative Agent represents and warrants that this Agreement is binding upon the Credit Agreement Secured Parties. The Initial Second Priority Representative represents and warrants that this Agreement is binding upon the Initial Second Priority Debt Parties.

SECTION 8.18. No Third Party Beneficiaries; Successors and Assigns . The lien priorities set forth in this Agreement and the rights and benefits hereunder in respect of such lien priorities shall inure solely to the benefit of the Senior Representatives, the Senior Secured Parties, the Second Priority Representatives and the Second Priority Debt Parties, and their respective permitted successors and assigns, and no other Person (including the Grantors, or any trustee, receiver, debtor-in-possession or bankruptcy estate in a bankruptcy or like proceeding) shall have or be entitled to assert such rights.

SECTION 8.19. Effectiveness . This Agreement shall become effective when executed and delivered by the parties hereto.

SECTION 8.20. Administrative Agent and Representative . It is understood and agreed that (a) the Administrative Agent is entering into this Agreement in its capacity as administrative

 

- 33 -


agent and collateral agent under the Credit Agreement and the provisions of Article 9 of the Credit Agreement applicable to the Agents (as defined therein) thereunder shall also apply to the Administrative Agent hereunder and (b) [            ] is entering into this Agreement in its capacity as [Trustee] under [indenture] and the provisions of Article [    ] of such indenture applicable to the Trustee thereunder shall also apply to the Trustee hereunder.

SECTION 8.21. Relative Rights . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary (except to the extent contemplated by Section 5.01(a), 5.01(d) or 5.03(b)), nothing in this Agreement is intended to or will (a) amend, waive or otherwise modify the provisions of the Credit Agreement, any other Senior Debt Document or any Second Priority Debt Documents, or permit the Company or any Grantor to take any action, or fail to take any action, to the extent such action or failure would otherwise constitute a breach of, or default under, the Credit Agreement or any other Senior Debt Document or any Second Priority Debt Documents, (b) change the relative priorities of the Senior Obligations or the Liens granted under the Senior Collateral Documents on the Shared Collateral (or any other assets) as among the Senior Secured Parties, (c) otherwise change the relative rights of the Senior Secured Parties in respect of the Shared Collateral as among such Senior Secured Parties or (d) obligate the Company or any Grantor to take any action, or fail to take any action, that would otherwise constitute a breach of, or default under, the Credit Agreement or any other Senior Debt Document or any Second Priority Debt Document.

SECTION 8.22. Survival of Agreement . All covenants, agreements, representations and warranties made by any party in this Agreement shall be considered to have been relied upon by the other parties hereto and shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement.

 

- 34 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their respective authorized officers as of the day and year first above written.

 

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,
as Administrative Agent
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[            ] ,

as Initial Additional Authorized Representative

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
DUNKIN’ BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
DUNKIN’ BRANDS, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
THE GRANTORS LISTED ON ANNEX I HERETO
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

- 35 -


ANNEX I

Grantors


ANNEX II

SUPPLEMENT NO.      dated as of             , to the JUNIOR LIEN INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT dated as of [            ], 20[    ] (the “ Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement ”), among Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), certain subsidiaries and affiliates of the Company (each a “ Grantor ”), Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement, [            ], as Initial Second Priority Representative, and the additional Representatives from time to time a party thereto.

A. Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

B. The Grantors have entered into the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement. Pursuant to the Credit Agreement, certain Additional Senior Debt Documents and certain Second Priority Debt Documents, certain newly acquired or organized Subsidiaries of the Company are required to enter into the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement. Section 8.07 of the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement provides that such Subsidiaries may become party to the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement by execution and delivery of an instrument in the form of this Supplement. The undersigned Subsidiary (the “ New Grantor ”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Credit Agreement, the Second Priority Debt Documents and Additional Senior Debt Documents.

Accordingly, the Designated Senior Representative and the New Subsidiary Grantor agree as follows:

SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 8.07 of the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the New Grantor by its signature below becomes a Grantor under the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement with the same force and effect as if originally named therein as a Grantor, and the New Grantor hereby agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement applicable to it as a Grantor thereunder. Each reference to a “Grantor” in the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Grantor. The Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

SECTION 2. The New Grantor represents and warrants to the Designated Senior Representative and the other Secured Parties that this Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms.

SECTION 3. This Supplement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Supplement shall become effective when the Designated Senior Representative shall have received a counterpart of this Supplement that bears the signature of the New Grantor. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Supplement by facsimile transmission shall be as effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Supplement.

SECTION 4. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.


SECTION 5. THIS SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 6. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Supplement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, no party hereto shall be required to comply with such provision for so long as such provision is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, but the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and in the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired. The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

SECTION 7. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 8.11 of the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to the New Grantor shall be given to it in care of the Company as specified in the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

SECTION 8. The Company agrees to reimburse the Designated Senior Representative for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with this Supplement, including the reasonable fees, other charges and disbursements of counsel for the Designated Senior Representative.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Grantor, and the Designated Senior Representative have duly executed this Supplement to the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

[NAME OF NEW SUBSIDIARY GRANTOR]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

Acknowledged by:
[                    ], as Designated Senior
Representative
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[                    ], as Designated Second Priority
Representative
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


ANNEX III

[FORM OF] REPRESENTATIVE SUPPLEMENT NO. [    ] dated as of [        ], 20[    ] to the JUNIOR LIEN INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT dated as of [            ], 20[    ] (the “ Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement ”), among Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), certain subsidiaries and affiliates of the Company (each a “ Grantor ”), Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement, [            ], as Initial Second Priority Representative, and the additional Representatives from time to time a party thereto.

A. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

B. As a condition to the ability of the Company to incur Second Priority Debt and to secure such Second Priority Class Debt with the Second Priority Lien and to have such Second Priority Class Debt guaranteed by the Grantors on a subordinated basis, in each case under and pursuant to the Second Priority Collateral Documents, the Second Priority Class Representative in respect of such Second Priority Class Debt is required to become a Representative under, and such Second Priority Class Debt and the Second Priority Class Debt Parties in respect thereof are required to become subject to and bound by, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement. Section 8.09 of the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement provides that such Second Priority Class Debt Representative may become a Representative under, and such Second Priority Class Debt and such Second Priority Class Debt Parties may become subject to and bound by, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, pursuant to the execution and delivery by the Second Priority Class Debt Representative of an instrument in the form of this Representative Supplement and the satisfaction of the other conditions set forth in Section 8.09 of the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement. The undersigned Second Priority Class Debt Representative (the “ New Representative ”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Senior Debt Documents and the Second Priority Debt Documents.

Accordingly, the Designated Senior Representative and the New Representative agree as follows:

SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 8.09 of the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the New Representative by its signature below becomes a Representative under, and the related Second Priority Class Debt and Second Priority Class Debt Parties become subject to and bound by, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement with the same force and effect as if the New Representative had originally been named therein as a Representative, and the New Representative, on behalf of itself and such Second Priority Class Debt Parties, hereby agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement applicable to it as a Second Priority Representative and to the Second Priority Class Debt Parties that it represents as Second Priority Debt Parties. Each reference to a “ Representative ” or “ Second Priority Representative ” in the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Representative. The Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

SECTION 2. The New Representative represents and warrants to the Designated Senior Representative and the other Secured Parties that (i) it has full power and authority to enter into this Representative Supplement, in its capacity as [agent] [trustee], (ii) this Representative


Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with the terms of such Agreement and (iii) the Second Priority Debt Documents relating to such Second Priority Class Debt provide that, upon the New Representative’s entry into this Agreement, the Second Priority Class Debt Parties in respect of such Second Priority Class Debt will be subject to and bound by the provisions of the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement as Second Priority Debt Parties.

SECTION 3. This Representative Supplement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Representative Supplement shall become effective when the Designated Senior Representative shall have received a counterpart of this Representative Supplement that bears the signature of the New Representative. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Representative Supplement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Representative Supplement.

SECTION 4. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 5. THIS REPRESENTATIVE SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 6. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Representative Supplement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, no party hereto shall be required to comply with such provision for so long as such provision is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, but the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and in the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired. The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

SECTION 7. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 8.11 of the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to the New Representative shall be given to it at the address set forth below its signature hereto.

SECTION 8. The Company agrees to reimburse the Designated Senior Representative for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with this Representative Supplement, including the reasonable fees, other charges and disbursements of counsel for the Designated Senior Representative.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Representative and the Designated Senior Representative have duly executed this Representative Supplement to the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

[NAME OF NEW REPRESENTATIVE],
as [                    ] for the holders of
[                                         ]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
Address for notices:
   

 

   

 

  attention of:  

 

  Telecopy:  

 

[                                         ],

as Designated Senior Representative

By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


Acknowledged by:
DUNKIN’ BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
DUNKIN’ BRANDS, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
THE GRANTORS LISTED ON SCHEDULE I HERETO
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:


Schedule I to the

Representative Supplement to the

Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement

Grantors


ANNEX IV

[FORM OF] REPRESENTATIVE SUPPLEMENT NO. [    ] dated as of [                    ], 20[    ] to the JUNIOR LIEN INTERCREDITOR AGREEMENT dated as of [                    ], 20[    ] (the “Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement”), among Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Holdings”), Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), certain subsidiaries and affiliates of the Company (each a “Grantor”), Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent under the Credit Agreement, [                    ], as Initial Second Priority Representative, and the additional Representatives from time to time a party thereto.

A. Capitalized terms used herein but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to such terms in the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement.

B. As a condition to the ability of the Company to incur Senior Class Debt after the date of the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement and to secure such Senior Class Debt with the Senior Lien and to have such Senior Class Debt guaranteed by the Grantors on a senior basis, in each case under and pursuant to the Senior Collateral Documents, the Senior Class Debt Representative in respect of such Senior Class Debt is required to become a Representative under, and such Senior Class Debt and the Senior Class Debt Parties in respect thereof are required to become subject to and bound by, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement. Section 8.09 of the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement provides that such Senior Class Debt Representative may become a Representative under, and such Senior Class Debt and such Senior Class Debt Parties may become subject to and bound by, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, pursuant to the execution and delivery by the Senior Class Debt Representative of an instrument in the form of this Representative Supplement and the satisfaction of the other conditions set forth in Section 8.09 of the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement. The undersigned Senior Class Debt Representative (the “ New Representative ”) is executing this Supplement in accordance with the requirements of the Senior Debt Documents and the Second Priority Debt Documents.

Accordingly, the Designated Senior Representative and the New Representative agree as follows:

SECTION 1. In accordance with Section 8.09 of the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement, the New Representative by its signature below becomes a Representative under, and the related Senior Class Debt and Senior Class Debt Parties become subject to and bound by, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement with the same force and effect as if the New Representative had originally been named therein as a Representative, and the New Representative, on behalf of itself and such Senior Class Debt Parties, hereby agrees to all the terms and provisions of the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement applicable to it as a Senior Representative and to the Senior Class Debt Parties that it represents as Senior Debt Parties. Each reference to a “ Representative ” or “ Senior Representative ” in the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement shall be deemed to include the New Representative. The Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

SECTION 2. The New Representative represents and warrants to the Designated Senior Representative and the other Secured Parties that (i) it has full power and authority to enter into this Representative Supplement, in its capacity as [agent] [trustee], (ii) this Representative Supplement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by it and constitutes its legal,


valid and binding obligation, enforceable against it in accordance with the terms of such Agreement and (iii) the Senior Debt Documents relating to such Senior Class Debt provide that, upon the New Representative’s entry into this Agreement, the Senior Class Debt Parties in respect of such Senior Class Debt will be subject to and bound by the provisions of the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement as Senior Secured Parties.

SECTION 3. This Representative Supplement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract. This Representative Supplement shall become effective when the Designated Senior Representative shall have received a counterpart of this Representative Supplement that bears the signature of the New Representative. Delivery of an executed signature page to this Representative Supplement by facsimile transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually signed counterpart of this Representative Supplement.

SECTION 4. Except as expressly supplemented hereby, the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.

SECTION 5. THIS REPRESENTATIVE SUPPLEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

SECTION 6. In case any one or more of the provisions contained in this Representative Supplement should be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect, no party hereto shall be required to comply with such provision for so long as such provision is held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, but the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions contained herein and in the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement shall not in any way be affected or impaired. The parties hereto shall endeavor in good-faith negotiations to replace the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which comes as close as possible to that of the invalid, illegal or unenforceable provisions.

SECTION 7. All communications and notices hereunder shall be in writing and given as provided in Section 8.11 of the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement. All communications and notices hereunder to the New Representative shall be given to it at the address set forth below its signature hereto.

SECTION 8. The Company agrees to reimburse the Designated Senior Representative for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with this Representative Supplement, including the reasonable fees, other charges and disbursements of counsel for the Designated Senior Representative.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the New Representative and the Designated Senior Representative have duly executed this Representative Supplement to the Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

[NAME OF NEW REPRESENTATIVE],

as [                    ] for the holders of

[                                 ]

By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  

 

Address for notices:
 

 

 

 

  attention of:  

 

  Telecopy:  

 

 

[                                 ],

as Designated Senior Representative

By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  


Acknowledged by:
DUNKIN’ BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
DUNKIN’ BRANDS, INC.
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  
THE GRANTORS LISTED ON SCHEDULE I HERETO
By:  

 

  Name:  
  Title:  


Schedule I to the

Representative Supplement to the

Junior Lien Intercreditor Agreement

Grantors


EXHIBIT W

FORM OF SOLVENCY CERTIFICATE

[                      ], 2010

This Solvency Certificate is being executed and delivered pursuant to Section 6.17(b)(vii) of the Credit Agreement dated as of November 23, 2010 (as amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among Dunkin’ Finance Corp., a Delaware corporation (the “ Initial Borrower ”), and, upon the effectiveness of its joinder to the Credit Agreement, Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and, upon the Assumption, Dunkin’ Brands, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer, and each lender from time to time party thereto. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to them in the Credit Agreement.

I, Bonnie Monahan, certify that I am the duly appointed, qualified and acting Vice President and Treasurer of the Company, and solely in such capacity and without personal liability, further certify as of the date hereof that the Company and its Subsidiaries, on a consolidated basis, after giving effect to the Transactions on the date hereof, are Solvent.

[ Remainder of page intentionally left blank ]


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned has executed this Certificate in such undersigned’s capacity as Treasurer of the Company, on behalf of the Company, and not individually, as of the date first stated above.

 

DUNKIN’ BRANDS, INC.
by    
 

 

  Name: Bonnie Monahan
  Title: Vice President and Treasurer

Signature Page to Solvency Certificate

Exhibit 10.24

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

This Indemnification Agreement (“ Agreement ”) is made and entered into as of this [•] day of [•],[•], by and between Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), and [•] (“ Indemnitee ”).

WHEREAS, in light of the litigation costs and risks to directors and executive officers resulting from their service to companies, and the desire of the Company to attract and retain qualified individuals to serve as directors and executive officers, it is reasonable, prudent and necessary for the Company to indemnify and advance expenses on behalf of its directors and executive officers to the extent permitted by applicable law so that they will serve or continue to serve the Company free from undue concern regarding such risks;

WHEREAS, the Company has requested that Indemnitee serve or continue to serve as a director and/or executive officer of the Company and may have requested or may in the future request that Indemnitee serve one or more Enterprises (as hereinafter defined) as a director, executive officer or in other capacities;

WHEREAS, Indemnitee is willing to serve as a director and/or executive officer of the Company on the condition that he or she be so indemnified; and

WHEREAS, Indemnitee may have certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by Indemnitee-Related Entities (as hereinafter defined), which Indemnitee, the Company and the Indemnitee-Related Entities intend to be secondary to the primary obligation of the Company to indemnify Indemnitee as provided herein, with the Company’s acknowledgement of and agreement to the foregoing being a material condition to Indemnitee’s willingness to serve as a director and/or executive officer of the Company;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the covenants contained herein, the Company and Indemnitee do hereby covenant and agree as follows:

 

1. Services by Indemnitee . Indemnitee agrees to serve as a director and/or executive officer of the Company. Indemnitee may at any time and for any reason resign from such position (subject to any contractual obligation under any other agreement or any obligation imposed by operation of law).

 

2.

Indemnification - General . On the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee with respect to, and hold Indemnitee harmless from and against, liabilities, losses, costs, Expenses (as hereinafter defined) and other matters that may result from or arise in connection with Indemnitee’s Corporate Status (as hereinafter defined) and shall advance Expenses to Indemnitee, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. The indemnification obligations of the Company under this Agreement (a) shall continue after such time as Indemnitee ceases to serve as a director or executive officer of the Company or in any other Corporate Status, and (b) include, without limitation, claims for monetary damages against Indemnitee in respect of any alleged breach of fiduciary duty, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law

 

- 1 -


 

(including, if applicable, Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law) as in existence on the date hereof and as amended from time to time.

 

3. Proceedings Other Than Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . If by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding (as hereinafter defined) other than a Proceeding by or in the right of any of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee with respect to, and hold Indemnitee harmless from and against, all Expenses, liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company and, with respect to any criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

4. Proceedings by or in the Right of the Company . If by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status Indemnitee is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant in any Proceeding by or in the right of any of the Company to procure a judgment in its favor, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee with respect to, and hold Indemnitee harmless from and against, all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, the best interests of the Company; provided , however , that indemnification against such Expenses shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter in such Proceeding as to which Indemnitee shall have been adjudged by a court of competent jurisdiction to be liable to the Company only if (and only to the extent that) the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware (the “ Delaware Court ”) or the court in which such Proceeding shall have been brought or is pending shall determine that despite such adjudication of liability and in light of all circumstances such indemnification may be made.

 

5.

Mandatory Indemnification in Case of Successful Defense . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, to the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a party to (or a participant in) and is successful, on the merits or otherwise, in defense of any Proceeding (including, without limitation, any Proceeding brought by or in the right of the Company), the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee with respect to, and hold Indemnitee harmless from and against, all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection therewith. If Indemnitee is not wholly successful in defense of such Proceeding but is successful, on the merits or otherwise, as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in such Proceeding, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with each claim, issue or matter resolved successfully on the merits or otherwise. For purposes of this Section 5 and without limitation, the termination of any claim, issue or matter in such a Proceeding by dismissal, with or without prejudice, on substantive or procedural grounds, shall be deemed to be a successful resolution as to such claim, issue or matter.

 

- 2 -


This provision is not intended to limit any other provision contained herein or any other rights to indemnification to which the Indemnitee may be entitled.

 

6. Partial Indemnification . If Indemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement or otherwise to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the Expenses, liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement) incurred by Indemnitee or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding or any claim, issue or matter therein, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee for that portion thereof to which Indemnitee is entitled.

 

7. Indemnification for Additional Expenses Incurred to Secure Recovery or as Witness .

 

  (a) The Company will indemnify Indemnitee with respect to, and hold Indemnitee harmless from and against, any and all Expenses and, if requested by Indemnitee, will (within twenty (20) calendar days of such request) advance such Expenses to Indemnitee, which are reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any action brought by Indemnitee for (i) indemnification or advance payment of Expenses by the Company under this Agreement, any other agreement, the Certificate of Incorporation or By-Laws of the Company as now or hereafter in effect; or (ii) recovery under any director and officer liability insurance policy maintained by any Enterprise to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

  (b) To the extent that Indemnitee is, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status, a witness in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, the Company will indemnify Indemnitee with respect to, and hold Indemnitee harmless from and against, and the Company will advance, all Expenses reasonably incurred by Indemnitee or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection therewith.

 

8. Advancement of Expenses .

 

  (a) The Company shall advance all Expenses, liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement) reasonably incurred by or on behalf of Indemnitee in connection with the investigation, defense, settlement or appeal of any Proceeding within twenty (20) calendar days after the receipt by the Company of a statement or statements from Indemnitee requesting such advance or advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of such Proceeding. Such advances shall, in all events, be (i) unsecured and interest free; and (ii) made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the advances.

 

  (b)

To obtain advancement of Expenses under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request for advancement of Expenses and, to the extent required by applicable law, an unsecured written undertaking by or on

 

- 3 -


 

behalf of Indemnitee to repay any Expenses advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified against such Expenses. Upon submission of such request for advancement of Expenses and unsecured written undertaking, Indemnitee shall be entitled to advancement of Expenses as provided in this Section 8 , and such advancement of Expenses shall continue until such time (if any) as there is a final judicial determination that Indemnitee is not entitled to indemnification.

 

9. Certain Agreements Related to Indemnification .

 

  (a) To obtain indemnification under this Agreement, Indemnitee shall submit to the Company a written request for indemnification at such time as determined by Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s sole discretion.

 

  (b) At any time after submission by Indemnitee of a request for indemnification pursuant to Section 9(a) or request for advancement pursuant to Section 8(a) , either the Company or Indemnitee may petition the Delaware Court for resolution of a refusal or failure by the Company to provide indemnification or advancement. The Company will pay any and all Expenses reasonably incurred in connection with the investigation and resolution of such claim for indemnification or advancement.

 

  (c) Indemnitee shall have the sole right and obligation to control the defense or conduct of any claim or Proceeding with respect to Indemnitee with counsel chosen by such Indemnitee; provided, that Indemnitee will not compromise or settle any claim or Proceeding, release any claim, or make any admission of fact, law, liability or damages with respect to any losses for which indemnification is sought hereunder without the prior written consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Company will not, with respect to any person or entity, settle any claim or Proceeding, release any claim, or make any admission of fact, law or liability or damages, or assign, pledge or permit any subrogation with respect to the foregoing, or permit any Enterprise to do any of the foregoing, to the extent such settlement, release, admission, assignment, pledge or subrogation in any way adversely affects Indemnitee (including, but not limited to, the Indemnitee’s rights under any liability insurance policy maintained by any Enterprise) or directly or indirectly imposes any expense, liability, damages, debt, obligation or judgment on Indemnitee.

 

  (d)

The parties intend and agree that, to the extent permitted by law, in connection with any determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder: (i) it will be presumed that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement, and that the Enterprise or any other person or entity challenging such right will have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption in connection with the making by any person, persons or entity of any determination contrary to that presumption; (ii) the termination of any action, suit or Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in

 

- 4 -


 

good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the applicable Enterprise, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful; (iii) Indemnitee will be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the applicable Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers, employees, or committees of the board of directors of the applicable Enterprise, or on the advice of legal counsel for the applicable Enterprise or on information or records given in reports made to the applicable Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant or by an appraiser or other expert or advisor selected by the applicable Enterprise; and (iv) the knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of any of the Enterprises or relevant enterprises will not be imputed to Indemnitee in a manner that limits or otherwise adversely affects Indemnitee’s rights hereunder. The provisions of this Section 9(d) shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in this Agreement.

 

  (e) Indemnitee agrees to notify the Company promptly upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter which may be subject to indemnification or advancement of Expenses covered hereunder; provided , however , that any failure of Indemnitee to so notify the Company will not relieve the Company of any obligation which they may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement or otherwise. If at the time of receipt of any such request for indemnification or notice the Company has director and officer insurance policies in effect, the Company will promptly notify the relevant insurers in accordance with the procedures and requirements of such policies.

 

10. Other Rights of Recovery; Insurance; Subrogation, etc .

 

  (a)

The rights of indemnification and to receive advancement as provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which Indemnitee may at any time be entitled under applicable law, under the Certificates of Incorporation or By-Laws of any Enterprise, or under any other agreement, vote of stockholders or resolution of directors of any Enterprise, or otherwise. Indemnitee’s rights under this Agreement are present contractual rights that fully vest upon Indemnitee’s first service as a director or officer of the Company. No amendment, alteration or repeal of this Agreement or of any provision hereof shall limit or restrict any right of Indemnitee under this Agreement in respect of any action taken or omitted by such Indemnitee in Indemnitee’s Corporate Status prior to such amendment, alteration or repeal. To the extent that a change in the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (or other applicable law), whether by statute or judicial decision, permits greater indemnification or advancement of Expenses than would be afforded currently under the Certificates of Incorporation or By-Laws of any Enterprise and this Agreement, it is the intent

 

- 5 -


 

of the parties hereto that Indemnitee enjoy by this Agreement the greater benefits so afforded by such change. No right or remedy herein conferred is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every other right and remedy shall be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or employment of any other right or remedy.

 

  (b) To the extent that any of the Enterprises maintains an insurance policy or policies providing liability insurance for directors, officers, employees, fiduciaries, representatives, partners or agents of any Enterprise, Indemnitee shall be covered by such policy or policies in accordance with its or their terms to the maximum extent of the coverage available for any director, officer, employee, fiduciary, representative, partner or agent insured under such policy or policies.

 

  (c) In the event of any payment by the Company under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee against any other Enterprise, and Indemnitee hereby agrees, as a condition to obtaining any advancement or indemnification from the Company, to assign all of Indemnitee’s rights to obtain from such other Enterprise such amounts to the extent that they have been paid to or for the benefit of Indemnitee as advancement or indemnification under this Agreement and are adequate to indemnify Indemnitee with respect to the costs, Expenses or other items to the full extent that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or other payment hereunder; and Indemnitee will (upon request by the Company) execute all papers required and take all action necessary to secure such rights, including execution of such documents as are necessary to enable the Company to bring suit or enforce such rights.

 

  (d)

Given that certain Jointly Indemnifiable Claims may arise, the Company acknowledges and agrees that the Company shall be fully and primarily responsible for the payment to the Indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of Expenses in connection with any such Jointly Indemnifiable Claim, whether Indemnitee’s right to indemnification or advancement from the Company arises, pursuant to and in accordance with (as applicable) the terms of (i) the Delaware General Corporation Law, (ii) the Certificate of Incorporation or the By-Laws of the Company, (iii) this Agreement, (iv) any other agreement between either the Company or any other Enterprise and the Indemnitee pursuant to which the Indemnitee is indemnified, (v) the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of any other Enterprise and/or (vi) the Certificate of Incorporation, certificate of organization, By-Laws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or other organizational or governing documents of any other Enterprise ((i) through (vi) collectively, the “ Indemnification Sources ”), without regard to any right of recovery the Indemnitee may have from the Indemnitee-Related Entities or any right to insurance coverage that Indemnitee may have under any insurance policy issued to any Indemnitee-Related Entity. Under no circumstance shall the

 

- 6 -


 

Company or any other Enterprise be entitled to any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, indemnification or contribution from the Indemnitee-Related Entities (or any insurance carrier providing insurance coverage to Indemnitee under any insurance policy issued to a Indemnitee-Related Entity) pursuant to any right of indemnification Indemnitee has under a contract or otherwise between Indemnitee and any Indemnitee-Related Entities or any insurance coverage (and neither the Company nor any Enterprise shall have any right to participate in any claim or remedy of the Indemnitee in respect thereof), and no right of indemnification, reimbursement, advancement of Expenses or insurance coverage or any other right of recovery the Indemnitee may have from the Indemnitee-Related Entities (or from any insurance carrier providing insurance coverage to any Indemnitee-Related Entity) shall reduce or otherwise alter the rights of the Indemnitee or the obligations of the Company or any other Enterprise under the Indemnification Sources. The Company hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives, relinquishes and releases, and covenants and agrees not to exercise (and to cause each of the other Enterprises not to exercise), any rights that it may now have or hereafter acquire against any Indemnitee-Related Entity or Indemnitee that arise from or relate to the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of the Company’s obligations under this Agreement or under any other indemnification agreement (whether pursuant to contract, by-laws or charter), including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of Indemnitee against any Indemnitee-Related Entity or Indemnitee (or any insurance carrier providing insurance coverage to any Indemnitee-Related Entity), whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from any Indemnitee-Related Entity or Indemnitee (or any such insurance carrier), directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim, remedy or right.

 

  (e)

The Company shall take any and all actions as may reasonably be requested by Indemnitee or any Indemnitee-Related Entity to cause director and officer liability insurance policies maintained by the Company, and those maintained by any other applicable Enterprise, to be paid and exhausted to cover any Expenses, liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement (including all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of such Expenses, liabilities, judgments, penalties, fines and amounts paid in settlement) that could be subject to indemnification hereunder without regard to any director and officer liability insurance policies that may be maintained by any Indemnitee-Related Entity or any of their affiliates (other than affiliates that are Enterprises). In the event that any of the Indemnitee-Related Entities shall make or cause to be made any payment to the Indemnitee in respect of indemnification or advancement of Expenses with respect to any Jointly Indemnifiable Claim, (i) the Company shall, and to the extent applicable shall cause the other Enterprises to reimburse, indemnify and hold harmless each Indemnitee-Related Entity making such payment to the extent of such payment promptly upon written

 

- 7 -


 

demand from such Indemnitee-Related Entity, (ii) to the extent not previously and fully reimbursed by the Company and/or any other Enterprise pursuant to clause (i), the Indemnitee-Related Entity making such payment shall be subrogated to the extent of the outstanding balance of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of the Indemnitee against the Company and/or any other Enterprise, as applicable, and (iii) Indemnitee shall execute all papers reasonably required and shall do all things that may be reasonably necessary to secure such rights, including the execution of such documents as may be necessary to enable the Indemnitee-Related Entities effectively to bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

  (f) The Company’s obligation to indemnify or advance Expenses hereunder to Indemnitee in respect of or relating to Indemnitee’s service at the request of the Company as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary, representative, partner or agent of any other Enterprise shall be reduced by any amount Indemnitee has actually received as payment of indemnification or advancement of Expenses from such other Enterprise, except to the extent that such indemnification payments and advance payment of Expenses when taken together with any such amount actually received from other Enterprises or under director and officer insurance policies maintained by one or more Enterprises are inadequate to fully pay all costs, Expenses or other items to the full extent that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification or other payment hereunder.

 

11. Employment Rights; Successors; Third Party Beneficiaries .

 

  (a) This Agreement shall not be deemed an employment contract between the Company and Indemnitee. This Agreement shall continue in force as provided above after Indemnitee has ceased to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company.

 

  (b) This Agreement shall be binding upon each of the Company and their successors and assigns and shall inure to the benefit of Indemnitee and his heirs, executors and administrators.

 

  (c) The Indemnitee-Related Entities are express third party beneficiaries of this Agreement, are entitled to rely upon this Agreement, and may specifically enforce the Company’s obligations hereunder (including but not limited to the obligations specified in Section 10 of this Agreement).

 

12.

Severability . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable for any reason whatsoever: (a) the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions of this Agreement (including without limitation, each portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby; (b) such provision or provisions shall be deemed reformed to the extent necessary to conform to applicable law and to give the maximum effect to the intent of the parties hereto; and (c) to the fullest extent possible, the provisions of this Agreement (including, without limitation, each

 

- 8 -


 

portion of any Section of this Agreement containing any such provision held to be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, that is not itself invalid, illegal or unenforceable) shall be construed so as to give effect to the intent manifested thereby.

 

13. Exception to Right of Indemnification or Advancement of Expenses . Except as provided in Section 7(a) of this Agreement or as may otherwise be agreed by the Company, Indemnitee shall not be entitled to indemnification or advancement of Expenses under this Agreement with respect to any Proceeding brought by Indemnitee (other than a Proceeding by Indemnitee by way of defense or to enforce the rights under this Agreement or under statute or other law including any rights under Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law), unless the bringing of such Proceeding or making of such claim shall have been approved by the board of directors of the Company.

 

14. Definitions . For purposes of this Agreement:

 

  (a) By-Laws ” means, with respect to any entity, (i) in the case of the Company, its by-laws, and (ii) in the case of any other entity, its by-laws or similar constituting document.

 

  (b) Certificate of Incorporation ” means, with respect to any entity, (i) in the case of the Company, its certificate of incorporation, and (ii) in the case of any other entity, its certificate of incorporation, articles of incorporation or similar constituting document.

 

  (c) Corporate Status ” describes the status of a person by reason of his or her service as a director or officer of any of the Company (including, without limitation, one who serves at the request of any of the Company as a director, officer, employee, fiduciary or agent of any Enterprise).

 

  (d) Enterprise ” shall mean (i) the Company; or (ii) any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise which is a controlled affiliate or a wholly or partially owned direct or indirect subsidiary, or employee benefit plan, of the Company and of which the Indemnitee is or was serving as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary, or in any similar capacity; or (iii) any other corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise, in each case, of which Indemnitee is or was serving as a director, trustee, general partner, managing member, officer, employee, agent or fiduciary, or in any similar capacity at the request of the Company.

 

  (e)

Expenses ” shall mean all reasonable costs, fees and expenses and shall specifically include all reasonable attorneys’ fees, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees and costs of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, and all other disbursements or expenses of the types customarily incurred in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend,

 

- 9 -


 

investigating, being or preparing to be a witness, in, or otherwise participating in, a Proceeding, including, but not limited to, the premium for appeal bonds, attachment bonds or similar bonds and all interest, assessments and other charges paid or payable in connection with or in respect of any such Expenses.

 

  (f) Indemnitee-Related Entities ” means any corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise (other than the Company, any other Enterprise or the insurer under and pursuant to an insurance policy issued to or insuring the Company or any Enterprise) from whom the Indemnitee may be entitled to indemnification, reimbursement, or advancement.

 

  (g) Jointly Indemnifiable Claims ” shall be broadly construed and shall include, without limitation, any Proceeding for which the Indemnitee shall be entitled to indemnification, reimbursement, advancement or insurance coverage from (i) either the Company and/or any other Enterprise pursuant to the Indemnification Sources, on the one hand, and (ii) any Indemnitee-Related Entity (or an insurance carrier providing insurance coverage to any Indemnitee-Related Entity) under any other agreement or arrangement between any Indemnitee-Related Entity and the Indemnitee (or insurance policy providing insurance coverage to any Indemnitee-Related Entity) pursuant to which the Indemnitee is indemnified or entitled to reimbursement, advancement or insurance coverage, the laws of the jurisdiction of incorporation or organization of any Indemnitee-Related Entity and/or the Certificate of Incorporation, certificate of organization, By-Laws, partnership agreement, operating agreement, certificate of formation, certificate of limited partnership or other organizational or governing documents of any Indemnitee-Related Entity, on the other hand.

 

  (h) Proceeding ” includes any actual, threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened, pending or completed proceeding, whether brought by or in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative in nature, in which Indemnitee was, is, may be or will be involved as a party, witness or otherwise, by reason of Indemnitee’s Corporate Status or by reason of any action taken by him or her or of any inaction on his part while acting as director or officer of any Enterprise (in each case whether or not he or she is acting or serving in any such capacity or has such status at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification or advancement of Expenses can be provided under this Agreement).

 

15. Construction . Whenever required by the context, as used in this Agreement the singular number shall include the plural, the plural shall include the singular, and all words herein in any gender shall be deemed to include (as appropriate) the masculine, feminine and neuter genders.

 

- 10 -


16. Reliance; Integration .

 

  (a) The Company expressly confirm and agree that they have entered into this Agreement and assumed the obligations imposed on each of them hereby in order to induce Indemnitee to serve as a director and/or officer of the Company, and the Company acknowledge that Indemnitee is relying upon this Agreement in serving as a director and/or officer of the Company.

 

  (b) This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings, oral, written and implied, between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

17. Modification and Waiver . No supplement, modification or amendment of this Agreement shall be binding unless executed in writing by both of the parties hereto. No waiver of any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed or shall constitute a waiver of any other provisions hereof (whether or not similar) nor shall such waiver constitute a continuing waiver.

 

18. Notice Mechanics . All notices, requests, demands or other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if (i) delivered by hand and receipted for by the party to whom said notice or other communication shall have been directed, or (ii) mailed by certified or registered mail with postage prepaid, on the third business day after the date on which it is so mailed:

 

  (a) If to Indemnitee, to:

[•]

 

  (b) If to the Company, to:

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc.

130 Royall Street

Canton, Massachusetts 02021

or to such other address as may have been furnished (in the manner prescribed above) as follows: (a) in the case of a change in address for notices to Indemnitee, furnished by Indemnitee to the Company and (b) in the case of a change in address for notices to the Company, furnished by the Company to Indemnitee.

 

19.

Contribution . To the fullest extent permissible under applicable law, if the indemnification provided for in this Agreement is unavailable to Indemnitee for any reason whatsoever, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall contribute to the amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for judgments, fines, penalties, excise taxes, amounts paid or to be paid in settlement and/or for reasonably incurred Expenses, in connection with any claim relating to a Proceeding under this Agreement, in such proportion as is deemed fair and reasonable in light of all of the circumstances of such

 

- 11 -


 

Proceeding in order to reflect (i) the relative benefits received by the Company and Indemnitee as a result of the event(s) and/or transaction(s) giving rise to such Proceeding; and/or (ii) the relative fault of the Company (and its other directors, officers, employees and agents) and Indemnitee in connection with such event(s) and/or transaction(s).

 

20. Joint and Several Liability . The Company shall cause each of the other Enterprises to perform the terms and obligations of this Agreement as though each such Enterprise was a party to this Agreement. To the extent that both the Company and one or more Enterprises are obligated to indemnify the Indemnitee, the Company shall be jointly and severally obligated with such Enterprise(s) to indemnify the Indemnitee pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.

 

21. Governing Law; Submission to Jurisdiction; Appointment of Agent for Service of Process . This Agreement and the legal relations among the parties shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be governed by, and construed and enforced in accordance with, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to its conflicts of law rules. The Company and Indemnitee hereby irrevocably and unconditionally (i) agree that any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement shall be brought only in the Delaware Court, and not in any other state or federal court in the United States of America or any court in any other country, (ii) consent to submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Delaware Court for purposes of any action or proceeding arising out of or in connection with this Agreement, (iii) waive any objection to the laying of venue of any such action or proceeding in the Delaware Court, and (iv) waive, and agree not to plead or to make, any claim that any such action or proceeding brought in the Delaware Court has been brought in an improper or otherwise inconvenient forum.

 

22. Headings . The headings of the paragraphs of this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not be deemed to constitute part of this Agreement or to affect the construction thereof.

 

23. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

- 12 -


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement on the day and year first above written.

 

Company:     D UNKIN ’ B RANDS G ROUP , I NC .
    By:    
    Name:
    Title:

 

Indemnitee:  

 

    Name: [•]

 

[Signature Page to Indemnification Agreement]

Exhibit 10.28

Execution Version

MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

This Management Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is entered into as of March 1, 2006 by and among Dunkin’ Brands Acquisition, Inc., a Delaware corporation formerly know as BCT Coffee Acquisition, Inc. (the “ Company ”), Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Midco ”), Dunkin’ Brands Group Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation formerly known as BCT Coffee Acquisition Holdings, Inc. (“ Holdings ”), Bain Capital Partners, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ Bain ”), TC Group IV, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company (“ Carlyle ”) and THL Managers V, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“ THL ” and, together with Bain and Carlyle, the “ Managers ”).

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Holdings, Midco and the Company have been formed for the purpose of acquiring (the “ Acquisition ”) all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. (“ DBI ”), from Allied Domecq North America Corporation (“ ADNAC ”), and certain related transactions, all on the terms and subject to the conditions of that certain Stock Purchase Agreement dated as of December 12, 2005 and amended as of February 28, 2006 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) among Holdings, the Company, ADNAC, Allied Domecq Canada Limited (“ ADCAN ” and, together with ADNAC, the “ Sellers ”) and Pernod Ricard S.A.;

WHEREAS, it is contemplated that immediately following the acquisition of DBI described above the Company will be merged with and into DBI, as a result of which DBI will become a wholly-owned subsidiary of Midco, which in turn will continue to be controlled by Holdings;

WHEREAS, to enable the Company, Midco and Holdings to engage in the Acquisition and related transactions, the Managers provided financial and structural advice and analysis as well as assistance with due diligence investigations and negotiations (the “ Financial Advisory Services ”); and

WHEREAS, the Company, Midco, Holdings and DBI want to retain the Managers to provide certain management and advisory services to the Company, Midco, Holdings and DBI and its subsidiaries (the Company, Midco, Holdings and, after giving effect to the Company’s acquisition of DBI and subsequent merger of the Company with and into DBI, DBI and its subsidiaries being referred to herein collectively as the “ BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporations ”), and the Managers are willing to provide such services on the terms set forth below.

AGREEMENT

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound, hereby agree as follows:

1. Services . Each of the Managers hereby agrees that, during the term of this Agreement (the “ Term ”), it will provide the following consulting and management advisory


services to the BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporations as requested from time to time by the Boards of Directors of the BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporations:

(a) advice in connection with the negotiation and consummation of agreements, contracts, documents and instruments necessary to provide the BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporations with financing on terms and conditions satisfactory to the BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporations;

(b) financial, managerial and operational advice in connection with DBI’s day-to-day operations, including, without limitation, advice with respect to the development and implementation of strategies for improving the operating, marketing and financial performance of DBI and its subsidiaries;

(c) advice in connection with financing, acquisition, disposition, merger, combination and change of control transactions involving any of the BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporations (however structured); and

(d) such other services (which may include financial and strategic planning and analysis, consulting services, human resources and executive recruitment services and other services) as such Manager and the BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporations may from time to time agree in writing.

Each of the Managers shall devote such time and efforts to the performance of services contemplated hereby as such Manager deems reasonably necessary or appropriate; provided, however, that no minimum number of hours is required to be devoted by Bain, Carlyle or THL on a weekly, monthly, annual or other basis. The BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporations acknowledge that each of the Managers’ services are not exclusive to any of the BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporations and that each Manager will render similar services to other persons and entities. The Managers and the BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporations understand that the BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporations may, at times, engage one or more investment bankers or financial advisers to provide services in addition to, but not in lieu of, services provided by the Managers under this Agreement. In providing services to the BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporations, each Manager will act as an independent contractor and it is expressly understood and agreed that this Agreement is not intended to create, and does not create, any partnership, agency, joint venture or similar relationship and that no party has the right or ability to contract for or on behalf of any other party or to effect any transaction for the account of any other party.

2. Payment of Fees .

(a) The BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporations, jointly and severally, will pay to the Managers (or such affiliates as they may respectively designate), in consideration of the Managers providing the Financial Advisory Services, an aggregate transaction fee (the “ Transaction Fee ”) in the amount of $30,000,000, such fee being payable on the date on which the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement are consummated (the “ Closing Date ”). The Transaction Fee shall be divided among the Managers as follows:

 

-2-


Bain:

   $ 10,000,000   

Carlyle:

   $ 10,000,000   

THL:

   $ 10,000,000   

(b) During the Term, the BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporations, jointly and severally, will pay to the Managers (or such affiliates as they may respectively designate), an aggregate annual periodic fee (the “ Periodic Fee ”) of $3,000,000 in exchange for the ongoing services provided by the Managers under this Agreement, such fee being payable by the Company quarterly in advance on or before the start of each calendar quarter; provided, however, that the Periodic Fee for the period from the date hereof through June 30, 2006 shall be paid on the Closing Date. The Periodic Fee shall be prorated for any partial period of less than three months. The Periodic Fee shall be divided among the Managers pro rata in proportion to the amount of Investor Shares held at the time by the investment funds affiliated with each Manager (provided that, for purposes of this Agreement, (a) Bain Capital Integral Investors 2006, LLC, BCIP TCV, LLC and BCIP Associates-G and their respective Affiliated Funds shall be deemed to be investment funds affiliated with Bain; (b) Carlyle Partners IV, L.P. and CP IV Coinvestment, L.P. and their respective Affiliated Funds shall be deemed to be investment funds affiliated with Carlyle; and (c) Thomas H. Lee Equity Fund V, L.P., Thomas H. Lee Parallel Fund V, L.P., Thomas H. Lee Equity (Cayman) Fund V, L.P., Thomas H. Lee Investors Limited Partnership, Putnam Investment Holdings, LLC, Putnam Investments Employees’ Securities Company I LLC and Putnam Investments Employees’ Securities Company II LLC and their respective Affiliated Funds shall be deemed to be investment funds affiliated with THL). In this Agreement, the term “ Affiliated Funds ” shall have the same meaning given to it in that certain Stockholders Agreement dated on or about the date hereof among the Company, Holdings and the Investors (as defined in that agreement) (the “ Stockholders Agreement ”). In this Agreement, the term “ Investor Shares ” means at any time all shares of capital stock of Holdings (and any successor or survivor to Holdings) held by the investment funds affiliated with the Managers.

(c) During the Term, the Managers will advise the BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporations in connection with financing, acquisition, disposition and change of control transactions involving the BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporations or any of their respective direct or indirect subsidiaries (however structured), and the BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporations, jointly and severally, will pay to the Managers (or such affiliates as they may respectively designate) an aggregate fee (the “ Subsequent Fee ”) in connection with each such transaction equal to one percent (1%) of the gross transaction value of such transaction, and, in the case of an Initial Public Offering or a Change of Control (each as defined in the Stockholders Agreement) an amount equal to the net present value (using a discount rate equal to the then yield on U.S. Treasury Securities of like maturity) of the Periodic Fees that would have been payable to such Managers (based on relative ownership of Holdings by investment funds affiliated with the Managers as of the time immediately prior to such termination) with respect to the period from the date of such transaction until the fifth anniversary of such transaction, such fee to be due and payable for the foregoing services at the closing of such transaction. Each Subsequent Fee shall be divided among the Managers pro rata

 

-3-


in proportion to the amount of Investor Shares held at the time by the investment funds affiliated with each Manager.

Each payment made pursuant to this Section 2 shall be paid by wire transfer of immediately available federal funds to the accounts specified on Schedule 1 hereto, or to such other account(s) as the Managers may specify to the Company in writing prior to such payment.

3. Term . This Agreement shall continue in full force and effect until December 31, 2016; provided that this Agreement shall be automatically extended each December 31 for an additional year unless the BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporations or two of the three Managers provide written notice of their desire not to automatically extend the term of this Agreement to the other parties hereto at least 90 days prior to such December 31; and provided further, however, that (a) two of the three Managers may cause this Agreement to terminate at any time and (b) this Agreement will terminate automatically immediately prior to a Change of Control or an Initial Public Offering (each as defined in the Stockholder Agreement) unless Holdings and two of the three Managers determine otherwise. In the event of a termination of this Agreement, the BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporations, jointly and severally, shall pay each of Bain, Carlyle and THL (or such affiliates as they may respectively designate) (i) all unpaid Periodic Fees (pursuant to Section 2(b) above), Subsequent Fees (pursuant to Section 2(c) above) and expenses (pursuant to Section 4(a) below) due with respect to periods prior to the date of termination plus (ii) in the event of a termination pursuant to clause (a) above, a termination fee in an amount equal to the net present value (using a discount rate equal to the then yield on U.S. Treasury Securities of like maturity) of the Periodic Fees that would have been payable to such Manager (based on relative ownership of Holdings by investment funds affiliated with the Managers as of the time immediately prior to such termination) with respect to the period from the date of termination until the fifth anniversary of such termination. The obligation to pay that fee and the provisions of Sections 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 and 12 of this Agreement shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

4. Expenses; Indemnification .

(a) Expenses . The BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporations, jointly and severally, will pay on demand all Reimbursable Expenses. As used herein, “ Reimbursable Expenses ” means (i) all expenses incurred or accrued prior to the Closing Date by any of the Managers or their affiliates in connection with this Agreement, the Acquisition or any related transactions, consisting of their respective out-of-pocket expenses for travel and other incidentals in connection with such transactions (including, without limitation, all air travel (by first class on a commercial airline or by charter, as determined by the appropriate Manager) and other travel related expenses) and the out-of-pocket expenses and the fees and charges of (A) Ropes & Gray LLP, (B) KPMG, LLC, (C) DLA Piper Rudnick LLP, (D) Stikeman, Elliott, LLP and other foreign counsel to the Managers or their affiliates, (E) Environ, environmental consultants, (F) Bain & Company, (G) Trinity Capital, (H) Mercer Human Resource Consulting, (I) Marsh McClennan, insurance specialists, and (J) any other consultants or advisors retained by the Managers with the agreement of all Managers in connection with such transactions, (ii) reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred from and after the Closing Date relating to their affiliated funds’ investment in, the

 

-4-


operations of, or the services provided by the Managers to, the BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporations or any of their affiliates from time to time (including, without limitation, all air travel (by first class on a commercial airline or by charter, as determined by the appropriate Manager) and other travel related expenses), provided, however, that two of the three Managers must approve any such expenses other than routine out-of-pocket expenses, (iii) reasonable out-of-pocket legal expenses incurred by any Manager or its affiliates from and after Closing Date in connection with the enforcement of rights or taking of actions under this Agreement, under the BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporations’ certificates of incorporation and bylaws, or under any subscription agreements, stockholders agreements, registration rights agreements, voting agreements or similar agreements entered into with Holdings, Midco or the Company in connection with investments in Holdings, Midco or the Company (subject to any applicable limitations on expense reimbursement rights expressly set forth in such agreements) and (iv) expenses incurred from and after the Closing Date by the Managers and their affiliates which at least two of the three Managers agree are properly allocable to the BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporations under this Agreement.

(b) Indemnity and Liability . The BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporations, jointly and severally, will indemnify, exonerate and hold each of the Managers, and each of their respective partners, shareholders, members, affiliates, directors, officers, fiduciaries, managers, controlling Persons, employees and agents and each of the partners, shareholders, members, affiliates, directors, officers, fiduciaries, managers, controlling Persons, employees and agents of each of the foregoing (collectively, the “ Indemnitees ”) free and harmless from and against any and all actions, causes of action, suits, claims, liabilities, losses, damages and costs and out-of-pocket expenses in connection therewith (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred by the Indemnitees or any of them before or after the date of this Agreement (collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”), as a result of, arising out of, or in any way relating to (i) this Agreement, the Acquisition, any transaction to which a BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporation is a party, or any other circumstances with respect to a BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporation or (ii) operations of, or services provided by any of the Managers to, the BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporations, or any of their affiliates from time to time (including but not limited to any indemnification obligations assumed or incurred by any Indemnitee to or on behalf of the Sellers, or any of its accountants or other representatives, agents or affiliates); provided that the foregoing indemnification rights shall not be available to the extent that any such Indemnified Liabilities arose on account of such Indemnitee’s gross negligence or willful misconduct, and further provided that, if and to the extent that the foregoing undertaking may be unavailable or unenforceable for any reason, the BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporations hereby agree to make the maximum contribution to the payment and satisfaction of each of the Indemnified Liabilities which is permissible under applicable law. For purposes of this Section 4(b), none of the circumstances described in the limitations contained in the two provisos in the immediately preceding sentence shall be deemed to apply absent a final non-appealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction to such effect, in which case to the extent any such limitation is so determined to apply to any Indemnitee as to any previously

 

-5-


advanced indemnity payments made by the BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporations, then such payments shall be promptly repaid by such Indemnitee to the BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporations. The rights of any Indemnitee to indemnification hereunder will be in addition to any other rights any such person may have under any other agreement or instrument referenced above or any other agreement or instrument to which such Indemnitee is or becomes a party or is or otherwise becomes a beneficiary or under law or regulation. None of the Indemnitees shall in any event be liable to the BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporations or any of their affiliates for any act or omission suffered or taken by such Indemnitee that does not constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct. If the Indemnitees related to each of the three Managers are similarly situated with respect to their interests in connection with a matter that may be an Indemnified Liability and such Indemnified Liability is not based on a Third-Party Claim, the Indemnitees may enforce their rights pursuant to this Section 4(b) with respect to such matter only with the consent of at least two of the three Managers. In this Agreement, “ Person ” means any individual or corporation, association, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, joint stock or other company, business trust, trust, organization, or other entity of any kind. A “ Third-Party Claim ” means any (i) claim brought by a Person other than a BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporation, a Manager or any indemnified Person related to a Manager and (ii) any derivative claim brought in the name of a BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporation that is initiated by a Person other than a Manager or any indemnified Person related to a Manager.

5. Disclaimer and Limitation of Liability; Opportunities .

(a) Disclaimer; Standard of Care . None of the Managers makes any representations or warranties, express or implied, in respect of the services to be provided by any Manager hereunder. In no event shall any of the Managers be liable to the BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporations or any of their affiliates for any act, alleged act, omission or alleged omission that does not constitute gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Manager as determined by a final, non-appealable determination of a court of competent jurisdiction.

(b) Freedom to Pursue Opportunities . In recognition that each Manager and its respective Indemnitees currently have, and will in the future have or will consider acquiring, investments in numerous companies with respect to which each Manager or its respective Indemnitees may serve as an advisor, a director or in some other capacity, and in recognition that each Manager and its respective Indemnitees have myriad duties to various investors and partners, and in anticipation that the BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporations, on the one hand and each of the Managers (or one or more affiliates, associated investment funds or portfolio companies), on the other hand, may engage in the same or similar activities or lines of business and have an interest in the same areas of corporate opportunities, and in recognition of the benefits to be derived by the BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporations hereunder and in recognition of the difficulties which may confront any advisor who desires and endeavors fully to satisfy such advisor’s duties in determining the full scope of such duties in any particular situation, the provisions of this Section 5(b) are set forth to regulate, define

 

-6-


and guide the conduct of certain affairs of the BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporations as they may involve such Manager. Except as a Manager may otherwise agree in writing after the date hereof:

(i) Such Manager and its respective Indemnitees shall have the right: (A) to directly or indirectly engage in any business (including, without limitation, any business activities or lines of business that are the same as or similar to those pursued by, or competitive with, the Company and its subsidiaries), (B) to directly or indirectly do business with any client or customer of the Company and its subsidiaries, (C) to take any other action that such Manager believes in good faith is necessary to or appropriate to fulfill its obligations as described in the first sentence of this Section 5(b), and (D) not to present potential transactions, matters or business opportunities to the BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporations or any of their subsidiaries, and to pursue, directly or indirectly, any such opportunity for itself, and to direct any such opportunity to another person.

(ii) Such Manager and its respective Indemnitees shall have no duty (contractual or otherwise) to communicate or present any corporate opportunities to the BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporations or any of their affiliates or to refrain from any actions specified in Section 5(b)(i), and the BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporations, on their own behalf and on behalf of their affiliates, hereby renounce and waive any right to require such Manager or any of its Indemnitees to act in a manner inconsistent with the provisions of this Section 5(b).

(iii) None of such Manager, nor any of its Indemnitees shall be liable to the BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporations or any of their affiliates for breach of any duty (contractual or otherwise) by reason of any activities or omissions of the types referred to in this Section 5(b) or of any such person’s participation therein.

(c) Limitation of Liability . In no event will any of the Managers or any of their Indemnitees be liable to the BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporations or any of their affiliates or either of the other Managers or their Indemnitees for any indirect, special, incidental or consequential damages, including, without limitation, lost profits or savings, whether or not such damages are foreseeable, or for any third party claims (whether based in contract, tort or otherwise), relating to the services to be provided by the Managers hereunder.

6. Assignment, etc . Except as provided below, none of the parties hereto shall have the right to assign this Agreement without the prior written consent of each of the other parties. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Manager may assign all or part of its rights and obligations hereunder to any of its respective affiliates which provides services similar to those called for by this Agreement. This Agreement shall bind and inure solely to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns; provided, however, that the provisions hereof for the benefit of Indemnitees other than the Managers themselves shall also inure to the benefit of such other Indemnitees and their successors and assigns.

 

-7-


7. Amendments and Waivers . No amendment or waiver of any term, provision or condition of this Agreement shall be effective, unless in writing and executed by two of the three Managers and Holdings and the Company (or their respective successors); provided , that any amendment that would increase any fee payable to any Manager pursuant to this Agreement shall require the written consent of each of the Managers and the BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporations and any amendment or waiver that would reduce any fee payable to any Manager or otherwise discriminate against any Manager will require the consent of such Manager; and provided, further that any Manager may waive any portion of any fee to which it is entitled pursuant to this Agreement, and, unless otherwise directed by such Manager, such waived portion shall revert to the BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporations. No waiver on any one occasion shall extend to or effect or be construed as a waiver of any right or remedy on any future occasion. No course of dealing of any person nor any delay or omission in exercising any right or remedy shall constitute an amendment of this Agreement or a waiver of any right or remedy of any party hereto.

8. Governing Law; Jurisdiction .

(a) Choice of Law . This Agreement and all matters arising under or related to this Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the domestic substantive laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule that would cause the application of the domestic substantive laws of any other jurisdiction.

(b) Consent to Jurisdiction . Each of the parties agrees that all actions, suits or proceedings arising out of, based upon or relating to this Agreement or the subject matter hereof shall be brought and maintained exclusively in the federal and state courts of the State of New York, County of New York. Each of the parties hereto by execution hereof (i) hereby irrevocably submits to the jurisdiction of the federal and state courts in the State of New York, County of New York for the purpose of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the subject matter hereof and (ii) hereby waives to the extent not prohibited by applicable law, and agrees not to assert, by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, in any such action, suit or proceeding, any claim that it is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of the above-named courts, that it is immune from extraterritorial injunctive relief or other injunctive relief, that its property is exempt or immune from attachment or execution, that any such action, suit or proceeding may not be brought or maintained in one of the above-named courts, that any such action, suit or proceeding brought or maintained in one of the above-named courts should be dismissed on grounds of forum non conveniens , should be transferred to any court other than one of the above-named courts, should be stayed by virtue of the pendency of any other action, suit or proceeding in any court other than one of the above-named courts, or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof may not be enforced in or by any of the above-named courts. Notwithstanding the foregoing, to the extent that any party hereto is or becomes a party in any litigation in connection with which it may assert indemnification rights set forth in this Agreement, the court in which such litigation is being heard shall be deemed to be included in clause (i) above. Each of the parties hereto hereby consents to service of process in any such suit, action or proceeding in any manner permitted by the laws of the State of New York, agrees that service of

 

-8-


process by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, at the address specified in or pursuant to Section 10 is reasonably calculated to give actual notice and waives and agrees not to assert by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise, in any such action, suit or proceeding any claim that service of process made in accordance with Section 10 does not constitute good and sufficient service of process. The provisions of this Section 8 shall not restrict the ability of any party to enforce in any court any judgment obtained in a federal or state court of the State of New York.

(c) Waiver of Jury Trial . To the extent not prohibited by applicable law which cannot be waived, each of the parties hereto hereby waives, and covenants that it will not assert (whether as plaintiff, defendant, or otherwise), any right to trial by jury in any forum in respect of any issue, claim, demand, cause of action, action, suit or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the subject matter hereof, in each case whether now existing or hereafter arising and whether in contract or tort or otherwise. Each of the parties hereto acknowledges that it has been informed by each other party that the provisions of this Section 8(c) constitute a material inducement upon which such party is relying and will rely in entering into this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby. Any of the parties hereto may file an original counterpart or a copy of this Agreement with any court as written evidence of the consent of each of the parties hereto to the waiver of its right to trial by jury.

9. Entire Agreement . This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior communication or agreement with respect thereto.

10. Notice . All notices, demands, and communications required or permitted under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall effective if served upon such other party and such other party’s copied persons as specified below to the address set forth for it below (or to such other address as such party shall have specified by notice to each other party) if (i) delivered personally, (ii) sent and received by facsimile or (iii) sent by certified or registered mail or by Federal Express, DHL, UPS or any other comparably reputable overnight courier service, postage prepaid, to the appropriate address as follows:

If to a BCT-Dunkin’ Brands Corporation, to it:

Dunkin’ Brands, Inc.

130 Royall Street

Canton, Massachusetts 02021

Facsimile: (781) 737-4516

Attention:  Stephen Horn

with copies to:

Ropes & Gray LLP

One International Place

Boston, Massachusetts 02110

 

-9-


   Facsimile:    (617) 951-7050
   Attention:    David C. Chapin
      Patrick Diaz
      R. Newcomb Stillwell

 

If to Bain, to:

   c/o Bain Capital, LLC
   111 Huntington Avenue
   Boston, Massachusetts 02199
   Facsimile:    (617) 516-2010
   Attention:    Andrew Balson

 

with copies to:

   Ropes & Gray LLP
   One International Place
   Boston, Massachusetts 02110
   Facsimile:    (617) 951-7050
   Attention:    David C. Chapin
      Patrick Diaz
      R. Newcomb Stillwell

 

If to Carlyle, to:

   c/o The Carlyle Group
   520 Madison Avenue
   New York, NY 10022
   Facsimile:    (212) 381-4901
   Attention:    Sandra Horbach

 

with copies to:

   Ropes & Gray LLP
   One International Place
   Boston, Massachusetts 02110
   Facsimile:    (617) 951-7050
   Attention:    David C. Chapin
      Patrick Diaz
      R. Newcomb Stillwell

 

If to THL, to:

   c/o Thomas H. Lee Partners
   100 Federal Street
   Boston, Massachusetts 02110

 

-10-


   Facsimile:    (617) 227-3514
   Attention:    Anthony DiNovi

 

with copies to:

   Ropes & Gray LLP
   One International Place
   Boston, Massachusetts 02110
   Facsimile:    (617) 951-7050
   Attention:    David C. Chapin
      Patrick Diaz
      R. Newcomb Stillwell

Unless otherwise specified herein, such notices or other communications shall be deemed effective, (a) on the date received, if personally delivered or sent by facsimile during normal business hours, (b) on the business day after being received if sent by facsimile other than during normal business hours, (c) one business day after being sent for overnight delivery by Federal Express, DHL or UPS or other comparably reputable delivery service and (d) five business days after being sent by registered or certified mail. Each of the parties hereto shall be entitled to specify a different address by giving notice as aforesaid to each of the other parties hereto.

11. Severability . If in any proceedings a court shall refuse to enforce any provision of this Agreement, then such unenforceable provision shall be deemed eliminated from this Agreement for the purpose of such proceedings to the extent necessary to permit the remaining provisions to be enforced. To the full extent, however, that the provisions of any applicable law may be waived, they are hereby waived to the end that this Agreement be deemed to be valid and binding agreement enforceable in accordance with its terms, and in the event that any provision hereof shall be found to be invalid or unenforceable, such provision shall be construed by limiting it so as to be valid and enforceable to the maximum extent consistent with and possible under applicable law.

12. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by each of the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

-11-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each of the parties has caused this Agreement to be executed on its behalf as an instrument under seal as of the date first above written by its officer or representative thereunto duly authorized.

 

THE COMPANY:     DUNKIN’ BRANDS ACQUISITION, INC.
     

*

    Todd M. Abbrecht
    Vice President & Treasurer
MIDCO:     DUNKIN’ BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
     

*

    Todd M. Abbrecht
    Vice President & Treasurer
HOLDINGS:     DUNKIN’ BRANDS GROUP HOLDINGS, INC.
     

*

    Todd M. Abbrecht
    Vice President & Treasurer

 

* The signature appearing immediately below shall serve as a signature at each place indicated with an “*” on this page:

 

      /s/ Todd M. Abbrecht
    Todd M. Abbrecht
    Vice President & Treasurer

 

Management Agreement


BAIN:     BAIN CAPITAL PARTNERS, LLC
    By: Bain Capital LLC, its sole member
      /s/ Mark E. Nunnelly
    Mark E. Nunnelly
    Managing Director

 

 

 

Management Agreement


CARLYLE:     TC GROUP IV, L.L.C.
    By: TC Group, L.L.C., its sole member
    By: TCG Holdings, L.L.C., its managing member
      /s/ Sandra J. Horbach
    Sandra J. Horbach
    Managing Director

 

Management Agreement


THL:     THL MANAGERS V, LLC
    By: Thomas H. Lee Partners, L.P., its managing member
    By: Thomas H. Lee Advisors, LLC, its general partner
      /s/ Scott Schoen
    Name: Scott Schoen
    Title: Managing Director

 

Management Agreement


Schedule 1 to

Management Agreement

Wire Transfer Instructions for

Bain Capital Partners, LLC

 

Bank:   
ABA #:   
For:   
Acct #:   
To Further Credit:   
Acct #:   

Wire Transfer Instructions for

TC Group IV, L.L.C.

 

Bank:   
ABA #:   
Acct #:   
Account Name:   

Wire Transfer Instructions for

THL Managers V, LLC

 

Bank:   
ABA #:   
Acct #:   
Account Name:   
Reference:   

 

-1-

Exhibit 10.29

AMENDMENT NO. 2

AMENDMENT NO. 2, dated as of May 24, 2011 (this “ Amendment ”), to the Credit Agreement dated as of November 23, 2010 as amended on February 18, 2011 (as further amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time) (the “ Credit Agreement ”) among DUNKIN’ BRANDS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “ Borrower ”), DUNKIN’ BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), each lender from time to time party thereto (collectively, the “ Lenders ” and individually, a “ Lender ”), BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as Administrative Agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”), Swing Line Lender (in such capacity, the “ Swing Line Lender ”), L/C Issuer (in such capacity, the “ L/C Issuer ”) and Collateral Agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”) and the other Agents named therein. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement.

WHEREAS, Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement permits amendment of the Credit Agreement with consent of the Administrative Agent, the Borrower and the Lenders providing the relevant replacement term loan tranche to permit the refinancing of all outstanding Term Loans of any Class with a replacement term loan tranche thereunder;

WHEREAS, pursuant to the third paragraph of Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower desires to create a new Class of Term B-2 Loans under the Credit Agreement having identical terms with, having the same rights and obligations under the Loan Documents as and in the same aggregate principal amount as the Term B-1 Loans, as set forth in the Credit Agreement and Loan Documents, except as such terms are amended hereby;

WHEREAS, each Term B-1 Lender that executes and delivers a consent to this Amendment substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto (a “ Consent ”) shall be deemed, upon effectiveness of this Amendment, to have exchanged all (or such lesser amount allocated to it by the Arrangers) of its Term B-1 Loans for Term B-2 Loans, and such Lender shall thereafter become a Term B-2 Lender;

WHEREAS, each Person that executes and delivers a joinder to this Amendment substantially in the form of Exhibit B (a “ Joinder ”) as an Additional Term B-2 Lender will make Term B-2 Loans in the amount set forth on the signature page of such Person’s Joinder on the effective date of this Amendment to the Borrower, the proceeds of which will be used by the Borrower to repay in full the outstanding principal amount of Non-Exchanged Term B-1 Loans (as defined herein);

WHEREAS, the Borrower shall pay to each Term B-1 Lender immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Amendment all accrued and unpaid interest on its Term B-1 Loans to, but not including, the date of effectiveness of this Amendment;

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 10.01(c) of the Credit Agreement, the Loan Parties desire to amend the Credit Agreement to decrease the rate of interest applicable to the Revolving Facility Loans and each Revolving Facility Lender directly affected thereby has delivered a Consent hereto;


WHEREAS, the Loan Parties and Required Lenders wish to make certain other amendments set forth in Section 2 below pursuant to amendments authorized by Section 10.01 of the Credit Agreement;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and covenants contained herein and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto, intending to be legally bound hereby, agree as follows:

Section 1. Amendments Relating to Term B-2 Loans and Revolving Facility Commitments .

Effective as of the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date (other than Sections 1(d), (e) and (f), which become effective on the Repricing Effective Date), the Credit Agreement is hereby amended as follows (to the extent necessary to permit the borrowing of the Senior Notes Repayment Amount, such amendments are made with the consent of the Required Lenders after giving effect to the exchange of Term B-1 Loans into Term B-2 Loans and the borrowing of the Additional Term B-2 Loans excluding the Senior Notes Repayment Amount):

(a) The following defined terms shall be added to Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement in alphabetical order:

Additional Term B-2 Commitment ” means, with respect to an Additional Term B-2 Lender, the commitment of such Additional Term B-2 Lender to make an Additional Term B-2 Loan on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, in the amount set forth on the joinder agreement of such Additional Term B-2 Lender to Amendment No. 2. The aggregate amount of the Additional Term B-2 Commitments of all Additional Term B-2 Lenders shall equal (i) the outstanding aggregate principal amount of Non-Exchanged Term B-1 Loans plus (ii) $100,000,000 (the amount in this clause (ii), the “ Senior Notes Repayment Amount ”) (it being understood that the Senior Notes Repayment Amount shall not count towards the basket set forth in clause (ii) of Section 2.14(a) of the Credit Agreement).

Additional Term B-2 Lender ” means a Person with an Additional Term B-2 Commitment to make Additional Term B-2 Loans to the Borrower on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, which for the avoidance of doubt may be an existing Term B-1 Lender.

Additional Term B-2 Loan ” means a Loan that is made pursuant to Section 2.01(c)(ii) of the Credit Agreement on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

Amendment No. 2 ” means Amendment No. 2 to this Agreement dated as of May 24, 2011.

Amendment No. 2 Effective Date ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4 of Amendment No. 2.

 

-2-


Exchanged Term B-1 Loans ” means each Term B-1 Loan (or portion thereof) as to which the Lender thereof has consented to exchange into a Term B-2 Loan and the Arrangers have allocated into a Term B-2 Loan.

Non-Exchanged Term B-1 Loan ” means each Term B-1 Loan (or portion thereof) other than an Exchanged Term B-1 Loan.

Repricing Effective Date ” has the meaning given to such term in Section 4 of Amendment No. 2.

Senior Notes Repayment Amount ” has the meaning given to such term in the definition of “Additional Term B-2 Commitment.”

Term B-2 Commitment ” means, with respect to a Term B-1 Lender, the agreement of such Term B-1 Lender to exchange the entire principal amount of its Term B-1 Loans (or such lesser amount allocated to it by the Arrangers) for an equal principal amount of Term B-2 Loans on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

Term B-2 Loan ” means an Additional Term B-2 Loan or a Loan that is deemed made pursuant to Section 2.01(c)(i).

(b) The definitions of “Term B-1 Commitment” and “Term B-1 Loans” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement shall be deleted in their entirety.

(c) All references to “Term B-1 Loan,” “Term B-1 Commitment,” “Term B-1 Loan Facility” and “Term B-1 Lender” in the Credit Agreement and the Loan Documents shall be deemed to be references to “Term B-2 Loan,” “Term B-2 Commitment,” “Term B-2 Loan Facility” and “Term B-2 Lender,” respectively (unless the context otherwise requires).

(d) The definition of “Applicable Rate” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such definition and replacing it with the following:

““ Applicable Rate ” means a percentage per annum equal to

(a) with respect to the Term B-2 Loans (i) for Eurodollar Rate Loans, 3.00% and (ii) for Base Rate Loans, 2.00%;

(b) with respect to the Revolving Credit Loans (i) for Eurodollar Rate Loans, 3.00% and (ii) for Base Rate Loans, 2.00%;

(c) with respect to Letter of Credit Fees, 3.00%; and

(d) with respect to unused Revolving Credit Commitments and the Revolving Credit Commitment Fees, 0.50%.”

(e) (i) The definition of “Base Rate” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by changing clause (i) of the proviso to the first sentence thereof to read: “(i) in the case of the Revolving Credit Loans and Swing Line Loans, 2.25%, provided , that such

 

-3-


percentage shall be permanently decreased to 2.00% the first time the Total Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 5.10:1.00 as of the end of the Test Period most recently ended (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) or”.

(ii) The definition of “Base Rate” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by changing clause (ii) of the proviso to the first sentence thereof to read: “(ii) in the case of the Term B-2 Loans, 2.25%, provided , that such percentage shall be permanently decreased to 2.00% the first time the Total Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 5.10:1.00 as of the end of the Test Period most recently ended (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis).”

(iii) A new sentence is added to the end of the definition of “Base Rate” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement as follows:

“Any decrease in the Base Rate resulting from a change in the Total Leverage Ratio shall become effective as of the first Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 6.02.”

(f) (i) The definition of “Eurodollar Rate” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by changing clause (i) of the proviso to read: “(i) in the case of the Revolving Credit Loans, 1.25%, provided , that such percentage shall be permanently decreased to 1.00% the first time the Total Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 5.10:1.00 as of the end of the Test Period most recently ended (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis) or”.

(ii) The definition of “Eurodollar Rate” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by changing clause (ii) of the proviso to read: “(ii) in the case of the Term B-2 Loans, 1.25%, provided , that such percentage shall be permanently decreased to 1.00% the first time the Total Leverage Ratio is less than or equal to 5.10:1.00 as of the end of the Test Period most recently ended (calculated on a Pro Forma Basis).”

(iii) A new sentence is added to the end of the definition of “Eurodollar Rate” in Section 1.01 of the Credit Agreement as follows:

“Any decrease in the Eurodollar Rate resulting from a change in the Total Leverage Ratio shall become effective as of the first Business Day immediately following the date a Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Section 6.02.”

(g) Section 2.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting paragraph (c) to such Section in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

“(c) (i) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and of Amendment No. 2, each Term B-1 Lender severally agrees to exchange its Exchanged Term B-1 Loans for a like principal amount of Term B-2 Loans on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

(ii) Subject to the terms and conditions hereof and of Amendment No. 2, each Additional Term B-2 Lender severally agrees to make an Additional Term B-2 Loan to the Borrower on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date in the principal amount equal to its Additional Term B-2 Commitment on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date. The

 

-4-


Borrower shall prepay the Non-Exchanged Term B-1 Loans with a like amount of the gross proceeds of the Additional Term B-2 Loans, concurrently with the receipt thereof.

(iii) The Borrower shall pay to the Term B-1 Lenders immediately prior to the effectiveness of Amendment No. 2 all accrued and unpaid interest on the Term Loans to, but not including, the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date on such Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

(iv) The Term B-2 Loans shall have the same terms as the Term B-1 Loans as set forth in the Credit Agreement and Loan Documents before giving effect to Amendment No. 2, except as modified by Amendment No. 2; it being understood that the Term B-2 Loans (and all principal, interest and other amounts in respect thereof) will constitute “Obligations” under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents and shall have the same rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement and Loan Documents as the Term B-1 Loans prior to the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.”

(h) Section 2.06(b) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following clause (v) to such Section:

“(v) The Term B-2 Commitment of each Additional Term B-2 Lender shall be automatically terminated on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date upon the borrowing of the Additional Term B-2 Loans on such date.”

(i) Section 2.07(a) of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the amortization table therein with the following:

 

Interest Payment Date

  

Amortization Payment

 

June 2011

   $ 3,741,250   

September 2011

   $ 3,741,250   

December 2011

   $ 3,741,250   

March 2012

   $ 3,741,250   

June 2012

   $ 3,741,250   

September 2012

   $ 3,741,250   

December 2012

   $ 3,741,250   

March 2013

   $ 3,741,250   

June 2013

   $ 3,741,250   

September 2013

   $ 3,741,250   

December 2013

   $ 3,741,250   

March 2014

   $ 3,741,250   

June 2014

   $ 3,741,250   

September 2014

   $ 3,741,250   

December 2014

   $ 3,741,250   

March 2015

   $ 3,741,250   

June 2015

   $ 3,741,250   

September 2015

   $ 3,741,250   

December 2015

   $ 3,741,250   

March 2016

   $ 3,741,250   

 

-5-


June 2016

   $ 3,741,250   

September 2016

   $ 3,741,250   

December 2016

   $ 3,741,250   

March 2017

   $ 3,741,250   

June 2017

   $ 3,741,250   

September 2017

   $ 3,741,250   

(j) Section 6.11 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following paragraph (e) to such Section:

“(e) Use the proceeds of all Term B-2 Loans (other than the Senior Notes Repayment Amount) to refinance the Term B-1 Loans. Use the proceeds of the Term B-2 Loans in an amount equal to the Senior Notes Repayment Amount to redeem an equal aggregate principal amount of outstanding Senior Notes.”

Section 2. Other Amendments to Credit Agreement.

Effective as of the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, the Required Lenders after giving effect to the exchange of Term B-1 Loans into Term B-2 Loans and the borrowing of the Additional Term B-2 Loans hereby agree as follows:

(a) Paragraph (b) of Section 6.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by deleting such paragraph in its entirety and replacing it with the following:

“(b) as soon as available, but in any event within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three (3) fiscal quarters of the Borrower, a consolidated balance sheet of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such fiscal quarter, the related consolidated statements of income or operations for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the fiscal year of the Borrower then ended, and the related statement of cash flows for the portion of the fiscal year of the Borrower then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures as at the end of the previous fiscal year or for the corresponding fiscal quarter or corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, as applicable, all in reasonable detail and certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes;”

(b) The last paragraph of Section 6.01 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by adding the following parenthetical after the words “filed with the SEC, in each case, within the time periods specified in such paragraphs”:

“(or, if later, within the time periods specified in the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities Exchange Act promulgated by the SEC for such Form 10-K or 10-Q)”

(c) Section 7.13 of the Credit Agreement is hereby amended by replacing the “and” before “(v)” with a comma and adding the following before the period:

 

-6-


“and (vi) the redemption of Senior Notes in an aggregate principal amount equal to the Senior Notes Repayment Amount, and the payment of any applicable redemption premium and accrued and unpaid interest thereon.”

Section 3. Representations and Warranties .

Each of Holdings and the Borrower represents and warrants to the Lenders as of the date hereof and the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date that:

(a) Before and after giving effect to this Amendment, the representations and warranties of the Borrower and each other Loan Party contained in Article 5 of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects (and in all respects if qualified by materiality) on and as of the date of such Credit Extension, except (i) to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects (and in all respects if qualified by materiality) as of such earlier date and (ii) that for purposes of this Section 3, the representations and warranties contained in Section 5.05(a) of the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the most recent financial statements furnished prior to the Amendment No. 1 Effective Date or pursuant to Section 6.01(a) and Section 6.01(b) of the Credit Agreement.

(b) At the time of and after giving effect to this Amendment, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.

Section 4. Conditions to Effectiveness .

(a) The provisions of this Amendment other than Sections 1(d), (e) and (f) shall become effective on the date (the “ Amendment No. 2 Effective Date ”) on which each of the following conditions is satisfied:

(i) The Administrative Agent’s receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals or facsimiles or electronic copies (followed promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified:

(1) counterparts of this Amendment executed by a Responsible Officer of each Loan Party;

(2) a Note executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower in favor of each Lender requesting a Note at least two (2) Business Days prior to the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, if any;

(3) an opinion of Ropes & Gray LLP, special counsel to the Borrower, dated the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date and addressed to each L/C Issuer, Arranger, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, substantially in the form previously provided to the Administrative Agent;

(4) (A) a certificate as to the good standing of each Loan Party as of a recent date, from the Secretary of State of the state of its organization or a similar Governmental Authority and (B) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of each

 

-7-


Loan Party dated the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date and certifying (I) to the effect that (w) attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the certificate or articles of incorporation or organization such Loan Party certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the state of its organization, or in the alternative (other than in the case of the Borrower), certifying that such certificate or articles of incorporation or organization have not been amended since the Escrow Release Date, and that such certificate or articles are in full force and effect, (x) attached thereto is a true and complete copy of the by-laws or operating agreements of each Loan Party as in effect on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, or in the alternative (other than in the case of the Borrower), certifying that such by-laws or operating agreements have not been amended since the Escrow Release Date and (y) attached thereto is a true and complete copy of resolutions duly adopted by the board of directors, board of managers or member, as the case may be, of each Loan Party authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of the Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party, and that such resolutions have not been modified, rescinded or amended and are in full force and effect, and (II) as to the incumbency and specimen signature of each officer executing any Loan Document on behalf of any Loan Party and signed by another officer as to the incumbency and specimen signature of the Responsible Officer executing the certificate pursuant to this clause (B); and

(5) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower certifying as to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in paragraphs (v) and (vi) of this Section 4(a) and that the Term B-2 Loans meet the requirements and conditions to be Replacement Term Loans.

(ii) The aggregate principal amount of the Exchanged Term B-1 Loans plus the aggregate principal amount of the Additional Term B-2 Commitments shall equal the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Term B-1 Loans immediately prior to the effectiveness of this Amendment plus the Senior Notes Repayment Amount.

(iii) The Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent, for the ratable account of the Term B-1 Lenders immediately prior to the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, all accrued and unpaid interest on the Term B-1 Loans to, but not including, the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

(iv) All fees and expenses due to the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers and the Lenders required to be paid on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date shall have been paid.

(v) No Default shall exist, or would result from the Amendment and related Credit Extension or from the application of the proceeds therefrom.

(vi) The representations and warranties of the Borrower and each other Loan Party contained in Article 5 of the Credit Agreement and Section 3 of this Amendment or any other Loan Document shall be true and correct in all material respects (and in all respects if qualified by materiality) on and as of the date hereof, except (A) to the extent

 

-8-


that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in all material respects (and in all respects if qualified by materiality) as of such earlier date and (B) that for purposes of this Section 4, the representations and warranties contained in Section 5.05(a) of the Credit Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the most recent financial statements furnished prior to the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date or pursuant to Section 6.01(a) and Section 6.01(b) of the Credit Agreement.

(vii) To the extent requested by an Additional Term B-2 Lender in writing not less than three (3) Business Days prior to the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, the Administrative Agent shall have received, prior to the effectiveness of this Amendment, all documentation and other information with respect to the Borrower required by regulatory authorities under applicable “know-your-customer” and anti-money laundering rules and regulations, including without limitation the PATRIOT Act.

(viii) The Administrative Agent shall have received a Request for Credit Extension not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day prior to the date of the proposed Credit Extension.

(b) With respect to the Amendments in Sections 1(d), 1(e)(i) and 1(f)(i) only, in addition to subsection (a) of this Section 4, the effectiveness of the provisions set forth in Sections 1(d), 1(e)(i) and 1(f)(i) shall be conditioned upon the delivery by each Revolving Credit Lender to the Administrative Agent of a Consent to this Amendment.

(c) In addition to subsection (a) of this Section 4, the effectiveness of the provisions set forth in Sections 1(d), (e) and (f) shall be conditioned upon (i) the consummation of a Qualifying IPO (the “ Repricing Effective Date ”) and (ii) the payment of all fees and expenses due to the Arrangers to be paid on the Repricing Effective Date shall have been paid.

(d) The Administrative Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders of the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date and the Repricing Effective Date and such notice shall be conclusive and binding. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the amendments effected hereby (other than the amendments set forth in Sections 1(d), (e) and (f)) shall not become effective, and the obligations of the Additional Term B-2 Lenders hereunder to make Additional Term B-2 Loans will automatically terminate, if each of the conditions set forth or referred to in Section 4(a) has not been satisfied at or prior to 5 p.m., New York City time, on May 31, 2011.

Section 5. Notice of Redemption .

No later than three Business Days following the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date, the Borrower shall deliver a notice of redemption to the holders of the Senior Notes pursuant to the terms of the Senior Notes Indenture for the redemption of Senior Notes in an aggregate principal amount no less than the Senior Notes Repayment Amount.

Section 6. Waivers .

The Required Lenders and Administrative Agent agree that the Borrower may deliver a Request for Credit Extension pursuant to Section 4.02 of the Credit Agreement not later

 

-9-


than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day prior to the date of the proposed Credit Extension (in lieu of three Business Days). The Required Lenders and Administrative Agent waive the requirement for delivery of a Prepayment Notice pursuant to Section 2.05 of the Credit Agreement. The Lenders party hereto waive the payment of any breakage loss or expense under Section 3.05 of the Credit Agreement in connection with the exchange of Term B-1 Loans into Term B-2 Loans.

Section 7. Expenses .

The Borrower agrees to reimburse the Administrative Agent for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in connection with this Amendment, including the reasonable fees, charges and disbursements of Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP , counsel for the Administrative Agent.

Section 8. Counterparts .

This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts and by different parties hereto on separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this Amendment by facsimile transmission or electronic transmission shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

Section 9. Governing Law and Waiver of Right to Trial by Jury .

THIS AMENDMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. The jurisdiction and waiver of right to trial by jury provisions in Section 10.16 and 10.17 of the Credit Agreement are incorporated herein by reference mutatis mutandis.

Section 10. Headings .

The headings of this Amendment are for purposes of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

Section 11. Reaffirmation .

Each Loan Party hereby expressly acknowledges the terms of this Amendment and reaffirms, as of the date hereof, (i) the covenants and agreements contained in each Loan Document to which it is a party, including, in each case, such covenants and agreements as in effect immediately after giving effect to this Amendment and the transactions contemplated hereby and (ii) its guarantee of the Obligations under the Guaranty, as applicable, and its grant of Liens on the Collateral to secure the Obligations pursuant to the Collateral Documents.

Section 12. Effect of Amendment .

Except as expressly set forth herein, this Amendment shall not by implication or otherwise limit, impair, constitute a waiver of or otherwise affect the rights and remedies of the Lenders or the Agents under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, and shall not

 

-10-


alter, modify, amend or in any way affect any of the terms, conditions, obligations, covenants or agreements contained in the Credit Agreement or any other provision of the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, all of which are ratified and affirmed in all respects and shall continue in full force and effect.

 

-11-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Amendment to be duly executed as of the date first above written.

 

DUNKIN’ BRANDS, INC.
By:   /s/ Cornelius F. Moses
  Name:   Cornelius F. Moses III
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

S-1


DUNKIN’ BRANDS HOLDINGS, INC.
By:   /s/ Cornelius F. Moses
  Name:   Cornelius F. Moses III
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

 

S-2


BASKIN-ROBBINS FLAVORS LLC

BASKIN-ROBBINS FRANCHISED SHOPS LLC

BASKIN-ROBBINS FRANCHISING LLC

BASKIN-ROBBINS INTERNATIONAL LLC

BASKIN-ROBBINS LLC

BASKIN-ROBBINS USA LLC

BR IP HOLDER LLC

BR JAPAN HOLDINGS LLC

DB CANADIAN HOLDING COMPANY INC.

DB CANADIAN SUPPLIER INC.

DB FRANCHISING HOLDING COMPANY LLC

DB INTERNATIONAL FRANCHISING LLC

DB MASTER FINANCE LLC

DB MEXICAN FRANCHISING LLC

DB REAL ESTATE ASSETS I LLC

DB REAL ESTATE ASSETS II LLC

DB UK FRANCHISING LLC

DBI STORES LLC

DD IP HOLDER LLC

DUNKIN’ DONUTS FRANCHISED RESTAURANTS LLC

DUNKIN’ DONUTS FRANCHISING LLC

DUNKIN’ DONUTS LLC

DUNKIN’ DONUTS REALTY INVESTMENT LLC

DUNKIN’ DONUTS USA LLC

DUNKIN’ VENTURES LLC

MISTER DONUT OF AMERICA LLC

THIRD DUNKIN’ DONUTS REALTY LLC

By:   /s/ Cornelius F. Moses
Name:   Cornelius F. Moses III
Title:   Chief Financial Officer

 

S-3


BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

as Administrative Agent, L/C Issuer and Swing Line Lender

By:   /s/ David Barton
  Name:   David Barton
  Title:   Director

 

S-4


EXHIBIT A

CONSENT TO AMENDMENT NO. 2

CONSENT TO AMENDMENT NO. 2 (this “ Consent ”) to Amendment No. 2 (“ Amendment ”) to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2010, as amended on February 18, 2011 (the “ Credit Agreement ”), by and among Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. (the “ Borrower ”), Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent (the “ Administrative Agent ”), the Lenders from time to time party thereto and the other parties thereto. Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Credit Agreement and used herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Amendment.

Existing Term B-1 Lenders

 

  ¨ The undersigned Term B-1 Lender hereby irrevocably and unconditionally approves the Amendment and consents to convert 100% of the outstanding principal amount of the Term B-1 Loan held by such Lender (or such lesser amount allocated to such Lender by the Arrangers) into a Term B-2 Loan in a like principal amount via a cashless rollover settlement.

Revolving Credit Lenders

 

  ¨ The undersigned Revolving Credit Lender hereby irrevocably and unconditionally consents to the Amendment.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this Consent to be executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer.

 

Date: May __, 2011
__________________________________________,
as a Lender (type name of the legal entity)
By:    

Name:

Title:

 
Fund Manager:  

 

Exhibit A-1


  Contact Information:
  [        ]
  [        ]
  [        ]
  If a second signature is necessary:
By:    
  Name:
  Title:

 

Exhibit A-2


EXHIBIT B

JOINDER AGREEMENT

JOINDER AGREEMENT, dated as of May 24, 2011 (this “ Agreement ”), by and among [ADDITIONAL TERM B-2 LENDER] (each, an “ Additional Term B-2 Lender ” and, collectively, the “ Additional Term B-2 Lenders ”), Dunkin’ Brands, Inc. (the “ Borrower ”), and BARCLAYS BANK PLC (the “ Administrative Agent ”).

RECITALS:

WHEREAS, reference is hereby made to the Credit Agreement, dated as of November 23, 2010 and amended by Amendment No. 1 dated as of February 18, 2011 and as further amended by Amendment No. 2 dated as of May 24, 2011 (as further amended, restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”), among the Borrower, Dunkin’ Brands Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (“ Holdings ”), each lender from time to time party thereto and Barclays Bank PLC, as Administrative Agent, Swing Line Lender and L/C Issuer (capitalized terms used but not defined herein having the meaning provided in the Credit Agreement);

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, the Borrower may establish Additional Term B-2 Commitments (the “ Additional Term B-2 Commitments ”) with existing Term B-1 Lenders and/or Additional Term B-2 Lenders; and

WHEREAS, subject to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, Additional Term B-2 Lenders shall become Lenders pursuant to one or more Joinder Agreements;

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and agreements, provisions and covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

Each Additional Term B-2 Lender hereby agrees to provide the Additional Term B-2 Commitment set forth on its signature page hereto pursuant to and in accordance with Section 2.01(c) of the Credit Agreement. The Additional Term B-2 Commitments provided pursuant to this Agreement shall be subject to all of the terms in the Credit Agreement and to the conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement, and shall be entitled to all the benefits afforded by the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and shall, without limiting the foregoing, benefit equally and ratably from the Guarantees and security interests created by the Collateral Documents

Each Additional Term B-2 Lender, the Borrower and the Administrative Agent acknowledge and agree that the Additional Term B-2 Commitments provided pursuant to this Agreement shall constitute Term B-2 Commitments for all purposes of the Credit Agreement and the other applicable Loan Documents. Each Additional Term B-2 Lender hereby agrees to make an Additional Term B-2 Loan to the Borrower in an amount equal to its Additional Term B-2 Commitment on the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date in accordance with Section 2.01(c) of the Credit Agreement.

 

Exhibit B-1


Each Additional Term B-2 Lender (i) confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, together with copies of the financial statements referred to therein and such other documents and information as it has deemed appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement; (ii) agrees that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent, the Arrangers or any other Additional Term B-1 Lender or any other Lender or Agent and based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Credit Agreement; (iii) appoints and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such action as agent on its behalf and to exercise such powers and discretion under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms thereof, together with such powers and discretion as are reasonably incidental thereto; and (iv) agrees that it will perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations which by the terms of the Credit Agreement are required to be performed by it as a Lender.

Upon (i) the execution of a counterpart of this Agreement by each Additional Term B-2 Lender, the Administrative Agent and the Borrower and (ii) the delivery to the Administrative Agent of a fully executed counterpart (including by way of telecopy or other electronic transmission) hereof, each of the undersigned Additional Term B-1 Lenders shall become Lenders under the Credit Agreement and shall have the respective Additional Term B-2 Commitment set forth on its signature page hereto, effective as of the Amendment No. 2 Effective Date.

For each Additional Term B-2 Lender, delivered herewith to the Administrative Agent are such forms, certificates or other evidence with respect to United States federal income tax withholding matters as such Additional Term B-2 Lender may be required to deliver to the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 10.15 of the Credit Agreement.

This Agreement may not be amended, modified or waived except by an instrument or instruments in writing signed and delivered on behalf of each of the parties hereto.

This Agreement, the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire agreement among the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and thereof and supersede all other prior agreements and understandings, both written and verbal, among the parties or any of them with respect to the subject matter hereof.

THIS AGREEMENT AND THE RIGHTS AND OBLIGATIONS OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.

Any term or provision of this Agreement which is invalid or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to that jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such invalidity or unenforceability without rendering invalid or unenforceable the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement or affecting the validity or enforceability of any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement in any other jurisdiction. If any provision of this Agreement is so broad as to be unenforceable, the provision shall be interpreted to be only so broad as would be enforceable.

 

Exhibit B-2


This Agreement may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

Exhibit B-3


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused its duly authorized officer to execute and deliver this Joinder Agreement as of May 24 2011.

 

[NAME OF ADDITIONAL TERM B-2 LENDER]
By:        
  Name:  
  Title:  
If a second signature is necessary:
By:        
  Name:  
  Title:  
Additional Term B-2 Commitments:
$_________________________________
DUNKIN’ BRANDS, INC.
By:        
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

Exhibit B-4


Accepted:

 

BARCLAYS BANK PLC,

as Administrative Agent

By:        
  Name:  
  Title:  

 

Exhibit B-5

Exhibit 23.1

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc.:

We consent to the use of our report dated May 2, 2011, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 25, 2010 and December 26, 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit) and comprehensive income (loss), and cash flows for the years ended December 25, 2010, December 26, 2009 and December 27, 2008, included herein and to the reference to our firm under the heading “Experts” in the prospectus.

Our report refers to a change in the method of accounting for contingent rental income.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Boston, Massachusetts

June 7, 2011

Exhibit 23.2

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

 

We consent to the use in this Registration Statement of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. on Form S-1 of our report dated April 29, 2011 related to the financial statements of BR Korea Co., Ltd. as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and for each of the three fiscal years ended December 31, 2010 appearing in the prospectus, which is part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such prospectus.

 

/s/ DELOITTE ANJIN LLC

June 7, 2011

Exhibit 23.3

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Dunkin’ Brands Group, Inc. of our report dated April 29, 2011 relating to the financial statements of B-R 31 Ice Cream Co. Ltd., which appears in such Registration Statement. We also consent to the reference to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers Aarata

Tokyo, Japan

June 7, 2011

 

 

 

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers Aarata

Sumitomo Fudosan Shiodome Hamarikyu Bldg. 8-21-1 Ginza, Chuo-ku, Tokyo 104-0061, Japan

Tel: +81 (3) 3546 8450, Fax: +81 (3) 3546 8451, www.pwc.com/jp/assurance/